You are on page 1of 2447

SCR - US, Canada, Mexico

N9 and N10 Engine


DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL

N9 and N10 Engine

0000003721

Navistar, Inc.
August 2015
Revision 11

2701 Navistar Drive, Lisle, IL 60532 USA

© 2015 Navistar, Inc. All rights reserved. All marks are trademarks of their respective owners.
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL I

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

Service Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

Diagnostic Troubleshooting Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

Engine System Tests and Inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1947

Engine Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2263

Diagnostic Tools and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2285

Component Locator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2327

Engine Systems Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2339

Engine and Vehicle Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2409

Abbreviations and Acronyms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2417

Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2429
II DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL 1

Foreword
Navistar, Inc. is committed to continuous research and development to improve products and introduce
technological advances. Procedures, specifications, and parts defined in published technical service literature
may be altered.
NOTE: Photo illustrations identify specific parts or assemblies that support text and procedures; other areas in
a photo illustration may not be exact.
This manual includes necessary information and specifications for technicians to maintain Navistar® diesel
engines. See vehicle manuals for additional information.

Technical Service Literature


4328224 N9 and N10 Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual
0000004021 N9 and N10 Engine Service Manual
0000003721 N9 and N10 Engine Diagnostic Manual
0000003481 N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form

Technical Service Literature is revised periodically. If a technical publication is ordered, the latest revision will
be supplied.
NOTE: To order technical service literature, contact your International dealer.
2 DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL

Service Diagnosis
Service diagnosis is an investigative procedure that must be followed to find and correct an engine application
problem or an engine problem.
If the problem is engine application, see specific vehicle manuals for further diagnostic information.
If the problem is the engine, see specific Engine Diagnostic Manual for further diagnostic information.
Prerequisites for Effective Diagnosis
• Availability of gauges and diagnostic test equipment
• Availability of current information for engine application and engine systems
• Knowledge of the principles of operation for engine application and engine systems
• Knowledge to understand and do procedures in diagnostic and service publications
Technical Service Literature required for Effective Diagnosis
• Engine Service Manual
• Engine Diagnostic Manual
• Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form
• Service Bulletins
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL 3

Safety Information
This manual provides general and specific maintenance procedures essential for reliable engine operation and
your safety. Since many variations in procedures, tools, and service parts are involved, advice for all possible
safety conditions and hazards cannot be stated.
Read safety instructions before doing any service and test procedures for the engine or vehicle. See related
application manuals for more information.
Disregard for Safety Instructions, Warnings, Cautions, and Notes in this manual can lead to injury, death or
damage to the engine or vehicle.

Safety Terminology
Three terms are used to stress your safety and safe operation of the engine: Warning, Caution, and Note.
Warning: A warning describes actions necessary to prevent or eliminate conditions, hazards, and unsafe
practices that can cause personal injury or death.
Caution: A caution describes actions necessary to prevent or eliminate conditions that can cause damage to
the engine or vehicle.
Note: A note describes actions necessary for correct, efficient engine operation.

Safety Instructions
Work Area
• Keep work area clean, dry, and organized.
• Keep tools and parts off the floor.
• Make sure the work area is ventilated and well lit.
• Make sure a First Aid Kit is available.
Safety Equipment
• Use correct lifting devices.
• Use safety blocks and stands.
Protective Measures
• Wear protective safety glasses and shoes.
• Wear correct hearing protection.
• Wear cotton work clothing.
• Wear sleeved heat protective gloves.
• Do not wear rings, watches or other jewelry.
• Restrain long hair.
Vehicle
• Make sure the vehicle is in neutral, the parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked before servicing
engine.
4 DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL

• Clear the area before starting the engine.


Engine
• The engine should be operated or serviced only by qualified individuals.
• Provide necessary ventilation when operating engine in a closed area.
• Keep combustible material away from engine exhaust system and exhaust manifolds.
• Install all shields, guards, and access covers before operating engine.
• Do not run engine with unprotected air intakes or exhaust openings. If unavoidable for service reasons, put
protective screens over all openings before servicing engine.
• Shut engine off and relieve all pressure in the system before removing panels, housing covers, and caps.
• If an engine is not safe to operate, tag the engine and ignition key.
Fire Prevention
• Make sure charged fire extinguishers are in the work area.
NOTE: Check the classification of each fire extinguisher to ensure that the following fire types can be
extinguished.
1. Type A – Wood, paper, textiles, and rubbish
2. Type B – Flammable liquids
3. Type C – Electrical equipment
Batteries
• Always disconnect the main negative battery cable first.
• Always connect the main negative battery cable last.
• Avoid leaning over batteries.
• Protect your eyes.
• Do not expose batteries to open flames or sparks.
• Do not smoke in workplace.
Compressed Air
• Use an OSHA approved blow gun rated at 30 psi (207 kPa).
• Limit shop air pressure to 30 psi (207 kPa).
• Wear safety glasses or goggles.
• Wear hearing protection.
• Use shielding to protect others in the work area.
• Do not direct compressed air at body or clothing.
Tools
• Make sure all tools are in good condition.
• Make sure all standard electrical tools are grounded.
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL 5

• Check for frayed power cords before using power tools.


Fluids Under Pressure
• Use extreme caution when working on systems under pressure.
• Follow approved procedures only.
Fuel
• Do not over fill the fuel tank. Over fill creates a fire hazard.
• Do not smoke in the work area.
• Do not refuel the tank when the engine is running.
Removal of Tools, Parts, and Equipment
• Reinstall all safety guards, shields, and covers after servicing the engine.
• Make sure all tools, parts, and service equipment are removed from the engine and vehicle after all work is
done.
6 DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 7

Table of Contents

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTCs) List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

How To Use Symptom Based Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

Operational Checkout Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25


1.0 - Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
2.0 - Engine Does Not Start Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
3.0 - Engine Hard to Start Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
4.0 - Engine Running, Engine Not Under Load Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
5.0 - Engine Running, Engine Under Load Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
6.0 - Cooling System Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
7.0 - Engine Oil System Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
8.0 - Fuel System Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
9.0 - Engine Compression Brake Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
10.0 - SCR Aftertreatment Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
11.0 - ECM Loss of Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
12.0 Soot Buildup at Exhaust Manifold / Gasket Out of Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Engine Does Not Start Symptoms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59


2.1 - Engine Cranks Slow or Does Not Crank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
2.2 - Engine No Start, Cold Ambient Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
2.3 - Engine at Operating Temperature, No Re-Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
2.4 - Engine Never Starts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

Engine Hard to Start Symptoms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69


3.1 - Engine Hard to Start, Cold Ambient Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
3.2 - Engine at Operating Temperature, Hard to Re-Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
3.3 - Engine Starts, Then Stalls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

Engine Running, Engine Not Under Load Symptoms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75


4.1 - Rough Idle.................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
4.2 - Engine Unable To Reach Rated Speed (No Load). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
4.3 - Popping Noise from Intake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Engine Running, Engine Under Load Symptoms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84


5.1 - Low Power (Slow Acceleration). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
5.2 - Misfire (Stumble / Surge / Runs Rough). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
5.3 - Engine Unable to Reach Desired Speed During PTO Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93

Engine Coolant Symptoms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96


6.1 - Coolant Overflow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
6.2 - Coolant Over Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
6.3 - Engine Unable to Reach Operating Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
6.4 - Coolant Leak to Exhaust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
6.5 - Coolant Leak to Intake...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .106
6.6 - Coolant Leak to Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
8 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Engine Lubrication Symptoms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108


7.1 - Engine Oil Contamination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
7.2 - Engine Oil Leak to Intake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
7.3 - Engine Oil Leak to Exhaust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
7.4 - Low Engine Oil Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
7.5 - High Engine Oil Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
7.6 - Engine Oil Aeration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

Fuel System Symptoms........................ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121


8.1 - Fuel Delivery Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
8.2 - Fuel in Engine Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

Engine Brake Symptoms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128


9.1 - Engine Compression Brake Inoperative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
9.2 - Engine Compression Brake Engaged When Not Commanded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

Aftertreatment Symptoms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133


10.1 - Parked Regeneration Will Not Activate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
10.2 - Black Smoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
10.3 - White Smoke. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

Fault Code Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145


Section Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
AAT Sensor (Ambient Air Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
ACM (Aftertreatment Control Module). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
AFT (Aftertreatment) System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
AFTFSO (Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
AFTFP1/AFTFT (Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature) Sensor. . .254
AFTFP2 (Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
AFTFPC (Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control) System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302
NH3 (Aftertreatment Ammonia) Sensor and Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353
AMS (Air Management System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389
APP Sensor (Accelerator Pedal Position). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407
Body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437
CACOT Sensor (Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447
CCOSS Sensor (Crankcase Oil Separator Speed). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .466
CKP Sensor (Crankshaft Position). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472
CMP Sensor (Camshaft Position)... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486
DCU Power (Doser Control Unit). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498
DEF (Diesel Exhaust Fluid). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533
DEFSMH (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .540
DEFD (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579
DEFLHR (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593
DEFLP (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607
DEFSLH (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .642
DEFRLH (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .657
DEFRV (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .671
DEFPLH (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .684
DEFSP (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .699
DEFTHV (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .725
DEFTL & DEFTT (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature) Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . .746
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 9

DEFSMH Relay (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater Relay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .792
DOC Temperature Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .804
DOCIT Sensor (Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .833
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .850
DPFDP / DPFOP (Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .854
DPFIT Sensor (Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .886
DPFOT Sensor (Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .908
EBP Sensor (Exhaust Back Pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .924
EBPV (Exhaust Back Pressure Valve). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .939
ECB1 (Engine Compression Brake Output 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .966
ECI Circuit (Engine Crank Inhibit). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .988
ECM (Engine Control Module)... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .995
ECT1 Sensor (Engine Coolant Temperature 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1032
EFP (Engine Fuel Pump). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1056
EGR Actuator (Exhaust Gas Recirculation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1076
EGT Sensor (Exhaust Gas Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1112
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1128
EOP Sensor (Engine Oil Pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1174
EOT Sensor (Engine Oil Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1186
ETP (Engine Throttle Valve Position). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1208
EWPS (Engine Warning Protection System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1226
FDP (Fuel Delivery Pressure) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1262
FLI (Fuel Level Signal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1279
IAHC (Intake Air Heater Control). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1286
ICP Sensor (Injection Control Pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1302
IMP (Intake Manifold Pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1338
IMT Sensor (Intake Manifold Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1366
INJ (Injector) Circuits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1381
IPR (Injection Pressure Regulator). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1607
J1939 Data Link Communications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1619
MAF Sensor (Mass Air Flow). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1625
NOx (Nitrogen Oxides) Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1669
RAPP (Remote APP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1747
SCR (Temperature Sensor Module). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1752
SCRIT (Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake Temperature) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1800
SCROT (Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet Temperature) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1816
TC2CIT (Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1832
TC2WG (Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1850
TOSS (Transmission Output Shaft Speed) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1862
VREF (Voltage Reference). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1876
WIF Sensor (Water In Fuel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1931
10 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 11

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTCs) List

SPN FMI Sub-section Condition Description


27 0 EGR (page 1076) EGRP fault: over temperature
27 14 EGR (page 1076) EGR internal circuit failure
51 3 ETP (page 1208) ETP signal Out of Range HIGH
51 4 ETP (page 1208) ETP signal Out of Range LOW
51 7 ETP (page 1208) ETP does not agree with commanded position
91 2 APP (page 407) APP1 and APP2 signal conflict
91 3 APP (page 407) APP1 signal Out of Range HIGH
91 4 APP (page 407) APP1 signal Out of Range LOW
94 0 EFP (page 1056) Fuel Delivery Pressure above Critical
94 1 EFP (page 1056) Fuel Delivery Pressure below Critical
94 3 FDP (page 1262) FDP signal Out of Range HIGH
94 4 FDP (page 1262) FDP signal Out of Range LOW
94 17 FDP (page 1262) Fuel Delivery Pressure below minimum
94 18 FDP (page 1262) Fuel Delivery Pressure below min during cranking
96 3 FLI (page 1279) Fuel Level signal Out of Range HIGH
96 4 FLI (page 1279) Fuel Level signal Out of Range LOW
96 19 FLI (page 1279) Fuel Level not detected on J1939
100 1 EWPS (page 1226) Engine Oil System below Critical Pressure
100 3 EOP (page 1174) EOP signal Out of Range HIGH
100 4 EOP (page 1174) EOP signal Out of Range LOW
100 18 EWPS (page 1226) Engine Oil System below Warning Pressure
102 2 IMP (page 1338) IMP signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
102 3 IMP (page 1338) IMP signal Out of Range HIGH
102 4 IMP (page 1338) IMP signal Out of Range LOW
102 7 IMP (page 1338) IMP signal not responding as expected
102 10 IMP (page 1338) Boost slow response fault
102 16 IMP (page 1338) Overboost
102 18 IMP (page 1338) Underboost
105 2 IMT (page 1366) IMT signal Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect
105 3 IMT (page 1366) IMT signal Out of Range HIGH
105 4 IMT (page 1366) IMT signal Out of Range LOW
108 2 ECM (page 995) BARO signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
108 3 ECM (page 995) BARO signal Out of Range HIGH
12 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN FMI Sub-section Condition Description


108 4 ECM (page 995) BARO signal Out of Range LOW
110 0 EWPS(page 1226) Engine Cooling System above Critical Temperature
110 2 ECT1 (page 1032) ECT1 signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
110 3 ECT1 (page 1032) ECT1 signal Out of Range HIGH
110 4 ECT1 (page 1032) ECT1 signal Out of Range LOW
110 15 EWPS (page 1226) Engine Cooling System above Warning Temperature
110 16 EWPS (page 1226) ECT1 stuck in range High
110 17 ECT1 (page 1032) ECT1 stuck in range Low
110 18 ECT1 (page 1032) Engine Coolant System Below closed loop minimum
temperature
111 1 EWPS (page 1226) ECL below Warning / Critical Level
111 2 EWPS (page 1226) ECL signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
132 0 MAF (page 1625) Engine Intake Air Mass Flow Rate High
132 1 MAF (page 1625) Engine Intake Air Mass Flow Rate Low
132 4 MAF (page 1625) MAF signal Out of Range LOW
132 11 MAF (page 1625) MAF Sensor Calibration – Insufficient number of data
points
132 13 MAF (page 1625) MAF Sensor Calibration Needed
132 14 MAF (page 1625) MAF Sensor Calibration Failed
132 31 MAF (page 1625) MAF Frequency Not Detected
158 15 ECM (page 995) ECM Switched voltage too HIGH
158 17 ECM (page 995) ECM Switched voltage too LOW
164 0 ICP (page 1302) ICP above KOEO Spec
164 1 ICP (page 1302) ICP Unable to Build During Engine Cranking
164 3 ICP (page 1302) ICP signal Out of Range HIGH
164 4 ICP (page 1302) ICP signal Out of Range LOW
164 15 ICP (page 1302) ICP too high during test
164 16 ICP (page 1302) ICP above desired level
164 17 ICP (page 1302) ICP unable to build during test
164 18 ICP (page 1302) ICP below desired level
168 15 ACM (page 166) ACM Battery voltage too HIGH
168 17 ACM (page 166) ACM Battery voltage too LOW
171 2 AAT (page 146) AAT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
171 3 AAT (page 146) AAT Signal Out of Range HIGH
171 4 AAT (page 146) AAT Signal Out of Range LOW
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 13

SPN FMI Sub-section Condition Description


172 2 MAF (page 1625) IAT Signal Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect
172 3 MAF (page 1625) IAT signal Out of Range HIGH
172 4 MAF (page 1625) IAT Signal Out of Range LOW
173 2 EGT (page 1112) EGT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
173 3 EGT (page 1112) EGT signal Out of Range HIGH
173 4 EGT (page 1112) EGT signal Out of Range LOW
175 2 EOT (page 1186) EOT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
175 3 EOT (page 1186) EOT signal Out of Range HIGH
175 4 EOT (page 1186) EOT signal Out of Range LOW
175 7 EOT (page 1186) EOT not warming along with engine
175 15 EWPS (page 1226) Engine Oil System above Warning Temperature
188 0 Engine (page 1128) Engine Low Idle RPM above normal
188 1 Engine (page 1128) Engine Low Idle RPM below normal
190 0 EWPS (page 1226) Engine Overspeed - Most Severe Level
191 3 TOSS (page 1862) TOSS/VSS signal out of range HIGH
191 4 TOSS (page 1862) TOSS/VSS signal out of range LOW
191 5 TOSS (page 1862) TOSS/VSS Open Circuit fault
191 14 TOSS (page 1862) TOSS/VSS Error invalid signal
521 2 BODY (page 437) Brake applied while APP applied
593 31 EWPS (page 1226) Engine stopped by IST
596 19 BODY (page 437) Cruise Control Enable Switch not detected on J1939
597 2 BODY (page 437) Brake switch or circuit fault
597 19 BODY (page 437) Brake Switch not detected on J1939
609 19 DCU (page 498) ACM (CES) not detected on J1939
628 12 ECM (page 995) ECM Memory Error
629 0 ECM (page 995) ECM Error - CPU Load Excessively HIGH
629 8 ECM (page 995) ECM Error - Engine Off Timer fault
629 12 ECM (page 995) ECM Internal chip Error
636 2 CMP (page 486) CMP and CKP Synchronization Error
636 7 CMP (page 486) CMP to CKP incorrect reference
637 8 CKP (page 472) CKP signal noise
637 10 CKP (page 472) CKP signal Inactive
639 14 J1939 (page 1619) J1939 Data Link Error (ECM unable to transmit)
651 4 INJ (page 1381) Injector 1 open coil - short circuit
14 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN FMI Sub-section Condition Description


651 5 INJ (page 1381) Injector 1 open coil - open circuit
651 7 INJ (page 1381) Injector 1 Spool Motion Compensation Max Authority
Reached
651 14 INJ (page 1381) Injector 1 Fuel quantity / timing error
652 4 INJ (page 1381) Injector 2 open coil - short circuit
652 5 INJ (page 1381) Injector 2 open coil - open circuit
652 7 INJ (page 1381) Injector 2 Spool Motion Compensation Max Authority
Reached
652 14 INJ (page 1381) Injector 2 Fuel quantity / timing error
653 4 INJ (page 1381) Injector 3 open coil - short circuit
653 5 INJ (page 1381) Injector 3 open coil - open circuit
653 7 INJ (page 1381) Injector 3 Spool Motion Compensation Max Authority
Reached
653 14 INJ (page 1381) Injector 3 Fuel quantity / timing error
654 4 INJ (page 1381) Injector 4 open coil - short circuit
654 5 INJ (page 1381) Injector 4 open coil - open circuit
654 7 INJ (page 1381) Injector 4 Spool Motion Compensation Max Authority
Reached
654 14 INJ (page 1381) Injector 4 Fuel quantity / timing error
655 4 INJ (page 1381) Injector 5 open coil - short circuit
655 5 INJ (page 1381) Injector 5 open coil - open circuit
655 7 INJ (page 1381) Injector 5 Spool Motion Compensation Max Authority
Reached
655 14 INJ (page 1381) Injector 5 Fuel quantity / timing error
656 4 INJ (page 1381) Injector 6 open coil - short circuit
656 5 INJ (page 1381) Injector 6 open coil - open circuit
656 7 INJ (page 1381) Injector 6 Spool Motion Compensation Max Authority
Reached
656 14 INJ (page 1381) Injector 6 Fuel quantity / timing error
679 3 IPR (page 1607) IPR short to PWR
679 4 IPR (page 1607) IPR Open or short to GND
729 3 IAHC (page 1286) IAHC short to PWR
729 4 IAHC (page 1286) IAHC short to GND
729 5 IAHC (page 1286) IAHC open load / circuit
729 18 IAHC (page 1286) IAH Monitor fault: Lack of Heat in the Intake Manifold
931 3 EFP (page 1056) EFP short to PWR
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 15

SPN FMI Sub-section Condition Description


931 4 EFP (page 1056) EFP open load / circuit or short to GND
974 3 RAPP (page 1747) Remote APP signal Out of Range HIGH
1136 0 ECM (page 995) ECM Error – over temperature
1173 2 TC2CIT (page 1832) TC2CIT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
1173 3 TC2CIT (page 1832) TC2CIT signal Out of Range HIGH
1173 4 TC2CIT (page 1832) TC2CIT signal Out of Range LOW
1173 16 TC2CIT (page 1832) TC2CIT signal above desired (Low Pressure CAC
Interstage under cooling)
1189 3 TC2WC (page 1850) TC2WC short to PWR
1189 4 TC2WC (page 1850) TC2WC Open or short to GND
1209 0 AMS (page 389) EBP above desired level
1209 2 EBP (page 924) EBP signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
1209 3 EBP (page 924) EBP signal Out of Range HIGH
1209 4 EBP (page 924) EBP signal Out of Range LOW
1209 7 AMS (page 389) EBP signal not responding as expected
1322 31 Engine (page 1128) Misfire - Multiple Cylinders
1323 31 Engine (page 1128) Misfire - Cylinder 1
1324 31 Engine (page 1128) Misfire - Cylinder 2
1325 31 Engine (page 1128) Misfire - Cylinder 3
1326 31 Engine (page 1128) Misfire - Cylinder 4
1327 31 Engine (page 1128) Misfire - Cylinder 5
1328 31 Engine (page 1128) Misfire - Cylinder 6
1378 31 EWPS (page 1226) Change Engine Oil Service Interval
1387 31 ECM (page 995) Altitude Reference Adder Fault
1569 31 DEFTLT (page 746) SCR Tamperproof Warning & Protection System
Inducement Severe
1659 20 ECT1 (page 1032) ECT1 below expected: Check Thermostat
1761 1 DEFTLT (page 746) DEFTL Inducement (Level 3 - 4)
1761 3 DEFTLT (page 746) DEFTL signal Out of Range HIGH
1761 4 DEFTLT (page 746) DEFTL signal Out of Range LOW
1761 10 DEFTLT (page 746) DEF Level abnormal rate of change
1761 11 DEFTLT (page 746) DEFTL signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
1761 17 DEFTLT (page 746) DEFTL Inducement Level 1
1761 18 DEFTLT (page 746) DEFTL Inducement Level 2
1761 19 DEFTLT (page 746) DEFTL not detected on J1939
16 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN FMI Sub-section Condition Description


2623 3 APP (page 407) APP2 signal Out of Range HIGH
2623 4 APP (page 407) APP2 signal Out of Range LOW
2630 2 CACOT (page 447) CACOT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
2630 3 CACOT (page 447) CACOT signal Out of Range HIGH
2630 4 CACOT (page 447) CACOT signal Out of Range LOW
2630 16 CACOT (page 447) CACOT Undercooling
2659 10 AMS (page 389) EGR Slow Response Fault
2659 14 AMS (page 389) EGR System flow rate error during Air Management
Test
2659 20 AMS (page 389) EGR High Flow Rate detected
2659 21 AMS (page 389) EGR Low Flow Rate detected
2791 2 EGR (page 1076) EGR feedback communication fault
2791 3 EGR (page 1076) EGRV supply voltage is too HIGH
2791 7 EGR (page 1076) EGR Valve unable to achieve commanded position
2791 8 EGR (page 1076) EGR valve not receiving ECM PWM signal
2791 12 EGR (page 1076) EGR Valve Internal self test fault
2791 14 EGR (page 1076) EGR valve Initialization Fault
2797 6 INJ (page 1381) Injector Control Group 1 - short circuit (INJ 1, 2, 3)
2798 6 INJ (page 1381) Injector Control Group 2 - short circuit (INJ 4, 5, 6)
3031 2 DEFTLT (page 746) DEFTT signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect
3031 3 DEFTLT (page 746) DEFTT signal Out of Range HIGH
3031 4 DEFTLT (page 746) DEFTT signal Out of Range LOW
3055 2 INJ (page 1381) ICP / IPR Adaptation In-Range Fault
3061 31 SCR (page 1752) CSER Exhaust warm up time fault
3216 4 NOX (page 1669) NOxIN signal Out of Range LOW
3216 10 NOX (page 1669) NOxIN signal abnormal rate of change
3216 13 NOX (page 1669) NOxIN Out of Calibration
3216 19 NOX (page 1669) NOxIN not detected on J1939
3216 20 NOX (page 1669) NOxIN signal drifted HIGH
3216 21 NOX (page 1669) NOxIN signal drifted LOW
3218 2 NOX (page 1669) NOxIN power supply signal erratic, intermittent or
incorrect
3226 2 NOX (page 1669) NOxOUT signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect
3226 4 NOX (page 1669) NOxOUT signal Out of Range LOW
3226 10 NOX (page 1669) NOxOUT signal abnormal rate of change
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 17

SPN FMI Sub-section Condition Description


3226 13 NOX (page 1669) NOxOUT Out of Calibration
3226 19 NOX (page 1669) NOxOUT not detected on J1939
3226 20 NOX (page 1669) NOxOUT signal drifted HIGH
3226 21 NOX (page 1669) NOxOUT signal drifted LOW
3228 2 NOX (page 1669) NOxOUT power supply signal erratic, intermittent or
incorrect
3242 0 DPFIT (page 886) DPFIT above Critical Temperature
3242 2 DPFIT (page 886) DPFIT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
3242 3 DPFIT (page 886) DPFIT signal Out of Range HIGH
3242 4 DPFIT (page 886) DPFIT signal Out of Range LOW
3242 15 DPFIT (page 886) DPFIT above Warning Temperature
3242 16 DPFIT (page 886) DPFIT above Maximum Temperature
3246 0 DPFOT (page 908) DPFOT above Critical Temperature
3246 2 DPFOT (page 908) DPFOT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
3246 3 DPFOT (page 908) DPFOT signal Out of Range HIGH
3246 4 DPFOT (page 908) DPFOT signal Out of Range LOW
3246 15 DPFOT (page 908) DPFOT above Warning Temperature
3246 16 DPFOT (page 908) DPFOT above Maximum Temperature
3251 0 AFT (page 173) DPFDP excessively HIGH (Plugged filter)
3251 2 DPFDP / DPFOP (page 854) DPFDP signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
3251 3 DPFDP / DPFOP (page 854) DPFDP signal Out of Range HIGH
3251 4 DPFDP / DPFOP (page 854) DPFDP signal Out of Range LOW
3251 15 AFT (page 173) DPF Soot Load - Least Severe Level
3251 16 AFT (page 173) DPF Soot Load - Moderately Severe Level
3361 2 DEFSP (page 699) DEFSP signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect
3361 3 DEFSP (page 699) DEFSP signal Out of Range HIGH
3361 4 DEFSP (page 699) DEFSP signal Out of Range LOW
3362 31 DEFSP (page 699) DEF dosing unable to prime
3363 3 DEFTHV (page 725) DEF Tank Heater Control Valve short to PWR
3363 4 DEFTHV (page 725) DEF Tank Heater Control Valve short to GND
3363 7 DEFTHV (page 725) DEF Tank Heater Control Valve Mechanical system not
responding
3363 16 DEFTHV (page 725) DEF Tank Heater Control Valve stuck open fault
3363 18 DEFTHV (page 725) DEF Tank Heater Control Valve unable to thaw frozen
DEF
18 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN FMI Sub-section Condition Description


3464 31 ETP (page 1208) Intake Throttle Valve short circuit fault
3471 1 AFTFPC (page 302) AFT Fuel Pressure 1 below desired (Low system
pressure)
3471 7 AFTFPC (page 302) AFT Fuel Doser Valve not responding as expected
3471 10 AFTFPC (page 302) AFT Fuel Pressure incorrect dosing pressure multiple
events
3479 3 AFTFPC (page 302) AFT Fuel Doser Valve Short to PWR
3479 4 AFTFPC (page 302) AFT Fuel Doser Valve Short to GND
3479 5 AFTFPC (page 302) AFT Fuel Pressure Valve Open or Short to GND low
side
3479 6 AFTFPC (page 302) AFT Fuel Doser Valve High Side Short circuit
3480 3 AFTFIS (page 254) AFTFP1 signal Out of Range HIGH
3480 4 AFTFIS (page 254) AFTFP1 signal Out of Range LOW
3482 3 AFTFSV (page 231) AFT Fuel Enable Control Valve short to PWR
3482 4 AFTFSV (page 231) AFT Fuel Enable Control Valve open or short to GND
3509 3 VREF (page 1876) VREF 1 voltage above maximum
3509 4 VREF (page 1876) VREF 1 voltage below minimum
3510 3 VREF (page 1876) VREF 2 voltage above maximum
3510 4 VREF (page 1876) VREF 2 voltage below minimum
3511 3 VREF (page 1876) VREF 3 voltage above maximum
3511 4 VREF (page 1876) VREF 3 voltage below minimum
3521 11 DEFTLT (page 746) Improper Reductant in DEF Tank
3556 0 AFTFP2 (page 284) AFT Fuel Pressure 2 excessively high (Restricted
injection)
3556 1 AFTFP2 (page 284) AFT Fuel Pressure 2 below desired (Possible system
leak)
3556 7 AFTFP2 (page 284) AFT Fuel Injector not responding as expected
3610 2 DPFDP / DPFOP (page 854) DPFOP signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect
3610 3 DPFDP / DPFOP (page 854) DPFOP signal Out of Range HIGH
3610 4 DPFDP / DPFOP (page 854) DPFOP signal Out of Range LOW
3659 4 INJ (page 1381) Injector 1 close coil – short circuit
3659 5 INJ (page 1381) Injector 1 close coil – open circuit
3660 4 INJ (page 1381) Injector 2 close coil – short circuit
3660 5 INJ (page 1381) Injector 2 close coil – open circuit
3661 4 INJ (page 1381) Injector 3 close coil – short circuit
3661 5 INJ (page 1381) Injector 3 close coil – open circuit
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 19

SPN FMI Sub-section Condition Description


3662 4 INJ (page 1381) Injector 4 close coil: short circuit
3662 5 INJ (page 1381) Injector 4 close coil – open circuit
3663 4 INJ (page 1381) Injector 5 close coil – short circuit
3663 5 INJ (page 1381) Injector 5 close coil – open circuit
3664 4 INJ (page 1381) Injector 6 close coil – short circuit
3664 5 INJ (page 1381) Injector 6 close coil – open circuit
3695 2 AFT (page 173) DPF Regen Inhibit Switch erratic, intermittent or
incorrect
3695 19 AFT (page 173) DPF Regen Inhibit Switch status not detected on J1939
3703 31 AFT (page 173) DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
3713 31 AFT (page 173) DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to System
Timeout
3719 0 AFT (page 173) DPF Soot Load - Highest (level 3/3)
3719 15 AFT (page 173) DPF Soot Load - Lowest (level 1/3)
3719 16 AFT (page 173) DPF Soot Load - Moderate (level 2/3)
3750 31 AFT (page 173) DPF Regen inhibited due to low exhaust temperatures
3936 0 EWPS (page 1226) DPF Soot Load – Severe De-Rate
3936 14 AFT (page 173) DOC/DPF Temperature module (Incorrect Part)
3936 15 AFT (page 173) DPF System above Warning Pressure
3936 16 AFT (page 173) DPF System above Maximum Pressure
4077 3 AFTFP2 (page 284) AFTFP2 signal Out of Range HIGH
4077 4 AFTFP2 (page 284) AFTFP2 signal Out of Range LOW
4094 31 DEFTLT (page 746) DEF below acceptable quality
4192 3 WIF (page 1931) WIF signal Out of Range HIGH
4192 4 WIF (page 1931) WIF signal Out of Range LOW
4192 5 WIF (page 1931) WIF signal Open or Short to PWR
4192 31 WIF (page 1931) Water in Fuel Detected
4227 7 CCOSS (page 466) CC Oil Separator: Not spinning
4257 7 INJ (page 1381) Injector Coking Compensation Factor Reached
Maximum Authority
4257 16 INJ (page 1381) Multiple Injector High Flow fault
4257 18 INJ (page 1381) Multiple Injector Low Flow fault
4287 0 ECBP (page 966) ECBP above desired level
4287 1 ECBP (page 966) ECBP below desired level
4287 3 ECBP (page 966) ECBP signal Out of Range HIGH
20 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN FMI Sub-section Condition Description


4287 4 ECBP (page 966) ECBP signal Out of Range LOW
4334 2 DEFLP (page 607) DEFLP signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect
4334 3 DEFLP (page 607) DEFLP signal Out of Range HIGH
4334 4 DEFLP (page 607) DEFLP signal Out of Range LOW
4334 16 DEFLP (page 607) DEF Absolute Pressure above maximum
4334 18 DEFLP (page 607) DEF Absolute Pressure below normal
4337 2 DEFLP (page 607) DEF Dosing Unit Temperature - Data Erratic,
Intermittent, or Incorrect
4337 10 DEFLP (page 607) DEF Dosing Unit Temperature abnormal rate of change
4340 3 DEFSLH (page 642) DEF Supply Line Heater Short to PWR
4340 5 DEFSLH (page 642) DEF Supply Line Heater open load/circuit
4342 3 DEFRLH (page 657) DEF Return Line Heater Short to PWR
4342 5 DEFRLH (page 657) DEF Return Line Heater open load/circuit
4344 3 DEFPLH (page 684) DEF Pressure Line Heater Short to PWR
4344 5 DEFPLH (page 684) DEF Pressure Line Heater open load/circuit
4360 0 SCRIT (page 1800) SCRIT above Critical Temperature
4360 2 SCRIT (page 1800) SCRIT signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect
4360 3 SCRIT (page 1800) SCRIT signal Out of Range HIGH
4360 4 SCRIT (page 1800) SCRIT signal Out of Range LOW
4360 15 SCRIT (page 1800) SCRIT above Warning Temperature
4360 16 SCRIT (page 1800) SCRIT above Maximum Temperature
4363 0 SCROT (page 1816) SCROT above Critical Temperature
4363 2 SCROT (page 1816) SCROT signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect
4363 3 SCROT (page 1816) SCROT signal Out of Range HIGH
4363 4 SCROT (page 1816) SCROT signal Out of Range LOW
4363 15 SCROT (page 1816) SCROT above warning temperature
4363 16 SCROT (page 1816) SCROT above Maximum Temperature
4364 18 SCR (page 1752) Low NOx Conversion Detected
4376 3 DEFRCV (page 671) DEF Reverting Control Valve short to PWR
4376 4 DEFRCV (page 671) DEF Reverting Control Valve short to GND
4376 7 DEFRCV (page 671) DEF Reverting Control Valve - Mechanical system not
responding or out of adjustment
4377 2 Ammonia (page 353) NH3 in range stuck fault
4377 3 Ammonia (page 353) NH3 Sensor signal Out of Range HIGH
4377 4 Ammonia (page 353) NH3 operation fault
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 21

SPN FMI Sub-section Condition Description


4377 10 Ammonia (page 353) NH3 abnormal rate of change
4377 12 Ammonia (page 353) NH3 internal chip error
4377 13 Ammonia (page 353) NH3 operation fault
4377 19 Ammonia (page 353) NH3 Sensor Module not detected on j1939
4380 2 Ammonia (page 353) NH3 signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
4382 10 Ammonia (page 353) NH3 sensor Heater abnormal rate of change
4752 4 EGR (page 1076) EGR Cooler Efficiency: EGR Outlet Temp above
expected
4765 0 DOCIT (page 833) DOCIT above Critical Temperature
4765 2 DOCIT (page 833) DOCIT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
4765 3 DOCIT (page 833) DOCIT signal Out of Range HIGH
4765 4 DOCIT (page 833) DOCIT signal Out of Range LOW
4765 15 DOCIT (page 833) DOCIT Above Warning Temperature
4765 16 DOCIT (page 833) DOCIT Above Maximum Temperature
4766 15 DPFIT (page 886) DPFIT Above Warning Temperature
4766 16 DPFIT (page 886) DPFIT Above Maximum Temperature
4792 7 SCR (page 1752) SCR Catalyst System - Mechanical system not
responding or out of adjustment
4792 14 SCR (page 1752) SCR Temperature Module (Incorrect Part)
4794 31 SCR (page 1752) SCR Catalyst System Missing
4795 31 AFT (page 173) DPFDP excessively LOW (sensor/circuit fault or
missing DPF)
4796 31 AFT (page 173) Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Missing
5024 10 NOx (page 1669) NOxIN Sensor Heater abnormal rate of change
5031 10 NOx (page 1669) NOxOUT Sensor Heater not reading correctly
5109 15 DCU (page 498) DCU battery voltage too HIGH
5109 17 DCU (page 498) DCU battery voltage too LOW
5109 19 DCU (page 498) DCU not detected on J1939
5125 14 VREF (page 1876) VREF 7 voltage above or below normal
5126 14 VREF (page 1876) VREF 8 voltage above or below normal
5127 14 VREF (page 1876) VREF 9 voltage above or below normal
5246 15 DEFTLT (page 746) SCR Tamper Proof Inducement Level 1 status
5298 17 AFT (page 173) DOC Efficiency fault, Temperature below minimum
Regen Aborted
5298 18 AFT (page 173) DOC Efficiency fault, Temperature below minimum
22 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN FMI Sub-section Condition Description


5302 18 Ammonia (page 353) Post SCR NH3 Conversion Efficiency - Data Valid But
Below Normal Operating Range - Moderately Severe
Level
5319 31 AFT (page 173) DPF incomplete regeneration
5394 2 DEFD (page 579) DEF Dosing below desired (Low NOx conversion
across SCR)
5394 5 DEFD (page 579) DEF Doser Valve open load/circuit
5394 7 DEFD (page 579) DEF Dosing Unit - Mechanical system not responding
5395 0 Engine (page 1128) Engine unable to achieve desired idle torque (too high)
5395 1 Engine (page 1128) Engine unable to achieve desired idle torque (too low)
5397 31 DPF (page 850) DPF regenerations are occurring too frequently
5456 2 AFTFIS (page 254) AFTFIT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
5456 3 AFTFIS (page 254) AFTFT signal Out of Range HIGH
5456 4 AFTFIS (page 254) AFTFT signal Out of Range LOW
5491 3 DEFLHR (page 593) DEF Line Heater Relay Open or short to PWR
5491 4 DEFLHR (page 593) DEF Line Heater Relay short to GND
5541 2 EBPV (page 939) TC1TOP signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect
5541 3 EBPV (page 939) TC1TOP signal Out of Range HIGH
5541 4 EBPV (page 939) TC1TOP signal Out of Range LOW
5542 15 EBPV (page 939) TC1TOP Above Desired
5543 3 EBPV (page 939) EBPC short to PWR
5543 4 EBPV (page 939) EBPC short to GND
5543 5 EBPV (page 939) EBPC open load / circuit
5742 3 DOC (page 804) DPF Thermocouple Controller Out of Range HIGH
5742 4 DOC (page 804) DPF Thermocouple Controller Out of Range LOW
5742 11 DOC (page 804) DPF Thermocouple Controller signal erratic,
intermittent, or incorrect
5742 12 DOC (page 804) DOC/DPF Temperature sensor module internal error
5742 16 DOC (page 804) DPF Thermocouple Controller above Maximum
Temperature
5742 19 DOC (page 804) DOC/DPF Temperature module not detect J1939
5743 3 SCR (page 1752) SCR Thermocouple Controller Out of Range HIGH
5743 4 SCR (page 1752) SCR Thermocouple Controller Out of Range LOW
5743 11 SCR (page 1752) SCR Thermocouple Controller signal erratic,
intermittent, or incorrect
5743 12 SCR (page 1752) SCR Temperature sensor module internal error
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 23

SPN FMI Sub-section Condition Description


5743 16 SCR (page 1752) SCR Thermocouple Controller above Maximum
Temperature
5743 19 SCR (page 1752) SCR Temperature module not detect J1939
5745 3 DEFSMH (page 540) DEF Supply Module Heater Out of Range HIGH
5745 4 DEFSMH (page 540) DEF Supply Module Heater Out of Range LOW
5745 18 DEFSMH (page 540) DEF Dosing Unit Heater below Warning Temperature
5746 3 DEFSMH Relay (page 792) DEF Supply Module Heater Relay short to PWR
5746 4 DEFSMH Relay (page 792) DEF Supply Module Heater Relay short to GND
5798 2 DEFSMH (page 540) DEF Supply Module Heater Temperature erratic,
intermittent or incorrect
5798 10 DEFSMH (page 540) DEF Supply Module Heater Temperature abnormal
rate of change
520668 31 DEF (page 533) Controller Adaptation Outer Limits Reached (Low
Reductant Delivery)
520669 31 DEF (page 533) Controller Adaptation Inner Limits Reached (Low
Reductant Delivery)

Figure 1 Warning Lamps


24 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

How To Use Symptom Based Diagnostics


Begin symptom based diagnostic troubleshooting by performing 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout
Procedure. This procedure inspects fundamental engine systems needed for proper operation: fuel, batteries,
air intake, exhaust, engine oil, coolant, and control system communication. The final step points to more specific
operational checkout procedures for your symptom.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 25

Operational Checkout Procedures


1.0 - Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure

Step 1 Inspect fuel level, quality, and fuel system. Decision


Perform Fuel Level Inspection (page 2217) and Fuel System Inspection (page Yes: Go to Step 2.
2214).
No: Correct low fuel level.
Are fuel level to specification, and is fuel system not damaged or leaking? Repair fuel system leaks
or damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 2 Inspect batteries, electrical system, and connections. Decision


Perform Batteries and Electrical System Inspection (page 2258). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are batteries, electrical system, and connections in good condition, tight, not No: Repair broken, loose,
corroded, and is battery voltage in specification? or corroded electrical
system connections or
components. Charge
batteries to 12.6
volts. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 3 Inspect air intake system for damage or restrictions. Decision


Perform Intake Air Inspection (page 2230). Yes: Repair air intake
system damage or
Are air intake system components damaged or restricted?
restrictions. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Inspect exhaust system for damage or restrictions. Decision


Inspect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC), Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF), Yes: Repair exhaust
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst, exhaust brake, and exhaust piping system damage or
for damage or restrictions. restrictions. After repairs
are complete, retest for
Are exhaust system components damaged or restricted?
original problem.
No: Go to Step 5.
26 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Inspect engine oil level. Decision


Perform Engine Oil Level and Quality Check (page 2218). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Is engine oil level and quality to specification? No: Correct engine oil
level or quality problem. If
oil is aerated, run engine
for 10 minutes to attempt
to clear oil aeration. Go
to Step 6.

Step 6 Inspect engine coolant level and quality. Decision


Perform Coolant Level Inspection (page 2220) and Coolant Quality Inspection Yes: Go to Step 7.
(page 2221).
No: Fill engine coolant to
Are coolant level and quality to specification? specification. Go to Step
7.

Step 7 Verify Engine Control Module (ECM) communicates with Electronic Decision
Service Tool (EST), obtain vehicle health report, and check for current
ECM calibration.
A. Connect EST with ServiceMaxx™ software and log-in. Yes: Go to Step 8.
B. Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report (page 1962). No, ECM calibration
not current: Ensure
Is EST communicating with the ECM, and is ECM calibration current?
vehicle has latest ECM
calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No, EST not
communicating with
ECM: Go to 11.0 ECM
Loss of Communication
(page 55).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 27

Step 8 Review results from previous steps, Repair Order (RO), vehicle history, and operator complaint.
Go to operational checkout procedure for specific symptom:
• 2.0 Engine Does Not Start Operational Checkout Procedure (page 28)
• 3.0 Engine Hard to Start Operational Checkout Procedure (page 32)
• 4.0 Engine Running, Engine Not Under Load Operational Checkout Procedure (page 36)
• 5.0 Engine Running, Engine Under Load Operational Checkout Procedure (page 38)
• 6.0 Cooling System Operational Checkout Procedure (page 40)
• 7.0 Engine Oil System Operational Checkout Procedure (page 43)
• 8.0 Fuel System Operational Checkout Procedure (page 45)
• 9.0 Engine Compression Brake Operational Checkout Procedure (page 46)
• 10.0 SCR Aftertreatment Operational Checkout Procedure (page 47)
28 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

2.0 - Engine Does Not Start Operational Checkout Procedure

Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine no start conditions and avoid
unnecessary work and repairs.

Step 1 Perform preliminary operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 1.0
Preliminary Vehicle
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 25).

Step 2 Determine if injector buzz test will identify a failed fuel injector. Decision
Perform KOEO Injector Test (page 2008). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is an audible buzz sound heard from each injector? No: Do injector circuit
diagnostics (SPN
651-656 FMI 4, 5;
SPN 2797; 2798 FMI
3, 4; SPN 3659-3664
FMI 4, 5) for specific
failed injector(s). If
circuit diagnostics
passes, replace failed
injector(s).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 29

Step 3 Check for no start related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for: Diagnostics for no start
related SPN.
• SPN 94 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
No: Go to Step 4.
• SPN 931 Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)
• SPN 164, 3055 Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• SPN 679 Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• SPN 636 Camshaft Position (CMP)
• SPN 637 Crankshaft Position (CKP)
• SPN 108, 158, 628, 629, 1136, 1387 Engine Control Module (ECM)
• SPN 27, 2791 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
• SPN 110, 1659 Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
• SPN 175 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
• SPN 51, 3464, Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
• SPN 651-656, 2797, 2798, 3055, 3659-3664, 4257 Injector (INJ) faults
• SPN 4287 Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP)
Does EST DTC list have any active fault codes listed above?
30 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Record snapshot of no start related Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) data. Decision
A. Perform Record Snapshot of KOEO Data (page 1968). Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Wiggle the ICP harness, IPR harness, UVC connector (for ICP); 24-pin, No: Battery voltage
42-pin (IP), and 36-pin ECM connectors. out of specification:
Repair battery, starting
Are battery voltage, FDP, ICP, and engine temperature sensor values within KOEO
system, charging
specifications?
system, or ECM PWR
circuit problem. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No, FDP out of
specification: Go
to 8.1 Fuel Delivery
Pressure (page 121).
No, ICP out of
specification: Go to
SPN 164 FMI 0 Fault
Code Diagnostics
(page 1303).
No, One or more
engine temperature
sensors not within
20°F (7°C) of others
after cold soak:
Go to Fault Code
Diagnostics (page
145)for sensor out of
specification.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 31

Step 5 Record snapshot of engine cranking data. Decision


A. Perform Engine Cranking Test (page 2027). Yes: Go to Step 6.
B. Wiggle the ICP harness, IPR harness, UVC connector (for ICP); 24-pin, No, SWBAT or Engine
42-pin (IP), and 36-pin ECM connectors. Speed (rpm) out of
specification: Go to
Are Switch Battery (SWBAT), Engine Speed (rpm), ICP, IPR Ctrl, FDP, and EGR
2.1 Engine Cranks
Position within engine cranking specification (page 2267)?
Slow or Does Not
Crank (page 59).
No, ICP or IPR out of
specification: Go to
CPA High-Pressure
Oil Pump (HPOP) Test
(page 2082).
No, FDP out of
specification: Go
to 8.1 Fuel Delivery
Pressure (page 121).
No, EGR out of
specification: Go to
SPN 2791 FMI 7 Fault
Code Diagnostics
(page 1094).

Step 6 Engine no start, cold ambient temperature. Decision


Attempt to start engine. Yes: Go to 2.2 Engine
No Start, Cold Ambient
Does engine fail to start, specifically during cold ambient temperatures?
Temperature (page
62).
No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Engine at operating temperature, no re-start. Decision


A. Run engine to operating temperature. Yes: Go to 2.3
Engine at Operating
B. Attempt to start engine at operating temperature.
Temperature, No
Does engine fail to start, specifically after being run to operating temperature? Re-Start (page 64).
No: Go to 2.4 Engine
Never Starts (page
66).
32 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

3.0 - Engine Hard to Start Operational Checkout Procedure

Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine hard to start conditions and avoid
unnecessary work and repairs.

Step 1 Perform preliminary operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 1.0
Preliminary Vehicle
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 25).

Step 2 Check for hard to start related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for: Diagnostics for hard to
start related SPN.
• SPN 94 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
No: Go to Step 3.
• SPN 931 Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)
• SPN 164 Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• SPN 679 Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• SPN 636 Camshaft Position (CMP)
• SPN 637 Crankshaft Position (CKP)
• SPN 108, 158, 628, 629, 1136, 1387 Engine Control Module (ECM)
• SPN 27, 2791 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
• SPN 110, 1659 Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
• SPN 175 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
• SPN 1209 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP)
• SPN 3251 Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)
• SPN 5541, 5543 Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)
• SPN 51, 3464 Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
• SPN 102 Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP)
• SPN 132 Mass Air Flow (MAF)
• SPN 651-656, 2797, 2798, 3055, 3659-3664, 4257 Injector (INJ) faults
• SPN 4287 Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP)
Does EST DTC list have any of the fault codes listed above?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 33

Step 3 Record snapshot of hard to start related Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Decision
data.
A. Perform Record Snapshot of KOEO Data (page 1968). Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Wiggle the ICP harness, IPR harness, UVC connector (for ICP); 24-pin, No, battery voltage
42-pin (IP), and 36-pin ECM connectors. out of specification:
Repair battery, starting
Are battery voltage, Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP), Injection Control Pressure (ICP),
system, charging
and engine temperature sensor values within Key-On Engine-Off specifications?
system, or ECM PWR
circuit problem. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No, FDP out of
specification: Go to
8.1 -Fuel Delivery
Pressure (page 121).
No, ICP out of
specification: Go to
SPN 164 FMI 0 Fault
Code Diagnostics
(page 1303).
No, one or more engine
temperature sensors
Not within 20°F (7°C)
of others after cold
soak: Go to Fault Code
Diagnostics for sensor
out of specification.
34 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Record snapshot of engine cranking data. Decision


A. Perform Engine Cranking Test (page 2027). Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Wiggle the ICP harness, IPR harness, UVC connector (for ICP); 24-pin, No, SWBAT or Engine
42-pin (IP), and 36-pin ECM connectors. Speed (rpm) out of
specification: Go to 2.1
Are Switch Battery (SWBAT), Engine Speed (rpm), ICP, IPR, FDP, EGR,
Engine Cranks Slow or
Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP), EBP, and DPFDP within
Does Not Crank (page
Engine cranking specification?
59).
No, ICP or IPR out of
specification: Go to
CPA High-Pressure
Oil Pump (HPOP) Test
(page 2082).
No, FDP out of
specification: Go to 8.1
Fuel Delivery Pressure
(page 121).
No, EGR out of
specification: Go to
SPN 2791 FMI 7 Fault
Code Diagnostics
(page 1094).
No, TC1TOP, EBP,
or DPFDP out
of specification:
Look for exhaust
restrictions. Go To
Diesel Particulate
Filter (DPF) Inspection
(page 2235), Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst
(DOC) Inspection
(page 2238), Selective
Catalyst Reduction
(SCR) Inspection
(page 2240), and
Decomposition
Reactor Tube
Inspection
(Decomposition
Reactor Tube
Inspection, page
2245).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 35

Step 5 Determine if engine will not start specifically during cold ambient Decision
temperatures.
Attempt to start engine. Yes: Go to 3.1 Engine
Hard to Start, Cold
Is engine hard to start, specifically during cold ambient temperatures?
Ambient Temperature
(page 69).
No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Determine if engine is hard to re-start after being run to operating Decision
temperature.
A. Run engine to operating temperature. Yes: Go to 3.2
Engine at Operating
B. Attempt to re-start engine at operating temperature.
Temperature, Hard to
Is engine hard to re-start specifically after being run to operating temperature? Re-Start (page 71).
No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Determine if engine starts, and then stalls. Decision


Attempt to start engine. Yes: Go to 3.3 Engine
Starts, Then Stalls
Does engine start and then stall?
(page 73).
No: Go to 2.4 Engine
Never Starts (page 66).
36 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

4.0 - Engine Running, Engine Not Under Load Operational Checkout Procedure

Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine running problems while engine is
not under a load.

Step 1 Perform preliminary operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you Perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure (page Yes: Go to Step 2.
25)?
No: Go to 1.0
Preliminary Vehicle
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 25).

Step 2 Check for related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault
list for: Code Diagnostics for
appropriate SPN.
• SPN 91, 2623 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
No: Go to Step 3.
• SPN 94 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• SPN 931 Electronic Fuel Pump (EFP)
• SPN 164, 3055 Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• SPN 679 Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• SPN 636 Camshaft Position (CMP)
• SPN 637 Crankshaft Position (CKP)
• SPN 27, 2791 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
• SPN 110, 1659 Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
• SPN 175 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
• SPN 1209 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP)
• SPN 3610 Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP)
• SPN 5541, 5543 Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)
• SPN 3251 Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)
• SPN 51, 3464 Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
• SPN 102 Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP)
• SPN 132 Mass Air Flow (MAF)
• SPN 651-656, 2797, 2798, 3055, 3659-3664, 4257 Injector (INJ)
• SPN 105 Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT)
Does EST DTC list have any of the above listed SPN?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 37

Step 3 Record snapshot of engine running data and determine if engine idles Decision
properly.
A. Perform Record Snapshot of Engine Running Data (page 2087) while Yes: Go to 4.1 Rough
symptom is occurring. Idle (page 75).
B. Wiggle the ICP harness, IPR harness, UVC connector (for ICP); 24-pin, No: Go to Step 4.
42-pin (IP), and 36-pin ECM connectors.
C. Run engine at idle.
D. Full throttle for 15 seconds.
E. Idle for 30 seconds.
F. Full throttle for 15 seconds.
G. Idle for 30 seconds.
H. Stop recording.
Does engine idle rough or surge at idle?

Step 4 Determine if engine is able to reach rated speed. Decision


A. Start engine. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Increase engine rpm to rated speed, and return to idle. No: Go to 4.2 Engine
Unable to Reach Rated
Is engine able to reach rated speed?
Speed (No Load) (page
79).

Step 5 Determine if a popping noise is coming from engine air intake. Decision
A. Start engine. Yes: Go to 4.3 Popping
Noise from Intake
B. Listen for popping noise from engine air intake.
(page 82).
C. Increase engine rpm to rated speed and return to idle.
No: Review operator
Is popping noise heard from engine air intake? complaint.
38 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

5.0 - Engine Running, Engine Under Load Operational Checkout Procedure

Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine running problems while under a
load.

Step 1 Perform preliminary operational checkout procedure.


Did you Perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure (page Yes: Go to Step 2.
25)?
No: Go to 1.0 Preliminary
Vehicle Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 25).

Step 2 Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault
list for: Code Diagnostics for
appropriate SPN (page
• SPN 91, 2623 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
11).
• SPN 94 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
No: Go to Step 3.
• SPN 931 Electronic Fuel Pump (EFP)
• SPN 164, 3055 Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• SPN 679 Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• SPN 636 Camshaft Position (CMP)
• SPN 637 Crankshaft Position (CKP)
• SPN 27, 2791 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
• SPN 110, 1659 Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
• SPN 175 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
• SPN 1209 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP)
• SPN 3610 Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP)
• SPN 5541, 5543 Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)
• SPN 3251 Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)
• SPN 51, 3464 Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
• SPN 102 Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP)
• SPN 132 Mass Air Flow (MAF)
• SPN 651-656, 2797, 2798, 3055, 3659-3664, 4257 Injector (INJ)
• SPN 105 Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT)
Does EST DTC list have any of the above listed SPN?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 39

Step 3 Record snapshot of engine running data and determine if engine has a
misfire.
Perform 0 to 60 MPH Test (page 2091). Yes: Go to 5.2 Misfire
(Stumble/Surge/Runs
Does engine speed vary by 50 rpm or more while symptom is occurring?
Rough) (page 90).
No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Determine if engine has low power or slow acceleration.


Review 0 to 60 MPH Test results. Yes: Go to 5.1 Low Power
(Slow Acceleration) (page
Does vehicle have low power or slow acceleration?
84).
No, if equipped with
Power Takeoff (PTO): Go
to Step 5.
No, if not equipped with
PTO: review operator
complaint.

Step 5 Determine if engine is able to reach desired speed during PTO


operation.
A. Start engine. Yes: Review operator
complaint.
B. Operate PTO.
No: Go to 5.3 Engine
C. If vehicle is equipped with a manual PTO, increase engine rpm to
Unable to Reach Desired
desired operating speed.
Speed During PTO
Does engine reach desired speed during PTO operation? Operation (page 93).
40 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

6.0 - Cooling System Operational Checkout Procedure

Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine cooling system problems and avoid
unnecessary repairs.

Step 1 Perform preliminary operational checkout procedure. Decision


Yes: Go to Step 2.
Did you Perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure?
No: Go to 1.0 Preliminary
Vehicle Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 25).

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.

Step 2 Determine if air flow thru cooling package is restricted or cooling Decision
system components are damaged.
A. Inspect for restrictions and debris in front of and between radiators and Yes: Clear restrictions
other cooling package components. and clean debris from
cooling package. Repair
B. Inspect cooling fan blades, fan shroud, accessory drive belt(s), drive belt
damaged cooling system
tensioner(s), cooling package, and other cooling system components
components. After
for damage.
repairs are complete,
Were restrictions or debris found, or are cooling system components damaged? retest for original problem.
No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Determine if deaeration tank cap holds to rated pressure. Decision


Perform Deaeration Tank Cap Test (page 2182). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Does deaeration cap hold to rated pressure?
No: Replace deaeration
tank cap. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 41

Step 4 Determine if engine or cooling system components are leaking Decision


externally or internally.
Perform Coolant Leak Visual Inspection (page 2225). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Does cooling system holding pressure for 15 minutes?
No, external leaks: Repair
external cooling system
leaks. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No, internal leaks: Go to
Step 8.

Step 5 Determine if cooling system will not get up to proper operating Decision
temperature.
A. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software Yes: Go to Step 6.
and log in.
B. Run engine to operating temperature while monitoring Engine Coolant
Temperature (ECT).
Does ECT reach 180°F (82°C) or higher?
No: Go to 6.3 Engine
Unable to Reach
Operating Temperature
(page 102).

Step 6 Determine if cooling system overflows. Decision


Perform Coolant Over-Flow / Over-Temperature Test (page 2189). Yes: Go to 6.1 Coolant
Overflow (page 96).
Does coolant overflow out of the deaeration tank, before over temperature?
No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Determine if vehicle cooling system goes over temperature or Decision


overheats.
NOTE: Do not run vehicle on a dynamometer to duplicate over temperature or Yes: Go to 6.2 Coolant
over-heat concern. False results will occur due to lack of proper air flow across Over Temperature (page
the cooling package. 99).
Does vehicle cooling system go over temperature 220°F (104°C) or overheat?
No: Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Determine if coolant is in the engine oil. Decision


Perform Coolant to Engine Oil Inspection (page 2250). Yes: Go to 6.6 Coolant
Leak to Engine Oil (page
Is engine oil contaminated with coolant?
107).
No: Go to Step 9.
42 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 9 Determine if coolant is in the engine air intake. Decision


Perform Coolant to Intake Inspection (page 2226). Yes: Go to 6.5 Coolant
Leak to Intake (page
NOTE: Some moisture and streaking inside the intake system is normal.
106).
Is coolant present in the engine intake?
No: Go to Step 10.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, allow engine to cool before working with
components.

Step 10 Determine if coolant is in the exhaust. Decision


Perform Coolant in Exhaust Inspection (page 2222). Yes: Go to 6.4 Coolant
Leak to Exhaust (page
Is coolant or white residue visible in the exhaust system?
104).
No: Review operator
complaint.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 43

7.0 - Engine Oil System Operational Checkout Procedure

Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine oil system problems and avoid
unnecessary repairs.

Step 1 Perform preliminary operational checkout procedure. Decision


Yes: Go to Step 2.
Did you Perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure?
No: Go to 1.0 Preliminary
Vehicle Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 25).

Step 2 Determine if engine has external oil leaks. Decision


Inspect for engine oil leaks (turbocharger oil drain line, crankcase breather, Yes: Repair engine oil
front main seal, etc.). leaks as needed. After
repairs are complete,
Is engine oil visibly leaking from the engine, or does vehicle leave oil stains
retest for original problem.
on the ground where parked?
No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Check for engine oil related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for: Diagnostics for engine oil
related SPN.
• SPN 100 Engine Oil Pressure (EOP)
• SPN 110 Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
• SPN 111 Engine Coolant Level (ECL)
• SPN 175 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
Does EST DTC list have any of the fault codes listed above?
No: Go to Step 4.

NOTE: Some condensation on dipstick and dipstick tube is normal.


44 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Verify engine oil quality, and determine if oil is aerated. Decision
Review results from Engine Oil Level and Quality Inspection (page 2218). Yes, fuel is in engine oil:
Go to 8.2 Fuel in Engine
Is engine oil contaminated or aerated?
Oil (page 125).
Yes, engine oil
contaminated: Go to 7.1
Engine Oil Contamination
(page 108).
Yes, engine oil aerated:
Go to 7.6 Engine Oil
Aeration (page 119).
No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Determine if engine oil is leaking into the cooling system. Decision
A. Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more. Yes: Go to 6.6 Coolant
Leak to Engine Oil. (page
B. Remove deaeration tank cap.
107).
C. Inspect deaeration tank for engine oil.
Is engine oil in the deaeration tank?
No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Determine if engine oil pressure is low or high. Decision


A. Start engine. Yes, oil pressure low: Go
to 7.4 Low Engine Oil
B. Read engine oil pressure gauge.
Pressure (page 114).
Is engine oil pressure lower or higher then specification (page 2268).
Yes, oil pressure high:
Go to 7.5 High Engine Oil
Pressure (page 117).
No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Determine if engine oil is leaking into air intake. Decision


Remove Charge Air Cooler (CAC) piping from the Engine Throttle Valve (ETV). Yes: Go to 7.2 Engine Oil
Leak to Intake (page 111).
Is excessive oil present in air intake?
No: Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Determine if engine oil is leaking into exhaust. Decision


Disconnect turbocharger down pipe at Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Yes: Go to 7.3 Engine Oil
outlet. Leak to Exhaust (page
113).
Is excessive oil present in exhaust?
No: Review complaint.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 45

8.0 - Fuel System Operational Checkout Procedure

Step 1 Perform preliminary operational checkout procedure. Decision


Yes: Go to Step 2.
Did you Perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure (page
25)?
No: Go to 1.0 Preliminary
Vehicle Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 25).

Step 2 Determine if fuel is contaminated. Decision


Perform Fuel Quality Inspection (page 2215). Yes: Flush fuel system.
Replace fuel filters. After
Is fuel contaminated?
repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Determine if engine has a fuel delivery problem. Decision


Perform Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is fuel pressure between 60 and 100 psi?
No: Go to 8.1 Fuel
Delivery Pressure (page
121).

Step 4 Determine if engine has fuel in the engine oil. Decision


Perform Engine Oil Level and Quality Inspection (page 2218). Yes: Go to 8.2 Fuel in
Engine Oil (page 125).
Is fuel in the engine oil?
No: Review operator
complaint.
46 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

9.0 - Engine Compression Brake Operational Checkout Procedure

Step
Perform preliminary operational checkout procedure. Decision
1
Did you perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Yes: Go to Step 2
Procedure?
No: Go to 1.0 Preliminary
Vehicle Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 25).

Step
Check for related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
2
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for: Diagnostics for appropriate
SPN.
• SPN 191 Transmission Output Shaft Speed (TOSS) / Vehicle Speed
Sensor (VSS)
• SPN 597 Engine compression brake switch
• SPN 4287 Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP)
Does EST DTC list have any of the above listed SPN?
No: Go to Step 3.

Step Determine if engine compression brake is operating, or is engaged


Decision
3 when not commanded On.
A. Perform 0 to 60 MPH Test (page 2091) while symptom is No, engine brake does not
occurring, activate and deactivate engine brake. activate: Go to 9.1 Engine
Compression Brake Inoperative
B. Review 0 to 60 snapshot.
(page 128).
Does engine brake activate and deactivate properly when commanded?
No, engine brake does not
disengage when commanded
Off: Go to 9.2 Engine
Compression Brake Engaged
When Not Commanded (page
131).
Yes: Review operator complaint.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 47

10.0 - SCR Aftertreatment Operational Checkout Procedure

Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) exhaust
aftertreatment system problems and avoid unnecessary repairs.
CAUTION: The following service information only applies to N9 and N10 engines with SCR aftertreatment
systems.

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform preliminary operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 1.0
Preliminary Vehicle
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 25).

Step 2 Determine if parked regeneration will not activate. Decision


Press Parked Regen Switch. Yes: Press brake
pedal to abort Parked
Does exhaust aftertreatment regeneration start?
Regen. Go to Step 3.
No: Go to 10.1 Parked
Regeneration Will Not
Activate (page 133).

Step 3 Determine if excessive black smoke comes out of exhaust. Decision


Does excessive black smoke come out of exhaust? Yes: Go to 10.2 Black
Smoke (page 135).
No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Determine if excessive white smoke comes out of exhaust. Decision


Does excessive white smoke come out of exhaust? Yes: Go to 10.3 White
Smoke (page 140).
No: Review operator
complaint.
48 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

11.0 - ECM Loss of Communication

Overview
Diagnose Engine Control Module (ECM) not communicating with the Electronic Service Tool (EST).
Possible Causes
• Theft deterrent system
• Public Controller Area Network (CAN) circuit (terminating resistor, etc.)
• Any failed module on Public CAN
• Power and / or ground circuits to Diagnostic Connector
• Engine Control Module (ECM) power circuit (ECM fuse, ECM PWR Relay, etc.)
• ECM ground circuit
• Low battery voltage
• Faulty ECM

Test Procedure

Step
Perform preliminary operational checkout procedure. Decision
1
Did you perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Yes: Go to Step 2.
Procedure?
No: Go to 1.0 Preliminary
Vehicle Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 25).

Step
Determine if Electronic Service Tool (EST) is working properly. Decision
2
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Connect EST with ServiceMaxx™ to a second vehicle and log in.
Does EST communicate properly with second vehicle?
No: Repair EST. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 49

Step
Determine if EST communicates with other modules. Decision
3
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Connect EST with ServiceMaxx™ software to initial vehicle and
log in.
C. Under the Connection (Sniffer) tab verify equipped modules are
listed under Module Name and Count is actively changing.
Does EST communicate with modules other than the Engine Control
Module (ECM)?
No: Go to Step 15.

NOTE: See latest version of N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.

Step
Determine if ECM ground circuits are working properly. Decision
4
A. Key Off. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00959-01 to ECM 76-pin gray
chassis connector and leave ECM disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00959-01 to 180-pin Breakout
Box 00-00956-08.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
E. Measure voltage between battery positive and pins C-2, 4, and 6.
Are ECM ground circuits between pins C-2, 4, 6 and battery positive
within 0.5V of battery voltage?
No: Repair ground circuits. After
repairs are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step
Determine if ECM is receiving ignition switch power. Decision
5
A. KOEO. Yes: Go to Step 8.
B. Measure SWBAT circuit voltage between battery ground and pin
C-31.
Is voltage between pin C-31 and battery negative within 0.5V of battery
voltage?
No: Go to Step 6.
50 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step
Determine if vehicle has an anti-theft system installed. Decision
6
Look for anti-theft password switch panel on vehicle center panel. Yes: See Electrical System
troubleshooting Guide for
Does vehicle have an anti-theft system installed?
anti-theft system checks. After
repairs are complete, retest for
original problem.
If anti-theft system is operating
correctly, and problem remains,
go to Step 7.
No: Go to Step 7.

Step
Determine if IPR PWR circuit has proper voltage. Decision
7
A. Inspect F1-A ( 5A or 10A) fuse for loose terminals or corrosionYes: Repair Open or high
(see appropriate Truck Circuit Diagram). resistance between F1-A fuse
and ECM pin C-31. After repairs
B. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
are complete, retest for original
C. Measure voltage between ground and each side of the F1-A fuse. problem.
Is voltage within 0.5V of battery voltage on both sides of the F1-A fuse?
No, voltage is within 0.5V of
battery voltage only on one
side of F1-A fuse: Replace
blown fuse and / or repair
loose terminals or corrosion.
Diagnosis short or other reason
fuse blew. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
No, voltage not within 0.5V
of battery voltage on either
side: Diagnosis and repair
power circuit to F1-A fuse
(see Electrical System
Troubleshooting Guide). After
system repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 51

Step
Determine if ECM MPR ground circuit is operating properly. Decision
8
A. KOEO. Yes: Go to Step 10.
B. Remove ECM PWR Relay.
C. Measure voltage between battery positive and ECM PWR relay
pin-85.
Is voltage between pin–85 and battery positive within 0.5V of battery
voltage?
No: Go to Step 9.

Step
Determine if ECM MPR ground circuit is Open. Decision
9
A. KOEO. Yes: Go to Step 10.
B. Measure voltage between battery positive and pin C-70.
Is voltage between pin C-70 and battery positive within 0.5V of battery
voltage?
No: Replace Engine Control
Module (ECM). After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.

Step
Determine if power circuits to the ECM are working properly. Decision
10
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Yes: Go to Step 11.
B. Measure voltage between battery ground and pins C-1, 3 and 5.
Are power circuits between pins C-1, 3, and 5 and battery ground within
0.5V of battery voltage?
No: Diagnose and repair ECM
power circuit (40A fuse, ECM
PWR relay, etc.). After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
52 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step Determine if Public CAN circuits between ECM and Diagnostic


Decision
11 Connector are Open or have high resistance.
A. Key Off. Yes: Go to Step 12.
B. Disconnect batteries.
C. Measure resistance between 9-pin Diagnostic Connector pin-D
and ECM pin C-62 (CAN-L).
D. Measure resistance between Diagnostic Connector pin-C and
ECM pin C-61 (CAN-H).
Are measured resistances 5 ohms or less?
No: Repair Open or high
resistance in Public CAN
circuit(s). After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.

Step
Measure resistance between Public CAN circuits. Decision
12
Measure resistance between Diagnostic Connector pin-C and pin-D. Yes: Go to Step 14.
Is resistance between Diagnostic Connector pin-C and pin-D
approximately 60 ohms?
No: Go to Step 13.

Step
Measure terminating resistors. Decision
13
A. Remove both 120 ohm Public CAN terminating resistors. Yes: Repair Public CAN
circuit wiring. After repairs are
B. Measure resistance of each terminating resistor.
complete, retest for original
Is resistance of each terminating resistor approximately 120 ohms? problem.
No: Replace defective
terminating resistor(s). After
repairs are complete, retest for
original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 53

Step
Determine if Public CAN J1939 data link is operating properly. Decision
14
A. Connect vehicle batteries. Yes: Replace Engine Control
Module (ECM). After repairs
B. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
are complete, retest for original
C. Measure voltage between 9-pin Diagnostic Connector pin-C problem.
(CAN-H) and ground. Record measurement.
D. Measure voltage between Diagnostic Connector pin-D (CAN-L)
and ground. Record measurement.
NOTE: The sum of CAN-H and CAN-L voltage measurements should add
up to approximately 5V, and CAN-H voltage should be greater than CAN-L.
Is the sum of CAN-H and CAN-L voltage measurements approximately
5V, and is CAN-H 2.7V (+-0.5V) and CAN-L 2.3V (+-0.5V)?
No: Repair Public CAN circuit
wiring. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.

Step
Determine if Diagnostic Connector has proper voltage and ground. Decision
15
A. Measure voltage between 9-pin Diagnostic Connector pin-B and Yes: Go to Step 16.
battery negative.
B. Measure voltage between Diagnostic Connector pin-A and
battery positive.
Is power circuit between pin-B and battery ground within 0.5V of battery
voltage; and is voltage between ground circuit pin-A and battery positive
within 0.5V of battery voltage?
No: Repair power and/or ground
circuit(s) to the Diagnostic
Connector. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
54 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step
Determine if Public CAN J1939 data link is operating properly. Decision
16
A. KOEO. Yes: Go to Step 17.
B. Measure voltage between 9-pin Diagnostic Connector pin-C
(CAN-H) and ground. Record measurement.
C. Measure voltage between Diagnostic Connector pin-D (CAN-L)
and ground. Record measurement.
NOTE: The sum of CAN-H and CAN-L voltage measurements should add
up to approximately 5V, and CAN-H should be greater than CAN-L.
Is the sum of CAN-H and CAN-L voltage measurements approximately
5V, and is CAN-H 2.7V (+-0.5V) and CAN-L 2.3V (+-0.5V)?
No: repair Public CAN circuit
wiring. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.

Step
Determine what module is causing communication failure. Decision
17
Unplug one Public CAN module at a time, and check when EST CAN Yes: Replace faulty module with
communication returns. Verify only one module is unplugged at any time. a known good module. After
repairs are complete, retest for
Does EST CAN communication return when a specific module is
original problem.
unplugged?
No: End Diagnostic Steps.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify Supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 55

12.0 Soot Buildup at Exhaust Manifold / Gasket Out of Position

Overview
Diagnose reason for soot buildup at exhaust manifold. Exhaust manifold gasket damage and position are key
to determine required steps.
Some cold start exhaust leaks / soot accumulation at exhaust joints is normal, and does Not require exhaust
manifold and gasket replacement. Examples:
• Exhaust manifold slip joint between ports 2 and 3
• EGR cooler to exhaust manifold slip joint (goose neck)
Exhaust manifold gasket condition and position must be checked.
NOTE: Do not remove exhaust manifold to measure warpage.
NOTE: Minor exhaust leaks will not cause engine performance or frequent exhaust regeneration problems.
Possible Causes
• Exhaust manifold gasket out of position / failed
• Exhaust manifold slip joint leaking (blow by)
• Cracked exhaust manifold (likely near cylinder 4)
• Leaking exhaust downpipe gasket(s), loose V-band clamps, etc.

Test Procedure
NOTE: Do not remove exhaust manifold for cuff seal installation.

Step
Determine if soot is accumulating near the exhaust manifold. Decision
1
Inspect entire exhaust manifold / gasket area for soot accumulation. Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is soot accumulation present?
No: Do not remove exhaust
manifold. Inspect cuff seal slip
joint between ports 2 and 3.
Repair if needed. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.

Step Determine if soot is accumulating between exhaust manifold ports


Decision
2 2 and 3, or cylinder 6 port?
Is soot accumulating between exhaust manifold ports 2 and 3, or cylinder Yes: Go to Step 3.
6 port?
No: Go to Step 4.
56 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 2
A. Acceptable Gasket Position Between Cylinders 2 and 3

Figure 3
A. Unacceptable Gasket Position Between Cylinders 2 and 3
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 57

Figure 4
A. Acceptable Gasket Protrusion at Cylinder 6

Figure 5
A. Unacceptable Gasket Protrusion at Cylinder 6
58 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step
Determine if exhaust manifold gasket is out of position. Decision
3
A. Inspect top and bottom of exhaust manifold gasket. Yes: Install new exhaust
manifold and gasket kit. Inspect
B. Determine if exhaust manifold gasket holes are aligned halfway
cuff seal on exhaust manifold
or better with respect to bolt hole in the cylinder head. See
slip joint between ports 2 and 3.
(Figure 2) and (Figure 3).
Repair if needed. After repairs
C. Determine if exhaust manifold gasket protrudes from manifold are complete, retest for original
flange more then 3/8 inch (0.95 cm) at cylinder 6 exhaust port. problem.
See (Figure 4) and (Figure 5) .
Is exhaust manifold gasket out of proper position?
No: Go to Step 4.

Step Determine if soot has accumulated in other areas near the exhaust
Decision
4 manifold.
Inspect for soot accumulation at the following areas: Yes: Inspect exhaust downpipe
gasket(s) for leaks or loose
• Turbocharger housings
v-band clamps. Repair as
• Top of EGR cooler housing necessary. Inspect cuff seal
on exhaust manifold slip joint
• EGR crossover pipe
between ports 2 and 3. Repair
• Exhaust downpipe connections if needed. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
Is soot buildup present in these locations?
problem.
No: Go to Step 5.

Step
Determine if exhaust manifold is cracked. Decision
5
Inspect exhaust manifold for cracks, especially near cylinder 4. Yes: Install new exhaust
manifold and gasket kit. Inspect
Is exhaust manifold cracked?
cuff seal on exhaust manifold
slip joint between ports 2 and 3.
Repair if needed. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic Steps.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify Supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 59

Engine Does Not Start Symptoms


2.1 - Engine Cranks Slow or Does Not Crank

Overview
Determine reason engine will not crank or will not crank fast enough to start the engine.

Possible Causes
• Failed batteries or low charge
• Corroded or loose battery cables
• Master battery switch turned Off, or Open battery cable circuit
• Starting system faults
• Crank inhibit fault
• Charging system faults
• Internal engine damage (hydro lock due to Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler or fuel injector tip failure,
etc.)
• Starter or flywheel gear binding or not engaging properly
• Power Take Off (PTO) or engine drive engaged
NOTE: See appropriate Truck Electrical System Troubleshooting Guide for additional starting and charging
system information.

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 2.0 Engine Does Not Start Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 2.0 Engine
Does Not Start
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 28).

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death when working with batteries, always wear face or
eye protection, have water supply available, ensure good ventilation, and be sure no flames or sparks
are present.

Step 2 Determine if each vehicle battery is fully charged. Decision


Measure batteries voltage with a Digital Multimeter (DMM). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is voltage of each battery 12.5 volts or more?
No: Charge batteries.
Test charging system.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
60 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 3 Determine if master battery switch is Off or battery cable circuit has Decision
high resistance.
Turn ignition key to the Run position and observe instrument panel lights and Yes: Go to Step 4.
listen for injector pre-cycle.
No: Turn master battery
Do instrument panel lights come On and did injectors pre-cycle? switch On or fix battery
cable circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

CAUTION: Follow instructions and safety procedures suggested by test equipment manufacturers.
NOTE: Cold batteries deliver less current.

Step 4 Determine if batteries are able to deliver appropriate current to start Decision
engine.
Using Midtronics – inTELLECT EXP HD – Battery and Electrical System tester Yes: Go to Step 5.
(EXP1000HD), test fully charged batteries. Follow directions in tester instruction
manual.
Do batteries pass test?
No: Slow charge or
replace each battery that
fails test. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 5 Determine if PTO or engine drive is engaged. Decision


Are PTO or engine drive engaged? Yes: Disengage PTO
accessories and engine
drives. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Determine if engine has internal damage or starter / flywheel gears Decision
are binding.
Using Engine Rotation Tool ZTSE6072, rotate crankshaft by hand to determine if Yes: Go to Step 7.
starter/flywheel gears are binding or engine has internal damage.
Does crankshaft rotate appropriately?
No: Repair
starter/flywheel binding or
internal engine damage.
See Engine Service
Manual. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 61

Step 7 Determine if starting system is operating properly. Decision


Using Midtronics – inTELLECT EXP HD – Battery and Electrical System Tester Yes: End Diagnostic
(EXP1000HD): test starting system. Follow directions in tester instruction Steps.
manual.
Does starting system pass the test?
No, low current draw:
Perform voltage drop
test on main positive and
negative battery cables.
If voltage drop is 0.5 volts
or more, clean or replace
cable(s). After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No, zero current draw:
Check for Crank Inhibit
faults, starter solenoid
or circuit faults, failed
starter, and ignition
switch. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No, high current draw:
Check for faulty starter
or internal engine
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
62 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

2.2 - Engine No Start, Cold Ambient Temperature

Overview
Diagnose engine no start in cold ambient conditions (40°F {4°C} or colder).

Possible Causes
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor or circuit fault
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor or circuit fault
• Low cylinder compression
• Failed intake air grid heater
• Open or shorted IAH grid heater wiring (high current)
• Failed Intake Air Heater Relay
• Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) circuit fault (relay control)
• Open or shorted IAH relay wiring (high current)
• Failed engine coolant heater
• Failed oil pan heater

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure Decision


Did you perform 2.0 Engine Does Not Start Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 2.0 Engine
Does Not Start
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 28).

Step 2 Check for Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Decision
(DTC).
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for SPN 729 Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) fault codes. Diagnostics for SPN 729
(page 1286).
Is SPN 729 active?
No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Test Intake Air Heater (IAH) system. Decision


Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) Tests (page 2138). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is IAH system operating properly and did all Intake Air Heater Tests pass?
No: Repair IAH faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 63

Step 4 Test coolant heater assembly. Decision


Perform Coolant Heater Assembly Test (page 2161). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Is engine coolant heater operating properly and did all tests pass?
No: Repair engine
coolant heater assembly
faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 5 Test oil pan heater assembly. Decision


Perform Oil Pan Heater Test (page 2163). Yes: Perform Relative
Compression Test (page
Is oil pan heater operating properly and did all tests pass?
2022). If one or more
cylinders have significant
speed difference(s)
than others, repair
engine mechanical
problem. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Repair oil pan heater
assembly faults. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
64 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

2.3 - Engine at Operating Temperature, No Re-Start

Overview
Engine will not re-start, after being run to operating temperature.

Possible Causes
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) leak
• ICP circuit fault
• Combustion leak to low-pressure fuel system (injector)

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational Checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 2.0 Engine Does Not Start Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 2.0 Engine
Does Not Start
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 28).

Step 2 Start and run engine to operating temperature. Decision


Is Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) 158°F (70°C) or more? Yes: Go to Step 3.
No: Run engine to
operating temperature.

Step 3 With engine at operating temperature, check Injection– Control Decision


Pressure (ICP) at Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
A. Do not crank or run engine for 3 minutes or more, to allow ICP to bleed Yes: Go to SPN 164
off. FMI 0 SPN 164 FMI 0
(page 1303) Fault Code
B. Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software,
Diagnostics.
check ICP at KOEO.
Is ICP above KOEO specification?
No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 With engine at operating temperature, record snapshot of engine Decision


cranking data.
Perform Engine Cranking Test (page 2027). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Are ICP and Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) within cranking specification?
No: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil Pump
(HPOP) Test (page 2082).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 65

Step 5 Determine if cylinder relative compression is within specification. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Repair engine
mechanical problem.
Do one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than others?
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Measure fuel pressure to determine if combustion pressure is leaking Decision


into the fuel system.
Perform Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test (page 2128). Yes: Remove each fuel
injector and inspect
Is fuel pressure greater than specification and/or erratic?
injector seals and
bottom of injector for
burning. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
66 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

2.4 - Engine Never Starts

Overview
Determine reason engine cranks but will not start.

Possible Causes
• Engine Control Module (ECM) fault
• No Start related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)
• Air intake restriction
• Exhaust restriction
• Low Injection Control Pressure (ICP) or ICP leaks
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) fault
• Low Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• Engine compression loss or mechanical problems
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system fault
• Combustion into fuel system

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure Decision


Did you perform 2.0 Engine Does Not Start Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 2.0 Engine
Does Not Start
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 28).

Step 2 Determine if engine air intake is restricted. Decision


A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Yes: Repair intake
restriction. After repairs
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
are complete, retest for
to vehicle diagnostic connector.
original problem.
C. Select > Sessions > Default > Pressure tab.
No: Go to Step 3.
D. Observe Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure
(IMAP).
E. Observe IMAP while cranking the engine.
F. Calculate intake restriction: KOEO IMAP – Cranking IMAP = intake
restriction while cranking.
Is intake restriction 0.9 psi (6.2 kPa) or greater?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 67

Step 3 Determine if exhaust is restricted. Decision


Review Engine Cranking Test (page 2027) data. Yes: Go to Step 4.
Are Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP), Exhaust Back Pressure
(EBP), and Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) within
cranking specification?
No: Repair exhaust
restriction. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 4 Determine if engine is able to build Injection Control Pressure (ICP). Decision
Review Engine Cranking Test (page 2027) data. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Are ICP and Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) both in specification?
No: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil Pump
(HPOP) Test (page 2082).

Step 5 Determine if engine is able to build Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP). Decision
Record Snapshot of KOEO Data (page 1968) and review Engine Cranking Test Yes: Go to Step 6.
(page 2027).
Is FDP in specification during KOEO and cranking tests?
No: Go to 8.1 Fuel
Delivery Pressure (page
121).

Step 6 Determine if cylinder relative compression is within specification. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test. (page 2022) Yes: Repair engine
mechanical problem.
Do one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than others?
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Measure fuel pressure to determine if combustion pressure is leaking Decision


into the fuel system.
Perform Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test (page 2128). Yes: Inspect fuel injector
seals and bottom of each
Is fuel pressure greater then specification and/or erratic?
injector for burning. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.
68 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 69

Engine Hard to Start Symptoms


3.1 - Engine Hard to Start, Cold Ambient Temperature

Overview
Diagnose engine hard to start in cold ambient conditions (40°F {4°C} or colder).

Possible Causes
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor or circuit fault
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor or circuit fault
• Low cylinder compression
• Failed intake air grid heater
• Open or shorted Intake Air Heater (IAH) grid heater wiring (high current)
• Failed intake air heater relay
• Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) circuit fault (relay control)
• Open or shorted IAH relay wiring (high current)
• Failed engine coolant heater
• Failed oil pan heater

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure Decision


Did you perform 3.0 Engine Hard to Start Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 3.0 Engine
Hard to Start Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 32).

Step 2 Check for Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Decision
(DTC).
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for SPN 729 IAHC fault codes. Diagnostics for SPN 729
(page 1286).
Is SPN 729 active?
No: Go to Step 3.
70 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 3 Test Intake Air Heater (IAH) system. Decision


Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) Tests (page 2138). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is IAH system operating properly and did all Intake Air Heater Tests pass?
No: Repair IAH faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 4 Test engine coolant heater assembly. Decision


Perform Coolant Heater Assembly Test (page 2161). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Is engine coolant heater operating properly and did all tests pass?
No: Repair engine
coolant heater assembly
faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 5 Test oil pan heater assembly. Decision


Perform Oil Pan Heater Test (page 2163). Yes: Perform Relative
Compression Test (page
Is oil pan heater operating properly?
2022). If one or more
cylinders have significant
speed difference(s)
than others, repair
engine mechanical
problem. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Repair oil pan heater
faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 71

3.2 - Engine at Operating Temperature, Hard to Re-Start

Overview
Diagnose engine hard to re-start after being run up to operating temperature.

Possible Causes
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) leak
• ICP circuit fault
• Combustion leak to low-pressure fuel system (injector)

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure Decision


Did you perform 3.0 Engine Hard to Start Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 3.0 Engine
Hard to Start Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 32).

Step 2 Start and run engine to operating temperature. Decision


Is Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) 158°F (70°C) or more? Yes: Go to Step 3.
No: Run engine to
operating temperature,
then go to Step 3.

Step 3 With engine at operating temperature, check Key-On Engine-Off Decision


(KOEO) Injection Control Pressure (ICP).
A. Do not crank or run engine for 3 minutes or more, to allow Injection Yes: Go to SPN 164 FMI
Control Pressure (ICP) to bleed off. 0 (page 1303) Fault Code
Diagnostics.
B. Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software,
check ICP at KOEO.
Is ICP above KOEO specification?
No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Determine if ICP and Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) are within Decision
cranking specification.
With engine at operating temperature, perform Engine Cranking Test (page Yes: Go to Step 5.
2027).
Are ICP and Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) within cranking specification?
No: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil Pump
(HPOP) Test (page 2082).
72 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Determine if cylinder relative compression is within specification. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Repair engine
mechanical problem.
Do one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than others?
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Measure fuel pressure to determine if combustion pressure is leaking Decision


into fuel system.
Perform Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test (page 2128). Yes: Remove each fuel
injector and inspect
Is fuel pressure greater than specification and/or erratic?
injector seals and
bottom of injector for
burning. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 73

3.3 - Engine Starts, Then Stalls

Overview
Engine is able to start (possibly briefly), but is not able to continue to run.

Possible Causes
• Damaged or restricted intake: Change Air Cooler (CAC), Engine Throttle Valve (ETV), Mass Air Flow (MAF),
air filter, intake piping, clamps, connections, etc.
• Damaged or restricted exhaust: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC), Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF), Selective
Catalytic Reduction (SCR) catalyst, exhaust brake, exhaust piping, etc.
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve (stuck or sticking open)
• Combustion gases in fuel (injector)

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure Decision


Did you perform 3.0 Engine Hard to Start Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 3.0 Engine
Hard to Start Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 32).

Step 2 Determine if engine air intake is restricted. Decision


A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Yes: Repair intake
restriction. After repairs
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software.
are complete, retest for
C. Select > Sessions > Default > Pressure tab. original problem.
D. Observe KOEO Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure (IMAP).
E. Observe IMAP, while cranking engine.
F. Calculate intake restriction: KOEO IMAP – Cranking IMAP = intake
restriction while cranking.
Is intake restriction 0.9 psi (6.2 kPa) or greater?
No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Determine if Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is stuck or Decision


sticking open.
Perform EGRV Operational Test (page 2126). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Does EGR system pass EGRV Operational Test?
No: Repair EGR system
problem. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
74 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Determine if cylinder relative compression is within specifications. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Repair engine
mechanical problem.
Do one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than others?
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Measure fuel pressure to determine if combustion pressure is leaking Decision


into the fuel system.
Perform Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test (page 2128). Yes: Inspect fuel injector
seals and bottom of each
Is fuel pressure greater then specification and / or erratic?
injector for burning. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 75

Engine Running, Engine Not Under Load Symptoms


4.1 - Rough Idle

Overview
Diagnose cause of engine running rough or surging at idle. It is normal for engine to idle rough until engine
coolant temperature reaches approximately 141°F (61°C) or more.

Possible Causes
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) (low pressure, aerated fuel, etc.)
• Injector circuit or mechanical failure
• Engine compression loss in one or more cylinders
• Engine air intake leaks (unmetered air entering engine air intake)
• Engine accessory dragging or locking up (A/C compressor, belt tensioner, fan drive, etc.)

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 4.0 Engine Running, Engine Not Under Load Operational Yes: Go to Step 2.
Checkout Procedure?
No: Go to 4.0 Engine
Running, Engine
Not Under Load
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 36).

Step 2 Determine if Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) system is operating Decision


properly.
Review engine running snapshot: verify IPR Ctrl is less than 35% at idle. Yes: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil
Is IPR Ctrl 35% or greater at idle?
Pump (HPOP) Test
(page 2082).
No: Go to Step 3.
76 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 3 Determine if ICP system is operating properly. Decision


Review engine running snapshot: verify Injection Control Pressure (ICP) is Yes: Go to Step 4.
approximately the same as ICP Desired.
Is Injection Control Pressure approximately the same as ICP Desired?
No: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil
Pump (HPOP) Test
(page 2082).

Step 4 Determine if IPR system is operating properly. Decision


Review engine running snapshot: Verify IPR Ctrl is less than 80%. Yes: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil
Is IPR Ctrl 80% or greater?
Pump (HPOP) Test
(page 2082).
No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Determine if injectors and injector circuits are operating properly. Decision
Perform CPA Cold Idle Test (page 2056) and CPA Hot Idle Test (page 2067). Yes, injector fault:
Check resistance
Does CPA Cold Idle Test and / or CPA Hot Idle Test determine a fault?
of suspect injector
circuit. Repair circuit
problem(s). If circuit
checks are good,
replace injector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
Yes, high-speed
fluctuation: Check
resistance in injector
circuits through the
UVC gasket. Repair
circuit problem(s).
If UVC checks are
good, go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil
Pump (HPOP) Test
(page 2082).
No: Go to Step 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 77

Step 6 Determine if fuel delivery pressure is within specification. Decision


Perform Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Is fuel delivery pressure (gauge) within Low Idle, No Load, Stabilized Engine
Operating Temperature (page 2268) specification?
No: Go to 8.1 Fuel
Delivery Pressure
(page 121).

CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not run engine more than 2 minutes with accessory drive belts
disconnected.

Step 7 Determine if engine accessories are dragging or locking up. Decision


A. Remove accessory drive belt(s). Yes: Go to Step 8.
B. Start engine and check for accessories dragging or locking up.
Is rough engine idle still present?
No: Find and repair
accessory dragging or
locking up. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 8 Determine if cylinder relative compression is within specification. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Repair engine
mechanical or injector
Does one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than others?
seal problem. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: Go to Step 9.
78 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 9 Determine if engine has air intake leaks. Decision


Perform Intake Air Inspection (page 2230). Yes: Repair engine air
intake as needed. After
Is engine air intake leaking, damaged, or restricted?
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: Connect Cylinder
Performance Analyzer
(CPA) Tool (page 2052)
and test injectors for
leaks and misfires.
Perform CPA Signal
Check (page 2061),
CPA Hot Idle Test
(page 2067), and CPA
Road Test (page 2072).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 79

4.2 - Engine Unable To Reach Rated Speed (No Load)

Overview
Engine without a load, is not able to increase rpm up to rated speed.

Possible Causes
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
• Exhaust restriction
• Engine air restriction
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 4.0 Engine Running, Engine Not Under Load Operational Yes: Go to Step 2.
Checkout Procedure?
No: Go to 4.0 Engine
Running, Engine
Not Under Load
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 36).

Step 2 Determine if Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) meets full range %. Decision
Review engine running snapshot: Verify APP % at idle and at full throttle. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is Accelerator Pedal Position: 0% at idle, and 99% or greater at full throttle?
No: Repair APP sensor
or circuit problem. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
80 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 3 Determine if Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system is operating Decision


properly.
Review engine running snapshot: Verify Injection Control Pressure is approximately Yes: Go to Step 4.
the same as ICP Desired.
Is Injection Control Pressure approximately the same as ICP Desired?
No: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil
Pump (HPOP) Test
(page 2082).

Step 4 Determine if Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system is operating Decision


properly.
Review engine running snapshot: Verify EGR valve remains closed (35%). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Is EGR Position 35%?
No: Go to SPN
2791 FMI 7 (page
1094) Fault Code
Diagnostics. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.

Step 5 Determine if exhaust system is restricted. Decision


Review engine running snapshot: Verify TC1 Turbine Outlet Pressure is less Yes: Repair exhaust
than 10 psi. system restriction.
After repairs are
Is TC1 Turbine Outlet Pressure 10 psi or greater?
complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Determine if air intake is restricted. Decision


Review engine running snapshot. Verify Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure is Yes: Go to Step 7.
above BARO (not creating a vacuum).
Is Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure above BARO?
No: Repair intake
restriction. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 81

Step 7 Determine if fuel delivery pressure is within specification. Decision


Perform Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test (page 2128). Yes: Perform CPA
Signal Check (page
Does fuel delivery pressure (gauge) meet specification?
2061), CPA Hot Idle
Test (page 2067), and
CPA Road Test (page
2072).
No: Go to 8.1 Fuel
Delivery Pressure
(page 121).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
82 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

4.3 - Popping Noise from Intake

Overview
Engine cylinder compression popping back through the intake.

Possible Causes
• Sticking, damaged, or leaking intake or exhaust valve(s)
• Damaged pushrod(s)
• Damaged rocker arm or shaft
• Failed roller tappet assembly
• Failed camshaft

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 4.0 Engine Running, Engine Not Under Load Operational Yes: Go to Step 2.
Checkout Procedure?
No: Go to 4.0 Engine
Running, Engine
Not Under Load
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 36).

Step 2 Determine if cylinder relative compression is within specification. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Focus on
cylinder(s) with low
Does one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than others?
compression, and go
to Step 3.
No: Go to Step 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 83

Step 3 Inspect valve train for loose or damaged rocker arm assembly, or valve Decision
lash out of adjustment.
A. Remove valve cover. See Engine Service Manual . Yes, damaged
rocker arm
B. Inspect valve train for loose or damaged rocker arms, or valve lash out of
assembly: Replace
adjustment (focusing on any cylinders with low compression from Step 1).
damaged valve train
C. Measure valve lash. components. After
repairs are complete,
Is valve train for any cylinders loose, damaged, or valve lash out of adjustment?
retest for original
problem.
Yes, valve lash
out of adjustment:
Perform Cleaning and
Inspection of Push
rods, and Measure
Camshaft Lobe Lift
in the Engine Service
Manual. If camshaft
lobe lift is out of
specification, replace
camshaft.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
84 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Engine Running, Engine Under Load Symptoms


5.1 - Low Power (Slow Acceleration)

Overview
Vehicle or engine is not able to accelerate properly while under a load.

Possible Causes
• Vehicle overloaded (load higher then engine designed for)
• Road speed governor programmable parameter set too low
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Engine Control Module (ECM) barometric pressure error
• Exhaust restriction
• Boost control system fault
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve stuck or sticking Open
• Intake restriction
• Turbocharger coking or damage
• Low compression
• Engine compression brake engaged when not commanded.

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 5.0 Engine Running, Engine Under Load Operational Checkout Yes: Go to Step 2.
Procedure?
No: Go to 5.0 Engine
Running, Engine Under
Load Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 38).

Step 2 Determine if vehicle is overloaded. Decision


Review vehicle and engine load hauling capacity and compare to Tcape Yes: Reduce load. After
summary (available from International dealer). repairs are complete,
retest for original
Is vehicle overloaded?
problem.
No: Go to Step 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 85

Step 3 Verify Road Speed Governor programmable parameter is set above Decision
desired vehicle speed.
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
and log-in.
C. Select: Sessions > Parameters > Max Vehicle Speed with Road Speed
Limiting On, OR Road Speed Limiting Secondary Vehicle Speed Limit.
Are Road Speed Limiting programmable parameters set above desired vehicle
speed?
No: Set Road Speed
Limiting programmable
parameters to maximum
desired vehicle speed.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 4 Determine if engine compression brake is operating properly (if Decision


equipped).
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: verify BCP actual is approximately the same as BCP Yes: Go to Step 5.
desired.
Is BCP actual approximately the same as BCP desired; and when desired is 0,
actual is below 100 psi?
No: Go to 9.2 Engine
Compression Brake
Engaged when Not
Commanded (page 131).

Step 5 Determine if Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system is operating Decision


properly.
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: verify Injection Control Pressure is approximately the Yes: Go to Step 6.
same as ICP Desired.
Is Injection Control Pressure approximately the same as ICP Desired?
No: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil Pump
(HPOP) Test (page 2082).

Step 6 Determine if Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) system is operating Decision


properly.
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: verify IPR Ctrl is less than 80%. Yes: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil Pump
Is IPR Ctrl 80% or greater?
(HPOP) Test (page 2082).
No: Go to Step 7.
86 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 7 Verify Engine Control Module (ECM) is reading proper Barometric Decision
Absolute Pressure for local elevation and barometric pressure.
A. Review 0 to 60 snapshot: determine recorded Barometric Absolute Yes: Go to Step 8.
Pressure.
B. Determine local elevation and barometric pressure. (Examples: 14.7
psia at sea level, 13.2 psia at 3000 ft., 11.8 psia at 6000 ft., 10.1 psia
at 10,000 ft.)
C. If Barometric Absolute Pressure is not reasonable relative to local
barometric pressure, verify local barometric pressure on a second
vehicle.
Is Barometric Absolute Pressure reasonable relative to local barometric
pressure?
No: Install a new
ECM. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 8 Determine if exhaust is restricted. Decision


Review 0 to 60 snapshot: verify TC1 Turbine Outlet Pressure is less than 20 psi. Yes: Repair exhaust
system restriction. After
Is TC1 Turbine Outlet Pressure 20 psi or greater?
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: Go to Step 9.

Step 9 Determine if boost control system is operating properly. Decision


Review 0 to 60 snapshot: verify Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) is less than 70 psi. Yes: Go to Step 10.
Is EBP less than 70 psi?
No: Perform Boost
Control System Test
(page 2111). After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 10 Determine is Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) meets specification. Decision


Review 0 to 60 snapshot: verify FDP is within Full Load specification. Yes: Go to Step 11.
Is FDP within Full Load specification?
No: Go to 8.1 – Fuel
Delivery Pressure (page
121).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 87

Step 11 Determine if Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is operating Decision


properly.
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: verify EGR Position is approximately the same as Yes: Go to Step 12.
EGR Valve CTL.
Is EGR Position approximately the same as EGR Valve CTL?
No: Go to SPN 2791 FMI
7 (page 1094) Fault Code
Diagnostics. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 12 Validate performance of EGR system. Decision


A. Clear fault codes. Yes: Go to step 13.
B. Perform Air Management Test (page 2030).
Does Air Management Test pass and no fault codes are set?
No: Go to Fault Code
Diagnostics for specific
SPN/FMI. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 13 Determine if Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) during acceleration is Decision


reasonable.
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: verify IMP is within 5 psi of Full Load specification Yes: Go to Step 16.
for specific rating of engine. IMP can vary based on ECM calibration (engine
rating) and vehicle weight.
Is IMP within 5 psi of Full Load specification, for specific rating?
No: Go to Step 14.
88 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 14 Inspect for engine air intake (boost) leaks or restrictions. Decision
A. Inspect air intake system from air filter to engine intake manifold for Yes: Go to Step 15.
air leaks, damage, or restrictions.
B. Perform High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) Pressure Test
(page 2146).
C. Perform Interstage Cooler (ISC) Pressure Test (page 2153).
D. Inspect hoses and clamps, interstage cooler, and Charge Air Cooler
(CAC).
Is the air intake system and CAC system free of restrictions, leaks, or physical
damage?
No: Repair air intake
system leaks, damage, or
restrictions. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 15 Determine if turbocharger has damage or coking. Decision


Inspect turbocharger for damage or coking. Remove turbocharger intake Yes, turbocharger coking
tube. Inspect for coking. Rotate impeller shaft. Determine if impeller fins are and no damage: Perform
contacting housing. Dual Turbocharger
Compressor Cleaning
Does turbocharger have damage or coking?
and Inspection in
the Engine Service
Manual. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
Yes, turbocharger
damaged: replace
turbocharger (iApproval
may be required). After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: Go to Step 16

Step 16 Determine if cylinder relative compression is within specification. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Repair engine
mechanical, injector seal,
Does one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than others?
or engine compression
brake problems. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic Steps
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 89

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
90 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

5.2 - Misfire (Stumble / Surge / Runs Rough)

Overview
Engine power or speed (rpm) varies unexpectedly by more than 50 rpm under a load.
Possible Causes
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor or circuit
• Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)
• Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve stuck or sticking
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• Air intake (boost) leaks
• Engine compression loss of one or more cylinders
• Injector circuit or mechanical problem

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 5.0 Engine Running, Engine Under Load Operational Checkout Yes: Go to Step 2.
Procedure?
No: Go to 5.0 Engine
Running, Engine Under
Load Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 38).

Step 2 Determine if Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) signal is correct and Decision
stable.
Review 0 to 60 Test data: Verify APP signal moves smoothly as the throttle is Yes: Go to Step 3.
depressed and does not jump unexpectedly.
Is APP signal stable and not jumping unexpectedly, 0% at idle, and 99% or No: Repair APP sensor
greater at full throttle? or circuit problem. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 91

Step 3 Determine if Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) is operating Decision


properly.
A. Start engine. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Visually verify if EBPV is fully open and not moving (unless in regen
mode). Look at valve and verify rod is fully retracted and not moving.
C. Verify if EBPV cycles opened and closed three times after engine
shutdown. Some engines will only cycle the EBPV if Engine Coolant
Temperature (ECT) is 140°F (60° C).
Is EBPV fully open and not moving (unless in regen mode), and does EBPV No: Diagnose and repair
cycle after shutdown? EBPV system. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.

Step 4 Determine if Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) is operating properly. Decision


Review 0 to 60 Test data: compare Engine Throttle Position (actual) to Engine Yes: Go to Step 5.
Throttle CTL.
Is Engine Throttle Position approximately the same as Engine Throttle CTL? No: Repair ETV or circuit
problem. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 5 Determine if Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system is operating Decision


properly.
Review 0 to 60 Test data: verify if EGR Position is approximately the same as Yes: Go to Step 6.
EGR Valve CTL.
Is EGR Position approximately the same as EGR Valve CTL? No: Go to SPN 2791 FMI
7 (page 1094) Fault Code
Diagnostics. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 6 Determine if Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system is operating Decision


properly.
Review 0 to 60 Test data: verify Injection Control Pressure is approximately the Yes: Go to Step 7.
same as ICP Desired.
Is Injection Control Pressure approximately the same as ICP Desired? No: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil Pump
(HPOP) Test (page 2082).
92 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 7 Determine if Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) system is operating Decision


properly.
Review 0 to 60 Test data: verify if IPR Ctrl is less than 80% while under load or Yes: Go to CPA
less than 35% when stationary. High-Pressure Oil Pump
(HPOP) Test (page 2082).
Is IPR Ctrl 80% or greater under load, or greater than 35% when stationary? No: Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Determine if fuel delivery pressure is proper. Decision


Perform Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 9.
Is fuel delivery pressure (gauge) within specification (page 2266)? No: Go to 8.1 Fuel
Delivery Pressure (page
121).

Step 9 Inspect for air intake (boost) leaks or restrictions. Decision


A. Perform Intake Air Inspection (page 2230). Yes: Go to Step 10.
B. Pressurize Charge Are Cooler (CAC) system to 30 psi using Charge
Air Cooler (CAC) Tester ZTSE4341 and Interstage Cooler Test Kit
ZTSE4937.
Is air intake system and CAC system free of restrictions, leaks, or physical No: Repair air intake
damage? system leaks, damage, or
restrictions. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 10 Determine if cylinder relative compression is within specification. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Repair engine
mechanical or injector
problem. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
Does one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than others? No: Connect Cylinder
Performance Analyzer
(CPA) Tool (page 2052)
and test fuel injectors
for leaks and misfires.
Perform CPA Signal
Check (page 2061), CPA
Hot Idle Test (page 2067),
and CPA Road Test (page
2072).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 93

5.3 - Engine Unable to Reach Desired Speed During PTO Operation

Overview
Engine is not able to increase rpm up to desired speed during Power Take Off (PTO) operation.
Possible Causes
• PTO circuit or system fault
• Auxiliary Engine Speed Control (AESC) set speed (not set high enough or not set correctly)
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
• Exhaust restriction
• Intake restriction
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)

Test Procedure
NOTE: See CT-471 Body Builder books for additional PTO and AESC information.

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 5.0 Engine Running, Engine Under Load Operational Checkout Yes: Go to Step 2.
Procedure?
No: Go to 5.0
Engine Running,
Engine Under Load
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 38).

Step 2 Determine if Power Take Off (PTO) engages. Decision


Engage PTO. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Did PTO engage properly?
No: Diagnose and
repair PTO problem.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
94 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 3 Verify if Auxiliary Engine Speed Control (AESC) / remote engine throttle Decision
programmable parameters are set above desired speed.
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) (page 1979) with ServiceMaxx™
software and log in.
C. Select: Sessions > Parameters.
Are AESC parameters set above desired engine speed?
No: Set AESC
programmable
parameters to
maximum desired
engine speed. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.

Step 4 Determine if Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) meets full range percent. Decision
Review 0 to 60 Test data: Verify APP % at idle and full throttle. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Is Accelerator Peddle Position: 0% at idle, and 99% or greater at full throttle?
No: Repair APP
sensor or circuit
problem. After repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem.

Step 5 Determine if Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system is operating Decision


properly.
Review 0 to 60 Test data: Verify if Injection Control Pressure is approximately the Yes: Go to Step 6.
same as ICP Desired.
Is Injection Control Pressure approximately the same as ICP Desired?
No: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil
Pump (HPOP) Test
(page 2082).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 95

Step 6 Determine if Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system is operating Decision


properly.
Review 0 to 60 Test data: Verify if EGR Position is approximately the same as Yes: Go to Step 7.
EGR Valve CTL.
Is EGR Position approximately the same as EGR Valve CTL?
No: Go to SPN 2791
FMI 7 Fault Code
Diagnostics (page
1094). After repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem.

Step 7 Determine if exhaust system is restricted. Decision


Review 0 to 60 Test data: Verify if TC1 Turbine Outlet Pressure is less than 20 psi. Yes: Repair exhaust
system restriction.
Is TC1 Turbine Outlet Pressure 20 psi or greater?
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Determine if air intake is restricted. Decision


Review 0 to 60 Test data: Verify if Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure is above Yes: Go to Step 9.
BARO (not creating a vacuum).
Is Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure above BARO?
No: Repair intake
restriction. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.

Step 9 Determine is fuel delivery pressure meets specification. Decision


Perform Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test (page 2128). Yes: Perform CPA
Signal Check (page
Does fuel delivery pressure (gauge) meet specification?
2061), CPA Hot Idle
Test (page 2067), and
CPA Road Test (page
2072).
No: Go to 8.1 Fuel
Delivery Pressure
(page 121).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
96 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Engine Coolant Symptoms


6.1 - Coolant Overflow

Overview
Determine reason coolant overflows out of deaeration tank with the deaeration tank cap installed.
Possible Causes
• Air compressor
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler
• Cracked cylinder sleeve
• Cylinder head gasket
• Incorrect cylinder sleeve protrusion

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 6.0 Cooling System Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 6.0 Cooling
System Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 40).

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.

Step 2 Verify coolant overflow occurs before coolant over temperature. Decision
Does coolant overflow occur before cooling system goes over temperature? Yes: Go to Step 3.
No: Go to 6.2 Coolant
Over Temperature (page
99).

Step 3 Determine if combustion pressure is in the cooling system. Decision


Perform Combustion in Cooling System Test (page 2196). Yes: Retain test setup.
Go to Step 4.
Is combustion pressure in the cooling system?
No: Verify coolant is not
overfilled. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 97

Step 4 Determine if air compressor is causing coolant overflow. Decision


A. Fill deaeration tank with coolant to proper level. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Pinch closed air compressor coolant supply and return hoses.
C. Run engine for no more than 2 minutes.
CAUTION: Do not run engine for more than 2 minutes with air compressor coolant
hoses pinched off.
Are air bubbles present in test beaker with air compressor coolant hoses
pinched off?
No: Replace air
compressor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 5 Determine if Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler is leaking. Decision


Perform On-Engine EGR Cooler Leak Test (page 2198). Yes: Repair EGR cooler
(See Engine Service
Is EGR cooler leaking coolant?
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Review all previous
steps with supervisor
before proceeding to next
step. Go to Step 6.

CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, when replacing cylinder sleeves inspect piston cooling tubes for damage
or obstructions.
NOTE: Some cylinder head cracks between intake-to-intake or exhaust-to-exhaust valves are normal and
acceptable.

Step 6 Inspect cylinder sleeves for leaks, staining, pinholes, and cracks. Decision
Perform Cylinder Sleeve Cavitation and Crack Inspection (page 2253). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Are all cylinder sleeves free of coolant leaks, coolant staining, pinholes, and
cracks?
No: Replace leaking
or cracked cylinder
sleeves. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
98 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 7 Determine if cylinder sleeve protrusion is in specification for each Decision


cylinder.
Measure cylinder sleeve protrusion using Sleeve Protrusion Hold Down Clamps Yes: Go to Step 8.
ZTSE4825 and a dial indicator with magnetic base. See Engine Service Manual.
Is Sleeve protrusion in specification for all 6 cylinders?
No: Go to Engine
Service Manual for
counterbore and cylinder
sleeve measurement and
resurfacing.

Step 8 Determine if cylinder liner(s) are leaking. Decision


A. Remove all cylinder sleeves. See Engine Service Manual. Yes: Pressure test
cylinder head. After
B. Inspect cylinder sleeves inside and out for pin holes, cracks, and
repairs are complete,
damage.
retest for original problem.
Are all cylinder sleeves free of pin holes, cracks, and damage?
No: Replace leaking
or cracked cylinder
sleeves. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 99

6.2 - Coolant Over Temperature

Overview
Determine reason engine cooling system goes over temperature or over heats.

Possible Causes
• Cooling package debris clogging
• Accessory belt / tensioner failure
• Inoperative / slipping fan clutch
• Inoperative / damaged cooling fan or shroud
• Damaged water pump impeller
• Stuck closed thermostat

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 6.0 Cooling System Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 6.0 Cooling
System Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 40).

Step 2 Determine if air flow thru cooling package is restricted. Decision


Inspect for restrictions and debris in front and between radiators and other Yes: Clear restrictions
cooling package components. and clean debris from
cooling package. After
Were restrictions or debris found?
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Determine if cooling system components are damaged. Decision


Inspect cooling fan blades, fan shroud, accessory drive belt(s), drive belt Yes: Repair damaged
tensioner(s), cooling package, and other cooling system components for cooling system
damage. components. After
repairs are complete,
Are cooling system components damaged?
retest for original
problem.
No: Go to Step 4.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
100 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Determine if coolant is flowing properly in the deaeration tank and Decision
coolant lines.
A. Fill deaeration tank with coolant to proper level. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Run engine.
C. Observe deaeration tank and coolant lines for coolant flow.
Is coolant circulating in the deaeration tank?
No: Go to Step 8.

Step 5 Determine if fan clutch is operating properly. Decision


Determine if fan turns On and operates properly for your application. Yes: Go to Step 6.
Does fan clutch operate properly?
No: Repair fan clutch.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 6 Determine if thermostat is stuck closed. Decision


Perform Thermostat Operational Test (page 2190). Yes: Go to Step 7.
At engine operating temperature, is upper radiator hose temperature
approximately equal to ECT1?
No: Replace thermostat.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 101

Step 7 Determine if radiator will not dissipate heat properly. Decision


A. Run engine to operating temperature at high idle. Yes: End Diagnostic
Steps.
B. Turn air conditioning Off.
C. Using an Infrared Thermometer target upper radiator hose, and record
reading.
D. Using an Infrared Thermometer target lower radiator hose, and record
reading.
E. Calculate temperature difference (upper radiator hose temp – lower
radiator hose temp)
Is there an appropriate temperature drop between the lower radiator hose and
upper radiator hose?
NOTE: Greater temperature drop should occur in colder weather.
No: Clean or replace
radiator. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 8 Remove water pump and inspect water pump and front cover for Decision
damage or cavitation.
Does water pump and/or front cover have damage or cavitation? Yes: Replace damaged
components. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
102 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

6.3 - Engine Unable to Reach Operating Temperature

Overview
Diagnosis reason engine will not get up to operating temperature.
Possible Causes
• Thermostat stuck Open
• Winterfront not installed during cold ambient temperatures
• Cooling fan stuck On

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
NOTE: In cold ambient temperatures, and low engine loads, engine will take longer to heat up.
NOTE: Minimum engine operating temperature is approximately 180°F (82°C).

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 6.0 Cooling System Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 6.0 Cooling
System Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 40).

Step 2 Determine if engine cooling fan stays On while engine temperature is Decision
below fan engagement temperature.
A. Run engine at high idle for 10 minutes. Yes: Repair cooling fan or
fan controls. After repairs
B. Attempt to run engine up to operating temperature.
are complete, retest for
NOTE: Viscous fan may be engaged while engine is cold. original problem.
Does engine cooling fan stay engaged before operating temperature is reached?
No: Go to Step 3

Step 3 Determine if proper winter front is installed during cold ambient Decision
temperature.
Is proper winterfront installed during cold ambient temperatures? Yes: Replace thermostat.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Install proper
winter front on vehicle
during cold ambient
temperatures. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 103

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
104 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

6.4 - Coolant Leak to Exhaust

Overview
Determine reason engine coolant is leaking into exhaust system.
Possible Causes
• Failed Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler
• Interstage Cooler (ISC) leaking
• Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) cracked
• Head gasket leaking

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 6.0 Cooling System Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 6.0 Cooling
System Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 40).

Step 2 Determine if Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler is leaking. Decision


Perform On-Engine EGR Cooler Leak Test (page 2198). Yes: Repair EGR cooler
(see Engine Service
Is EGR Cooler leaking?
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Determine if Interstage Cooler (ISC) is leaking. Decision


Perform Interstage Cooler (ISC) Pressure Test (page 2153). Yes: Replace ISC. After
repairs are complete,
Is the ISC leaking?
retest for original problem.
No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Determine if AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) is leaking. Decision


A. Disconnect exhaust down pipe at the exhaust brake housing. Yes: Replace AFTFI
unit. After repairs are
B. Perform Cooling System Pressure Test (page 2185).
complete, retest for
Is coolant leaking from exhaust? original problem.
No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 105

Step 5 Determine if combustion gas is in cooling system. Decision


Perform Combustion in Cooling System Test (page 2196). Yes: Remove cylinder
head. Inspect for failed
Is combustion gas getting into cooling system?
head gasket, warped or
damaged cylinder head,
or incorrect cylinder
sleeve protrusion. See
Engine Service Manual.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
106 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

6.5 - Coolant Leak to Intake

Overview
Determine what component is causing engine coolant to leak into the engine air intake.

Possible Causes
• Failed Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler
• Failed Interstage Cooler (ISC)

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 6.0 Cooling System Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 6.0 Cooling
System Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 40).

Step 2 Determine if EGR cooler is leaking. Decision


Perform On-Engine EGR Cooler Leak Test (page 2198). Yes: Replace EGR cooler
(See Engine Service
Is EGR cooler leaking?
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Determine if Interstage Cooler (ISC) is leaking. Decision


Perform Interstage Cooler (ISC) Pressure Test (page 2153). Yes: Replace ISC. After
repairs are complete,
Is the ISC Leaking?
retest for original problem.
No: End Diagnostic Steps

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 107

6.6 - Coolant Leak to Engine Oil

Overview
Determine component causing coolant to leak into the engine oil.
Possible Causes
• Cracked cylinder liner
• Leaking cylinder liner o-ring(s)
• Failed air compressor
NOTE: White condensation under the oil filler cap and on dipstick is normal.

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 6.0 Cooling System Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 6.0 Cooling
System Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 40).

Step 2 Determine if coolant is leaking into air compressor oil return. Decision
Perform Air Compressor Coolant Leak Test (page 2193). Yes: Repair or replace
air compressor. After
Does coolant come out of air compressor oil return line?
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem. Change
engine oil and filter.
No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Determine if coolant is leaking from cylinder liners. Decision


A. Remove engine oil pan. See Engine Service Manual. Yes: Replace failed
cylinder liner(s)
B. Perform Cooling System Pressure Test (page 2185).
(See Engine Service
C. Inspect for coolant leaking between each cylinder liner and piston. Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest
D. Inspect for coolant leakage between cylinder liner and crankcase.
for original problem.
Is coolant leaking between piston and liner, or between cylinder liner and Change engine oil and
crankcase? filter.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
108 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Engine Lubrication Symptoms


7.1 - Engine Oil Contamination

Overview
Determine reason fluid or solid debris are in engine oil. Some fine metal residue is normal in engine oil.

Possible Causes
• Leaking cylinder liners
• External debris
• Valve train failure / internal engine damage
• Wrong fluid added during servicing

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 7.0 Engine Oil System Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 7.0 Engine
Oil System Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 43).

Step 2 Determine what contamination is in engine oil. Decision


A. Drain engine oil into a clean oil container. Yes, Liquid(s): Go to Step
3.
B. Evaluate oil for contaminants and debris.
Yes, Magnetic / ferrous
Is engine oil contaminated with: liquid(s), metallic debris 1/16 inch (1.6 mm)
metals 1/16 inch (1.6 mm)
or larger, other solid debris?
or larger: Go to Step 4.
Yes, Non-ferrous metals
1/16 inch (1.6 mm) or
larger: Go to Step 5.
Yes, Other solid debris:
change engine oil
and filter. Monitor
engine oil for continued
contamination.
No: Review complaint.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 109

Step 3 Determine if engine oil is contaminated with coolant. Decision


Is engine oil contaminated with coolant? Yes: Go to 6.4 Coolant
leak to Engine Oil. (page
107).
No: Change engine oil
and filter. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 4 Determine if valve train damage is causing ferrous metal contamination Decision
in engine oil.
A. Remove valve cover (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Repair loose or
damaged valve train
B. Inspect push tubes, rocker arms, valve bridges for damage and loose
components. Change
components.
engine oil and filter. After
C. Verify valve lash is set correctly. repairs are complete,
retest for original
Is valve train loose or damaged?
problem.
No: Remove oil pan.
Inspect rotating assembly
and crankcase for
damage. Repair damage.
Change engine oil and
filter. After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 5 Determine if air compressor is causing non-ferrous metal contamination Decision


in engine oil.
A. Remove air compressor oil return line. Yes: Repair or replace
air compressor. Change
B. Inspect oil return line for debris.
engine oil and filter. After
Is metal in air compressor return line? repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Determine if camshaft bearings are causing non-ferrous metal Decision


contamination in engine oil.
A. Remove oil pan (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Replace camshaft
bearings. Change engine
B. Inspect camshaft bearings for damage.
oil and filter. After repairs
Are camshaft bearings damaged? are complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 7.
110 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 7 Determine if connecting rod or main bearings are causing non-ferrous Decision
metal contamination in engine oil.
A. Remove three connecting rod caps and three main bearing caps (see Yes, bearing damage
Engine Service Manual). only: Replace worn
bearings. Repair
B. Inspect bearings for excessive wear.
root cause of failure.
Do connecting rod and / or main bearings have excessive wear? Change engine oil and
filter. After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
Yes, crankshaft damage:
Replace engine. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: Review complaint.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 111

7.2 - Engine Oil Leak to Intake

Overview
Determine reason engine oil is leaking into the air intake.

Possible Causes
• Failed high-pressure turbocharger
• Failed low-pressure turbocharger
• Restricted air intake / air filter

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 7.0 Engine Oil System Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 7.0 Engine
Oil System Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 43).

NOTE: If air inlet is restricted, oil can be drawn from air compressor clean air supply.

Step 2 Determine if air intake / air filter is restricted. Decision


A. Key-On Engine-Off. Yes: Repair restricted
air intake / air filter.
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software and
After repairs are
log-in.
complete, retest for
C. Select > Pressure tab. original problem.
D. Run engine at high idle while monitoring Intake Manifold Pressure. No: Go to Step 3.
Is Intake Manifold Pressure negative (vacuum) at high idle?

NOTE: Some oil film or residue in the air intake system is normal.
112 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 3 Determine if low-pressure or high-pressure turbocharger is leaking. Decision


A. Remove 2-bolt elbow from interstage cooler intake. Yes: Repair
low-pressure
B. Inspect for pooled engine oil.
turbocharger (see
Is pooled engine oil present in the interstage cooler or elbow? Engine Service
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem.
No: Repair
high-pressure
turbocharger (see
Engine Service
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 113

7.3 - Engine Oil Leak to Exhaust

Overview
Determine reason engine oil is leaking into the exhaust.

Possible Causes
• High-pressure turbocharger
• Low-pressure turbocharger
• Internal engine damage

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 7.0 Engine Oil System Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 7.0 Engine
Oil System Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 43).

Step 2 Determine if engine has internal engine damage. Decision


Perform Crankcase Pressure Test (page 2156). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is crankcase pressure within specification (page 2269)? No: Repair cause of
excessive crankcase
pressure. After repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem.

Step 3 Determine if high-pressure turbocharger is causing oil leak to exhaust. Decision


Remove high-pressure turbocharger center section (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Repair
high-pressure
Is oil pooling in high-pressure turbocharger turbine housing?
turbocharger. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: Repair
low-pressure
turbocharger. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
114 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

7.4 - Low Engine Oil Pressure

Overview
Determine reason engine oil pressure is low and / or oil pressure gauge reads low.

Possible Causes
• Engine oil pressure gauge or circuit
• Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor
• Incorrect oil viscosity
• Oil suction tube or gasket
• Piston cooling tubes
• Connecting rod and / or main bearings
• Oil pressure regulator
• Loose rocker arm bolts / worn rocker arms or rocker arm shaft
• Oil pump

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 7.0 Engine Oil System Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 7.0
Engine Oil System
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 43).

Step 2 Determine if instrument panel oil pressure gauge is working properly. Decision
A. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software and Yes: Go to Step 3.
log-in.
No: Repair instrument
B. Select: Pressure tab. panel oil pressure
gauge or circuit. After
C. Monitor Engine Oil Pressure.
repairs are complete,
Does ServiceMaxx™ Engine Oil Pressure match oil pressure shown on instrument retest for original
panel oil pressure gauge? problem.

Step 3 Determine if Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor is operating properly. Decision
Perform Oil Pressure Verification Test (page 2206). Yes: Replace EOP
sensor. After repairs
Does pressure gauge read engine oil pressure in specification?
are complete, retest
for original problem.
No: Go to Step 4.

CAUTION: Low viscosity engine oil will cause lower engine oil pressure in hot ambient temperatures and high
engine loads.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 115

Step 4 Determine if engine has correct oil viscosity for current ambient Decision
temperatures and operating conditions.
A. Review oil change records. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. See Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual “SAE Oil Viscosity Grades No: Change engine oil.
and Temperature Ranges” for correct oil viscosity for ambient temperatures Add correct viscosity
and operating conditions. oil for conditions. After
repairs are complete,
Does engine have the correct oil viscosity for current ambient temperatures and
retest for original
operating conditions?
problem.

Step 5 Determine if oil suction tube, piston cooling tubes, main or connecting Decision
rod bearings are causing low oil pressure.
A. Perform Oil and Crankcase Inspection (page 2254). Yes, oil suction tube
or gasket damaged or
B. Remove three connecting rod caps, and three main bearing caps.
restricted: Install new
C. Measure connecting rod, and main bearing clearances (see Engine Service oil suction tube and
Manual). gasket. After repairs
are complete, retest
Is oil suction tube or piston cooling tubes cracked, damaged, or restricted; or are
for original problem.
connecting rod or main bearings out of specification?
Yes, piston cooling
tube(s) damaged or
restricted: Install new
piston cooling tubes
(see Engine Service
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem.
Yes, connecting rod
or main bearings out
of specification: Install
new connecting rod
and/or main bearings.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 6.
116 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Determine if oil pressure regulator is operating properly. Decision


Perform Oil Pressure Regulator Inspection (page 2251). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Is oil pressure regulator spring, piston, and bore in good condition and not No: Install new oil
damaged, worn, or binding? pressure regulator
assembly. If bore
is worn or damaged
install a new oil cooler
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem.

Step 7 Determine if loose or worn valve train components are causing low Decision
oil pressure.
A. Remove valve cover (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Repair loose
or worn valve train
B. Inspect for loose rocker arm bolts, worn rocker arms, or worn rocker arm
components. After
shaft.
repairs are complete,
Are rocker arm bolts loose, or are rocker arms or rocker shaft worn excessively? retest for original
problem.
No: Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Determine if oil pump, oil pump housing, or front cover are causing Decision
low oil pressure.
A. Remove drive belts (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Replace
damaged or
B. Remove vibration damper.
excessively worn
C. Remove damper hub. components. After
repairs are complete,
D. Remove oil pump housing.
retest for original
E. Inspect oil pump housing, front cover, inner and outer rotor for damage problem.
and excessive wear.
No: End Diagnostic
F. Perform Oil Pump Side Clearance, and Oil Pump End Clearance Steps.
measurements (see Engine Service Manual).
Does oil pump, oil pump housing, or front cover have excessive wear, or are oil
pump clearances out of specification?

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 117

7.5 - High Engine Oil Pressure

Overview
Determine reason engine oil pressure is high and / or oil pressure gauge reads high.

Possible Causes
• Engine oil pressure gauge or circuit
• Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor
• Incorrect oil viscosity
• Oil pressure regulator

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 7.0 Engine Oil System Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 7.0
Engine Oil System
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 43).

Step 2 Determine if instrument panel oil pressure gauge is working properly. Decision
A. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software and Yes: Go to Step 3.
log-in.
No: Repair instrument
B. Select: Pressure tab. panel oil pressure
gauge or circuit. After
C. Monitor Engine Oil Pressure.
repairs are complete,
Does ServiceMaxx™ Engine Oil Pressure match oil pressure shown on instrument retest for original
panel oil pressure gauge? problem.

Step 3 Determine if Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor is operating properly. Decision
Perform Oil Pressure Verification Test (page 2206). Yes: Replace EOP
sensor. After repairs
Does pressure gauge read engine oil pressure in specification?
are complete, retest
for original problem.
No: Go to Step 4.

CAUTION: High viscosity engine oil will cause higher engine oil pressure in cold ambient temperatures.
118 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Determine if engine has correct oil viscosity for current ambient Decision
temperatures and operating conditions.
A. Review oil change records. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. See Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual “SAE Oil Viscosity Grades No: Change engine oil.
and Temperature Ranges” for correct oil viscosity for ambient temperatures Add correct viscosity
and operating conditions. oil for conditions. After
repairs are complete,
Does engine have the correct oil viscosity for current ambient temperatures and
retest for original
operating conditions?
problem.

Step 5 Determine if oil pressure regulator is operating properly. Decision


Perform Oil Pressure Regulator Inspection (page 2251). Yes: End Diagnostic
Steps.
Is oil pressure regulator spring, piston, and bore in good condition and not
damaged, worn, or binding? No: Install new oil
pressure regulator
assembly. If bore
is worn or damaged
install a new oil cooler
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 119

7.6 - Engine Oil Aeration

Overview
Determine reason engine oil is aerated (air bubbles in oil).

Possible Causes
• Overfilled engine oil
• Oil suction tube or gasket
• Cracked or leaking front cover
• Damaged oil pump gasket or housing

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 7.0 Engine Oil System Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 7.0
Engine Oil System
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 43).

Step 2 Determine if oil suction tube or gasket is causing oil aeration. Decision
A. Adjust engine oil level to proper level, if not already done. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Add two gallons of extra engine oil. No: Replace oil
suction tube and
C. Start engine and run for 10 minutes.
gasket. After repairs
D. Turn Off engine. are complete, retest
for original problem.
E. Check dipstick for oil aeration.
Is engine oil aerated?

Step 3 Determine if oil pump, oil pump housing, or front cover is leaking, Decision
cracked or damaged.
A. Remove drive belts (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Replace leaking,
cracked or damaged
B. Remove vibration damper.
components. After
C. Remove damper hub. repairs are complete,
retest for original
D. Remove oil pump housing.
problem.
E. Inspect oil pump housing, front cover, inner and outer rotor for leaks,
No: Go to Step 4.
cracks, or damage.
Does oil pump, oil pump housing, or front cover have leaks, cracks, or damage?
120 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Determine if front cover and / or oil suction tube is cracked or damaged. Decision
A. Remove oil pan (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Replace
cracked or damaged
B. Inspect front cover and oil suction tube for cracks and damage.
components. After
Is front cover or oil suction tube cracked or damaged? repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 121

Fuel System Symptoms


8.1 - Fuel Delivery Pressure

Overview
Diagnosis fuel delivery pressure low or high problem.
Possible Causes
• Low / no fuel in fuel tank(s)
• Restricted fuel strainer
• Fuel filter restriction
• Fuel gelling in cold weather
• Fuel inlet restriction or leak (supply line, tank, pickup, optional primary fuel filter)
• Restricted fuel return line
• Electric fuel pump power, ground, or relay circuits
• Failed fuel pressure regulator
• Leaking or damaged fuel supply or return fittings
• Incorrect fuel pump O-rings
• Failed fuel pump

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, keep fuel away from flame and sparks.

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 8.0 Fuel System Operational Checkout Procedure (page 45)? Go to Step 2.
Go to 8.0 Fuel System
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 45).

Step 2 Measure fuel delivery pressure Decision


No, Less than
specification: Go to
Review results from Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test (page 2128).
Step 3.
Did fuel delivery pressure meet specification?
No, Greater than
specification: Go to
Step 8.
Yes: End Diagnostic
Steps.
122 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 6 Fuel Pump and O-rings


1. Electric Fuel Pump 2. Brown fuel pump O-rings 3. Fuel strainer

Step 3 Inspect fuel filter, fuel strainer, and fuel pump O-rings. Decision
A. Disconnect fuel inlet from engine mounted fuel filter module. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Inspect and clean fuel inlet fitting of debris. No: Install Navistar®
International approved
C. Turn Key On for 20 seconds (to reduce fuel in filter module).
fuel filter.
D. Turn Key Off.
Clean or replace fuel
E. Remove and inspect engine mounted fuel filter. strainer.
F. Remove and inspect fuel pump, strainer, and O-rings. Install proper brown
O-rings on fuel pump.
NOTE: Low fuel delivery pressure, hard to start, or no start can be caused by
non-Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) fuel filters and / or wrong O-rings After repairs are
installed on the fuel pump. complete, retest for
original problem.
Is fuel filter made by a Navistar® International approved manufacturer? Is fuel
filter and strainer clean, and are fuel pump O-rings brown?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 123

Figure 7 Electronic Fuel Pump PWR and GND

Step 4 Determine if fuel pump will run when provided power and ground. Decision
CAUTION: Use a 10 amp fuse in the circuit, in case pump is shorted. Yes: Reinstall fuel pump.
Go to Step 5.
With fuel pump removed from engine, provide power and ground to the pump:
No: Replace electric
A. Install Fuel Pump Breakout Harness - ZTSE6023 on fuel pump
fuel pump. After repairs
connector, leave engine harness disconnected.
are complete, retest for
B. Install power circuit with 10 amp fuse to pins-4 and 6. original problem.
C. Ground pin-1.
D. Listen for pump running. Let pump run for 30 seconds.
Does pump run?

Step 5 Determine if electric fuel pump power and ground circuits are Decision
operating properly.
Perform Fuel Pump Voltage Test (page 2131). Key must be Off for 10 seconds, Yes: Go to Step 7.
or more, and then cycled On for the Electronic Control Module (ECM) to
No: Leave Breakout
command the fuel pump On.
Harness connected. Go
Is voltage reading between Pin-6 and Pin-1, and between Pin-4 and Pin-1 within to Step 6.
0.5 volt of battery voltage when the fuel pump is energized?

Step 6 Determine if electric fuel pump power circuit is operating properly. Decision
Using a Digital Multimeter (DMM) measure voltage between pin-4 and ground, Yes: Repair electric fuel
and between pin-6 and ground, when fuel pump is commanded On. pump ground circuit. After
repairs are complete,
Is voltage at pins 4 and 6 within 0.5 volts of battery voltage?
retest for original problem.
No: Repair electric fuel
pump power circuit. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
124 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 7 Determine if fuel inlet problem is present. Decision


Yes: Repair restriction in
fuel supply line, pickup,
Perform the Clean Fuel Source Test (page 2134). Inspect for debris at fuel
fuel tank, or optional
inlet, clean as needed.
chassis mounted fuel
Is fuel pressure now greater than minimum Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) filter. After repairs are
specification? complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Replace Fuel
Pressure Regulator
(see Engine Service
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 8 Determine if fuel return line is restricted. Decision


A. Check vehicle fuel return line from the fuel filter module fitting to the fuel Yes: Repair fuel return
tank for restrictions. restriction. After repairs
are complete, retest for
B. Connect Clean Fuel Source Tool Return Line 15-637-01-3 to the fuel
original problem.
filter module fuel return port.
No: Inspect that fuel filter
C. Start engine.
module dry break fitting
Is fuel pressure now within specification? opens when return line
fitting is attached. After
repairs are complete, if
fuel pressure is still high,
replace fuel pressure
regulator. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 125

8.2 - Fuel in Engine Oil

Overview
Determine cause of fuel getting into the engine oil.
NOTE: Some fuel in engine oil is normal. Depending on engine drive cycles.

Possible Causes
• Worn piston rings
• Broken fuel injector tip
• Loose fuel injector hold downs
• Leaking fuel injector O-rings
• Extended engine oil service intervals
• Engine misfire

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 8.0 Fuel System Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 8.0 Fuel
System Operational
Checkout Procedure
(page 45).

Step 2 Check for Diagnostics Trouble Codes (DTC) related to excessive Decision
fueling.
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault
list for: Code Diagnostics for
appropriate SPN/FMI.
• SPN 1322 -1328, 4257 Injector (INJ)
No: Go to Step 3.
Does EST DTC list have any of the above SPN?

Step 3 Determine if engine has a misfire. Decision


Does engine misfire of run rough? Yes: Go to 5.2 Misfire
(Stumble / Surge /
Runs Rough) (page
90). After repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem.
Change engine oil and
filter.
No: Go to Step 4.
126 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Determine if cylinder relative compression is within specification. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Repair
compression loss in
Does one of more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than others?
cylinders with low
speed difference.
Change engine oil and
filter. After repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem.
Change engine oil and
filter.
No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Determine if engine oil has been changed according to maintenance Decision
schedule.
A. Examine last three oil service interval records. Yes: Go to Step 6.
B. Compare oil change records to Operators Operation and Maintenance No: Change engine oil
Manual schedule. and filter. Recommend
customer change
Has oil been changed according to Maintenance Schedule?
engine oil according
to Maintenance
Schedule.

Step 6 Determine if fuel injectors are loose or injector seals are leaking. Decision
A. Remove valve cover (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Remove
injectors and inspect
B. Remove high-pressure oil manifold.
injector O-rings and
C. Re-torque injector hold down clamp bolts. combustion seals.
Look for doubled
Is one or more injector hold down loose?
combustion seals,
burned injectors, or
burned O-rings. Repair
as needed. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem. Change
engine oil and filter.
No: Change engine
oil and filter. Monitor
for fuel in engine oil:
Operate vehicle for 1/3
of normal oil change
interval and inspect for
fuel in engine oil.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 127

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
128 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Engine Brake Symptoms


9.1 - Engine Compression Brake Inoperative

Overview
Engine compression brake will not activate when commanded On.
Possible Causes
• Incorrect brake lash adjustment
• Brake (oil) pressure relief valve stuck Open
• Brake Control Pressure (BCP) leak (worn brake piston seals, etc.)
• Failed Engine Compression Brake 1 (ECB1) valve
• Engine compression brake switch or circuit inoperative (switch, circuit, or body controller could not enable
brake due to not receiving required signals)
• Engine compression brake control system entry conditions not met

Test Procedure

Step
Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision
1
Did you perform 9.0 Engine Compression Brake Operational Checkout Yes: Go to Step 2.
Procedure?
No: Go to 9.0 Engine
Compression Brake Operational
Checkout Procedure (page 46).

Step Determine if Brake Ctrl Pressure Desired goes above 0 when


Decision
2 commanded.
Review 0 to 60 snapshot. Yes: Go to Step 6.
Did Brake Ctrl Pressure Desired go above 0? No: Go to Step 3.

Step Check for Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) or Transmission


Decision
3 Output Shaft Speed (TOSS) Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC).
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Got to Fault Code
DTC list for: Diagnostics for SPN 91,191 or
2623.
• SPN 91 and 2623 APP
No: Go to Step 4.
• SPN 191 TOSS
Is SPN 91, 191, or 2623 active?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 129

Step Verify operator controls are set properly to allow engine brake
Decision
4 operation.
Verify the following are true: Yes: Go to Step 5.
• Traction Control is not active No: Bring operator controls to
proper condition to allow engine
• Clutch pedal is released
compression brake operation.
• Cab mounted engine brake ON/OFF switch is set to ON After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
• Accelerator pedal is not depressed
• Vehicle transmission is in gear (driveline engaged)
• Torque convertor lockup engaged
• Engine Oil temperature is greater than 25°C (77°F)
• Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) not active
• Engine speed is greater than 1000 rpm
Are all the above conditions true?

Step Determine if programmable parameter is enabled to allow engine


Decision
5 compression brake operation.
A. Connect EST with ServiceMaxx™ software and log-in. Yes: Go to Step 6.
B. Select Sessions > Programming. No: Enable Vehicle Retarder
Control Mode programmable
C. Select the Engine Brake tab.
parameter. After repairs are
Is Vehicle Retarder Control Mode programmable parameter enabled? complete, retest for original
problem.

Step Determine if Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system is operating


Decision
6 properly.
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: verify Injection Control Pressure is Yes: Go to Step 7.
approximately the same as ICP Desired.
No: Go to CPA High-Pressure
Is Injection Control Pressure approximately the same as ICP Desired? Oil Pump (HPOP) Test (page
2082).

Step
Determine if ICP system is operating properly. Decision
7
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: Verify ICP Ctrl is less than 80% Yes: Go to CPA High-Pressure
Oil Pump (HPOP) Test (page
Is ICP Ctrl 80% or greater?
2082).
No: Check and adjust brake lash
(see Engine Service Manual).
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
130 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 131

9.2 - Engine Compression Brake Engaged When Not Commanded

Overview
Engine compression brake activate when Not commanded On.
Possible Causes
• Failed high-pressure oil manifold
• Brake pressure relief valve stuck closed
• Engine Compression Brake 1 (ECB1) solenoid stuck Open or leaking
• ECB1 circuit fault
• Incorrect brake lash adjustment
• Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor or circuit fault

Test Procedure

Step
Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision
1
Did you perform 9.0 Engine Compression Brake Operational Checkout Yes: Go to Step 2.
Procedure?
No: Go to 9.0 Engine
Compression Brake Operational
Checkout Procedure (page 46).

Step Determine if Brake Ctrl Pressure is approximately the same as


Decision
2 Brake Ctrl Pressure Desired.
Review 0 to 60 snapshot. Yes: adjust engine brake lash
(see Engine Service Manual).
Is Brake Ctrl Pressure below 100 psi, when Brake Ctrl Pressure Desired
After repairs are complete,
is 0?
retest for original problem.
No: Do BCP sensor and circuit
checks (SPN 4287 Pin-Point
Tests). If checks are good, Go
to Step 3.

NOTE: See latest version of N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.

Step
Determine if ECB1 actuator or O-rings are leaking or damaged. Decision
3
A. Remove ECB1 actuator. See Engine Service Manual. Yes: Replace O-rings and
reinstall original ECB1 (if
B. Check ECB1 actuator and O-rings for leaks or damage.
undamaged). After repairs are
Is ECB1 actuator or O-rings leaking or damaged? complete, retest for original
problem.
No: Go to Step 4.
132 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step Determine if ECB1 actuator, or high-pressure oil manifold have


Decision
4 failed.
A. Install new ECB1 actuator. Yes: End Diagnostic Steps.
B. After repairs are complete, retest for original problem. No: Install a new high-pressure
oil manifold. Adjust engine
Is engine compression brake engaged when not commanded problem
brake lash (see Engine Service
repaired?
Manual). After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 133

Aftertreatment Symptoms
10.1 - Parked Regeneration Will Not Activate

Overview
Diagnose reason parked aftertreatment regeneration does not start after parked regeneration is commanded
On.
Possible Causes
• Power Take Off (PTO) / Auxilliary Engine Speed Control (AESC) active
• Accelerator Off idle
• Clutch engaged
• Engine not warmed up (Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) below 122°F [50° C])
• Regeneration inhibit switch enabled
• Service brake active
• System fault active
• Vehicle speed 5 mph or more

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 10.0 SCR Aftertreatment Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 10.0
SCR Aftertreatment
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 47).

Step 2 Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check for active Yes: Go to Fault
DTCs. Code Diagnostics for
appropriate SPN.
Does EST DTC list have any active SPN (other than DPF soot load SPN 3251,
3719 or 3936)? Do not diagnose DPF soot load faults at this time. No: Go to Step 3.
134 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 3 Verify all operator controls are set properly to allow parked regeneration. Decision
Verify the following are true: Yes: Go to Step 4.
• Power Take-Off (PTO) / Auxiliary Engine Speed Control (AESC) is not active No: Bring all operator
controls to proper
• Accelerator pedal is not depressed
condition to allow a
• Clutch pedal is released parked regeneration.
After repairs are
• Engine is warmed up: ECT1 above 122°F (50° C)
complete, retest for
• Regeneration inhibit switch is not enabled original problem.
• Service brake is not depressed
• Vehicle speed is less than 5 mph
Are all the above conditions true?

Step 4 Use Electronic Service Tool (EST) to determine if parked regeneration Decision
is inhibited.
A. Connect EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, and log in. Yes: Repair
component or circuit
B. Select > Procedures > KOER Aftertreatment Procedures > DPF
causing Inhibitor to
Regeneration.
be “inhibited”. After
C. Select Test Inhibitors tab. repairs are complete,
retest for original
Are any Inhibitors listed as “inhibited”?
problem.
No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Verify Electronic Control Module (ECM) is receiving signal to start Decision
parked regeneration.
A. Press Parked Regen Switch. Yes: Verify each
step was completed
B. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, select > Procedures > KOER
correctly
Aftertreatment Procedures > DPF Regeneration > System State tab >
Regen Status sub - tab. No: Repair Force
Regen Switch or
Is AFT DPF Regen Stage active?
circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 135

10.2 - Black Smoke

Overview
Diagnose excessive black smoke from the exhaust.

Possible Causes
• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
• Engine performance problem
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Exhaust leaks or damage

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 10.0 SCR Aftertreatment Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 10.0
SCR Aftertreatment
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 47).
136 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 2 Check for engine performance related Diagnostic Trouble Codes Decision
(DTC).
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™, check DTC list for: Yes: Go to Fault
Code Diagnostics for
• SPN 91, 2623 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
appropriate SPN.
• SPN 94 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
No: Go to Step 3.
• SPN 931 Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)
• SPN 164, 3055 Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• SPN 679 Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• SPN 636 Camshaft Position (CMP)
• SPN 637 Crankshaft Position (CKP)
• SPN 27, 2791 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
• SPN 110, 1659 Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
• SPN 175 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
• SPN 1209 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP)
• SPN 3610 Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP)
• SPN 5541, 5543 Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)
• SPN 3251 Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)
• SPN 51, 3464 Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
• SPN 102 Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP)
• SPN 132 Mass Air Flow (MAF)
• SPN 651 - 656, 2797, 2798, 3055, 3659 - 3664, 4257 Injector (INJ)
• SPN 105 Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT)
Does ETC DTC list have any of the above listed SPN?

Step 3 Test basic functionality of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF). Decision


Perform Snap Acceleration Test (page 2259). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is black smoke visible? No: Review operator
complaint.

Step 4 Determine if DPF is reusable. Decision


A. Remove and Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) (see Exhaust Yes: Reinstall DPF. Go
Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual). to Step 5.
B. Compare DPF to the “DOC and DPF Reuse Guidelines”. No: Replace DPF. Go
to Step 6.
Can the DPF be reused?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 137

Step 5 Do DPF regeneration, and check for exhaust leaks and damage. Decision
Perform DPF Regeneration Procedure (page 2048). Yes: Verify steps
were completed
While test is running, check the following components for exhaust leaks and verify
correctly and the
all fasteners, brackets and clamps are secure and undamaged:
proper decision was
• Low-Pressure (LP) turbocharger outlet pipe made.
• Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) No: Repair exhaust
leaks, damage and
• Flexible mesh pipe to DOC inlet
loose parts. After
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) inlet repairs are complete,
retest for original
Are all components free of exhaust leaks; and all fasteners, brackets and clamps
problem.
secure and undamaged?

Step 6 Test for failed air management system actuator. Decision


A. Perform Air Management Test (page 2030) while recording snapshot in Yes: Go to Step 7.
ServiceMaxx™.
No: Diagnose and
B. When tests is complete, stop recording. repair failed actuator.
After repairs are
C. Use playback feature in ServiceMaxx™ to graph the following signal values:
complete, retest for
• Mass Air Flow (MAF) mean original problem.
• Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve position.
Does snapshot closely match Air Management System Graph (GOOD) (page
2032)?

Step 7 Check for Mass Air Flow (MAF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™, check DTC list for: Yes: Go to Fault
Code Diagnostics for
• SPN 132 MAF
appropriate SPN 132
Are SPN 132 fault(s) present? fault. After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Inspect for engine air intake (boost) leaks or restrictions. Decision
A. Perform Intake Air Inspection (page 2230). Yes: Go to Step 9.
B. Perform Interstage Cooler (ISC) Pressure Test (page 2153), and High No: Repair air intake
Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) Pressure Test (page 2146). system leaks, damage
or restrictions. After
Is air intake system and CAC system free of restrictions, leaks, or physical damage?
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
138 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 9 Determine if Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system is operating Decision


properly.
A. Perform 0 to 60 MPH Test (page 2091). Yes: Go to Step 10.
B. Using ServiceMaxx™ playback, graph the following signal values from No: Diagnose and
the 0 to 60 MPH Test: repair ICP system
problem. After repairs
• ICP Desired
are complete, retest
• ICP Actual for original problem.
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve control %
C. Look at snapshot and compare to 0 to 60 ICP and ICPD Graph (page 2095).
Is ICP system operating similar to the 0 to 60 ICP and ICPD Graph?

Step 10 Review air management system operation during acceleration. Decision


A. Using ServiceMaxx™ playback, graph the following signal values from 0 Yes: Go to Step 11.
to 60 MPH Test:
No: Diagnose and
• Engine Speed repair air management
system problem. After
• Engine Load
repairs are complete,
• Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) Go to Step 11.
• Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP)
• Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1)
B. Look at snapshot and reference 0 to 60 MPH, RPM, Load, IMP, EBP and
APP1 Graph (page 2097).
Is air management system operating similar to 0 to 60 MPH, RPM, Load, IMP,
EBP and APP1 Graph?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 139

Step 11 Verify exhaust gas temperatures are within specifications. Decision


A. Perform DPF Regeneration Procedure (page 2048) while recording a Yes: Go to Step 12.
snapshot in ServiceMaxx™.
No, graph does not
B. When regeneration procedure is complete, stop recording match: Go to Fault
Code Diagnostics for
C. Use playback feature in ServiceMaxx™ and graph the following signal
failed DOCIT, DPFIT
values:
and/or DPFOT. After
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) repairs are complete,
retest for original
• Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature (DPFIT)
problem.
• Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) No, exhaust
D. Look at snapshot and reference Normal Exhaust Gas Temperature Graph temperatures do
(page 2100) and compare to Soot Load Level versus Exhaust Gas Target not reach target
Temperature Chart (page 2274). temperature: Test
and repair Engine
Does snapshot closely match Normal Exhaust Gas Temperature Graph, and does Throttle Valve (ETV)
exhaust gas reach target temperature for soot load level? and/or Exhaust
Back Pressure Valve
(EBPV). After Repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem.

Step 12 Repair any active faults set during DPF regeneration. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for fault code(s) that may Yes: Go to Fault
have become active during the DPF Regeneration Procedure. Code Diagnostics for
appropriate fault. After
Does DTC List contain any active fault code(s)?
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
140 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

10.3 - White Smoke

Overview
Diagnose cause of white smoke from unburned diesel fuel or coolant passing into the exhaust.
Possible Causes
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler failure
• Injector fault
• Down Stream Injection (DSI) system (only if fault code sets)
• Low cylinder compression (rings, etc.)
• Air management system problems
• Intake air heater fault
NOTE: Some white smoke is normal during engine warm-up.

Test Procedure

Step 1 Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision


Did you perform 10.0 SCR Aftertreatment Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Go to 10.0
SCR Aftertreatment
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 47).

Step 2 Determine if engine coolant is low, engine is overheating, or has a Decision


history of either.
A. Review current Repair Order, Yes: Go to 6.0 Cooling
System Operational
B. Review repair history using International® Service Portal, enter Chassis /
Checkout Procedure
VIN Number,
(page 40). After
Is engine coolant low, is engine overheating, or is there a history of either? repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: Go to Step 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 141

Step 3 Determine if engine has a performance problem. Decision


Does vehicle have an engine performance problem (low power, misfire etc.)? Yes: Go to 5.0
Engine Running,
Engine Under Load
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page
38). After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 4.
142 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Check for engine performance related Diagnostic Trouble Decision


Codes (DTC).
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Fault Code
DTC list for: Diagnostics for appropriate
SPN.
• SPN 91, 2623 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
No: Go to Step 5.
• SPN 94 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• SPN 102 Intake manifold Pressure (IMP)
• SPN 105 Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT)
• SPN 110, 1659 Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
• SPN 111 Engine Warning and Protection System (EWPS)
• SPN 175 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
• SPN 931 Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)
• SPN 164, 3055 Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• SPN 679 Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• SPN 636 Camshaft Position Sensor (CMP)
• SPN 637 Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP)
• SPN 132 Mass Air Flow (MAF)
• SPN 2659 Air Management System (AMS)
• SPN 27, 2791 Exhaust Gas recirculation (EGR)
• SPN 1209 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP)
• SPN 3610 Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP)
• SPN 5541, 5543 Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)
• SPN 3251 Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)
• SPN 3471, 3479 Aftertreatment Fuel Doser (AFTFD)
• SPN 3480 Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1)
• SPN 3482 AFT Fuel Shutoff (AFTFEC)
• SPN 3556, 4077 Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2)
• SPN 5456 Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
• SPN 51, 3464 Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
• SPN 651 - 656, 2797, 2798, 3055, 3659 - 3664, 4257 Injector (INJ)
• SPN 729 Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC)
Does EST DTC list have any of the above listed SPN?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 143

Step 5 Determine if Intake Air Heater (IAH) system is operating properly. Decision
Perform Intake Air Heater System Test (page 2138). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Is IAH system operating properly and did all intake air heater tests pass? No: Repair IAH faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.

Step 6 Test cooling system operation with engine at operating temperature. Decision
A. Run engine to operating temperature Yes: Go to Step 7.
B. Perform Cooling System Pressure Test (page 2185), Coolant Over-Flow No: Repair coolant
/ Over-Temperature Test, (page 2189) and Thermostat Operational Test system problem. After
(page 2190). repairs are complete,
retest for original
Is cooling system holding coolant under pressure, not overheating, or overflowing?
problem.

WARNING: To prevent injury or death, allow engine to cool before removing components.

WARNING: To prevent injury or death, provide proper ventilation when operating an engine in a
closed area. Inhalation of exhaust gas can be fatal.

Step 7 Determine if base engine problem is causing white smoke. Decision


A. Remove turbocharger down pipe. Yes: Go to Step 8.
B. Run engine to operating temperature. No: Go to Step 11.
C. Run engine at high idle for 10 seconds.
Is thick white smoke clearly visible?

Step 8 Determine if EGR cooler is causing white smoke. Decision


Perform On-Engine EGR Cooler Leak Test (page 2198). Yes: Replace EGR
cooler. After repairs
Is EGR cooler leaking?
are complete, retest
for original problem.
No: Go to Step 9.

Step 9 Determine if one or more cylinders with low compression are causing Decision
white smoke.
Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Repair engine
damage causing low
Do one of more cylinders have low compression?
compression. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: Go to Step 10.
144 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 10 Determine if one or more cracked injector tips are causing white smoke. Decision
Perform CPA Cold Idle Test (page 2056) and CPA Hot Idle Test (page 2067). Yes: Replace cracked
injector tips. After
Is one or more injector tip cracked?
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.

Step 11 Determine if DOC and DPF are operating properly. Decision


Perform DPF Regeneration Procedure (page 2048). Yes: Remove and
inspect DOC. Refer
Does Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) exceed 1200°F
to “DOC and DPF
(650°C)?
Reuse Guidelines”
in the Exhaust
Aftertreatment System
with DPF and SCR
Service Manual. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if fault remains, verify each step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 145

Fault Code Diagnostics


Section Information
All electrical faults in the engine control system can be diagnosed in this section. All components are divided
into separate test procedures and contain the following information:
• SPN / FMI with possible cause
• Circuit diagram
• Component function
• Circuit operation
• Component location
• Diagnostic tool list
• Sensor End Diagnostics (with ServiceMaxx™ software)
• Pin-point Diagnostics (without ServiceMaxx™ software)
• Step Based Diagnostics
• Harness resistance check
• Operational voltage check (most components)
146 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

AAT Sensor (Ambient Air Temperature)


Overview of AAT Sensor

SPN FMI Description


171 2 AAT Signal Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect (page 147)
171 3 AAT Signal Out of Range HIGH (page 155)
171 4 AAT Signal Out of Range LOW (page 162)

Overview
Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) measures outside air temperature where engine is operating. AAT represents
air temperature for engine cooling performance.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 147

SPN 171 FMI 2 - AAT Signal Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect

Fault Overview
ECM Compares Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor other engine temperature sensors after a cold-soak
period (time).

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Fault may set in extreme cold (below 0°F [-17°C]) conditions. If vehicle has been subjected to such temperatures,
and temperature reads normal in-shop, no repair is needed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Calibration out of date
• Failed wiring
• Failed AAT sensor
148 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Verify ECM has latest calibration. Decision


Check calibration scorecard on Service Portal. Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is calibration current? No: Update calibration.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 171 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 171 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Determine if vehicle has mirror mounted Ambient Air Temperature Decision
(AAT) sensor.
Determine if vehicle has mirror mounted sensor. Yes: Go to Step 7.
Does vehicle have mirror mounted sensor? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Inspect connections at Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect AAT connector.
C. Check AAT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are AAT connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 2.

Step 5 Check operation of Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 151). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC Yes: Replace AAT
fault list. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 2.
Does SPN 171 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Test 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 149

Step 6 Check Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) Circuit Voltage for Short to Decision
PWR.
Perform Test 2 (page 152). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC Yes: Repair AAT SIG
fault list. GND circuit between
AAT pin-1 and ECM
pin C-35. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 2.
Does SPN 171 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair AAT circuit
between AAT pin-2 and
ECM pin C-47. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 171 FMI
2.

Step 7 Check operation of Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 152). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC Yes: Go to Step 9.
fault list.
Does SPN 171 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Check operation of Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 153). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC Yes: Repair AAT SIG
fault list. GND wire thorough
10-pin connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 171 FMI
2.
Does SPN 171 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair AAT
wire thorough 10-pin
connector. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 2.

Step 9 Check operation of Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor. Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 153). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC Yes: Go to Step 11..
fault list.
Does SPN 171 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 10.
150 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 10 Check operation of Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor. Decision


Perform Test 6 (page 153). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC Yes: Repair AAT SIG
fault list. GND wire thorough
Driver Door connector.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 2.
Does SPN 171 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair AAT wire
thorough Driver Door
connector. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 2.

Step 11 Check operation of Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor. Decision


Remove mirror glass and determine if AAT sensor is glued or clipped in. Yes: Go to Step 12.
Is sensor clipped in? No: Replace mirror
assembly. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 2.

Step 12 Check operation of Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor. Decision


Perform Test 7 (page 153). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC Yes: Replace AAT
fault list. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 2.
Does SPN 171 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 13.

Step 13 Check Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) Circuit Voltage for Short to Decision
PWR.
Perform Test 8 (page 154). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC Yes: Repair AAT SIG
fault list. GND circuit between
AAT pin-1 and ECM
pin C-35. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 2.
Does SPN 171 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair AAT circuit
between AAT pin-2 and
ECM pin C-47. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 171 FMI
2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 171 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 151

Pin-Point Test

Figure 8 AAT Sensor Circuit Diagram

See the latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4871
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
152 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 9 Test 1 AAT sensor circuit check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 jumper pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4871
together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 vehicle harness and leave AAT connector disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 jumper pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to known good
GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 153

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 10-pin Fuel Pump/Ammeter/Two Way Radio (vehicle) connector.
C. Using International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Breakout Harness
ZTSE4498 to vehicle harness between pin-3 and pin-8.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 10-pin Fuel Pump/Ammeter/Two Way Radio (vehicle) connector.
C. Using International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Breakout Harness
ZTSE4498 to vehicle harness between pin-8 and known good GND.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Driver Door (vehicle) connector.
C. Using International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Breakout Harness
ZTSE4498 to vehicle harness between pin-J and pin-K.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Driver Door (vehicle) connector.
C. Using International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Breakout Harness
ZTSE4498 to vehicle harness between pin-K and known good GND.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
154 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 10 Test 7 AAT sensor circuit check

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 jumper pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4871
together.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 vehicle harness and leave AAT connector disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 jumper pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to known good
GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 155

SPN 171 FMI 3 - AAT Signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) voltage is
greater than 4.5 volts for 2 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle
Continuous
Possible Causes
• AAT sensor signal circuit OPEN
• AAT sensor signal circuit Short to PWR
• AAT sensor SIG GND circuit OPEN
• Failed AAT sensor
156 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 171 FMI 3.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 171 FMI 3 as active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor. Decision


A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AAT harness connector.
C. Check AAT and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are sensor connector, harness and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
171 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check AAT Circuit Voltage for Short to PWR Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 158). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure voltage Yes: Repair Short to
between Breakout Harness ZTSE 4871 pin-2 and known good GND. PWR between AAT
pin-2 and ECM 76-Pin
pin C-47. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 3.
Is voltage greater than 6.0 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check AAT circuit for OPEN circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 159). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace AAT
DTC fault list. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 3.
Does SPN 171 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 157

Step 5 Check AAT circuit for Open in SIG GND circuit Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 160). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC Yes: Repair Open
fault list. between AAT sensor
pin-1 and ECM pin
C-35. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 3.
Does SPN 171 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair Open
between AAT sensor
pin-2 and ECM pin
C-47. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 171 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
158 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Test

Figure 11 AAT Sensor Circuit Diagram

See the latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4871
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 159

Figure 12 Test 1 AAT sensor circuit check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
160 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 13 Test 2 AAT sensor circuit check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to AAT vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 161

Figure 14 Test 3 AAT sensor circuit check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 pin-2 to known good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
162 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 171 FMI 4 - AAT Signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) signal voltage
is lower than expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when the fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) signal circuit short to GND
• Failed AAT sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 163

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 171 FMI 4.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 171 FMI 4 as active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor module Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AAT sensor module connector.
C. Check AAT sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are AAT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for failed AAT sensor. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 165). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC Yes: Replace AAT
list. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 4.
Does SPN 171 FMI 3 set after DTC is cleared? No: Repair short to
GND between AAT
sensor pin-2 and Engine
Control Module (ECM)
pin C-47. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 171 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
164 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 171 FMI 4)

Figure 15 AAT Sensor Circuit Diagram

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
See the latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 165

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor harness connector and leave sensor
disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
166 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

ACM (Aftertreatment Control Module)


Overview of ACM Sensor

SPN FMI Description


168 15 ACM Battery voltage too HIGH (page 167)
168 17 ACM Battery voltage too LOW (page 169)

Overview

Figure 16 Parallel Battery Connections (12 Volt System)


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 167

SPN 168 FMI 15 - ACM Battery voltage too HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when voltage supplied to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) exceeds 16 volts while engine
is running.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
If SPN 168 FMI 15 is active with SPN 158 FMI 15 and SPN 5109 FMI 15, repair battery main power or ground
failure before diagnosing this fault code.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Charging voltage excessive
• Incorrect battery pack wiring (series instead of parallel)
168 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 168 FMI 15.
Is EST DTC listing SPN 168 FMI 15 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Check for correct parallel battery pack wiring. Decision


Positive battery cable(s) should be connected from positive battery terminal Yes: Replace alternator. After
to positive battery terminal (Figure 16). Negative battery cable(s) should be repairs are complete, retest
connected from negative battery terminal to negative battery terminal. for SPN 168 FMI 15.
Is battery pack correctly assembled (wired in parallel and not in series)? No: Reassemble battery
pack. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 168
FMI 15.

End Diagnostic Test


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 168 FMI 15 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 169

SPN 168 FMI 17 - ACM Battery voltage too LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when voltage supplied to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) is below 6.5 volts while engine
is running.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults

• SPN 158 FMI 15 (ECM • SPN 5109 FMI 15 (DCU


PWR) PWR)

Fault Facts
If SPN 168 FMI 15 is active with SPN 158 FMI 15 and SPN 5109 FMI 15, repair battery main power or ground
failure before diagnosing this fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Low battery or charging system voltage
• SWBAT circuit high resistance
• GND circuit high resistance
170 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Use Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 169).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated Faults.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 168 FMI 17.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 3.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 168 FMI 17.
Is EST DTC listing SPN 168 FMI 17 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ACM
C. Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are ACM connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 168 FMI 17.

Step 4 Check B+ circuit for high resistance. Decision


A. Perform Test 1(page 171). Yes: Repair high resistance
between ACM pin J2-04 or
B. Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Harness 18-537-01
J2-06 and GND. After repairs
pin J2-03 and known good GND.
are complete, retest for SPN
C. Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Harness 18-537-01 168 FMI 17.
pin J2-05 and known good GND.
Are both voltages B+ ± 0.5 volts No: Repair high resistance
between ACM pin J2-03 or
J2-05 and 15-pin connector
pin-13. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 168
FMI 17.

End Diagnostic Test


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 168 FMI 17 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 171

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 168 FMI 17)

Figure 17 ACM PWR Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• 58-pin Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
172 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box and SCR (ACM) 58-pin Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM
harness and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 173

AFT (Aftertreatment) System


Overview of AFT System Group

SPN FMI Description


3251 0 DPFDP excessively HIGH (Plugged filter) (page 175)
3251 15 DPF Soot Load - Least Severe Level (page 180)
3251 16 DPF Soot Load - Moderately Severe Level (page 185)
3695 2 DPF Regen Inhibit Switch erratic, intermittent or incorrect (page 190)
3695 19 DPF Regen Inhibit Switch status not detected on J1939 (page 192)
3703 31 DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch (page 194)
3713 31 DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to System Timeout (page 196)
3719 0 DPF Soot Load - Highest (level 3/3) (page 198)
3719 15 DPF Soot Load - Lowest (level 1/3) (page 201)
3719 16 DPF Soot Load - Moderate (level 2/3) (page 204)
3750 31 DPF Regen inhibited due to low exhaust temperatures (page 207)
3936 14 DOC/DPF Temperature module (Incorrect Part) (page 209)
3936 15 DPF System above Warning Pressure (page 211)
3936 16 DPF System above Maximum Pressure (page 215)
4795 31 DPFDP excessively LOW (sensor/circuit fault or missing DPF) (page 219)
4796 31 Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Missing (page 221)
5298 17 DOC Efficiency fault, Temperature below minimum Regen Aborted (page 223)
5298 18 DOC Efficiency fault, Temperature below minimum (page 226)
5319 31 DPF incomplete Regeneration (page 228)

Overview
Aftertreatment (AFT) System catalyzes carbon monoxide (CO), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), and Hydrocarbons
(HC), and has three main components: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) and Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF),
decomposition reactor tube, and Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst.
DPF captures soot and other particulates exiting engine. Typically good running engine will have 99% soot to
1% ash.
Soot is captured by DPF. Although DOC should not require regular maintenance, DPF does require occasional
off-board cleaning to remove ash.
Soot is converted to carbon dioxide by a process of regeneration (Regen). Temperature at face of DPF is raised
to approximately 1000°F (538°C), for a period of time, depending on amount of soot that accumulated within
DPF. Regen time is calculated by DPF Differential Pressure (DPFDP) feedback.
Regen may take place as vehicle is in operation under steady state heavy engine loading condition, or by
commanding Parked Regen.
During Parked Regen, engine speed is increased, while Engine Control Module (ECM) controls Post-Injection,
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR), and Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) to increase heat going into exhaust system.
174 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Intake Air Heater (IAH) may also cycle on and off, not just to increase Intake Air Temperature (IAT), but to add
extra load on engine.
Health of system and Regen processes are monitored by DOC Intake Temperature (DOCIT), DPF Intake
Temperature (DPFIT), DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT), and Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure
(DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor. DPFDP / DPFOP sensor measures
pressure difference across DPF. DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT sensors measure temperature differences across
DOC and DPF and are part of DOC / DPF temperature sensor module.
DPF and / or DOC may fail or become restricted prematurely for a number of reasons. It is important to pinpoint
root cause and repair failure before replacing DOC or DPF. Failure to do so could result in destroying a newly
replaced component.
Any time DPF is replaced or removed for cleaning, record DPF serial number and use ServiceMaxx™ software
to run Diesel Particulate Filter Servicing (page 1975) procedure. Follow on-screen instructions.
Aftertreatment system reduces NOx by injecting Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) through Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser
Unit (DEFDU), and into decomposition reactor tube. Exhaust heat in decomposition reactor tube causes DEF
to break down and convert to ammonia and CO2.
Final component of aftertreatment system is SCR catalyst. SCR catalyst completes break down of DEF into
ammonia and CO2, and then converts ammonia and NOx into Nitrogen gas and water.

Figure 20 DPFDP Sensor and Hoses


1. DPFDP / outlet pressure hoses
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 175

SPN 3251 FMI 0 - DPFDP excessively HIGH (Plugged filter)

Fault Overview
Fault sets when DPFDP is excessively high.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3251 FMI 2 • SPN 3556 FMI 0, 1, and • SPN 3719 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3936 FMI 0 and 14
(DPFDP) 7 (AFTFP2) and 16 (AFT) (AFT)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Restricted or plugged filter
• Biased Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor or circuit
• Reversed DPF sensor hoses
176 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 175).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 0.

Step 2 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor Decision
and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DPFDP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 0.

Step 3 Inspect Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect IAHC sensor.
C. Check IAHC sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are IAHC sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 0.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 177

Step 4 Inspect Down Stream Injection (DSI) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect DSI sensor.
C. Check DSI sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DSI sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 0.

Step 5 Check for short to PWR of DPFDP/DPFOP SIG GND. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 179). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-1 and B+.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair
short to PWR in
DPFDP/DPFOP SIG
GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 0.

Step 6 Check for short to PWR of DPFDP/DPFOP DPFDP SIG. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 179). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-2 and B+.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair
short to PWR in
DPFDP/DPFOP
DPFDP SIG. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251 FMI
0.

Step 7 Check for short to PWR of DPFDP/DPFOP VREF 4. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 179). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-4 and GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Repair
short to PWR in
DPFDP/DPFOP
DPFDP VREF 4. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251
FMI 0.
178 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 8 Check for Open or short to GND in DPFDP/DPFOP VREF 4. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 179). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-4 and GND.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Repair Open
or short to GND
in DPFDP/DPFOP
DPFDP VREF 4. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251
FMI 0.

Step 9 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch position. Decision
Verify DPF regen inhibit switch is in correct position. Yes: Replace DPF
regen inhibit switch.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 0.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch OFF, allowing for active regenerations of aftertreatment No: Turn DPF regen
system? inhibit switch OFF. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251
FMI 0.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3251 FMI 0 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 179

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
180 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3251 FMI 15 - DPF Soot Load - Least Severe Level

Fault Overview
Fault sets when DPF soot load is at least severe level.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3251 FMI 2 • SPN 3556 FMI 0, 1, and • SPN 3719 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3936 FMI 0 and 14
(DPFDP) 7 (AFTFP2) and 16 (AFT) (AFT)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Restricted or plugged filter
• Biased Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor or circuit
• Reversed DPF sensor hoses
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 181

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 180).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 15.

Step 2 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor Decision
and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DPFDP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 15.

Step 3 Inspect Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect IAHC sensor.
C. Check IAHC sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are IAHC sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 15.
182 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Inspect Down Stream Injection (DSI) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect DSI sensor.
C. Check DSI sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DSI sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 15.

Step 5 Check for short to PWR of DPFDP/DPFOP SIG GND. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 184). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-1 and B+.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair
short to PWR in
DPFDP/DPFOP SIG
GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 15.

Step 6 Check for short to PWR of DPFDP/DPFOP DPFDP SIG. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 184). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-2 and B+.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair
short to PWR in
DPFDP/DPFOP
DPFDP SIG. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251 FMI
15.

Step 7 Check for short to PWR of DPFDP/DPFOP VREF 4. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 179). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-4 and GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Repair
short to PWR in
DPFDP/DPFOP
DPFDP VREF 4. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251
FMI 15.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 183

Step 8 Check for Open or short to GND in DPFDP/DPFOP VREF 4. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 184). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-4 and GND.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Repair Open
or short to GND
in DPFDP/DPFOP
DPFDP VREF 4. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251 FMI
15.

Step 9 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch position. Decision
Verify DPF regen inhibit switch is in correct position. Yes: Replace DPF
regen inhibit switch.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 15.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch OFF, allowing for active regenerations of aftertreatment No: Turn DPF regen
system? inhibit switch OFF. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251
FMI 15.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3251 FMI 15 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
184 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 185

SPN 3251 FMI 16 - DPF Soot Load - Moderately Severe Level

Fault Overview
Fault sets when DPF soot load is at moderately severe level.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3251 FMI 2 • SPN 3556 FMI 0, 1, and • SPN 3719 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3936 FMI 0 and 14
(DPFDP) 7 (AFTFP2) and 16 (AFT) (AFT)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Restricted or plugged filter
• Biased Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor or circuit
• Reversed DPF sensor hoses
186 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 185).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 16.

Step 2 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor Decision
and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DPFDP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 16.

Step 3 Inspect Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect IAHC sensor.
C. Check IAHC sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are IAHC sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 16.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 187

Step 4 Inspect Down Stream Injection (DSI) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect DSI sensor.
C. Check DSI sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DSI sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 16.

Step 5 Check for short to PWR of DPFDP/DPFOP SIG GND. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 189). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-1 and B+.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair
short to PWR in
DPFDP/DPFOP SIG
GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 16.

Step 6 Check for short to PWR of DPFDP/DPFOP DPFDP SIG. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 189). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-2 and B+.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair
short to PWR in
DPFDP/DPFOP
DPFDP SIG. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251 FMI
16.

Step 7 Check for short to PWR of DPFDP/DPFOP VREF 4. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 179). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-4 and GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Repair
short to PWR in
DPFDP/DPFOP
DPFDP VREF 4. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251
FMI 16.
188 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 8 Check for Open or short to GND in DPFDP/DPFOP VREF 4. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 189). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-4 and GND.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Repair Open
or short to GND
in DPFDP/DPFOP
DPFDP VREF 4. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251
FMI 16.

Step 9 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch position. Decision
Verify DPF regen inhibit switch is in correct position. Yes: Replace DPF
regen inhibit switch.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 16.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch OFF, allowing for active regenerations of aftertreatment No: Turn DPF regen
system? inhibit switch OFF. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251
FMI 16.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3251 FMI 16 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 189

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
190 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3695 FMI 2- DPF Regen Inhibit Switch erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regen inhibit
switch is On, and active regeneration of aftertreatment system is needed.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.

Associated Faults

SPN 3695 FMI 19


(J1939)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous

Possible Causes
• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regen inhibit switch ON
• Failed DPF regen inhibit switch
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 191

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 190).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3695 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch position. Decision
Verify DPF regen inhibit switch is in correct position. Yes: Replace DPF
regen inhibit switch.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3695 FMI 2.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch OFF, allowing for active regenerations of aftertreatment No: Turn DPF regen
system? inhibit switch OFF. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3695
FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3695 FMI 2 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
192 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3695 FMI 19 - DPF Regen Inhibit Switch status not detected on J1939

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) does not receive a message for status of Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) regen inhibit switch over J1939 bus.

Lamp Reaction
No Lamp

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed or missing DPF regen inhibit switch
• Incorrectly programmed ACM
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 193

Step 1 Verify presence of DPF regen inhibit switch. Decision


Verify vehicle is equipped with DPF regen inhibit switch. Yes: Repair DPF
regen inhibit switch
fault (See appropriate
Truck Electrical Circuit
Diagrams). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3695
FMI 19.
Is vehicle equipped with DPF regen inhibit switch? No: Verify ACM is
not programmed for
DPF regen inhibit
switch. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3695 FMI 19.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3695 FMI 19 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
194 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3703 FMI 31 - DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects regeneration (regen) inhibit switch is enabled
when any of following occur: SPN 3719 FMI 0, 15, or 16 (DPF soot load) is active; or Active regeneration of
aftertreatment system is needed.

Lamp Reaction
No Lamps

Associated Faults

SPN 3695 FMI 2 and 19


(regen inhibit switch)

Fault Facts
This fault can indicate reason high soot load faults have been logged.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Regen inhibit switch enabled when active regeneration is needed.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 195

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 194).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3703 FMI 31.

Step 2 Check for correct Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regen inhibit switch Decision
position.
Verify DPF regen inhibit switch is in correct position. Yes: Run parked
regen of aftertreatment
system. After parked
regen is performed,
retest for SPN 3703
FMI 31.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch disabled allowing for active regenerations of No: Disable regen
aftertreatment system? inhibit switch and
perform a parked
regen of aftertreatment
system. After parked
regen is performed,
retest for SPN 3703
FMI 31.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3703 FMI 31 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
196 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3713 FMI 31 - DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to System Timeout

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects active regeneration is needed, but fault that
inhibits regeneration is present.

Lamp Reaction
None

Associated Faults

• SPN 3242 FMI 0, 2, 3, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 2, 3, • SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3, 4 • SPN 3480 FMI 3, 4,
4, 15, 16 (DPFIT) 4, 15, 16 (DPFOT) (DPFDP) (AFTFP1) and (AFTFT)
• SPN 3482 FMI 3, 4, • SPN 3556 FMI 0, 1, 7 • SPN 3610 FMI 2, 3, 4 • SPN 3695 FMI 2, 19
(AFTFPC) (AFTFP2) (DPFDP) (DPF)
• SPN 3703 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 3719 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3750 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 3936 FMI 0, 14, 15
16 (AFT) (DPF System)
• SPN 4360 FMI 2 • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 4792 FMI 14 (AFT) • SPN 4794 FMI 31 (AFT)
(SCRIT) 16 (DOCIT)
• SPN 4795 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 4796 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 5298 FMI 17, 18 • SPN 5397 FMI 31 (AFT)
(AFT)
• SPN 5742 FMI 11, 16 • SPN 5743 FMI 11,
(DOC / DPF Temperature 16 (SCR Temp sensor
Sensor Module) module)

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous

Fault Fact
This fault can indicate the reason high soot load faults have been logged.
Possible Causes
• Regen inhibit faults present when active regeneration is needed.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 197

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Run a parked
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 196). regeneration of the
aftertreatment system,
and retest for SPN 3713
FMI 31.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3713 FMI 31.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3713 FMI 31 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
198 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3719 FMI 0: DPF Soot Load - Highest (level 3/3)

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded maximum operating limits. Torque output of engine will be reduced as soot load increases. Active
and parked regeneration of aftertreatment system will be disabled.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will not illuminate when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults

• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 651-656 (INJ) • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (DOFIT)
• SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3 and • SPN 3480 (AFTFP) • SPN 3482 (AFTFSO)
4 (DPFOT) 4 (DPFDP)
• SPN 3556 FMI 0, 1, and •SPN 3610 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3936 FMI 0 and 14 • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
7 (AFTFP2) 4 (DPFOP) (AFT) 4 (DOCIT)
• SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Restricted or plugged filter
• Biased Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor or circuit
• Reversed DPF sensor hoses
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 199

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 198).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 0.

Step 2 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor Decision
and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DPFDP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 0.

Step 3 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, or Yes: Go to Step 4.
damage.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted? No: Repair or replace
DPFDP sensor hose(s).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 0.

Step 4 Inspect Down Stream Injection (DSI) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect DSI sensor and actuator connectors.
C. Check DSI sensor and actuator connectors and terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DSI sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 0.
200 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch operation. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, go to Switches tab and operate regen Yes: Go to Step 6.
inhibit switch. Verify status of DPF regen inhibit switch status changes in
ServiceMaxx™ in response to switch movement.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch operating correctly? No: Diagnose DPF
regen inhibit switch.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 0.

Step 6 Run engine to operating temperature. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, go to Switches tab. Verify all regen Yes: Perform parked
inhibitors are not active. regeneration. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3719 FMI
0.
Are all regen inhibitors not active? No: Diagnose active
inhibitors. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 0.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3719 FMI 0 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 201

SPN 3719 FMI 15 DPF Soot Load - Lowest (level 1/3)

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that DPF soot load is higher than expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 651-656 (INJ) • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (DOFIT)
SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and SPN 3251 FMI 2 SPN 3480 (AFTFP) SPN 3482 (AFTFSO)
4 (DPFOT) (DPFDP)
SPN 3556 FMI 0, 1, and SPN 3610 FMI 2, 3, and SPN 3936 FMI 0 and 14 SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
7 (AFTFP2) 4 (AFT) (AFT) 4 (DOCIT)
SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Reversed DPF sensor hoses
• Active regen inhibitors
• Failed DPF regen inhibit switch
202 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 201).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 15.

Step 2 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor Decision
and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DPFDP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 15.

Step 3 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, or Yes: Go to Step 4.
damage.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted? No: Repair or replace
DPFDP sensor hose(s).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 15.

Step 4 Inspect Down Stream Injection (DSI) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect DSI sensor and actuator connectors.
C. Check DSI sensor and actuator connectors and terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DSI sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 15.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 203

Step 5 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch operation. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, go to Switches tab and operate Yes: Go to step 6.
regen inhibit switch. Verify status of DPF regen inhibit switch status changes in
ServiceMaxx™ in response to switch movement.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch operating correctly? No: Diagnose DPF
regen inhibit switch
fault. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 15.

Step 6 Check for other regen inhibitors. Decision


Run engine to operating temperature. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, go Yes: Perform parked
to the switches tab. Verify all regen inhibitors are not active. regeneration. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3719
FMI 15.
Are all regen inhibitors not active? No: Diagnose active
inhibitors. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 15.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3719 FMI 15 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
204 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3719 FMI 16 - DPF Soot Load - Moderate (level 2/3)

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that DPF soot load is higher than expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 651-656 (INJ) • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (DOFIT)
SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and SPN 3251 FMI 2 SPN 3480 (AFTFP) SPN 3482 (AFTFSO)
4 (DPFOT) (DPFDP)
SPN 3556 FMI 0, 1, and SPN 3610 FMI 2, 3, and SPN 3936 FMI 0 and 14 SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
7 (AFTFP2) 4 (AFT) (AFT) 4 (DOCIT)
SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Reversed DPF sensor hoses
• Active regen inhibitors
• Failed DPF regen inhibit switch
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 205

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 204).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 16.

Step 2 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Decision
Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 16.

Step 3 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, or Yes: Go to Step 4.
damage.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted? No: Repair or replace
DPFDP sensor hose(s).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 16.

Step 4 Inspect Down Stream Injection (DSI) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect DSI sensor and actuator connectors.
C. Check DSI sensor and actuator connectors and terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DSI sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 16.
206 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch operation. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, go to Switches tab and operate Yes: Go to step 6.
regen inhibit switch. Verify status of DPF regen inhibit switch status changes in
ServiceMaxx™ in response to switch movement.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch operating correctly? No: Diagnose DPF
regen inhibit switch
fault. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 16.

Step 6 Check for other regen inhibitors. Decision


Run engine to operating temperature. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, go Yes: Perform parked
to the switches tab. Verify all regen inhibitors are not active. regeneration. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3719
FMI 16.
Are all regen inhibitors not active? No: Diagnose active
inhibitors. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 16.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3719 FMI 16 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 207

SPN 3750 FMI 31 - DPF Regen inhibited due to low exhaust temperatures

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) is unable to achieve closed loop control of active
regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) due to low Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) temperature.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when fault is detected for two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 (EGR) • SPN 51 (ETV) • SPN 2659 (AMS) • SPN 2791 (EGR)
• SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3242 (DPFIT) • SPN 3246 (DPFOT) • SPN 4796 FMI 31
4 (DPFDP) (DOC)

Fault Facts
This fault code may indicate exhaust temperature is not high enough to actively regenerate aftertreatment
system. Driving vehicle with long-term increased load may increase exhaust temperatures and decrease
aftertreatment regeneration frequency.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test
Possible Causes
• Degraded Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)
• Exhaust leak
• Damaged or missing Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
208 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 207).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3750 FMI 31.

Step 2 Exhaust system inspection. Decision


Perform Exhaust and Aftertreatment System Inspection (page 2233). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is aftertreatment system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair or replace
leaking or damaged
exhaust components.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3750 FMI 31.

Step 3 Check accuracy of aftertreatment temperature sensors. Decision


Perform Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test(page 1960). Compare Diesel Oxidation Yes: Go to Step 4.
Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT), Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet (DPFIT) and
DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) temperatures.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT temperatures within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace DOC
/ DPF temperature
sensor module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3750
FMI 31.

Step 4 Check the exhaust system for an installed and undamaged Diesel Decision
Particulate Filter (DPF).
Perform DPF inspection (see Aftertreatment Service Manual 0000001602). Yes: Inspect DOC for
damage and replace if
damaged. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3750 FMI 31.
Is a DPF installed in the exhaust system and free damage? No: Install correct
DPF. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3750 FMI 31.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3750 FMI 31 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 209

SPN 3936 FMI 14 - DOC / DPF Temperature module (Incorrect Part)

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst / Diesel Particulate
Filter (DOC/DPF) temperature sensor module part number does not match what is stored in ACM.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5742 FMI 19 (DOC)

Fault Facts
This fault is generally caused by having incorrect part number DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module installed.
This fault may rarely be caused by calibration or CAN communication issues. If part number is correct, verify
ACM and ECM have proper calibration installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Incorrect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst / Diesel Particulate Filter (DOC/DPF) temperature sensor module
installed
210 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 209).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3936 FMI 14.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN Yes: Install correct
3936 FMI 14. DOC/DPF temperature
sensor module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3936 FMI
14.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3936 FMI 14 active or pending? No: Clear codes and
retest for SPN 3936 FMI
14.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic step if SPN 3936 FMI 14 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 211

SPN 3936 FMI 15 - DPF System above Warning Pressure

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded maximum operating limits. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be disabled.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 651-656 (INJ /
CYL)
• SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3480 (AFTFP1) • SPN 3482 (AFTFSO)
4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT)
• SPN 3556 (AFT) • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
4 (DOCIT)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test.
Possible Causes
• Engine mechanical fault
• Poor engine performance
• Regen inhibited
• Restricted DPFDP hoses
• Failed DPFDP sensor
• Failed fuel injector
212 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 211).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3936 FMI 15.

Step 2 Determine if a regen inhibitors are inhibiting regeneration of Decision


aftertreatment system.
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check status of regen inhibitors in Yes: Correct active regen
switches tab. inhibitors and perform
KOER Aftertreatment
DPF Regeneration
Procedure (page
2048). After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 15.
Are any regeneration inhibitors active? No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Decision


(DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3936 FMI 15.

Step 4 Monitor DPFDP/DPFOP sensor signal. Decision


A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Yes: Go to Step 6.
B. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, load Signals sessions (page
1958) and monitor DPFDP.
Is DPFDP below 0.5 psi? (normal operation) No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 213

Step 5 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, or Yes: Replace
damage. DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 15.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted? No: Repair or replace
DPFDP sensor hose(s).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 15.

Step 6 Determine if engine has a mechanical cylinder balance problem Decision


(compression loss).
Perform Crankcase Pressure Test (page 2156). Yes: Repair base
engine compression
imbalance. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3936
FMI 15.
Does engine have excessive crankcase pressure? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Determine if engine has fuel injector problem. Decision


Perform KOER Cylinder Cutout Test (page 2039). Yes: Go to Step 8.
Did one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than others? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 8 Inspect for failed valve train components. Decision


Remove upper valve cover (see Engine Service Manual). Inspect for bent valves, Yes: Replace injector
fallen bridges, and valves out of adjustment. suspected by KOER
Cylinder Cutout Test
(page 2039). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3936 FMI
15.
Is valve train free of failed valve train components? No: Repair failed valve
train components. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3936 FMI
15.
214 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 9 Determine if vehicle has an engine performance related driveability Decision


problem.
Test drive vehicle. Yes: Perform
engine Performance
Diagnostics (page
1995). After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 15.
Does engine have a performance problem? No: Retest for SPN
3936 FMI 15.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3936 FMI 15 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 215

SPN 3936 FMI 16 - DPF System above Maximum Pressure

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded maximum operating limits. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be disabled.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 651-656 (INJ /
CYL)
• SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3480 (AFTFP1) • SPN 3482 (AFTFSO)
4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT)
• SPN 3556 (AFT) • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
4 (DOCIT)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test.
Possible Causes
• Engine mechanical fault
• Poor engine performance
• Regen inhibited
• Restricted DPFDP hoses
• Failed DPFDP sensor
• Failed fuel injector
216 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 215).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 16.

Step 2 Determine if regen inhibitors are inhibiting regeneration of Decision


aftertreatment system.
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check status of regen inhibitors in Yes: Correct active
switches tab. regen inhibitors
and perform KOER
Aftertreatment
DPF Regeneration
Procedure (page
2048). After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 16.
Are any regeneration inhibitors active? No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Inspect connections at DPF Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Decision


Outlet Pressure sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 16.

Step 4 Monitor DPFDP/DPFOP sensor signal. Decision


A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Yes: Go to Step 6.
B. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, load Signals sessions (page
1958) and monitor DPFDP.
Is DPFDP below 0.5 psi? (normal operation) No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 217

Step 5 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, or Yes: Replace DPF
damage. Differential Pressure
/ Outlet Pressure
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 16.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted? No: Repair or replace
DPFDP sensor hose(s).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 16.

Step 6 Determine if engine has a mechanical cylinder balance problem Decision


(compression loss).
Perform Crankcase Pressure Test (page 2156). Yes: Repair base
engine compression
imbalance. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3936
FMI 16.
Does engine have excessive crankcase pressure? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Determine if engine has a fuel injector problem. Decision


Perform KOER Cylinder Cutout Test (page 2039). Yes: Go to Step 8.
Did one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than others? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 8 Inspect for failed valve train components. Decision


Remove upper valve cover (see Engine Service Manual). Inspect for bent valves, Yes: Replace injector
fallen bridges, and valves out of adjustment. suspected by KOER
Cylinder Cutout Test
(page 2039). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3936
FMI 16.
Is valve train free of failed valve train components? No: Repair failed valve
train components. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3936
FMI 16.
218 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 9 Determine if vehicle has an engine performance related driveability Decision


problem.
Test drive vehicle. Yes: Perform
engine Performance
Diagnostics (page
1995). After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 16.
Does engine have a performance problem? No: Retest for SPN
3936 FMI 16.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3936 FMI 16 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 219

SPN 4795 FMI 31 - DPFDP Excessively LOW (Sensor/Circuit Fault or Missing DPF)

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Particulate Filter Differential
Pressure (DPFDP) is below minimum value, and exhaust flow rate is above minimum flow rate. Active and
parked regeneration of DPF will be disabled. The Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be closed, and
engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3251 FMI 3 and 4


(DPFDP)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Missing DPF
• DPF damaged or failed
• DPFDP sensor hoses reversed or damaged
220 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 219).
No: Repair Associated
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4795 FMI 31.

Step 2 Check exhaust system for an installed DPF. Decision


Check exhaust system for an installed DPF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is DPF installed in exhaust system? No: Install proper
DPF. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4795 FMI 31.

Step 3 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Outlet Decision
Pressure (DPFOP) sensor hoses.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Inspect DPF for
damage and replace
B. Inspect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing,
as necessary. After
reversed hoses, or damage.
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4795
FMI 31.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor hoses routed correctly and free of damage? No: Reroute or replace
DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
hoses. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4795 FMI 31.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 4795 FMI 31 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 221

SPN 4796 FMI 31 - Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Missing

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake
Temperature (DOCIT) sensor and Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) sensor are reading
same temperature during an active regeneration for 80 seconds. Active and parked regeneration of Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) will be disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be closed, and engine
torque will be reduced if fault is active for extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and


4 (DPFIT) 4 (DOCIT)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Missing Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)
• DOC damaged or failed
222 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Inspect DOC for
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 221). damage and replace
as necessary. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4796
FMI 31.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4796 FMI 31.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 4796 FMI 31 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 223

SPN 5298 FMI 17 - DOC Efficiency fault, Temperature below minimum Regen Aborted

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects temperature differential across Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) during active regeneration of aftertreatment system is not matching expected
temperature increase. Active and parked regeneration of DPF will be disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) valve will be closed, and engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT) 4 (DOCIT) 16, and 19 (DOC/DPF)

Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect engine and
aftertreatment systems for cause of contamination before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Damaged or failed DOC
• Restricted DOC (soot accumulation)
• Exhaust system leak between turbocharger and DOC
• Failed Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI)
• Failed Downstream Injection (DSI) system
224 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 223).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Associated Faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5298 FMI 17.

Step 2 Inspect exhaust system for leaks between turbocharger outlet and Decision
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) intake.
A. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER). Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Check for cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams,
or other damage.
Is exhaust system sealed and undamaged? No: Repair or replace
damaged exhaust
system components.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5298 FMI 17.

Step 3 Inspect for restricted or damaged DOC. Decision


A. Remove DOC (see appropriate Exhaust System Service Manual). Yes: Go to step 4.
B. Check DOC for restrictions from soot or oil contamination, cracks or
damage to cells in DOC, and soot restrictions at front face of DOC.
Is DOC unrestricted and free of damage? No: Clean or replace
DOC. Refer to fault
facts. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5298 FMI 17.

Step 4 Perform visual inspection of Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI). Decision


Remove AFTFI housing from the turbocharger outlet pipe following procedures in Yes: Install AFTFI and
the Engine Service Manual and perform the following visual checks: go to Step 5.
• Ensure correct AFTFI gasket is installed.
• Ensure AFTFI and bore are unrestricted and free of carbon buildup.
• Ensure AFTFI tip is free of cracks and other damage
Is AFTFI and bore unrestricted, free of carbon build up, and free of damage? Is No: Repair all faults
the correct AFTFI gasket used? found during visual
inspection. After
repairs are complete,
install AFTFI and go to
Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 225

Step 5 Perform KOER DSI Deaeration Procedure. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform KOER Yes: Diagnostics
DSI System Deaeration Procedure(page 2045) test twice. Complete.
Does DSI System Deaeration test procedure purge all air out of DSI system? No: Repair DSI system.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5298 FMI 17.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 5298 FMI 17 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
226 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5298 FMI 18 - DOC Efficiency fault, Temperature below minimum

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects temperature differential across Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) during active regeneration and does not indicate temperature increase for 225
seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT) 4 (DOCIT)

Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Damaged or failed DOC
• Restricted DOC (soot accumulation)
• Exhaust system leak between turbocharger and DOC
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 227

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 226).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5298 FMI 18.

Step 2 Inspect exhaust system for leaks Decision


Inspect exhaust system for leaks between turbocharger outlet and DOC intake. Yes: Go to Step 3.
With Key-On Engine-Running (KOER), check for cracked exhaust system welds;
leaking exhaust system seams; or other damage.
Is exhaust system between turbocharger outlet and DOC intake sealed and No: Repair or replace
undamaged? damaged exhaust
system components.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5298 FMI 18.

Step 3 Inspect DOC. Decision


Remove the DOC (see Exhaust System in Engine Service Manual). Check DOC Yes: Go to Step 4.
for restrictions from soot or oil contamination, cracks, or damage to cells in DOC,
and soot restrictions at front face of DOC.
Is DOC unrestricted and free of damage? No: Clean or replace
DOC. Refer to fault
facts. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5298 FMI 18.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 5298 FMI 18. remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
228 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5319 FMI 31 - DPF incomplete Regeneration

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines soot load of the DPF is still too high after
active regeneration has completed.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3, and


4 (DPFDP)

Fault Facts
Excessive ash accumulation in Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) will cause frequent regenerations of aftertreatment
system. If all step-based diagnostics have been completed with no failure found, inspect ash load of DPF.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Lube oil leak to exhaust
• Failed fuel injector
• Engine mechanical
• Failed DPF Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor
• Restricted DPFDP/DPFOP sensor hose(s)
• DPF restricted, damaged, or contaminated
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) restricted, damaged, or contaminated
• Miss-routed DPFDP hoses
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 229

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 228).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5319 FMI 31.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Decision


(DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DPFDP / outlet pressure sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5319 FMI 31.

Step 3 Monitor DPFDP signal. Decision


A. Key ON Engine Running (KOER). Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, load
Signals session and monitor DPFDP.
C. Bring engine to high idle.
Is DPFDP below 0.5 psi (3.45 kPa)? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, or Yes: Replace DPF
damage. Differential Pressure
/ Outlet Pressure
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5319 FMI 31.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted? No: Repair or replace
DPFDP sensor hose(s).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5319 FMI 31.
230 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Inspect for oil in the exhaust. Decision


Perform Engine Oil to Exhaust (page 113) check. Yes: Repair base
engine fault. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5319
FMI 31.
Was oil found leaking into exhaust? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check for failed fuel injector. Decision


Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Road Test (page 2072). Yes: Check injector(s)
on identified cylinder(s)
and repair as
necessary. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5319 FMI 31.
Did CPA Road Test identify a cylinder misfire? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Check for restricted DPF. Decision


Perform Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Inspection (page 2235). Yes: Clean or replace
DPF. Perform a parked
regeneration. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5319 FMI
31.
Was Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) free of contamination, soot leakage, and filter No: Clean or replace
damage, and DPF channels should be free of restrictions? DPF. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5319 FMI 31.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 5319 FMI 31 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 231

AFTFSO (Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff)


Overview of AFTFSO Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


3482 3 AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve short to PWR (page 232)
3482 4 AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve open or short to GND (page 243)

Overview
Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO) controls fuel supply to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) when
regeneration is required. AFTFSO is controlled by Doser Control Unit (DCU).

Figure 21 AFTFSO Sensor Location


1. AFTFSO
232 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3482 FMI 3 - AFT Fuel Enable Control Valve short to PWR

Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Doser Control Unit (DCU) Module detects a circuit fault for Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff
(AFTFSO) circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None.

Fault Facts
DCU deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, NOID Lamp is needed to simulate correct circuit
operation. Fault is latched for a key cycle, ECM must be reset by a Key OFF cycle

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Key ON when energized.
Possible Causes
• AFTFSO CTL-H circuit Open or high resistance
• AFTFSO CTL-L circuit Open or high resistance
• AFTFSO CTL-H circuit short to GND
• AFTFSO CTL-L circuit short to GND
• Failed AFTFSO
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 233

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Yes: Go to Step 2.
KOEO DCU Actuator Test - ON (page 2011). Command AFT Fuel Enable CTL.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3482 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at AFTFSO sensor connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AFTFSO sensor connector.
C. Check AFTFSO sensor connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are AFTFSO sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3482 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check vehicle harness / NOID Lamp illumination. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace AFTFSO.
After repairs are
B. Connect NOID Lamp 15-909-01 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO
complete, retest for
disconnected.
SPN 3482 FMI 3.
C. Key ON.
D. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform KOEO DCU Actuator
Test - Actuator Output High and Low Diagnostics(page 2011).
Did NOID Lamp 15-909-01 illuminate? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Inspect connections at 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
C. Check 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and connector terminals for
damaged or pinched wires, corroded terminals; loose, bent or broken
pins; or broken connector housing.
Is 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3482 FMI 3.
234 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for Open in AFTFSO CTL-H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 237). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 pin-18.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-18 and
AFTFSO pin-1. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
3.

Step 6 Check for short to GND in AFTFSO CTL-H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 237). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 7
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-18
and AFTFSO pin-1. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
3.

Step 7 Check for Open in AFTFSO CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 238). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 pin-19.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-19 and
AFTFSO pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
3.

Step 8 Check for short to GND in AFTFSO CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 239). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 9
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-19
and AFTFSO pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 235

Step 9 Inspect connections at 86-pin Doser Control Unit (DCU). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 10.
B. Disconnect DCU.
C. Check DCU and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires,
corroded terminals; loose, bent or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Is 86-pin DCU module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3482 FMI 3.

Step 10 Check for Open in AFTFSO CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 240). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-19 and Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C pin-11
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-19 and
DCU Module pin-11. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
3.

Step 11 Check for short to GND in AFTFSO CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 6 (page 241). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: step 12.
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-19 and a known good engine GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
ground between 24-pin
Engine to Chassis
connector pin-19 and
DCU Module pin-11. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
3.
236 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 12 Check for Open in AFTFSO CTL-H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 7 (page 242). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-18 and Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C pin-31. ground between 24-pin
engine to chassis
connector pin-18 and
DCU Module pin-31. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-18 and
DCU Module pin-31. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3482 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 237

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C

Figure 22 AFTFSO CTL-H Circuit Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
238 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 23 AFTFSO CTL-H Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFSO.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 239

Figure 24 AFTFSO CTL-L Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFSO.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
240 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 25 AFTFSO CTL-L Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFSO.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 241

Figure 26 AFTFSO CTL-L Circuit Check

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFSO side disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-11.
242 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 27 AFTFSO CTL-L Circuit Check

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFSO side disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFSO side disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 243

SPN 3482 FMI 4 - AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve open or short to GND

Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Doser Control Unit (DCU) Module detects signal from Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff
(AFTFSO) actuator is shorted to ground.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Doser Control Unit (DCU) deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID light is needed to simulate
correct circuit. Fault is latched for a key cycle, so Engine Control Module (ECM) must be reset by a Key OFF
cycle.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• AFTFSO CTL-H circuit Open or high resistance
• AFTFSO CTL-L circuit Open or high resistance
• AFTFSO CTL-H circuit short to ground
• AFTFSO CTL-L circuit short to ground
• Failed AFTFSO
244 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Yes: Go to Step 2.
KOEO DCU Actuator Test - ON (page 2011). Command AFT Fuel Enable CTL.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3482 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at AFTFSO sensor connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AFTFSO sensor connector.
C. Check AFTFSO sensor connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are AFTFSO sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3482 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check vehicle harness / NOID Lamp illumination. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace AFTFSO.
After repairs are
B. Connect NOID Lamp 15-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave AFTSO
complete, retest for
disconnected.
SPN 3482 FMI 4.
C. Key ON.
D. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform KOEO DCU Actuator
Test - Actuator Output High and Low Diagnostics(page 2011).
Did NOID Lamp 15-909-01 Lamp illuminate? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Inspect connections at 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
C. Check 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and connector terminals for
damaged or pinched wires, corroded terminals; loose, bent or broken
pins; or broken connector housing.
Is 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3482 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 245

Step 5 Check for Open in AFTFSO CTL-H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 248). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 pin-18.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-18 and
AFTFSO pin-1. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
4.

Step 6 Check for short to GND in AFTFSO CTL-H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 248). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 7
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-18
and AFTFSO pin-1. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
4.

Step 7 Check for Open in AFTFSO CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 249). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 pin-19.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-19 and
AFTFSO pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
4.

Step 8 Check for short to GND in AFTFSO CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 250). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 9
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-19
and AFTFSO pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
4.
246 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 9 Inspect connections at 86-pin Doser Control Unit (DCU). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 10.
B. Disconnect DCU.
C. Check DCU and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires,
corroded terminals; loose, bent or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Is 86-pin DCU module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3482 FMI 4.

Step 10 Check for Open in AFTFSO CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 251). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-19 and Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C pin-11
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-19 and
DCU Module pin-11. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
4.

Step 11 Check for short to GND in AFTFSO CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 6 (page 252). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: step 12.
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-19 and a known good engine GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
ground between 24-pin
Engine to Chassis
connector pin-19 and
DCU Module pin-11. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 247

Step 12 Check for Open in AFTFSO CTL-H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 7 (page 253). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-18 and Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C pin-31. ground between 24-pin
engine to chassis
connector pin-18 and
DCU Module pin-31. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
4.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-18 and
DCU Module pin-31. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3482 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
248 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C

Figure 28 AFTFSO CTL-H Circuit Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 249

Figure 29 AFTFSO CTL-H Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFSO.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
250 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 30 AFTFSO CTL-L Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFSO.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 251

Figure 31 AFTFSO CTL-L Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFSO.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
252 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 32 AFTFSO CTL-L Circuit Check

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFSO side disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-11.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 253

Figure 33 AFTFSO CTL-L Circuit Check

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFSO side disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFSO side disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-31.
254 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

AFTFP1/AFTFT (Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature) Sensor


Overview of AFTFP1/AFTFT Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


3480 3 AFTFP1 signal Out of Range HIGH (page 256)
3480 4 AFTFP1 signal Out of Range LOW (page 263)
5456 2 AFTFT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 270)
5456 3 AFTFT signal Out of Range HIGH (page 275)
5456 4 AFTFT signal Out of Range LOW (page 281)

Overview
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFP1/AFTFT) is comprised of a fuel
temperature and fuel pressure sensor. AFTFP1/AFTFT monitors fuel pressure and fuel temperature in
aftertreatment fuel system and provides feedback signal to Doser Control Unit (DCU).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 255

Figure 34 AFTFP1/AFTFT Sensor Location


1. AFTFP1/AFTFT Sensor
256 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3480 FMI 3 - AFTFP1 signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) signal
voltage is greater than 4.85 volts. Engine torque may be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of
time with this fault active. Active regeneration of aftertreatment system may be disabled until the next key cycle.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• AFTFP1 signal circuit Open
• AFTFP1 signal circuit short to PWR
• AFTFP1 SIG GND Open
• Failed AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 257

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 3480 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3480 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) / Decision


Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT).
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AFTFP1/AFTFT connector.
C. Check AFTFP1/AFTFT and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are AFTFP1/AFTFT connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3480 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check voltage for VREF 5 circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 259). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4830 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage within 5 ± 1 volts? No: Repair
Open between
AFTFP1/AFTFT pin-3
and DCU Module
pin-23. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3480 FMI 3.

Step 4 Check voltage for AFTFP1 circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 259). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4830 pin-4 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 6.0 volts? No: Repair short
to PWR between
AFTFP1/AFTFT pin-4
and DCU pin-22. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3480
FMI 3.
258 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check AFTFP1 circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 260). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. Yes: Replace
AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3480 FMI 3.
Does SPN 3480 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check AFTFP1 circuit. Decision


Perform Test 4(page 261). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. Yes: Repair Open
between AFTFP1/AFT
FT pin-1 and DCU
pin-21. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3480 FMI 3.
Does SPN 3480 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair
Open between
AFTFP1/AFTFT pin-4
and DCU pin-22. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3480
FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3480 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 259

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 35 Test 1 VREF 5 Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT FP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
260 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 36 Test 2 AFTFP1 Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 261

Figure 37 Test 3 AFTFP1 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-4 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
262 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 38 Test 4 AFTFP1 Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-4 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to know good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 263

SPN 3480 FMI 4 - AFTFP1 signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) signal
voltage is less than 0.25 volts for 2 seconds. Active aftertreatment regeneration disabled until next key cycle.
Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• AFTFP1 signal circuit short to GND
• Open VREF
• Failed AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
264 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 3480 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3480 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at AFTFP1/AFTFT connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AFTFP1/AFTFT connector.
C. Check AFTFP1/AFTFT and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are AFTFP1/AFTFT connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3480 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check voltage for VREF 5 circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 266). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4830 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage within 5 ± 1 volts? No: Repair Open
between AFTFP1/AFT
FT pin-3 and DCU
Module pin-23. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3480
FMI 4.

Step 4 Check voltage for AFTFP1 circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 266). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4830 pin-4 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 6.0 volts? No: Repair short
to PWR between
AFTFP1/AFTFT pin-4
and DCU pin-22. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3480
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 265

Step 5 Check AFTFP1 circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 267). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. Yes: Replace
AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3480 FMI 4.
Does SPN 3480 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check AFTFP1 circuit. Decision


Perform Test 4(page 268). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. Yes: Repair
Open between
AFTFP1/AFTFT pin-1
and DCU pin-21. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3480
FMI 4.
Does SPN 3480 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair
Open between
AFTFP1/AFTFT pin-4
and DCU pin-22. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3480
FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3480 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
266 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 39 Test 1 VREF 5 Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 267

Figure 40 Test 2 AFTFP1 Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
268 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 41 Test 3 AFTFP1 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-4 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 269

Figure 42 Test 4 AFTFP1 Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-4 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to know good GND.
E. ConnectEST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
270 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5456 FMI 2 - AFTFT Signal Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects difference between AFTFT and other temperature
sensors is greater than 27°F (15°C) after a cold soak.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 1173 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (IMT) 4 (ECT1) 4 (EOT) 4 (TC2CIT)
• SPN 2630 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5456 FMI 3 and 4
4 (CACOT) (AFTFT)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle
Continuous
Possible Causes
• Incorrect DCU for ECM.
• AFTFT circuit high resistance
• SIG GND circuit high resistance
• Failed AFTFT
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 271

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 270).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5456 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 5456 FMI 2. Yes: Go to step 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 5456 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978)

Step 3 Check for correct Doser Control Unit (DCU) part number. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check for correct DCU part number. Yes: Go to step 4.
Does DCU match correct part number for model year of engine? No: Install correct
DCU for model year of
engine. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5456 FMI 2.

Step 4 Inspect connections at AFTFP1/AFTFT connector Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to step 5.
B. Disconnect AFTFP1/AFTFT.
C. Check AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or
pinched wires, corroded terminals; loose, bent or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5456 FMI 2.

Step 5 Check for failed AFTFIS Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 274). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Replace AFTFIS.
AFTFIS signal voltage. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5456 FMI 2.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 6.
272 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Check for Open or high resistance in AFTFT circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 274). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Repair
AFTFT signal voltage. Open between
AFTFP1/AFTFT pin-1
and DCU Module
pin-21. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5456 FMI 2.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Repair
Open between
AFTFP1/AFTFT pin-2
and DCU Module
pin-80. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5456 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5456 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 273

Pin - Point Tests


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• 3-Banana Plug Harness ZTSE4498
274 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 43 AFTFT Circuit Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 pin-1 and pin-2.

Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1 / AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 pin-2 to a known good GND.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 275

SPN 5456 FMI 3 - AFTFT Signal Out of Range - HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
sensor is reading greater than 4.75 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Aftertreatment (AFT) signal short to PWR
• AFTFT signal circuit open
• Signal ground open
• Failed AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor (open)
276 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 5456 FMI 3.
Does EST DTC list show 5456 FMI 3 as active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978)

Step 2 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 / Aftertreatment Decision


Fuel Temperature (AFTFP1/AFTFT) sensor connector
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor e connector.
C. Check AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5456 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check AFTFP1/AFTFT for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 278). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4830 pin-2 and known good GND. to power between
AFTFP1/AFTFT pin-2
and DCU 86-Pin
connector pin-80. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5456
FMI 3.
Is voltage greater than 6 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check AFTFP1/AFTFT for open circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 278). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. Yes: Replace
AFTFP1/AFTFT
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5456 FMI 3.
Does SPN 5456 FMI 4 set after DTC is cleared? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 277

Step 5 Check for open in SIG GND circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 279). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. Yes: Repair Open in
SIG to ground GND
circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5456 FMI 3.
Does SPN 5456 FMI 4 set after DTC is cleared? No: Repair open in
signal circuit. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5456
FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5456 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
278 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit

Figure 44 Test 1 AFTFP1/AFTFT Sensor Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT
sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 279

Figure 45 Test 2 AFTFP1/AFTFT Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT
sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
280 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 46 Test 3 AFTFP1/AFTFT Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4435A to vehicle harness connector and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT
sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 to known good GND.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
E. Key-ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 281

SPN 5456 FMI 4 - AFTFT Signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
sensor is reading less than 0.25 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• AFTFT short to GND
• Failed AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
282 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 5456 FMI 4.
Does EST DTC list show 5456 FMI 4 as active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978)

Step 2 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 and Decision


Temperature (AFTFP1/AFTFT) sensor connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor connector.
C. Check AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5456 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for failed sensor. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 283). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. Yes: Replace
AFTFP1/AFTFT
module. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5456 FMI 4.
Does SPN 5446 FMI 3 set after DTC is cleared? No: Repair short circuit
to ground between
pin-2 and DCU pin-80.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5456 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5456 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 283

Pin-Point Tests

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFP1/AFTFT
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
284 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

AFTFP2 (Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2) Sensor


Overview of AFTFP2 Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


3556 0 AFT Fuel Pressure 2 excessively high (Restricted injection) (page 285)
3556 1 AFT Fuel Pressure 2 below desired (Possible system leak) (page 287)
3556 7 AFT Fuel Injector not responding as expected (page 291)
4077 3 AFTFP2 signal Out of Range HIGH (page 293)
4077 4 AFTFP2 signal Out of Range LOW (page 299)

Overview
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) sensor monitors fuel pressure in aftertreatment fuel system and
provides feedback signal to Doser Control Unit (DCU).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 285

SPN 3556 FMI 0 - AFT Fuel Pressure 2 excessively high (Restricted injection)

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC)
is not responding.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Restricted AFTDI fuel supply line
• Restricted AFTDI
286 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for restricted or damaged fuel supply line. Decision


Check for restricted or damaged fuel supply line to Aftertreatment Doser Injector Yes: Go to Step 2.
(AFTDI).
Is fuel supply line between Down Stream Injection (DSI) module and AFTDI is No: Replace AFTDI fuel
in good condition and not restricted? supply line. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3556 FMI 0.

Step 2 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2042) to check the DSI system for leaks. Yes: Clean or replace
AFTDI. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3556 FMI 0.
Does DSI system test indicate a restriction? No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2091).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3556 FMI 0 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 287

SPN 3556 FMI 1 - AFT Fuel Pressure 2 below desired (Possible system leak)

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Doser Control Unit (DCU) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) is below
desired pressure indicating a possible system leak.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3482 (AFTFEC)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• VREF 5 high resistance
• SIG GND high resistance
• AFTFP2 circuit high resistance
• System Leak
• Faulty AFTFP2
288 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 287).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3556 FMI 1.

Step 2 Check for VREF. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 290). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4845 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.1 volts? No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Check for high resistance in SIG GND circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 290). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair open or high
Harness ZTSE4845 pin-2 and B+. resistance in VREF 5
circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3556 FMI 1.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.25 volts? No: Repair high
resistance in SIG GND
circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3556 FMI 1.

Step 4 Inspect for system leak between Down Stream Injection (DSI) unit Decision
and Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFTDI).
Check DSI module and AFTDI fuel supply line for damage, restrictions, or leaks. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Is fuel supply line and DSI module in good condition and not restricted, leaking, No: Repair or replace
or damaged? damaged or leaking
component. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3556 FMI 1.

Step 5 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test (page 2042) to check the DSI system for leaks. Yes: Repair leak. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3556 FMI
1.
Does DSI system test indicate a leak? No: Clear fault and Road
Test (page 2091).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 289

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3556 FMI 1 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
290 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4845
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 291

SPN 3556 FMI 7 - AFT Fuel Injector not responding as expected

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFTDI) is not
responding as expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 94 FMI 17 (FDP) • SPN 3480 (AFTFEC) • SPN 3482 (AFTFEC) • SPN 3479 (AFTFPC)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• System Leak
• Restricted AFTDI
292 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 291).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3556 FMI 7.

Step 2 Inspect for system leak between Down Stream Injection (DSI) unit Decision
and Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFTDI).
Check DSI module and AFTDI fuel supply line for damage, restrictions, or leaks. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is fuel supply line and DSI module in good condition and not restricted, leaking, No: Repair or replace
or damaged? damaged or leaking
component. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3556 FMI 7.

Step 3 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2042) to check the DSI system for leaks. Yes: Repair leaking or
restricted component.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3556 FMI 7.
Does DSI system test indicate a leak? No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2091).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3556 FMI 1 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 293

SPN 4077 FMI 3 - AFTFP2 Signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that AFTFP2 signal voltage is greater than 4.75
volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3513 FMI 3, 4, and


14 (VREF 5)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous

Possible Causes
• AFTFP2 circuit short to PWR
• AFTFP2 circuit Open
• SIG GND circuit Open
• Failed AFTFP2 sensor
294 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 293)
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4077 FMI 3.

Step 2 Check for active fault code. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 4077 FMI 3. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 4077 FMI 3 as Active or Pending? No: Go to
Intermittent or Inactive
Fault Diagnostic
Procedure(page
1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) Decision


sensor connector.
A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect AFTFP2 sensor connector.
C. Check AFTFP2 sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are AFTFP2 sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4077 FMI 3.

Step 4 Check for Short to Power Decision


Perform Test 1(page 296). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE6027 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 6 volts? No: Repair short to
PWR between AFTFP2
sensor pin-3 and Doser
Control Unit (DCU)
pin-42. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4077 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 295

Step 5 Check for Failed Sensor Decision


Perform Test 2(page 297). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. Yes: Replace AFTFP2
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4077 FMI 3.
Does SPN 4077 FMI 4 set after DTC is cleared? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check for Open Circuit Decision


Perform Test 3(page 298). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. Yes: Repair Open
between AFTFP2
sensor pin-2 and DCU
pin-41. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4077 FMI 3.
Does SPN 4077 FMI 4 set after DTC is cleared? No: Repair Open
between AFTFP2
sensor pin-3 and DCU
pin-42. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4077 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4077 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
296 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6027
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 47 Test 1 AFTFP2 Sensor Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2)
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFTFP2 sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 297

Figure 48 Test 2 AFTFP2 Sensor Circuit Check

Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFTFP2 sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
298 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 49 Test 3 AFTFP2 Sensor Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFTFP2 sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 to known good
ground.
D. Connect EST to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 299

SPN 4077 FMI 4 - AFTFP2 Signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects AFTFP2 signal is less than 0.25 volt.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• AFTFP2 Signal circuit short to GND
• Failed AFTFP2 sensor
• Voltage VREF 5 circuit Open
300 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 4077 FMI 4.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 4077 FMI 4 as Active or Pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) Decision


sensor connector
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AFTFP2 sensor connector.
C. Check AFTFP2 sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are AFTFP2 sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4077 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for Failed Sensor. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 301). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. Yes: Replace AFTFP2
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4077 FMI 4.
Does SPN 4077 FMI 3 set after DTC is cleared? No: Repair short to
GND between AFTFP2
sensor connector pin-3
and DCU connector
pin-42. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4077 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4077 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 301

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFP2 sensor connector and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
302 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

AFTFPC (Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control) System


Overview of AFTFPC Sensor

SPN FMI Description


3471 1 AFT Fuel Pressure 1 below desired (Low system pressure) (page 303)
3471 7 AFT Fuel Doser Valve not responding as expected (page 309)
3471 10 AFT Fuel Pressure incorrect dosing pressure multiple events (page 315)
3479 3 AFT Fuel Doser Valve Short to PWR (page 321)
3479 4 AFT Fuel Doser Valve Short to GND (page 329)
3479 5 AFT Fuel Pressure Valve Open or Short to GND low side (page 337)
3479 6 AFT Fuel Doser Valve High Side Short circuit (page 345)

Overview
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) is a part of Down Stream Injection (DSI) unit that sends
pressurized fuel to Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFT Doser Injector) to inject fuel into exhaust pipe.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 303

SPN 3471 FMI 1 - AFT Fuel Pressure 1 below desired (Low system pressure)

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Doser Control Unit (DCU) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) is below desired
pressure.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 94 FMI 17 (FDP)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• VREF 5 high resistance
• SIG GND high resistance
• AFTFP1 circuit high resistance
• System Leak
• Low FDP
304 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 303).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 1.

Step 2 Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) sensor and connector Decision


inspection.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AFTFP1 sensor.
C. Check AFTFP1 sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are AFTFP1 sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 1.

Step 3 Check for VREF. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 306). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4830 pin-3 and pin-1.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for high resistance in SIG GND circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 306). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4830 pin-1 and PWR.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair high
resistance in SIG GND
circuit between AFTFP1
pin-1 and DCU Module
pin-21. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 305

Step 5 Check for high resistance in VREF 5 circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 307). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace
Harness ZTSE4830 pin-3 and known good GND. AFTFP1/AFTFT unit.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3471 FMI 1.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair high
resistance in VREF 5
circuit between AFTFP1
pin-3 and DCU Module
pin-23. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 1.

Step 6 Inspect for system leak between Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) and Down Decision
Stream Injection (DSI) unit.
Perform a visual inspection of DSI module and fuel supply line for damage, Yes: Go to Step 7.
restrictions, or leaks.
Is DSI module fuel supply line in good condition, not restricted, leaking, or No: Repair or replace
damaged? damaged or leaking
component. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3471 FMI 1.

Step 7 Check Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP). Decision


Check for Low Fuel Delivery Pressure(page 121). Yes: Go to Step 8.
Is FDP and AFTFP1 80 psi (552 kPa) or greater? No: Overlay AFTFP1
circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 1.

Step 8 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2042) to check DSI system for leaks. Yes: Repair leak. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3471 FMI
1.
Does DSI system test indicate a leak? No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2091).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3471 FMI 1 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
306 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830.
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 50 Test 1: AFTFP1 Connector Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1 disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 307

Figure 51 Test 2: AFTFP1 Connector Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1 disconnected.
D. Key ON

Figure 52 Test 3: AFTFP1 Connector Voltage Check


308 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1 disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 309

SPN 3471 FMI 7 - AFT Fuel Doser Valve not responding as expected

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Doser Control Unit (DCU) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) is not
responding as expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3482 (AFTFEC) • SPN 3556 (AFTFP2)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• VREF 5 high resistance
• SIG GND high resistance
• AFTFP2 circuit high resistance
• System Leak
310 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 309).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 7.

Step 2 Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) sensor and connector Decision


inspection.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AFTFP2 sensor.
C. Check AFTFP2 sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are AFTFP2 sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 7.

Step 3 Check for VREF. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 312). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4845 pin-2 and pin-1.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for high resistance in SIG GND circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 312). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4845 pin-2 and PWR.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair high
resistance in SIG GND
circuit between AFTFP2
pin-2 and DCU Module
pin-41. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 7.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 311

Step 5 Check for high resistance in VREF 5 circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 313). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace AFTFP2.
Harness ZTSE4830 pin-1 and known good GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3471 FMI 7.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair high
resistance in VREF 5
circuit between AFTFP2
pin-1 and DCU Module
pin-43. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 7.

Step 6 Inspect for system leak between Down Stream Injection (DSI) unit Decision
and Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFTDI).
Check DSI module and AFTDI fuel supply line for damage, restrictions, or leaks. Yes: Go to Step 7
Is fuel supply line and DSI module in good condition and not restricted, leaking, No: Repair or replace
or damaged? damaged or leaking
component. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3471 FMI 7.

Step 7 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2042) to check DSI system for leaks. Yes: Repair leak. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3471 FMI
7.
Does DSI system test indicate a leak? No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2091).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3471 FMI 7 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
312 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4845.
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 53 Test 1: AFTFP2 Connector Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 313

Figure 54 Test 2: AFTFP2 Connector Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON

Figure 55 Test 3: AFTFP2 Connector Voltage Check


314 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 315

SPN 3471 FMI 10 - AFT Fuel Pressure incorrect dosing pressure multiple events

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Doser Control Unit (DCU) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) has incorrect
dosing pressure multiple events.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3482 (AFTFEC) • SPN 3556 (AFTFP2)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• VREF 5 high resistance
• SIG GND high resistance
• AFTFP2 circuit high resistance
• System Leak
316 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 315).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 10.

Step 2 Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) sensor and connector Decision


inspection.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AFTFP2 sensor.
C. Check AFTFP2 sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are AFTFP2 sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 10.

Step 3 Check for VREF. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 318). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4845 pin-2 and pin-1.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for high resistance in SIG GND circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 318). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4845 pin-2 and PWR.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair high
resistance in SIG GND
circuit between AFTFP2
pin-2 and DCU Module
pin-41. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 317

Step 5 Check for high resistance in VREF 5 circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 319). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace AFTFP2.
Harness ZTSE4830 pin-1 and known good GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3471 FMI 10.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair high
resistance in VREF5
circuit between AFTFP2
pin-1 and DCU Module
pin-43. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 10.

Step 6 Inspect for system leak between Down Stream Injection (DSI) unit Decision
and Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFTDI).
Check DSI module and AFTDI fuel supply line for damage, restrictions, or leaks. Yes: Go to Step 7
Is fuel supply line and DSI module in good condition and not restricted, leaking, No: Repair or replace
or damaged? damaged or leaking
component. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3471 FMI 10.

Step 7 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2042) to check DSI system for leaks. Yes: Repair leak. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3471 FMI
10.
Does DSI system test indicate a leak? No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2091).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3471 FMI 10 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
318 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4845.
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 56 Test 1: AFTFP2 Connector Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 319

Figure 57 Test 2: AFTFP2 Connector Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON

Figure 58 Test 3: AFTFP2 Connector Voltage Check


320 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 321

SPN 3479 FMI 3 - AFT Fuel Doser Valve Short to PWR

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a short to PWR on low side driver circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

Fault Facts
Doser Control Unit (DCU) deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID Lamp is needed to simulate
correct circuit. Fault is latched for a key cycle, so Engine Control Module (ECM) must be reset by a Key OFF
cycle.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open in AFTFP CTL-L circuit
• Open in AFTFP CTL-H circuit
322 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Yes: Go to Step 2.
KOEO DCU Actuator Test - ON (page 2011). Command AFT Fuel Enable CTL.
Is EST Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list SPN 3479 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control Decision


(AFTFPC).
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Check AFTFPC connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires; wet
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are AFTFPC connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3479 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check vehicle harness / NOID Lamp illumination. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace AFTFPC.
After repairs are
B. Connect NOID Lamp 15-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFPC
complete, retest for
disconnected.
SPN 3479 FMI 3.
C. Key ON.
D. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform KOEO DCU Actuator
Test - Actuator Output High and Low Diagnostics(page 2011).
Did NOID Lamp 15-909-01 illuminate? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Inspect connections at 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
C. Check 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector terminals for damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3479 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 323

Step 5 Check for Open in AFTFP CTL-H circuit . Decision


Perform Test 1(page 326). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-1 and Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 pin-9.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open in
AFTFP CTL-H circuit
between AFTFPC pin
1 and 24-pin Engine
to Chassis pin-9. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
3.

Step 6 Check for short to GND in AFTFP CTL-H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 326). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 7
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-9
and AFTFPC pin-1. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
3.

Step 7 Check for Open in AFTFP CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 327). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 pin-10.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open in
AFTFP CTL-L circuit
between AFTFPC pin-2
and 24-pin Engine to
Chassis pin-10. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
3.

Step 8 Check for short to GND in AFTFPC CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 327). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 9
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-10
and AFTFPC pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
3.
324 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 9 Inspect connections at 86-pin Doser Control Unit (DCU). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 10.
B. Disconnect DCU.
C. Check DCU and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires,
corroded terminals; loose, bent or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Is 86-pin DCU module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3479 FMI 3.

Step 10 Check for Open in AFTFPC CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 327). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-10 and Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C pin-10.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-10 and
DCU Module pin-10. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
3.

Step 11 Check for short to GND in AFTFPC CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 6 (page 328). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: step 12.
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-10 and a known good engine GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
ground between 24-pin
Engine to Chassis
connector pin-10 and
DCU Module pin-10. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 325

Step 12 Check for Open in AFTFPC CTL-H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 7 (page 328). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-9 and Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C pin-30. ground between 24-pin
engine to chassis
connector pin-9 and
DCU Module pin-30. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-9 and DCU
Module pin-30. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
3.

End Pin-Point Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3479 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
326 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.

Figure 59 AFTFPC CTL-H Circuit Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 327

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.

Figure 60 AFTFPC CTL-L Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
328 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-10.

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-30.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 329

SPN 3479 FMI 4 - AFT Fuel Doser Valve Short to GND

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a short to ground on high-side circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Doser Control Unit (DCU) deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID Lamp is needed to simulate
correct circuit. Fault is latched for a key cycle, so Engine Control Module (ECM) must be reset by a Key OFF
cycle.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DCU circuit fault
• Failed Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC)
330 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Yes: Go to Step 2.
KOEO DCU Actuator Test - ON (page 2011). Command AFT Fuel Enable CTL.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3479 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control Decision


(AFTFPC).
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Check AFTFPC connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires; wet
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are AFTFPC connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3479 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check vehicle harness / NOID Lamp illumination. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace AFTFPC.
After repairs are
B. Connect NOID Lamp 15-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFPC
complete, retest for
disconnected.
SPN 3479 FMI 4.
C. Key ON.
D. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform KOEO DCU Actuator
Test - Actuator Output High and Low Diagnostics(page 2011).
Did NOID Lamp 15-909-01 illuminate? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Inspect connections at 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
C. Check 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector terminals for damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3479 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 331

Step 5 Check for Open in AFTFP CTL-H circuit . Decision


Perform Test 1(page 334). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-1 and Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 pin-9.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open in
AFTFP CTL-H circuit
between AFTFPC pin
1 and 24-pin Engine
to Chassis pin-9. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
4.

Step 6 Check for short to GND in AFTFP CTL-H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 334). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 7
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-9
and AFTFPC pin-1. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
4.

Step 7 Check for Open in AFTFP CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 335). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 pin-10.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open in
AFTFP CTL-L circuit
between AFTFPC pin-2
and 24-pin Engine to
Chassis pin-10. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
4.

Step 8 Check for short to GND in AFTFPC CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 335). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 9.
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-10
and AFTFPC pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
4.
332 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 9 Inspect connections at 86-pin Doser Control Unit (DCU). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 10.
B. Disconnect DCU.
C. Check DCU and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires,
corroded terminals; loose, bent or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Is 86-pin DCU module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3479 FMI 4.

Step 10 Check for Open in AFTFPC CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 335). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-10 and Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C pin-10.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-10 and
DCU Module pin-10. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
4.

Step 11 Check for short to GND in AFTFPC CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 6 (page 336). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: step 12.
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-10 and a known good engine GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
ground between 24-pin
Engine to Chassis
connector pin-10 and
DCU Module pin-10. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 333

Step 12 Check for Open in AFTFPC CTL-H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 7 (page 336). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-9 and Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C pin-30. ground between 24-pin
engine to chassis
connector pin-9 and
DCU Module pin-30. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
4.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-9 and DCU
Module pin-30. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
4.

End Pin-Point Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3479 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
334 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.

Figure 61 AFTFPC CTL-H Circuit Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 335

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.

Figure 62 AFTFPC CTL-L Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
336 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-10.

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-30.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 337

SPN 3479 FMI 5 - AFT Fuel Pressure Valve Open or Short to GND low side

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a short to ground on low-side circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Doser Control Unit (DCU) deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID Lamp is needed to simulate
correct circuit. Fault is latched for a key cycle, so Engine Control Module (ECM) must be reset by a Key OFF
cycle.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DCU circuit fault
338 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Yes: Go to Step 2.
KOEO DCU Actuator Test - ON (page 2011). Command AFT Fuel Enable CTL.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3479 FMI 5 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control Decision


(AFTFPC).
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Check AFTFPC connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires; wet
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are AFTFPC connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3479 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check vehicle harness / NOID Lamp illumination. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace AFTFPC.
After repairs are
B. Connect NOID Lamp 15-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFPC
complete, retest for
disconnected.
SPN 3479 FMI 5.
C. Key ON.
D. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform KOEO DCU Actuator
Test - Actuator Output High and Low Diagnostics(page 2011).
Did NOID Lamp 15-909-01 illuminate? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Inspect connections at 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
C. Check 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector terminals for damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3479 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 339

Step 5 Check for Open in AFTFP CTL-H circuit . Decision


Perform Test 1(page 342). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-1 and Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 pin-9.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open in
AFTFP CTL-H circuit
between AFTFPC pin
1 and 24-pin Engine
to Chassis pin-9. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
5.

Step 6 Check for short to GND in AFTFP CTL-H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 342). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 7
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-9
and AFTFPC pin-1. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
5.

Step 7 Check for Open in AFTFP CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 343). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 pin-10.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open in
AFTFP CTL-L circuit
between AFTFPC pin-2
and 24-pin Engine to
Chassis pin-10. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
5.

Step 8 Check for short to GND in AFTFPC CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 343). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 9.
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-10
and AFTFPC pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
5.
340 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 9 Inspect connections at 86-pin Doser Control Unit (DCU). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 10.
B. Disconnect DCU.
C. Check DCU and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires,
corroded terminals; loose, bent or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Is 86-pin DCU module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3479 FMI 5.

Step 10 Check for Open in AFTFPC CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 343). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-10 and Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C pin-10.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-10 and
DCU Module pin-10. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
5.

Step 11 Check for short to GND in AFTFPC CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 6 (page 344). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: step 12.
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-10 and a known good engine GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
ground between 24-pin
Engine to Chassis
connector pin-10 and
DCU Module pin-10. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 341

Step 12 Check for Open in AFTFPC CTL-H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 7 (page 344). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-9 and Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C pin-30. ground between 24-pin
engine to chassis
connector pin-9 and
DCU Module pin-30. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
5.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-9 and DCU
Module pin-30. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
5.

End Pin-Point Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3479 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
342 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.

Figure 63 AFTFPC CTL-H Circuit Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 343

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.

Figure 64 AFTFPC CTL-L Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
344 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-10.

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-30.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 345

SPN 3479 FMI 6 - AFT Fuel Doser Valve High Side Short circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a short to power or open load on high-side
circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Doser Control Unit (DCU) deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID Lamp is needed to simulate
correct circuit. Fault is latched for a key cycle, so Engine Control Module (ECM) must be reset by a Key OFF
cycle.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DCU circuit fault
346 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Yes: Go to Step 2.
KOEO DCU Actuator Test - ON (page 2011). Command AFT Fuel Enable CTL.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3479 FMI 6 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control Decision


(AFTFPC).
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Check AFTFPC connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires; wet
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are AFTFPC connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3479 FMI 6.

Step 3 Check vehicle harness / NOID Lamp illumination. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace AFTFPC.
After repairs are
B. Connect NOID Lamp 15-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFPC
complete, retest for
disconnected.
SPN 3479 FMI 6.
C. Key ON.
D. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform KOEO DCU Actuator
Test - Actuator Output High and Low Diagnostics(page 2011).
Did NOID Lamp 15-909-01 illuminate? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Inspect connections at 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
C. Check 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector terminals for damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3479 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 347

Step 5 Check for Open in AFTFP CTL-H circuit . Decision


Perform Test 1(page 350). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-1 and Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 pin-9.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open in
AFTFP CTL-H circuit
between AFTFPC pin
1 and 24-pin Engine
to Chassis pin-9. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
6.

Step 6 Check for short to GND in AFTFP CTL-H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 350). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 7
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-9
and AFTFPC pin-1. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
6.

Step 7 Check for Open in AFTFP CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 351). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 pin-10.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open in
AFTFP CTL-L circuit
between AFTFPC pin-2
and 24-pin Engine to
Chassis pin-10. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
6.

Step 8 Check for short to GND in AFTFPC CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 351). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 9.
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-10
and AFTFPC pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
6.
348 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 9 Inspect connections at 86-pin Doser Control Unit (DCU). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 10.
B. Disconnect DCU.
C. Check DCU and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires,
corroded terminals; loose, bent or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Is 86-pin DCU module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3479 FMI 6.

Step 10 Check for Open in AFTFPC CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 351). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-10 and Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C pin-10.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-10 and
DCU Module pin-10. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
6.

Step 11 Check for short to GND in AFTFPC CTL-L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 6 (page 352). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: step 12.
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-10 and a known good engine GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
ground between 24-pin
Engine to Chassis
connector pin-10 and
DCU Module pin-10. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI
6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 349

Step 12 Check for Open in AFTFPC CTL-H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 7 (page 352). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-9 and Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C pin-30. ground between 24-pin
engine to chassis
connector pin-9 and
DCU Module pin-30. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
6.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-9 and DCU
Module pin-30. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI
6.

End Pin-Point Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3479 FMI 6 fault code diagnostics.
350 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.

Figure 65 AFTFPC CTL-H Circuit Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 351

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.

Figure 66 AFTFPC CTL-L Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
352 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-10.

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-30.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 353

NH3 (Aftertreatment Ammonia) Sensor and Sensor Module


Overview of NH3 Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


4377 2 NH3 in range stuck fault (page 357)
4377 3 NH3 Sensor signal Out of Range HIGH (page 359)
4377 4 NH3 operation fault (circuit fault) (page 361)
4377 10 NH3 abnormal rate of change (page 363)
4377 12 NH3 internal chip error (page 364)
4377 13 NH3 operation fault (wrong sensor installed) (page 366)
4377 19 NH3 Sensor Module not detected on J1939 (page 368)
4380 2 NH3 signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 378)
4382 10 NH3 sensor Heater abnormal rate of change (page 384)
5302 18 Post SCR NH3 Conversion Efficiency - Data Valid But Below Normal Operating
Range - Moderately Severe Level (page 386)

Overview
Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module is a smart device used to measure NH3 levels in Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Catalyst. NH3 sensor module performs internal diagnostics and reports malfunctions
back to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) using J1939 CAN datalink. NH3 sensor is connected to NH3
sensor module via 8-pin connector.
354 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 67 NH3 Sensor Module Location (Typical)


1. NH3 sensor module 4-pin 2. NH3 sensor module 3. NH3 sensor module 8-pin
connector connector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 355

Figure 68 Power Distribution Module (PDM) Location (Typical)


1. PDM
2. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) lines
3. DEF tank bracket
4. DEF supply module
356 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 69 Power Distribution Module (PDM) Fuses and Relays


1. Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater 2. Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply 3. Switched ignition relay
Relay Module Heater (DEFSMH) Relay
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 357

SPN 4377 FMI 2 - NH3 in range stuck fault

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor
reading is higher or lower than expected for operating conditions.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 4377 FMI 4 (NH3) • SPN 4380 FMI 2 (NH3)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Exhaust system leaks
• Failed NH3 sensor
358 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 357).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4377 FMI 2.

Step 2 Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Decision
Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair or replace
leaking or damaged
exhaust components.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4377 FMI 2.

Step 3 Inspect connections at NH3 sensor module 8-way connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace NH3
sensor. After repairs are
B. Disconnect NH3 sensor.
complete, retest for SPN
C. Check NH3 sensor and sensor module connector terminals for: 4377 FMI 2.
damaged or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken
pins; or broken connector housing.
Are NH3 sensor and sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4377 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4377 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 359

SPN 4377 FMI 3 - NH3 Sensor signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when an internal circuit error has been detected in the aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor.
Engine torque will be reduced if the engine is operated for a limited period of time with the fault code active.
Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after extended operation with the fault
code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 4380 FMI 2, 16, and


18 (NH3)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed NH3 sensor
360 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for Associated Faults Yes: Go to Step 2.
(page 359).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4377 FMI 3.

Step 2 Ammonia (NH3) sensor and connector inspection Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace NH3
sensor. After repairs are
B. Disconnect NH3 sensor.
complete, retest for SPN
C. Check NH3 sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched 4377 FMI 3.
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are NH3 sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4377 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4377 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 361

SPN 4377 FMI 4 - NH3 operation fault (circuit fault)

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when an internal circuit error has been detected in Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor for 20
seconds. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for a limited period of time with fault code active.
Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after extended operation with fault code
active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 4380 FMI 2 (NH3)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed NH3 sensor
362 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 361).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 4.

Step 2 Inspect connections at NH3 sensor module. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace NH3
sensor. After repairs are
B. Disconnect NH3 sensor connector.
complete, perform the
C. Check NH3 sensor and sensor module connector terminals for damaged SCR Maintenance Reset
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or Procedure (page 2025)
broken connector housing. and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 4.
Are NH3 sensor and sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page
2025) and retest for SPN
4377 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4377 FMI 4 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 363

SPN 4377 FMI 10 - NH3 abnormal rate of change

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when the Ammonia (NH3) sensor reading is not valid.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 4377 FMI 2 and 4 SPN 4380 FMI 2 (NH3)


(NH3)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed NH3 Sensor

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Replace NH3
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 363). sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4377 FMI 10.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair SPN 4377
FMI 2, 4 and SPN
4380 FMI 2. After
repairs are complete
retest for SPN 4377
FMI 10.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 4377 FMI 10 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
364 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4377 FMI 12 - NH3 internal chip error

Fault Overview
Fault Code is set when Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module has detected an internal error.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed NH3 sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 365

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 4377 FMI 12.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4377 FMI 12 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect sensor and connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect NH3 sensor module.
C. Check NH3 sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are NH3 sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 12.

Step 3 Check NH3 sensor module and heat shield. Decision


Visually inspect NH3 sensor module and module heat shield. Yes: Replace NH3
sensor module. Repair
or replace NH3 sensor
module heat shield if
missing or damaged.
After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 12.
Is NH3 sensor module damaged or is module heat shield damaged or missing? No: Clear codes and
perform the SCR
Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 12.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4377 FMI 12 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
366 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4377 FMI 13 - NH3 operation fault (wrong sensor installed)

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module has detected trim resistor in NH3 sensor
is out of range, indicating wrong NH3 sensor may be installed.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Incorrect or failed NH3 sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 367

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 4377 FMI 13.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4377 FMI 13 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect sensor and connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect NH3 sensor module.
C. Check NH3 sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are NH3 sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 13.

Step 3 Determine if correct NH3 sensor module installed. Decision


Visually inspect NH3 sensor module and determine if correct sensor is installed. Yes: Clear codes
and perform the SCR
Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 13.
Is correct NH3 sensor module installed? No: Replace NH3 sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 13.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4377 FMI 13 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
368 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4377 FMI 19 - NH3 Sensor Module not detected on J1939

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with
Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module. If resistance is greater than 60 ohms and there is more than
one J1939 data link communication bus failure fault code present, suspect a failed terminating resistor.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits: DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, NH3 sensor module, NOx OUT sensor module,
NOx IN sensor module, and DEFTL/DEFTT sensor module.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• SWBAT circuit Open, high resistance, or short to GND
• CAN-AH circuit Open or short to GND
• CAN-AL circuit Open or short to GND
• CAN-AH circuit short to PWR
• CAN-AL circuit short to PWR
• GND circuit Open or high resistance
• CAN-AH short to CAN-AL
• Failed NH3 sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 369

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 4377 FMI 19.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4377 FMI 19 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at NH3 sensor module 4-pin connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect NH3 sensor module 4-pin connector.
C. Check NH3 sensor module and 4-pin connector terminals for damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are NH3 sensor module 4-pin connector, harness, and terminals clean and Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4377 FMI 19.

Step 3 Inspect connections at NH3 sensor module 8-pin connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect NH3 sensor module 8-pin connector.
C. Check NH3 sensor module and 8-pin connector terminals for damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are NH3 sensor module 8-pin connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4377 FMI 19.

Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 1(page 373). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-801-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.
370 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for Open or high resistance between NH3 sensor module and Decision
ground.
Perform Test 2(page 373). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open or high
Harness 18-801-01 pin-1 and known good GND. resistance between NH3
sensor module pin-4 and
ground. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open, high
resistance, or short to
GND between NH3
sensor pin-1 and switched
ignition relay pin-87. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4377 FMI
19.

Step 6 Check for Open or short to ground between NH3 sensor module Decision
and ACM.
Perform Test 3(page 374). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness 18-801-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair Open or short
to ground between NH3
sensor pin-2 and ACM
pin J2-14. After repairs
are complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.

Step 7 Check for short to PWR between NH3 sensor module and ACM. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 375). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness 18-801-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between NH3 sensor
pin-2 and ACM pin
J2-14. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 371

Step 8 Check for Open or short to GND between NH3 sensor module and Decision
ACM.
Perform Test 5(page 375). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness 18-801-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair open or short
to GND between NH3
sensor pin-3 and ACM
pin J2-15. After repairs
are complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.

Step 9 Check for short to PWR between NH3 sensor module and ACM. Decision
Perform Test 6(page 376). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness 18-801-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between NH3 sensor
pin-3 and ACM pin
J2-15. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.

Step 10 Check for short between CAN-AL and CAN-AH circuits. Decision
Perform Test 7(page 377). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace NH3 sensor
Harness 18-801-01 pin-2 and pin-3. module. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
Is resistance within 60 ± 5 ohms? No: Repair short between
NH3 sensor pin-2 and
pin-3. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
372 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4377 FMI 19 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 373

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4377 FMI 19)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-801-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 70 Test 1 NH3 Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor and SCR harness.
C. Key ON.
374 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 71 Test 2 NH3 Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor and SCR harness.
C. Key ON.

Figure 72 Test 3 NH3 Sensor Circuit Voltage Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 375

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor and SCR harness.
C. Key ON.

Figure 73 Test 4 NH3 Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor and SCR harness.
C. Key ON.
376 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 74 Test 5 NH3 Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor and SCR harness.
C. Key ON.

Figure 75 Test 6 NH3 Sensor Circuit Voltage Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 377

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor and SCR harness.
C. Key ON.

Figure 76 Test 7 NH3 Sensor Circuit Resistance Check

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor and SCR harness.
C. Key ON.
378 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4380 FMI 2 - NH3 signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) has detected 10 or more internal resets of Ammonia
(NH3) sensor module. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for a limited period of time with this
fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
NH3 sensor module shares common power and ground with Nitrogen Oxide Outlet Concentration (NOx Out),
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temp sensor module, and other aftertreatment components. If more than
one aftertreatment power or ground fault is set, suspect a common power or ground circuit problem.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• GND circuit intermittent Open or high resistance
• Low battery voltage
• Loose fuse or relay in Power Distribution Module (PDM)
• Switch battery (SWBAT) circuit intermittent short to ground or Open
• Failed NH3 sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 379

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 4380 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4380 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect PDM fuse(s) and relay(s). Decision


A. Key OFF. Go to Step 3.
B. Remove PDM cover.
C. Check fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown fuses and loose, missing, or
intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Secure or replace
failed fuse(s) or relay(s)
to PDM connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4380 FMI
2.

Step 3 Inspect connections at NH3 sensor module 4-pin connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect NH3 sensor module 4-pin connector.
C. Check NH3 sensor module and 4-pin connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are NH3 sensor module 4-pin connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4380 FMI 2.

Step 4 Check operation of NH3 sensor module. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 381). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace NH3 sensor
Harness 18-801-01 pin-1 and pin-4. module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4380 FMI 2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.
380 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for Open, high resistance, or short to GND in NH3 sensor Decision
module.
Perform Test 2(page 382). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness 18-801-01 pin-1 and known good ground. or high resistance
between NH3 sensor
module pin-4 and
ground. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4380 FMI 2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
or short to ground
between NH3 sensor
module connector
pin-1 and switched
ignition relay pin-87.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4380 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4380 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 381

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4380 FMI 2)

Figure 77 NH3 Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-801-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
382 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 78 Test 1 NH3 Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 to vehicle harness and leave NH3 sensor module 4-pin
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 383

Figure 79 Test 2 NH3 Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 to vehicle harness and leave NH3 sensor module 4-pin
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
384 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4382 FMI 10 - NH3 sensor Heater abnormal rate of change

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Ammonia (NH3) sensor heater is unable to
maintain its normal operating temperature for 120 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
and

• SPN 4377 FMI 4 (NH3) • SPN 4380 FMI 2 (NH3)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed NH3 sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 385

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Replace NH3
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 384). sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4382 FMI 10.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4382 FMI 10.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4382 FMI 10 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
386 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5302 FMI 18 - Post SCR NH3 Conversion Efficiency - Data Valid But Below Normal Operating
Range - Moderately Severe Level

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3)
conversion across Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst is lower than expected. Engine torque will be
reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3216 (NOx In) • SPN 3218 (NOx In) • SPN 3226 (NOx Out) • SPN 3228 (NOx Out)
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3362 FMI 31 • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16
4 (DEFSP) (DEFSP) 7 (DEFTHV) and 18 (DEFLP)
• SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3 and
(DEFSP) (DEFRLH) (DEFSLH) 4 (SCRIT);
• SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4377 (NH3) • SPN 4380 (NH3) • SPN 4382 (NH3)
4 (SCROT)
• SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7 • SPN 5743 (SCR temp • SPN 520668 (AFT • SPN 520669 (AFT
(DEFD) sensor module) system) system)

Fault Facts
Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor data is gathered over varying engine speeds and loads. When enough
data has been gathered, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) will make a pass or fail decision.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Exhaust system leak(s)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank, supply module, or doser valve lines or connections loose, leaking,
damaged, or restricted
• Contaminated or degraded DEF
• Failed or restricted DEF Doser Unit (DEFD)
• Restricted DEF supply module filter
• DEF crystallization or deposits in decomposition tube
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 387

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 386).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5302 FMI 18.

Step 2 Inspect exhaust system. Decision


Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair leaks or
physical damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5302 FMI
18.

Step 3 Inspect lines and connections. Decision


Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank, DEF supply module, and DEF Doser Yes: Go to Step 4.
(DEFD) lines and connections for: cracks and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged
connections; and restrictions.
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections in good No: Repair or replace
condition and unrestricted? failed line or connection.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5302 FMI 18.

Step 4 Check DEF quality. Decision


Obtain sample of DEF. Visually inspect for contamination and use DEF Yes: Go to Step 5
Refractometer 5025 to test urea concentration of DEF fluid.
Is urea concentration between 30 and 34% and not contaminated? Drain DEF tank, flush
with distilled water, and
fill with new and/or
known good DEF. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5302 FMI
18.
388 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Verify correct DEFD operation. Decision


Using EST, perform the DEF Doser Pump Override Test. (page 2020) Yes: Go to Step 6.
Does DEFD operate correctly? No: Clean DEF supply
module using 18-200-01.
See DEF Supply Module
Flush. If DEFD still does
not operate correctly,
replace DEFD. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5302 FMI
18.

Step 6 Check decomposition tube for crystallization. Decision


Disconnect decomposition tube from exhaust system (see Exhaust System in Replace SCR catalyst.
Engine Service Manual) and inspect for DEF crystallization. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5302 FMI 18.
Is decomposition tube free of DEF crystallization? No: Remove DEF
crystallization from
decomposition tube.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5302 FMI 18.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 5302 FMI 18 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 389

AMS (Air Management System)


Overview of AMS Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


1209 0 EBP above desired level (page 390)
1209 7 EBP signal not responding as expected (page 393)
2659 10 EGR Slow Response Fault (page 395)
2659 14 EGR System flow rate error during Air Management Test (page 399)
2659 20 EGR High Flow Rate detected (page 401)
2659 21 EGR Low Flow Rate detected (page 404)

Overview
Air Management System (AMS) Tests perform testing on Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system. During test,
engine speed is increased, injection timing, and Injection Control Pressure (ICP) pressure are fixed, and EGR
valve is temporarily closed. As test progresses, EGR valve is opened. This test operates by monitoring Mass
Air Flow (MAF) readings during test. Airflow is first measured with EGR closed, and then with EGR opened.
These two measurements are then compared by Engine Control Module (ECM). If measured difference is not
within minimum and maximum values expected, a code will be set.
390 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1209 FMI 0 - EBP above desired level

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) is above desired pressure.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 5541 FMI 3 (EBPV) • SPN 5542 FMI 15


(EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Stuck Wastegate
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 391

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 390).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 0.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, Key ON, check DTC list for SPN Yes: Go to Step 3.
1209 FMI 0.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1209 FMI 0 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect EGR valve connector.
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are EGR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1209 FMI 0.

Step 4 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Operational Test. Decision


Perform EGR Operational Test(page 2126). Yes: Replace EGR
valve. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 0.
Are there any active SPN 27 or SPN 2791 fault codes active? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Check turbocharger wastegate operation. Decision


Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Operational Tests(page Yes: Go to Step 6.
2114).
Did TC2WG tests pass? No: Repair TC2WG. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1209 FMI
0.
392 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Check for failed Wastegate. Decision


Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Solenoid Test (page Yes: Go to Step 7.
2118).
Does turbocharger wastegate actuator cycle fully open and closed during test? No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 0.

Step 7 Failed Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG). Decision


Perform TC2WG Position Isolated Actuator Test (page 2119). Yes: Retest for SPN 1209
FMI 0.
Does turbocharger wastegate actuator moves without sticking or shuddering? No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 0.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 1209 FMI 0 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 393

SPN 1209 FMI 7 - EBP signal not responding as expected

Fault Overview
Fault sets when EBP signal does not respond as expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Plugged EBP sensor tube assembly
• Plugged EBP sensor
394 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, Key ON, check DTC list for SPN Yes: Go to Step 2.
1209 FMI 7.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1209 FMI 7 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect EBP sensor tube assembly. Decision


Inspect EBP sensor tube assembly. Yes: Replace tube
assembly. After repairs
are complete, retest or
SPN 1209 FMI 7.
Is EBP sensor tube assembly plugged? No: Replace EBP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1209 FMI 7.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 1209 FMI 7 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 395

SPN 2659 FMI 10 - EGR Slow Response Fault

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines EGR mass flow rate is low. ECM continuously
monitors control system. If sensor signal is higher or lower than expected, ECM disregards signal and uses a
calibrated default value. ECM sets an SPN/FMI, turns on Warning Engine Lamp (WEL), and runs engine in a
default range.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
,

• SPN 27 FMI 0 and 14 • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 102 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and
(EGR) (ETV) 10, 16, and 18 (IMP) 4 (IMT)
• SPN 108 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 110 FMI 0, 15, 16, • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4,
4 (BARO) 17, and 18 (EWPS) 4 (ECT1) 11, 13, 14, and 31 (MAF)
• SPN 164 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 14 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 4257 FMI 16 and
(ICP) (INJ) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR) 18 (INJ)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Restricted airflow (intake or exhaust)
• Restricted EGR cooler
• Biased EBP sensor or circuit
• Plugged EBP sensor tube
• Biased IMP sensor or circuit
• EGR valve sticking closed
396 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 395).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2659 FMI 10.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 2659 FMI 10 status.
Is EST DTC list SPN 2659 FMI 10 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect Intake Air System. Decision


Perform Intake Air System Inspection(page 2230). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is Intake Air System free from damage or restrictions? No: Repair intake air
system. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2659 FMI 10.

Step 4 Do Mass Air Flow (MAF) Calibration Procedure. Decision


Using ServiceMaxx™ software. Ensure KOER MAF Sensor Calibration (page Yes: Go to Step 5.
2123) are met and MAF Calibration Pre-Checks are done, before doing this
procedure.
Did MAF sensor calibration run successfully? No: Repair air intake
system leaks. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2659 FMI
10.

Step 5 Inspect connections at Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 6.
B. Disconnect EGR valve connector.
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are EGR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2659 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 397

Step 6 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Operational Test. Decision


Perform EGR Operational Test(page 2126). Yes: Replace EGR
valve. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2659 FMI 10.
Are there any active SPN 27 or SPN 2791 fault codes active? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Test Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV). Decision


Perform Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)(page 2109) Test. Yes: Go to Step 8.
Does EBPV will cycle fully open and closed three times when key is turned No: Repair EBPV as
off? In recent calibration releases EBPV only cycles at or above an ECT of indicated by EBPV
140°F (60°C). test. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2659 FMI 10.

Step 8 Perform Air Management Test Decision


Perform Air Management Test(page 2030). Yes: Go to Step 9.
Does Air Management Test return “Successful? No: Repair based
on results of Air
Management Test. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2659 FMI
10.

Step 9 Analyze Air Management Test results. Decision


Analyze graphs produced by Air Management Test(page 2030) against “Good” Yes: Go to Step 10.
and “Bad” graphs
Does test graph match “Good” graph? No: Diagnose and repair
failed actuator. After
repairs are complete,
repeat this step to verify
repairs.
398 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 10 Do Mass Air Flow (MAF) Calibration Procedure. Decision


Using ServiceMaxx™ software, perform KOER MAF Sensor Calibration (page Yes: Replace MAF
2123). Ensure KOER MAF Sensor Calibration conditions are met and MAF sensor. After repairs are
Calibration Pre-Checks are done, before doing this procedure. complete, retest MAF
sensor.
Did MAF sensor calibration run successfully? No: Verify all MAF
calibration requirements
are met and MAF
calibration pre-checks
are done. Repeat MAF
calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2659 FMI 10.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 2659 FMI 10 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 399

SPN 2659 FMI 14 - EGR System Flow Rate Error During Air Management

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when measured EGR flow rate is greater than expected.

Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• EGR valve
• MAF sensor calibration
• Induction system air leaks
400 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Perform Air Management Test Decision


Perform Air Management Test (page 2030). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Does Air Management Test return “Successful? No: Perform Air
Management Test (page
2030).

Step 9 Analyze Air Management Test results. Decision


Analyze graphs produced by Air Management Test(page 2030) against “Good” Yes: Go to Step 10.
and “Bad” graphs
Does test graph match “Good” graph? No: Diagnose and repair
failed actuator. After
repairs are complete,
repeat this step to verify
repairs.

Step 2 Do leak check of intake system. Decision


Perform Intake Air Inspection (page 2230). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is the intake air system free from damage and restrictions? No: Repair intake air
system damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2659 FMI
14.

Step 3 Do Mass Air Flow (MAF) Calibration Procedure. Decision


Using ServiceMaxx™ software. Ensure KOER MAF Sensor Calibration (page Yes: System OK.
2123) are met and MAF Calibration Pre-Checks are done, before doing this
procedure.
Did MAF sensor calibration run successfully? No: Repair air intake
system leaks. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2659 FMI
14.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 2659 FMI 14 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 401

SPN 2659 FMI 20 - EGR High Flow Rate detected

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects High Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) flow rate.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 102 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and
(ETV) and 18 (IMP) 4 (IMT)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and
(BARO) 4 (ECT1) (MAF) 4 (MAF)
• SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4 • SPN 1209 FMI 0 (AMS) • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4,
(CMP) and 5 (INJ) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4752 FMI 4 (EGR)

Fault Facts
Ensure correct Programmable Parameters (PP) is programmed for air induction system.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• EGR valve stuck open or damaged O-rings
• Induction system leaks
• Excessive exhaust back pressure
• MAF sensor calibration
402 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 401).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2659 FMI 20.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 2659 FMI 20. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 2659 FMI 20 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect intake air system for leaks. Decision


Perform Intake Air Inspection (page 2230). Yes: Repair leaks. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2659 FMI
20.
Are any intake are system leaks found? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Operational Test. Decision


Perform EGR Operational Test(page 2126). Yes: Repair fault codes
present after EGR
Operational Test. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2659 FMI
20.
Are there any active SPN 2791 or SPN 27 fault codes active? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Do Mass Air Flow (MAF) Calibration Procedure. Decision


Using ServiceMaxx™ software. Ensure KOER MAF Sensor Calibration (page Yes: Clear fault code and
2123) are met and MAF Calibration Pre-Checks are done, before to doing this retest for SPN 2659 FMI
procedure. 20
Did MAF sensor calibration run successfully? No: Verify all MAF
calibration requirements
are met and MAF
calibration pre-checks
are done. Repair
problems that caused
MAF sensor calibration
to fail. Repeat MAF
calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2659 FMI 20.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 403

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 2659 FMI 20 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
404 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 2659 FMI 21- EGR Low Flow Rate detected

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines EGR mass flow rate is low. ECM sets an SPN/FMI.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
7 (IMP) 4 (IMT) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7
4 (ECT1) (MAF) 4 (MAF) (CMP)
• SPN 2659 FMI 21 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4,
(AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)

Fault Facts

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• EGR valve stuck open or damaged O-rings
• Induction system leaks
• Excessive exhaust back pressure
• MAF sensor calibration
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 405

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for Associated Yes: Go to Step 2.
Faults(page 404).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2659 FMI 21.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 3.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 2659 FMI 21.
Is EST DTC list SPN 2659 FMI 21 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect intake air system for leaks. Decision


Perform Intake Air Inspection (page 2230). Yes: Repair leaks. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2659 FMI
21.
Are any intake are system leaks found? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Operational Test. Decision


Perform EGR Operational Test(page 2126). Yes: Repair fault codes
present after EGR
Operational Test. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2659 FMI
21.
Are there any active SPN 2791 or SPN 27 fault codes active? No: Go to Step 5.
406 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Do Mass Air Flow (MAF) Calibration Procedure. Decision


Using ServiceMaxx™ software. Ensure KOER MAF Sensor Calibration (page Yes: Clear fault code and
2123) are met and MAF Calibration Pre-Checks are done, before doing this retest for SPN 2659 FMI
procedure. 21
Did MAF sensor calibration run successfully? No: Verify all MAF
calibration requirements
are met and MAF
calibration pre-checks
are done. Repair
problems that caused
MAF sensor calibration
to fail. Repeat MAF
calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2659 FMI 21.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 2659 FMI 21 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 407

APP Sensor (Accelerator Pedal Position)


Overview of APP Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


91 2 APP1 and APP2 signal conflict (page 408)
91 3 APP1 signal Out of Range HIGH (page 413)
91 4 APP1 signal Out of Range LOW (page 418)
2623 3 APP2 signal Out of Range HIGH (page 425)
2623 4 APP2 signal Out of Range LOW (page 430)

Overview
Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor is controlled by operator. Engine Control Module (ECM) uses this
sensor to control engine output based on operator's demand for power.
408 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 91 FMI 2 APP1 and APP2 signal conflict

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects difference between Accelerator Pedal Position 1
(APP1) signal and Accelerator Pedal Position 2 (APP2) signal is greater than 0.14 volts at 1.1 volts and greater
than 0.52 volts at 4.1 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 91 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2623 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3510 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3511 FMI 3 and 4
(APP1) (APP2) (VREF 2) (VREF 3)

Fault Facts
Setting Criteria is difference between APP1 and APP2 at 1.1 volts is greater than 0.14 volts. Difference between
APP1 and APP2 at 4.1 volts is greater than 0.52 volts. Enable conditions are Key ON; Accelerator Position Pedal
1 sensor Track 1 voltage is greater than or equal to 0.825 volts; Accelerator Position Pedal 1 sensor Track 2
voltage is greater than or equal to 0.825 volts.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• APP1 circuit high resistance
• APP2 circuit high resistance
• SIG GND (APP1) circuit high resistance
• SIG GND (APP2) circuit high resistance
• Failed APP
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 409

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 408).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair
Associated Faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 91 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 91 FMI 2. Yes: Go to step 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 91 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Repair
Associated Faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 91 FMI 2.

Step 3 Check for high resistance in Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1). Decision
Perform Test 1(page 411). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness Yes: Go to Step 5.
ZTSE4485A pin-A and pin-B.
Is voltage within 1.15 ± 0.25 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for high resistance in APP1 SIG GND circuit. Decision
Perform Test 2(page 411). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness Yes: Repair high
ZTSE4485A pin-A and known good GND. resistance between
APP pin-B and
ECM pin C-34.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 91 FMI 2.
Is voltage within 1.15 ± 0.25 volts? No: Repair high
resistance between
APP pin-A and
ECM pin C-33.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 91 FMI 2.
410 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for high resistance in Accelerator Pedal Position 2 (APP2). Decision
Perform Test 3(page 411). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness Yes: Repair high
ZTSE4485A pin-F and known good GND. resistance between
APP pin-E and
ECM pin C-36.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 91 FMI 2.
Is voltage within 1.15 ± 0.25 volts? No: Repair high
resistance between
APP pin-F and
ECM pin C-48.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 91 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 91 FMI 2 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 411

Pin-Point Tests

Figure 80 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness connector and leave APP sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness connector and leave APP sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
412 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness connector and leave APP sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 413

SPN 91 FMI 3 - APP1 signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) signal is
greater than 4.575 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3510 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 2)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• APP1 circuit short to PWR
• SIG GND circuit Open
• Failed APP sensor
414 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 413).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
91 FMI 3.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 91 FMI 3. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 91 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect APP sensor and connector.
C. Check APP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are APP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
91 FMI 3.

Step 4 Check for short to PWR on signal circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 416). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Go to Step 5.
DTC list.
Does SPN 91 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair short to PWR
between APP sensor
connector pin-A and
Engine Control Module
(ECM) pin C-33. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 91 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 415

Step 5 Check for Open in SIG GND circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 416). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace APP
Harness ZTSE4485A pin-B and PWR. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
91 FMI 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
between APP pin-B
and ECM pin C-34. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 91 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 91 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
416 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 91 FMI 3)

Figure 81 APP Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 417

Figure 82 Test 2 APP1 Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4435A to vehicle harness and leave APP sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
418 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 91 FMI 4 - APP1 signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) signal is less
than 0.825 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3510 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 2)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Key ON
Possible Causes
• APP1 signal circuit Open
• APP1 VREF circuit Open
• APP1 signal circuit short to GND
• Failed APP sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 419

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 418).
Is EST DTC list free of SPN 3510 FMI 3 and 4? No: Repair SPN 3510
FMI 3 and 4. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 91 FMI 4.

Step 2 Check for active fault code. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 94 FMI 4. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 94 FMI 4 as Active or Pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect APP sensor connector.
C. Check APP1 sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are APP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 91 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check VREF circuit in APP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 421). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4485A pin-C and known good GND.
Is voltage within 5 ± 1 volts? No: Repair Open
between APP sensor
connector pin-C and
ECM 76-pin chassis
connector pin C-63.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 91 FMI 4.

Step 5 Check APP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 422). Clear DTC list using EST with ServiceMaxx™ Yes: Replace APP
software. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
91 FMI 4.
Does SPN 91 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 6.
420 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Check signal circuit in APP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 423). Clear DTC list using EST with ServiceMaxx™ Yes: Repair short to
software. GND between APP
sensor pin A and ECM
pin C-33. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 91 FMI 4.
Does VREF fault code set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair Open
between APP sensor
pin A and ECM pin
C-33. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
91 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 91 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 421

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 91 FMI 4)

Figure 83 APP1 Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
422 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 84 Test 1 APP1 Circuit Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) and leave sensor
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 423

Figure 85 Test 2 APP1 Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) and leave sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-A and pin-C of Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
424 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 86 Test 3 APP1 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) and leave sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-A and pin-C of Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
together.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 425

SPN 2623 FMI 3 - APP2 Signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that APP2 voltage is greater than 2.476 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3511 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• APP2 circuit short to PWR
• SIG GND circuit Open
• Failed APP sensor
426 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 425).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2623 FMI 3.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 2623 FMI 3. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 2623 FMI 3 as active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor Decision


connector
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect APP sensor connector.
C. Check APP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are the APP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2623 FMI 3.

Step 4 Check for short to PWR on APP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 428). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Go to Step 5.
DTC list.
Does fault code SPN 2623 FMI 3 set? No: Repair short to PWR
between APP connector
pin-F and ECM connector
pin C-48. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2623 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 427

Step 5 Check Continuity with SIG GND in APP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 428). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace APP sensor.
Harness ZTSE4485A pin-E and B+. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2623 FMI
3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open between
APP sensor connector
pin-E and ECM connector
pin C-36. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2623 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 2623 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
428 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 2623 FMI 3)

Figure 87 APP1 Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 429

Figure 88 Test 2 APP2 Sensor Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor vehicle harness
connector and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
430 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 2623 FMI 4 - APP2 Signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor is
reading lower than 0.273 volt on APP2 signal circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3511 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 3)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• APP2 circuit Open
• APP2 circuit short to GND
• VREF 3 circuit Open
• Failed APP sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 431

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 430).
Does EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2623 FMI 4.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor Decision


connector
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect APP sensor connector.
C. Check APP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are APP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2623 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check VREF circuit in APP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 433). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4485A pin-D and known good GND.
Is voltage within 5 ± 1 volts? No: Repair Open between
APP sensor connector
pin-D and ECM connector
pin C-9. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2623 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check APP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 434). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace APP
DTC list. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2623 FMI 3.
Does SPN 2623 FMI 3 set? No: Go to Step 5.
432 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check signal circuit in APP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 435). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. Yes: Repair short to
GND between APP
pin-F and ECM pin
C-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2623 FMI 4.
Does VREF fault code set? No: Repair Open
between APP pin-F
and ECM pin C-48.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2623 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 2623 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 433

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 2623 FMI 4)

Figure 89 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
434 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 90 Test 1 APP Sensor Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor vehicle harness
connector and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 435

Figure 91 Test 2 APP Sensor Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to APP sensor vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor disconnected.
C. Using ZTSE4498 short pin-D to pin-F.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log on to ServiceMaxx™ software.
436 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 92 Test 3 APP Sensor Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to APP sensor vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor disconnected.
C. Using ZTSE4498 short pin-D to pin-F.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 437

Body
Overview of Body Sensor

SPN FMI Description


521 2 Brake applied while APP applied (page 438)
596 19 Cruise Control Enable Switch not detected on J1939 (page 441)
597 2 Brake switch or circuit fault (page 443)
597 19 Brake switch not detected on J1939 (page 445)

Overview
The ECM receives inputs from various chassis mounted sensors and switches, and uses the signals to monitor
operating conditions of vehicle.
438 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 521 FMI 2 - Brake applied while APP applied

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when ECM detects that brake pedal is being applied while engine speed is greater than 1500
rpm, vehicle speed is greater than 9 mph (15 km/h), and APP is greater than 15%.

Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Operator applied accelerator and brake pedal at same time
• Brake Pedal switch or circuit fault
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 439

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 521 Yes: Go to Step 2.
FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 521 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Check brake switch operation. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Retest for SPN
521 FMI 2.
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector
(page 1979).
C. Open Driver Switch Control Session in ServiceMaxx™ software to monitor
signals.
D. Depress brake pedal.
Did Brake Switch signal change to "applied" when depressed, and "released" No: Go to Step 3.
when lifted?

Step 3 Inspect connections at Brake Pedal Switch connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect Brake Pedal Switch connector.
C. Check Brake Pedal Switch and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are Brake Pedal Switch connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 521 FMI 2.

Step 4 Inspect connections at Body Controller connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: See Chassis
Electrical System
B. Disconnect Body Controller connector.
Troubleshooting
C. Check Body Controller and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched Guide.
wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are Body Controller connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 521 FMI 2.
440 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 521 FMI 2 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 441

SPN 596 FMI 19 Cruise Control Enable Switch not detected on J1939

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) does not receive cruise control switch messages from the
Body Controller.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 597 FMI 19 (Body) • SPN 639 FMI 14


(J1939)

Fault Facts
Cruise control switches are wired to Body Controller (BC). Switch state is communicated to ECM through J1939
Data Link Network.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Cruise Control switch or circuit fault
• Incorrect Programmable Parameter (PP) setting
442 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 441).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 596 FMI 19.

Step 2 Verify Cruise Control Programmable Parameters (PP). Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, open Programming session file and verify Yes: Refer to the
that all Parameters are set correctly. Cruise Control section
of the Chassis
Electrical System
Troubleshooting Guide
S08361. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 596 FMI 19.
Is Cruise Control Mode set appropriately (Enabled if equipped with cruise)? No: Change
parameter to
appopriate selection.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 596 FMI 19.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 596 FMI 19 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 443

SPN 597 FMI 2 - Missing J1939 Brake status signal request from Body module or Instrument Cluster

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Brake status is missing on J1939 CAN Bus network.

Lamp Reaction
No Lamp Reaction

Associated Faults

SPN 596 FMI 19 (Body)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Poor connections
• Intermittent wiring short/open
444 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 443).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 597 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 597 Yes: Go to Step 3.
FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 597 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller Decision
connectors.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Refer to the Park
and Brake Switch
B. Disconnect Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller connectors.
section of the Chassis
C. Check Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller and connector terminals Electrical System
for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, Troubleshooting Guide
bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing. S08361. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 597 FMI 2.
Are Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller connector, harness, and terminals No: Repair connector,
clean and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 597 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 597 FMI 2 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 445

SPN 597 FMI 19 - Brake switch not detected on J1939

Fault Overview

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Brake switches can be wired to Engine Control Module (ECM), or to Body Controller (BC). If wired to BC, switch
state is communicated to ECM through J1939 Data Link Network. PP89021 in ECM determines where ECM
should expect signal from.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• None
446 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for communication with Body Controller. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Sniffer Yes: Go to Step 2.
section for Body Controller.
Is Body Controller listed and message count increasing? No: Repair Body
Controller wiring
(see Truck Service
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 597 FMI 19.

Step 2 Verify Brake Switch Programming. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, open Yes: Go to Step 3.
Programming session file and verify that Brake Signal Processing Mode parameter
89021 is set correctly.
Is PP89021 set correctly? No: Change PP as
needed. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 597 FMI 19.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller Decision
connectors.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Refer to the Park
and Brake Switch
B. Disconnect Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller connectors.
section of the Chassis
C. Check Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller and connector terminals Electrical System
for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, Troubleshooting Guide
bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing. S08361. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 597 FMI 19.
Are Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller connector, harness, and terminals No: Repair connector,
clean and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 597 FMI 19.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 597 FMI 19 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 447

CACOT Sensor (Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature)


Overview of CACOT Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


2630 2 CACOT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 448)
2630 3 CACOT signal Out of Range HIGH (page 452)
2630 4 CACOT signal Out of Range LOW (page 458)
2630 16 CACOT Undercooling (page 461)

Overview
Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) is a thermistor sensor that measures charged-air temperature
entering Engine Throttle Valve (ETV). As temperature increases, resistance drops, causing voltage signal
interpreted by Engine Control Module (ECM) to vary. ECM monitors this signal for Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) system control and CAC performance.
448 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 2630 FMI 2 - CACOT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT)
sensor does not agree with other temperature sensors.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 2630 FMI 3 and 4


(CACOT)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Failed CACOT sensor
• High resistance in CACOT circuit
• High resistance in SIG GND circuit
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 449

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 448).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2630 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN Yes: Go to Step 3.
2630 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 2630 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Decision


(CACOT) connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect CACOT connector.
C. Check CACOT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are CACOT connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2630 FMI 2.

Step 4 Check for high resistance in CACOT circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 451). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Replace CACOT
CAC outlet temperature. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2630 FMI 2.
Is temperature 302 ± 10°F? No: Go to Step 5.
450 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for high resistance in CACOT SIG wire. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 451). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Repair signal wire
CAC Outlet Temperature. between CACOT pin-2
and ECM pin E-65. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2630 FMI
2.
Is temperature 302 ± 10°F? No: Repair signal return
wire between CACOT
pin-1 and ECM pin
E-28. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2630 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 2630 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 451

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 2630 FMI 2)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 and a known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
452 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 2630 FMI 3 - CACOT Signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) sensor
voltage is greater than 4.70 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected after two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• CACOT circuit short to PWR
• CACOT circuit Open
• SIG GND circuit Open
• Failed component
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 453

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 2630 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 2630 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at CACOT Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor.
C. Check CACOT sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are CACOT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2630 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check for Short to Power Decision


Perform Test 1(page 455). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to PWR
Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 and known good GND. between Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin E-65
and CACOT pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2630 FMI
3.
Is voltage greater than 6 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for Open circuit Decision


Perform Test 2(page 456). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace CACOT
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2630 FMI 3.
Does SPN 2630 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 5.
454 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for Open in SIG GND circuit Decision


Perform Test 3(page 456). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Repair Open
DTC list. between CACOT pin-1
and ECM pin E-28. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2630 FMI
3.
Does SPN 2630 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair Open
between CACOT pin-2
and ECM pin E-65. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2630 FMI
3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 2630 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 455

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 2630 FMI 3)

Figure 93 Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 94 Test 1 CACOT Circuit Voltage Check


456 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) sensor
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT
disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Figure 95 Test 2 SIG GND Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) sensor
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT
disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 and pin-2 of together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 457

Figure 96 Test 3 CACOT Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) sensor
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT
disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 of to GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
458 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 2630 FMI 4 - CACOT Signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT)
signal is less than 0.11 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• CACOT circuit short to ground
• Failed CACOT sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 459

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 2630 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 2630 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature Decision


(CACOT) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect CACOT electrical connector.
C. Check CACOT sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are CACOT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2630 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for Failed Sensor. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 460). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace CACOT
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2630 FMI 4.
Does SPN 2630 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair short to
ground between CACOT
pin-1 and ECM pin
E-65. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2630 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 2630 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
460 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 2630 FMI 4)

Figure 97 CACOT Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 461

SPN 2630 FMI 16 - CACOT Undercooling

Fault Overview

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 110 FMI 15 and 16 • SPN 111 FMI 1 and 2 • SPN 1136 FMI 0 (ECM)
(EWPS) (EWPS)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Winter front installed outside recommended temperatures
• Low coolant level
• Poor coolant quality
• Engine fan or shroud damage
• Debris buildup
• CACOT circuit fault
• TC2WC fault
462 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 461).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2630 FMI 16.

Step 2 Determine if winter front (grille cover) is installed during warm Decision
temperatures.
Determine if a winter front (grille cover) is installed during warm temperatures. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is winter front (grille cover) removed during warm temperatures? No: Remove winter
front (grille cover).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2630 FMI 16.

Step 3 Inspect vehicle grille and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) for damage or Decision
blockage.
Inspect vehicle grille and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) for damage, blockage, or Yes: Go to Step 4.
anything that could prevent proper air flow through CAC.
Is grille and CAC undamaged, not blocked, and is air able to flow through properly? No: Repair damage
or blockage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2630
FMI 16.

Step 4 Perform coolant level inspection. Decision


Perform Coolant Level Inspection(page 2220). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Is coolant level correct? No: Add coolant. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2630
FMI 16.

Step 5 Perform coolant quality inspection. Decision


Perform Coolant Quality Inspection(page 2221). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Is coolant quality correct? No: Correct coolant
quality. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2630 FMI 16.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 463

Step 6 Check fan, shroud, and air dams for damage and proper operation. Decision
Check engine fan, fan shroud, and air dams for damage and proper operation. Yes: Go to Step 7.
Are engine fan, fan shroud, and air dams intact and operating properly? No: Repair or replace
engine fan, fan shroud,
and/or air dams. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2630
FMI 16.

Step 7 Check turbocharger wastegate operation. Decision


Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Operational Tests(page Yes: Go to Step 8.
2114).
Did TC2WG tests pass? No: Repair TC2WG
as indicated. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2630
FMI 16.

Step 8 Check for CACOT circuit fault. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 465). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Go to Step 9.
charge air cooler outlet temperature.
Is temperature within 302 ± 10°F (150 ± 6°C)? No: Go to Step 10.

Step 9 Check for intermittent CACOT circuit fault. Decision


Perform Intermittent or Inactive Fault Diagnostic Procedure(page 1978). Yes: Replace CACOT
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2630 FMI 16.
Is CACOT circuit operating correctly? No: Locate specific
circuit component
causing erratic or
intermittent operation.
Repair circuits as
required. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2630 FMI 16.
464 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 10 Check for CACOT circuit fault Decision


Perform Test 2(page 465). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Repair high
charge air cooler outlet temperature. resistance in SIG GND
circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2630 FMI 16.
Is temperature within 302 ± 10°F (150 ± 6°C)? No: Repair high
resistance in CACOT
circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2630 FMI 16.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 2630 FMI 16 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 465

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 2630 FMI 2)

Figure 98 Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to engine harness connector and leave CACOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to engine harness connector and leave CACOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
466 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

CCOSS Sensor (Crankcase Oil Separator Speed)


Overview of CCOSS Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


4227 7 CC Oil Separator: Not spinning (page 467)

Overview
CCOSS sensor sends Engine Control Module (ECM) information about speed of crankcase oil separator internal
components.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 467

SPN 4227 FMI 7 - CC Oil Separator: Not spinning

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor
speed is less than 230 rpm.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open or short to GND in CCOSS-H circuit
• Open or short to GND in CCOSS-L circuit
• Failed CCOSS sensor
468 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Verify operation of centrifugal oil breather separator. Decision


Perform Oil Breather Separator Test. Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is Centrifugal or spinning sound heard inside CCOSS? No: Repair Centrifugal Oil
Breather Separator. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4227 FMI
7.

Step 2 Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor connector Decision


inspection.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect CCOSS sensor.
C. Check CCOSS sensor connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are CCOSS sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4227 FMI 7.

Step 3 Check for Open or short to GND in CCOSS - H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 470). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4951 pin-1 and a known good GND.
Is voltage 2.5 volts ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
short to GND between
CCOSS pin-1 and Engine
Control Module (ECM)
pin E-34. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4227 FMI 7.

Step 4 Check for Open or short to GND in CCOSS - L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 470). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace CCOSS
Harness ZTSE4951 pin-2 and a known good GND. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4227 FMI 7.
Is voltage 2.5 volts ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
short to GND between
CCOSS pin-2 and ECM
pin E-17. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4227 FMI 7.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 469

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4227 FMI 7 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
470 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4227 FMI 7)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4951.
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 99 Test 1: CCOSS - H Circuit Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to vehicle harness and leave CCOSS sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 471

Figure 100 Test 2: CCOSS - L Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect CCOSS.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to vehicle harness and leave CCOSS sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
472 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

CKP Sensor (Crankshaft Position)


Overview of CKP Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


637 8 CKP signal noise (page 473)
637 10 CKP signal not active (page 480)

Overview
Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor provides Engine Control Module (ECM) with crankshaft speed and position
signal. ECM uses this signal with Camshaft Position (CMP) signal to calculate engine speed and crankshaft
position.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 473

SPN 637 FMI 8 - CKP signal noise

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects synchronization on crankshaft signal is not achieved.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• CKP-H Open
• CKP-L Open
• CKP sensor Open
• CKP Sensor mechanically damaged
• CKP timing disk damaged
• CKP sensor incorrectly mounted
474 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 637 Yes: Go to Step 2.
FMI 8.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 637 FMI 8 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect Crankshaft Position (CKP) connections. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect CKP.
C. Check CKP connection terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; wet
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are CKP connections, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 637 FMI 8.

Step 3 Measure CKP-H circuit Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 484). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4950 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage approximately 2.5 volts? No: Repair open
circuit between CKP
pin-1 and ECM pin
E-41. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 637 FMI 8.

Step 4 Measure CKP-L circuit Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 484). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4950 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage approximately 2.5 volts? No: Repair open
circuit between CKP
pin-2 and ECM pin
E-25. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 637 FMI 8.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 475

Step 5 Measure CKP circuit Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 479). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4950 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance between 616 and 1275 ohms? No: Replace CKP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 637 FMI 8.

Step 6 Inspect CKP sensor for visual mechanical damage. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace CKP
sensor. After repairs
B. Disconnect and remove CKP sensor.
are complete, retest
C. Check CKP sensor for mechanical damage. for SPN 636 FMI 2.
Is CKP sensor mechanically damaged? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Inspect CKP sensor for correct mounting Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Repair CKP
timing disk. After
B. Disconnect and remove CKP sensor.
repairs are complete,
C. Check CKP sensor for correct mounting. retest for SPN 637
FMI 8.
Is CKP sensor correctly mounted? No: Mount CKP
sensor correctly. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 637
FMI 8.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 637 FMI 8 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
476 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4950
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 477

Figure 101 Test 1 Check CKP-H Circuits

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Crankshaft Position (CKP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4950 to vehicle harness connector and leave CKP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
478 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 102 Test 2 Check CKP-L Circuits

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect CKP.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4950 to vehicle harness connector and leave CKP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 479

Figure 103 Test 3 Check CKP Circuits

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect CKP.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4950 to CKP sensor and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
480 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 637 FMI 10 - CKP signal Inactive

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module detects crankshaft sensor has a short or open.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• CKP-H Short to GND
• CKP-H Short to PWR
• CKP-L Short to GND
• CKP-L Short to PWR
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 481

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 637 Yes: Go to Step 2.
FMI 10.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 637 FMI 10 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect Crankshaft Position (CKP) connections. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect CKP.
C. Check CKP connection terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; wet
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are CKP connections, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 637 FMI 10.

Step 3 Measure CKP-H circuit Decision


Perform Test 1(page 484). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4950 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage approximately 2.5 volts? No: Repair open
circuit between CKP
pin-1 and ECM pin
E-41. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 637 FMI 10.

Step 4 Measure CKP-H circuit Decision


Perform Test 1(page 484). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4950 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to
B+ between CKP
pin-1 and ECM pin
E-41. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 637 FMI 10.
482 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Measure CKP-H circuit Decision


Perform Test 1(page 484). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4950 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage approximately 5 volts? No: Repair short to
VREF 1 between CKP
pin-1 and ECM pin
E-41. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 637 FMI 10.

Step 6 Measure CKP-H circuit Decision


Perform Test 1(page 484). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness ZTSE4950 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage approximately 0 volts? No: Repair short to
GND between CKP
pin-1 and ECM pin
E-41. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 637 FMI 10.

Step 7 Measure CKP-L circuit Decision


Perform Test 2(page 484). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness ZTSE4950 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage approximately 2.5 volts? No: Repair open
circuit between CKP
pin-2 and ECM pin
E-25. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 637 FMI 10.

Step 9 Measure CKP-L circuit Decision


Perform Test 2(page 484). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness ZTSE4950 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair short
to B+ between CkP
pin-2 and ECM pin
E-25. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 637 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 483

Step 10 Measure CKP-L circuit Decision


Perform Test 2(page 484). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness ZTSE4950 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage approximately 5 volts? No: Repair short to
VREF 1 between CKP
pin-2 and ECM pin
E-25. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 637 FMI 10.

Step 11 Measure CKP-L circuit Decision


Perform Test 2(page 484). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace CMP
Harness ZTSE4950 pin-2 and known good GND. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 637 FMI 10.
Is voltage approximately 0 volts? No: Repair short to
GND between CKP
pin-2 and ECM pin
E-25. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 637 FMI 10.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 637 FMI 10 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
484 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4950
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 104 Test 1 Check CKP-H Circuits

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Crankshaft Position (CKP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4950 to vehicle harness connector and leave CKP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 485

Figure 105 Test 2 Check CKP-L Circuits

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Crankshaft Position (CKP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4950 to vehicle harness connector and leave CKP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
486 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

CMP Sensor (Camshaft Position)


Overview of CMP Sensor Group

SPN FMI Condition


636 2 CMP and CKP Synchronization Error (page 487)
636 7 CMP to CKP incorrect reference (page 496)

Overview
Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor provides Engine Control Module (ECM) with camshaft speed and position
signal.ECM uses this signal with Crankshaft Position (CKP) signal to monitor crankshaft and camshaft positions.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 487

SPN 636 FMI 2 - CMP and CKP Synchronization Error

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects comparison of Engine Timing Sensor signal to modeled
value is incorrect.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• CMP-H open
• CMP-H Short to GND
• CMP-H Short to PWR
• CMP-L open
• CMP-L Short to GND
• CMP-L Short to PWR
• CMP failed (resistance)
• CMP mechanical damage
488 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN Yes: Go to Step 2.
636 FMI 2.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 636 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect Camshaft Position (CMP) connections. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect CMP.
C. Check CMP connection terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; wet
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are CMP connections, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 636 FMI 2.

Step 3 Measure CMP-H circuit Decision


Perform Test 1(page 491). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness ZTSE4951 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage approximately 2.5 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Measure CMP-H circuit Decision


Perform Test 1(page 491). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4951 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to B+
between CMP pin-1 and
ECM pin E-42. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 636 FMI 2.

Step 5 Measure CMP-H circuit Decision


Perform Test 1(page 491). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4951 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage approximately 5 volts? No: Repair short to VREF
1 between CMP pin-1
and ECM pin E-42. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 636 FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 489

Step 6 Measure CMP-H circuit Decision


Perform Test 1(page 491). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness ZTSE4951 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage approximately 0 volts? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Measure CMP-H circuit Decision


Perform Test 2(page 491). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair short to GND
Harness ZTSE4951 pin-1 and known good GND. between CMP pin-1 and
ECM pin E-42. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 636 FMI 2.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair open between
CMP pin-1 and ECM pin
E-42. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
636 FMI 2.

Step 8 Measure CMP-L circuit Decision


Perform Test 3(page 492). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 13.
Harness ZTSE4951 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage approximately 2.5 volts? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 9 Measure CMP-L circuit Decision


Perform Test 3(page 492). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness ZTSE4951 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to B+
between CMP pin-2 and
ECM pin E-24. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 636 FMI 2.

Step 10 Measure CMP-L circuit Decision


Perform Test 2(page 492). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness ZTSE4951 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage approximately 5 volts? No: Repair short to VREF
1 between CMP pin-2
and ECM pin E-24. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 636 FMI 2.
490 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 11 Measure CMP-L circuit Decision


Perform Test 3(page 492). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 13.
Harness ZTSE4951 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage approximately 0 volts? No: Go to Step 12.

Step 12 Measure CMP-L circuit Decision


Perform Test 4(page 493). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair short to GND
Harness ZTSE4951 pin-2 and known good GND. between CMP pin-2 and
ECM pin E-24. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 636 FMI 2.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair open between
CMP pin-2 and ECM pin
E-24. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
636 FMI 2.

Step 13 Measure CMP circuit Decision


Perform Test 5(page 494). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 14
Harness ZTSE4951 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance between 280 and 560 ohms? No: Replace CMP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 636 FMI 2.

Step 14 Inspect CMP sensor for visual mechanical damage. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Correct source
of contact between
B. Disconnect and remove CMP sensor.
camshaft peg and CMP
C. Check CMP sensor for mechanical damage. sensor (walking camshaft
and/or gear). Replace
CMP sensor after source
of mechanical contact
has been corrected. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 636 FMI 2.
Is CMP sensor mechanically damaged? No: Replace CMP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 636 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 636 FMI 2 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 491

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4951
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 106 Test 1 Check CMP-H Circuits

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Camshaft Position (CMP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to vehicle harness connector and leave CMP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
492 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 107 Test 2 Check CMP-H Circuits

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Camshaft Position (CMP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to vehicle harness connector and leave CMP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 493

Figure 108 Test 3 Check CMP-L Circuits

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Camshaft Position (CMP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to vehicle harness connector and leave CMP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
494 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 109 Test 4 Check CMP-L Circuits

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Camshaft Position (CMP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to vehicle harness connector and leave CMP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 495

Figure 110 Test 5 Check CMP Circuits

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Camshaft Position (CMP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to CMP harness and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
496 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 636 FMI 7 - CMP to CKP incorrect reference

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects comparison of Crankshaft and Camshaft signals are
incorrect.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults

SPN 636 FMI 2 (CMP)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Incorrect CMP/CKP timing
• CKP Timing Disk misaligned
• CMP and CKP timing gears out of alignment
• CMP timing gear Woodruff key damaged
• CKP timing gear Woodruff key damaged
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 497

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 496).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 636 FMI 7.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 636 Yes: Go to Step 3.
FMI 7.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 636 FMI 7 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Check for CMP and CKP incorrect timing. Decision


Inspect CMP and CKP timing gears for correct alignment, inspect CMP and CKP Yes: Repair damaged
Woodruff keys for damage, inspect CKP timing disk for misalignment. or misaligned
components. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 636
FMI 7.
Is there damaged or misaligned components? No: End of
diagnostics. Retest for
SPN 636 FMI 7.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 636 FMI 7 fault code diagnostics.
498 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

DCU Power (Doser Control Unit)


Overview of DCU Power Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


609 19 ACM not detected on J1939 (page 499)
5109 15 DCU battery voltage too HIGH (page 515)
5109 17 DCU battery voltage too LOW (page 517)
5109 19 DCU not detected on J1939 (page 521)

Overview
Doser Control Unit (DCU) controls Downstream Injection (DSI) System during Diesel Particle Filter (DPF)
regeneration. Engine Control Module (ECM) controls monitoring and regeneration process in aftertreatment
system.

Figure 111 Approved Battery Cable Sequence


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 499

SPN 609 FMI 19 - ACM not detected on J1939

Fault Overview
Fault set when CAN communication link (J1939) between Engine Control Module (ECM) and Aftertreatment
Control Module (ACM) is not detected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• CAN-AH circuit Open
• CAN-AL circuit Open
• CAN-AH circuit short to GND
• CAN-AL circuit short to GND
• CAN-AH short to CAN-AL
• CAN-AH circuit short to power
• CAN-AL circuit short to power
• B+ circuit open or high resistance
• SWBAT circuit open or high resistance
500 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 609 FMI 19.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 609 FMI 19 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connections. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect ACM.
C. Check ACM connection terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; wet
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are ACM connections, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
KOEO SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure(page
2025), and retest for SPN
609 FMI 19.

Step 3 Check ACM B+ circuits. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 504). Using DMM measure voltage between 180-pin Yes: Go to Step 4.
Breakout Box 00-0956-08 pin J2-03 and known good GND; and pin J2-05 and
known good GND.
Is voltage at both pins within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair open or
high resistance in B+
circuits. After repairs
are complete, perform
KOEO SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure(page
2025), and retest for SPN
609 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 501

Step 4 Check ACM SWBAT circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 505). Using DMM measure voltage between 180-pin Yes: Go to Step 5.
Breakout Box 00-0956-08 pin J2-41 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair open or high
resistance in SWBAT
circuit. After repairs
are complete, perform
KOEO SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure(page
2025), and retest for SPN
609 FMI 19.

Step 5 Check ACM GND circuits. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 506). Using DMM measure voltage between 180-pin Yes: Go to Step 6.
Breakout Box 00-0956-08 pin J2-04 and known good GND; and pin J2-06 and
known good GND.
Is voltage at both pins within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair open or
high resistance in GND
circuits. After repairs
are complete, perform
KOEO SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure(page
2025), and retest for SPN
609 FMI 19.

Step 6 Check CAN-AH circuit for open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 4(page 508). Using DMM measure voltage between 180-Pin Yes: Go to Step 7.
Breakout Box 00-0956-08 pin J2-14 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Go to Step 11.

Step 7 Check CAN-AH circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 5(page 508). Using DMM measure voltage between 180-pin Yes: Go to Step 8.
Breakout Box 00-0956-08 pin J2-14 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to power
in CAN-AH circuit. After
repairs are complete,
perform KOEO SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure(page 2025),
and retest for SPN 609
FMI 19.
502 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 8 Check CAN-AL circuit for open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 6(page 509). Using DMM measure voltage between 180-pin Yes: Go to Step 9.
Breakout Box 00-0956-08 pin J2-15 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Go to Step 12.

Step 9 Check CAN-AL circuit for short to power. Decision


Perform Test 7(page 510). Using DMM measure voltage between 180-pin Yes: Go to Step 10.
Breakout Box 00-0956-08 pin J2-15 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to power
in CAN-AL circuit. After
repairs are complete,
perform KOEO SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure(page 2025),
and retest for SPN 609
FMI 19.

Step 10 Check CAN-AH circuit for a short to CAN-AL. Decision


Perform Test 8(page 511). Using DMM measure resistance between 180-pin Yes: Go to Step 11.
Breakout Box 00-0956-08 pin J2-14 and pin J2-15.
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? No: Perform
troubleshooting for
SPN 639 FMI 14(page
1620). After repairs
are complete, perform
KOEO SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure(page
2025), and retest for SPN
609 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 503

Step 11 Check CAN-AH circuit for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 9(page 512). Using DMM measure resistance between 180-pin Yes: Repair open or high
Breakout Box 00-0956-08 pin J2-14 and known good GND. resistance in CAN-AH
circuit. After repairs
are complete, perform
KOEO SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure(page
2025), and retest for SPN
609 FMI 19.
Is resistance greater than 1,000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
in CAN-AH circuit. After
repairs are complete,
perform KOEO SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure(page 2025),
and retest for SPN 609
FMI 19.

Step 12 Check CAN-AH circuit for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 10(page 513). Using DMM measure resistance between 180-pin Yes: Repair open or high
Breakout Box 00-0956-08 pin J2-14 and known good GND. resistance in CAN-AL
circuit. After repairs
are complete, perform
KOEO SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure(page
2025), and retest for SPN
609 FMI 19.
Is resistance greater than 1,000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
in CAN-AL circuit. After
repairs are complete,
perform KOEO SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure(page 2025),
and retest for SPN 609
FMI 19.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 609 FMI 19 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
504 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 112 Test 1 Check ACM B+ Circuits


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 505

Figure 113 Test 1 Check ACM B+ Circuits

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
506 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 114 Test 2 Check ACM SWBAT Circuit

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 507

Figure 115 Test 3 Check ACM GND Circuits

Figure 116 Test 3 Check ACM GND Circuits


508 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.

Figure 117 Test 4 Check CAN-AH Circuit

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 509

Figure 118 Test 5 Check CAN-AH Circuit

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
510 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 119 Test 6 Check CAN-AL Circuit

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 511

Figure 120 Test 7 Check CAN-AH Circuit

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
512 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 121 Test 8 Check CAN-AH Circuit

Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 513

Figure 122 Test 9 Check CAN-AH Circuit

Test 9
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
514 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 123 Test 10 Check CAN-AL Circuit

Test 10
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 515

SPN 5109 FMI 15 - DCU battery voltage too HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects voltage supply to Hydrocarbon Doser Control Unit
(DCU) is higher than normal.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Fault code may set if truck is connected to a fast charger with Key ON.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Charging voltage excessive
• Incorrect battery pack wiring (series instead of parallel)
516 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for correct parallel battery pack wiring. Decision


Positive battery cable(s) should be connected from positive battery terminal to Yes: Replace alternator.
positive battery terminal. Negative battery cable(s) should be connected from After repairs are
negative battery terminal to negative battery terminal. complete, retest for
SPN 5109 FMI 15.
Is battery pack correctly assembled (wired in parallel and NOT in series)? No: Reassemble battery
pack. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 15.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5109 FMI 15 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 517

SPN 5109 FMI 17 - DCU battery voltage too LOW

Fault Overview
Fault set when voltage supply to Hydrocarbon Doser Control Unit (DCU) is lower than normal.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Low battery or charging system voltage
• DCU PWR circuit high resistance
• GND circuit high resistance
518 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Inspect battery connections and terminals. Decision


Check battery connections and terminals for damage; wet or corroded terminals; Yes: Go to Step 2.
loose, bent, or broken connections; or broken connector housing.
Are battery connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5109 FMI 17.

Step 2 Measure battery voltage. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 520). Use DMM to measure battery voltage. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is voltage greater than 10 volts? No: Charge batteries
and check charging
voltage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 17.

Step 3 Doser Control Unit (DCU) Module 53-pin and 86-pin connector Decision
inspections.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DCU Module connectors.
C. Check DCU Module connections and terminals for damage; wet or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken connections; or broken
connector housing.
Are DCU Module connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 17.

Step 4 Check for PWR and GND to DCU Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 520). Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module Yes: Go to Step 5.
53-pin connector pin-6 and pin-7 to pin-1 and pin-2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair PWR and
GND to DCU. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5109 FMI
17.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 519

Step 5 Check DCU B+ circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 520). Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module Yes: Repair Open in
53-pin connector pin-6 and pin-7 to a known good GND. DCU GND circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5109 FMI
17.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
short to GND in DCU B+
circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 17.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5109 FMI 17 fault code diagnostics.
520 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5109 FMI 17)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death when working with batteries, always wear face or
eye protection, have water supply available, ensure good ventilation, and be sure no flames or sparks
are present.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, always disconnect main negative battery cable
first. Always connect the main negative battery cable last.

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Battery negative connection.
C. Disconnect Battery positive connection.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Using applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to measure voltage from pin-6
to pin-1, pin-7 to pin-1, pin-6 to pin-2, pin-7 to pin-2.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Using applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to measure voltage from pin-6
to known good GND and pin-7 to known good GND.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 521

SPN 5109 FMI 19 - DCU not detected on J1939

Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) and does not receive messages from Doser Control Unit (DCU)
for greater than 0.1 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

SPN 5109 FMI 3 and 4


(DCU)

Fault Facts
If ACM and DCU are both not detected on J1939, suspect a common circuit fault between them.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• CAN-H circuit short to GND
• CAN-L circuit short to GND
• CAN-H circuit short to PWR
• CAN-L circuit short to PWR
• CAN-H circuit Open
• CAN-L circuit Open
• CAN-H circuit short to CAN-L circuit
• DCU B+ circuit Open or short to GND
• DCU GND circuit Open
• SWBAT Open or short to GND
522 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 521).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 19.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN Yes: Go to Step 3.
5109 FMI 19.
Is EST DTC list SPN 5109 FMI 19 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 3 Doser Control Unit (DCU) Module 53-pin and 86-pin connector Decision
inspections.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DCU Module connectors.
C. Check DCU Module connections and terminals for damage; wet or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken connections; or broken
connector housing.
Are DCU Module connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 19.

Step 4 Check for PWR and GND to DCU Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 526). Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module Yes: Go to Step 6.
53-pin connector pin-6 and pin-7 to pin-1 and pin-2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 5.

Step 5 Check DCU B+ circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 527). Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module Yes: Repair Open in
53-pin connector pin-6 and pin-7 to a known good GND. DCU GND circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5109 FMI
19.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
short to GND in DCU B+
circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 523

Step 6 Check DCU SWBAT circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 528). Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module Yes: Go to Step 7.
53-pin connector pin-52 and a known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short
to GND in DCU SWBAT
circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 19.

Step 7 Check for CAN-H short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 529). Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module Yes: Go to Step 8.
53-pin connector pin-14 and GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair CAN-H short
to GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 19.

Step 8 Check for CAN-H short to PWR Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 529). Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module Yes: Go to Step 9.
53-pin connector pin-14 and GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair CAN-H short
to PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 19.

Step 9 Check for CAN-L short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 530). Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module Yes: Go to Step 10.
53-pin connector pin-15 and GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair CAN-L short
to GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 19.

Step 10 Check for CAN-L short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 530). Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module Yes: Go to Step 11.
pin-15 and GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair CAN-L short
to PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 19.
524 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 11 Check for short between CAN-H and CAN-L circuits. Decision
Perform Test 6 (page 531). Use DMM to measure resistance between DCU Yes: Go to Step 12.
Module pin-14 and pin-15.
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? No: Repair Short between
CAN-H and CAN-L. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5109 FMI
19.

Step 12 Check for Open or high resistance between DCU and ECM. Decision
Perform Test 7 (page 532). Use DMM to measure resistance between DCU Yes: Repair Open or
Module pin-14 and Breakout Harness 00-00979-01 pin-11. high resistance between
DCU pin-14 and 42-pin
IP connector pin-11. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5109 FMI
19.
Is resistance greater than 5 ohms? No: Go to Step 13.

Step 13 Check DCU module for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 8 (page 532). Use DMM to measure resistance between DCU Yes: Repair Open or
Module pin-15 and Breakout Harness 00-00979-01 pin-17. high resistance between
DCU pin-15 and 42-pin IP
connector pin-17. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5109 FMI
19.
Is resistance greater than 5 ohms? No: Go to Step 14.

Step 14 Check DCU module for Open. Decision


Perform Test 8 (page 532). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair open
Harness 00-00979-01 pin-11 and a known good GND. between ECM pin C-62
and 42-pin IP/Engine
connector pin-17. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5109 FMI
19.
Is Voltage above 1 volt? No: Repair open between
ECM pin C-61 and 42-pin
IP/Engine connector
pin-11. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 525

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5109 FMI 19 fault code diagnostics.
526 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5109 FMI 19)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 SCR Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• 42-pin Engine to Chassis Interface Cable 00-00979-01
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Using applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to measure voltage from pin-6
to pin-1, pin-7 to pin-1, pin-6 to pin-2, pin-7 to pin-2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 527

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Using applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to measure voltage from pin-6
to known good GND and pin-7 to known good GND.
528 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 124 SWBAT Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-52
and leave DCU Module 53-pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 529

Figure 125 CAN-H Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-14
and leave DCU Module 53-pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
530 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 126 CAN-L Circuit Check

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-15
and leave DCU Module 53-pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 531

Figure 127 CAN Circuit Check

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin Connector.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-15
and pin-14, and leave DCU Module 53-pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
532 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 128 CAN-H Circuit Check

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Disconnect 42-pin IP / Engine connector.
D. Connect correct terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-14 and
leave DCU Module 53-pin connector disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00979-01 to vehicle harness and leave 42-pin IP / Engine connector
disconnected.
F. Key ON.

Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 42-pin IP/Engine connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00979-01 to engine side of 42-pin IP/Engine connector and leave
vehicle side disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 533

DEF (Diesel Exhaust Fluid)


Overview of DEF Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


520668 31 Controller Adaptation Outer Limits Reached (Low Reductant Delivery) (page
534)
520669 31 Controller Adaptation Inner Limits Reached (Low Reductant Delivery) (page
537)

Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is nontoxic, nonflammable, colorless liquid that delivers ammonia to Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR) system.

Figure 129 DEF Supply Module Location (Typical)


1. PDM
2. DEF lines
3. DEF tank bracket
4. DEF supply module
534 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 520668 FMI 31 - Controller Adaptation Outer Limits Reached (Low Reductant Delivery)

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxide Outlet Concentration (NOx
Out) sensor is requesting more Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) than expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• N 3216 (NOx In) • SPN 3218 (NOx In) • SPN 3226 (NOx Out) • SPN 3228 (NOx Out)
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3362 FMI 31 • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16
4 (DEFSP) (DEFSP) 7 (DEFTHV) and 18 (DEFLP)
• SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and
(DEFSLH) (DEFRLH) (DEFPLH) 4 (SCRIT)
• SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4377 (NH3) • SPN 4380 (NH3) • SPN 4382 (NH3)
4 (SCROT)
• SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7 • SPN 5743 (SCR temp • SPN 520669 (AFT
(DEFD) sensor module) system)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Exhaust system leak(s)
• DEF tank, supply module, or doser valve line or connection loose, leaking, damaged, or restricted
• Contaminated or degraded DEF
• Failed or restricted DEF Dosing Unit (DEFD)
• Restricted DEF supply module filter
• DEF crystallization or deposits in decomposition tube
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 535

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 534).
Is EST DTC free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 520668 FMI
31.

Step 2 Inspect exhaust system. Decision


Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair leaks or
physical damage.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 520668 FMI 31.

Step 3 Inspect connections at DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF Doser Decision
Unit (DEFD) lines.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4
B. Disconnect DEFD sensor module connector.
C. Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connector
terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent,
or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections in good No: Repair or
condition and unrestricted? replace failed line
or connection. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 520668
FMI 31.

Step 4 Check DEF quality. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5
B. Obtain a sample of DEF.
C. Visually inspect for contamination, and use DEF Refractometer (Product
Number 5025) to test urea concentration of DEF fluid.
Is urea concentration within 32.5 ± 1.5% and not contaminated? No: Drain the DEF
tank, flush with distilled
water, and fill with new
and/or known good
DEF. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 520668 FMI 31.
536 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Verify correct DEFD operation. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 6.
B. Using EST, perform KOEO DEF Supply Pump Override Test (page 2020).
Is DEFD operating correctly? No: Replace DEF
supply module filter
and clean DEF
supply module using
18-200-01. Repeat
step 8. If DEFD still
does not operate
correctly, replace
DEFD. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 520668 FMI
31.

Step 6 Check decomposition tube for crystallization. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Remove and
inspect SCR catalyst.
B. Disconnect decomposition tube from exhaust system.
Replace SCR catalyst
C. Visually inspect decomposition tube for DEF crystallization. if damage or plugging
is found. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 520668 FMI
31.
Is decomposition tube free of DEF crystallization? No: Remove DEF
crystallization from
decomposition tube.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 520668 FMI 31.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if 520668 FMI 31 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 537

SPN 520669 FMI 31 - Controller Adaptation Inner Limits Reached (Low Reductant Delivery)

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor
is requesting more Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) than expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3216 (NOx In) • SPN 3218 (NOx In) • SPN 3226 (NOx Out) • SPN 3228 (NOx Out)
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3362 FMI 31 • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16
4 (DEFSP) (DEFSP) 7 (DEFTHV) and 18 (DEFLP)
• SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and
(DEFSLH) (DEFRLH) (DEFPLH) 4 (SCRIT)
• SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4377 (NH3) • SPN 4380 (NH3) • SPN 4382 (NH3)
4 (SCROT)
• SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7 • SPN 5743 (SCR • SPN 520669 (AFT
(DEFD) Temperature Sensor System)
Module)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Exhaust system leak(s)
• DEF tank, supply module, or doser valve line or connection loose, leaking, damaged, or restricted
• Contaminated or degraded DEF
• Failed or restricted Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFD)
• Restricted DEF supply module filter
• DEF crystallization or deposits in decomposition tube
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst
538 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 537).
Is EST DTC free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 520669 FMI
31.

Step 2 Inspect exhaust system. Decision


Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair leaks or
physical damage.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 520669 FMI 31.

Step 3 Inspect connections at DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DEFD sensor module connector.
C. Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connector
terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent,
or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections in good No: Repair or
condition and unrestricted? replace failed line
or connection. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 520669
FMI 31.

Step 4 Check DEF quality. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Obtain a sample of DEF.
C. Visually inspect for contamination, and use DEF Refractometer (Product
Number 5025) to test urea concentration of DEF fluid.
Is urea concentration within 32.5% ± 1.5% and not contaminated? No: Drain the DEF
tank, flush with distilled
water, and fill with new
and/or known good
DEF. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 520669 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 539

Step 5 Verify correct DEFD operation. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 6.
B. Using EST, perform KOEO DEF Pump Override Test (page 2020).
Is DEFD operating correctly? No: Replace DEF
supply module filter
and clean DEF
supply module using
18-200-01. Repeat
step 8. If DEFD still
does not operate
correctly, replace
DEFD. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 5206689 FMI
31.

Step 6 Check decomposition tube for crystallization. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Remove and
inspect SCR catalyst.
B. Disconnect decomposition tube from exhaust system.
Replace SCR catalyst
C. Visually inspect decomposition tube for DEF crystallization. if damage or plugging
is found. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 520668 FMI
31.
Is decomposition tube free of DEF crystallization? No: Remove DEF
crystallization from
decomposition tube.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 520669 FMI 31.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if 520669 FMI 31 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
540 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

DEFSMH (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater)


Overview of DEFSMH Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


5745 3 DEF Supply Module Heater Out of Range HIGH (page 544)
5745 4 DEF Supply Module Heater Out of Range LOW (page 549)
5745 18 DEF Supply Module Heater below Warning Temperature (page 561)
5798 2 DEF Supply Module Heater Temperature erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page
567)
5798 10 DEF Supply Module Heater Temperature abnormal rate of change (page 573)

Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) is controlled by Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
When ACM commands DEFSMH On, it heats DEF supply module to prevent freezing. Diagnostics are run when
DEF Supply Module HTR Relay (DEFSMH Relay) is Off. DEFSMH is not serviceable individually, and is part of
DEF supply module.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 541

Figure 130 DEF Supply Module Location


1. ACM
2. DEF Supply Module
542 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 131 Power Distribution Module (PDM) Fuses and Relays (typical)
1. DEF line heater relay
2. DEFSMH Relay
3. Switched ignition relay
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 543

Figure 132 Installation of Breakout Harness ZTSE4908


1. Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
2. Installation dimples
3. Relay socket
4. PDM

CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with the dimples toward the
top of the Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
544 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5745 FMI 3 - DEF Dosing Unit Heater Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater
(DEFSMH) is active when not commanded ON. DEF injection into aftertreatment system will be disabled, and
engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3361 (DEFSP) • SPN 5746 FMI 3, 4


(DEFSMH Relay)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFSMH power circuit short to PWR
• Failed DEFSMH Relay
• Failed DEF supply module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 545

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 544).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 5745 FMI 3.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DEF supply module connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connector.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DEF supply module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 5745 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check DEFSMH relay resistance. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 547). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 and pin-87.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Replace DEFSMH
Relay. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 5745 FMI 3.
546 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Check DEFSMH for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 547). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87 and known good GND. supply module.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 5745 FMI 3.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Repair short
to PWR between
DEFSMH Relay pin-87
and DEF supply
module connector
pin-5. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 5745 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 5745 FMI 3 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 547

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5745 FMI 3)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 133 Test 1 DEFSMH Relay Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4098.
548 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 134 Test 2 DEFSMH Relay Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM, and leave relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 549

SPN 5745 FMI 4 - DEF Supply Module Heater Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module
temperature is too low when heater is in ON position. DEF injection into aftertreatment system will be disabled,
and engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3361 (DEFSP) • SPN 4337 FMI 2 • SPN 5746 FMI 3, 4 • SPN 5798 FMI 2
(DEFSP Temp) (DEFSMH Relay) (DEFSMH Temp)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEF Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) power circuit Open or high resistance
• DEFSMH power circuit short to GND
• DEFSMH ground circuit Open or high resistance
• Blown fuse or open power circuit to DEFSMR Relay
• Failed DEF Supply Module Relay (DEFSM Relay)
• Failed DEF supply module
550 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 549).
Is EST DTD free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page
2025)and retest for SPN
5745 FMI 4.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 5745 FMI 4. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is SPN 5745 FMI 4 an active fault? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at DEF supply module. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connector.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DEF supply module, connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5745
FMI 4.

Step 4 Check DEFSMH power circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 554). Use DMM to measure resistance of DEFSMH Relay Yes: Reinstall DEFSMH
10-amp fuse. Relay 10-amp fuse. Go to
Step 8.
Is resistance less than 1 ohm? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 551

Step 5 Check DEFSMH power circuit for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 554). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
GND between DEF
supply module pin-5
and DEFSMH Relay
pin-87. Replace
fuse. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5745
FMI 4.

Step 6 Check DEFSMH ground circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 554). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
GND between DEFSMH
Relay pin-30 and 4-pin
connector pin-1. Replace
fuse. After repairs are
complete, perform SCR
Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5745
FMI 4.

Step 7 Check for blown fuse or open power circuit to DEFSMR Relay Decision
Perform Test 4(page 555). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace fuse. After
Harness 18-909-01 pin-5 and pin-6. repairs are complete,
perform the SCR
Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5745
FMI 4.
Is resistance between 1 and 5 ohms? No: Replace DEF
supply module and
replace DEFSMH Relay
fuse. After repairs are
complete, perform SCR
Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5745
FMI 4.
552 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 8 Check for failed DEFSM Relay. Decision


Perform Test 5(page 556). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-5 and pin-6.
Is resistance between 1 and 5 ohms? No: Replace DEF supply
module. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5745
FMI 4.

Step 9 Check for failed DEF supply module. Decision


Perform Test 6(page 557). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
high resistance in PWR
circuit to DEFSMH Relay
terminal 30. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5745
FMI 4.

Step 10 Check for failed DEF supply module. Decision


Perform Test 7(page 558). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Replace DEFSMH
Relay. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5745
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 553

Step 11 Check for failed DEF supply module. Decision


Perform Test 8(page 559). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness 18-909-01 pin-5 and known good GND. between DEF supply
module pin-6 and
ground. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest SPN 5745 FMI
4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
between DEFSMH
Relay pin-87 and
DEF supply module
pin-5. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5745
FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 5745 FMI 4 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
554 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5745 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay 10-amp fuse.

Figure 135 Test 2 DEFSMH Relay Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM and leave DEFSMH Relay disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 555

Figure 136 Test 3 DEFSMH Relay Circuit Resistance Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM and leave DEFSMH Relay disconnected.
556 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 137 Test 4 DEFSMH Circuit Resistance Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module and leave vehicle harness
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 557

Figure 138 Test 5 DEFSMH Circuit Resistance Check

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module and leave vehicle harness
disconnected.
558 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 139 Test 6 DEFSMH Relay Circuit Voltage Check

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908.
D. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM and leave PDM connector disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 559

Figure 140 Test 7 DEFSMH Relay Circuit Voltage Check

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908.
D. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM.
E. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 to pin-86.
F. Key ON.
560 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 141 Test 8 DEFSMH Circuit Voltage Check

Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 between DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and
DEF supply module.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908.
D. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM.
E. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 to pin-86.
F. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 561

SPN 5745 FMI 18 - DEF Supply Module Heater below Warning Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply
module has failed to rise to greater than 25°F (-4°C) after a predetermined time. DEF injection into aftertreatment
system will be disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for a limited period of time with fault
code active. Engine torque will be severely reduced, and vehicle speed will be limited after extended engine
operation with fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 171 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3361 FMI 2 • SPN 4337 FMI 2 • SPN 5745 FMI 3 and 4
4 (AAT) (DEFSP) (DEFSP Temp) (DEFSMH)
• SPN 5746 FMI 3 and 4
(DEFSMH Relay)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFSMH ground (GND) circuit high resistance
• DEFSMH power circuit high resistance
• Failed DEF supply module
562 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 561).
Is EST DTC free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5745 FMI 18.

Step 2 Inspect DEF Supply Module Heater fuses (F2). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Remove fuse F2.
C. Check F2 connectors and connector terminals for: wet, damaged, or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or burnt out fuse.
Are F2 fuse and fuse connectors clean and undamaged? No: Replace fuse, repair
connectors, terminals and
pins. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5745 FMI 18.

Step 3 Inspect connections at DEF Supply Pump 12-pin connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DEF Supply Pump 12-pin connector.
C. Check DEF Supply Pump 12-pin and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEF Supply Pump 12-pin connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5745 FMI 18.

Step 4 Check DEFSMH GND circuit for resistance Decision


Perform Test 1(page 565). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure resistance Yes: Go to Step 5.
between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-6 and know good GND.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair high
resistance in DEFSMH
GND circuit between DEF
supply module pin-6 and
GND. When repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5745 FMI 18.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 563

Step 5 Check DEFSMH power circuit for high resistance Decision


Perform Test 2(page 565). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-5 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair high
resistance in DEFSMR
power circuit between
pin-5 of DEF supply
module connector and
pin-87 of DEFSMR. When
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5745 FMI
18.

Step 6 Inspect connections at DEF Tank Harness 4-pin connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 7.
B. Disconnect DEF Tank Harness 4-pin connector.
C. Check DEF Tank Harness 4-pin and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEF Tank Harness 4-pin connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5745 FMI 18.

Step 7 Check for Open or high resistance in DEF Tank Harness. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 565). Use DMM to measure voltage between ZTSE4435C Yes: Go to Step 8.
pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
high resistance in PWR
circuit. When repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5745 FMI 18.
564 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 8 Check for failed DEF supply module. Decision


Perform Test 4(page 566). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace the DEF
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 and ZTSE4435C pin-1. supply module. When
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5745 FMI
18.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair high
resistance in DEFSMR
power circuit between
DEF Tank Harness
pin-1 and DEFSMR
pin-30. When repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5745 FMI 18.

End Pin-Point Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5745 FMI 18 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 565

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5745 FMI 18)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 142 Test 1 DEFSMH Sensor Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module harness, and leave module
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
566 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater Relay (DEFSMR).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into Power Distribution Module (PDM), and leave relay
disconnected.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key-ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEF Tank harness 4-pin connector.
C. Insert terminal from ZTSE4435C into female side of pin-1 of 4-pin connector, leave 4-pin connector
disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank harness 4-pin connector.
C. Install correct terminal from ZTSE4435C into male side of pin-1 of 4-pin connector, leave 4-pin
connector disconnected
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key-ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 567

SPN 5798 FMI 2 - DEF Supply Module Heater Temperature erratic, intermittent or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater
(DEFSMH) temperature differs from Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) and Intake Air Temperature (IAT) by
more than 72°F (22°C) at Key ON.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) 4 (IAT) 4 (DEF Supply Pump)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit intermittent short to GND.
• DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit intermittent short to PWR
• DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit intermittent Open or high resistance
• Failed DEF supply module
568 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 567).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 2.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DEF supply module. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connectors.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEF supply module connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 2.

Step 3 Inspect connections at ACM. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ACM connectors.
C. Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are ACM connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 2.

Step 4 Check DEFSP Temp/CTL circuit for intermittent short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 570). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair intermittent
short to ground between
DEF supply module
pin-10 and ACM
connector pin J2-48. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5798 FMI
2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 569

Step 5 Check DEFSP Temp/CTL circuit for intermittent short to PWR. Decision
Perform Test 2(page 570). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 1 volt? No: Repair intermittent
short to power between
DEF supply module
pin-10 and ACM
connector pin J2-48. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5798 FMI
2.

Step 6 Check DEFSP Temp/CTL circuit for intermittent Open or high Decision
resistance.
Perform Test 3(page 571). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF supply
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-48. module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 2.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair intermittent
open or high resistance
between DEF supply
module pin-10 and ACM
connector pin J2-48. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5798 FMI
2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if SPN 5798 FMI 2 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly, and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
570 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5798 FMI 2)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 143 Test 1 DEFSP Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) and leave ACM disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid
(DEF) supply module disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 571

Figure 144 Test 2 DEFSP Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM and leave ACM disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
supply module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
572 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 145 Test 3 DEF Supply Pump Circuit Resistance Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module harness, and leave supply module
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness
connector, and leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 573

SPN 5798 FMI 10 - DEF Supply Module Heater Temperature abnormal rate of change

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects DEF Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) is
not heating properly.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 171 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3361 FMI 2 • SPN 4337 FMI 2 • SPN 5745 (DEFSMH)
4 (AAT) (DEFSP Signal) (DEFSP Temp)
• SPN 5746 (DEFUHR) • SPN 5798 (DEFSMH
Temp)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit intermittent short to GND
• DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit intermittent short to PWR
• DEFSP Temp / CTL intermittent Open or high resistance
• Failed DEF supply module
574 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 573).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 10.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connectors.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DEF supply module connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5798 FMI 10.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ACM connectors.
C. Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
D. Leave connector J2 unplugged.
Are ACM connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 575

Step 4 Check DEFSP Temp/CTL circuit for intermittent short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 576). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure resistance Yes: Go to Step 5.
between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair intermittent
short to GND between
DEF supply module
connector pin-10 and
ACM connector pin
J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 10.

Step 5 Check DEFSP Temp/CTL circuit for intermittent short to PWR Decision
Perform Test 2(page 576). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 1 volt? No: Repair intermittent
short to PWR between
DEF supply module
connector pin-10 and
ACM connector pin
J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 10.

Step 6 Check DEFSP Temp/CTL circuit for intermittent Open or high Decision
resistance.
Perform Test 3(page 577). Use a DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF supply
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and Breakout Box pin J2-48. module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 10.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair intermittent
Open or high resistance
between DEF supply
module connector pin-10
and ACM connector pin
J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 10.

End Pin-Point Tests


After performing all tests, if SPN 5798 FMI 10 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly, and
the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
576 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5798 FMI 10)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08

Figure 146 Test 1 DEFSP Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) and leave ACM disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid
(DEF) supply module disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 577

Figure 147 Test 2 DEFSP / Temp Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM and leave ACM disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
578 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 148 Test 3 DEFSP / Temp Circuit Resistance Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness, and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness
connector, and leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 579

DEFD (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser) Sensor


Overview of DEFD Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


5394 2 DEF Dosing below desired (Low NOx conversion across SCR) (page 580)
5394 5 DEF Doser Valve open load/circuit (page 584)
5394 7 DEF Dosing Unit - Mechanical system not responding (page 590)

Overview
Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) is controlled by Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). When
ACM commands DEF dosing, it opens doser valve and allows DEF to be sprayed into exhaust stream.
580 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5394 FMI 2 - DEF Dosing below desired (Low NOx conversion across SCR)

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) conversion rate of
aftertreatment system is less than expected. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is
disabled, and engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5
4 (DEFSP) 7 (DEFTHV) (DEFSLH)

Fault Facts
Monitor for this fault code runs only during Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) filter regeneration procedure. This
fault is used to assist in troubleshooting following fault codes: SPN 4094 FMI 31 (AFT System), SPN 4364 FMI
18 (AFT System), and SPN 4794 FMI 31 (AFT System).

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Exhaust Leak(s)
• Contaminated Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
• DEF tank, supply module, or doser valve line or connection loose, leaking, frozen, or damaged
• Failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD)
• Restricted DEF supply module filter
• Restricted DEFD
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 581

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 580).
Is EST DTC free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5394 FMI 2.

Step 2 Inspect exhaust system. Decision


Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair leaks or
physical damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5394 FMI
2.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) sensor Decision
module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DEFD sensor module connector.
C. Check DEFD sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEFD sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair or replace
undamaged? failed line or connection.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5394 FMI 2.

Step 4 Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank and lines. Decision
Run KOEO DEF System Leak Test (page 2014). Inspect DEF tank and lines Yes: Go to Step 5.
for loose, leaking, frozen, or damaged DEF tank, dose valve, lines, and
connections .
Are DEF tank and lines free of loose, leaking, frozen, or damaged DEF? No: Repair or replace
failed line or connection.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5394 FMI 2.
582 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) quality. Decision


Check DEF quality. Obtain a sample of DEF. Visually inspect for contamination Yes: Go to Step 6.
and use DEF Refractometer (Product Number 5025) to test urea concentration
of DEF fluid.
Are the DEF tank and lines free of frozen DEF? No: Repair or replace
failed line or connection.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5394 FMI 2.

Step 6 Check for failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) Decision
Perform Test 1(page 583). Use the Electronic Service Tool (EST) to perform Yes: Inspect
KOEO DEF Supply Pump Override Test(page 2020). decomposition tube
and SCR catalyst for
DEF crystallization
buildup. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5394 FMI 2.
Is the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD ) operating correctly? No: Replace DEF supply
module filter and clean
DEF supply module.
Repeat Test 1. If
DEFD still does not
operate correctly, replace
DEFD. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5394 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5394 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 583

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5394 FMI 2)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
C. Key-ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
584 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5394 FMI 5 - DEF Doser Valve open load/circuit

Fault Overview
Fault codes sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD)
circuit is open or shorted. DEF injection into aftertreatment system is disabled, and engine torque will be reduced
if fault is active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD)
• DEFD CTL-H short to GND
• DEFD CTL-L short to GND
• DEFD CTL-H circuit open or high resistance
• DEFD CTL-L circuit open or high resistance
• DEFD CTL-H shorted to DEFD CTL-L
• DEFD CTL-L short to power (PWR)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 585

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 5394 FMI 5.
Is EST DTC listing SPN 5394 FMI 5 active or pending? No: Drive vehicle and
retest for SPN 5394 FMI
5. If fault does not set
again, notify supervisor
for further action.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) sensor Decision
module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFD sensor module connector.
C. Check DEFD sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEFD sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair or replace
undamaged? failed line or connection.
After repairs are
complete, perform SCR
Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5394
FMI 5.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) sensor Decision


module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ACM sensor module connector.
C. Check ACM sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are ACM sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair or replace
undamaged? failed line or connection.
After repairs are
complete, perform SCR
Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5394
FMI 5.
586 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Check DEFD CTL-H circuit for Short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 588). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4828 pin-1 and ground (GND).
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair Short to GND
between DEFD connector
pin-1 and ACM connector
pin J1-77. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5394
FMI 5.

Step 5 Check DEFD CTL-L circuit for Short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 588). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4828 pin-2 and ground (GND).
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair Short to GND
between DEFD connector
pin-2 and ACM connector
pin J1-53. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5394
FMI 5.

Step 6 Check DEFD CTL-H circuit for open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 588). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness ZTSE4828 pin-1 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J1-77.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
DEFD connector pin-2
and ACM connector pin
J1-77. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5394
FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 587

Step 7 Check DEFD CTL-L circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 588). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness ZTSE4828 pin-1 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J1-53.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
DEFD connector pin-2
and ACM connector pin
J1-53. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5394
FMI 5.

Step 8 Check for DEFD CTL-H circuit shorted to DEFD CTL-L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 5(page 589). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness ZTSE4828 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short between
DEFD connector pin-1
and pin-2. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5394
FMI 5.

Step 9 Check DEFD CTL-L circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 6(page 589). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace DEFD. After
Harness ZTSE4828 pin-2 and ground (GND). repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5394 FMI
5.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair Short to
PWR between DEFD
pin-2 and ACM connector
J1-53. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5394
FMI 5.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5394 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
588 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5394 FMI 5)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4828
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser
(DEFD) disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave DEFD disconnected.
C. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave DEFD disconnected.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM and leave
module disconnected.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 589

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave DEFD disconnected.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM and leave
module disconnected.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave DEFD disconnected.
C. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave DEFD disconnected.
C. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
590 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5394 FMI 7 - DEF Dosing Unit - Mechanical system not responding

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects mechanical failure of Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Doser (DEFD). Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled, and engine torque
will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank, supply module, or doser valve line or connection loose, leaking, or
damaged
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) mechanical failure (stuck open or closed)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 591

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 5394 FMI 7.
Is EST DTC listing SPN 5394 FMI 7 as active or pending? No: Drive vehicle and
retest for SPN 5394 FMI
7. If fault does not set
again, notify supervisor
for further action.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) dosing system Decision
for leaks.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Run KOEO DEF System Leak Test (page 2014).
C. Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank, DEF supply module, and DEF
Doser Valve (DEFD) lines and connections for: cracks and pitting; and
loose, leaking, or damaged connections.
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD sensor module connectors, No: Repair or replace
harnesses, and terminals clean and undamaged? failed line or connection.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page
2025)and retest for SPN
5394 FMI 7.

Step 3 Inspect DEF doser, Decisions


Perform DEFD inspections. Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is DEFD free of DEF deposits and undamaged, and coolant passages clean? No: Clean or replace
DEVD. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page
2025)and retest for SPN
5394 FMI 7.
592 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Check for proper DEFD operation.


Perform KOEO Supply Pump Override Test (page 2020). Yes: Check for build-up
of deposits in the
Decomposition tube.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page
2025)and retest for SPN
5394 FMI 7.
Was correct amount of DEF spewed in time allowed? No: Perform DEF Supply
Module flush procedure
(see DIESEL EXHAUST
FLUID (DEF) SYSTEM
CONTAMINATION in
Exhaust Aftertreatment
System with DPF
and SCR Service
Manual) and retest.
If correct amount is
not injected, replace
DEFD. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page
2025)and retest for SPN
5394 FMI 7.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 5394 FMI 7 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 593

DEFLHR (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay)


Overview of DEFLHR Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


5491 3 DEF Line Heater Relay Open or short to PWR (page 595)
5491 4 DEF Line Heater Relay short to GND (page 602)

Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay (DEFLHR) is used to control DEF Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH), DEF
Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) and DEF Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), which are wrapped around DEF
suction, pressure, and return lines. Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns line heaters on by controlling
DEFLHR. This is done by sending power through DEF L-HTR Relay CTL circuit to DEFLHR. DEFLHR is
constantly grounded by ACM through DEF-L HTR Relay GND.

Figure 149 DEFLHR Location


1. DEFLHR
2. DEF Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) Relay
3. Switched Ignition Relay
594 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 150 Installation of Breakout Harness ZTSE4908


1. Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
2. Installation dimples
3. Relay socket
4. PDM
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 595

SPN 5491 FMI 3 - DEF Line Heater Relay Open or short to PWR

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines voltage signal from DEFLHR is high.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFLHC circuit short to PWR
• DEFLHC circuit Open or high resistance
• DEFLHC GND circuit Open or high resistance
• Failed DEFLHR
596 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Inspect connections at Power Distribution Module (PDM). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 2.
B. Check PDM, fuses, and relays for blown fuses and loose, missing, or
intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Repair PDM, fuses,
and/or relays. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5491 FMI
3.

Step 2 Check for a failed DEF Line Heater Relay (DEFLHR). Decision
Perform Test 1(page 598). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 3.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86.
Is resistance between 100 and 300 ohms? No: Replace DEFLHR.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5491 FMI 3.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ACM connectors.
C. Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are ACM connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5491 FMI 3.

Step 4 Check DEF L-HTR Relay CTL circuit for a short to PWR. Decision
Perform Test 2(page 599). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-86 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volt? No: Repair short to PWR
between DEFLHR pin-86
and ACM connector pin
J1-08. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5491 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 597

Step 5 Check DEF Line Heater Relay CTL circuit for an Open or high Decision
resistance.
Perform Test 3(page 600). Use DMM to measure resistance between 180-pin Yes: Repair Open or
Breakout Box pin J1-08 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-86. high resistance in DEF
L-HTR Relay GND circuit
between DEFLHR pin-85
and ACM connector pin
J1-07. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5491 FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance in DEF L-HTR
Relay CTL circuit between
DEFLHR pin-86 and ACM
pin J1-08. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5491 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5491 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
598 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5491 FMI 3)

Figure 151 DEFLHR Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• ACM Breakout Box Overlay 18-537-01-02
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 599

Figure 152 Test 1 DEFLHR Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLHR.
C. Install DEFLHR into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908. Leave Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
disconnected from PDM.
600 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 153 Test 2 DEFLHR Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM and leave relay disconnected.
C. Disconnect ACM connector J1 and leave connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 601

Figure 154 Test 3 DEFLHR Circuit Resistance Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness
and leave ACM disconnected.
E. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM, and leave relay disconnected.
602 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5491 FMI 4 - DEF Line Heater Relay short to GND

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal voltage from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Line Heater Relay (DEFLHR) is lower than expected for 3 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFLHR short to GND
• Failed DEFLHR
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 603

Step 1 Inspect connections at Power Distribution Module (PDM). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 2.
B. Check PDM, fuses, and relays for blown fuses and loose, missing, or
intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Repair PDM, fuses,
and/or relays. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5491 FMI
4.

Step 2 Check for a failed DEF Line Heater Relay (DEFLHR). Decision
Perform Test 1(page 604). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 3
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86.
Is resistance between 100 and 300 ohms? No: Replace DEFLHR.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5491 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for DEF L-HTR Relay CTL shorted to DEF L-HTR Relay Decision
GND.
Perform Test 2(page 605). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86. between DEF L-HTR
CTL and DEF L-HTR
Relay GND circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5491 FMI
4.
Is resistance less than 100 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
in DEF L-HTR Relay CTL
circuit between DEFLHR
pin-86 and ACM pin
J1-08. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5491 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5491 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
604 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5491 FMI 4)

Figure 155 DEFLHR Circuit

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 605

Figure 156 Test 1 DEFLHR Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLHR.
C. Install DEFLHR into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908. Leave Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
disconnected from PDM.
606 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 157 Test 2 DEFLHR Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM and leave relay disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 607

DEFLP (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Pressure)


Overview of DEFLP Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


4334 2 DEFLP signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 610)
4334 3 DEFLP signal Out of Range HIGH (page 614)
4334 4 DEFLP signal Out of Range LOW (page 619)
4334 16 DEF Absolute Pressure above maximum (page 625)
4334 18 DEF Absolute Pressure below normal (page 627)
4337 2 DEF Dosing Unit Temperature - Data Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect (page
630)
4337 10 DEF Dosing Unit Temperature abnormal rate of change (page 636)

Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Pressure (DEFLP) sensor measures Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) pressure from DEF
Supply Pump (DEFSP). When DEF pressure is high, signal from DEFLP sensor is high. DEFLP sensor is located
within DEF Supply Module and is a non-serviceable component.
608 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 158 DEFLP Sensor Location


1. Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
2. DEF supply module
3. DEF tank
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 609

Figure 159 DEF Supply Module Location (typical)


1. ACM 2. DEF supply module
610 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4334 FMI 2 - DEFLP signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module is unable to maintain commanded DEF
pressure. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 4334 FMI 3 and 4


(DEFLP)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Debris in DEF tank / restricted DEF tank screen
• DEF tank, supply module, or doser unit line or connection loose, leaking, or damaged
• Restricted DEF suction, pressure, or return line
• Restricted DEF supply module filter
• Failed DEF supply module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 611

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with Service Maxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 610).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4334 FMI 2.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DEF supply module. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connector.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DEF sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4334 FMI 2.

Step 3 Inspect DEF tank. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Check DEF tank for debris or foreign particles. Also check DEF tank vent
for restrictions or fluid crystallization.
Are DEF tank and DEF tank vent clean and free of debris, restrictions, and fluid No: Drain DEF tank,
crystallization? flush with distilled
water, and fill with new
and/or known good
DEF. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4334 FMI 2.

Step 4 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Unit (DEFD) lines. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect DEFD.
C. Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections
for: cracks and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged connections.
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections in good No: Repair or
condition, not cracked, leaking, or damaged? replace failed line
or connection. After
repairs are complete
retest for SPN 4334
FMI 2.
612 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Inspect DEF supply module. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 6.
B. Unscrew DEF supply module filter cap, and remove filter from supply
module.
C. Check DEF supply module filter for restrictions and debris.
Is DEF supply module filter free of debris and restrictions? No: Replace DEF
supply module filter
and clean DEF supply
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4334 FMI 2.

Step 6 Check for failed DEFLP sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 7.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module pressure line at DEFD and place
appropriate container under vehicle to catch DEF.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
D. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, load signals session and monitor
DEFLP signal.
Is DEFLP signal within 0 ±10 psi? No: Replace the DEF
supply module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4334
FMI 2.

Step 7 Inspect DEF supply line. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 8.
B. Disconnect both ends of supply line and blow compressed air through line.
Does compressed air flow freely through supply line? No: Clean or replace
DEF supply module
supply line. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4334
FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 613

Step 8 Inspect DEF supply module return line. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 9.
B. Disconnect both ends of return line and blow compressed air through line.
Does compressed air flow freely through return line? No: Clean or replace
DEF supply module
return line. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4334
FMI 2.

Step 9 Inspect DEF supply module pressure line. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Retest for SPN
4334 FMI 2.
B. Disconnect both ends of pressure line and blow compressed air through
line.
Does compressed air flow freely through pressure line? No: Clean or replace
DEF supply module
pressure line. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4334
FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4334 FMI 2 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
614 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4334 FMI 3 - DEFLP Signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal from DEFLP sensor is greater than
4.75 volts for 8 seconds. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled. Engine
torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3512 FMI 14 (VREF


4)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFLP signal circuit short to PWR
• SIG GND circuit Open or high resistance
• Failed DEF supply module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 615

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 614).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 3.

Step 2 Check for active fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 4334 FMI 3. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 4334 FMI 3 as active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at DEF supply module. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connector.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEF supply module connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 3.

Step 4 Check DEF supply module for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 617). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-3 and known good ground.
Is voltage less than 4.75 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between DEF supply
module connector pin-3
and ACM connector pin
J2-45. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 3.
616 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check DEF supply module for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 617). Use DMM, to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF supply
Harness 18-909-01 pin-4 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J1-17. module. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
DEF supply module pin-4
and ACM connector pin
J1-17. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4334 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 617

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4334 FMI 3)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08

Figure 160 Test 1 DEFLP Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 between DEF supply module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
618 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 161 Test 2 DEFLP Sensor Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 (96-pin) with Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to ACM vehicle
harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 619

SPN 4334 FMI 4 - DEFLP signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Absolute
Pressure (DEFLP) sensor is less than 0.25 volts for 8 seconds. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into
aftertreatment system is disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of
time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3512 FMI 14 (VREF


4)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFLP signal circuit short to GND
• SIG GND Circuit Open or high resistance
• VREF 4 circuit Open or high resistance
• Failed DEF supply module
620 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 619).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 4.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DEF supply module. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connector.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEF supply module connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 4.

Step 3 Check DEF supply module for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 622). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between DEF supply
module connector pin-3
and ACM connector pin
J2-45. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 621

Step 4 Check DEF supply module for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 622). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-2 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-57.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between DEF
supply module connector
pin-2 and ACM connector
pin J2-57. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 4.

Step 5 Check DEF supply module for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 623). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF supply
Harness 18-909-01 pin-3 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-45. module. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 4.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between DEF
supply module connector
pin-3 and ACM connector
pin J2-45. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4334 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
622 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4334 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08

Figure 162 Test 1 DEFLP Sensor Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 623

Figure 163 Test 2 DEFLP Sensor Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
624 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 164 Test 3 DEFLP Sensor Circuit Resistance Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 625

SPN 4334 FMI 16 - DEF Absolute Pressure above maximum

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid Absolute Pressure (DEFLP) sensor detects pressure in Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module is above 160 psi (1100 kPa) for more than 20 seconds. Engine torque will
be reduced if fault is active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced, and vehicle
speed limited if fault is active for an extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1761 (DEFTL) • SPN 3031 (DEFTT) • SPN 3361 (DEFSP) • SPN 3362 (DEFSP)
• SPN 3363 FMI • SPN 4376 (DEFRCV) • SPN 5394 (DEFD) • SPN 5491 (DEFRLH)
(DEFTHV)
• SPN 5745 (DEFSMH) • SPN 5746 (DEFSMH • SPN 5798 (DEFSMH)
Relay)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed DEF supply module
• Restricted DEF return line
626 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 625).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 16.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DEF supply module Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connector.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEF supply module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 16.

Step 3 Check DEF supply module return line for restrictions. Decision
Disconnect both ends of return line and blow compressed air through line. Yes: Clean DEF supply
module using DEF Doser
Cleaning Kit 18-200-01
and perform drive cycle
27. If SPN 4334 FMI
16 is still active, replace
DEF supply module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4334 FMI
16.
Does compressed air flow freely through return line? No: Clean or replace DEF
supply module return
line. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 16.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4334 FMI 16 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 627

SPN 4334 FMI 18 - DEF Absolute Pressure below normal

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid Absolute Pressure (DEFLP) sensor detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid
supply module is unable to build or maintain adequate pressure. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active
for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced, and vehicle speed limited if fault is active
for an extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1761 (DEFTL) • SPN 3031 (DEFTT) • SPN 3361 (DEFSP) • SPN 3362 (DEFSP)
• SPN 3363 FMI • SPN 4376 (DEFRCV) • SPN 5394 (DEFD) • SPN 5491 (DEFRLH)
(DEFTHV)
• SPN 5745 (DEFSMH) • SPN 5746 (DEFSMH • SPN 5798 (DEFSMH)
Relay)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Debris in DEF tank / restricted DEF tank screen
• DEF tank, supply module, or doser unit line or connection loose, leaking, or damaged
• Failed DEF supply module
• Low DEF tank level
• Restricted DEF suction line
628 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 627).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 18.

Step 2 Check DEF tank level. Decision


Read DEF level using the vehicle instrument panel gauge and perform a visual Yes: Fill DEF tank with
inspection of fluid level in the DEF tank. appropriate DEF. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4334 FMI
18.
Is DEF tank fluid level below 1/2 tank? No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Check DEF tank and vent. Decision


A. Check DEF tank for debris or foreign particles. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Check DEF tank vent for restrictions or fluid crystallization.
Are DEF tank and DEF tank vent clean and free of debris, restrictions, and No: Drain DEF tank, flush
fluid crystallization? with distilled water, and
fill with new and/or known
good DEF. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4334 FMI 18.

Step 4 Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF Doser Unit (DEFD) Decision
lines and connections.
Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections for: Yes: Go to Step 5.
cracks and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged connections.
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module: and DEFD lines and connections in good No: Repair or replace
condition, and free of cracks; leaks; and damage? failed line or connection.
After repairs are complete
retest for SPN 4334 FMI
18.

Step 5 Check DEF supply module suction line for restrictions. Decision
Disconnect both ends of suction line and blow compressed air through line. Yes: Go to Step 6.
Does compressed air flow freely through suction line? No: Clean or replace DEF
supply module suction
line. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 18.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 629

Step 6 Check DEF tank fluid pickup screen for restrictions. Decision
Remove DEF tank pickup assembly (see Exhaust Aftertreatment System with Yes: Replace DEF supply
DPF and SCR Service Manual). Inspect DEF tank fluid pickup screen for module. After repairs are
restrictions or buildup. complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 18.
Is DEF tank fluid pickup screen free of restrictions? No: Clean or replace
DEF tank fluid pickup
screen. Drain, clean, and
fill the DEF tank. Clean
DEF supply module using
DEF Doser Cleaning Kit -
18-200-01. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4334 FMI 18.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4334 FMI 18 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
630 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4337 FMI 2 - DEF Dosing Unit Temperature - Data Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module
temperature differs from engine coolant temperature and Intake Air Temperature (IAT) by more than 72°F (40°C)
at Key ON.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) 4 (IAT) 4 (DEFSP)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) Temperature / CTL circuit intermittent short to GND
• DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit intermittent short to PWR
• DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit intermittent Open or high resistance
• Failed DEF supply module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 631

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 630).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 2.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DEF supply module. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connectors.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEF supply module connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 2.

Step 3 Inspect connections at ACM. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ACM connectors.
C. Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are ACM connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 2.

Step 4 Check DEFSP circuits for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 633). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good ground.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair intermittent
short to GND between
DEFSP connector pin-10
and ACM connector pin
J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 2.
632 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check DEFSP circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 633). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 1 volt? No: Repair intermittent
short to PWR between
DEFSP connector pin-10
and ACM connector pin
J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 2.

Step 6 Check DEF supply module for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 634). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF supply
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-48. module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 2.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair intermittent
Open or high resistance
between DEFSP
connector pin-10 and
ACM connector pin
J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4337 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 633

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4337 FMI 2)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08

Figure 165 Test 1 DEFSP Temperature / Control Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
634 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 166 Test 2 DEFSP Temperature / Control Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Key ON.

Figure 167 Test 3 DEFSP Temperature / Control Circuit Resistance Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 635

Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
636 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4337 FMI 10 - DEF Dosing Unit Temperature abnormal rate of change

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module
is not heating properly.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 171 FMI 2, 3, 4 • SPN 3361 FMI 2 • SPN 4337 FMI 2 • SPN 5745 (DEFSMH)
(AAT) (DEFSP Signal) (DEFSP Temp)
• SPN 5746 (DEFSMH • SPN 5798 (DEFSMH
Relay) Temperature)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) Temperature / CTL circuit intermittent short to GND
• DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit intermittent short to PWR
• DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit intermittent Open or high resistance
• Failed DEF supply module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 637

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 636).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 10.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DEF supply module. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connectors.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEF supply module connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 10.

Step 3 Inspect connections at ACM. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ACM connectors.
C. Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are ACM connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 10.

Step 4 Check DEFSP circuits for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 639). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair intermittent
short to GND between
DEFSP connector pin-10
and ACM connector pin
J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 10.
638 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check DEFSP circuits for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 639). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 1 volt? No: Repair intermittent
short to PWR between
DEFSP connector pin-10
and ACM connector pin
J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 10.

Step 6 Check DEFSP circuits for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 640). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF supply
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-48. module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 10.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair intermittent
Open or high resistance
between DEFSP
connector pin-10 and
ACM connector pin
J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 10.

End Pin-Point Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4337 FMI 10 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 639

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4337 FMI 10)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08

Figure 168 Test 1 DEFSP Temperature / Control Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
640 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 169 Test 2 DEFSP Temperature / Control Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Key ON.

Figure 170 Test 3 DEFSP Temperature / Control Circuit Resistance Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 641

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
642 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

DEFSLH (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater)


Overview of DEFSLH Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


4340 3 DEF Supply Line Heater Short to PWR (page 644)
4340 5 DEF Supply Line Heater open load/circuit (page 650)

Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) is used to maintain proper DEF temperature during cold
conditions. DEFSLH is wrapped around supply line between DEF Doser Unit (DEFD) and DEF supply module.
When DEF temperature is too low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns on DEF Line Heater Relay
(DEFLHR) allowing power to be sent to DEFSLH.

Figure 171 Power Distribution Module (PDM) Fuses and Relays


1. Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay
2. Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) Relay
3. Switched ignition relay
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 643

Figure 172 Installation of Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 (Typical)


1. Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
2. Dimples
3. Relay socket
4. PDM

CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with the dimples toward the
top of the Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
644 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4340 FMI 3 - DEF Supply Line Heater Short to PWR

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply
Line Heater (DEFSLH) is greater than 0.5 amps for 3 seconds. Engine torque will be reduced, and vehicle speed
will be limited after extended engine operation with this fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5491 (Diesel


Exhaust Fluid Line
Heater Relay)

Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) line heater fault is set, suspect a common power circuit problem.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFSLH circuit short to PWR
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay power circuit shorted to PWR between Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line
Heater Relay pin-87 and DEFSLH pin-1
• Failed DEF Line Heater Relay
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 645

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 644).
Is EST DTC free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4340 FMI 3.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater Decision
(DEFSLH) connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFSLH connector.
C. Check DEFSLH and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are the DEFSLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4340 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check DEFSLH Voltage. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 648). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Retest for SPN
Harness 18-045-01 pin-1 and known good ground. 4340 FMI 3.
Is voltage less than or equal to 0.5 volt? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check DEFSLH Voltage. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 649). Use a DMM to measure voltage between PDM terminal No: Repair short to
87 for Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay and known good ground. PWR between PDM
terminal 87 for the
Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Line Heater Relay
and the DEFSLH
connector pin-1. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4340
FMI 3.
Is voltage less than or equal to 0.5 volt? Yes: Replace the
Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Line Heater Relay.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4340 FMI 3.
646 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4340 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 647

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4340 FMI 3)

Figure 173 DEFSLH Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-045-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
648 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 174 Test 1 DEFSLH Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) vehicle harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFSLH
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 649

Figure 175 Test 2 DEFSLH Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 and leave relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
650 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4340 FMI 5 - DEF Supply Line Heater open load/circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply
Line Heater (DEFSLH) is less than 0.3 amps. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5491 (DEF Line


Heater Relay)

Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
DEFSLH share a common power circuit. If more than one DEF line heater fault is set, suspect a common power
circuit problem.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Failed DEFSLH
• DEFSLH circuit Open or high resistance
• DEFSLH circuit short to GND
• DEFSLH power circuit Open or high resistance
• DEFSLH power circuit short to GND
• Blown fuse or Open power circuit to DEF Line Heater Relay
• Failed DEF Line Heater Relay
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 651

Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 650).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4340 FMI 5.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater Decision
(DEFSLH).
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFSLH connector.
C. Check DEFSLH and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are DEFSLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4340 FMI 5.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ACM connector.
C. Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are the ACM connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4340 FMI 5.

Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 1(page 654). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness 18-045-01 pin-1 and known good ground
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.
652 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Verify fuse condition Decision


Perform Test 2(page 655). Use the DMM to measure Voltage between breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
harness ZSTSE4908 pin 30 and a known good ground.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Verify fuse condition Decision


Perform Test 3(page 655). Use DMM to measure voltage between vehicle side Yes: Go to Step 7.
(left) of DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse and known good ground.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
between DEF Line
Heater Relay 15-amp
fuse and vehicle power.
After repairs are complete
retest for SPN 4340 FMI
5.

Step 7 Verify fuse condition Decision


Perform Test 4(page 655). Replace DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse. Yes: Repair short to
ground between DEF
Line Heater Relay 15-amp
fuse and DEF Line Heater
Relay pin-30. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4340 FMI
5.
Does the DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse blow immediately when replaced? No: Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Check for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 5(page 655). Inspect to see if DEFLH Relay 15 amp fuse blows Yes: Repair short to
when DEF line heaters are actuated ON. ground between DEF
Line Heater Relay
PDM terminal 87 and
DEFSLH. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4340 FMI 5.
Does the DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse blow when DEF line heaters No: Go to Step 9.
are actuated ON?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 653

Step 9 Check for Open or high resistance circuit. Decision


Perform Test 6(page 655). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace the DEF
Harness ZTSE4908 PDM terminal 87 and Breakout Harness 18-045-01 pin-1. Line Heater Relay. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4340 FMI
5.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
DEFPLH pin-1 and DEF
Line Heater Relay PDM
terminal 87. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4340 FMI 5.

Step 10 Check for Open or high resistance circuit. Decision


Perform Test 7(page 656). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness 18-045-01 pin-2 and known good PWR.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between ACM
pin J1-04 and DEFSLH
pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4340 FMI 5.

Step 11 Measure for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 8(page 656). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF supply
Harness 18-045-01 pin-2 and known good PWR. line. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4340 FMI 5.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
ground between ACM
pin J1-04 and DEFSLH
pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4340 FMI 5.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4340 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
654 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4340 FMI 5)

Figure 176 DEFPLH Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-045-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 655

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) vehicle
harness connector and leave DEFSLH disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector(page 1979).
E. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF Line
Heater Test (page 2016).
F. Select the desired time delay, then select "Start Test".

Test 2
A. Remove DEF Line Heater Relay.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to DEF Line Heater Relay location in PDM and leave DEF
Line Heater Relay disconnected.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove the DEF Line Heater 15 amp fuse.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay and leave disconnected.

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Install Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, select: Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF Line
Heater Test (page 2016).
F. Select the desired time delay, then select "Start Test".
656 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) with DEF Line Heater
Relay disconnected.

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to vehicle harness with Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line
Heater (DEFSLH) disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).

Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) vehicle harness.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) vehicle
harness connector, and leave DEFSLH disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 657

DEFRLH (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater)


Overview of DEFRLH Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


4342 3 DEF Return Line Heater Short to PWR (page 659)
4342 5 DEF Return Line Heater open load/circuit (page 664)

Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH) is used to prevent Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) freezing
during cold conditions. DEFRLH is wrapped around return line between DEF tank and DEF supply module.
When DEF temperature is too low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns on the DEF Line Heater Relay
allowing power to be sent to DEFRLH.

Figure 177 Power Distribution Module (PDM) Fuses and Relays


1. DEF Line Heater Relay
2. DEF Supply Module Heater Relay (DEFSMH Relay)
3. Switched ignition relay
658 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 178 Installation of Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 (Typical)


1. Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
2. Dimples
3. Relay socket
4. PDM

CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with dimples toward top of
Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 659

SPN 4342 FMI 3 - DEF Return Line Heater Short to PWR

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return
Line Heater (DEFRLH) is greater than 0.5 amps for 3 seconds. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed
will be limited after extended engine operation with this fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5491 (DEF Line


Heater Relay)

Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) line heater fault is set, suspect a common power circuit problem.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFRLH circuit short to PWR
• DEFRLH power circuit shorted to PWR between DEF Line Heater Relay pin-87 and DEFRLH pin-1
• Failed DEFRLH
660 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for Associated Faults(page Yes: Go to Step 2.
659).
Is EST DTC free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4342 FMI 3.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DEFRLH connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFRLH connector.
C. Check DEFRLH and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are DEFRLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4342 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check DEFRLH Voltage. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 662). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Retest for SPN
Harness 18-046-01 pin-1 and known good GND. 4340 FMI 3.
Is voltage less than or equal to 0.5 volt? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check DEFRLH Voltage. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 663). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87 and known good ground. Line Heater Relay.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4342 FMI 3.
Is voltage less than or equal to 0.5 volt? No: Repair short to
PWR between DEF
Line Heater Relay
pin-87 and DEFRLH
connector pin-1. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4342
FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to 4342 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 661

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4342 FMI 3)

Figure 179 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-046-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
662 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 180 Test 1 DEFRLH Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFRLH vehicle harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFRLH
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 663

Figure 181 Test 2 DEFRLH Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEF Line Heater Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 and leave relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
664 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4342 FMI 5 - DEF Return Line Heater open load/circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return
Line Heater (DEFRLH) is less than 0.3 amps. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5491 (DEF Line


Heater Relay)

Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) line heater fault is set, suspect a common power circuit problem.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Failed DEFRLH
• DEFRLH circuit Open or high resistance
• DEFRLH circuit short to GND
• DEFRLH power circuit Open or high resistance
• DEFRLH power circuit short to GND
• Blown fuse or Open power circuit to DEF Line Heater Relay
• Failed DEF Line Heater Relay
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 665

Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 664).
Is EST DTC free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4342 FMI 5.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DEFRLH connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFRLH connector.
C. Check DEFRLH and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are DEFRLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4342 FMI 5.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ACM connector.
C. Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are ACM connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4342 FMI 5.

Step 4 Measure voltage while DEF Line Heater Test is running. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 668). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness 18-046-01 pin-1 and known good GND while DEF Line Heater Test (page
2016) is running.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.
666 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check DEFRLH voltage. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 669). Use DMM to measure voltage between breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
harness ZSTSE4908 pin 30 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check DEF Line Heater Relay voltage. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 669). Use DMM to check for voltage between vehicle side Yes: Go to Step 7.
(left) of DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between DEF Line
Heater Relay 15-amp
fuse and vehicle
PWR. After repairs
are complete retest for
SPN 4342 FMI 5.

Step 7 Verify fuse condition Decision


Perform Test 4(page 669). Replace DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse. Yes: Repair short to
GND between DEF
Line Heater Relay
15-amp fuse and DEF
Line Heater Relay
pin-30. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4342 FMI 5.
Does DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse blow immediately when replaced? No: Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Check for associated faults. Decision


Perform Test 5(page 669). Inspect to see if DEFLH Relay 15-amp fuse blows Yes: Repair short
when DEF line heaters are actuated ON. GND between DEF
Line Heater Relay
pin-87 and DEFRLH.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4342 FMI 5.
Does the DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse blow when DEF line heaters are No: Go to Step 9.
actuated ON?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 667

Step 9 Check for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 6(page 670). Using DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace the
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87 and Breakout Harness 18-046-01 pin-1. DEF Line Heater
Relay. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4342 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair open
or high resistance
between DEFRLH
pin-1 and DEF Line
Heater Relay pin-87.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4342 FMI 5.

Step 10 Check for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 7 (page 670). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness 18-046-01 pin-2 and known good PWR.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between ACM pin
J1-52 and DEFRLH
pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4342 FMI 5.

Step 11 Check for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 8(page 670). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF
Harness 18-046-01 pin-2 and known good PWR. Return Line. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4342
FMI 5.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair short
to ground between
ACM pin J1-52 and
DEFRLH pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4342
FMI 5.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to 4342 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
668 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4342 FMI 5)

Figure 182 DEFRLH Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-046-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFRLH
disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector(page 1979).
E. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF Line
Heater Test (page 2016).
F. Select desired time delay, then select "Start Test".
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 669

Figure 183 Test 2 DEFRLH Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 and leave relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove the DEF Line Heater 15 amp fuse.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEF Line Heater Relay.
670 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Install Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector(page 1979).
E. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF Line
Heater Test (page 2016).
F. Select desired time delay, then select "Start Test".

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Return Line Heater (DEFRLH) disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) with DEF Line Heater
Relay disconnected..

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to vehicle harness with Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line
Heater (DEFRLH) disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).

Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) vehicle harness.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH) vehicle
harness connector, and leave DEFRLH disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 671

DEFRV (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve)


Overview of DEFRV Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


4376 3 DEF Reverting Control Valve short to PWR (page 672)
4376 4 DEF Reverting Control Valve short to GND (page 677)
4376 7 DEF Reverting Control Valve - Mechanical system not responding or out of
adjustment (page 682)

Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve (DEFRV) controls Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) flow through DEF supply
module. When DEFRV is energized DEF is returned to DEF tank through DEF return line. DEFRV is not
serviceable individually and is part of DEF supply module.

Figure 184 DEF Supply Module Location


1. Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
2. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module
672 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4376 FMI 3 - DEF Reverting Control Valve short to PWR

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve
(DEFRV) CTL voltage is more than expected for 1 second. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated
for an extended period of time with this fault active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
DEFRV is internal to Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module and is not serviceable individually. If fault is
active, dosing system may not be able to purge, and DEF may be left in lines. DEF remaining in lines can freeze
and cause Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) system to become damaged in cold weather.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFRV CTL circuit Open or high resistance
• DEFRV GND circuit Open or high resistance
• DEFRV CTL circuit short to PWR
• Failed DEFRV
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 673

Step 1 Check for active fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 4376 FMI 3.
Does EST DTC show SPN 4376 FMI 3 as Active or Pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978). After
repairs are complete,
perform SCR
Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page
2025) and retest for
SPN 4376 FMI 3.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve (DEFRV) Decision
sensor module connector.
A. Key OFF. Go to Step 3
B. Disconnect DEFRV sensor module connector.
C. Check DEFRV sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DEFRV sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 4376 FMI 3.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ACM module connector.
C. Check ACM connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are ACM sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 4376 FMI 3.
674 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Check DEFRV CTL circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 675). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-11 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to
PWR in DEFRV CTL
circuit between ACM
pin J1-56 and DEFRV
pin-11. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 4376 FMI 3.

Step 5 Check DEFRV circuits for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 676). Use DMM to measure resistance from Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness 18-909-01 pin-12 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-34. or high resistance in
DEFRV CTL circuit
between ACM pin
J1-56 and supply
module pin-11.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 4376 FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or
high resistance in
DEFRV GND circuit
between ACM pin
J2-34 and supply
module pin-12.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 4376 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4376 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 675

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4376 FMI 3)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 185 Test 1 DEFRV Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 between Diesel Exhaust Fuel (DEF) supply module and
vehicle harness.
C. Key ON.
676 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 186 Test 2 DEFRV Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Aftertreatment
Control Module (ACM) vehicle harness, and leave ACM disconnected.
C. Disconnect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 from Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module, and
leave connected to vehicle harness.
D. Key-ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 677

SPN 4376 FMI 4 - DEF Reverting Control Valve short to GND

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid DEFRV voltage is less
than expected value for 1 second. DEF injection into aftertreatment system is disabled. Engine torque will be
reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
DEFRV is internal to the DEF supply module and is not serviceable individually. If fault is active, dosing system
may not be able to purge and DEF may be left in lines. DEF lines can freeze and cause Selective Catalytic
Reduction (SCR) system to become damaged in cold weather.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFRV CTL circuit short to GND
• DEFRV CTL shorted to DEFRV GND
• Failed DEFRV
678 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 4376 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4376 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978). After
repairs are complete,
perform SCR
Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page
2025)and retest for
SPN 4376 FMI 4.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve (DEFRV) Decision
sensor module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFRV sensor module connector.
C. Check DEFRV sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DEFRV sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 4376 FMI 4.

Step 3 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 680). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-11 and pin-12.
Is resistance greater than 5 ohms? No: Replace DEF
supply module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4376
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 679

Step 4 Check DEFRV circuits for shorts. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 681). Use DMM to measure resistance from Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness 18-909-01 pin-11 and pin-12. to GND between
DEF supply module
pin-11 and ACM pin
J1-56. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 4376 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between DEFRV CTL
and DEFRV GND
circuits. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4376 FMI 4

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4376 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
680 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4376 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 187 Test 1 DEFRV Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fuel (DEF) supply module and leave
vehicle harness disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 681

Figure 188 Test 2 DEFRV Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
682 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4376 FMI 7 - DEF Reverting Control Valve - Mechanical system not responding or out of adjustment

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve
(DEFRV) is commanded open, but DEF doser pressure does not drop as expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 4334 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 4376 FMI 3 and 4


16, and 18 (DEFLP) (DEFRV)

Fault Fact
DEFRV is internal to DEF supply module and is not serviceable individually. If fault is active, dosing system
may not be able to purge, and DEF may be left in lines. DEF lines can freeze and cause Selective Catalytic
Reduction (SCR) system to become damaged in cold weather.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Restricted DEF return line or fittings, or incorrect connections
• Restriction in DEF tank
• Failed DEFRCV
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 683

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check for Yes: Go to Step 2.
Associated Faults(page 682).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4376 FMI 7.

Step 2 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module return line for Decision
restrictions.
Disconnect both ends of return line and blow compressed air through line. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Does compressed air flow freely through return line? No: Clean or replace DEF
supply module return
line. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4376 FMI 7.

Step 3 Check DEF tank and tank vent. Decision


Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank for debris, foreign particles, or ice. Also Yes: Replace DEF supply
check DEF tank vent for restrictions or fluid crystallization. module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4376 FMI 7.
Are DEF tank and DEF tank vent clean and free of debris, restrictions, and No: Drain DEF tank,
fluid crystallization? flush with distilled water,
and fill with new and/or
known good DEF. Clean
DEF supply module using
18-200-01. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4376 FMI 7.

End Pin-Point Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4376 FMI 7 fault code diagnostics.
684 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

DEFPLH (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater)


Overview of DEFPLH Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


4344 3 DEF Pressure Line Heater Short to PWR (page 687)
4344 5 DEF Pressure Line Heater open load/circuit (page 692)

Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) is used to maintain proper Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
temperature during cold conditions. DEFPLH is wrapped around supply line between DEF tank and DEF supply
module. When DEF temperature is too low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns on Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Return Line Heater (DEFRLH) allowing power to be sent to DEFPLH.

Figure 189 DEFPLH Sensor Location


1. DEFSLH
2. DEFRLH
3. Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 685

Figure 190 Power Distribution Module (PDM) Fuses and Relays


1. DEFLHR
2. Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater Relay (DEFSMH Relay)
3. Switched ignition relay
686 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 191 Installation of Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 (typical)


1. Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
2. Dimples
3. Relay socket
4. PDM

CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with the dimples toward the
top of the Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 687

SPN 4344 FMI 3 - DEF Pressure Line Heater Short to PWR

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure
Line Heater (DEFPLH) is greater than 0.5 amp for 3 seconds. Engine torque will be reduced, and vehicle speed
will be limited after extended engine operation with this fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5491 DEF Line


Heater Relay

Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one DEF line
heater fault is set, suspect a common power circuit problem.
Possible Causes
• DEFPLH circuit short to PWR
• DEFPLH power circuit shorted to PWR between Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay pin-87 and DEFPLH
pin-1
• Failed DEF Line Heater Relay
688 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 687).
Is EST DTC free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4344 FMI 3.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater Decision
(DEFPLH) sensor module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFPLH connector.
C. Check DEFPLH and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are DEFPLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4344 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check DEFPLH Voltage. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 689). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Retest for SPN
Harness 18-047-01 pin-1 and known good GND. 4340 FMI 3.
Is voltage less than or equal to 0.5 volt? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check DEFPLH Voltage. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 691). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace the
Harness 18-047-01 pin-1 and known good GND. DEF Line Heater
Relay. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4344 FMI 3.
Is voltage less than or equal to 0.5 volt? No: Repair short to
PWR between PDM
terminal 87 for DEF
Line Heater Relay and
DEFPLH connector
pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4344 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4344 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 689

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4344 FMI 3)

Figure 192 DEFPLH Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-047-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
690 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 193 Test 1 DEFPLH Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) vehicle harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-047-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFPLH
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 691

Figure 194 Test 2 DEFPLH Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 and leave relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
692 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4344 FMI 5 - DEF Pressure Line Heater open load/circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure
Line Heater (DEFPLH) is less than 0.3 amps. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5491 (DEF LH


Relay)

Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) line heater fault is set, suspect a common power circuit problem.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFPLH circuit open or high resistance
• DEFPLH circuit short to ground (GND)
• DEFPLH power circuit open or high resistance
• DEFPLH power circuit short to GND
• Blown fuse or open power circuit to DEFLH Relay
• Failed DEFPLH
• Failed DEFLH Relay
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 693

Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 692).
Is EST DTC free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4344 FMI 5.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DEFPLH connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFPLH connector.
C. Check DEFPLH and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are DEFPLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4344 FMI 5.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ACM connector.
C. Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are ACM connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4344 FMI 5.

Step 4 Check for associated faults. Decision


Perform Test 1.(page 697) Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness 18-047-01 pin-1 and known good ground while KOEO DEF Line Heater
Test (page 2016) is running.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.
694 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check DEF Line Heater Relay voltage. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 697). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check for Open or high resistance between DEF Line Heater Relay Decision
15-amp fuse and vehicle PWR.
Perform Test 3(page 697). Using DMM check for voltage between vehicle side of Yes: Go to Step 7.
DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between DEF Line
Heater Relay 15-amp
fuse and vehicle
PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4344 FMI 5.

Step 7 Check for short to GND between DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse Decision
and DEF Line Heater Relay.
Perform Test 4(page 697). Replace DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse. Yes: Repair short
to ground (GND)
between DEF Line
Heater Relay 15-amp
fuse and DEF Line
Heater Relay pin-30.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4344 FMI 5.
Does DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse blow immediately when replaced? No: Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Check for short to GND between DEF Line Heater Relay and DEFPLH. Decision
Perform Test 5(page 698) . Inspect DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse, check to Yes: Repair short to
see if 15-amp fuse blows when DEF line heaters are actuated ON. GND between DEF
Line Heater Relay
pin-87 and DEFPLH.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4344 FMI 5.
Does DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse blow when DEF line heaters are No: Go to Step 9.
actuated ON?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 695

Step 9 Measure resistance between DEFPLH and DEF Line Heater Relay. Decision
Perform Test 6(page 698). Using DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87 and Breakout Harness 18-047-01 pin-1. Line Heater Relay.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4344 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair open
or high resistance
between DEFPLH
pin-1 and DEF Line
Heater Relay pin-87.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4344 FMI 5.

Step 10 Check for Open or high resistance between ACM and DEFPLH. Decision
Perform Test 7(page 698). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness 18-047-01 pin-2 and known good B+.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between ACM pin
J1-28 and DEFPLH
pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4344 FMI 5.

Step 11 Check for short to GND between ACM and DEFPLH. Decision
Perform Test 8(page 698). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF
Harness 18-047-01 pin-2 and known good B+. Pressure Line. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4344
FMI 5.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair short
to ground between
ACM pin J1-28 and
DEFPLH pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4344
FMI 5.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to 4344 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
696 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4344 FMI 5)

Figure 195 DEF Line Heater Relay Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-047-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 697

Figure 196 Test 1 DEFPLH Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-047-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFPLH
disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software, select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Test > KOEO
DEF Line Heater Test (page 2016).
G. Select desired time delay, select “Start Test”.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEF Line Heater Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 and leave relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEF Line Heater 15 amp fuse.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
698 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEF Line Heater Relay.

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Install Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software, select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Test > KOEO
DEF Line Heater Test (page 2016).
F. Select desired time delay, select “Start Test”.

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-047-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFPLH
disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) with DEF Line Heater
Relay disconnected.
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-047-01 to vehicle harness with DEFPLH disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).

Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector.
C. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-047-01 to vehicle harness connector, and leave DEFPLH
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 699

DEFSP (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump)


Overview of DEFSP Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


3361 2 DEFSP signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect (page 703)
3361 3 DEFSP signal Out of Range HIGH (page 709)
3361 4 DEFSP signal Out of Range LOW (page 714)
3362 31 DEF dosing unable to prime (page 720)

Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) is controlled using a PWM signal from Aftertreatment Control
Module (ACM). DEFSP is installed in DEF Supply Module and is a non-serviceable component. DEF Supply
Module has an internal temperature sensor used to monitor DEFSP temperature. When DEFSP temperature is
too high, ACM will deactivate DEFSP.
700 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 197 DEFSP Sensor Location


1. Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
2. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 701

Figure 198 DEF Supply Module Location (Typical)


1. DEF tank assembly 2. DEF supply module bracket 3. DEF supply module
702 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 199 PDM Location (typical)


1. PDM 3. DEF supply module bracket
2. DEF tank assembly 4. DEF supply module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 703

SPN 3361 FMI 2 - DEFSP Signal Erratic, Intermittent or Incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) temperature is not communicating with
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) or DEFSP temperature signal is erratic. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
injection into exhaust system is disabled, and engine torque is reduced if fault is active for an extended period
of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3361 FMI 3 and 4


(DEFSP)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) Temp / Control circuit high resistance
• DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit intermittent short to GND
• DEFSP ground circuit high resistance
• Power Distribution Module (PDM) loose fuse or relay
704 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 703).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3361 FMI 2.

Step 2 Inspect Power Distribution Module (PDM). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect PDM connector.
C. Check PDM fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown fuses and loose, missing, or
intermittent connections.
Are PDM fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Secure or replace
failed fuse(s) or relay(s)
to PDM connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3361 FMI
2.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connector.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEF supply module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3361 FMI 2.

Step 4 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect ACM connector.
C. Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are ACM connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3361 FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 705

Step 5 Check DEF supply module for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 706). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair intermittent
short to GND between
DEF supply module
connector pin-10 and
ACM connector J2
pin-48. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3361 FMI 2.

Step 6 Check DEF supply module for high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 706). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-48.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair high
resistance between DEF
supply module pin-10
and ACM connector J2
pin-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3361 FMI 2

Step 7 Check DEF supply module for high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 707). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF supply
Harness 18-909-01 pin-8 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-02. module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3361 FMI 2.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair high
resistance between
DEF supply module pin-8
and ACM connector J2
pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3361 FMI 2

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3361 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
706 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3361 FMI 2)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08

Figure 200 Test 1 DEFSP Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
supply module disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 707

Figure 201 Test 2 DEFSP Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness 18-537-01 and ACM vehicle harness
connector and leave module disconnected.
708 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 202 Test 3 DEFSP Circuit Resistance Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM and leave module
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 709

SPN 3361 FMI 3 - DEFSP signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Supply Pump (DEFSP) is too high. DEF injection into the exhaust system is disabled and engine torque is
reduced if fault is active for 4 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFSP Temp/CTL circuit short to PWR
• DEFSP GND circuit Open or high resistance
• Failed DEF supply module
710 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Inspect connections at DEF supply module connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 2.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connector.
C. Check DEF sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DEF sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3361 FMI 3.

Step 2 Check DEF supply module for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 712). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 3.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 8.5 volts? No: Repair short
to PWR between
DEF supply module
pin-10 and ACM pin
J2-48. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3361 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 711

Step 3 Check DEF supply module for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 713). Using DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF
Harness 18-909-01 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-02. supply module.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3361 FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between DEF supply
module pin-8 and
ACM pin J2-02.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3361 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3361 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
712 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3361 FMI 3)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 203 Test 1 DEFSP Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 713

Figure 204 Test 2 DEFSP Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM and leave module
disconnected.
714 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3361 FMI 4 - DEFSP Signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects resistance between DEFSP motor driver
line and ground is over 500,000 ohms. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into exhaust system is disabled,
and engine torque is reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test.
Possible Causes
• DEFSP temp / CTL circuit short to ground
• DEFSP circuit high resistance or open
• DEFSP temp / CTL circuit high resistance or open
• Failed DEF supply module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 715

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3361 FMI 4.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 3361 FMI 4 as active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connector.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DEF supply module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
KOEO SCR Faults
Reset Request
Procedure (page
2025) and retest for
SPN 3361 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check DEFSP Circuit Resistance. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 717). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
to ground between
DEF supply module
pin-10 and ACM
pin J2-48. After
repairs are complete,
perform KOEO SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page
2025)and retest for
SPN 3361 FMI 4.
716 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Check DEFSP Circuit Resistance. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 718). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-9 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-46.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair open
or high resistance
between DEF supply
module pin-9 and
ACM pin J2-46. After
repairs are complete,
perform KOEO SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page
2025)and retest for
SPN 3361 FMI 4.

Step 5 Check DEFSP Circuit Resistance. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 719). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-48. supply module. After
repairs are complete,
perform KOEO SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page
2025)and retest for
SPN 3361 FMI 4.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair open
or high resistance
between DEF supply
module pin-10 and
ACM pin J2-48.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025) and retest
for SPN 3361 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3361 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 717

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3361 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 205 Test 1 DEFSP Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
718 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 206 Test 2 DEFSP Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect breakout harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector
and leave module disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 719

Figure 207 Test 3 DEFSP Circuit Resistance Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
C. Connect 180-pin breakout box and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector
and leave module disconnected.
720 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3362 FMI 31 - DEF Dosing Unable to Prime

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) is unable to successfully build pressure or
prime after multiple attempts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1761 FMI 1, 17 • SPN 3363 FMI 7, 16, • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16,
and 18 (DEFTLT) and 18 (DEFTHV) and 18 (DEFLP)

Fault Facts
Fault may set if DEF supply module was not allowed to shut down and purge fully following a re-calibration of
Engine Control Module (ECM). A full key cycle that allows dosing unit to purge, followed by a priming cycle,
should correct this issue.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test.

Possible Causes
• Empty or Frozen DEF Tank
• DEF System Leak
• Incorrectly routed DEF lines
• Restricted DEF filters, lines, or fittings
• Debris in DEF supply module or tank
• Failed DEF supply module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 721

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 720).
Is EST DTC free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3362 FMI 31.

Step 2 Visually inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank. Decision


Read DEF level using vehicle instrument panel gauge and perform visual inspection Yes: Go to Step 3.
of fluid level in DEF tank.
Is DEF tank fluid level above 1/4 tank? No: Fill DEF tank with
new and / or known
good DEF.
Perform KOEO SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page
2025). After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3362 FMI 31.

Step 3 Check for DEF supply and return line. Decision


Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF doser valve lines and connections Yes: Go to Step 4.
for: cracks and pitting; and loose, leaking, or damaged connections. Perform DEF
System Leak Test (page 2014).
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF doser valve lines and connections in No: Repair or
good condition and not leaking? replace failed line or
connection. Perform
KOEO SCR Faults
Reset Request
Procedure (page
2025). After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3362 FMI 31.
722 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Check DEF tank Decision


Check DEF suction, return, and pressure lines are routed correctly between DEF Yes: Go to Step 5.
supply module and DEF tank. Verify suction, return, and pressure lines are not
swapped (see Aftertreatment Service Manual) at DEF supply module or DEF tank.
Are DEF suction, return, and pressure lines correctly routed? No: Connect DEF
lines to correct
locations. Perform
KOEO SCR Faults
Reset Request
Procedure (page
2025). After repairs
are complete, and
retest for SPN 3362
FMI 31.

Step 5 Check DEF supply module supply line for restrictions. Decision
• Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 6.
• Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to DEFD Harness and leave valve
disconnected.
• Use DMM to measure resistance between breakout pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance greater then 100 kohms? No: Repair short
between DEFDV
pin-1 and pin-2.
Perform KOEO SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page
2025)After repairs are
complete, and retest
for SPN 3362 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 723

Step 6 Check DEF tank, DEF pick-up tube filter, and Supply Module (DEFSM). Decision
Check DEF tank, DEF pick-up tube filter, and DEF Supply Module (DEFSM) filter Yes: Go to Step 7.
for debris or contamination. Also check DEF tank vent for restrictions or fluid
crystallization.
Are DEF tank, DEF pick-up tube filter, DEFSM filter, and tank vent clean and free of No: Drain and clean
debris, restrictions, and fluid crystallization? DEF tank, flush with
distilled water, and
fill with new and /
or known good DEF.
Replace both DEF
filters. Perform KOEO
SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure
(page 2025). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3362
FMI 31.

Step 7 Inspect suction line. Decision


Disconnect both ends of suction line. Inspect line connections for physical damage Yes: Go to Step 8.
and blow regulated compressed air through supply line.
Are line connections free of damage and does compressed air flow freely through No: Replace DEF
suction line? supply module suction
line. Perform KOEO
SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure
(page 2025). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3362
FMI 31.
724 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 8 DEF Supply Module Flush Decision


Perform DEF Supply Module Flush (see DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) SYSTEM No: Replace DEF
CONTAMINATION in Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service supply module.
Manual). Perform KOEO SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page
2025). After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3362 FMI 31.
Did DEF Supply Module Flush indicate a failed DEF supply module? No: Replace DEF
supply module filter
and DEF line fittings if
not already replaced.
Perform KOEO SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page
2025). After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3362 FMI 31.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3362 FMI 31 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 725

DEFTHV (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve)


Overview of DEFTHV

SPN FMI Description


3363 3 DEF Tank Heater Control Valve short to PWR (page 727)
3363 4 DEF Tank Heater Control Valve short to GND (page 733)
3363 7 DEF Tank Heater Control Valve Mechanical system not responding (page 738)
3363 16 DEF Tank Heater Control Valve stuck open fault (page 741)
3363 18 DEF Tank Heater Control Valve unable to thaw frozen DEF (page 743)

Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV) controls flow of coolant to DEF tank to thaw or prevent
freezing of DEF. When DEF temperature is low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) commands DEFTHV
open to allow coolant flow to DEF tank. ACM opens DEFTHV by sending power through DEFTHV CTL circuit.
DEFTHV GND circuit is constantly grounded through ACM.
726 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 208 DEFTHV Sensor Location


1. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank
2. DEF Tank Heater Valve
(DEFTHV)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 727

SPN 3363 FMI 3 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve short to PWR

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Tank Heater Control (DEFTHV) is high or Open circuit for 3 seconds. DEF tank heating is disabled. Engine
torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFTHV CTL circuit short to PWR
• DEFTHV CTL circuit Open or high resistance
• DEFTHV GND circuit Open or high resistance
• Failed DEFTHV
728 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 3363 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list showing SPN 3363 FMI 3 as active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363
FMI 3.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DEFTHV connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFTHV connector.
C. Check DEFTHV and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are DEFTHV connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3363 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check DEFTHV circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 730). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4827 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short
to PWR between
DEFTHV pin-1 and
ACM connector pin
J2-47. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3363 FMI 3.

Step 4 Check DEFTHV circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 731). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4827 pin-1 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-47.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between DEFTHV
pin-1 and ACM
connector pin J2-47.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3363 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 729

Step 5 Check DEFTHV circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 732). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace
Harness ZTSE4827 pin-4 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J1-55. DEFTHV. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3363 FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between DEFTHV
pin-4 and ACM
connector pin J1-55.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3363 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3363 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
730 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3363 FMI 3)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4827
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 209 Test 1 DEFTHV Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV) valve.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave DEFTHV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 731

Figure 210 Test 2 DEFTHV Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave DEFTHV disconnected.
D. Connect 180-pin breakout box 00-00956-08 and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness
and leave Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) disconnected.
732 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 211 Test 3 DEFTHV Circuit Resistance Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave DEFTHV disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness and
leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 733

SPN 3363 FMI 4 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve short to GND

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Tank Heater Control (DEFTHV) is low for 3 seconds. DEF tank heating is disabled. Engine torque will be reduced
if fault is active for an extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFTHV CTL circuit shorted to GND
• DEFTHV GND circuit shorted to DEFTHV CTL circuit
• Failed DEFTHV
734 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 3363 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list showing SPN 3363 FMI 4 as Active or Pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363
FMI 4.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve Decision
(DEFTHV) control connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFTHV connector.
C. Check DEFTHV and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are DEFTHV connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3363 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check DEFTHV circuit for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 736). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4827 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
to GND between
DEFTHV connector
pin-1 and ACM
connector pin J2-47.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3363 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 735

Step 4 Check DEFTHV circuit for short. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 737). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace
Harness ZTSE4827 pin-1 and pin-4. DEFTHV. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3363 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between DEFTHV
connector pin-1 and
DEFTHV connector
pin-4. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3363 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3363 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
736 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3363 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4827
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 212 Test 1 DEFTHV Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness connector and leave disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 737

Figure 213 Test 2 DEFTHV Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFTHV
disconnected.
738 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3363 FMI 7 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve Mechanical system not responding

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) commands Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater
Control (DEFTHV) ON and signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature (DEFTT) sensors do not show
an increase in DEF temperature.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3031 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3363 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5
4 (DEFTT) (DEFTHV) (DEFSLH) (DEFRLH)
• SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 5745 FMI 3 and 4
(DEFPLH) (DEFSMH)

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV) valve
• Coolant line from DEFTHV to DEF tank leaking, damaged, kinked, or restricted
• Coolant supply line to DEFTHV leaking, damaged, kinked, or restricted
• Low engine coolant level
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 739

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 738).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3363 FMI 7.

Step 2 Check engine coolant level. Decision


Perform Coolant Level Inspection (page 2220). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is coolant level within specification and free of contamination? No: Add engine coolant
as necessary. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363 FMI
7.

Step 3 Check coolant line from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve Decision
(DEFTHV) to DEF tank.
Check coolant line from DEFTHV to DEF tank for leaks or damage; kinks or Yes: Go to Step 4.
restrictions; loose connections; and leaking seals or gaskets.
Is coolant line from DEFTHV to DEF tank unrestricted and in good condition? No: Repair or replace
leaking or damaged
coolant line from
DEFTHV to DEF tank,
fittings, or seals. Check
engine coolant level and
add as necessary. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363 FMI
7.

Step 4 Check coolant line to DEFTHV. Decision


Check coolant supply line to DEFTHV for leaks or damage; kinks or restrictions; Yes: Replace DEFTHV.
loose connections; and leaking seals or gaskets. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3363 FMI 7.
Is coolant line from DEFTHV to DEF tank unrestricted and in good condition? No: Repair or replace
leaking or damaged
coolant supply line from
DEFTHV to engine,
fittings, or seals. Check
engine coolant level and
add as necessary. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363 FMI
7.
740 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3363 FMI 7 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 741

SPN 3363 FMI 16 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve stuck open fault

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve
(DEFTHV) is ON when commanded OFF due to DEF Tank Temperature (DEFTT) above 170°F (77°C). Engine
torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3031 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3363 FMI 3, and 4


4 (DEFTT) (DEFTHV)

Fault Facts
If there is a problem with DEFTHV, such as valve stuck open, coolant leaking past valve seat, or valve is
incorrectly installed, it can take long periods of operation at high load before tank temperature gradually increases
to fault code threshold of 170°F (77°C). When temperature drops below 167°F (75°C) due to a stopped engine,
overnight parking, or reduced coolant temperature, fault code will go not active while root cause of the issue is
still present.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV)
• DEFTHV installed incorrectly (missing, bypassed, or reversed)
• Failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL) and DEF Tank Temperature (DEFTT) sensor module
• Auxiliary DEF tank heater installed
742 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 741).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3363 FMI 16.

Step 2 Check for auxiliary Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank heater. Decision
Inspect vehicle for an auxiliary DEF tank heater. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is vehicle free of an auxiliary DEF tank heater? No: Remove auxiliary
DEF tank heater. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363 FMI
16.

Step 3 Check for failed DEF Tank Temperature (DEFTT) sensor. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, load signals session and monitor Yes: Go to Step 4.
DEFTT signal. Measure DEFTT using Infrared Thermometer ZTSE4799 from
bottom of DEF tank.
Is EST reading within 18°F (10°C) of Infrared Thermometer reading? No: Replace DEFTL
and DEFTT sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3363 FMI 16.

Step 4 Verify DEF Tank Heater Control (DEFTHV) is installed correctly. Decision
Verify DEFTHV is installed correctly (not missing, bypassed, or reversed). Yes: Replace DEFTHV.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3363 FMI 16.
Is DEFTHV installed correctly? No: Install DEFTHV
correctly (see Exhaust
System Service Manual).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3363 FMI 16.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3363 FMI 16 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 743

SPN 3363 FMI 18 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve unable to thaw frozen DEF

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve
(DEFTHV) has been on long enough to thaw Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF), but DEF dosing system is unable to
prime.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3031 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3363 FMI 3, and 4


4 (DEFTLT) (DEFTHV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed DEFTHV valve (stuck closed)
• Coolant line from DEFTHV to DEF tank leaking, damaged, kinked, or restricted
• Coolant supply line to DEFTHV leaking, damaged, kinked, or restricted
• Low engine coolant level
744 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 743).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3363 FMI 18.

Step 2 Inspect coolant level. Decision


Check engine coolant level. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is engine coolant at correct level? No: Add engine
coolant as necessary.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3363 FMI 18.

Step 3 Inspect coolant line. Decision


Check coolant line from DEFTHV to DEF tank for leaks or damage; kinks or Yes: Go to Step 4.
restrictions; loose connections; and leaking seals or gaskets.
Is coolant line from DEFTHV to DEF tank unrestricted and in good condition? No: Repair or replace
leaking or damaged
coolant line from
DEFTHV to DEF
tank, fittings, or seals.
Check engine coolant
level and add as
necessary. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363
FMI 18.

Step 4 Inspect coolant supply line. Decision


Check coolant supply line to DEFTHV for leaks or damage; kinks or restrictions; Yes: Replace
loose connections; and leaking seals or gaskets. DEFTHV. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3363 FMI 18.
Is coolant supply line to DEFTHV unrestricted and in good condition? No: Repair or replace
leaking or damaged
coolant supply line to
DEFTHV, fittings, or
seals. Check engine
coolant level and add
as necessary. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363
FMI 18.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 745

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3363 FMI 18 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
746 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

DEFTL & DEFTT (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature) Sensor Module
Overview of DEFTL & DEFTT Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


1569 31 SCR Tamperproof Warning & Protection System Inducement Severe (page 748)
1761 1 DEFTL Inducement (Level 3 - 4) (page 750)
1761 3 DEFTL signal Out of Range HIGH (page 752)
1761 4 DEFTL signal Out of Range LOW (page 754)
1761 10 DEF Level abnormal rate of change (page 756)
1761 11 DEFTL signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 758)
1761 17 DEFTL Inducement Level 1 (page 760)
1761 18 DEFTL Inducement Level 2 (page 762)
1761 19 DEFTL not detected on J1939 (page 764)
3031 2 DEFTT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 776)
3031 3 DEFTT signal Out of Range HIGH (page 781)
3031 4 DEFTT signal Out of Range LOW (page 783)
3521 11 Improper Reductant in DEF Tank (Contaminated Reductant) (page 785)
4094 31 DEF below acceptable quality (page 787)
5246 15 SCR Tamper Proof Inducement Level 1 status (No signal return from
aftertreatment) (page 790)

Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL) sensor is a combination sensor used to monitor DEF tank level and
DEF tank temperature. DEFTL and DEFTT sensor is installed inside DEF tank and is a smart sensor that
communicates to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) through J1939 Private CAN.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 747

Figure 214 DEF Supply Module Location Typical


1. DEF lines
2. DEF tank bracket
3. DEF supply module
4. DEF supply module
748 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1569 FMI 31 - SCR Tamperproof Warning & Protection System Inducement Severe

Fault Overview
Fault sets when any aftertreatment sensor or actuator is Open, disconnected, or bad DEF quality is detected for
at least one hour. After one hour (level 2) engine will be de-rated by 25%. After 4 hours (level 3 and 4) engine
will be de-rated by 40%, and Engine Control Module (ECM) will illuminate Red Stop Lamp (RSL) and turn on
warning buzzer. Five MPH Vehicle Speed Limit will be activated on Key OFF/ON event OR Fuel Refill OR when
idling for 60 minutes while Level 3 is active. Repeated Offense event (second instance of activating any SCR
fault) will also trigger this DTC (Level 3).

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
This fault is a notification indicating SCR Tamperproof Warning and Protection Inducement is in effect.

Associated Faults

Any aftertreatment open


circuit faults or DEF
quality faults

Fault Facts
This fault is a notification indicating SCR Tamperproof Warning and Protection Inducement is in effect. Check
for any associated aftertreatment circuit faults. Once condition that caused original circuit fault has been
repaired, SCR Faults Reset Request Procedure will need to be performed to reset SCR Tamperproof Warning
and Protection Inducement. If no associated faults are present, check repair history for recent previous repair
to aftertreatment system. If there was recent repair SCR Faults Reset Request Procedure may just need to
be performed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Programmable Parameter (PP) reset of "KOEO SCR Faults Reset Request" is needed to remove
inducement effects.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 749

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Repair Associated
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 748). Faults. After repairs are
complete, perform SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page 2025).
Are Associated Faults active? No: Test drive vehicle
and retest for SPN 1569
FMI 31. If fault does
not return, perform SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page 2025).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 1569 FMI 31 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
750 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1761 FMI 1 - DEFTL Inducement (Level 3 - 4)

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
is equal to 0%. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be
severely reduced after extended engine operation with fault code active. Five MPH Vehicle Speed Limit will be
activated on Key OFF/ON event OR Fuel Refill OR when idling for 60 minutes while DEF level equals 0%.

Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate after fault has been active for a set period of time.

Associated Faults

SPN 1761 FMI 3, 4, and


19 (DEFTLT)

Fault Facts
This fault usually indicates there is no DEF in DEF tank. Refilling DEF tank with approved DEF, Turn Key Off
for 60 seconds or until ECM powers Off, and then turning the Key On will cause fault to go inactive. In order for
the DEF tank level to increase to actual level, at least 15% of the tank's total volume must be added. Simply
adding a gallon or two may not allow the level to change and the code will remain active. This fault may become
active during control module programming. To fix this occurrence, finish programming, then Turn Key Off for 60
seconds or until ECM powers Off.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test.
Possible Causes
• Low DEF tank level
• Failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 751

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 750).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1761 FMI 1.

Step 2 Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank and lines for damage and Decision
leaks.
Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank and lines for damage and leaks. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are DEF tank and lines free of damage and not leaking? No: Repair damaged
or leaking DEF tank
and lines. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1761 FMI 1.

Step 3 Action Decision


Read DEF level, use vehicle instrument panel gauge and perform a visual Yes: Turn Key Off for 60
inspection of fluid level in DEF tank. seconds or until ECM powers
down. Fill DEF tank with
at least 15% of the tank
volume of approved DEF.
Turn Key On. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1761 FMI 1.
Does tank level in DEF tank match instrument panel gauge? No: Go to Step 4.

Step Action Decision


4 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Yes: Replace DEFTLT sensor
Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module. Key OFF, disconnect module. After repairs are
DEFTLT sensor module. Check DEFTLT sensor module and complete, retest for SPN 1761
connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded FMI 1.
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are the DEFTLT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals
clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector, harness,
or terminal damage. After
repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 1761 FMI 1.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 1761 FMI 1 fault code diagnostics.
752 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1761 FMI 3 - DEFTL signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
signal voltage is greater than 4.5 volts for 1 second. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited
period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced after extended engine operation with fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed DEFTL and DEFTT sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 753

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 1761 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1761 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL) Decision
sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace DEFTL
and DEFTT sensor.
B. Disconnect DEFTL and DEFTT sensor connector.
After repairs are
C. Check DEFTL and DEFTT sensor and connector terminals for damaged complete, perform SCR
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or Maintenance Reset
broken connector housing. Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 1761
FMI 3.
Are DEFTL and DEFTT sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 1761
FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 1761 FMI 3 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
754 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1761 FMI 4 - DEFTL signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
sensor signal voltage is less than 0.25 volts for more than 1 second. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for a limited period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed DEFTL/DEFTT sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 755

Step 1 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL) / Decision
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature (DEFTT) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace
DEFTL/DEFTT sensor.
B. Disconnect DEFTL/DEFTT sensor connector.
After repairs are
C. Check DEFTL/DEFTT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or complete, perform SCR
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken Maintenance Reset
connector housing. Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 1761
FMI 4.
Are DEFTL/DEFTT sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 1761
FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 1761 FMI 4 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
756 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1761 FMI 10 - DEF Level abnormal rate of change

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
signal is invalid for an extended period of time. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period
of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1761 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 3031 FMI 2 • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and
19 (DEFTL) (DEFTL) 7 (DEFTHV)

Fault Facts
Very low or empty DEF level, or frozen DEF, can set this fault.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Low DEF level
• Frozen DEF
• Failed DEFTL sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 757

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 756).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1761 FMI 10.

Step 2 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank level. Decision


Perform Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Level & Gauge Inspection (page 2248). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is DEF level in DEF tank close to level indicated on DEF level gauge, and above No: Fill DEF tank with
1/4 tank? new and/or known good
DEF. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1761 FMI 10.

Step 3 Determine if vehicle has operated in temperatures below freezing. Decision


Determine if vehicle has operated in temperatures below freezing. Yes: Run engine to
operating temperature to
thaw DEF system. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1761 FMI
10.
Has vehicle been subjected to temperatures at or below 12°F (-11°C) with No: Replace DEF tank
Key-ON Engine-OFF (KOEO)? level sensor. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1761 FMI
10.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 1761 FMI 10 fault code diagnostics.
758 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1761 FMI 11 - DEFTL signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
signal is invalid for an extended period of time. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period
of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1761 FMI 3, 4, and


19.

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed DEFTL sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 759

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 758).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1761 FMI 11.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 1761 Yes: Replace DEFTL
FMI 11. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1761 FMI 11.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1761 FMI 11 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Inactive Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 1761 FMI 11 fault code diagnostics.
760 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1761 FMI 17 - DEFTL Inducement Level 1

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level
(DEFTL) is between greater than 2.2% and less than or equal to 5.6%.

Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate after fault has been active for a set period of time.

Associated Faults

SPN 1761 FMI 3, 4, and


19 (DEFTL)

Fault Facts
This fault usually indicates there is no DEF in DEF tank. Refilling DEF tank with approved DEF, Turn Key Off
for 60 seconds or until ECM powers Off, and then turning the Key On will cause fault to go inactive. In order for
the DEF tank level to increase to actual level, at least 15% of the tank's total volume must be added. Simply
adding a gallon or two may not allow the level to change and the code will remain active. This fault may become
active during control module programming. To fix this occurrence, finish programming, then Turn Key Off for 60
seconds or until ECM powers Off.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test.
Possible Causes
• Low DEF tank level
• Failed DEFTL/DEFTT sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 761

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 760).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1761 FMI 17.

Step 2 Inspect DEF tank and lines. Decision


Inspect DEF tank and lines for damage and leaks. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are DEF tank and lines free of damage and not leaking? No: Repair damaged or
leaking DEF tank and
lines. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1761 FMI 17.

Step 3 Check DEF tank level. Decision


Read DEF level, use vehicle instrument panel gauge and perform a visual Yes: Turn Key Off for 60
inspection of fluid level in DEF tank. seconds or until ECM powers
down. Fill DEF tank with
at least 15% of the tank
volume of approved DEF.
Turn Key On. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1761 FMI 17.
Does tank level in DEF tank match instrument panel gauge? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Inspect connections at DEFTL/DEFTT sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace
DEFTL/DEFTT sensor
B. Disconnect DEFTL/DEFTT sensor connector.
module. After repairs are
C. Check DEFTL/DEFTT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or complete, retest for SPN
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken 1761 FMI 17.
connector housing.
Are DEFTL/DEFTT sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1761 FMI 17.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 1761 FMI 17 remains, verify if steps were completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
762 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1761 FMI 18 - DEFTL Inducement Level 2

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
is less than or equal to 2.2% and greater than 0% of being full. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active
for a limited period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate after fault has been active for a set period of time.

Associated Faults

SPN 1761 FMI 3, 4, and


19 (DEFTL)

Fault Facts
This fault usually indicates there is no DEF in DEF tank. Refilling DEF tank with approved DEF, Turn Key Off
for 60 seconds or until ECM powers Off, and then turning the Key On will cause fault to go inactive. In order for
the DEF tank level to increase to actual level, at least 15% of the tank's total volume must be added. Simply
adding a gallon or two may not allow the level to change and the code will remain active. This fault may become
active during control module programming. To fix this occurrence, finish programming, then Turn Key Off for 60
seconds or until ECM powers Off.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test.
Possible Causes
• Low DEF tank level
• Failed DEFTL/DEFTT sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 763

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 762).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1761 FMI 18.

Step 2 Inspect DEF tank and lines. Decision


Inspect DEF tank and lines for damage and leaks. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are DEF tank and lines free of damage and not leaking? No: Repair damaged or
leaking DEF tank and
lines. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1761 FMI 18.

Step 3 Check DEF tank level. Decision


Read DEF level, use vehicle instrument panel gauge and perform a visual Yes: Turn Key Off for 60
inspection of fluid level in DEF tank. seconds or until ECM powers
down. Fill DEF tank with
at least 15% of the tank
volume of approved DEF.
Turn Key On. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1761 FMI 18.
Does tank level in DEF tank match instrument panel gauge? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Inspect connections at DEFTL/DEFTT sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace
DEFTL/DEFTT sensor
B. Disconnect DEFTL/DEFTT sensor connector.
module. After repairs are
C. Check DEFTL/DEFTT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or complete, retest for SPN
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken 1761 FMI 18.
connector housing.
Are DEFTL/DEFTT sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1761 FMI 18.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 1761 FMI 18 remains, verify if steps were completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
764 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1761 FMI 19 - DEFTL not detected on J1939

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with Diesel
Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after
extended engine operation with this fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle
Continuous
Possible Causes
• SWBAT circuit Open or short to GND
• CAN-AH circuit Open or short to GND
• CAN-AL circuit Open or short to GND
• CAN-AH circuit short to PWR
• CAN-AL circuit short to PWR
• GND circuit Open or high resistance
• CAN-AH short to CAN-AL
• Failed DEFTLT sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 765

Step 1 Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor Decision
module and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 2.
B. Disconnect DEFTLT sensor module.
C. Check DEFTLT sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEFTLT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1761 FMI 19.

Step 2 Check for voltage to Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature Decision
(DEFTLT) sensor module.
Perform Test 1 (page 769). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 18-124-01 pin-3 and pin-4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Check SWBAT circuit for Open or short to ground. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 770). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness 18-124-01 pin-4 and known good GND. or high resistance
between DEFTLT
Wiggle test may be necessary if code is not active or pending.
sensor module pin-3
and ground. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1761
FMI 19.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between DEFTLT
sensor module pin-4
and switched ignition
relay pin-87. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1761
FMI 19.
766 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Check CAN-AH circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 771). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-124-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair Open or
short to GND between
DEFTLT sensor
module pin-2 and
ACM pin J2-14. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1761
FMI 19.

Step 5 Check CAN-AH circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 772). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-124-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short
to PWR between
DEFTLT sensor
module pin-2 and
ACM pin J2-14. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1761
FMI 19.

Step 6 Check CAN-AL circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 5(page 773). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness 18-124-01 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair Open or
short to GND between
SCR temperature
sensor module pin-1
and ACM pin J2-15.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 1761 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 767

Step 7 Check CAN-AL circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 6(page 774). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness 18-124-01 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to
PWR between SCR
temperature sensor
module pin-1 and
ACM pin J2-15. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1761
FMI 19.

Step 8 Check CAN-AL circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 7(page 775). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEFTLT
Harness 18-124-01 pin-1 and pin-2. sensor module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1761
FMI 19.
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? No: Repair short
between DEFTLT
sensor module pin-1
and pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1761
FMI 19.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 1761 FMI 19 fault code diagnostics.
768 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests SPN 1761 FMI 19


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-124-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 769

Figure 215 DEFTLT Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 between vehicle harness and DEFTLT sensor module.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
770 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 216 SWBAT Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 between vehicle harness connector and DEFTLT sensor
module.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 771

Figure 217 CAN-AH Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFTLT sensor
module disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
772 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 218 CAN-AH Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFTLT sensor
module disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 773

Figure 219 CAN-AL Circuit Check

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFTLT sensor
module disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
774 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 220 CAN-AL Circuit Check

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFTLT sensor
module disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 775

Figure 221 CAN-AL Circuit Check

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFTLT sensor
module disconnected.
776 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3031 FMI 2 - DEFTT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature
(DEFTT) sensor is in range but not rational.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 105 (IMT) • SPN 110 (ECT1) • SPN 3031 FMI 3 and 4
(DEFTT)

Fault Facts
None.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test.
Possible Causes
• SWBAT circuit intermittent short to GND or high resistance
• Power Distribution Module (PDM) loose fuse or relay
• GND circuit intermittent Open or high resistance
• Failed DEFTL and DEFTT sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 777

Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 776).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair
Associated Faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3031 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 3031 Yes: Go to Step 3.
FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3031 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at PDM Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect PDM harness connector.
C. Check PDM fuses, relays, and harness connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached, clean, and undamaged? No: Secure or replace
failed fuse(s) or
relay(s) to PDM
connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3031
FMI 2.

Step 4 Inspect connections at DEFTL and DEFTT sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect DEFTL and DEFTT sensor.
C. Check DEFTL and DEFTT harness connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DEFTL and DEFTT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3031 FMI 2.
778 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check DEFTL and DEFTT sensor module circuits. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 779). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace DEFTL
Harness 18-124-01 pin-3 and pin-4. and DEFTT sensor.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3031 FMI 2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check DEFTL and DEFTT sensor module for Open, high resistance, Decision
or short to GND.
Perform Test 2 (page 780). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness 18-124-01 pin-4 and known good GND. or high resistance
between DEFTL and
DEFTT sensor module
pin-3 and GND. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3031
FMI 2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair high
resistance or short to
GND between DEFTL
and DEFTT sensor
module pin-4 and
switched ignition relay
pin-87. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3031 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests and no problems found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3031 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 779

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3031 FMI 2)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-124-01
• 3-Banana Plug Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 222 Test 1 DEFTL and DEFTT Sensor Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFTL and DEFTT sensor connector
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEFTL and DEFTT
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
780 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 223 Test 2 DEFTL and DEFTT Sensor Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFTL and DEFTT sensor connector
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEFTL and DEFTT
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 781

SPN 3031 FMI 3 - DEFTT Signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature
(DEFTT) signal voltage is greater than 4.5 volts for more than 1 second. Engine torque will be reduced if fault
is active for limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced after extended engine operation with
fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature (DEFTT) sensor module
782 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 3031 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3031 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature Decision


(DEFTT) sensor module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace DEFTT
sensor module.
B. Disconnect DEFTT sensor module connector.
After repairs are
C. Check DEFTT sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or complete, perform
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken SCR Maintenance
connector housing. Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3031 FMI 3.
Are DEFTT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3031 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3031 FMI 3 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 783

SPN 3031 FMI 4 - DEFTT signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature
(DEFTT) signal voltage is less than 0.2 volts for more than 1 second. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for a limited period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed DEFTL and DEFTT sensor
784 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 3031 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3031 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at DEFTL and DEFTT sensor connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace DEFTL
and DEFTT sensor.
B. Disconnect DEFTL and DEFTT sensor connector.
After repairs are
C. Check DEFTL and DEFTT sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or complete, perform
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken SCR Maintenance
connector housing. Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3031 FMI 4.
Are DEFTL and DEFTT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3031 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3031 FMI 4 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 785

SPN 3521 FMI 11 - Improper Reductant in DEF Tank

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is contaminated,
degraded, or incorrect.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Contaminated or degraded DEF
786 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check DEF quality. Decision


A. Obtain a sample of DEF. Yes: Retest for SPN 3521 FMI 11.
B. Visually inspect for contamination, and use DEF Refractometer
(Product Number 5025) to test urea concentration of DEF fluid.
Is urea concentration between 30 and 34% and not contaminated? No: Drain DEF tank, flush with
distilled water, and fill with new
and/or known good DEF. After
repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3521 FMI 11.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3521 FMI 11 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 787

SPN 4094 FMI 31- DEF below acceptable quality

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) OUT is seeing
greater NOx than expected within calibrated time after Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) has been injected into
exhaust.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3216 (NOx IN) • SPN 3218 (NOxIN) • SPN 3226 (NOxOUT) • SPN 3228 (NOxOUT)
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3362 FMI 31 • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16
4 (DEFSP) (DEFSP) 7 (DEFTHV) and 18 (DEFLP)
• SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and
(DEFSLH) (DEFRLH) (DEFPLH) 4 (SCRIT)
• SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4377 (NH3) • SPN 4380 (NH3) • SPN 4382 (NH3)
4 (SCROT)
• SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7 • SPN 5742 (DOC / DPF • SPN 5743 (SCR Temp) • SPN 5745 (DEFSMH)
(DEFD) Temp)
• SPN 5746 (DEFSMH) • SPN 5798 (DEFSMH • SPN 520668 (AFT • SPN 520669 (AFT
Relay) system) system)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEF tank, supply module, or doser unit line; or loose, leaking, damaged, or restricted connection
• Contaminated or degraded DEF
• Failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Unit (DEFD)
788 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 787).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 4094 FMI 31.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections
for: cracks and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged connections; and
restrictions.
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections in good No: Repair or
condition and unrestricted? replace failed line
or connection.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 4094 FMI 31.

Step 3 Check DEF quality. Decision


Obtain a sample of DEF. Visually inspect for contamination, and use DEF Yes: Go to Step 4.
Refractometer (Product Number 5025) to test urea concentration of DEF fluid.
Is urea concentration between 30% and 34%, and not contaminated? No: Drain DEF tank,
flush with distilled
water, and fill with new
and/or known good
DEF. After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 4094 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 789

Step 4 Check DEF Dosing Unit (DEFD) operation. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform KOEO DEF Supply Pump Yes: Replace NOx
Override Test (page 2020). Out sensor module.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 4094 FMI 31.
Is DEFD operating correctly? No: Replace DEF
supply module filter
and clean DEF
supply module using
18-200-01. Repeat
Step 7. If DEFD still
does not operate
correctly, replace
DEFD. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 4094 FMI 31.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4094 FMI 31 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
790 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5246 FMI 15 - SCR Tamper Proof Inducement Level 1 status

Fault Overview
Fault sets when any aftertreatment sensor or actuator is Open, disconnected, or bad DEF quality is detected for
at least one hour. After one hour (level 2) engine will be de-rated by 25%. After 4 hours (level 3 and 4) engine
will be de-rated by 40%, and Engine Control Module (ECM) will illuminate Red Stop Lamp (RSL) and turn on
warning buzzer. Five MPH Vehicle Speed Limit will be activated on Key OFF/ON event OR Fuel Refill OR when
idling for 60 minutes while Level 3 is active. Repeated Offense event (second instance of activating any SCR
fault) will also trigger this DTC (Level 3).

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
This fault is a notification indicating SCR Tamperproof Warning and Protection Inducement is in effect.

Associated Faults

Any aftertreatment open


circuit faults or DEF
quality faults

Fault Facts
This fault is a notification indicating SCR Tamperproof Warning and Protection Inducement is in effect. Check
for any associated aftertreatment circuit faults. Once condition that caused original circuit fault has been
repaired, SCR Faults Reset Request Procedure will need to be performed to reset SCR Tamperproof Warning
and Protection Inducement. If no associated faults are present, check repair history for recent previous repair
to aftertreatment system. If there was recent repair KOEO SCR Faults Reset Request Procedure may just
need to be performed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• KOEO SCR Faults Reset Request Procedure is needed to remove inducement effects.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 791

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Repair Associated
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 748). Faults. After repairs
are complete, perform
KOEO SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure (page
2025).
Are Associated Faults active? No: Test drive vehicle
and retest for SPN
5246 FMI 15. If fault
does not return, perform
KOEO SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure (page
2025).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 5246 FMI 15 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
792 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

DEFSMH Relay (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater Relay)


Overview of DEFSMH Relay Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


5746 3 DEF Supply Module Heater Relay short to PWR (page 794)
5746 4 DEF Supply Module Heater Relay short to GND (page 800)

Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module HTR Relay (DEFSMH Relay) is used to control DEF Supply Module Heater
(DEFSMH), which is installed in DEF supply module. Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns DEFSMH on
by controlling DEFSMH Relay PWR.

Figure 224 DEFSMH Relay Location (Typical)


1. DEFLHR
2. DEFSMH Relay
3. Switched ignition relay
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 793

Figure 225 Installation of Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 (typical)


1. Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
2. Dimples
3. Relay socket
4. PDM

CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with installation dimples toward
top of PDM. Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
794 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5746 FMI 3 - DEF Supply Module Heater Relay short to PWR

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Supply Module Heater Relay (DEFSMH Relay) is lower than expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFSMH Relay CTL circuit short to PWR
• DEFSMH Relay CTL circuit Open or high resistance
• DEFSMH Relay GND circuit Open or high resistance
• Failed DEFSMH Relay
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 795

Step 1 Inspect connections at Power Distribution Module (PDM). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 2.
B. Check PDM, fuses, and relays for blown fuses and loose, missing, or
intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Repair PDM,
fuses, and/or relays.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5746 FMI 3.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing. Leave connector J2 unplugged.
Are ACM connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 5746 FMI 3.

Step 3 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 797). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86.
Is resistance less than 300 ohms? No: Replace DEFSMH
Relay. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 5746 FMI 3.

Step 4 Check DEFSMH Relay circuits for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 798). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-86 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volt? No: Repair short
to PWR between
DEFSMH Relay
pin-86 and ACM pin
J2-33. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 5746 FMI 3.
796 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check DEFSMH Relay circuits for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 799). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-86 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-33. or high resistance
between DEFSMH
Relay pin-85 and
ACM pin J1-63. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5746
FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between DEFSMH
Relay pin-86 and
ACM pin J2-33. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5746
FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to 5746 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 797

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5746 FMI 3)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 226 Test 1 DEFSMH Relay Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install the DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908.
798 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 227 Test 2 DEFSMH Relay Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) and leave DEFSMH
Relay disconnected.
C. Disconnect connector J2 from Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 799

Figure 228 Test 3 DEFSMH Relay Circuit Resistance Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to J2 vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to PDM and leave DEFSMH Relay disconnected.
800 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5746 FMI 4 - DEF Supply Module Heater Relay short to GND

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal voltage from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) Relay is lower than expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DEFSMH Relay CTL circuit short to GND
• DEFSMH Relay GND circuit shorted to DEFSMH Relay CTL circuit
• Failed DEFSMH Relay
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 801

Step 1 Inspect connections at Power Distribution Module (PDM). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 2.
B. Check PDM, fuses, and relays for blown fuses and loose, missing, or
intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Repair PDM,
fuses, and/or relays.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5491 FMI 4.

Step 2 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 802). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 3.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86.
Is resistance between 100 and 300 ohms? No: Replace DEFSMH
Relay. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 5746 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check DEFSMH Relay circuit for shorts. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 803). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86. between DEFSMH
Relay CTL circuit and
DEFSMH Relay GND
circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 5746 FMI 4.
Is resistance less than 100 ohms? No: Repair short
to GND in between
DEFSMH Relay
pin-86 and ACM pin
J2-33. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 5746 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to 5746 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
802 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5746 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 229 Test 1 DEFSMH Relay Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) Relay.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 803

Figure 230 Test 2 DEFSMH Relay Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) Relay.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to PDM.
804 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

DOC Temperature Sensor Module


Overview of DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


5742 3 DPF Thermocouple Controller Out of Range HIGH (page 805)
5742 4 DPF Thermocouple Controller Out of Range LOW (page 808)
5742 11 DPF Thermocouple Controller signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page
812)
5742 12 DOC/DPF Temperature sensor module internal error (page 817)
5742 16 DPF Thermocouple Controller above Maximum Temperature (page 819)
5742 19 DOC/DPF Temperature module not detect J1939 (page 821)

Overview
DOC/DPF temperature sensor module monitors aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) and Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) temperature. DOC/DPF temperature sensor module monitors signals from DOC
Intake Temperature (DOCIT), DPF Intake Temperature (DPFIT), and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
sensors, and communicates these signals to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) over Controller Area
Network (CAN). Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed may be limited after extended engine
operation with faults active.

Figure 231 DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module Location


1. DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 805

SPN 5742 FMI 3 - DPF Thermocouple Controller Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
The fault code sets when the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects the DOC/DPF temperature sensor
module supply voltage is high for a period of 3.8 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Incorrect battery wiring (series instead of in parallel)
• Charging voltage is excessive
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
806 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Inspect connections at Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Decision


Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 2.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF sensor module connector.
C. Check DOC/DPF sensor and connector terminals for damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DOC/DPF sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 3.

Step 2 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 807). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace DOC
Harness 18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4. /DPF temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair incorrect
battery wiring. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5742 FMI
3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5742 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 807

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5742 FMI 3)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 232 Test 1 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
808 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5742 FMI 4 - DPF Thermocouple Controller Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module supply voltage is low for a period of 3.8 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• GND circuit intermittent open or high resistance
• SWBAT circuit intermittent short to ground or Open
• Failed Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 809

Step 1 Inspect connections at Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Decision


Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 2.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module connector.
C. Check DOC/DPF temperature sensor and connector terminals for
damaged or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken
pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DOC/DPF temperature sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 4.

Step 2 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 810) (page 810). Use DMM to measure voltage between Yes: Replace DOC/DPF
Breakout Harness 18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4. temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Check DOC/DPF temperature sensor module for Open or high Decision
resistance.
Perform Test 2 (page 810). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open or
Harness 18-649-01 pin-4 and known good GND. high resistance in GND
circuit between DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module connector pin-1
and GND. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
short to ground in Switch
Battery (SWBAT) circuit
between DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module connector pin-4
and switched ignition
relay pin-87. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5742 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
810 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5742 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 233 Test 1 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 811

Figure 234 Test 2 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
812 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5742 FMI 11 - DPF Thermocouple Controller signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects number of DOC/DPF temperature sensor
module power reset events within 300 second window is greater than or equal to 5 counts. Active and parked
regeneration is disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be disabled.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Restricted air flow across Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature
sensor module
• SWBAT circuit intermittent Open or short to GND
• GND circuit intermittent Open or short to PWR
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 813

Step 1 Inspect for blockages or damage at Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Decision
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module.
Check for air flow restrictions around DOC/DPF temperature sensor module Yes: Go to Step 2.
(mud, aftermarket shields, flaps, or brackets installed.
Is DOC/DPF temperature sensor module free of air restrictions? No: Remove air
restriction. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 11.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DOC / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Decision


temperature sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module connector.
C. Check DOC/DPF temperature sensor and connector terminals for
damaged or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken
pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DOC/DPF temperature sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 11.

Step 3 Check SWBAT circuit for intermittent Open or short to GND Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 815). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 18-649-01 pin-4 and a known good GND (wiggle test may be
necessary).
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
short to GND in switched
battery circuit between
DOC/DPF temperature
sensor module connector
pin-4 and switched
ignition relay pin-87. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5742 FMI
11.
814 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Check GND circuit for intermittent Open or short to PWR Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 815). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace DOC/DPF
Harness 18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4 (wiggle test may be necessary). temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 11.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair intermittent
Open or short to PWR
in GND circuit between
DOC/DPF temperature
sensor module connector
pin-1 and GND. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5742 FMI
11.

End Pin-Point Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5742 FMI 11 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 815

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5742 FMI 11)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 235 Test 1 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
B. Key OFF.
C. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module disconnected.
E. Key ON.
816 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 236 Test 2 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 817

SPN 5742 FMI 12 - DOC/DPF Temperature sensor module internal error

Fault Overview
Fault sets when DOC/DPF temperature sensor module has an internal error.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults

SPN 5742 FMI 19 (DOC)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
818 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 817).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 12.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 5742 Yes: Go to Step 3.
FMI 12.
Is EST DTC listing SPN 5742 FMI 12 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect sensor and connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module.
C. Check DOC/DPF temperature sensor module and connector terminals
for: damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DOC/DPF temperature sensor module connector, harness, and terminals No: Repair connector,
clean and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 12.

Step 4 Check for failed temperature sensor module. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace
DOC/DPF
B. Allow ECM to complete housekeeping and power down.
Temperature sensor
C. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979). module. After repairs
are complete, retest for
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
SPN 5742 FMI 12.
E. Check EST DTC list for SPN 5742 FMI 12.
Is SPN 5742 FMI 12 active or pending? No: End diagnostics.
Retest for SPN 5742
FMI 12.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 819

SPN 5742 FMI 16 – DPF Thermocouple Controller above Maximum Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module signal is greater than 302°F (150°C) for 4.2 seconds. Active
and parked regeneration is disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be disabled.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 4765 FMI 16
and 16 (DPFIT) and 16 (DPFOT) (DOCIT)

Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after DOC/DPF temperature sensor module temperature drops below warning limit,
and will likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both
active and not active fault codes. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components, cracked exhaust system
welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Restricted air flow across Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature
sensor module
• Exhaust leak(s)
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
820 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 819).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 16.

Step 2 Inspect for debris build up at Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Decision
Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor.
A. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module connector. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Check for air flow restrictions around DOC/DPF temperature sensor
module (mud, aftermarket shields, flaps, or brackets installed.
Is DOC/DPF temperature sensor module free of air restrictions? No: Remove air
restriction. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 16.

Step 3 Inspect exhaust system. Decision


Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Yes: Replace DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 16.
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair or replace
damaged exhaust
components. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5742 FMI
16.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 5742 FMI 16 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 821

SPN 5742 FMI 19 - DOC/DPF Temperature module not detect J1939

Fault Overview
The fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with the
DOC/DPF temperature sensor module during two events.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits: DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, NH3 sensor module, NOx OUT sensor module,
NOx IN sensor module, and DEFTLT sensor module.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Switched battery circuit short to ground or open
• Controller Area Network (CAN)-AH circuit open or short to ground
• CAN-AL circuit open or short to ground
• CAN-AH circuit short to power
• CAN-AL circuit short to power
• GND circuit open or high resistance
• CAN-AH short to CAN-AL
• Failed DOC / DPF temperature sensor module
822 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.

Step 1 Check for active fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 5742 FMI 19.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 5742 FMI 19 as active? No: Drive vehicle and
retest for SPN 5742 FMI
19. If fault code does not
return, notify supervisor
for further action.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Decision


Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module connector.
C. Check DOC/DPF temperature sensor and connector terminals for
damaged or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken
pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DOC/DPF temperature sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 19.

Step 3 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 825). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 823

Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 826). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair open or
Harness 18-649-01 pin-4 and known good GND. high resistance in GND
circuit between DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module connector pin-1
and GND. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 19.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair open or
short to GND in between
DOC/DPF temperature
sensor module connector
pin-4 and switched
ignition relay pin-87. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5742 FMI
19.

Step 5 Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 827). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-649-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair open or
short to GND in between
DOC/DPF temperature
sensor module connector
pin-3 and ACM connector
pin J2-14. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 19.

Step 6 Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 828). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness 18-649-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to power
between DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module connector pin-3
and ACM connector pin
J2-14. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 19.
824 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 7 Decision
Perform Test 5 (page 829). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness 18-649-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair open or
short to GND between
DOC/DPF temperature
sensor module connector
pin-2 and ACM connector
pin J2-15. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 19.

Step 8 Decision
Perform Test 6 (page 830). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness 18-649-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to power
between DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module connector pin-2
and ACM connector pin
J2-15. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 19.

Step 9 Decision
Perform Test 7 (page 831). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DOC/DPF
Harness 18-649-01 pin-2 and pin-3. temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 19.
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? No: Repair short between
DOC/DPF temperature
sensor module connector
pin-2 and pin-3. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5742 FMI
19.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5742 FMI 19 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 825

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5742 FMI 19)

Figure 237 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
826 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 238 Test 1 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor
Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC/DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 827

Figure 239 Test 2 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor
Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC/DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
828 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 240 Test 3 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor
Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC/DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 829

Figure 241 Test 4 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor
Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC/DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
830 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 242 Test 5 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor
Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC/DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 831

Figure 243 Test 6 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor
Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC/DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
832 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 244 Test 7 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor
Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC/DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 833

DOCIT Sensor (Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature)


Overview of DOCIT Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


4765 0 DOCIT above Critical Temperature (page 835)
4765 2 DOCIT Signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 838)
4765 3 DOCIT signal Out of Range HIGH (page 840)
4765 4 DOCIT signal Out of Range LOW (page 842)
4765 15 DOCIT Above Warning Temperature(page 844)
4765 16 DOCIT Above Maximum Temperature (page 847)

Overview
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at intake of
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC). Diesel Oxidation Catalyst/Diesel Particulate Filter (DOC/DPF) temperature
sensor module is a smart device that communicates with Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) via Controller
Area Network (CAN). DOCIT sensor is part of DOC/DPF temperature sensor module and is not serviceable
individually.
834 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 245 DOCIT Sensor Location


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 835

SPN 4765 FMI 0 - DOCIT above Critical Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet
Temperature(DOCIT) reading is greater than 1269°F (687°C) while regeneration is not active.

Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL), Red Stop Lamp (RSL) and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when
this fault is detected.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DPFIT) 4, 15(DOCIT) and 16 (DOC)

Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before reinstalling. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components,
cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will go inactive
after DOCIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these
diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test.
Possible Causes
• Engine oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Leaking or stuck Open Aftertreatment Fuel Injector
• Restricted exhaust
• Failed DOC / DPF temperature sensor module
836 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 844).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4765 FMI 0.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 4765 Yes: Go to Step 3.
FMI 0.
Is EST DTC listing SPN 4765 FMI 0 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Compare Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT). Decision


Compare Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor to Diesel Yes: Go to Step 4.
Particulate Filter Inlet (DPFIT) and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor
temperatures. Perform Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test(page 1960).
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT difference with in 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Repair or
replace DOC / DPF
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4765 FMI 0.

Step 4 Inspect turbocharger exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment Decision
system from engine.
Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Inspect turbocharger exhaust outlet for oil or fuel contamination.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or oil
leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4765
FMI 0.

Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI). Decision
Perform KOER DSI Deaeration Procedure(page 2045) test. Yes: Go to Step 6.
Did test complete without any problems occurring? No: Repair DSI
system as indicated
by test. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4765 FMI 0.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 837

Step 6 Inspect DOC. Decision


Remove Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC). Inspect DOC. Check DOC face for soot Yes: Reinstall DOC
accumulation, face plugging, or damage. and perform a Parked
Regeneration. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4765
FMI 0.
Are less than 50 percent of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot? No: Clean or replace
DOC. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4765 FMI 0.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4765 FMI 0 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
838 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4765 FMI 2 - DOCIT Signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects difference between Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
Intake Temperature (DOCIT) and Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) readings do not match
expected values for engine operating conditions for 300 seconds. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into
aftertreatment system is disabled. Active and parked regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) will be
disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3242 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3246 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3480 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3482 FMI 3 and 4
(DPFIT) (DPFOT) (AFTFIS) (AFTFEC)
• SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(DOCIT) and 16 (DOC)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test
Possible Causes
• Failed Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 839

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Replace Diesel
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 838). Oxidation Catalyst
(DOC) / Diesel
Particulate Filter
(DPF) temperature
sensor module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4765
FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4765 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4765 FMI 2 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
840 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4765 FMI 3 - DOCIT signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects DOCIT sensor signal voltage is greater
than expected. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled. Active and parked
regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) will be disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is
operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,


and 16 (DOC)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed DOC / DPF temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 841

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 840)
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4765 FMI 3.

Step 2 Check for active fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 4765 FMI 3. Yes: Replace DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4765 FMI 3.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 4765 FMI 3 as active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4765 FMI 3 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
842 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4765 FMI 4 - DOCIT Signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake
Temperature (DOCIT) sensor signal voltage is less than 1 volt for more than 2 seconds. Active and parked
regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) will be disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is
operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,


and 16 (DOC)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed DOC / DPF temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 843

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Replace DOC /
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 842). DPF temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4765 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4765 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4765 FMI 4 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
844 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4765 FMI 15 - DOCIT Above Warning Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature
(DOCIT) reading is greater than Warning Temperature.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DPFIT) 4 (DOCIT) and 16 (DOC)

Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after DOCIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is
in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and not active fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Engine oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Leaking or stuck Open Aftertreatment Fuel Injector
• Restricted exhaust
• Failed DOC / DPF temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 845

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 844).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4765 FMI 15.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 4765 Yes: Go to Step 3.
FMI 15.
Is EST DTC listing SPN 4765 FMI 15 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Compare Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT). Decision


Compare Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor to Diesel Yes: Go to Step 4.
Particulate Filter Inlet (DPFIT) and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor
temperatures. Perform Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test(page 1960).
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT difference with in 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Repair or
replace DOC / DPF
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4765 FMI 15.

Step 4 Inspect turbocharger exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment Decision
system from engine.
Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Inspect turbocharger exhaust outlet for oil or fuel contamination.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or oil
leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4765
FMI 15.

Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI). Decision
Perform KOER DSI Deaeration Procedure(page 2045) test. Yes: Go to Step 6.
Did test complete without any problems occurring? No: Repair DSI
system as indicated
by test. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4765 FMI 15.
846 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Inspect DOC. Decision


Remove Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC). Inspect DOC. Check DOC face for soot Yes: Reinstall DOC
accumulation, face plugging, or damage. and perform a Parked
Regeneration. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4765
FMI 15.
Are less than 50 percent of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot? No: Clean or replace
DOC. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4765 FMI 15.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4765 FMI 15 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 847

SPN 4765 FMI 16 - DOCIT Above Maximum Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature
(DOCIT) reading is greater than Maximum Temperature.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DOCIT) and 16 (DOC)

Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after DOCIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is
in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and not active fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Engine oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Failed Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module
848 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 847).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4765 FMI 16.

Step 2 Inspect Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor Decision


module and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect SCR temperature sensor module.
C. Check SCR temperature sensor module and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are SCR temperature sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4765 FMI 16.

Step 3 Check EBPV Operation. Decision


Perform Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Test (page 2109). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Does EBPV cycle fully open and closed three times at Key OFF? No: Repair as indicated by
EBPV test. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4765 FMI 16.

Step 4 Inspect for fuel or lube oil leaks to exhaust. Decision


Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Inspect turbocharger Yes: Go to step 5.
exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment system from engine.
No: Repair fuel or lube
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? oil leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4765 FMI
16.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 849

Step 5 Check engine for misfire when running. Decision


Check engine for unexpected variation of power or speed (rpm) by more than 50 Yes: Perform Misfire
rpm under load. (Stumble / Surge /
Runs Rough)(page
90)in Engine Running,
Engine Under Load
Symptoms. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4765 FMI 16.
Does engine have an obvious misfire when running? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 5 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Test(page 1960). Compare SCR Intake Temperature Yes: Perform a Parked
(SCRIT) to SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT). Regeneration. After
repairs are complete
retest for SPN 4765 FMI
16.
Is SCRIT and SCROT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4765 FMI 16.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4765 FMI 16 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
850 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Sensor


Overview of DPF Sensor

SPN FMI Description


5397 31 DPF regenerations are occurring too frequently (page 851)

Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) system is used to reduce soot released into exhaust aftertreatment system. DPF
is used in conjunction with Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) to reduce soot. Process of reducing soot to ash is
called regeneration (regen). Regen can be active, stationary, or passive. Passive regen needs no input from
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) to work. Active happens when ACM commands vehicle to regen, and
vehicle goes into a regen strategy. Stationary regen is used when operator manually tells ACM to begin regen
process. This can be accomplished by either manually pushing an override button inside cab, or through use of
Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. DOC and DPF can be serviced separately.

Figure 246 DPFDP/DPFOP Sensor Location


1. DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 851

SPN 5397 FMI 31 - DPF regenerations are occurring too frequently

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects time between completion of actual active
regenerations is less than the estimated time between active regenerations.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate after this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 132 FMI 11,13,14 • SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3, 4


(MAF) (DPFDP)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• MAF Fault
• DPFDP fault
• DPFDP hoses blocked or miss-routed
• Intake leaks/restrictions
• Exhaust restrictions
852 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 851).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5397 FMI 31.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Decision


(DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DPFDP / outlet pressure sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5397 FMI 31.

Step 3 Monitor DPFDP signal. Decision


A. Key ON Engine Running (KOER). Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, load
Signals session and monitor DPFDP.
C. Bring engine to high idle.
Is DPFDP below 0.5 psi (3.45 kPa)? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check intake air system for leaks or restrictions. Decision


Inspect intake air system from air filter to engine intake manifold for restrictions, Yes: Go to Step 5.
air leaks, or physical damage. Using Charge Air Cooler Test Kit ZTSE4341,
pressurize CAC system to 35 psi and inspect for leaks at clamps and
connections.
Is intake air system free of leaks or restrictions? No: Repair restrictions,
air leaks, or physical
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5397 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 853

Step 5 Inspect for oil in the exhaust. Decision


Perform Engine Oil to Exhaust (page 113) check. Yes: Repair base engine
fault. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5397 FMI 31.
Was oil found leaking into exhaust? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check for failed fuel injector. Decision


Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Road Test (page 2072). Yes: Check injector(s) on
identified cylinder(s) and
repair as necessary. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5397 FMI
31.
Did CPA Road Test identify a cylinder misfire? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Inspect exhaust system for restrictions, leaks or physical damage. Decision
Perform Exhaust and Aftertreatment System Inspection (page 2233). Yes: Repair exhaust
system damage or
Are exhaust system components damaged or restricted?
restrictions. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5397 FMI 31.
No: Perform parked
regeneration. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5397 FMI
31.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 5397 FMI 31 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
854 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

DPFDP / DPFOP (Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure) Sensor
Overview of DPFDP / DPFOP Sensor

SPN FMI Description


3251 2 DPFDP signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 855)
3251 3 DPFDP signal Out of Range HIGH (page 859)
3251 4 DPFDP signal Out of Range LOW (page 864)
3610 2 DPFOP signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 870)
3610 3 DPFOP signal Out of Range HIGH (page 875)
3610 4 DPFOP signal Out of Range LOW (page 880)

Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor
measures pressure difference between intake and outlet of DPF, and outlet pressure of DPF. Aftertreatment
regeneration will not run with DPFDP/DPFOP sensor fault codes present.

Figure 247 DPFDP/DPFOP Sensor Location


1. DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 855

SPN 3251 FMI 2 - DPFDP signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects engine is running and exhaust flow changes,
but corresponding differential pressure does not change.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3251 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3512 FMI 14


(DPFDP) (VREF 4)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DPFDP circuit high resistance
• Leaking or restricted DPFDP / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor module hoses
• Failed DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module
856 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 855).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3251 FMI 2.

Step 2 Inspect hoses and tube connections at the Diesel Particulate Filter Decision
Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor
module.
Check sensor, tubes, and passages for leaks, restrictions, and damage. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module connections free of leaks, restrictions, and No: Repair leaking,
damage? restricted, or damaged
hoses and connections.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 2.

Step 3 Inspect connections at DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module connector.
C. Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 2.

Step 4 Inspect connections at ACM. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect ACM J1 connector.
C. Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are ACM J1 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3251 FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 857

Step 5 Check DPFDP circuit for high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 858). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace
Harness 12-575-01 pin-2 and Breakout Box pin J1-70. DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3251 FMI 2.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair high
resistance between
DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
module connector pin-2
and ACM connector pin
J1-70. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3251 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3251 FMI 2 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
858 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3251 FMI 2)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08

Figure 248 Test 1 DPFDP Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 (96-pin) to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 (96-pin) to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM J1
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 859

SPN 3251 FMI 3 - DPFDP signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure
(DPFDP) signal voltage is greater than specification for more than 2 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3512 FMI 14 (VREF


4)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• SIG GND circuit Open or high resistance
• DPFDP signal circuit short to PWR
• Failed DPFDP / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor
860 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 859).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3251 FMI 3.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DPFDP/DPFOP sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor connector.
C. Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 862). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.7 volts? No: Repair short
to PWR between
DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
connector pin-2 and
ACM connector pin
J1-70. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3251 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 861

Step 4 Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor for high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 863). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DPFDP/
Harness 12-575-01 pin-1 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J1-42. DPFOP sensor. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251 FMI
3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair high
resistance between
the DPFDP / DPFOP
sensor connector pin-1
and ACM connector pin
J1-42. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3251 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3251 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
862 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3251 FMI 3)

Figure 249 DPFDP/DPFOP Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08

Figure 250 Test 1 DPFDP Circuit Voltage Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 863

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPFOP sensor connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor module disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Figure 251 Test 2 SIG GND Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
864 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3251 FMI 4 - DPFDP signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure
(DPFDP) signal voltage is less than specification for more than 2 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• VREF 4 signal circuit open or high resistance
• DPFDP signal circuit short to ground
• DPFDP signal circuit open or high resistance
• Failed DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 865

Step 1 Inspect connections at DPFDP/DPFOP sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 2.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor connector.
C. Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 4.

Step 2 Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 867). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 3.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
to GND between
DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
connector pin-2 and
ACM connector pin
J1-70. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3251 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 868). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4
Harness 12-575-01 pin-4 and Breakout Box pin J2-42.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair open or
high resistance between
DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
connector pin-4 and
ACM connector pin
J2-42. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3251 FMI 4.
866 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 868). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace
Harness 12-575-01 pin-2 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J1-70. DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 4.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair open or
high resistance between
DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
connector pin-2 and
ACM connector pin
J1-70. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3251 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3251 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 867

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3251 FMI 4)

Figure 252 DPFDP/DPFOP Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08

Figure 253 Test 1 DPFDP Circuit Resistance Check


868 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.

Figure 254 Test 2 DPFDP Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 869

Figure 255 Test 3 DPFDP Circuit Resistance Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
870 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3610 FMI 2 - DPFOP Signal Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure
(DPFOP) is greater than 0.22 psi (1.51 kPa) or less than -0.22 psi (-1.51 kPa) at initial Key ON, stuck in-range,
in-range but not rational, or in-range but reading inappropriately high for 30 seconds. Engine torque will be
reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3512 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 3610 FMI 3 and 4
4 (DPFDP) 14 (VREF 4) (DPFOP)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• DPFOP circuit high resistance
• Leaking or restricted DPFDP/DPFOP sensor hoses
• Failed DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 871

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 870).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3610 FMI 2.

Step 2 Inspect hoses and tube connections at Diesel Particulate Filter Decision
Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure
(DPFOP) sensor.
Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor, tubes, and passages for leaks, restrictions, and Yes: Go to Step 3.
damage.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor connections free of leaks, restrictions, and damage? No: Repair leaking,
restricted, or damaged
hoses and connections.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3610 FMI 2.

Step 3 Inspect connections at DPFDP/DPFOP sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor connector.
C. Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3610 FMI 2.

Step 4 Inspect connections at ACM. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect ACM connector.
C. Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are ACM connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3610 FMI 2.
872 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 873). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace
Harness 12-575-01 pin-3 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-32. DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3610 FMI 2.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
pin-3 and ACM pin
J2-32. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3610 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3610 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 873

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3610 FMI 2)

Figure 256 DPFDP/DPFOP Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08

Figure 257 Test 1 DPFOP Sensor Circuit Check


874 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 875

SPN 3610 FMI 3 - DPFOP signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure
(DPFOP) signal voltage is greater than specification for more than 2 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3512 FMI 3, 4 and


14 (VREF 4)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• SIG GND circuit Open or high resistance
• DPFOP signal circuit short to PWR
• Failed DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module
876 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 875).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3610 FMI 3.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Decision


(DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor
module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module connector.
C. Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken
pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3610 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 878). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.7 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor module connector
pin-3 and ACM connector
pin J2-32. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3610 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 877

Step 4 Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 879). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace
Harness 12-575-01 pin-1 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J1-42. DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3610 FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
module connector pin-1
and ACM connector pin
J1-42. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3610 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3610 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
878 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3610 FMI 3)

Figure 258 DPFOP Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08

Figure 259 Test 1 DPFOP Sensor Circuit Voltage Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 879

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) /
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor module vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.

Figure 260 Test 2 DPFDP/DPFOP Sensor Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector and
leave ACM disconnected.
880 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3610 FMI 4 - DPFOP Signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure (DPFOP) signal voltage is greater than specification for more than 2 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3512 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 4)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• VREF 4 circuit Open or high resistance
• DPFOP circuit short to GND
• DPFOP circuit Open or high resistance
• Failed DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 881

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 880).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3610 FMI 4.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DPFDP/DPFOP sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor connector.
C. Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3610 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 883). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor connector pin-3
and ACM connector pin
J2-32. After repairs are
complete retest for SPN
3610 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 884). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 12-575-01 pin-4 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-42.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
connector pin-4 and ACM
connector pin J2-42. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3610 FMI
4.
882 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 884). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace
Harness 12-575-01 pin-3 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-32. DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3610 FMI 4.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
connector pin-3 and ACM
connector pin J2-32. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3610 FMI
4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3610 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 883

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3610 FMI 4)

Figure 261 DPFOP Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08

Figure 262 Test 1 DPFOP Sensor Circuit Resistance Check


884 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.

Figure 263 Test 2 DPFOP Sensor Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM connector and leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 885

Figure 264 Test 3 DPFOP Sensor Circuit Resistance Check

Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM connector and leave ACM disconnected.
886 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

DPFIT Sensor (Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature)


Overview of DPFIT Sensor Group

SPN FMI Condition


3242 0 DPFIT above Critical Temperature (page 887)
3242 2 DPFIT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 890)
3242 3 DPFIT signal Out of Range HIGH (page 892)
3242 4 DPFIT signal Out of Range LOW (page 894)
3242 15 DPFIT above Warning Temperature (page 896)
3242 16 DPFIT above Maximum Temperature (page 899)
4766 15 DPFIT Above Warning Temperature (page 902)
4766 16 DPFIT Above Maximum Temperature (page 905)

Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at intake of DPF.
DOC/DPF temperature sensor module is a smart device that communicates with Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). DPFIT sensor is part of the DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
and is not serviceable individually.

Figure 265 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Location


1. DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 887

SPN 3242 FMI 0 - DPFIT above Critical Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault is set when Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) is above Critical. DPFIT is above 1472°F
(800°C) for a predetermined amount of time; or DPFIT - Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT)
> 1004°F (540°C).

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(CYL Balance) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC / DPF temp
sensor module)

Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after DPFIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is in
shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and not active fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test.
Possible Causes
• Lube oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
888 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 887).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 0.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DOC/DPF temperature sensor module. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module.
C. Check DOC/DPF temperature sensor module and connector terminals
for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture in terminals; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DOC/DPF temperature sensor module connectors, harness, and terminals No: Repair connector,
clean and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 0.

Step 3 Inspect for fuel or engine oil leaks to exhaust. Decision


Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Inspect turbocharger Yes: Go to step 4.
exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment system from engine.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or engine
oil leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3242 FMI 0.

Step 4 Check engine for misfire when running. Decision


Check engine for unexpected variation of power or speed (rpm) by more than Yes: Perform Misfire
50 rpm under load. (Stumble / Surge / Runs
Rough) (page 90) in
Engine Running, Engine
Under Load Symptoms.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3242 FMI 0.
Does engine have an obvious misfire when running? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 889

Step 5 Check accuracy of aftertreatment temperature sensors. Decision


Perform Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test(page 1958). Compare Diesel Yes: Retest for SPN 3242
Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor to Diesel Particulate Filter FMI 0.
Inlet (DPFIT) and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor temperatures.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT temperatures within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3242 FMI 0.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3242 FMI 0 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
890 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3242 FMI 2 - DPFIT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that difference between Diesel Particulate
Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) sensor and Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) OR Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor readings do not match expected values for engine
operating conditions within 500 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3242 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3246 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3480 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3482 FMI 3, 4, and
(DPFIT) (DPFOT) (AFTFP1) 7 (AFT: FSV)
• SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4,
(DOCIT) 11, and 16 (DOC / DPF
Temperature Sensor
Module)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 891

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Replace DOC/DPF
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 890). temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3242 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3242 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3242 FMI 2 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
892 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3242 FMI 3 - DPFIT signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that DPFIT sensor signal voltage is greater
than expected for 16 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4,


11, and 16 (DOC / DPF
temperature sensor
module)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 893

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for Associated Yes: Go to Step 2.
Faults(page 892).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 3.

Step 2 Check for active fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Replace Diesel
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3242 FMI 3. Oxidation Catalyst
(DOC) / Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF)
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3242 FMI 3.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 3242 FMI 3 as active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3242 FMI 3 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
894 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3242 FMI 4 - DPFIT signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that DPFIT sensor signal voltage is less
than 1 volt for more than 2 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4,


11, and 16 (DOC / DPF
temperature sensor
module)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 895

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Replace Diesel
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 894). Oxidation Catalyst
(DOC) / Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF)
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3242 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3242 FMI 4 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
896 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3242 FMI 15 - DPFIT above Warning Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) is
greater than 1202°F (650°C).

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)

Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) drops below warning limit,
and will likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both
active and not active fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Lube oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 897

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 896).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 15.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DOC/DPF temperature sensor module. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module.
C. Check DOC/DPF temperature sensor module and connector terminals
for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture in terminals; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DOC/DPF temperature sensor module connectors, harness, and terminals No: Repair connector,
clean and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 15.

Step 3 Inspect for fuel or engine oil leaks to exhaust. Decision


Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Inspect turbocharger Yes: Go to step 4.
exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment system from engine.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or engine
oil leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3242 FMI
15.

Step 4 Check engine for misfire when running. Decision


Check engine for unexpected variation of power or speed (rpm) by more than Yes: Perform Misfire
50 rpm under load. (Stumble / Surge / Runs
Rough) (page 90) in
Engine Running, Engine
Under Load Symptoms.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3242 FMI
15.
Does engine have an obvious misfire when running? No: Go to Step 5.
898 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check accuracy of aftertreatment temperature sensors. Decision


Perform Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test (page 1958). Yes: Retest for SPN 3242
FMI 15.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT temperatures within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 15.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3242 FMI 15 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 899

SPN 3242 FMI 16 - DPFIT above Maximum Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) is
greater than 1355°F (735°C).

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)

Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) sensor drops below
maximum limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be
used for both active and not active fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Lube oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
900 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 899).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 16.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DOC/DPF temperature sensor module. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module.
C. Check DOC/DPF temperature sensor module and connector terminals
for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture in terminals; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DOC/DPF temperature sensor module connectors, harness, and terminals No: Repair connector,
clean and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 16.

Step 3 Inspect for fuel or engine oil leaks to exhaust. Decision


Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Inspect turbocharger Yes: Go to step 4.
exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment system from engine.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or engine
oil leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3242 FMI
16.

Step 4 Check engine for misfire when running. Decision


Check engine for unexpected variation of power or speed (rpm) by more than Yes: Perform Misfire
50 rpm under load. (Stumble / Surge / Runs
Rough) (page 90) in
Engine Running, Engine
Under Load Symptoms.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3242 FMI
16.
Does engine have an obvious misfire when running? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 901

Step 5 Check accuracy of aftertreatment temperature sensors. Decision


Perform Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test (page 1958). Compare Diesel Yes: Retest for SPN 3242
Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor to Diesel Particulate Filter FMI 16.
Inlet (DPFIT) and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor temperatures.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT temperatures within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3242 FMI 16.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3242 FMI 16 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
902 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4766 FMI 15 - DPFIT Above Warning Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature
(DPFIT) reading is greater than warning temperature.

Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(CYL Balance) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)

Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after DPFIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is in
shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and not active fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Engine oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Failed Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 903

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 902).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4766 FMI 15.

Step 2 Inspect Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor Decision


module and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect SCR temperature sensor module.
C. Check SCR temperature sensor module and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are SCR temperature sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4766 FMI 15.

Step 3 Inspect for fuel or engine oil leaks to exhaust. Decision


Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Inspect turbocharger exhaust Yes: Go to step 4.
outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment system from engine.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or
engine oil leak to
exhaust. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4766 FMI 15.

Step 4 Check engine for misfire when running. Decision


Check engine for unexpected variation of power or speed (rpm) by more than Yes: Perform Misfire
50 rpm under load. (Stumble / Surge /
Runs Rough)(page
90)in Engine Running,
Engine Under Load
Symptoms. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4766
FMI 15.
Does engine have an obvious misfire when running? No: Go to Step 5.
904 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for failed Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Decision
Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Compare Test (page 1960). Yes: Perform a Parked
Regeneration. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4766
FMI 15.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace
DPF/DOC
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4766 FMI 15.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4766 FMI 15 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 905

SPN 4766 FMI 16 - DPFIT Above Maximum Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature
(DPFIT) reading is greater than Maximum temperature.

Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(CYL Balance) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)

Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature (DPFIT) drops below warning limit,
and will likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both
active and not active fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Engine oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Failed Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module
906 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 905).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4766 FMI 16.

Step 2 Inspect Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor Decision


module and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect SCR temperature sensor module.
C. Check SCR temperature sensor module and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are SCR temperature sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4766 FMI 16.

Step 3 Inspect for fuel or engine oil leaks to exhaust. Decision


Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Inspect turbocharger exhaust Yes: Go to step 4.
outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment system from engine.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or
engine oil leak to
exhaust. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4766 FMI 16.

Step 4 Check engine for misfire when running. Decision


Check engine for unexpected variation of power or speed (rpm) by more than Yes: Perform Misfire
50 rpm under load. (Stumble / Surge /
Runs Rough)(page
90)in Engine Running,
Engine Under Load
Symptoms. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4766
FMI 16.
Does engine have an obvious misfire when running? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 907

Step 5 Check for failed Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Decision
Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Compare Test (page 1960). Yes: Perform a Parked
Regeneration. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4766
FMI 16.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace
DPF/DOC
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4766 FMI 16.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4766 FMI 16 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
908 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

DPFOT Sensor (Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature)


Overview of DPFOT Sensor Group

SPN FMI Condition


3246 0 DPFOT above Critical Temperature (page 909)
3246 2 DPFOT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 912)
3246 3 DPFOT signal Out of Range HIGH (page 914)
3246 4 DPFOT signal Out of Range LOW (page 916)
3246 15 DPFOT above Warning Temperature (page 918)
3246 16 DPFOT above Maximum Temperature (page 921)

Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at outlet of DPF.
DOC/DPF temperature sensor module is a smart device that communicates with Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). DPFOT sensor is part of DOC/DPF temperature sensor module and
is not serviceable individually.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 909

SPN 3246 FMI 0 - DPFOT above Critical Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
is greater than 1490°F (810°C).

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)

Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor drops below critical
limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for
both active and not active fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Lube oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
910 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 909).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 0.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DOC/DPF temperature sensor module. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module.
C. Check DOC/DPF temperature sensor module and connector terminals
for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture in terminals; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DOC/DPF temperature sensor module connectors, harness, and terminals No: Repair connector,
clean and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 0.

Step 3 Inspect for fuel or engine oil leaks to exhaust. Decision


Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Inspect turbocharger Yes: Go to step 4.
exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment system from engine.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or engine
oil leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3246 FMI 0.

Step 4 Check engine for misfire when running. Decision


Check engine for unexpected variation of power or speed (rpm) by more than Yes: Perform Misfire
50 rpm under load. (Stumble / Surge / Runs
Rough) (page 90) in
Engine Running, Engine
Under Load Symptoms.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3246 FMI 0.
Does engine have an obvious misfire when running? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 911

Step 5 Check accuracy of aftertreatment temperature sensors. Decision


Perform Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test(page 1958). Compare Diesel Yes: Retest for SPN 3246
Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor to Diesel Particulate Filter FMI 0.
Inlet (DPFIT) and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor temperatures.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT temperatures within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3246 FMI 0.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3246 FMI 0 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
912 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3246 FMI 2 - DPFOT Signal Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature
(DPFOT) reading is not changing with engine operating conditions within 500 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3242 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3246 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3480 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 3482 FMI 3, 4, and
(DPFIT) (DPFOT) 17 (AFTFP1) 7 (AFT: FSV)
• SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4,
(DOCIT) 11, and 16 (DOC / DPF
Temperature Sensor
Module)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 913

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Replace DOC /
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 912). DPF temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3246 FMI 2 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
914 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3246 FMI 3 - DPFOT signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that DPFOT sensor signal voltage is greater
than expected for 16 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4,


11, and 16 (DOC / DPF
temperature sensor
module)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 915

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Replace Diesel
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 914). Oxidation Catalyst
(DOC) / Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF)
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3246 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3246 FMI 3 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
916 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3246 FMI 4 - DPFOT Signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that DPFOT sensor signal voltage is less
than expected for 16 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4,


11, and 16 (DOC / DPF
temperature sensor
module)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 917

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Replace Diesel
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 916). Oxidation Catalyst
(DOC) / Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF)
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3246 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3246 FMI 4 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
918 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3246 FMI 15 - DPFOT above Warning Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
sensor is greater than 1202°F (650°C).

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)

Fault Facts
This fault will go Not Active after Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor drops below
warning limit, and will likely be Not Active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be
used for both active and Not Active fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Lube oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 919

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 918).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 15.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DOC/DPF temperature sensor module. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module.
C. Check DOC/DPF temperature sensor module and connector terminals
for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture in terminals; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DOC/DPF temperature sensor module connectors, harness, and terminals No: Repair connector,
clean and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 15.

Step 3 Inspect for fuel or engine oil leaks to exhaust. Decision


Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Inspect turbocharger Yes: Go to step 4.
exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment system from engine.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or engine
oil leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3246 FMI
15.

Step 4 Check engine for misfire when running. Decision


Check engine for unexpected variation of power or speed (rpm) by more than Yes: Perform Misfire
50 rpm under load. (Stumble / Surge / Runs
Rough) (page 90) in
Engine Running, Engine
Under Load Symptoms.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3246 FMI
15.
Does engine have an obvious misfire when running? No: Go to Step 5.
920 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check accuracy of aftertreatment temperature sensors. Decision


Perform Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test(page 1958). Compare Diesel Yes: Retest for SPN 3246
Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor to Diesel Particulate Filter FMI 15.
Inlet (DPFIT) and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor temperatures.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT temperatures within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3246 FMI 15.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3246 FMI 15 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 921

SPN 3246 FMI 16 - DPFOT above Maximum Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
sensor is greater than 1355°F (735°C).

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)

Fault Facts
This fault will go Not Active after Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor drops below
maximum limit, and will likely be Not Active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be
used for both active and Not Active fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Lube oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
922 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 921).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 16.

Step 2 Inspect connections at DOC/DPF temperature sensor module. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module.
C. Check DOC/DPF temperature sensor module and connector terminals
for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture in terminals; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DOC/DPF temperature sensor module connectors, harness, and terminals No: Repair connector,
clean and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 16.

Step 3 Inspect for fuel or engine oil leaks to exhaust. Decision


Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Inspect turbocharger Yes: Go to step 4.
exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment system from engine.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or engine
oil leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3246 FMI
16.

Step 4 Check engine for misfire when running. Decision


Check engine for unexpected variation of power or speed (rpm) by more than Yes: Perform Misfire
50 rpm under load. (Stumble / Surge / Runs
Rough) (page 90) in
Engine Running, Engine
Under Load Symptoms.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3246 FMI
16.
Does engine have an obvious misfire when running? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 923

Step 5 Check accuracy of aftertreatment temperature sensors. Decision


Perform Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test(page 1958). Compare Diesel Yes: Retest for SPN 3246
Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor to Diesel Particulate Filter FMI 16.
Inlet (DPFIT) and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor temperatures.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT temperatures within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3246 FMI 16.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3246 FMI 16 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
924 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

EBP Sensor (Exhaust Back Pressure)


Overview of EBP Sensor Group

SPN FMI Condition


1209 2 EBP signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 925)
1209 3 EBP signal Out of Range HIGH (page 927)
1209 4 EBP signal Out of Range LOW (page 932)

Overview
Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor measures exhaust back pressure that allows Engine Control Module
(ECM) to control Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system. EBP sensor is installed in a tube connected to
exhaust manifold at top right rear of engine.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 925

SPN 1209 FMI 2 - EBP Signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault sets when absolute pressure difference between Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) and Barometric Pressure
(BARO) and absolute pressure difference between EBP and Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) are greater than
4.4 psi (30 kPa) for two seconds with Wastegate Actuator Position Command is less than 100%.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 102 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1209 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4
(IMP) (BARO) (EBP) (VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Defective sensor
926 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 925).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1209 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Replace Exhaust
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 1209 FMI 2. Back Pressure (EBP)
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1209 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1209 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 1209 FMI 2 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 927

SPN 1209 FMI 3 - EBP Signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Exhaust Back-Pressure (EBP) sensor signal voltage is greater than 4.8 volts for 2.5 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
A restricted exhaust system may set this fault.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• EBP signal short to battery
• Failed EBP sensor
• Open SIG GND
928 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 927).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 3.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
C. Check EBP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EBP sensor, connector harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check EBP signal for short to battery Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 930). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Repair short to
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list. power between EBP
pin-3 and Engine Control
Module (ECM) Pin
E-20. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1209 FMI 3.
Does SPN 1209 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for Open or high resistance in SIG GND circuit. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 930). Use a DMM to measure voltage between ZTSE4850 Yes: Replace EBP
pin-1 and B+. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 3.
Is measure voltage B+? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
EBP pin-1 and Engine
Control Module (ECM)
pin E-28. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 929

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 1209 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
930 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 1209 FMI 3)

Figure 266 EBP Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EBP sensor connector and leave EBP sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 931

Figure 267 Test 2 EBP Sensor Circuit

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to EBP vehicle harness and leave EBP sensor disconnected
C. Key ON.
932 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1209 FMI 4 - EBP Signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor voltage less than 0.2 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• EBP signal circuit Open or high resistance
• EBP signal circuit Short to GND
• VREF Open or high resistance
• Failed EBP sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 933

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 932).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3509 FMI 3 and 4.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Exhaust Back-Pressure (EBP) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
C. Check EBP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EBP sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check EBP signal circuit for Open or high resistance Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 935). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage within 5 ± 1.0 volts? No: Repair Open
between EBP pin-2 and
Engine Control Module
pin E-35. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check for failed EBP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 936). Use EST with ServiceMaxx™ software to clear Yes: Replace EBP
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 4.
Does SPN 1209 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 5.
934 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check EBP circuit for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 937). Use EST with ServiceMaxx™ to clear DTC list. Yes: Repair short to
ground between EBP
pin-3 and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin
E-20. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1209 FMI 4.
Does SPN 3509 FMI 4 set? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
EBP pin-3 and ECM pin
E-20. After repairs are
complete, retest or SPN
1209 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 1209 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 935

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 1209 FMI 4)

Figure 268 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
936 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 269 Test 1 EBP Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EBP sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 937

Figure 270 Test 2 EBP Sensor Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EBP sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
938 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 271 Test 3 EBP Sensor Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EBP sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 939

EBPV (Exhaust Back Pressure Valve)


Overview of EBPV Sensor Group

SPN FMI Condition


5541 2 TC1TOP signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect (page 940)
5541 3 TC1TOP signal Out of Range HIGH (page 942)
5541 4 TC1TOP signal Out of Range LOW (page 945)
5542 15 TC1TOP Above Desired (page 950)
5543 3 EBPC short to PWR (page 952)
5543 4 EBPC short to GND (page 958)
5543 5 EBPC open load/circuit (page 961)

Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) commands EBPV (Exhaust Back Pressure Valve) to control the exhaust brake.
EBPV is installed in exhaust pipe. In recent calibration releases EBPV only cycles at or above an ECT of 140°F
(60°C).
940 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5541 FMI 2 - TC1TOP signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Function
Fault set when comparison of Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) to Intake Manifold Pressure
(IMP), Barometric Absolute Pressure (BARO), or Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) has an absolute pressure value
difference of greater than 3.6 psi (25 kPa).

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults

• SPN 102 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1209 FMI 3 and 4 SPN 1387 FMI 31 (ECM)
(IMP) (BARO) (EBP)
SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4
(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Biased Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 941

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 940).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 5541 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 5541 Yes: Replace
FMI 2. TC1TOP sensor. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5541
FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 5541 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 5541 FMI 2 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
942 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5541 FMI 3 - TC1TOP signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP)
signal is out of range HIGH.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Signal short to PWR
• SIG return Open
• Failed Sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 943

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for Associated Faults(page Yes: Go to Step 2.
942).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 5541 FMI 3.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 5541 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 5541 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Check TC1TOP circuit short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 944). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 4.
check DTC list for SPN 5541 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 5541 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Repair short
to PWR in EBPV
between pin-5 and
ECM pin E-45. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5541
FMI 3.

Step 4 Check SIG GND circuit from EBPC. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 944). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace EBPC
Harness ZTSE4834 pin-1 and B+. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 5541 FMI 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair open
between EBPC pin-1
and ECM pin E-28.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5541 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5541 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
944 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5541 FMI 3)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4834
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 945

SPN 5541 FMI 4 - TC1TOP signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP)
signal is out of range LOW.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Signal Open
• Signal SCG
• VREF Open
• Failed EBPC sensor
946 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 945).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5541 FMI 4.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Control. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EBPV control.
C. Check EBPV control and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EBPV control connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5541 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check VREF 1 circuit from EBPV to ECM. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 948). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4834 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
short to GND in VREF 1
between ECM pin E-35
and EBPV pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5541 FMI
4.

Step 4 Check EBPC circuit from EBPV and ECM. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 948). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace EBPC
DTC list. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5541 FMI 4.
Does SPN 5541 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 947

Step 5 Check EBPC circuit from EBPV and ECM. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 948). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Repair short to GND
DTC list. in EBPV control circuit
between ECM pin E-45
and EBPV pin-5. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5541 FMI
4.
Does SPN 3509 FMI 4set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair open in EBPV
control circuit between
ECM pin E-45 and EBPV
pin-5. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5541 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5541 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
948 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5541 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4834
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 272 Test 1 VREF 1 Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 949

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 jumper between Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 pin-2 and pin-5.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
950 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5542 FMI 15 - TC1TOP Above Desired

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) is
above desired pressure.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3695 (AFT) • SPN 3703 (AFT) • SPN 3713 (AFT) • SPN 3719 (AFT)
• SPN 3750 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 3936 (AFT) • SPN 5319 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 5397 FMI 31 (DPF)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Restricted exhaust
• Stuck or sticking EBPV
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 951

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 950).
No: Repair Associated
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 5542 FMI 15.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 5542 Yes: Go to Step 3.
FMI 15.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 5542 FMI 15 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Inspect exhaust system

Step 3 Check for Stuck or Sticking Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV). Decision
Perform Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Test(page 2109). Yes: Perform exhaust
system inspection and
repair as indicated.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5542 FMI 15.
Does EBPV cycle fully open and closed three times when Key OFF? No: Repair EBPV as
indicated by EBPV
test. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5542 FMI 15.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 5542 FMI 15 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
952 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5543 FMI 3 - EBPC short to PWR

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Control circuit is
shorted to power.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 158 FMI 15 and 17


(ECM)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• EBPV circuit short to PWR
• Failed EBPV valve
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 953

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 952).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5543 FMI 3.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Decision


connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EBPV connector.
C. Check EBPV control and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EBPV control connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5543 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check ACT GND circuit from EBPC. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 955). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4834 pin-2 and pin-3.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 4 Check EBPC circuit from EBPV and ECM. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 955). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to PWR
Harness ZTSE4834 pin-6 and pin-3. in EBPC circuit between
EBPV pin-6 and ECM pin
E-56. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5543 FMI 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Replace EBPV. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5543 FMI
3.
954 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check EBPC circuit for Open. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 956). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4834 pin-6 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair open EBPC
circuit pin-6 and ECM pin
E-56. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5543 FMI 3.

Step 6 Check ACT GND from 24-pin Engine to Chassis to EBPC. Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 956). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair open in
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-1 and pin-12. ACT GND between
24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-12 and
EBPV pin-3. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5543 FMI 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair open in
ACT GND between
24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-12
and chassis ground
connection pin C-2, 4,
and 6. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5543 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5543 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 955

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5543 FMI 3)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4834
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 273 Test 1 ACT GND Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
956 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 274 Test 2 EBPV Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 957

Figure 275 Test 424-Pin Engine to Chassis ACT GND Circuit Voltage Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-Pin Engine to Chassis Connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave engine side disconnected.
D. Key ON.
958 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5543 FMI 4 - EBPC short to GND

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Control circuit is
shorted to ground.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 158 FMI 15 and 17


(ECM)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• EBPV circuit short to GND
• Failed EBPV valve
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 959

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 958).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5543 FMI 4.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Decision


connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EBPV connector.
C. Check EBPV control and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EBPV control connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5543 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check EBPC circuit from EBPV and ECM. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 960). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair short to GND
Harness ZTSE4834 pin-6 and known good GND. in EBPV control circuit
between ECM pin E-56
and EBPV pin-6. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5543 FMI
4.
Is resistance less than 1000 ohms? No: Replace EBPV. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5543 FMI
4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5543 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
960 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5543 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4834
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 276 Test 3 EBPV Open Circuit Resistance Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 961

SPN 5543 FMI 5 - EBPC open load/circuit

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Exhaust Back Pressure Control (EBPC) is less than 25 mA for 100 microseconds when enabled.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 158 FMI 15 and 17


(ECM)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Exhaust Back Pressure Control (EBPC) circuit Open
• ACT GND circuit Open
• Failed Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)
962 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 961).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5543 FMI 5.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Exhaust Back Pressure Control (EBPC) Decision


connector.
A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EBPC
C. Check EBPC and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are EBPC connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5543 FMI 5.

Step 3 Checking for Open in ACT GND circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 964). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4834 pin-3 and PWR.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
between EBPV pin-3
and ACT GND. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5543 FMI
5

Step 4 Check EBPV circuit for Open. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 965). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace EBPV
Harness ZTSE4834 pin-6 and known good GND. assembly. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5543 FMI 5.
Is voltage with 2.5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
between EBPV pin-6
and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin
E-56. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5543 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 963

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5543 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
964 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5543 FMI 5)

Figure 277 Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4834
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 278 Test 1 Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Circuit Voltage Check
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 965

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV connector disconnected.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
966 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

ECB1 (Engine Compression Brake Output 1)


Overview of ECB1 Sensor Group

SPN FMI Condition


4287 0 ECBP above desired level (page 967)
4287 1 ECBP below desired level (page 970)
4287 3 ECBP signal Out of Range HIGH (page 972)
4287 4 ECBP signal Out of Range LOW (page 984)

Overview
Engine compression brake is a compression release brake that works in conjunction with Injection Control
Pressure (ICP) system to keep exhaust valves partially open during engine braking.
Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor provides a feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM). ECM
monitors ECB1 and BCP signals during engine normal and braking operation to determine if compression
release brake system is working without fault.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 967

SPN 4287 FMI 0 - ECBP above desired level

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Brake Control Pressure (BCP) signal is greater
than expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 164 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4287 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP) (IPR) (ECBP) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor
• Failed Engine Compression Brake 1 (ECB1) valve
• Failed brake pressure relief valve
• Failed Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve
968 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Repair Associated
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 967). Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 0.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Go to Step 2.

Step 2 Check Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor. Decision


A. Key-On Engine-OFF (KOEO). Yes: Replace BCP
sensor. After repairs are
B. Connect EST to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
complete, retest for SPN
C. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software. 4287 FMI 0.
D. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Brake Control
Pressure (BCP).
Is BCP greater than 145 psi (1.0 MPa)? No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Check for leaking Engine Compression Brake (ECB1) valve assembly Decision
A. Start Engine. Yes: Replace ECB1
valve. After repairs are
B. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector. (page 1979)
complete, retest for SPN
C. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor BCP. 4287 FMI 0.
Is BCP greater than 145 psi (1.0 MPa) with engine running (engine compression No: Go to Step 4.
brake never commanded on)?

Step 4 Operate engine and test engine brake. Decision


A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, record a snapshot recording of Yes: Replace brake
engine brake operation (brake commanded ON and brake commanded pressure relief valve.
OFF). After repairs are
complete, retest for
B. Activate engine brake.
SPN 4287 FMI 0.
Is BCP greater than 145 psi (1.0 MPa) AFTER the brake has been commanded No: Go to Step 5.
off?

Step 5 Operate engine and test engine brake. Decision


A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, record a snapshot recording of Yes: Replace Injection
engine brake operation (brake commanded ON and brake commanded Pressure Regulator (IPR)
OFF). valve. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
B. Activate engine brake.
4287 FMI 0.
Is BCP less than 653 psi (-4.5 MPa)? No: Diagnostics
complete.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 969

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4287 FMI 0 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
970 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4287 FMI 1 - ECPB below desired level

Fault Overview
Fault sets when engine Exhaust Valve Actuation System Oil Pressure is lower than expected. Injection control
pressure minus measured retarder pressure is greater than 580.3 psi (4.001 MPa) for greater than 20 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 4287 FMI 3 and 4


(ECBP)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed ECBP
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 971

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 970).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 1.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 4287 Yes: Replace ECBP
FMI 1. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4287 FMI 1.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4287 FMI 1 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4287 FMI 1 fault code diagnostics.
972 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4287 FMI 3 - ECBP signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor signal is out of
range high.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• BCP circuit Open or high resistance
• BCP circuit short to PWR
• VREF 1 circuit Open or high resistance
• SIG GND circuit Open or high resistance
• Failed UVC harness
• Failed BCP sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 973

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 972).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 3.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Cover (UVC) 1 connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC1 sensor connector.
C. Check UVC1 connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires; wet
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are UVC 1 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check BCP circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 976). Use a DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to PWR
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and a known good GND. between UVC1 pin-1 and
Engine Control Module
(ECM) pin D-21. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4287 FMI
3.
Is voltage greater than 5 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check BCP circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 977). Use a DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to PWR
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and a known good ground. between UVC1 pin-3 and
Engine Control Module
(ECM) pin D-13. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4287 FMI
3.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Check BCP circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 978). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Go to Step 6.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Does SPN 4287 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 9.
974 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Inspect connections at Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 7.
B. Remove Valve Cover. (See engine service manual)
C. Check UVC connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires; wet or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are UVC 1 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 3.

Step 7 Inspect connections at Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 8.
B. Remove Valve Cover. (See engine service manual)
C. Check BCP sensor connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are BCP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 3.

Step 8 Check BCP circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 979). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: repair Open between
DTC list. UVC pin-2 and ECM pin
D-14. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 3.
Does SPN 4287 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: repair Open between
UVC pin-1 and ECM pin
D-21. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 975

Step 9 Check VREF 1 circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 980). Use a DMM to measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 10.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 pin-1
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
UVC1 pin-2 and BCP
pin-1. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 3.

Step 10 Check SIG GND circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 6 (page 981). Use a DMM to measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 11.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 pin-2
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open
between UVC1 pin-3
and BCP pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4287 FMI
3.

Step 11 Check for failed BCP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 7 (page 982). Use a DMM to measure resistance between Yes: Replace BCP
Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 pin-3 sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open
between UVC1 pin-1
and BCP pin-3. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4287 FMI
3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4287 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
976 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests SPN 4287 FMI 3

Figure 279 Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor circuit

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4686
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 977

Figure 280 BCP circuit voltage check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector 1 (UVC1) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC disconnected
D. Key ON.
978 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 281 BCP Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC1 connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC disconnected
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 979

Figure 282 BCP Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC1 connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC disconnected
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 to pin-7
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
980 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 283 BCP Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC1 connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC disconnected
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 to a known good GND
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 981

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Valve Cover (see engine service manual)
C. Disconnect UVC1 connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness and leave and BCP sensor disconnected.
982 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Valve Cover (see engine service manual)
C. Disconnect UVC1 connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness and leave and BCP sensor disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 983

Figure 286 BCP Circuit Check

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Valve Cover (see engine service manual)
C. Disconnect UVC1 connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness and leave and BCP sensor disconnected.
984 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4287 FMI 4 - ECBP signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor signal is out
of range low.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Brake Control Pressure (BCP) circuit short to ground
• Failed BCP Sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 985

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 984).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 4.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 3.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 4287 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4287 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect Under Valve Cover (UVC) connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect UVC connector.
C. Check UVC connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are UVC connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check BCP circuit for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 987). Clear codes, check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Yes: Repair short to GND
list for SPN 4287 FMI 4. between UVC pin-1 and
Engine Control Module
(ECM) pin D-21. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4287 FMI
4.
Is SPN 4287 FMI 4 still active? No: Go to Step 5.
986 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for failed BCP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 987). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace Brake
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND. Control Pressure (BCP)
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
short to GND between
UVC pin-1 and BCP
pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 4.

End Pin-Point Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4287 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 987

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 4287 FMI 4)

Figure 287 BCP Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Cover (UVC) connector 1.
C. Connect Breakout harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector disconnected.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Cover (UVC) connector 1.
C. Connect Breakout harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector disconnected.
988 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

ECI Circuit (Engine Crank Inhibit)


Overview of ECI Circuit

SPN FMI Condition


None Engine starter motor will not engage

Figure 288 Engine Crank Inhibit (ECI) Function Diagram

Function diagram for Engine Crank Inhibit (ECI) circuit consists of the following:
• Engine Control Module (ECM) with Barometric Absolute Pressure (BARO) Internal Sensor
• Starter
• Starter Relay
• ECI Circuit
• Drive line Disengagement Switch (DDS)

Function
Engine Crank Inhibit (ECI) circuit is controlled by ECM. It prevents starter engagement while engine is running
(above a set calibrated rpm). Starter engagement is also prevented when automatic transmission is in gear or
manual transmission clutch pedal is not depressed. Starter relay can also be disabled by an optional over crank
thermocouple.

Location
Relay and switches are vehicle-mounted parts. For additional supporting information, see Vehicle Chassis
Electrical Circuit Diagram Manual and Electrical System Troubleshooting Guide.
Tools
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 989

• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08


• Breakout Harness ZTSE4674
990 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

ECI Circuit Diagnostics

SPN FMI Condition Possible Causes


None Engine starter motor will not engage • Transmission in gear
• Clutch pedal not depressed
• No PWR to automatic transmission module
• No PWR to ECM
• Blown fuse
• Failed starter relay
• OPEN DDS circuit
• OPEN ECI circuit
• Failed Ignition Switch (VIGN)
• Failed starter motor

Figure 289 ECI circuit diagram


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 991

For additional circuit information see truck Chassis Electrical Circuit Diagram Manual and Electrical System
Troubleshooting Guide.

Voltage Check at Relay


Connect Breakout Harness 4674 between relay and relay socket. Turn ignition switch to ON. Use DMM to
measure voltage.
Test Point Specification Comment: < Less than, > Greater than
30 to GND B+ If < B+, check power circuit to relay switch for OPEN or short to GND, or
blown fuse.
Use DMM to measure voltage while cranking engine.
86 to GND B+ If < B+, check PWR circuit to relay coil for OPEN or short to GND, blown
fuse, or possible failed ignition switch.
For additional circuit information, see truck Chassis Electrical Circuit
Diagram Manual and Electrical System Troubleshooting Guide.
85 to GND <2V If B+, check ECI control circuit for OPEN or failed thermal over-crank
protection switch.
If 4 to 5 volts, check DDS circuit to ECM, and go to Voltage Check at ECM
(page 991).
87 to GND B+ If < B+, replace relay.
If B+, check voltage at starter.

Voltage Check at ECM


Connect 180-pin Breakout Box between ECM and chassis harness. Turn ignition switch to ON. Use DMM to
measure voltage.
Test Point Specification Comment: < Less than, > Greater than
C-31 to GND B+ If < B+, check VIGN circuit for OPEN or short to GND, blown fuse, or
possible failed ignition switch.
C-2 to GND
If voltage is present, check for OPEN ECM GND circuit. Go to ECM PWR
C-4 to GND 0V
in this section of manual.
C-6 to GND
C-1 to GND
If < B+, check for OPEN ECM PWR circuit. Go to ECM PWR in this section
C-3 to GND B+
of manual.
C-5 to GND
Place automatic transmission in park or neutral (manual transmission, depress clutch). Use DMM to
measure voltage.
C-65 to GND B+ If < B+, check DDS for OPEN circuit.
• For automatic transmission, see transmission diagnostics.
• For manual transmission, check PWR circuit to clutch pedal or blown
fuse. A failed clutch pedal switch is possible.
C-7 to GND <2V If > 2 volts, check ECM programming.
992 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Harness Resistance Check – ECM to Relay


Turn ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect ECM. Leave relay disconnected. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box and
relay harness. Use DMM to measure resistance.
Test Point Specification Comment: < Less than, > Greater than
85 to C-7 <5Ω If > 5 Ω, check ECI control circuit for OPEN or possible failed thermal
over-crank protection switch.
85 to GND > 1 kΩ If < 1 kΩ, check ECI control for short to GND.
87 to starter <5Ω If > 5 Ω, check ECI control for OPEN or possible failed thermal over-crank
protection switch.
87 to GND > 1 kΩ If < 1 kΩ, check circuit for short to GND.

Operational Voltage Check


Connect 180-pin Breakout Box between ECM and chassis harness. Turn ignition switch to ON. Use DMM to
measure voltage.
Test Point Specification Condition
DDSC-65 to B+ ECM Input – Clutch pedal not depressed or automatic transmission in gear.
GND Cranking is disabled.
0V ECM Input – Clutch pedal to the floor or automatic transmission in park or
neutral. Cranking is enabled.
Use DMM to measure voltage while cranking engine.
ECIC-7 to 0V ECM Control – Engine Crank Inhibit enabled.
PWR
B+ ECM Control – Engine Crank Inhibit disabled.

Harness Resistance Check – Relay to Battery

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, always disconnect main negative battery cable
first. Always connect the main negative battery cable last.
Disconnect both battery GND cables. Disconnect ECI relay and VIGN. Use DMM to measure resistance.
86 to VIGN <5Ω If > 5 Ω, check circuit for OPEN.
86 to GND > 1 kΩ If < 1 kΩ, check for short to GND.
30 to B+ <5Ω If > 5 Ω, check circuit for OPEN or blown fuse.
battery post
30 to GND > 1 kΩ If < 1 kΩ, check for short to GND.
C-65 DDS See vehicle electrical diagrams. Check for OPEN or short to GND. Possible failed clutch
circuit switch or automatic transmission module circuit faults.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 993

ECI Circuit Operation


Engine Control Module (ECM) controls starting system. Clutch switch or transmission neutral switch provides
input to ECM. Both switches prevent starter from being engaged unless automatic transmission is in park or
neutral, or manual transmission clutch is depressed.

DDS Circuit
ECM monitors DDS on Pin C-65. B+ indicates drivetrain is disengaged and engine is ready to start. Zero volts
indicates drivetrain is engaged and engine is not ready to start. Source of this signal depends on vehicle's
hardware configuration. See appropriate electrical diagrams when diagnosing this circuit.

Ignition Switch
VIGN is supplied to starter relay coil (Pin 86) when engine is cranked.

ECI Circuit
ECM controls starter disable with ECI circuit, pin C-7 to starter relay coil Pin 85. Open or B+ will disable relay.
A 0-volt (GND) will enable relay.

Engine Control Module (ECM)


When ECM recognizes that engine is not running and drive line is not engaged, ECM will ground Pin C-7. This
provides a current path for ECI relay to close when Start switch is engaged or starter button is depressed. When
ECM recognizes that engine is running or drive line is engaged, ECM will open Pin C-7. This prevents ECI relay
from closing and starter motor from engaging.

Starter Relay
Engine starter relay controls voltage to starter motor. Turning ignition switch to start position supplies current to
energize starter relay at Pin 86. If engine is not running and drive line is not engaged, ECM Pin C-7 will enable
relay by supplying a ground to Pin 85 of relay. When relay is closed, current passes through relay to starter
solenoid.

Clutch Switch
Manual transmissions use clutch switch to supply a signal to ECM indicating drive line is disengaged. A 12-volt
signal on DDS circuit indicates clutch is disengaged. A 0-volt signal indicates clutch is engaged.

Neutral Switch
Allison LCT transmissions use neutral position switch to supply power to starter relay and a signal to ECM that
drive line is disengaged. Vehicles programmed for Allison AT / MT transmissions receive a 12-volt signal on DDS
circuit indicating transmission is out of gear. A 0-volt signal indicates transmission is in gear. When transmission
is in gear, no power is available to starter relay.

WTEC MD with Auto Neutral


Allison MD World Transmission Electronically Controlled (WTEC) transmissions (with optional Auto Neutral)
have a crank inhibit system with an additional relay. Relay inhibits cranking when transmission is in auto neutral.
Pin 6 of transmission module controls 12-volt signal to Pin 86 of starter relay. Pin C-65 of ECM receives 12-volt
from WTEC auto neutral relay when transmission is shifted to neutral or auto neutral.
994 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Fault Detection / Management


There are no codes associated with ECI system.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 995

ECM (Engine Control Module)


Overview of ECM Sensor

SPN FMI Description


108 2 BARO signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 996)
108 3 BARO signal Out of Range HIGH (page 998)
108 4 BARO signal Out of Range LOW (page 1000)
158 15 ECM Switched voltage too HIGH (page 1002)
158 17 ECM Switched voltage too LOW (page 1004)
628 12 ECM Memory Error (page 1013)
629 0 ECM Error - CPU Load Excessively HIGH (page 1015)
629 8 ECM Error - Engine Off Timer fault (page 1017)
629 12 ECM Internal chip Error (page 1020)
1136 0 ECM Error - over temperature (page 1022)
1387 31 Altitude Reference Adder Fault (page 1024)

Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) requires battery power to operate Body Controller (BC) and perform maintenance
after ignition switch is turned off. To do this, ECM must control its own power supply. When ECM receives
Ignition (VIGN) signal from ignition switch, ECM will enable relay to power-up. When ignition switch is turned
off, ECM performs internal maintenance, then disables ECM relay.

Figure 290 Approved Battery Cable Sequence


996 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 108 FMI 2 - BARO Signal Erratic, Intermittent or Incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Barometric Absolute Pressure (BARO)
sensor signal is erratic intermittent or incorrect

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
BARO sensor is located inside Engine Control Module (ECM). If there is a confirmed BARO failure, ECM must
be replaced.

Drive Cycles
Continuous
Possible Cause
• Failed ECM
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 997

Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Decision
Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 1962). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 108 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Replace ECM,
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 108 FMI 2. following approved
warranty procedures.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 108 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 108 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Diagnostics
complete.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 108 FMI 2 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
998 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 108 FMI 3 - BARO signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Barometric Pressure (BARO) sensor is above maximum threshold.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
The BARO sensor is installed inside Engine Control Module (ECM).

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed ECM
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 999

Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Decision
Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 1962). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 108 FMI 3.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Replace ECM,
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 108 FMI 3. following approved
warranty procedures.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 108 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 108 FMI 3 active or pending? No. Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 108 FMI 3 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1000 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 108 FMI 4 - BARO signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Determines if Barometric Pressure (BARO) sensor is below minimum threshold.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
The BARO sensor is installed inside Engine Control Module (ECM).

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed ECM
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1001

Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Decision
Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 1962). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 108 FMI 4.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Replace ECM,
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 108 FMI 4. following approved
warranty procedures.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 108 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 108 FMI 4 active or pending? No. Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 108 FMI 4 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1002 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 158 FMI 15 - ECM Switched voltage too HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) Switched voltage is too High.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Fault may set if vehicle is connected to a fast charger with key ON.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Charging voltage excessive
• Incorrect battery pack wiring (series instead of parallel)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1003

Step 1 Check for correct parallel battery pack wiring. Decision


Positive battery cable(s) should be connected from positive battery terminal to Yes: Perform charging
positive battery terminal. Negative battery cable(s) should be connected from system diagnosis.
negative battery terminal to negative battery terminal.
Is battery pack correctly assembled (wired in parallel and Not in series)? No: Reassemble battery
pack. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
158 FMI 15.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 158 FMI 15 fault code diagnostics.
1004 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 158 FMI 17 - ECM Switched voltage too LOW

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) switched voltage is to low with battery voltage within normal
operating range.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Low battery or charging system voltage
• Failed ECM PWR Relay
• ECM PWR circuit high resistance
• GND circuit high resistance
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1005

Step 1 Inspect battery connections and terminals. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 2.
B. Disconnect battery connections.
C. Check battery connections and terminals for damage; wet or corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken connections; or broken connector
housing.
Are battery connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
158 FMI 17.

Step 2 Sensor and connector inspection Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect ECM PWR relay.
C. Check ECM PWR relay and relay terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are ECM PWR relay connectors, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 158 FMI 17.

Step 3 Check battery charge voltage. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1008). Using DMM measure voltage between Battery PWR Yes: Go to Step 4.
and Battery GND.
Is voltage within 12 ± 1 volts? No: Charge batteries
and perform charging
system tests. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 158
FMI 17.

Step 4 Check ECM PWR relay circuit voltage Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1008). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness ZTSE4674 pin-87 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.
1006 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for failed ECM PWR relay. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1009). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace ECM
Harness ZTSE4674 pin-30 and known good GND. PWR Relay. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 158
FMI 17.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check for high resistance to ECM PWR Relay. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 1010). Using DMM measure voltage between 9261 pin-A Yes: Go to Step 7.
and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair high
resistance between
ECM PWR Relay
pin-30 and 9261
pin-A. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 158 FMI 17.

Step 7 Check for high resistance to connector 9261. Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 1010). Using DMM measure voltage between B+ Junction Yes: Repair high
Block and known good GND. resistance between
ECM PWR relay
pin-87 and ECM pin
C-1, 3, and 5. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 158
FMI 17.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair high
resistance between
9261 pin-A and B+.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 158 FMI 17.

Step 8 Check for high resistance to connector 9260. Decision


Perform Test 6 (page 1010). Using DMM measure voltage between 9260 pin-C Yes: Go to step 9.
and B+.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair high
resistance between
pin-C and GND. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 158
FMI 17.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1007

Step 9 Check for high resistance to connector 9260. Decision


Perform Test 7 (page 1011). Using DMM measure voltage between 9260 pin-A Yes: Repair high
and B+. resistance between
9260 and ECM pin
C-2, 4, and 6. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 158
FMI 17.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair high
resistance between
pin-A and GND. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 158
FMI 17.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 158 FMI 17 fault code diagnostics.
1008 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 158 FMI 17)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4674
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 291 Test 1 Battery Voltage Check

Test 1
Key OFF.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1009

Figure 292 Test 2 ECM PWR relay Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM PWR relay connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 between vehicle harness and ECM PWR relay.
D. Key ON.

Figure 293 Test 3 ECM PWR relay Circuit Voltage Check


1010 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM PWR relay connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 to vehicle harness and leave ECM PWR relay connector
disconnected.

Figure 294 ECM PWR Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 9261 connector.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert correct terminal into connector 9261 pin-A battery side
and leave connector 9261 disconnected.

Test 5
Key OFF.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1011

Figure 295 ECM PWR Circuit Check

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 9260 connector.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert correct terminal into connector 9260 pin-C battery side
and leave connector 9260 disconnected.
1012 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 296 ECM PWR Circuit Check

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 9260 connector.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert correct terminal into connector 9260 pin-A battery side
and leave connector 9260 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1013

SPN 628 FMI 12 - ECM Memory Error

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an internal memory error within ECM.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed ECM
1014 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Decision
Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 1962). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 628 FMI 12.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Replace ECM,
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 628 FMI 12. following approved
warranty procedures.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 628 FMI 12.
Is SPN 628 FMI 12 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Release vehicle to
customer.

End Diagnostic Step


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 628 FMI 12 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1015

SPN 629 FMI 0 - ECM Error - CPU Load Excessively HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects CPU load is excessively high.

Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Defective ECM or software.
1016 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Decision
Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 1962). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Update ECM
calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 629 FMI 0.

Step 2 Check for recurring fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™, clear fault code. Run Yes: Replace Engine
Road Test and check for fault code SPN 629 FMI 0 in DTC list. Control Module (ECM),
following approved
warranty procedures.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 629 FMI 0.
Did fault code set? No: Release vehicle to
customer.

End Diagnostic Step


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 629 FMI 0 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and the
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1017

SPN 629 FMI 8 - ECM Error - Engine Off Timer fault

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects engine OFF timer is not reading as expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
ECM Timer Fuse may be an in-line fuse in engine compartment, see Truck Wiring Diagramfor more information.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• KAPWR high resistance or open circuit or short to GND
1018 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key On, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 629 FMI 8.
Is EST DTC list show SPN 629 FMI 8 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Check for active fault code after Engine Control Module (ECM) reset. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Yes: Go to Step 3.
A. Key ON, clear codes.
B. Key OFF, wait for EST screens to clear.
C. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 629 FMI 8.
Is EST DTC list SPN 629 FMI 8 active or pending? No: Repair is complete.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Keep Alive Power (KAPWR) fuse holder. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4
B. Disconnect KAPWR fuse holder harness connector.
C. Check KAPWR fuse holder connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are KAPWR fuse holder connector, harness and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? connector, harness, or
terminal damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 629 FMI 8

Step 4 Inspect Keep Alive Power (KAPWR) 5 amp fuse. Decision


Inspect KAPWR 5 amp fuse. Yes: Replace KAPWR 5
amp fuse and repair short
to GND between ECM
pin C-46 and KAPWR 5
amp fuse. After repairs
are complete, clear fault
code and retest for SPN
629 FMI 8.
Is KAPWR 5 amp fuse burned out? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1019

Step 5 Measure voltage at KAPWR fuse. Decision


Measure voltage to known good ground on both sides of KAPWR fuse. Yes: Repair Open
circuit between KAPWR
fuse and ECM terminal
C-46. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
629 FMI 8.
Is B+ voltage present on both sides of KAPWR fuse? No: Repair Open
between KAPWR
fuse and truck wiring
harness. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
629 FMI 8.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 629 FMI 8 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly and
the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1020 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 629 FMI 12 - ECM Internal chip Error

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an internal chip error within ECM.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Clear faults, reset ECM, see if faults remain cleared

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed ECM
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1021

Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Decision
Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 1962). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 629 FMI 12.

Step 2 Check for active fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™, clear fault code. Run Yes: Replace Engine
drive cycle and use EST with ServiceMaxx™ to check DTC list for fault code. Control Module (ECM),
following approved
warranty procedures.
After repairs are
completed, retest for
SPN 629 FMI 12.
Does code set? No: Diagnostics
complete.

End Diagnostic Step


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 629 FMI 12 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1022 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1136 FMI 0 - ECM Error - over temperature

Fault Overview
Fault sets when over temperature is detected in ECM.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• External heat source
• Failed ECM
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1023

Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Decision
Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 1962). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 1136 FMI 0.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 1136 FMI 0.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1136 FMI 0 active or pending? No. Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect for damaged or missing heat shield. Decision


Inspect for damaged or missing heat shield. Check for air flow restrictions Yes: Replace ECM,
around (aftermarket shields, flaps, or brackets installed). following approved
warranty procedures.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 1136 FMI 0.
Is heat shield free of air restrictions and is not missing or damaged? No: Remove air
restriction, or replace or
repair heat shield. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1136 FMI
0.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 1136 FMI 0 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1024 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1387 FMI 31 - Altitude Reference Adder Fault

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines that it has exceeded 98% CPU load.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 102 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, • SPN 108 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 628 FMI 12 (ECM) • SPN 629 FMI 12 (ECM)
16, and 18 (IMP) 4 (BARO)
• SPN 1209 FMI 0 and 7 • SPN 1209 FMI 1, 3, and
(AMS) 4 (EBP)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Barometric Absolute Pressure (BARO), Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP), and Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP)
do not agree
• Biased, damaged, or failed BARO, EBP, or IMP sensor
• Biased, failed, or damaged actuator PWR circuit
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1025

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1024).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1387 FMI 31.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 1387 Yes: Go to Step 3.
FMI 31.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1387 FMI 31 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) and Intake Decision
Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor connectors.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect EBP and IMP sensor connectors.
C. Check EBP and IMP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are EBP and IMP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1387 FMI 31.

Step 4 Check for short to PWR in EBP signal circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1029). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Step 5.
list for SPN 1209 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list showing SPN 1209 FMI 4? No: If SPN 1209 FMI
3 is active, repair
short to PWR in EBP
SIG pin-3 to ECM pin
E-20. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 1387 FMI 31.
1026 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for short to PWR, Open, or short to GND in EBP VREF 1 circuit.. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1030). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: If voltage is
greater than 5.5 volts,
repair short to PWR in
VREF 1 between EBP
pin-2 and ECM pin
E-35. If voltage is less
than 4.5 volts, repair
Open or short to GND
in VREF 1 between
EBP pin-2 and ECM
pin E-35. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1387 FMI 31.

Step 6 Check for Open or short to GND in EBP signal circuit. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1030). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Step 7.
list for SPN 1209 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list showing SPN 1209 FMI 3? No: If SPN 1209 FMI 4
is active, repair Open
or short to GND in
EBP SIG pin-3 to ECM
pin E-20. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1387 FMI 31.

Step 7 Check for Open in EBP SIG GND circuit. Decision


Perform Test 4(page 1030). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace EBP
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-1 and known good GND. sensor. Go to Step 8.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open
in EBP SIG GND
between pin-1 to ECM
pin E-28. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1387 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1027

Step 8 Check for short to PWR in IMP signal circuit. Decision


Perform Test 5(page 1030). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Step 9.
list for SPN 102 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list showing SPN 102 FMI 4? No: If SPN 102 FMI
3 is active, repair
short to PWR in IMP
SIG pin-3 to ECM pin
E-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 1387 FMI 31.

Step 9 Check for short to PWR, Open, or short to GND in IMP VREF 1 circuit.. Decision
Perform Test 6(page 1030). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: If voltage is
greater than 5.5 volts,
repair short to PWR in
VREF 1 between IMP
pin-2 and ECM pin
E-35. If voltage is less
than 4.5 volts, repair
Open or short to GND
in VREF 1 between
IMP pin-2 and ECM
pin E-35. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1387 FMI 31.

Step 10 Check for Open or short to GND in IMP signal circuit. Decision
Perform Test 7(page 1031). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Step 11.
list for SPN 102 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list showing SPN 102 FMI 3? No: If SPN 102 FMI 4
is active, repair Open
or short to GND in IMP
SIG pin-3 to ECM pin
E-20. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 1387 FMI 31.
1028 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 11 Check for Open in IMP SIG GND circuit. Decision


Perform Test 8(page 1031). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace IMP
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-1 and known good GND. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1387 FMI 31.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open
in IMP SIG GND
between pin-1 to ECM
pin E-28. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1387 FMI 31.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 1387 FMI 31 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1029

Pin-Point Tests

Figure 297 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Circuit Diagram

Figure 298 Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
1030 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave EBP sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave EBP sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave EBP sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and pin-3.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave EBP sensor
disconnected.

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave IMP sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1031

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave IMP sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave IMP sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and pin-3.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave IMP sensor
disconnected.
1032 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

ECT1 Sensor (Engine Coolant Temperature 1)


Overview of ECT1 Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


110 2 ECT1 signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 1034)
110 3 ECT1 signal Out of Range HIGH (page 1039)
110 4 ECT 1 signal Out of Range LOW (page 1045)
110 17 ECT1 stuck in range Low (page 1048)
110 18 Engine Coolant System below closed loop minimum temperature (page 1050)
1659 20 ECT1 below expected: Check Thermostat (page 1052)

Overview
Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor provides a feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM)
indicating engine coolant temperature. During engine operation, ECM will monitor ECT1 signal to control
following features: Engine Warning and Protection System (EWPS); Cold Ambient Protection (CAP); Idle
Shutdown Timer (IST); Cold idle advance; and Coolant compensation.
EWPS is an optional feature that can be enabled or disabled. When EWPS is enabled, operator is warned of
an overheat condition and, if programmed, will shutdown engine.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1033

Figure 299 ECT1 Sensor Location


1. ECT1 sensor
1034 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 110 FMI 2 - ECT1 signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
ECM Compares Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor to Intake Air Temperature (IAT), Turbocharger
2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT), Intake Manifold
Temperature (IMT), and Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensors at Key ON after a cold soak.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 110 FMI 3 and 4


(ECT1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• High resistance in ECT1 circuit
• High resistance in SIG GND circuit
• Failed ECT1 sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1035

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1034).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 3.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 110 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 110 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) Decision


connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ECT1 connector.
C. Check ECT1 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are ECT1 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 2.

Step 4 Check for failed ECT1 sensor Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1037). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Replace ECT1
engine coolant temperature. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 2.
Is temperature 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -11°C)? No: Go to Step 5.
1036 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check ECT1 circuit for High resistance. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1038). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Repair SIG GND
engine coolant temperature. circuit between EGT pin-1
and ECM pin E-28. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 110 FMI 2.
Is temperature 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -11°C)? No: Repair SIG circuit
between EGT pin-2 and
ECM pin E-33. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 110 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 110 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1037

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 110 FMI 2)

Figure 300 Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 301 Test 1 Signal Circuit Check


1038 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave ECT1 sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Figure 302 Test 2 ECT1 Signal Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave ECT1 sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1039

SPN 110 FMI 3 - ECT1 Signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects ECT1 signal is greater than 4.80 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• ECT1 signal circuit Open
• ECT1 signal circuit short to PWR
• SIG GND circuit Open
• Failed ECT1 sensor
1040 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 110 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 110 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at ECT1 sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect ECT1 sensor connector.
C. Check ECT1 sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are ECT1 sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check ECT1 signal circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1042). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure voltage Yes: Repair short to
between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND. power between ECT1
pin-2 and ECM pin
E-33. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 3.
Is voltage greater than 6 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for failed ECT1 sensor. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1043). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear Diagnostic Yes: Replace ECT1
Trouble Code (DTC) list. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 3.
Does SPN 110 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1041

Step 5 Check ECT1 signal and SIG GND circuits for Opens. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1043). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear DTC list. Yes: Repair Open
between ECT1 pin-1
and ECM pin E-28. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 110 FMI 3.
Does SPN 110 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair Open
between ECT1 pin-2
and ECM pin E-33. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 110 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 110 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1042 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 110 FMI 3)

Figure 303 ECT1 Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM) ZTSE4357
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 304 Test 1 ECT1 Sensor Circuit Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1043

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Coolant Temperature 1
(ECT1) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.

Figure 305 Test 2 ECT1 Sensor Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave ECT1 sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
1044 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 306 Test 3 ECT1 Sensor Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave ECT1 sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to ground.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1045

SPN 110 FMI 4 - ECT1 signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor
signal voltage is less than 0.17 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• ECT1 circuit short to GND
• Failed ECT1 sensor
1046 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1045).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 4.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect ECT1 sensor connector.
C. Check ECT1 sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are ECT1 sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check ECT1 circuit for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1047). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace ECT1
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 4.
Does SPN 110 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair short to
GND between ECT1
connector pin-2 and ECM
pin E-33. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 110 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1047

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 110 FMI 4)

Figure 307 ECT1 Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) electrical connector.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1048 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 110 FMI 17 - ECT1 stuck in range Low

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when signal from Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) is not increasing as expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 16, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 651-656 FMI 4, 5, • SPN 1173 FMI 2 and 16
4 (MAF) 4 (EOT) and 14 (INJ) (TC2CIT)
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 2630 FMI 2 • SPN 4257 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4
(Engine) (CACOT) (INJ) (DOCIT)
• SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1
(Engine)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Thermostat stuck open
• Engine fan stuck on
• Low coolant level
• EFC short to GND
• Failed ECT1
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1049

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1048).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 17.

Step 2 Check coolant level Decision


Perform visual inspection of deaeration tank level. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is deaeration tank filled to operating level? No: Fill or drain
deaeration tank to
operating level. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 110 FMI
17.

Step 3 Check for failed Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) Decision


Start and run engine at high idle. Using Digital IR Thermometer ZTSE4799, Yes: Go to Step 4.
measure temperature at ECT1 temperature sensor. Compare temperature
reading to ECT1 temperature in shown in ServiceMaxx™.
Is thermometer reading within 10°F (6°C) of ECT1 reading ServiceMaxx™? No: Replace ECT1
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 17.

Step 4 Check for proper fan clutch operation Decision


Perform Engine Cooling Fan Test (page 2191). Yes: Replace thermostat.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 110 FMI 17.
Is engine cooling fan circuits and fan clutch operating correctly? No: Repair engine cooling
fan circuits or fan clutch
as indicated by Engine
Cooling Fan Test. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 110 FMI
17.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 110 FMI 17 fault code diagnostics.
1050 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 110 FMI 18 - Engine Coolant System below closed loop minimum Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects minimum closed-loop coolant temperature of less
than 68°F (20°C) is not reached.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 16, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 651-656 FMI 4, 5, • SPN 1173 FMI 2 and 16
4 (MAF) 4 (EOT) and 14 (INJ) (TC2CIT)
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 2630 FMI 2 • SPN 4257 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4
(Engine) (CACOT) (INJ) (DOCIT)
• SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1
(Engine)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Thermostat stuck open
• Engine fan stuck on
• Low coolant level
• EFC Short to GND
• Failed ECT1
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1051

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Fault (page 1050).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Fault? No: Repair Associated
Fault. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 18.

Step 2 Check coolant level Decision


Perform visual inspection of deaeration tank level. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is deaeration tank filled to operating level? No: Fill or drain
deaeration tank to
operating level. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 110 FMI
18.

Step 3 Check for failed Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) Decision


Start and run engine at high idle. Using Digital IR Thermometer ZTSE4799, Yes: Go to Step 4.
measure temperature at ECT1 temperature sensor. Compare temperature
reading to ECT1 temperature in shown in ServiceMaxx™.
Is thermometer reading within 10°F (6°C) of ECT1 reading ServiceMaxx™? No: Replace ECT1
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 18.

Step 4 Check for proper fan clutch operation Decision


Perform Engine Cooling Fan Test (page 2191). Yes: Replace thermostat.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 110 FMI 18.
Is engine cooling fan circuits and fan clutch operating correctly? No: Repair engine cooling
fan circuits or fan clutch
as indicated by Engine
Cooling Fan Test. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 110 FMI
18.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 110 FMI 18 fault code diagnostics.
1052 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1659 FMI 20 - ECT1 below expected: Check Thermostat

Fault Overview

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 16, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1173 FMI 2
4 (MAF) 4 (EOT) 5, and 14 (INJ) (TC2CIT)
• SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2630 FMI 2 • SPN 4257 FMI 16 and • SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4
31 (Engine) (CACOT) 18 (INJ) (DOCIT)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Thermostat stuck Open
• Engine fan stuck ON
• Low coolant level
• EFC short to GND
• Failed ECT1
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1053

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1052).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1659 FMI 20.

Step 2 Check coolant level Decision


Perform visual inspection of deaeration tank level. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is deaeration tank level between Cold level and Hot level? No: Fill or drain
deaeration tank to
operating level. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1659 FMI
20.

Step 3 Check for failed Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) Decision


Start and run engine. Using Digital IR Thermometer, ZTSE4799, measure ECT1 Yes: Go to Step 4.
temperature sensor reading.
Is thermometer reading within 10°F (6°C) of ECT1 reading? No: Replace ECT1
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1659 FMI 20.

Step 4 Decision
With engine running, using Digital IR Thermometer, ZTSE4799, measure upper Yes: Go to Step 5.
radiator hose temperature after thermostat has opened and compare to ECT1
sensor reading.
Is thermometer reading on upper radiator hose within 5°F (3°C) of ECT1 reading No: Replace thermostat.
after thermostat opens? After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 1659 FMI 20.
1054 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check EFC for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1055). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Diagnose fan clutch
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and PWR. (See Cooling System
Diagnostic Manual). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1659 FMI
20.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Repair Short to GND
between Engine Fan
Relay pin-85 and ECM
pin C-58. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1659 FMI 20.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 1659 FMI 20 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1055

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 1659 FMI 20)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 (EFAN)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 308 Test 1 Engine Fan Relay Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to relay vehicle harness connector and leave Engine Fan
Relay disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1056 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

EFP (Engine Fuel Pump)


Overview of EFP Group

SPN FMI Description


94 0 Fuel Delivery Pressure above Critical (page 1057)
94 1 Fuel Delivery Pressure below Critical (page 1059)
931 3 EFP short to PWR (page 1061)
931 4 EFP open load / circuit or short to GND (page 1067)

Overview
Engine Fuel Pump (EFP) supplies fuel to engine at approximately 90 psi (620 kPa). Engine Control Module
(ECM) drives fuel supply pump directly, using H-Bridge driver.
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor is only capable of measuring up to 75 psi (517 kPa) of pressure, even
though fuel pressure normally operates at 90 psi (621 kPa).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1057

SPN 94 FMI 0 - Fuel Delivery Pressure above Critical

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) is greater than 120 psi (827 kPa).

Lamp Reaction
No Lamp Reaction.

Associated Faults

SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4


(FDP)

Fault Facts
This fault is used to detect installation of a 2010 [0 to 75 psi (0 to 517 kPa)] FDP sensor in a 2013+ [0 to 135
psi (0 to 931 kPa)] engine.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Key-On Engine-Running (KOER)
Possible Causes
• Incorrect FDP sensor installed
1058 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1057).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
94 FMI 0.

Step 2 Monitor FDP sensor value using EST with ServiceMaxx™. Decision
A. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER). Yes: Replace FDP sensor
with correct part number
B. Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software,
for engine. After repairs
monitor FDP sensor value.
are complete, retest for
SPN 94 FMI 0.
Is FDP steady and above 120 psi (827 kPa)? No: Retest for SPN 94
FMI 0.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 94 FMI 0 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1059

SPN 94 FMI 1 - Fuel Delivery Pressure below Critical

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) is below 30
psi (207 kPa).

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults

• SPN 931 FMI 4 (EFP) • SPN 94 FMI 18 (FDP)

Fault Facts
ICP is limited with this fault.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Recent fuel system service requiring priming
• Vehicle unused for long period of time requiring priming
• Diesel fuel
• Failed Fuel Pressure Regulator (FPR)
• Low fuel level in either tank (defective fuel level gauge or transfer pump)
• Restricted fuel supply line
• Restricted pickup tube in fuel tank
• Failed or incorrectly installed secondary fuel filter
• Failed Engine Fuel Pump (EFP)
• EFP circuit Open or high resistance
• EFP GND circuit Open
1060 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1059).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
94 FMI 1.

Step 2 Check Fault Code Status Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Fuel Delivery
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 94 FMI 1 (EFP). Pressure symptom (page
121).
Is SPN 94 FMI 1 pending or active? No: Repair SPN 94
FMI 1. After repairs are
complete, retest SPN 94
FMI 1.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 94 FMI 1 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1061

SPN 931 FMI 3 - EFP short to PWR

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when B+ is on EFP PWR circuit when Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) is commanded off.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None.

Fault Facts

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Key ON Engine OFF (fuel pump commanded OFF)
Possible Causes
• Fuel Pump Relay stuck ON
• EFP CTL circuit short to GND
• EFP PWR circuit short to PWR
• Failed Fuel Pump Relay.
1062 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 931 FMI 3 (EFP).
Is SPN 931 FMI 3 pending or active? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EFP connector.
C. Check EFP and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EFP connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 931 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check EFP PWR circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1065). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE6023 pin-4 and a known good GND. PWR between EFP
pin-4 and fuel pump
relay pin-87. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 931 FMI
3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts No: Go to step 4.

Step 4 Check for a failed Electric Fuel Pump Relay Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1065). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace fuel pump
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 and pin-87. relay. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
931 FMI 3.
Is resistance less then 5 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between fuel pump relay
pin-85 and ECM pin
C-76. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
931 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1063

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 931 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1064 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Test SPN 931 FMI 3


See the latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6023
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1065

Figure 309 EFP PWR Circuit Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6023 to vehicle harness and leave EFP disconnected.
C. Key ON, wait 30 seconds.
D. Unplug Fuel Pump Relay.
1066 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 310 Fuel Pump Relay Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Fuel Pump Relay
C. Insert Fuel Pump Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 and leave harness disconnect from
vehicle.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1067

SPN 931 FMI 4 - EFP open load / circuit or short to GND

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Fuel Pump (EFP) circuit voltage is 0 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Open in B+ circuit to relay or Blown fuse
• EFP CTL circuit Open
• EFP PWR circuit Open
• EFP Monitor circuit Open
• Failed Fuel Pump Relay
1068 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check Fault Code Status Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 931 FMI 4 (EFP).
Is SPN 931 FMI 4 pending or active? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Disconnect EFP connector.
C. Check EFP and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EFP connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 931 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for Open in EFP Monitor circuit Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1071). Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with Yes: Repair Open
ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Output State High Test (page 1999), command between EFP pin-4
EFP ON. Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE6023 and Engine Control
pin-4 and known good GND. Module (ECM) pin
E-69. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 931 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 4.

Step 4 Check for Open in B+ circuit to Fuel Pump Relay. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1072). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 5.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
between B+ and
Fuel Pump Relay
pin-30. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 931 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1069

Step 5 Check for Open in SWBAT circuit to Fuel Pump Relay. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1073). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 6.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-86 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
between B+ and
Fuel Pump Relay
pin-86. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 931 FMI 4.

Step 6 Check for Open in EFP PWR circuit. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 1074). Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with Yes: Repair Open
ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Output State High Test (page 1999), command between EFP pin-4
EFP ON. Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 and Fuel Pump Relay
pin-87 and known good GND. pin-87. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 931 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 7.

Step 7 Check for Open in EFP CTL circuit. Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 1075). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87 and known good GND. between Engine
Control Module pin
C-76 and Fuel Pump
Relay pin-85. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 931
FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Replace Fuel
Pump Relay. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 931
FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 931 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1070 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Test SPN 931 FMI 4


See the latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6023
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1071

Figure 311 EFP Monitor Circuit Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6023 between vehicle harness and Electric Fuel Pump (EFP).
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1072 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 312 B+ Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to vehicle harness and leave Fuel Pump Relay disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1073

Figure 313 SWBAT Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to vehicle harness and leave Fuel Pump Relay disconnected.
C. Key ON
1074 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 314 EFP PWR Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 between vehicle harness and Fuel Pump Relay disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
D. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1075

Figure 315 EFP PWR Circuit Check

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to vehicle harness and leave Fuel Pump Relay disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 to GND (manually
commanding EFP ON).
D. Key ON.
1076 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

EGR Actuator (Exhaust Gas Recirculation)


Overview of EGR Actuator Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


27 0 EGRP fault: over temperature (page 1078)
27 14 EGR internal circuit failure (page 1080)
2791 2 EGR feedback communication fault (page 1082)
2791 3 EGRV supply voltage is too HIGH (page 1088)
2791 4 EGRV supply voltage is too LOW (page 1090)
2791 7 EGR Valve unable to achieve commanded position (page 1094)
2791 8 EGR valve not receiving ECM PWM signal (page 1096)
2791 12 EGR Valve Internal self test fault (page 1105)
2791 14 EGR Valve did not seat (page 1107)
4752 4 EGR Cooler Efficiency: EGR Outlet Temp above expected (page 1109)

Overview
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) in atmosphere contribute to production of smog. NOx is formed in engines when
temperatures in combustion chamber get too hot.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system is used to reduce amount of NOx created by the engine. EGR
valve directs some exhaust into intake stream to dilute air-fuel mixture in the combustion chamber. This slows
combustion and reduces formation of NOx.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1077

Figure 316 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Actuator Sensor Group Location
1. EGR Valve
1078 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 27 FMI 0 - EGRP fault: over temperature

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Position (EGRP)
temperature is too high.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Failed EGR valve
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1079

Step 1 Perform Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Operational Test Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Yes: System OK. After
repairs are complete,
A. Key ON, clear codes.
retest for SPN 27 FMI
B. Key OFF, wait for EST screens to clear. 0.
C. Key ON, perform Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Operational
Test(page 2126).
Did EGR pass operational test with no fault codes?
No: Replace EGR
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 27 FMI 0.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 27 FMI 0 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1080 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 27 FMI 14 - EGR internal circuit failure

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) can not
control valve position.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 2791 FMI 7 (EGR)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• EGR valve unable to seat closed
• Stuck or sticking EGR valve
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1081

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1080).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults?
No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 27 FMI 14.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 27 FMI 14.
Is EST DTC list SPN 27 FMI 14 active or pending?
No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect EGR valve connector.
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EGR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 27 FMI 14.

Step 4 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Operational Test. Decision


Perform EGR Operational Test(page 2126). Yes: Replace EGR
valve. After repairs
Are there any active SPN 2791 or SPN 27 fault codes active?
are complete, retest
for SPN 27 FMI 14.
No: Clear fault code
and retest for SPN 27
FMI 14..

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 27 FMI 14 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1082 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 2791 FMI 2 - EGR feedback communication fault

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) fails to detect rising edge of a response pulse on Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR) position signal line within 0.0057 seconds following commanded position change.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• EGRP circuit Open
• EGRP circuit short to PWR
• EGRP circuit short to GND
• ACT PWR circuit Open or blown fuse
• ACT PWR circuit short to GND
• Failed EGR valve
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1083

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 2791 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC listing SPN 2791 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EGR valve connector.
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EGR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2791 FMI 2.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG). Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect TC2WG connector.
C. Check TC2WG and connector for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are TC2WG connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2791 FMI 2.

Step 4 Check EGRP circuit for short to PWR Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1086). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4948 pin-1 and known good ground.
Is voltage less than 5.5 volts? No: Repair short
to PWR between
EGR valve connector
pin-1 and Engine
Control Module
(ECM) Chassis 76-pin
connector pin C-26.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 2.
1084 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check EGRP circuit for Open. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1086). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness ZTSE4948 pin-1 and known good ground.
Is voltage greater than 4.5 volts? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check EGRP circuit for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1086). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4948 pin-1 and known good ground. between EGR valve
connector pin-1 and
ECM Chassis 76-pin
connector pin C-26.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 2.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
GND between EGR
valve connector pin-1
and ECM Chassis
76-pin connector pin
C-26. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 2.

Step 7 Check ACT PWR circuit for Open or blown fuse. Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 1087). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness ZTSE4948 pin-4 and known good ground.
Is voltage greater than 9 volts? No: Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Check ACT PWR circuit for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 1087). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace TC2WG.
Harness ZTSE4948 pin-4 and known good GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 2.
Is resistance greater than 9 volts? No: Go to Step 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1085

Step 9 Check ACT PWR circuit for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 6 (page 1087). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4948 pin-4 and known good GND between ACT PWR
Relay pin-87 and EGR
valve pin-4. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2791
FMI 2.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
GND between ACT
PWR Relay pin-87 and
EGR valve pin-4. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2791
FMI 2.

Step 10 Check for failed EGR valve. Decision


Perform Test 7 (page 1087). Perform EGR Valve Operation Verification Test(page Yes: Go to Intermittent
2126). or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).
Is EST DTC listing SPN 2791 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Replace EGR
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2791 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 2791 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1086 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 2791 FMI 2)

Figure 317 Exhaust Gas recirculation (EGR) Valve Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4948
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness connector and leave Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR) valve disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGR valve
disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1087

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGR valve
disconnected.

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGR valve
disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) vehicle harness connector and leave wastegate
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGR valve
disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) vehicle harness connector and leave wastegate
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGR valve
disconnected.

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect TC2WG vehicle harness connector to wastegate.
C. Connect EGR valve vehicle harness connector to EGR valve.
D. Connect EST to Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1088 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 2791 FMI 3 - EGRV supply voltage is too HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valves (EGRV) voltage supply is greater than 18 volts for 5
seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Fault sets when power supply to Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is greater than 18 volts. This is NOT
an EGR valve problem; it is a voltage supply problem.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Charging system over voltage
• Use of battery charger on boost mode
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1089

Step 1 Check for correct battery voltage. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. monitor battery Yes: Repair charging
voltage with Key-On Engine-Running (KOER). system. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2791 FMI 3.
Is battery voltage greater than 18 volts? No: System OK. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2791
FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 2791 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1090 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 2791 FMI 4 - EGRV supply voltage is too LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve receives a voltage supply of less than 8 volts for
13 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None.

Fault Facts
Fault sets when power supply to Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) receives a voltage value that is less
than 8 volts. This is NOT an EGR valve problem; it is a voltage supply problem.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Low charging system voltage
• High resistance in ACT PWR circuit
• High resistance in ACT GND circuit
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1091

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, start Yes: Repair charging
engine, measure battery voltage. system. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2791 FMI 4.
Is battery voltage less than 8 volts? No: Go to step 2.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Engine Gas Recirculation Valve(EGRV) Decision


connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EGRV connector.
C. Check EGRV and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EGRV connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check ACT GND circuit for high resistance Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1092). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair high
Harness ZTSE4948 pin-4 and known good GND. resistance between
EGRV pin-4 and ACT
PWR relay pin-87.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 4.
Is voltage less than 8 volts? No: Repair high
resistance between
EGRV pin-3 and ACT
GND circuit. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2791
FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 2791 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1092 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 2791 FMI 4)

Figure 318 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4948
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1093

Figure 319 Test 1 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Circuit Check

Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGRV disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER)
1094 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 2791 FMI 7 - EGR Valve unable to achieve commanded position

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is Not
functioning properly when commanded.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, 8,


and 14 (EGR)

Fault Facts
This fault is also used to detect EGR valve positive and negative deviation faults.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve motor internal duty cycle > 95 %
• EGR valve motor stuck
• Deposits on EGR valve
• Stuck or sticking EGR valve
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1095

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1094).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair
Associated Faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 7.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EGR valve connector.
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EGR Valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair
connector, harness,
or terminal damage.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 7.

Step 3 Test for proper Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation. Decision
Perform EGR Valve Operation Verification Test (page 2126). Yes: Replace EGR
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2791 FMI 7.
Is SPN 2791 FMI 7 Pending or Active in DTC list? No: Fault no longer
present at this time.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 7.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 2791 FMI 7 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1096 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 2791 FMI 8 - EGR valve not receiving ECM PWM signal

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a failure of EGRVC circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None.

Fault Facts
None.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed ACT PWR relay
• EGRVC circuit Open
• EGRVC circuit short to GND
• EGRVC circuit short to PWR
• Failed Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1097

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 2791 FMI 8.
Is EST DTC list SPN 2791 FMI 8 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Engine Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) Decision


connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EGRV connector.
C. Check EGRV and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EGRV connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2791 FMI 8.

Step 3 Check ACT PWR circuit for PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1100). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 7.
Harness ZTSE4948 pin-4 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 4.

Step 4 Check EGRVC circuit for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1100). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE4948 pin-2 and PWR. GND between EGRV
pin-2 and Engine
Control Module (ECM)
pin E-71. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2791 FMI 8.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 5.

Step 5 Check EGRVC circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1101). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE4948 pin-2 and known good GND. PWR between EGRV
pin-2 and ECM pin
E-71. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 8.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 6.
1098 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Check EGRVC circuit for an Open. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 1102). Using DMM measure % duty cycle between Breakout Yes: Replace EGRV.
Harness ZTSE4948 pin-2 and known good GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 8.
Is duty cycle between 5 and 95%? No: Repair Open
circuit between EGRV
pin-2 and ECM pin
E-71. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 8.

Step 7 Inspect connections at ACT PWR Relay connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 8.
B. Disconnect ACT PWR Relay connector.
C. Check ACT PWR Relay and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are ACT PWR Relay connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2791 FMI 8.

Step 8 Check ACT PWR circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 1102). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Short to
Harness ZTSE4674 pin-87 and known good GND. PWR between ACT
PWR Relay pin-87
and EGRV pin-4. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2791
FMI 8.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1099

Step 9 Check ACT PWR circuit for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 6 (page 1103). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Short
Harness ZTSE4674 pin-85 and PWR. circuit to GND
between ACT PWR
Relay pin-85 and
Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin
E-70. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 8.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Replace ACT
PWR relay. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2791
FMI 8.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 2791 FMI 8 fault code diagnostics.
1100 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 2791 FMI 8)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4948
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4674
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 320 Test 1 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) connector Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGRV disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1101

Figure 321 Test 2 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) connector Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EGRV connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGRV disconnected.

Figure 322 Test 3 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) connector Circuit Voltage Check
1102 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EGRV connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGRV disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Figure 323 Test 4 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) connector % Duty Cycle

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EGRV connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGRV disconnected.
D. Use DMM set to % duty cycle to measure duty cycle.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1103

Figure 324 Test 5 ACT PWR relay connector Circuit Voltage Check

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACT PWR Relay connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 to vehicle harness and leave ACT PWR Relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Figure 325 Test 6 ACT PWR Relay Connector Circuit Voltage Check
1104 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACT PWR Relay connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 to vehicle harness and leave ACT PWR relay disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1105

SPN 2791 FMI 12 - EGR Valve Internal self test fault

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects seated Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve
position has increased by 2 mm during a single drive cycle.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Fault
None

Fault Facts
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve seat position is recorded during initial Key OFF.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Key ON then Key OFF
Possible Causes
• Failed EGR valve
1106 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Replace Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve. Decision


Replace EGR valve, using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ After repairs are
software, clear Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list. complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 12.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 2791 FMI 12 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1107

SPN 2791 FMI 14 - EGR Valve did not seat

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is not
functioning properly when initialized.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.

Associated Fault

SPN 2791 FMI 7 (EGR


valve)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed EGR valve
1108 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1107).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2791 FMI 14.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EGR valve connector.
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are EGR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 14.

Step 3 Test for proper Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation. Decision
Perform EGR Valve Operation Verification Test (page 2126). Yes: Replace EGR
valve. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2791 FMI 14.
Is SPN 2791 FMI 14 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 2791 FMI 14 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1109

SPN 4752 FMI 4 - EGR Cooler Efficiency: EGR Outlet Temp above expected

Fault Overview
Fault sets when the Engine Control Module (ECM) determines the EGR outlet temperature is above normal
operating range.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, 7, • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and
(ETV) and 18 (IMP) 4 (IMT)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 0, 2, 3, 4, • SPN 110 FMI 15 and 16 • SPN 111 FMI 1 and 2
(BARO) and 18 (ECT1) (EWPS) (EWPS)
• SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 1209 FMI 0 (AMS) • SPN 2630 FMI 2 and 16 • SPN 2659 FMI 20
4 (MAF) (CACOT) (AMS)
• SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV)
7, 8, and 14 (EGR)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test
Possible Causes
• Plugged EGR cooler gas side
• Plugged EGR cooler coolant side
• Coolant contamination of gas side
• Low coolant level
• Failed water pump
• Stuck bypass circuit
• Excessive exhaust temperature
• Biased Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor
• Biased Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
• Biased temperature sensor
• Restricted exhaust
• MAF sensor auto-calibration
• Incorrect MAF configuration Programmable Parameters (PP)
• Biased Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor
1110 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1109).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4752 FMI 4.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 4752 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4752 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect EGR valve connector.
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EGR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4752 FMI 4.

Step 4 Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler for leaks. Decision
Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler for any external coolant or exhaust Yes: Go to Step 5.
gas leaks.
Are there no external leaks? No: Repair external
coolant and/or exhaust
leak(s). After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4752 FMI 4.

Step 5 Test EGR cooler integrity. Decision


Perform EGR Cooler Inspection(page 2198). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Did EGR cooler pass pressure tests? No: Repair or replace
EGR cooler, as
required. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4752 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1111

Step 6 Perform Air Management Test Decision


Perform Air Management Test(page 2030). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Does Air Management Test return “Successful? No: Repair based
on results of Air
Management Test. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4752 FMI
4.

Step 7 Analyze Air Management Test results. Decision


Analyze graphs produced by Air Management Test(page 2030) against “Good” Yes: Go to Step 8.
and “Bad” graphs
Does test graph match “Good” graph? No: Diagnose and repair
failed actuator. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4752 FMI
4.

Step 8 Perform Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor calibration. Decision


Perform KOER MAF Sensor Calibrations(page 2123) using Electronic Service Yes: Retest for SPN
Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. 4752 FMI 4.
Ensure MAF calibration requirements are met and MAF calibration pre-checks
are done before doing this procedure.
Did MAF sensor calibration run successfully? No: Verify all
MAF calibration
requirements are met
and MAF calibration
pre-checks are
done. Repeat MAF
calibration. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4752
FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4752 FMI 4 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1112 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

EGT Sensor (Exhaust Gas Temperature)


Overview of EGT Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


173 2 EGT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 1114)
173 3 EGT signal Out of Range HIGH (page 155)
173 4 EGT signal Out of Range LOW (page 1125)

Overview
Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating
exhaust gas temperature.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1113

Figure 326 Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) Sensor Location


1. EGT sensor
1114 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 173 FMI 2 - EGT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects difference between estimated Exhaust Gas Temperature
(EGT) and actual EGT is greater than 540°F (300°C) for 25.5 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 173 FMI 3 and 4


(EGT)

Fault Facts
ECM estimates EGT based on engine speed and torque, engine coolant temperature, and barometric pressure.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Key-On Engine-Running (KOER)
Possible Causes
• Failed EGT sensor
• High resistance in EGT circuit
• High resistance in SIG GND circuit
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1115

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1114).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 173 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 173 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 173 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect EGT connector.
C. Check EGT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EGT connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 173 FMI 2.

Step 4 Check EGT circuits. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1117). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Replace EGT
exhaust gas temperature. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 173 FMI 2.
Is temperature 1020.7 ± 10°F (549.3 ± -11°C)? No: Go to Step 5.
1116 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check EGT circuits. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1118). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Repair SIG GND
exhaust gas temperature. circuit between EGT
pin-1 and ECM pin
E-28. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 173 FMI 2.
Is temperature 1020.7 ± 10°F (549.3 ± -11°C)? No: Repair SIG circuit
between EGT pin-2
and ECM pin E-50.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 173 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 173 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1117

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 173 FMI 2)

Figure 327 Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4946
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 328 Test 1 Signal Circuit Check


1118 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Figure 329 Test 2 EGT Signal Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1119

SPN 173 FMI 3 - EGT Signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) is above maximum
threshold.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) circuit OPEN
• EGT circuit short to PWR
• SIG GND Circuit OPEN
• Failed EGT Sensor
1120 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 173 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 173 FMI 3 Active or Pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure.

Step 2 Inspect for Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor for damage. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EGT sensor connector.
C. Inspect EGT connector for: damage, pinched wires, corroded terminals,
loose, bent or broken pins, or broken connector housing.
Is EGT connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
173 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check EGT circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1122). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to PWR
Harness ZTSE4946 pin-2 and known good ground. between EGT pin-2 and
ECM pin E-50. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 173 FMI 3.
Is voltage greater than 6.0 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check EGT circuits. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1123). With exhaust temperature greater than 437°F Yes: Replace EGT
(225°C), use EST with ServiceMaxx™ software to clear Diagnostic Trouble sensor. After repairs are
Code (DTC) list. complete, retest for SPN
173 FMI 3.
Does SPN 173 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Check EGT circuits for Open. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1123). With exhaust temperature greater than 437°F Yes: Repair Open
(225°C), use EST with ServiceMaxx™ software to clear DTC list. between EGT pin-1
and ECM pin E-28. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 173 FMI 3.
Does SPN 173 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair Open
between EGT pin-2
and ECM pin E-50. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 173 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1121

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 173 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1122 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 173 FMI 3)

Figure 330 (EGT Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4946
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 331 Test 1 EGT Circuit Voltage Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1123

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to vehicle harness and leave Exhaust Gas Temperature
(EGT) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.

Figure 332 Test 2 EGT Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
F. Start engine. Run estimated exhaust temperature up to greater than 437°F (225°C).
1124 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 333 Test 3 EGT Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to vehicle harness and leave EGT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to known good
ground.
D. Connect EST to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
F. Start engine. Run estimated exhaust temperature up to greater than 437°F (225°C).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1125

SPN 173 FMI 4 - EGT Signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) is below minimum
allowable threshold for a predetermined amount of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Key-On Engine-Running (KOER)
Possible Causes
• Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) circuit short to PWR
• Failed EGT sensor
1126 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 173 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 173 FMI 4 Active or Pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EGT sensor.
C. Inspect EGT connector for: damage, pinched wires, corroded terminals,
loose, bent or broken pins, or broken connector housing.
Is EGT connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
173 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check EGT circuits for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1127). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace EGT
DTC list. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
173 FMI 4.
Does SPN 175 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair short to GND
between EGT pin-2 and
ECM pin E-50. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 173 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 173 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1127

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 173 FMI 4)

Figure 334 EGT Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1128 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Engine
Overview of Engine Sensor

SPN FMI Description


188 0 Engine Low Idle RPM above normal (page 1129)
188 1 Engine Low Idle RPM below normal (page 1131)
1322 31 Misfire - Multiple Cylinders (page 1134)
1323 31 Misfire - Cylinder 1 (page 1138)
1324 31 Misfire - Cylinder 2 (page 1143)
1325 31 Misfire - Cylinder 3 (page 1148)
1326 31 Misfire - Cylinder 4 (page 1153)
1327 31 Misfire - Cylinder 5 (page 1158)
1328 31 Misfire - Cylinder 6 (page 1163)
5395 0 Engine unable to achieve desired idle torque (too high) (page 1168)
5395 1 Engine unable to achieve desired idle torque (too low) (page 1171)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1129

SPN 188 FMI 0 - Engine Low Idle RPM above normal

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when vehicle is stationary and engine speed is greater than what is requested by Engine Control
Module (ECM).

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 110 FMI 2 (ECT1) • SPN 5395 FMI 0


(EWPS)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• External fuel source
• Engine oil leak to intake
• Contaminated fuel
1130 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1129).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
188 FMI 0.

Step 2 Inspect for airborne combustibles (such as propane saturated air or Decision
ether) near engine.
Inspect air filter and intake system for stains, concentrations of contaminants, Yes: Go to Step 3.
odors / smells from external fuel sources, and modifications.
Is engine intake system intact and free from any external fuel sources? No: Repair source of
airborne combustibles.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 188 FMI 0.

Step 3 Inspect for a engine oil leak to intake. Decision


Perform Engine Oil to Intake (page 111). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is engine oil leaking to intake? No: Repair engine oil to
intake. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
188 FMI 0.

Step 4 Inspect for contaminated fuel (alternate fuels other than diesel fuel). Decision
Perform Fuel Quality Inspection(page 2215). Yes: Diagnostics
complete.
Is diesel fuel in good condition and not contaminated? No: Drain fuel tank,
and fill with clean and
/ or known good diesel
fuel. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
188 FMI 0.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 188 FMI 0 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1131

SPN 188 FMI 1 - Engine Low Idle RPM below normal

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when vehicle is stationary and engine speed is less than what is requested by Engine Control
Module (ECM).

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 651 - 656 (INJ) • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 5395 FMI 1
31 (ENG) (EWPS)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Low Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• Low cylinder compression
• Clutch or Power Take Off (PTO) engagement without command
1132 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1131).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
188 FMI 1.

Step 2 Check intake air system for restrictions, leaks, or damage. Decision
Perform Intake Air Inspection(page 2230). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are air intake system and air filter free of restrictions, leaks, physical damage, No: Repair restrictions,
and contamination? air leaks, or physical
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
188 FMI 1

Step 3 Check exhaust system for restrictions, leaks, or damage. Decision


Perform Exhaust and Aftertreatment System Inspection(page 2233). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Are exhaust and aftertreatment system free of restrictions, leaks, physical No: Repair restrictions,
damage, and contamination? leaks, fuel leaks, or
physical damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 188 FMI 1

Step 4 Check fuel system for restrictions, leaks, or damage. Decision


Perform Fuel System Inspection(page 2214). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Are fuel system free of restrictions, leaks, physical damage, and contamination? No: Repair restrictions,
fuel leaks, or physical
damage. Replace
contaminated fluids
as required. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 188 FMI 1

Step 5 Check that Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) is within specification. Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, Key-On Yes: Go to Step 6.
Engine-Running (KOER) monitor FDP sensor.
Is FDP within specification? No: Go to Fuel Delivery
Pressure(page 121)
symptoms diagnostics.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 188 FMI 1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1133

Step 6 Determine if the engine has a mechanical cylinder balance problem Decision
(compression loss).
Perform Crankcase Pressure Test.(page 2156) Yes: Repair base
engine compression
imbalance. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 188 FMI 1.
Does engine have excessive crankcase pressure? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Check for Power Take Off (PTO) engagement without command. Decision
Key-On Engine-Running (KOER), monitor PTO output shaft rotation. Yes: Repair PTO
unit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
188 FMI 1.
Is PTO output shaft rotating without being commanded on? No: Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Determine if engine has a fuel injector problem. Decision


Perform KOER Cylinder Cutout Test(page 2039). Yes: Replace injector
suspected by KOER
Cylinder Cutout Test(page
2039). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
188 FMI 1.
Did one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than others? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 9 Inspect for failed valve train components. Decision


A. Remove valve cover (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Diagnostics
complete.
B. Inspect for bent valves, fallen bridges, and valves out of adjustment.
Is valve train free of failed valve train components? No: Repair failed valve
train components. After
repairs are complete
retest for SPN 188 FMI 1.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 188 FMI 1 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1134 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1322 FMI 31 Misfire - Multiple Cylinders

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines there is a balance difference between cylinders.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Oil growth
• Aerated oil
• EGR amount
• Boost leaks
• MAF drift
• MAF auto-calibration
• EGR distribution
• ICP biased sensor
• IMT sensor
• Cam lobe issues
• Compression brake activating (if installed) during powered engine operation
• Sticking EGR valve
• ICP tracking issues
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1135

• Aerated fuel
• High-pressure oil system repairs (misfire after repairs)
1136 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1134).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1322 FMI 31.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 1322 FMI 31. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1322 FMI 31 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, Decision
air leaks, or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness. Inspect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor for dirt and Yes: Go to Step 4.
oil residue. Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector
(AFI) valve for leaks or physical damage.
Are air intake system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, leaks, and No: Repair restrictions,
physical damage? air leaks, fuel leaks, or
physical damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1322 FMI
31.

Step 4 Check for fuel level and fuel quality. Decision


Visually inspect by removing fuel cap from all tanks, check Water In Fuel (WIF) Yes: Go to Step 5.
light, and sample for dirty or aerated fuel.
Is there sufficient supply of good quality fuel? No: Remove dirty or
aerated fuel, fill with good
quality fuel. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1322 FMI 31.

Step 5 Check for oil level, quality, and aeration. Decision


Check for oil level, oil quality, and aerated oil. Yes: Go to Step 6.
Is there sufficient supply of good quality oil? No: Remove dirty,
aerated, or contaminated
oil. Fill with good quality
oil. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1322 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1137

Step 6 Determine if Engine Compression Brake (ECB) is equipped and Decision


operating correctly.
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform KOEO Low to High Idle Test Yes: Go to Step 7.
(page 1995)while monitoring Brake Control Pressure (BCP).
Is BCP less than 72 psi (500 kPa)? No: Replace ECB
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1322 FMI 31.

Step 7 Calibrate Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor. Decision


Perform KOER MAF Sensor Calibrations (page 2123) procedure. Yes: Go to Step 8.
Did MAF auto-calibration succeed? No: Perform test
and procedures for a
malfunctioning MAF
sensor (see MAF Sensor
SPN 132). After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1322 FMI 31.

Step 8 Determine the cause of rough engine idle or misfire. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Go to Step 9.
Are all engine cylinder performance readings similar? No: Repair mechanical
problem with cylinder(s)
indicating low
performance. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1322 FMI
31.

Step 9 Evaluate cylinder performance issues. Decision


Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Test (page 2052) to evaluate Yes: Go to HPOP CPA
cylinder performance issues. Evaluate performance concerns during hot idle, Test (page 2082).
cold idle (optional), and a full load highway speed test..
Did tests finish without identifying a suspect cylinder? No: Remove valve cover,
check valve lash, and
crank engine to verify
cam shaft lobe operation
and lift. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1322 FMI 31.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 1322 FMI 31 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1138 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1323 FMI 31 - Misfire - Cylinder 1

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines there is a balance difference between cylinders.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Injector quantity and timing issues
• Flying short circuits
• Injector electrical checks
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1139

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1138).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1323 FMI 31.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 1323 FMI 31. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1323 FMI 31 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Test for failed injector. Decision


Perform Key On Engine Off (KOEO) Injector Test(page 2008). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Did KOEO Injector Test pass? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 4 Inspect Under Valve Cover (UVC) connector 2. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect UVC connector.
C. Check UVC connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; wet
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are UVC connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1323 FMI 31.

Step 5 Test injector 1 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 6.
ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 6 Test injector 1 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 7.
ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
1140 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 7 Test injector 1 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 8.
ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 8 Test injector 1 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Diagnostics
ZTSE4793 pin-4 and known good GND. complete. Retest for
SPN 1323 FMI 31.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 9 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 1 Open Coil - Short Circuit Fault(page 1384). Yes: Go to Step 10.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1323 FMI 31.

Step 10 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 1 Open Coil - Open Circuit(page 1408). Yes: Go to Step 11.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1323 FMI 31.

Step 11 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 1 Close Coil - Short Circuit(page 1533). Yes: Go to Step 12.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1323 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1141

Step 12 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 1 Close Coil - Open Circuit(page 1557). Yes: Go to Step 13.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1323 FMI 31.

Batteries must be charged (use battery charger if necessary).

Step 13 Engine or Valve Train damage Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Diagnostics
complete. Retest for
SPN 1323 FMI 31.
Does test return “Test Completed, Successful.” No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 1323 FMI 31 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1142 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests

Figure 335 Injector 1 Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shut engine down before doing voltage checks for
injector solenoids. When the engine is running, injector circuits have high voltage and amperage.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, turn the ignition switch OFF before disconnecting connectors. Failure
to turn the ignition switch OFF will cause a voltage spike and damage to electrical components.

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC connector 2.
C. Connect Under Valve Cover (UVC) ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC
connector 2 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1143

SPN 1324 FMI 31 - Misfire - Cylinder 2

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines there is a balance difference between cylinders.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Injector quantity and timing issues
• Flying short circuits
• Injector electrical checks
1144 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1143).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1324 FMI 31.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 1324 FMI 31. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1324 FMI 31 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Test for failed injector. Decision


Perform Key On Engine Off (KOEO) Injector Test(page 2008). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Did KOEO Injector Test pass? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 4 Inspect Under Valve Cover (UVC) connector 2. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect UVC connector.
C. Check UVC connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; wet
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are UVC connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1324 FMI 31.

Step 5 Test injector 2 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 6.
ZTSE4793 pin-5 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 6 Test injector 2 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 7.
ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1145

Step 7 Test injector 2 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 8.
ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 8 Test injector 2 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Diagnostics
ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND. complete. Retest for
SPN 1324 FMI 31.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 9 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 2 Open Coil - Short Circuit Fault(page 1384). Yes: Go to Step 10.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1324 FMI 31.

Step 10 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 2 Open Coil - Open Circuit(page 1408). Yes: Go to Step 11.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1324 FMI 31.

Step 11 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 2 Close Coil - Short Circuit(page 1533). Yes: Go to Step 12.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1324 FMI 31.
1146 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 12 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 2 Close Coil - Open Circuit(page 1557). Yes: Go to Step 13.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1324 FMI 31.

Batteries must be charged (use battery charger if necessary).

Step 13 Engine or Valve Train damage Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Diagnostics
complete. Retest for
SPN 1324 FMI 31.
Does test return “Test Completed, Successful.” No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 1324 FMI 31 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1147

Pin-Point Tests

Figure 336 Injector 2 Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shut engine down before doing voltage checks for
injector solenoids. When the engine is running, injector circuits have high voltage and amperage.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, turn the ignition switch OFF before disconnecting connectors. Failure
to turn the ignition switch OFF will cause a voltage spike and damage to electrical components.

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC connector 2.
C. Connect Under Valve Cover (UVC) ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC
connector 2 disconnected.
1148 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1325 FMI 31 - Misfire - Cylinder 3

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines there is a balance difference between cylinders.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Injector quantity and timing issues
• Flying short circuits
• Injector electrical checks
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1149

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1148).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1325 FMI 31.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 1325 FMI 31. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1325 FMI 31 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Test for failed injector. Decision


Perform Key On Engine Off (KOEO) Injector Test(page 2008). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Did KOEO Injector Test pass? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 4 Inspect Under Valve Cover (UVC) connector 3. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect UVC connector.
C. Check UVC connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; wet
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are UVC connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1323 FMI 31.

Step 5 Test injector 3 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 6.
ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 6 Test injector 3 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 7.
ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
1150 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 7 Test injector 3 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 8.
ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 8 Test injector 3 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Diagnostics
ZTSE4793 pin-4 and known good GND. complete. Retest for
SPN 1325 FMI 31.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 9 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 3 Open Coil - Short Circuit Fault(page 1384). Yes: Go to Step 10.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1325 FMI 31.

Step 10 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 3 Open Coil - Open Circuit(page 1408). Yes: Go to Step 11.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1325 FMI 31.

Step 11 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 3 Close Coil - Short Circuit(page 1533). Yes: Go to Step 12.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1325 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1151

Step 12 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 3 Close Coil - Open Circuit(page 1557). Yes: Go to Step 13.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1325 FMI 31.

Batteries must be charged (use battery charger if necessary).

Step 13 Engine or Valve Train damage Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Diagnostics
complete. Retest for
SPN 1325 FMI 31.
Does test return “Test Completed, Successful.” No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 1325 FMI 31 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1152 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests

Figure 337 Injector 3 Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shut engine down before doing voltage checks for
injector solenoids. When the engine is running, injector circuits have high voltage and amperage.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, turn the ignition switch OFF before disconnecting connectors. Failure
to turn the ignition switch OFF will cause a voltage spike and damage to electrical components.

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC connector 3.
C. Connect Under Valve Cover (UVC) ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC
connector 3 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1153

SPN 1326 FMI 31 - Misfire - Cylinder 4

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines there is a balance difference between cylinders.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Injector quantity and timing issues
• Flying short circuits
• Injector electrical checks
1154 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1153).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1326 FMI 31.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 1326 FMI 31. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1326 FMI 31 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Test for failed injector. Decision


Perform Key On Engine Off (KOEO) Injector Test(page 2008). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Did KOEO Injector Test pass? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 4 Inspect Under Valve Cover (UVC) connector 3. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect UVC connector.
C. Check UVC connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; wet
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are UVC connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1323 FMI 31.

Step 5 Test injector 4 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 6.
ZTSE4793 pin-5 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 6 Test injector 4 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 7.
ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1155

Step 7 Test injector 4 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 8.
ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 8 Test injector 4 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Diagnostics
ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND. complete. Retest for
SPN 1326 FMI 31.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 9 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 4 Open Coil - Short Circuit Fault(page 1384). Yes: Go to Step 10.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1326 FMI 31.

Step 10 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 4 Open Coil - Open Circuit(page 1408). Yes: Go to Step 11.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1326 FMI 31.

Step 11 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 4 Close Coil - Short Circuit(page 1533). Yes: Go to Step 12.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1326 FMI 31.
1156 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 12 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 4 Close Coil - Open Circuit(page 1557). Yes: Go to Step 13.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1326 FMI 31.

Batteries must be charged (use battery charger if necessary).

Step 13 Engine or Valve Train damage Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Diagnostics
complete. Retest for
SPN 1326 FMI 31.
Does test return “Test Completed, Successful.” No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 1326 FMI 31 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1157

Pin-Point Tests

Figure 338 Injector 4 Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shut engine down before doing voltage checks for
injector solenoids. When the engine is running, injector circuits have high voltage and amperage.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, turn the ignition switch OFF before disconnecting connectors. Failure
to turn the ignition switch OFF will cause a voltage spike and damage to electrical components.

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC connector 3.
C. Connect Under Valve Cover (UVC) ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC
connector 3 disconnected.
1158 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1327 FMI 31 - Misfire - Cylinder 5

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines there is a balance difference between cylinders.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Injector quantity and timing issues
• Flying short circuits
• Injector electrical checks
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1159

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1158).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1327 FMI 31.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 1327 FMI 31. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1327 FMI 31 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Test for failed injector. Decision


Perform Key On Engine Off (KOEO) Injector Test(page 2008). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Did KOEO Injector Test pass? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 4 Inspect Under Valve Cover (UVC) connector 4. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect UVC connector.
C. Check UVC connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; wet
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are UVC connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1327 FMI 31.

Step 5 Test injector 5 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 6.
ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 6 Test injector 5 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 7.
ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
1160 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 7 Test injector 5 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 8.
ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 8 Test injector 5 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Diagnostics
ZTSE4793 pin-4 and known good GND. complete. Retest for
SPN 1327 FMI 31.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 9 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 5 Open Coil - Short Circuit Fault(page 1384). Yes: Go to Step 10.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1327 FMI 31.

Step 10 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 5 Open Coil - Open Circuit(page 1408). Yes: Go to Step 11.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1327 FMI 31.

Step 11 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 5 Close Coil - Short Circuit(page 1533). Yes: Go to Step 12.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1327 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1161

Step 12 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 5 Close Coil - Open Circuit(page 1557). Yes: Go to Step 13.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1327 FMI 31.

Batteries must be charged (use battery charger if necessary).

Step 13 Engine or Valve Train damage Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Diagnostics
complete. Retest for
SPN 1327 FMI 31.
Does test return “Test Completed, Successful.” No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 1327 FMI 31 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1162 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests

Figure 339 Injector 5 Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shut engine down before doing voltage checks for
injector solenoids. When the engine is running, injector circuits have high voltage and amperage.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, turn the ignition switch OFF before disconnecting connectors. Failure
to turn the ignition switch OFF will cause a voltage spike and damage to electrical components.

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC connector 4.
C. Connect Under Valve Cover (UVC) ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC
connector 4 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1163

SPN 1328 FMI 31 - Misfire - Cylinder 6

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines there is a balance difference between cylinders.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Injector quantity and timing issues
• Flying short circuits
• Injector electrical checks
1164 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1163).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1328 FMI 31.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 1328 FMI 31. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1328 FMI 31 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Test for failed injector. Decision


Perform Key On Engine Off (KOEO) Injector Test(page 2008). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Did KOEO Injector Test pass? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 4 Inspect Under Valve Cover (UVC) connector 4. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect UVC connector.
C. Check UVC connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; wet
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are UVC connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1328 FMI 31.

Step 5 Test injector 6 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 6.
ZTSE4793 pin-5 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 6 Test injector 6 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 7.
ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1165

Step 7 Test injector 6 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 8.
ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 8 Test injector 6 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Diagnostics
ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND. complete. Retest for
SPN 1328 FMI 31.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.

Step 9 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 6 Open Coil - Short Circuit Fault(page 1384). Yes: Go to Step 10.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1328 FMI 31.

Step 10 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 6 Open Coil - Open Circuit(page 1408). Yes: Go to Step 11.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1328 FMI 31.

Step 11 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 6 Close Coil - Short Circuit(page 1533). Yes: Go to Step 12.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1328 FMI 31.
1166 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 12 Isolate electrical failure to injector or harness. Decision


Perform Injector 6 Close Coil - Open Circuit(page 1557). Yes: Go to Step 13.
Does circuit operate properly? No: Replace suspect
injector or under-valve
cover wiring harness as
indicated. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1328 FMI 31.

Batteries must be charged (use battery charger if necessary).

Step 13 Engine or Valve Train damage Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Diagnostics
complete. Retest for
SPN 1328 FMI 31.
Does test return “Test Completed, Successful.” No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 1328 FMI 31 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1167

Pin-Point Tests

Figure 340 Injector 6 Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shut engine down before doing voltage checks for
injector solenoids. When the engine is running, injector circuits have high voltage and amperage.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, turn the ignition switch OFF before disconnecting connectors. Failure
to turn the ignition switch OFF will cause a voltage spike and damage to electrical components.

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC connector 4.
C. Connect Under Valve Cover (UVC) ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC
connector 4 disconnected.
1168 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5395 FMI 0 Engine unable to achieve desired idle torque (too high)

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) monitoring idle fueling is greater than 199 mg/stroke for 60
seconds or more.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3,
(FDP) 4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF)
• SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7
4 (ICP) 4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP)
• SPN 651-656 FMI 4, 5, • SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2659 FMI 20
and 7 (INJ) (TC2WG) 31 (Engine) (AMS)
• SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1
7, 8, and 14 (EGR) (Engine)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Aftermarket PTO installed
• Aftermarket PTO programmed incorrectly
• PTO engaged without command
• Intake restriction
• Exhaust restriction
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1169

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1168).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5395 FMI 0.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 5395 Yes: Go to Step 3.
FMI 0.
Is EST DTC list SPN 5395 FMI 0 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Check for Intake air restriction. Decision


Perform Intake Air Inspection(page 2230). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is intake air restriction less than 25 in-Hg (84.7 kPa) at full load and at rated No: Repair intake air
speed? restrictions. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5395 FMI 0.

Step 4 Check for exhaust system restriction. Decision


Inspect exhaust system for damage and restrictions(page 2233). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Is exhaust system free of any damage or restrictions? No: Repair exhaust
damage and restrictions.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5395 FMI 0.

Step 5 Check for aftermarket Power Take Off (PTO). Decision


Inspect for installation of aftermarket PTO system. Yes: Go to Step 6.
Was an aftermarket PTO system installed correctly? No: Go to Step 7.
1170 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Check for correctly programmed Power Take Off (PTO). Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Programmable Features Yes: Go to Step 7.
PP75270(page 1963). Verify aftermarket PTO system was programed correctly.
Was Aftermarket PTO system programmed correctly? No: After inspection
is complete, notify
supervisor with results
for further action. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5395 FMI
0.

Step 7 Check for Power Take Off (PTO) engagement without command. Decision
A. Key ON Engine Running (KOER) Yes: Repair PTO
unit. After repairs are
B. Monitor PTO output shaft for rotation.
complete, retest for SPN
5395 FMI 0.
Is PTO output shaft rotating without throttle? No: Retest for SPN
5395 FMI 0.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5395 FMI 0 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1171

SPN 5395 FMI 1 Engine unable to achieve desired idle torque (too low)

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) monitoring idle fueling is less than 1 mg/stroke for 60 seconds
or more.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and 4 SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, and
(FDP) (ECT1) 4 (MAF)
SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and 4 SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and 4 SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7
(ICP) (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP)
• SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI SPN 2659 FMI 20;
5, and 7 (INJ) (TC2WG) 31 (Engine)
SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1
8, and 14 (EGR) (Engine)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Contaminated fuel
• Engine oil leak to intake
• Alternate fuel source
• Engine mechanical failure
1172 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1171).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5395 FMI 1.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 5395 Yes: Go to Step 3.
FMI 1.
Is EST DTC list SPN 5395 FMI 1 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Check for airborne combustibles. Decision


Inspect for airborne combustibles (ex. propane saturated air, ether, and etc.) Yes: Go to Step 4.
near engine. Inspect air filter and intake system for stains, concentrations of
contaminants, odors/smells from external fuel sources, and modifications.
Is engine intake system intact and free from any external fuel sources? No: Repair source of
combustibles. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5395 FMI
1.

Step 4 Check for oil in CAC. Decision


Inspect high pressure turbocharger outlet piping for oil. Disconnect Charge Air Yes: Go to Step 5.
Cooler (CAC) inlet to check for evidence of oil.
Is CAC inlet free of engine oil? No: Repair high
pressure turbocharger.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5395 FMI 1.

Step 5 Check for oil in LPCAC. Decision


Inspect low pressure turbocharger outlet piping for oil. Disconnect Low Pressure Yes: Go to Step 6.
Charge Air Cooler (LPCAC) inlet for evidence of oil.
Is LPCAC inlet free of engine oil? No: Repair low pressure
turbocharger. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5395 FMI
1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1173

Step 6 Check for mechanical failure. Decision


Determine if the engine has a mechanical cylinder balance problem (compression Yes: Retest for SPN
loss). Perform Crankcase Pressure Test(page 2156). 5395 FMI 1.
Is crankcase pressure within specification? No: Repair base
engine compression
imbalance. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5395 FMI 1.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5395 FMI 1 fault code diagnostics.
1174 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

EOP Sensor (Engine Oil Pressure)


Overview of EOP Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


100 3 EOP signal Out of Range HIGH (page 1175)
100 4 EOP signal Out of Range LOW (page 1180)

Overview
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating engine
oil pressure. During engine operation, ECM will monitor EOP signal to determine if oil pressure is satisfactory.
If oil pressure is below desired pressure, ECM will turn on red engine lamp.
An optional feature, Engine Warning and Protection System (EWPS), can be enabled to warn engine operator
and shut engine down when low engine oil pressure condition occurs.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1175

SPN 100 FMI 3 - EOP signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
None

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• EOP circuit short to PWR
• SIG GND circuit Open
• Failed EOP sensor
1176 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for Associated Yes: Go to Step 2.
Faults(page 1175).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
100 FMI 3.

Step 2 Check for active fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 100 FMI 3.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 100 FMI 3 as Active or Pending? Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 100 FMI
3.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect EOP sensor connector.
C. Check EOP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EOP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 100 FMI 3.

Step 4 Inspect connections at Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Repair short to
PWR between EOP
B. Disconnect EOP sensor connector.
sensor pin-3 and Engine
C. Check EOP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched Control Module (ECM)
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken pin E-13. After repairs
connector housing. are complete, retest for
SPN 100 FMI 3.
Does SPN 100 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1177

Step 5 Check EOP sensor for Open. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1178). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace EOP
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-1 and PWR. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
100 FMI 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts. No: Repair Open
between EOP sensor
pin-1 and ECM pin
E-28. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
100 FMI 3

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 100 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1178 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 100 FMI 3)

Figure 341 EOP Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 342 Test 1 EOP Circuit Voltage Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1179

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor vehicle harness
connector and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1180 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 100 FMI 4 - EOP Signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) signal is out of range
low.

Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• EOP circuit Open
• EOP circuit short to GND
• VREF 1 circuit Open
• Failed EOP sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1181

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for Associated Yes: Go to Step 2.
Faults(page 1180).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
100 FMI 4.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 100 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 100 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 100 FMI
4.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect EOP sensor connector.
C. Check EOP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EOP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 100 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check EOP circuits for Open. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1183). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage within 5 volts ± 0.5 volt? No: Repair Open
between EOP pin-2
and ECM pin E-35. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 100 FMI
4.
1182 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check EOP circuits. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1184). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace EOP
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
100 FMI 4.
Does SPN 100 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 6

Step 6 Check EOP circuits. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1184). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Repair short to
DTC list. GND between EOP
pin-3 and ECM pin
E-13. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
100 FMI 4.
Does SPN 3509 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair Open
between EOP pin-3
and ECM pin E-13. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 100 FMI
4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 100 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1183

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 100 FMI 4)

Figure 343 EOP Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• 3-Banana Plug Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 344 Test 1 VREF 1 Voltage Check


1184 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Oil Pressure (EOP)
sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.

Figure 345 Test 2 EOP Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EOP sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1185

Figure 346 Test 3 EOP Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EOP sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1186 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

EOT Sensor (Engine Oil Temperature)


Overview of EOT Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


175 2 EOT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 1188)
175 3 EOT signal Out of Range HIGH (page 1193)
175 4 EOT signal Out of Range LOW (page 1199)
175 7 EOT not warming along with engine (page 1202)

Overview
Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating
engine oil temperature. ECM monitors EOT signal to control fuel quantity and timing throughout operating range
of engine. EOT signal allows ECM to compensate for oil viscosity variations due to temperature changes in
operating environment, ensuring adequate power and torque are available for all operating conditions.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1187

Figure 347 EOT Sensor Location


1. Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor
1188 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 175 FMI 2 - EOT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
ECM Compares Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor to Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT), Intake Air
Temperature (IAT), Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet
Temperature (CACOT), and Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensors at Key-On after a cold soak.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 175 FMI 3 and 4


(EOT)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Failed EOT sensor
• High resistance in ECT1 circuit
• High resistance in SIG GND circuit
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1189

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1188).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 175 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 175 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 175 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect EOT connector.
C. Check EOT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EOT connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 175 FMI 2.

Step 4 Check EOT circuits. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1191). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Replace EOT
engine oil temperature. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 175 FMI 2.
Is temperature 194 ± 10°F (90 ± -11°C)? No: Go to Step 5.
1190 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check EOT circuits. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1192). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Repair SIG GND
engine oil temperature. circuit between EOT
pin-1 and ECM pin
E-28. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 175 FMI 2.
Is temperature 194 ± 10°F (90 ± -11°C)? No: Repair SIG circuit
between EOT pin-2
and ECM pin E-66.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 175 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 175 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1191

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 175 FMI 2)

Figure 348 EOT Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 349 Test 1 EOT Signal Circuit Check


1192 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Figure 350 Test 2 EOT Signal Circuit Check

Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1193

SPN 175 FMI 3 - EOT signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
None

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor signal circuit open or short to power
• EOT sensor signal circuit open
• EOT sensor ground circuit OPEN or high resistance
• Failed EOT sensor
1194 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, be careful to avoid rotating parts (belts and fan)
and hot engine surfaces.

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) from ServiceMaxx™ software, check for Yes: Go to Step 2.
active fault codes SPN 175 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 175 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Drive vehicle and
retest for SPN 175 FMI
3. If fault code does not
return, notify supervisor
for further action.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor. Decision


A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EOT sensor connector.
C. Check EOT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EOT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
175 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check EOT circuits for short to PWR Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1196). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair EOT circuit
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND. for a short to PWR. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 175 FMI 3.
Is voltage greater than 6 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check EOT circuits. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1197). Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with Yes: Replace sensor.
ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 175 FMI 3.
Is fault code SPN 175 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1195

Step 5 Check EOT circuits. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1197). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Repair open in signal
DTC list. ground circuit. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 175 FMI 3.
Is fault code SPN 175 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Repair open in signal
circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
175 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 175 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1196 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 175 FMI 3)

Figure 351 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 SCR Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• 180-pin Breakout Box

Figure 352 Test 1 EOT Circuit Voltage Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1197

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) vehicle harness connector
and leave EOT sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.

Figure 353 Test 2 EOT Sensor Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) vehicle harness connector
and leave EOT sensor disconnected. Use Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 to short pin-1 to pin-2.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON and log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1198 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 to Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector
and short pin-2 to ground.
C. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON and log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1199

SPN 175 FMI 4 - EOT signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) signal is lower than
expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• EOT circuit short to GND
• Failed EOT sensor
1200 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 175 FMI 4.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 175 FMI 4 as active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EOT sensor.
C. Inspect EOT sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wire; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EOT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair or Replace
connector or pins. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 175 FMI 4.

Step 1 EOT Resistance check for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1201). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace EOT
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
175 FMI 4.
Does SPN 175 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair short to GND
between EOT pin-2 and
ECM pin E-66. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 175 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 175 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1201

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 175 FMI 4)

Figure 355 EOT Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EOT sensor.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1202 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 175 FMI 7 - EOT not warming along with engine

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects the difference between Engine Oil Temperature
(EOT) and Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensors is greater than 27°F (15°C) after a cold soak.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• High resistance EOT circuit
• High resistance SIG GND circuit
• Failed EOT sensor
• Failed oil system module thermal valve assembly
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1203

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 175 FMI 7.
Is EST DTC list SPN 175 FMI 7 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Not Active Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EOT connector.
C. Check EOT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EOT connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
175 FMI 7.

Step 3 Check EOT circuit for high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1205). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Go to step 5.
engine oil temperature.
Is temperature 194 ± 10°F (90 ± 5.6°C)? No: Go to step 4.

Step 4 Check EOT signal circuit for high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1206). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Repair high
engine oil temperature. resistance between EOT
pin-1 and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin E-28.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 175 FMI 7.
Is temperature 194F ± 10°F (90 ± -5.6°C)? No: Repair high resistance
between EOT pin-2 and
ECM pin E-66. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 175 FMI 7.
1204 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check EOT sensor resistance. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1206). Using DMM to measure resistance between Yes: Replace oil system
Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2. module thermal valve
assembly. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
175 FMI 7.
Is resistance within specification(page 2271)? No: Replace EOT sensor.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 175 FMI 7.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 175 FMI 7 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1205

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 175 FMI 7)

Figure 356 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 357 Test 1 EOT Signal Circuit Check


1206 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Figure 358 Test 2 EOT Signal Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1207

Figure 359 Test 3 EOT Signal Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EOT sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to EOT sensor and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1208 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

ETP (Engine Throttle Valve Position)


Overview of ETP Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


51 3 ETP signal Out of Range HIGH (page 1210)
51 4 ETP signal Out of Range LOW (page 1212)
51 7 ETP does not agree with commanded position (page 1219)
3464 31 Intake Throttle Valve short circuit fault (page 1221)

Overview
Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) is used to control air/fuel mixture during a regeneration process of
Aftertreatment (AFT) system. ETP is also used to insure smooth engine shutdown by restricting airflow to
engine at shutdown.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1209

Figure 360 ETP Sensor Location


1. Engine Throttle Valve Position
(ETP)
1210 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 51 FMI 3 - ETP signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) signal is
greater than 4.902 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• ETP circuit short to PWR
• Failed ETP sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1211

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1210).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
51 FMI 3.

Step 2 Check for active fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 51 FMI 3 Yes: Go to Step 3.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 51 FMI 3 as active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) sensor. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ETP connector.
C. Check ETP connector and terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; or loose, bent, or broken connector housing.
Are ETP connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
51 FMI 3.

Step 4 Inspect connections at Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) sensor. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Repair short to PWR
between ETP pin-5 and
B. Disconnect Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) connector and leave
Engine Control Module
ETP disconnected.
(ECM) pin-68. After
C. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979). repairs are completed,
retest for SPN 51 FMI 3.
D. Key ON.
E. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
F. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear DTC list.
Does SPN 51 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Replace ETP. After
repairs are completed,
retest for SPN 51 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 51 FMI 3 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1212 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 51 FMI 4 - ETP signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) circuit
reading is less than 0.352 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• ETP Signal short to GND
• VREF 1 circuit Open
• ETP signal Open
• Failed ETP sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1213

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1212).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults . After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 51 FMI 4.

Step 2 Check for active fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 51 FMI 4. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Does EST DTC show SPN 51 FMI 4 as active? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ETP connector.
C. Check ETP and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are ETP connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 51 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check ETP circuits for Opens. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1216). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4735A pin-1 and known good ground.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
between ETP pin-1
and ECM pin E-35.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 51 FMI 4.

Step 5 Check ETP circuits. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1216). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace ETP.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 51 FMI 4.
Does SPN 51 FMI 3 set after DTC is cleared? No: Go to Step 6.
1214 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Check ETP circuits. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1218). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC Yes: Repair short to
list. GND between ETP
pin-5 and ECM pin
E-43. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 51 FMI 4.
Does SPN 3509 FMI 4 set after DTC is cleared? No: Repair Open
between ETP pin-5
and ECM pin E-43.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 51 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 51 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1215

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 51 FMI 4)

Figure 361 ETP circuit diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1216 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 362 Test 1 VREF 1 Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) vehicle harness
connector and leave ETP disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1217

Figure 363 Test 2 ETP Sensor Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) vehicle harness
connector and leave ETP disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-5 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A
together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1218 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 364 Test 3 ETP Sensor Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) vehicle harness
connector and leave ETP disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-5 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A
together.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1219

SPN 51 FMI 7 - ETP does not agree with commanded position

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses an error in Engine Throttle Position (ETP) sensor
based on actual throttle position minus desired throttle position after 25 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 51 FMI 3 and 4


(ETP)

Fault Facts
Vehicles that chronically experience this fault condition in cold weather may require use of winter fronts to help
with issue.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open SIG GND circuit.
• Frozen Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
• Failed ETV
1220 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active fault codes Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1219).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 51 FMI 7.

Step 2 Check for high resistance in SIG GND circuit.. Decision


Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO), measure Engine Throttle Position (ETP) voltage in Yes: Repair Open
ServiceMaxx™. / High resistance
between ETV pin-3
and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin
E-28. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 51 FMI 7.
Is ETP voltage within 4 ± 0.5 volts. No: Replace ETV.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 51 FMI 7.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 51 FMI 7 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1221

SPN 3464 FMI 31 - Intake Throttle Valve short circuit fault

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects short circuit on Engine Throttle Actuator Control

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3510 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3511 FMI 3 and 4
(VREF) (VREF) (VREF)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• ETV-CL Short to GND
• ETV-CH Short to GND
• ETV-CL Short to PWR
• ETV-CH Short to PWR
• Failed Engine Throttle Control (ETC)
1222 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1221).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3464 FMI 31.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 3.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3464 FMI 31.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3464 FMI 31 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Engine Throttle Control (ETC) connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ETC.
C. Check ETC and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are ETC connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3464 FMI 31.

Step 4 Check for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1224). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4735A pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
GND between ETV
pin-2 and ECM pin-57
and pin-75. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3464 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1223

Step 5 Check for Short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1224). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4735A pin-6 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
GND between ETV
pin-6 and ECM pin-58
and pin-76. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3464 FMI 31

Step 6 Check for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1225). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE4735A pin-2 and known good GND. PWR between ETV
pin-2 and ECM pin-57
and pin-75. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3464 FMI 31.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volt? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 6 Check for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 1225). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE4735A pin-1 and PWR. PWR between ETV
pin-6 and ECM pin-58
and pin-76. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3464 FMI 31.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Replace ETV. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3464 FMI
31.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3464 FMI 31 fault code diagnostics.
1224 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3464 FMI 31)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 365 Test 1 ETC connector Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Throttle Control (ETC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle harness and leave ETC connector disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1225

Figure 366 Test 2 ETC connector Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Throttle Control (ETC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle harness and leave ETC connector disconnected.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Throttle Control (ETC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle harness and leave ETC connector disconnected.

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Throttle Control (ETC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle harness and leave ETC connector disconnected.
1226 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

EWPS (Engine Warning Protection System)


Overview of EWPS Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


100 1 Engine Oil System below Critical Pressure (page 1229)
100 18 Engine Oil System below Warning Pressure (page 1231)
110 0 Engine Cooling System above Critical Temperature (page 1233)
110 15 Engine Cooling System above Warning Temperature (page 1235)
110 16 ECT1 stuck in range High (page 1237)
111 1 ECL below Warning/Critical Level (page 1239)
111 2 ECL signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 1242)
175 15 Engine Oil System above Warning Temperature (page 1245)
190 0 Engine Overspeed - Most Severe Level (page 1251)
593 31 Engine stopped by IST (page 1253)
1378 31 Change Engine Oil Service Interval (page 1256)
3936 0 DPF Soot Load - Severe De-Rate (page 1258)

Overview
Engine Warning Protection System (EWPS), warns operator of conditions that can damage engine.
Standard Warning System is base system in which all engines are equipped. If one of these faults are detected,
Engine Control Module (ECM) illuminates red engine lamp and sets corresponding Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(DTC).
Following optional features to this base system provide added warning or protection.

Standard Warning
No engine shutdown available.
• ECT - Engine overheat warning
• EOP - Low engine oil pressure warning

3-way Warning
No engine shutdown available.
• ECT - Engine overheat warning
• EOP - Low engine oil pressure warning
• ECL - Low engine coolant level warning

3-way Protection
Engine shutdown is available if critical condition is detected.
• ECT, EOP, ECL - Same as 3-way Warning
• ECT - Engine overheat critical protection
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1227

• EOP - Low engine oil pressure critical protection


• ECL - Low engine coolant level critical protection

Warning (Amber Triangle Light):


Temperature above specific threshold sounds a buzzer, illuminates red OIL/WATER Lamp (OWL), and sets DTC.

Critical (Exclamation Mark Stop Lamp):


Temperature above specific threshold shuts down engine and sets DTC.

Event log (if equipped):


This feature logs occurrences of event according to engine hours and odometer readings.
EWPS Programmable Parameters
• 1 = 3-way Warning
• 2 = 3-way Protection
• 3 = Standard Warning

ECT Warning Temperature:


Specifies temperature threshold where Triangle Warning light and warning buzzer are turned on.

ECT Critical Temperature:


Specifies temperature threshold where an engine shutdown is commanded (Exclamation Engine Stop lamp).

EOP Engine Speed Region Boundary 1 (600 RPM):


Specifies at what RPM a specified oil pressure (EOP Critical Pressure for Region 1) should be detected.

EOP Engine Speed Region Boundary 2 (800 RPM):


Specifies at what RPM a specified oil pressure (EOP Critical Pressure for Region 2) should be detected.

EOP Engine Speed Region Boundary 3 (1000 RPM):


Specifies at what RPM a specified oil pressure (EOP Critical Pressure for Region 3) should be detected.

EOP Warning Pressure for Region 1 (10 psi / 69 kPa):


Specifies minimum oil pressure with engine speed greater than EOP Engine Speed Region Boundary 1. Failure
to meet set point turns on the OIL/WATER lamp and warning buzzer.

EOP Warning pressure for Region 2 (16 psi / 110 kPa):


Specifies minimum oil pressure with engine speed greater than EOP Engine Speed Region Boundary 1 but less
than EOP Engine Speed Region Boundary 2. Failure to meet set point turns on OIL/WATER lamp and warning
buzzer.
1228 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

EOP Warning Pressure for Region 3 (20 psi / 138 kPa):


Specifies minimum oil pressure with engine speed greater than EOP Engine Speed Region Boundary 2, but less
than EOP Engine Speed Region Boundary 3. Failure to meet set point turns on OIL/WATER lamp and warning
buzzer.

EOP Critical Pressure for Region 1 (7.5 psi / 52 kPa):


Specifies minimum oil pressure with engine speed greater than EOP Engine Speed Region Boundary 1. Failure
to meet set point commands an engine shut down.

EOP Critical Pressure for Region 2 (12 psi / 83 kPa):


Specifies minimum oil pressure with engine speed greater than EOP Engine Speed Region Boundary 1, but
less than EOP Engine Speed Region Boundary 2. Failure to meet set point commands an engine shutdown.

EOP Critical Pressure for Region 3. (15 psi / 103 kPa):


Specifies minimum oil pressure with engine speed greater than EOP Engine Speed Region Boundary 2 but less
than EOP Engine Speed Region Boundary 3. Failure to meet set point commands an engine shutdown.

Figure 367 DPFDP Sensor and Hoses


1. DPFDP / outlet pressure hoses
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1229

SPN 100 FMI 1 - Engine Oil System below Critical Pressure

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) is below Critical Pressure.

Associated Faults

SPN 100 FMI 3 and 4


(EOP)

Fault Facts
RPM values can be found in PP 77031, 77041, and 77051.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Low oil level
• High oil level
• Failed EOP sensor
• Oil pressure regulator stuck open
• Broken, missing, or loose piston cooling tubes
• Missing, damaged, or worn bearing / camshaft bushings
• Failed oil pump
• Oil aeration
• Loose rocker arm bolt or worn rocker shaft
1230 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Troubleshoot Low Oil Pressure issues. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Perform
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1229). Diagnostic
Troubleshooting
Procedures: Low
Oil Pressure (page
114). After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 100 FMI 1.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 100 FMI 1.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 100 FMI 1 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1231

SPN 100 FMI 18 - Engine Oil System below Warning Pressure

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) is below Warning Pressure.

Associated Faults

• SPN 100 FMI 1 (EWPS) • SPN 100 FMI 3 and 4


(EOP)

Fault Facts
RPM values can be found in PP 77031, 77041, and 77051.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Low oil level
• High oil level
• Failed EOP sensor
• Oil pressure regulator stuck open
• Broken, missing, or loose piston cooling tubes
• Missing, damaged, or worn bearing inserts/camshaft bushings
• Failed oil pump
• Oil aeration
• Loose rocker arm bolt or worn rocker shaft
1232 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Troubleshoot Low Oil Pressure issues. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Perform
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1231). Diagnostic
Troubleshooting
Procedures: Low
Oil Pressure (page
114). After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 100 FMI 18.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 100 FMI 18.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 100 FMI 18 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1233

SPN 110 FMI 0 - Engine Cooling System above Critical Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault is set by Engine Control Module (ECM) when Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) exceeds value of
Programmable Parameter (PP) 77021.

Lamp Reaction
Engine shutdown is commanded and Red Stop Lamp (RSL) active if feature is enabled.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Incorrect value in PP 77021.
• Blockage between radiator and Charge Air Cooler (CAC).
• Cooling system overheating
• Degraded coolant
1234 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Use Diagnostic
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 110 FMI 0. Troubleshooting
Procedures: Coolant
Over-Temp (page 99).
Is EST DTC list SPN 110 FMI 0 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 110 FMI 0 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1235

SPN 110 FMI 15 - Engine Cooling System above Warning Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that engine coolant temperature at Engine
Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) is above Programmable Parameter (PP) 77011.

Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp and Warning buzzer turned ON.

Associated Faults

SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4


(ECT1)

Fault Facts
Fault may be set by incorrect value in Programmable parameters in ServiceMaxx™ software.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Incorrect value in Programmable Parameter (PP) 77011
• Engine Overheating
1236 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1235).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
SPN 110 FMI 15.

Step 2 Troubleshoot Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) issues. Decision


Check Programmable Parameter (PP) 77011. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ Yes: Perform
software, go to Sessions > Programming > Engine Warn Protection System. Check Diagnostic
value, verify with customer desired temperature limit and compare to normal Troubleshooting
operating temperature. Procedures: Coolant
Over-Temp (page 99).
Is PP 77011 programmed correctly? No: Program PP
77011 to correct value.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 110 FMI 15.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 110 FMI 15 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1237

SPN 110 FMI 16 - ECT1 stuck in range High

Fault Overview
Fault sets when ECT1 signal is stuck in range high.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 16, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1173 FMI 2 and 16
4 (MAF) 4 (EOT) 5, and 14 (INJ) (TC2CIT)
• SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2630 FMI 2 • SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1
31 (Engine) (CACOT) (DOCIT) (Engine)

Fault Facts
This fault sets when Engine Warning Protection System (EWPS) detects Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
has risen above a critical set point. Fault may be caused by actual high coolant temperature or by a fault in
ECT1 sensor circuit.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Low coolant level
• Check for leaks or boiling out
1238 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1237).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 110 FMI 16.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Use Diagnostic
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 110 FMI 16. Troubleshooting
Procedures: Coolant
Over-Temp (page 99).
Is EST DTC list SPN 110 FMI 16 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 110 FMI 16 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1239

SPN 111 FMI 1 - ECL Below Warning / Critical Level

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor signal detects
that coolant level is below minimum level

Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp will illuminate when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Low coolant level
• Engine cooling system mechanical failure
• Failed ECL sensor or circuit
1240 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check coolant level. Decision


Perform Coolant Level Inspection (page 2220). No: Perform Go to
6.0 Cooling System
Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 40).
Is Coolant level low, is there evidence of coolant loss, or does operator complain Yes: Go to Step 2.
of coolant leaks or consumption?

Step 2 Inspect connections at Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to step 3
B. Disconnect ECT1 sensor connector.
C. Check ECT1 sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are ECT1 sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
111 FMI 1.

Step 3 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to step 4.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 111 FMI 1.
Is EST DTC list SPN 111 FMI 1 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 4 Check if SPN 111 FMI 1 is active with ECL disconnected. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1241). Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with Yes: Repair short
ServiceMaxx™ software: between ECL and Engine
Control Module (ECM)
A. Key ON, clear codes.
pin C2-49. After repairs
B. Key OFF, wait for EST screen to clear. are complete, retest for
SPN 111 FMI 1.
C. Key ON, check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 111 FMI 1.
Is EST DTC list SPN 111 FMI 1 still active? No: Replace ECL
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 111 FMI 1.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 111 FMI 1 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1241

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 111 FMI 31)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor.
1242 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 111 FMI 2 - ECL signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault sets when ECL signal is between greater than 3.5 volts and less than 4.4 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• ECL sensor or circuit fault
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1243

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 111 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC listing SPN 111 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Check coolant level. Decision


Perform Coolant Level Inspection(page 2220). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is coolant level in specification? No: Adjust coolant
level as needed. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 111 FMI
2.

Step 3 Check for short to PWR on ECL circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1244). Using DMM measure voltage between Terminal Test Yes: Repair short to
Kit ZTSE4435C pin-D and known good GND. PWR in ECL circuit.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 111 FMI 2.
Is voltage greater than 0.5 volts? No: Replace Coolant
Level Module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 111 FMI
2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 111 FMI 2 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1244 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor.
C. Connect International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C into terminal D in vehicle
harness connector and leave ECL sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1245

SPN 175 FMI 15 - Engine Oil System above Warning Temperature

Fault Overview
This fault is set by Engine Control Module (ECM) when Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) is above 261°F (127°C).
ECM illuminates red lamp (OWL). When temperature drops below 261°F (127°C) SPN/FMI will become not
active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
This fault sets when Engine Warning Protection System (EWPS) detects Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) has
risen above a desired set point. Fault may be caused by actual high oil temperature or by a fault in EOT sensor
circuit.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• High resistance EOT circuit
• High resistance SIG GND circuit
• Failed EOT sensor
• Failed oil system module thermal valve assembly
1246 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 175 FMI 15.
Is EST DTC list SPN 175 FMI 15 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3
B. Disconnect EOT connector.
C. Check EOT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EOT connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 175 FMI 15.

Step 3 Check EOT circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1248). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Go to Step 5.
engine oil temperature.
Is temperature 194 ± 10°F (90 ± 6°C)? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for high resistance in EOT SIG circuit Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1249). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Repair high
engine oil temperature. resistance in SIG GND
circuit between EOT
pin-1 and ECM pin
E-28. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 175 FMI 15.
Is temperature 194 ± 10°F (90 ± 6°C)? No: Repair high
resistance in EOT
circuit between EOT
pin-2 and ECM pin
E-66. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 175 FMI 15.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1247

Step 5 Check for failed oil system module thermal valve assembly. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1249). Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace oil
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2. system module
thermal valve
assembly. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 175
FMI 15.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Replace EOT
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 175 FMI 15.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 175 FMI 15 fault code diagnostics.
1248 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 175 FMI 15)

Figure 368 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 369 Test 1 EOT Signal Circuit Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1249

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Figure 370 Test 2 EOT Signal Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1250 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 371 Test 3 EOT Signal Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1251

SPN 190 FMI 0 - Engine overspeed - Most Severe Level

Fault Overview
Fault sets only when engine speed is greater than 3200 rpm with no fuel being requested by Engine Control
Module (ECM).

Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) may illuminate when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Excessive engine speed in an unintended downshift.
• Steep acceleration downhill without correct brake application.
• External fuel source being ingested into intake air system.
1252 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Investigate cause of
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 190 FMI 0. over speed. Retest for
SPN 190 FMI 0
Is EST DTC listing SPN 190 FMI 0 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 190 FMI 0 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made.Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1253

SPN 593 FMI 31 - Engine Stopped by IST


Function
Idle Shutdown Timer (IST) allows Engine Control Module (ECM) to shut down engine during extended engine
idle times.
Tools
• Digital Multimeter (DMM) (page 2295)
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

GOVERNMENT REGULATION: State and local regulations may limit engine idle time. Vehicle
owner or operator is responsible for compliance with those regulations.

Idle Shutdown Warning


Thirty seconds before IST-defined engine shutdown, a vehicle instrument panel indicator activates. There are
two types of indicators:
• Amber flashing idle shutdown indicator for multiplex electrical systems
• Red flashing indicator with audible alarm for non-multiplex electrical systems
This continues until the engine shuts down or the low idle shutdown timer is reset.

Engine Idle Shutdown Timer (IST) for California ESS Compliant Engines
Navistar® engines certified for sale in state of California (CA) conform to mandatory California Air Resources
Board (CARB) Engine Shutdown System (ESS) regulations. Prior function of IST is available on CA ESS-exempt
and federally-certified engines (school buses, emergency, and military vehicles).
Engine idle duration is limited for ESS-compliant engines as follows:
• When vehicle parking brake is set, idle shutdown time is limited to CARB requirement of 5 minutes.
• When vehicle parking brake is released, idle shutdown time is limited to CARB requirement of 15 minutes.
Duration of CARB-mandated values can be reduced by programming customer IST programmable parameter
to value lower than 15 minutes. Adjusting this parameter reduces overall system shutdown time as follows:
• Adjusting parameter value between 5 and 15 minutes reduces idle shutdown time with vehicle parking brake
released. Default value of 5 minutes for vehicle parking brake set condition remains unaffected.
• Adjusting parameter value between 2 and 5 minutes reduces idle time for both vehicle parking brake released
and set conditions.
While IST is installed, idle shutdown time is factory-defaulted to 60 minutes and cannot be adjusted. If IST is
enabled, Cold Ambient Protection (CAP) will not function.
CARB IST feature is factory-programmed. Customers cannot turn IST off for ESS-compliant engines.
1254 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

CARB Idle Shutdown Timer (IST) Conditions


Following conditions must be true for idle shutdown timer to activate in all modes. Any change of true state of
one or more of these conditions will reset or disable IST.
• Manual Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration is not active (not enabled).
• Steady drive-line state (no transition detected). No change in state of clutch switch (manual transmission)
or transmission shifter between in-gear position and neutral or park (Automatic transmission).
• Power Takeoff (PTO) remote mode disabled.
• Engine coolant temperature greater than 60°F (16°C).
• No active coolant temperature sensor diagnostic faults.
• No active Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor diagnostic faults.
• Engine is operating in run mode or in active diagnostic tool mode.
• Vehicle speed is less than 1.25 mph.
• No active vehicle speed diagnostic faults.
• PTO control is in OFF or Standby mode.
• Engine speed less than 700 rpm.
• Steady accelerator pedal position (no transition detected from any pre-set position).
• Steady brake pedal state (no transition detected from any pre-set state).
• Steady parking brake state (J1939) (no transition detected from any pre-set state).

Idle Shutdown Timer (IST) (Federal – Optional)


Idle time can be programmed from 5 to 120 minutes. While IST is installed, IST function will be active with
programmed shutdown time in effect. Parking brake transitions reset idler timer. If IST is enabled, Cold Ambient
Protection (CAP) will not function.

Federal IST Conditions


Following conditions must be true for IST to activate. Any change to true state of one or more of these conditions
will reset or disable IST.
Common Enable Conditions for All Federal IST Options
• Manual Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration is not active (not enabled).
• Steady drive-line state (no transition detected). No change in state of clutch switch (manual transmission)
or transmission shifter between in-gear position and neutral or park (Automatic transmission).
• Power Takeoff (PTO) remote mode disabled.
• Intake air temperature greater than 60°F (16°C) (MFG Default, Customer adjustable parameter).
• Intake air temperature lower than 112°F (44°C) (MFG Default, Customer adjustable parameter).
• Engine coolant temperature greater than 140°F (60°C).
• No active coolant temperature sensor diagnostic faults.
• No active Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor diagnostic faults.
• Engine is operating in run mode or in active diagnostic tool mode.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1255

• Vehicle speed is less than 1.25 mph.


• Steady parking brake state (J1939). No transition detected from any pre-set state.
Additional operation options enable conditions depending on selected Federal IST operation mode:
Federal IST Mode 1: PTO Operation Option Enable Conditions
• Power Takeoff (PTO) control is in Off or Standby mode.
• Engine speed less than 750 rpm.
• Accelerator pedal position is less than 2%.
• No active accelerator pedal diagnostic faults.
• Steady brake pedal state (No transition detected).
• No active brake system diagnostic faults.
Federal IST Mode 2: No Load/Light Load Limit Option Enable Conditions
• Accelerator pedal position is less than 2%.
• No active accelerator pedal diagnostic faults.
• Steady brake pedal state (no transition detected).
• No active brake system diagnostic faults.
• Engine reported fuel usage (load) is less than Engine Control Module (ECM)-specified limit
(factory-calibrated, not customer adjustable).
Federal IST Mode 3: Tamper Proof Option Enable Conditions
• Engine reported fuel usage (load) is less than Engine Control Module (ECM)-specified limit
(factory-calibrated, not customer adjustable).
• Steady accelerator pedal position (no transition detected from any pre-set position).
• Steady brake pedal state (no transition detected from any pre-set state).

Fault Detection / Management


Idle Shutdown Timer (IST) SPN/FMI does not indicate system fault. SPN 593 FMI 31 will set when engine idle
shutdown has shut down engine from Engine Control Module (ECM) command. IST feature must be enabled
for SPN 593 FMI 31 to be displayed.
1256 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1378 FMI 31 - Change Engine Oil Service Interval

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects change engine oil service interval is erratic,
intermittent, or incorrect.

Lamp Reaction
None

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Change Engine Oil and reset engine oil change reminder
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1257

CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not extend recommended oil change intervals.

Step 1 Check Service Interval Lamp. Decision


Check for Service Interval Lamp on. Yes: Change engine oil
and oil filter (see Engine
Oil and Filter in Section 5
of Engine Operation and
Maintenance Manual).
Reset change engine oil
service interval counter.
Is Service Interval Lamp on? No: Return vehicle to
customer.

End Diagnostic Step


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 1378 FMI 31 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1258 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3936 FMI 0 - DPF Soot Load – Severe De-Rate

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded maximum operating limits for an extended period of time. Torque output of engine will be reduced
as soot load increases. Active regeneration of aftertreatment system will be disabled.

Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) Active.

Associated Faults

• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 651-656 (INJ /
CYL)
• SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3480 (AFTFP1) • SPN 3482 (AFTFSO)
4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT)
• SPN 3556 (AFT) • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
4 (DOCIT)

Fault Facts
This fault code indicates regeneration has been unable to occur (by inhibit switch, active faults, driving conditions,
and etc.), or an engine problem has caused a large amount of soot to be generated, for a long enough time to
cause an excessive buildup of soot on DPF. Once condition is corrected, if a parked regeneration can not fully
clean DPF, it will need to be removed for service.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test.
Possible Causes
• Engine mechanical fault
• Poor engine performance
• Regen inhibited
• Restricted DPFDP hoses
• Failed DPFDP sensor
• Failed fuel injector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1259

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1258).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated Faults.
After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3936 FMI 0.

Step 2 Determine if a regen inhibitors are inhibiting regeneration of Decision


aftertreatment system.
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check status of regen inhibitors Yes: Correct active regen
in switches tab. inhibitors and perform
KOER Aftertreatment DPF
Regeneration Procedure (page
2048). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3936
FMI 0.
Are any regeneration inhibitors active? No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Decision


Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose,
bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector, harness,
and undamaged? or terminal damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3936 FMI 0.

Step 4 Monitor DPFDP/DPFOP sensor signal. Decision


A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Yes: Go to Step 6.
B. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, load Signals sessions No: Go to Step 5.
(page 1958) and monitor DPFDP.
Is DPFDP below 0.5 psi? (normal operation)
1260 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and Decision
restrictions.
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, Yes: Replace DPF Differential
restrictions, or damage. Pressure / Outlet Pressure
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3936
FMI 0.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and No: Repair or replace DPFDP
unrestricted? sensor hose(s). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3936
FMI 0.

Step 6 Determine if the engine has a mechanical cylinder balance Decision


problem (compression loss).
Perform Crankcase Pressure Test (page 2156). Yes: Repair base engine
compression imbalance. After
repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 0.
Does engine have excessive crankcase pressure? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Determine if engine has a fuel injector problem. Decision


Perform Multiple Cylinder Cutout Test (page 2039). Yes: Go to Step 8.
Did one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than the No: Go to Step 9.
others?

Step 8 Inspect for failed valve train components. Decision


Remove upper valve cover (see Engine Service Manual). Inspect for Yes: Replace injector suspected
bent valves, fallen bridges, and valves out of adjustment. by Multiple Cylinder Cutout Test.
After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3936 FMI 0.
Is valve train free of failed valve train components? No: Repair failed valve train
components. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3936
FMI 0.

Step 9 Determine if vehicle has an engine performance related Decision


driveability problem.
Test drive vehicle. Yes: Perform engine
Performance Diagnostics
(page 1995). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3936
FMI 0.
Does engine have a performance problem? No: Retest for SPN 3936 FMI 0.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1261

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3936 FMI 0 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1262 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

FDP (Fuel Delivery Pressure) Sensor


Overview of FDP Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


94 3 FDP signal Out of Range HIGH (page 1264)
94 4 FDP signal Out of Range LOW (page 1269)
94 17 Fuel Delivery Pressure below minimum (page 1275)
94 18 Fuel Delivery Pressure below min. during cranking (page 1277)

Overview
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating
engine fuel pressure. During engine operation, if pressure is not satisfactory, ECM will turn on amber FUEL
lamp to alert operator when fuel filter needs servicing.
FDP sensor is only capable of measuring up to 75 psi (517 kPa) of pressure, even though fuel pressure normally
operates at 90 psi (621 kPa).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1263

Figure 372 FDP Sensor Location


1. Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
sensor
1264 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 94 FMI 3 - FDP signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor signal voltage is greater than 4.912 volts (152 psi {1049
kPa}) for 5 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• FDP circuit short to PWR
• SIG GND circuit Open
• Failed FDP sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1265

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1264).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
94 FMI 3.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 94 Yes: Go to Step 3.
FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list show SPN 94 FMI 3 as Active or Pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 94 FMI 3.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4
B. Disconnect FDP sensor connector.
C. Check FDP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are FDP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 94 FMI 3.

Step 4 Check for Short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1267). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Repair short to
DTC list. PWR between FDP pin-3
and ECM pin E-32. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 94 FMI 3.
Does SPN 94 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 5.
1266 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for Open. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1267). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace FDP
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-1 and PWR sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
94 FMI 3.
Is voltage within 12 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
between FDP pin-1
and ECM pin E-28. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 94 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 94 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1267

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 94 FMI 3)

Figure 373 FDP Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor vehicle harness connector.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1978).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1268 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 374 Test 2 SIG GND Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave FDP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1269

SPN 94 FMI 4 - FDP signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor signal voltage is less than 0.093 volts for 5 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• FDP circuit Open
• FDP circuit short to GND
• VREF 1 circuit Open
• Failed FDP sensor
1270 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1269).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 94 FMI 4.

Step 2 Check for active fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 94 FMI 4. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 94 FMI 4 as Active or Pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect FDP sensor connector.
C. Check FDP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are FDP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 94 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check for Open. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1272). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and GND.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
between FDP pin-2 and
ECM pin E-35. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 94 FMI 4

Step 5 Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1273). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace FDP
DTC list. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 94 FMI 4.
Does SPN 94 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1271

Step 6 Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1273). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Repair short to
DTC list. GND between FDP
pin-3 and ECM pin
E-32. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 94 FMI 4.
Does SPN 3509 FMI 4 set in DTC list? No: Repair Open
between FDP pin-3 and
ECM pin E-32. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 94 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 94 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1272 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 94 FMI 4)

Figure 375 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 376 Test 1 VREF 1 Circuit Voltage Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1273

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.

Figure 377 Test 2 FDP Sensor Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1274 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 378 Test 3 FDP Sensor Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1275

SPN 94 FMI 17 - Fuel Delivery Pressure below minimum

Fault Overview
None

Lamp Reaction
Wrench lamp will illuminate when this fault is active.

Associated Faults

• SPN 94 FMI 1 (EFP) • SPN 94 FMI 18 (FDP) • SPN 931 FMI 4 (EFP)

Fault Facts
Fault is normally caused by fuel filter needing to be changed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Recent fuel system service requiring priming
• Vehicle unused for long period of time requiring priming
• Low fuel level
• Diesel fuel contamination
• Failed secondary (engine mounted) fuel filter
• Failed primary (chassis mounted) fuel filter
• Restricted strainer
• Restricted/leaking fuel supply
• Failed fuel pressure regulator
1276 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for Associated Faults Yes: Go to Step 2.
(page 1275).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 94 FMI 17.

Step 2 Check Fault Code Status Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Fuel Delivery
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 94 FMI 17 (FDP). Pressure symptom (page
121).
Is SPN 94 FMI 17 pending or active? No: Repair SPN 94 FMI
17. After repairs are
complete, retest SPN 94
FMI 17.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 94 FMI 17 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1277

SPN 94 FMI 18 - Fuel Delivery Pressure below min during cranking

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) is below 45 psi for 8 seconds while engine is cranking.

Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.

Associated Faults

SPN 931 FMI 4 (EFP)

Fault Facts
This fault may set due to fuel gelling, low fuel level, or recent engine service.

Drive Cycles
Engine Cranking
Possible Causes
• Recent fuel system service that required priming
• Diesel fuel waxing or icing in cold temperatures
• Low fuel level in either fuel tank
• Vehicle unused for long period of time
• Unseated fuel filter that causes fuel to drain back to tank
• High resistance in fuel pump circuits
• High resistance in FP GND circuit
• Stuck Open fuel pressure regulator
• Damaged fuel filter
• Completely plugged strainer
• Failed fuel pump
1278 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1277).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 94 FMI 17.

Step 2 Check Fault Code Status Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 94 FMI 18 Yes: Go to Fuel Delivery
(FDP). Pressure symptom (page
121).
Is SPN 94 FMI 18 pending or active? No: Repair SPN 94 FMI
18. After repairs are
complete, retest SPN 94
FMI 18.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 94 FMI 18 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1279

FLI (Fuel Level Signal)


Overview of FLI Sensor Group

SPN FMI Condition


96 3 Fuel Level signal Out of Range HIGH (page 1280)
96 4 Fuel Level signal Out of Range LOW (page 1282)
96 19 Fuel Level not detected on J1939 (page 1284)

Overview
Fuel level is broadcast on J1939 public Controller Area Network (CAN) bus. This signal is sent from Body
Controller (BC) which is where fuel level signal is received. If BC is not located on J1939 many other CAN
networks may be affected.
1280 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 96 FMI 3 - Fuel Level signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Body Controller detects high signal voltage on fuel level sensor circuit.

Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Fuel level sensor signal circuit Open or high resistance
• Fuel level sensor GND circuit Open or high resistance
• Fuel level sensor signal circuit Short to PWR
• Failed fuel level sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1281

Step 1 Verify that Body Controller (BC) is communicating. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check that BC is Yes: Diagnose fuel
listed in Sniffer section. level circuit fault (see
appropriate Truck
Service Manual). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 96 FMI
3.
Is Body Controller listed? No: Repair Body
Controller fault. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 96 FMI
3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 96 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1282 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 96 FMI 4 - Fuel Level signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when the Body Controller detects low signal voltage from the fuel level sensor circuit.

Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous

Possible Causes
• Fuel level sensor signal circuit short to GND
• Failed fuel level sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1283

Step 1 Verify that Body Controller (BC) is communicating. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check that BC is Yes: Diagnose fuel
listed in Sniffer section. level circuit fault (see
appropriate Truck
Service Manual). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 96 FMI
4.
Is Body Controller listed? No: Repair Body
Controller fault. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 96 FMI
4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 96 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1284 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 96 FMI 19 - Fuel Level not detected on J1939

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) does not receive fuel level message from Body Controller
(BC).

Lamp Reaction
None.

Associated Faults
None.

Fault Facts
None.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Fuel level sensor signal circuit Open or high resistance
• Fuel level sensor GND circuit Open or high resistance
• Fuel level sensor signal circuit short to PWR
• Fuel level sensor signal circuit short to GND
• Body Controller offline
• Failed fuel level sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1285

Step 1 Verify that Body Controller (BC) is communicating. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check that BC is Yes: Diagnose fuel
listed in Sniffer section. level circuit fault (see
appropriate Truck
Service Manual). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 96 FMI
19.
Is Body Controller listed? No: Repair Body
Controller fault. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 96 FMI
19.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 96 FMI 19 fault code diagnostics.
1286 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

IAHC (Intake Air Heater Control)


Overview of IAHC Group

SPN FMI Condition


729 3 IAHC short to PWR (page 1287)
729 4 IAHC short to GND (page 1290)
729 5 IAHC open load/circuit (page 1293)
729 18 IAH Monitor fault: Lack of Heat in the Intake Manifold (page 1298)

Overview
Intake Air Heater (IAH) system warms incoming air supply before cranking to aid cold engine starting during
warm-up. IAH system also helps load engine during a Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1287

SPN 729 FMI 3 - IAHC short to PWR

Fault Overview
Fault sets when ATIC chip that drives Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) relay indicates relay is shorted to battery.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 158 FMI 15 and 17


(ECM)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• IAHC circuit short to PWR
1288 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1287).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 729 FMI 3.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 729 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 729 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) relay and connector inspection. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect IAHC relay.
C. Check IAHC relay and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are IAHC relay connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 729 FMI 3.

Step 4 Check IAHC circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1289). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace IAHC
Harness ZTSE6025 pin-2 and known good GND. Relay. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 729 FMI 3.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to
PWR between ECM
pin E-59 and IAHC
Relay pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 729
FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 729 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1289

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 729 FMI 3)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 SCR Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6025
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 379 Test 1 IAHC Relay Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect IAHC relay.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6025 to vehicle harness and leave IAHC relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1290 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 729 FMI 4 - IAHC short to GND

Fault Overview
Fault sets when inlet air heater driver relay is shorted to GND.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 158 FMI 15 and 17


(ECM)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• IAHC circuit short to GND
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1291

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1290).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 729 FMI 4.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 729 Yes: Go to Step 3.
FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 729 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect IAHC sensor.
C. Check IAHC sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are IAHC sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 729 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) circuit for short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1292). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace Intake
Harness ZTSE6025 pin-2 and PWR. Air Heater Relay (IAH
Relay).
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to
GND between ECM
pin E-59 and IAH
Relay pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 729
FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 729 FMI 4 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1292 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6025
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) sensor connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6025 to vehicle harness and leave IAHC sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1293

SPN 729 FMI 5 - IAHC open load / circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit in Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR)
control circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.

Associated Faults

SPN 158 FMI 15 and 17


(ECM PWR)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• ACT GND circuit Open
• IAHC circuit Open
• Failed IAHR
1294 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1293).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 729 FMI 5.

Step 2 Inspect connections Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR). Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Disconnect IAHR .
C. Check IAHR connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are IAHR connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 729 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check for Open in ACT GND circuit Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1296). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure resistance Yes: Go to step 4.
between Breakout Harness ZTSE6025 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open
between IAHC pin-1
and GND. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 729 FMI 5.

Step 4 Check for a failed IAHR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1297). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE6025 pin-1 and pin-2. between IAHR pin-2
and ECM pin E-59.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 729 FMI 5.
Is resistance within 200 ± 100 ohms? No: Replace IAHR.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 729 FMI 5.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 729 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1295

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 729 FMI 5)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 SCR Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6025
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1296 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 380 Test 1 IAHC Relay Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6025 to vehicle harness and leave Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHC)
disconnected
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1297

Figure 381 Test 2 IAHC Relay Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6025 to IAHC and leave vehicle harness disconnected
1298 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 729 FMI 18 - IAH Monitor fault: Lack of Heat in the Intake Manifold

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Intake Air Heater (IAH) monitor fault, lack of heat in
the intake air manifold.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 102 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 105 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 729 FMI 3, 4, and
(IMP) (IMT) 5 (IAHC)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Open circuit to Junction Post (fuse and wiring on truck side)
• IAH Relay Open Contacts when energized
• IAH Relay Contact Impedance
• IAH grid heater
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1299

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1298).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
729 FMI 18.

Step 2 Check for open circuit Intake Air Heater (IAH) monitor. Decision
Using DMM measure voltage between Junction Post and known good GND. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair open circuit
from battery to Junction
Post (see Truck Wiring
Schematic). After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 729 FMI 18.

Step 3 Measure voltage to IAH during operation. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1301). Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) System Test(page Yes: Go to Step 4.
2138). Using DMM measure voltage between heater grid supply terminal and
known good GND during Test.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Replace IAH
Relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 729 FMI 18.

Step 4 Check for open circuit in IAH grid heater. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1301). Using DMM measure resistance between heater Yes: Go to Step 5.
grid supply terminal and known good GND.
Is there continuity between IAH terminal and known good GND? No: Replace IAH heater
grid (see Engine Service
Manual). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
729 FMI 18.

Step 5 Measure voltage drop across IAH Relay when energized. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1301). Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) System Test(page Yes: Replace IAH
2138). Using DMM measure voltage drop between heater grid supply terminal Relay. After repairs
and Junction Post during Test. are complete, retest for
SPN 729 FMI 18.
Is voltage drop greater than 0.2 volts? No: Replace IAH heater
grid (see Engine Service
Manual). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
729 FMI 18.
1300 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 729 FMI 18 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1301

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect DMM to heater grid supply terminal.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect DMM to heater grid supply terminal.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect DMM to junction post and heater grid supply terminal.
C. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
1302 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

ICP Sensor (Injection Control Pressure)


Overview of ICP Sensor Group

SPN FMI Condition


164 0 ICP above KOEO Spec (page 1303)
164 1 ICP Unable to Build During Engine Cranking (page 1305)
164 3 ICP signal Out of Range HIGH (page 1308)
164 4 ICP signal Out of Range LOW (page 1319)
164 15 ICP too high during test (page 1324)
164 16 ICP above desired level (page 1327)
164 17 ICP unable to build during test (page 1330)
164 18 ICP below desired level (page 1334)

Overview
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM), indicating
injection control pressure. ECM monitors ICP as engine is operating, to modulate Injection Pressure Regulator
(IPR). This is a closed loop function in which ECM continuously monitors and adjusts for ideal ICP determined
by conditions such as load, speed, and temperature.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1303

SPN 164 FMI 0 - ICP above KOEO Specification

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor is offset during
check at Key OFF condition.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 164 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(ICP) (VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor
1304 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1303).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 164 FMI 0.

Step 2 Measure Injection Control Pressure (ICP). Decision


A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Yes: Replace ICP
sensor.
B. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, measure ICP.
Is ICP greater than 217.5 psi (1.5 MPa)? No: Diagnostics
complete.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 164 FMI 0 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1305

SPN 164 FMI 1 - ICP Unable to Build During Engine Cranking

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Injection Control Pressure (ICP) is lower than 3.5 MPa while engine is cranking for 2.5
seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 164 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4


(ICP) (IPR)

Fault Facts
Must perform Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) procedure Fuel Pressure Adaptation Reset (page 1972)in
ServiceMaxx™ after repairs are complete. Make sure to remove and clean the High-Pressure (HP) oil rail and
HP oil hose and fittings to remove contamination or debris if High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) is replaced due
to pump failure.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Cranking
Possible Causes
• High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP)
• Restricted HPOP intake screen clogged
• Failed Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) hydraulic and mechanical issues
• High-pressure oil leaks
• Failed fuel injectors
• IPR electrical circuit failures
• HP oil leaks at fuel injectors
1306 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for Associated Yes: Go to Step 2.
Faults(page 1305).
Is EST DTC free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 1.

Step 2 Check for active fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 164 FMI 1 (ICP).
Does EST DTC show fault code SPN 164 FMI 1 as Active or Pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Check engine oil level. Decision


Perform Engine Oil Level and Quality Check (page 2218). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is engine oil level within specifications and not contaminated? No: Repair engine
oil level and/or
contamination
symptom. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164
FMI 1.

Step 4 Inspect High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) pump reservoir. Decision


Loosen Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor and verify that HPOP reservoir Yes: Go to Step 5.
has oil in it.
Does HPOP reservoir have oil in it? No: Diagnose
lubrication system.

Step 5 Test HPOP. Decision


Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) Yes: Retest for SPN
Test (page 2082). Follow on-screen instructions for test. 164 FMI 1.
Were all on-screen instructions completed? No: Repair
as required,
perform the Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page
1972)procedure. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164
FMI 1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1307

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 164 FMI 1 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1308 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 164 FMI 3 - ICP signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Injection Control Pressure (ICP) signal greater than
4.9 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
Locking tabs on Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor connector fully seated.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• ICP circuit Open or high resistance
• ICP circuit short to PWR
• VREF 1 circuit Open or high resistance
• SIG GND circuit Open or high resistance
• Damaged Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness
• Failed ICP sensor
• Broken Locking tab on or damage to harness connector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1309

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for Associated Yes: Repair Associated
Faults(page 1308). Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3509 FMI 3 and FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Go to Step 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 164 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 164 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect Under Valve Cover (UVC) connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect UVC connector.
C. Check UVC connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are UVC connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 3.

Step 4 Check ICP circuit for Short to PWR Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1312). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good ground. PWR between UVC
pin-6 and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin
D-15. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
164 FMI 3.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.
1310 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check ICP circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1313). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
UVC pin-8 and ECM pin
D-13. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
164 FMI 3.

Step 6 Check VREF 1 circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1313). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 7.
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Does SPN 164 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared No: Go to Step 9.

Step 7 Inspect Under Valve Cover (UVC) under valve connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 8.
B. Disconnect UVC valve harness connector.
C. Remove valve cover.
D. Check UVC harness connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are UVC harness connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 3.

Step 8 Check SIG GND circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 1314). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear Diagnostic Yes: Repair Open
Trouble Code (DTC) list. between UVC pin-7 and
ECM pin D-14. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI
3.
Does SPN 164 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair Open
between UVC pin-6
and ECM pin D-15. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI
3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1311

Step 9 Check for broken locking tab on or damage to harness connector. Decision
Perform Test 5 (page 1315). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 pin-3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 3.

Step 10 Check for broken Locking tab on or damage to harness connector. Decision
Perform Test 6 (page 1316). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 pin-2.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 3.

Step 11 Check for failed ICP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 7 (page 1317). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace ICP
harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 pin-1. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
164 FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 164 FMI 3 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1312 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 164 FMI 3)

Figure 382 ICP Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4686
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 383 Test 1 ICP Sensor Circuit Voltage Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1313

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave Under Valve Cover (UVC)
harness disconnected.
C. Key ON.

Figure 384 Test 2 ICP Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave Under Valve Cover (UVC)
harness disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1314 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 385 Test 3 ICP Sensor Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave Under Valve Cover (UVC)
harness disconnected.
C. Using breakout harness ZTSE4498, short pin-6 and pin-7 of breakout harness ZTSE4793 together.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979)
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1315

Figure 386 Test 4 ICP Sensor Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave Under Valve Cover (UVC)
harness disconnected.
C. Using breakout harness ZTSE4793, short pin-6 to known good GND.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979)
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1316 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 387 Test 5 ICP Sensor Circuit Resistance Check

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover (See Engine Service Manual).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness leave Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
sensor disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1317

Figure 388 Test 6 ICP Sensor Circuit Resistance Check

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover (See Engine Service Manual).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness and leave Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
sensor disconnected.
1318 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 389 Test 7 ICP) Sensor Circuit Resistance Check

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover (See Engine Service Manual).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness leave Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
sensor disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1319

SPN 164 FMI 4 - ICP signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor signal is less than 0.1 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• ICP circuit short to GND
• Failed ICP sensor
1320 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Repair Associated
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1319). Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
164 FMI 4.
Does EST DTC list show Associated Faults as active? No: Go to Step 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 164 FMI 4. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 164 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to intermittent
diagnostic procedures
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness connector Decision
for ICP sensor.
A. Key OFF. No: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect UVC harness connector for ICP.
C. Check UVC harness and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are UVC harness connector for ICP and connector terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check ICP circuit for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1322). Disconnect UVC harness connector for ICP, use Yes: Correct short to
EST with ServiceMaxx™ software to monitor Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) GND between UVC
list for SPN 164 FMI 4. vehicle harness for ICP
pin-6 and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin D-15.
Is fault code SPN 164 FMI 4 active? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1321

Step 5 Check for failed ICP sensor Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1322). Use DMM to measure resistance of between Yes: Repair short to
Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND. GND between UVC
vehicle harness for
ICP pin-6 and Engine
Control Module (ECM)
pin D-15. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 4.
Is resistance approximately 0 ohms? No: Replace ICP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 164 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1322 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 164 FMI 4)

Figure 390 ICP Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 (UVC)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
• Key OFF.
• Disconnect Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness for ICP sensor connector and leave disconnected.
• Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
• Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1323

Figure 391 Test 2 ICP Sensor Circuit Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness connector that leads under valve
cover and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1324 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 164 FMI 15 - ICP too high during test

Fault Overview

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 164 FMI 1, 3, and • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)


4 (ICP)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Include step to reset PP for ICP adaptation
• Failed IPR valve
• HPOP
• Fuel pressure adaptation necessary
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1325

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1324).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
164 FMI 15.

Step 2 Inspect vehicle history for high-pressure oil system repairs Decision
Determine if vehicle history included high-pressure oil system repairs. Yes: Perform Key-On
Engine-Off (KOEO)
Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972).
Were high-pressure oil system repairs recently performed? No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Check for engine oil problems. Decision


Check engine oil level and condition. Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is engine oil at proper level and in good condition? No: Correct / repair
engine oil problems.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 15.

Step 4 Test High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) IPR electrical circuit. Decision
Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) - HPOP(page 2082) Test. Yes: Repair IPR
circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 15.
Does HPOP Test detect a problem with the IPR valve electrical circuit? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Mechanically test the IPR valve hydraulic circuit. Decision


Perform CPA - HPOP(page 2082) Test. Yes: Replace IPR
valve and perform
Key-On Engine-Off
(KOEO) Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI
15.
Does HPOP Test detect a problem with the IPR valve hydraulic circuit? No: Diagnostics
complete.
1326 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 164 FMI 15 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1327

SPN 164 FMI 16 - ICP above desired level

Fault Overview
Fault sets when measure Injection Control Pressure (ICP) value exceeds set point by threshold value of speed
verses torque.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 3 and 4
(FDP) and 17 (ECT1) (MAF)
• SPN 164 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 646 FMI 4
and 4 (ICP) 4 (EOT) (CMP) and 5 (INJ)
• SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4,
(IPR) (TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve
• High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP)
1328 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1327).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
164 FMI 16.

Step 2 Inspect vehicle history for High-Pressure (HP) oil system repairs Decision
Determine if vehicle history included HP oil system repairs. Yes: Perform Key-On
Engine-Off (KOEO)
Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972).
Were HP oil system repairs recently performed? No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Check for engine oil problems. Decision


Check engine oil level and condition. Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is engine oil at proper level and in good condition? No: Correct / repair
engine oil problems.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 16.

Step 4 Test HPOP Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) electrical circuit. Decision
Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) - HPOP(page 2082) Test. Yes: Repair IPR
circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 16.
Does HPOP Test detect a problem with IPR valve electrical circuit? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Mechanically test IPR valve hydraulic circuit. Decision


Perform CPA - HPOP(page 2082) Test. Yes: Replace IPR
valve and perform
Key-On Engine-Off
(KOEO) Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI
16.
Does HPOP Test detect a problem with IPR valve hydraulic circuit? No: Diagnostics
complete.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1329

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 164 FMI 16 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1330 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 164 FMI 17 - ICP unable to build during test

Fault Overview
None

Lamp Reaction
No Lamp.

Associated Faults

• SPN 164 FMI 1, 3, and • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
4 (ICP) (IPR)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Restricted High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) intake screen
• Failed HPOP
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) electrical circuit
• Failed IPR
• Leaks in High-Pressure (HP) oil system
• Failed injectors and pucks
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1331

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1330).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
164 FMI 17.

Step 2 Inspect vehicle history for HP oil system repairs Decision


Determine if the vehicle history included high-pressure oil system repairs. Yes: Perform the
Key-On Engine-Off
(KOEO) Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972)
procedure.
Were HP oil system repairs recently performed? No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Check for engine oil problems. Decision


Check engine oil level and condition. Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is engine oil at proper level and in good condition? No: Repair engine oil
problems. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 17.

Step 4 Inspect HPOP reservoir. Decision


Inspect HPOP reservoir for appropriate engine oil level. Remove Engine Oil Yes: Reinstall EOT
Temperature (EOT) sensor. sensor. Go to Step 5
Does engine oil drain from HPOP reservoir? No: Clean passages
going to HPOP reservoir.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 17.

Step 5 Check HPOP IPR electrical circuit. Decision


Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) - HPOP(page 2082) Test. Yes: Repair IPR
circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 17.
Does HPOP Test detect a problem with IPR valve electrical circuit? No: Go to Step 6.
1332 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Mechanically test IPR valve hydraulic circuit. Decision


Perform CPA - HPOP(page 2082) Test. Yes: Replace IPR
valve and perform
Key-On Engine-Off
(KOEO) Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI
17.
Does HPOP Test detect a problem with IPR valve hydraulic circuit? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Perform dead head test of HPOP. Decision


Perform CPA - HPOP(page 2082) Test. Yes: Go to Step 8.
Does HPOP test detect an issue with HPOP pump? No: Repair high
pressure oil leaks under
valve cover, and perform
Key-On Engine-Off
(KOEO) Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI
17.

Step 8 Inspect HPOP intake screen. Decision


Remove HPOP pump and inspect intake screen for plugging and debris. Yes: Clean intake
screen, repair source
of debris, and perform
Key-On Engine-Off
(KOEO) Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI
17.
Is debris plugging intake to HPOP? No: Replace HPOP
and perform KOEO
Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI
17.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1333

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 164 FMI 17 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1334 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 164 FMI 18 - ICP below desired level

Fault Overview
None

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 164 FMI 1, 3, and • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
4 (ICP) (IPR)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Restricted High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) intake screen
• Failed HPOP
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) electrical circuit
• Failed IPR
• Leaks in High-Pressure (HP) oil system
• Failed injectors and pucks
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1335

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1334).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
164 FMI 18.

Step 2 Inspect vehicle history for High-Pressure (HP) oil system repairs Decision
Determine if the vehicle history included HP oil system repairs. Yes: Perform the
Key-On Engine-Off
(KOEO) Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972)
procedure.
Were HP oil system repairs recently performed? No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Check for engine oil problems. Decision


Check engine oil level and condition. Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is engine oil at proper level and in good condition? No: Repair engine oil
problems. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 18.

Step 4 Inspect High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) reservoir. Decision


Inspect HPOP reservoir for appropriate engine oil level. Remove Engine Oil Yes: Reinstall EOT
Temperature (EOT) sensor. sensor. Go to Step 5
Does engine oil drain from HPOP reservoir? No: Clean passages
going to HPOP reservoir.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 18.

Step 5 Test HPOP Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) electrical circuit. Decision
Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) - High-Pressure Oil Pump Yes: Repair IPR
(HPOP)(page 2082) Test. circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 18.
Does HPOP Test detect a problem with the IPR valve electrical circuit? No: Go to Step 6.
1336 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Mechanically test IPR valve hydraulic circuit. Decision


Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) - High-Pressure Oil Pump Yes: Replace IPR
(HPOP)(page 2082) Test. valve and perform
Key-On Engine-Off
(KOEO) Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI
18.
Does HPOP Test detect a problem with IPR valve hydraulic circuit? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Perform dead head test of HPOP. Decision


Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) - High-Pressure Oil Pump Yes: Go to Step 8.
(HPOP)(page 2082) Test.
Does HPOP test detect a problem with HPOP pump? No: Repair high
pressure oil leaks under
valve cover, and perform
Key-On Engine-Off
(KOEO) Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI
18.

Step 8 Inspect HPOP intake screen. Decision


Remove HPOP pump and inspect intake screen for plugging and debris. Yes: Clean intake
screen, repair source
of debris, and perform
Key-On Engine-Off
(KOEO) Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI
18.
Is debris plugging intake to HPOP? No: Replace HPOP
and perform KOEO
Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI
18.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1337

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 164 FMI 18 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1338 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

IMP (Intake Manifold Pressure)


Overview of IMP Sensor Group

SPN FMI Condition


102 2 IMP signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 1339)
102 3 IMP signal Out of Range HIGH (page 1341)
102 4 IMP signal Out of Range LOW (page 1345)
102 7 IMP signal not responding as expected (page 1351)
102 10 Boost slow response fault (page 1353)
102 16 Overboost (page 1358)
102 18 Underboost (page 1361)

Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) uses Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor signal to assist in calculation of
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) percentage. ECM monitors IMP signal to determine intake manifold (boost)
pressure. From this information, CM can optimize fuel rate and injection timing for all engine operating conditions.

Figure 392 Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) Sensor Location


1. IMP sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1339

SPN 102 FMI 2 - IMP signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when absolute pressure difference between Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) and Barometric
Absolute Pressure (BARO), IMP and Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP), EBP and BARO are greater than 4.4 psi
(30 kPa) for two seconds with Wastegate Actuator Position Command is less than 100%.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 102 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1209 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4
(IMP) (BARO) (EBP) (VREF 1)

Fault Facts
IMP sensor cannot be compared to other similar sensors in SMX, because IMP values cannot be negative, and
IMP value is in gauge units.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed IMP sensor
1340 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1339).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 102 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Replace IMP
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 102 FMI 2. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 102 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 102 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 102 FMI 2 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1341

SPN 102 FMI 3 - IMP signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) is greater than 4.8 volts (89 psi {613.3 kPa}) for 2.55
seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• IMP sensor signal circuit short to power
• Signal GND circuit Open or high resistance.
• Failed IMP sensor
1342 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1341).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 3.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect IMP sensor connector.
C. Check IMP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are IMP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check IMP sensor signal circuit for short to PWR. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1344). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Repair short to
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list. PWR between IMP pin-3
and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin
E-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 3.
Does SPN 102 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check SIG GND circuit Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1344). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace IMP
Harness ZTSE4850 and B+. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between IMP
sensor pin-1 and ECM
pin E-28. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1343

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 102 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1344 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 102 FMI 3)

Figure 393 Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) vehicle harness connector.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1345

SPN 102 FMI 4 - IMP signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) voltage is less than 0.1899 volts (4 psi {31 kPa}) for 2.55
seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4


(VREF 1)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) signal circuit Open or high resistance
• IMP signal circuit short to GND
• VREF 1 circuit Open
• Failed IMP sensor
1346 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1345).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect IMP sensor connector.
C. Check IMP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are IMP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check IMP signal circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1348). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage within 5 ± 1 volts? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
IMP pin-2 and Engine
Control Module (ECM)
pin E-35. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check for failed IMP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1349). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace IMP
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 4.
Does SPN 102 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1347

Step 5 Check IMP circuit for electrical faults. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1349). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Repair Short to
DTC list. GND between IMP pin-3
and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin
E-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 4.
Does SPN 3509 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
IMP pin-3 and ECM
pin E-48. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 102 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1348 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 102 FMI 4)

Figure 394 Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 395 Test 1 IMP Sensor Circuit Voltage Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1349

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.

Figure 396 Test 2 IMP Sensor Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1350 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 397 Test 3 IMP Sensor Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1351

SPN 102 FMI 7 - IMP signal not responding as expected

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) is stuck in range.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 102 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4


(IMP) (BARO)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Induction system damage
• Completely plugged IMP sensor port
• Defective IMP sensor
1352 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 102 FMI 7.
Is EST DTC list SPN 102 FMI 7 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect induction system for damage. Decision


Inspect induction system for damage; disconnected CAC hoses or pipes, check for Yes: Repair induction
broken turbochargers. system damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 102
FMI 7.
Was damage found? No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Inspect IMP sensor port on intake manifold. Decision


Inspect IMP sensor port on intake manifold for plugging. Yes: Repair plugged
IMP sensor port. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 102
FMI 7.
Is IMP sensor port on intake manifold plugged? No: Replace IMP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 102 FMI 7.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 102 FMI 7 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1353

SPN 102 FMI 10 - Boost slow response fault

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines engine intake manifold pressure is slow to respond
to monitor.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, 7, • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
(ETV) and 18 (IMP) 4 (IMT) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7
4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 4 (MAF) (CMP)
• SPN 1173 FMI 2 • SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2630 FMI 2 • SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV)
(TC2CIT) (TC2WG) (CACOT)

Fault Facts

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Charge Air Cooler system leaks, restrictions, or damage
• Intake Air System leaks, damage, or restrictions
• Exhaust System leaks, damage, or restrictions
• Failed Turbocharger(s)
• Failed Wastegate
• Failed TC2WG
• EGR System fault
• Engine or Valve Train damage
• MAF sensor calibration
1354 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1353).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 10.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to step 3.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 102 FMI 10.
Is EST DTC list SPN 102 FMI 10 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active
Fault Diagnostic
Procedure(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect sensor and connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect IMP sensor.
C. Check IMP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are IMP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 10.

Step 4 Inspect vehicle grille and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) for damage or Decisions
blockage.
Inspect vehicle grille and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) for damage, blockage, or Yes: Go to Step 5.
anything that could prevent proper air flow through the CAC.
Is grille and CAC undamaged, not blocked, and is air able to flow through No: Repair damage or
properly? blockage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 10.

Step 5 Inspect Intake Air System.


Perform Intake Air System Inspection(page 2230). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Is Intake Air System free from damage or restrictions? No: Repair intake air
system. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1355

Step 6 Inspect exhaust system. Decision


Perform Exhaust and Aftertreatment System Inspection(page 2233). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Is exhaust system free from leaks and physical damage? No: Repair exhaust
system. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 10.

Step 7 Failed Turbocharger(s) Decision


Check for physical contact compressor wheel and housing. Check for binding Yes: Go to Step 8.
shaft(s). Perform High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger Radial Play Inspection
(page 2257).
Is high pressure turbocharger compressor housing and compressor wheel free No: Repair based on
of signs of contact including damage to compressor wheel and/or scaring to results. After repairs are
compressor housing? complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 10.

Step 8 Check turbocharger wastegate operation. Decision


Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Operational Tests(page Yes: Go to Step 9.
2114).
Did TC2WG tests pass? No: Repair TC2WG.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 10.

Step 9 Check for failed Wastegate Decision


Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Solenoid Test (page Yes: Go to Step 10.
2118).
Does turbocharger wastegate actuator cycle fully open and closed during test? No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 10.

Step 10 Failed Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG). Decision


Perform TC2WG Position Isolated Actuator Test (page 2119). Yes: Go to Step 11.
Does turbocharger wastegate actuator moves without sticking or shuddering? No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 10.
1356 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 11 Inspect connections at Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 12.
B. Disconnect EGR valve connector.
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are EGR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 10.

Step 12 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Operational Test. Decision


Perform EGR Operational Test(page 2126). Yes: Replace EGR
valve. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 10.
Are there any active SPN 27 or SPN 2791 fault codes active? No: Go to Step 13.

Step 13 Perform Air Management Test Decision


Perform Air Management Test(page 2030). Yes: Go to Step 14.
Does Air Management Test return “Successful? No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 10.

Batteries must be charged (use battery charger if necessary).

Step 14 Engine or Valve Train damage Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Go to Step 15.
Does test return “Test Completed, Successful.” No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1357

Step 15 Do Mass Air Flow (MAF) Calibration Procedure. Decision


Using ServiceMaxx™ software. Ensure KOER MAF Sensor Calibration (page Yes: Replace MAF
2123) are met and MAF Calibration Pre-Checks are done, before doing this sensor. After repairs are
procedure. complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 10.
Did MAF sensor calibration run successfully? No: Repair air intake
system leaks. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 102 FMI
10.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 102 FMI 10 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1358 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 102 FMI 16 - Overboost

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines engine intake manifold pressure is too High.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 3, and 4
4 (IMT) (BARO) and 17 (ECT1) (MAF)
• SPN 164 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
(ICP) 4 (MAF) (CMP) 5, and 14 (INJ)
• SPN 1173 FMI 2 and 16 • SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2630 FMI 2 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4,
(TC2CIT) (TC2WG) (CACOT) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Failed Wastegate
• Failed TC2WG
• EGR System fault
• MAF sensor calibration
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1359

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1361).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 16.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to step 3.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 102 FMI 18.
Is EST DTC list SPN 102 FMI 18 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active
Fault Diagnostic
Procedure(page 1978).

Step 3 Check turbocharger wastegate operation. Decision


Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Operational Tests(page Yes: Go to Step 4.
2114).
Did TC2WG tests pass? No: Repair TC2WG.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 16.

Step 4 Check for failed Wastegate Decision


Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Solenoid Test (page Yes: Go to Step 5.
2118).
Does turbocharger wastegate actuator cycle fully open and closed during test? No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 16.

Step 5 Failed Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG). Decision


Perform TC2WG Position Isolated Actuator Test (page 2119). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Does turbocharger wastegate actuator moves without sticking or shuddering? No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 16.
1360 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Inspect connections at Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 7.
B. Disconnect EGR valve connector.
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are EGR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 16.

Step 7 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Operational Test. Decision


Perform EGR Operational Test(page 2126). Yes: Replace EGR
valve. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 16.
Are there any active SPN 27 or SPN 2791 fault codes active? No: Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Perform Air Management Test Decision


Perform Air Management Test(page 2030). Yes: Go to Step 9.
Does Air Management Test return “Successful? No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 16.

Step 9 Do Mass Air Flow (MAF) Calibration Procedure. Decision


Using ServiceMaxx™ software. Ensure KOER MAF Sensor Calibration (page Yes: Retest for SPN 102
2123) are met and MAF Calibration Pre-Checks are done, before doing this FMI 16.
procedure.
Did MAF sensor calibration run successfully? No: Repair air intake
system leaks. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 102 FMI
16.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 102 FMI 16 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1361

SPN 102 FMI 18 - Underboost

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines engine intake manifold pressure is too Low.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, 7,
(ETV) (FDP) and 10 (IMP)
• SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3,
4 (IMT) (BARO) 4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF)
• SPN 164 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
(ICP) 4 (MAF) (CMP) 5, and 14 (INJ)
• SPN 1173 FMI 2 and 16 • SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2630 FMI 2 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4,
(TC2CIT) (TC2WG) (CACOT) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 16 and • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
18 (INJ) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Charge Air Cooler system leaks, restrictions, or damage
• Intake Air System leaks, damage, or restrictions
• Exhaust System leaks, damage, or restrictions
• Failed Turbocharger(s)
• Failed Wastegate
• Failed TC2WG
• EGR System fault
• Engine or Valve Train damage
• MAF sensor calibration
1362 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1361).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to step 3.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 102 FMI 18.
Is EST DTC list SPN 102 FMI 18 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active
Fault Diagnostic
Procedure(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect sensor and connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect IMP sensor.
C. Check IMP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are IMP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 18.

Step 4 Inspect vehicle grille and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) for damage or Decisions
blockage.
Inspect vehicle grille and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) for damage, blockage, or Yes: Go to Step 5.
anything that could prevent proper air flow through the CAC.
Is grille and CAC undamaged, not blocked, and is air able to flow through No: Repair damage or
properly? blockage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 18.

Step 5 Inspect Intake Air System. Decision


Perform Intake Air System Inspection(page 2230). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Is Intake Air System free from damage or restrictions? No: Repair intake air
system. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1363

Step 6 Inspect exhaust system. Decision


Perform Exhaust and Aftertreatment System Inspection(page 2233). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Is exhaust system free from leaks and physical damage? No: Repair exhaust
system. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.

Step 7 Failed Turbocharger(s) Decision


Check for physical contact compressor wheel and housing. Check for binding Yes: Go to Step 8.
shaft(s). Perform High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger Radial Play Inspection
(page 2257).
Is high pressure turbocharger compressor housing and compressor wheel free No: Repair based on
of signs of contact including damage to compressor wheel and/or scaring to results. After repairs are
compressor housing? complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.

Step 8 Check turbocharger wastegate operation. Decision


Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Operational Tests(page Yes: Go to Step 9.
2114).
Did TC2WG tests pass? No: Repair TC2WG.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 18.

Step 9 Check for failed Wastegate Decision


Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Solenoid Test (page Yes: Go to Step 10.
2118).
Does turbocharger wastegate actuator cycle fully open and closed during test? No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.

Step 10 Failed Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG). Decision


Perform TC2WG Position Isolated Actuator Test (page 2119). Yes: Go to Step 11.
Does turbocharger wastegate actuator moves without sticking or shuddering? No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.
1364 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 11 Inspect connections at Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 12.
B. Disconnect EGR valve connector.
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are EGR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 18.

Step 12 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Operational Test. Decision


Perform EGR Operational Test(page 2126). Yes: Replace EGR
valve. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.
Are there any active SPN 27 or SPN 2791 fault codes active? No: Go to Step 13.

Step 13 Perform Air Management Test Decision


Perform Air Management Test(page 2030). Yes: Go to Step 14.
Does Air Management Test return “Successful? No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.

Batteries must be charged (use battery charger if necessary).

Step 14 Engine or Valve Train damage Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Go to Step 15.
Does test return “Test Completed, Successful.” No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1365

Step 15 Do Mass Air Flow (MAF) Calibration Procedure. Decision


Using ServiceMaxx™ software. Ensure KOER MAF Sensor Calibration (page Yes: Replace MAF
2123) are met and MAF Calibration Pre-Checks are done, before doing this sensor. After repairs are
procedure. complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 18.
Did MAF sensor calibration run successfully? No: Repair air intake
system leaks. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 102 FMI
18.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 102 FMI 18 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1366 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

IMT Sensor (Intake Manifold Temperature)


Overview of IMT Sensor Group

SPN FMI Condition


105 2 IMT signal Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect (page 1367)
105 3 IMT signal Out of Range HIGH (page 1372)
105 4 IMT signal Out of Range LOW (page 1378)

Overview
Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating
manifold air temperature. ECM controls Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system based on air temperature in
intake manifold. This aids in cold engine starting and warm-ups, and also reduces exhaust emissions.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1367

SPN 105 FMI 2 - IMT signal Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect

Fault Overview
ECM Compares Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor to Intake Air Temperature (IAT), Turbocharger 2
Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT), Engine Coolant
Temperature 1 (ECT1), and Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensors at initial Key-On after an 8-hour cold soak.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 105 FMI 3 and 4


(IMT)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• High resistance in IMT circuit
• High resistance in SIG GND circuit
• Failed IMT sensor
1368 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1367).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
105 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 3.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 105 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 105 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect IMT connector.
C. Check IMT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are IMT connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 105 FMI 2.

Step 4 Check for high resistance in IMT circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1370). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Replace IMT
intake manifold temperature. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 105 FMI 2.
Is temperature 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -11°C)? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1369

Step 5 Check for high resistance in SIG GND circuit Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1371). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Repair SIG GND
intake manifold temperature. circuit between IMT pin-1
and ECM pin E-28. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 105 FMI 2.
Is temperature 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -11°C)? No: Repair SIG circuit
between IMT pin-2 and
ECM pin E-15. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 105 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 105 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1370 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 105 FMI 2)

Figure 398 Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 399 Test 1 Signal Circuit Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1371

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave IMT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Figure 400 Test 2 IMT Signal Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave IMT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1372 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 105 FMI 3 - IMT signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) signal is
greater than 4.80 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• IMT circuit Open
• IMT circuit short to PWR
• SIG GND circuit Open
• Failed IMT sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1373

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 105 FMI 3.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 105 FMI 3 as active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect IMT sensor connector.
C. Check IMT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are IMT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, and / or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
105 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check IMT circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1375). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to PWR
Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 and known good GND. between IMT pin-2 and
ECM pin E-15. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 105 FMI 3.
Is voltage greater than 6 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for failed IMT sensor. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1376). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace IMT
DTC list. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 105 FMI 3.
Does SPN 105 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 5.
1374 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check IMT circuit for Open. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 1376). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Repair Open
DTC list. between IMT pin-1 and
ECM pin E-28. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 105 FMI 3.
Does SPN 105 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair Open
between IMT pin-2 and
ECM pin E-15. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 105 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 105 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1375

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 105 FMI 3)

Figure 401 Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• Breakout Harness 3-Banana Plug ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 402 Test 1 Signal Circuit Check


1376 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave Intake Manifold
Temperature (IMT) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.

Figure 403 Test 2 IMT Signal Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness and leave IMT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1377

Figure 404 Test 3 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness and leave IMT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 circuit to known
good GND.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software
1378 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 105 FMI 4 - IMT signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) signal is less
than 0.16 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• IMT signal circuit short to GND
• Failed IMT
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1379

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 105 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 105 FMI 4 active or pending? No. Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect IMT sensor connector.
C. Check IMT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are IMT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, and terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
105 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check IMT signal circuit for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1380). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace IMT
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 105 FMI 4.
Does SPN 105 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair short to
GND between IMT
connector pin-2 and
Engine Control Module
(ECM) pin E1-15. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 105 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3509 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1380 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 105 FMI 4)

Figure 405 Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1381

INJ (Injector) Circuits


Overview of INJ Sensor Group

SPN FMI Condition


651 4 Injector 1 open coil - short circuit (page 1384)
652 4 Injector 2 open coil - short circuit (page 1388)
653 4 Injector 3 open coil - short circuit (page 1392)
654 4 Injector 4 open coil - short circuit (page 1396)
655 4 Injector 5 open coil - short circuit (page 1400)
656 4 Injector 6 open coil - short circuit (page 1404)
651 5 Injector 1 open coil - open circuit (page 1408)
652 5 Injector 2 open coil - open circuit (page 1415)
653 5 Injector 3 open coil - open circuit (page 1422)
654 5 Injector 4 open coil - open circuit (page 1429)
655 5 Injector 5 open coil - open circuit (page 1436)
656 5 Injector 6 open coil - open circuit (page 1443)
651 - 656 7 Injector 1 (through 6) Spool Motion Compensation Max Authority Reached
(page 1450)
651 14 Injector 1 Fuel quantity/timing error (page 1452)
652 14 Injector 2 Fuel quantity/timing error (page 1457)
653 14 Injector 3 Fuel quantity/timing error (page 1462)
654 14 Injector 4 Fuel quantity/timing error (page 1467)
655 14 Injector 5 Fuel quantity/timing error (page 1472)
656 14 Injector 6 Fuel quantity/timing error (page 1477)
2797 6 Injector Control Group 1 - short circuit (INJ 1, 2, 3) (page 1482)
2798 6 Injector Control Group 2 - short circuit (INJ 4, 5, 6) (page 1506)
3055 2 ICP/IPR Adaptation In-Range Fault (page 1530)
3659 4 Injector 1 close coil – short circuit (page 1533)
3660 4 Injector 2 close coil – short circuit (page 1537)
3661 4 Injector 3 close coil – short circuit (page 1541)
3662 4 Injector 4 close coil – short circuit (page 1545)
3663 4 Injector 5 close coil – short circuit (page 1549)
3664 4 Injector 6 close coil – short circuit (page 1553)
3659 5 Injector 1 close coil – open circuit (page 1557)
3660 5 Injector 2 close coil – open circuit (page 1564)
3661 5 Injector 3 close coil – open circuit (page 1571)
1382 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

3662 5 Injector 4 close coil – open circuit (page 1578)


3663 5 Injector 5 close coil – open circuit (page 1585)
3664 5 Injector 6 close coil – open circuit (page 1592)
4257 7 Injector Coking Compensation Factor Reached Maximum Authority (page
1599)
4257 16 Multiple Injector High Flow fault (page 1601)
4257 18 Multiple Injector Low Flow fault (page 1604)

Overview
Injectors inject fuel into cylinders. Engine Control Module (ECM) controls timing and amount of fuel being
sprayed from each injector. ECM also controls Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system to regulate fuel spray
pressure.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1383

Figure 406 Injector Locations


1. Injector 6 3. Injector 4 5. Injector 2
2. Injector 5 4. Injector 3 6. Injector 1
1384 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 651 FMI 4 - Injector 1 open coil - short circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short circuit on fuel injector 1 Open coil.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open H shorted to Open L
• Open L short to PWR
• Failed Injector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1385

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 651 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 651 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 2
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 2 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 651 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for short between Open H circuit and Open L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1387). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 4.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Open H and
Open L circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 651 FMI
4.

Step 4 Check for Open L short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1387). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND. between Open L and
PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
651 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 5.
1386 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Inspect UVC harness under valve cover. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace UVC
harness and install in
B.
proper routing. After
Remove valve cover. repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 651 FMI
C. Inspect UVC harness under valve cover for improper harness routing,
4.
evidence of harness contacting rocker arms, or other signs of harness
damage.
Is there evidence of harness damage? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check short between Open H and Open L. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1387). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace injector.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 651 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 651 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 651 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1387

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 651 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1388 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 652 FMI 4 - Injector 2 open coil - short circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short circuit on fuel injector 2 Open coil.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open H shorted to Open L
• Open L short to PWR
• Failed Injector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1389

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 652 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 652 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 2
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 2 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 652 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for short between Open H circuit and Open L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1391). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 4.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Open H and
Open L circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 652 FMI
4.

Step 4 Check for Open L short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1391). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND. between Open L and
PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
652 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 5.
1390 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Inspect UVC harness under valve cover. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace UVC
harness and install in
B.
proper routing. After
Remove valve cover. repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 652 FMI
C. Inspect UVC harness under valve cover for improper harness routing,
4.
evidence of harness contacting rocker arms, or other signs of harness
damage.
Is there evidence of harness damage? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check short between Open H and Open L. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1391). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace injector.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 652 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 652 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 652 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1391

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 652 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1392 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 653 FMI 4 - Injector 3 open coil - short circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short circuit on fuel injector 1 Open coil.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open H shorted to Open L
• Open L short to PWR
• Failed Injector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1393

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 653 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 653 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Not Active Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 3.
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are UVC 3 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
653 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for short between Open H circuit and Open L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1395). Using DMM measure resistance between Yes: Go to step 4.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short between
Open H and Open L
circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
653 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check for Open L short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1395). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND. between Open L and
PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
653 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 5.
1394 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Inspect UVC harness under valve cover. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace UVC
harness and install in
B.
proper routing. After
Remove valve cover. repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 653 FMI
C. Inspect UVC harness under valve cover for improper harness routing,
4.
evidence of harness contacting rocker arms, or other signs of harness
damage.
Is there evidence of harness damage? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check short between Open H and Open L. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1395). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace injector.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 653 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 653 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 653 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1395

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 653 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1396 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 654 FMI 4 - Injector 4 open coil - short circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short circuit on fuel injector 2 Open coil.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open H shorted to Open L
• Open L short to PWR
• Failed Injector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1397

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 654 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 654 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Not Active Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 3.
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are UVC 3 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
654 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for short between Open H circuit and Open L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1399). Using DMM measure resistance between Yes: Go to step 4.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short between
Open H and Open L
circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
654 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check for Open L short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1399). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND. between Open L and
PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
651 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 5.
1398 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Inspect UVC harness under valve cover. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace UVC
harness and install in
B.
proper routing. After
Remove valve cover. repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 654 FMI
C. Inspect UVC harness under valve cover for improper harness routing,
4.
evidence of harness contacting rocker arms, or other signs of harness
damage.
Is there evidence of harness damage? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check short between Open H and Open L. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1399). Using DMM measure resistance between Yes: Replace injector.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 654 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 654 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 654 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1399

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 654 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1400 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 655 FMI 4 - Injector 5 open coil - short circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short circuit on fuel injector 1 Open coil.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open H shorted to Open L
• Open L short to PWR
• Failed Injector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1401

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 655 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 655 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 4.
C. Check UVC 4 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 4 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 655 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for short between Open H circuit and Open L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1403). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 4.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Open H and
Open L circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 655 FMI
4.

Step 4 Check for Open L short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1403). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND. between Open L and
PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
655 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 5.
1402 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Inspect UVC harness under valve cover. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace UVC
harness and install in
B.
proper routing. After
Remove valve cover. repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 655 FMI
C. Inspect UVC harness under valve cover for improper harness routing,
4.
evidence of harness contacting rocker arms, or other signs of harness
damage.
Is there evidence of harness damage? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check short between Open H and Open L. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1403). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace injector.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 655 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 655 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 655 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1403

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 655 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1404 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 656 FMI 4 - Injector 6 open coil - short circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short circuit on fuel injector 6 Open coil.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open H shorted to Open L
• Open L short to PWR
• Failed Injector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1405

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 656 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 656 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Not Active Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 4.
C. Check UVC 4 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are UVC 4 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for short between Open H circuit and Open L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1407). Using DMM measure resistance between Yes: Go to step 4.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short between
Open H and Open L
circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check for Open L short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1407). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND. between Open L and
PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 5.
1406 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Inspect UVC harness under valve cover. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace UVC
harness and install in
B.
proper routing. After
Remove valve cover. repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 656 FMI
C. Inspect UVC harness under valve cover for improper harness routing,
4.
evidence of harness contacting rocker arms, or other signs of harness
damage.
Is there evidence of harness damage? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check short between Open H and Open L. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1407). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace injector.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 656 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 656 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 656 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1407

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 656 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1408 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 651 FMI 5 - Injector 1 open coil - open circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit on fuel injector 1 Open coil circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open in Open H circuit
• Open in Open L circuit
• Failed fuel injector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1409

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 651 FMI 5.
Is EST DTC list SPN 651 FMI 5 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 2
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are UVC 2 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
651 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check for failure under valve cover. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1411). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for failed fuel injector Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1411). Using DMM measure resistance between fuel Yes: Go to Step 5.
injector pin-2 and pin-3.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Replace fuel injector
1. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
651 FMI 5.
1410 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for Open in Open H or Open L circuit under valve cover. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1412). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and fuel injector 1 pin-2. between UVC harness
pin-3 and fuel injector
pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
651 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-4 and
fuel injector pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 651 FMI 5.

Step 6 Check for Open in Open H or Open L in engine harness circuit. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 1413). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and ECM pin D-1. between UVC harness
pin-4 and ECM pin D-2.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 651 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-3 and
ECM pin D-1. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 651 FMI 5.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 651 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1411

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 651 FMI 5)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-00990-01
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 407 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1412 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 408 Fuel Injector Resistance Check

Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover
C. Disconnect fuel injector 1.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1413

Figure 409 Fuel Injector 1 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 1.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
1414 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 410 Fuel Injector 1 Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1415

SPN 652 FMI 5 - Injector 2 open coil - open circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit on fuel injector 2 Open coil circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open in Open H circuit
• Open in Open L circuit
• Failed fuel injector
1416 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 652 FMI 5.
Is EST DTC list SPN 652 FMI 5 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 2
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are UVC 2 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
652 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check for failure under valve cover. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1418). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for failed fuel injector. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1418). Using DMM measure resistance between fuel Yes: Go to Step 5.
injector pin-2 and pin-3.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Replace fuel injector
2. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
652 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1417

Step 5 Check for Open in Open H or Open L circuit under valve cover. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1419). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and fuel injector 2 pin-2. between UVC harness
pin-7 and fuel injector
pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
652 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-8 and
fuel injector pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 652 FMI 5.

Step 6 Check for Open in Open H or Open L in engine harness circuit. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 1420). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and ECM pin D-5. between UVC harness
pin-8 and ECM pin
D-6. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
652 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-7 and
ECM pin D-5. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 652 FMI 5.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 652 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
1418 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 652 FMI 5)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-00990-01
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 411 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1419

Figure 412 Fuel Injector Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover
C. Disconnect fuel injector 2.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
1420 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 413 Fuel Injector 2 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 2.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1421

Figure 414 Fuel Injector 2 Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1422 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 653 FMI 5 - Injector 3 open coil - open circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit on fuel injector 3 Open coil circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open in Open H circuit
• Open in Open L circuit
• Failed fuel injector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1423

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 653 FMI 5.
Is EST DTC list SPN 653 FMI 5 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 3.
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are UVC 3 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
653 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check for failure under valve cover. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1425). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for failed fuel injector Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1425). Using DMM measure resistance between fuel Yes: Go to Step 5.
injector pin-2 and pin-3.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Replace fuel injector
3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
653 FMI 5.
1424 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for Open in Open H or Open L circuit under valve cover. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1426). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and fuel injector 3 pin-2. between UVC harness
pin-3 and fuel injector
pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
653 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-4 and
fuel injector pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 653 FMI 5.

Step 6 Check for Open in Open H or Open L in engine harness circuit. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 1427). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and ECM pin D-3. between UVC harness
pin-4 and ECM pin D-4.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 653 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-3 and
ECM pin D-3. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 653 FMI 5.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 653 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1425

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 653 FMI 5)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-00990-01
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 415 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1426 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 416 Fuel Injector Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover
C. Disconnect fuel injector 3.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1427

Figure 417 Fuel Injector 3 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 3.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 3.
1428 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 418 Fuel Injector 3 Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1429

SPN 654 FMI 5 - Injector 4 open coil - open circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit on fuel injector 4 Open coil circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open in Open H circuit
• Open in Open L circuit
• Failed fuel injector
1430 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 654 FMI 5.
Is EST DTC list SPN 654 FMI 5 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 3.
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are UVC 3 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
654 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check for failure under valve cover. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1432). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for failed fuel injector Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1432). Using DMM measure resistance between fuel Yes: Go to Step 5.
injector pin-2 and pin-3.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Replace fuel injector
4. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
654 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1431

Step 5 Check for Open in Open H or Open L circuit under valve cover. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1433). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and fuel injector 4 pin-2. between UVC harness
pin-7 and fuel injector
pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
654 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-8 and
fuel injector pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 654 FMI 5.

Step 6 Check for Open in Open H or Open L in engine harness circuit. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 1434). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and ECM pin D-29. between UVC harness
pin-8 and ECM pin D-30.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 654 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-7 and
ECM pin D-29. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 654 FMI 5.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 654 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
1432 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 654 FMI 5)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-00990-01
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 419 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 harness and leave vehicle harness
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1433

Figure 420 Fuel Injector Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover
C. Disconnect fuel injector 4.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
1434 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 421 Fuel Injector 4 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 4.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1435

Figure 422 Fuel Injector 4 Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1436 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 655 FMI 5 - Injector 5 open coil - open circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit on fuel injector 5 Open coil circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open in Open H circuit
• Open in Open L circuit
• Failed fuel injector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1437

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 655 FMI 5.
Is EST DTC list SPN 655 FMI 5 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 4.
C. Check UVC 4 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 4 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
655 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check for failure under valve cover. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1439). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for failed fuel injector. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1439). Using DMM measure resistance between fuel Yes: Go to Step 5.
injector pin-2 and pin-3.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Replace fuel injector
5. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
655 FMI 5.
1438 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for Open in Open H or Open L circuit under valve cover. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1440). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and fuel injector 5 pin-2. between UVC harness
pin-3 and fuel injector
pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
655 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-4 and
fuel injector pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 655 FMI 5.

Step 6 Check for Open in Open H or Open L in engine harness circuit. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 1441). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and ECM pin D-25. between UVC harness
pin-4 and ECM pin
D-26. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
655 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-3 and
ECM pin D-25. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 655 FMI 5.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 655 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1439

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 655 FMI 5)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-00990-01
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 423 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1440 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 424 Fuel Injector Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover
C. Disconnect fuel injector 5.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1441

Figure 425 Fuel Injector 5 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 5.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
1442 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 426 Fuel Injector 5 Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1443

SPN 656 FMI 5 - Injector 6 open coil - open circuit

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit on fuel injector 6 Open coil circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open in Open H circuit
• Open in Open L circuit
• Failed fuel injector
1444 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 656 FMI 5.
Is EST DTC list SPN 656 FMI 5 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 4.
C. Check UVC 4 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are UVC 4 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check for failure under valve cover. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1446). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for failed fuel injector. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1446). Using DMM measure resistance between fuel Yes: Go to Step 5.
injector pin-2 and pin-3.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Replace fuel injector
6. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1445

Step 5 Check for Open in Open H or Open L circuit under valve cover. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1447). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and fuel injector 6 pin-2. between UVC harness
pin-7 and fuel injector
pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-8 and
fuel injector pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 656 FMI 5.

Step 6 Check for Open in Open H or Open L in engine harness circuit. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 1448). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and ECM pin D-27. between UVC harness
pin-8 and ECM pin
D-28. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-7 and
ECM pin D-27. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 656 FMI 5.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 656 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
1446 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 656 FMI 5)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-00990-01
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 427 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1447

Figure 428 Fuel Injector Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 6.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
1448 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 429 Fuel Injector 6 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 6.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1449

Figure 430 Fuel Injector 6 Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1450 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 651 - 656 FMI 7 - Injector 1 (through 6) Spool Motion Compensation Max Authority Reached

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines fuel injector spool motion compensation has
reached its maximum allowable time limit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Final number of Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™
software identifies cylinder in which the injector is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Incorrect Engine Control Module (ECM) programming
• Failed fuel injector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1451

Step 1 Check for injector replacement. Decision


Identify if affected fuel injector was recently replaced. Yes: Perform Injector
Close End of Motion
(CEOM) Reset Procedure
(page 1969). After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 651- 656 FMI 7.
Has affected fuel injector been recently replaced? No: Replace affected
injector and perform
Injector Close End
of Motion (CEOM)
Reset Procedure (page
1969). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
651- 656 FMI 7.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 651 - 656 FMI 7 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and the proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1452 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 651 FMI 14 - Injector 1 Fuel quantity/timing error

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
(ETV) (FDP) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 4 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI
(TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ) 31 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test
Possible Causes
• Injector damage
• Spool to control valve body static leakage
• Puck leakage
• Backup ring and/or O-ring leakage at injector inlet
• Biased Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor
• Engine oil dirty or poor quality
• Engine mechanical problem
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1453

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1452).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 651 FMI 14.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 651 FMI 14.
Is EST DTC list SPN 651 FMI 14 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect injector circuits outside valve cover connector.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 651 FMI 14.

Step 4 Test for failed injector. Decision


Perform KOEO Injector Test(page 2008). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Did all injectors operate? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Determine how many injectors operated. Decision


Determine if one injector or three injectors failed. Yes: Go to SPN 2797
FMI 6 (page 1482).
Did only three injectors operate? No: Go to Step 6
1454 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Determine if fault codes set. Decision


Determine if SPN 651 FMI 4 or 5 or SPN 3659 FMI 4 or 5 fault codes have been set Yes: Go to fault codes
for applicable injector
FMI 4, or 5.
Did fault codes set? No: Replace injector .
After repairs, retest for
SPN 651 FMI 14.

Step 7 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, Decision
leaks, or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil Yes: Go to Step 8.
residue. Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI)
valve for leaks or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, No: Repair
leaks, and physical damage? restrictions, air leaks,
fuel leaks, or physical
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 651 FMI 14.

Step 8 Check for fuel level and fuel quality. Decision


Visually inspect by removing fuel cap from all tanks, check Water In Fuel (WIF) Yes: Go to Step 9.
light, and sample for dirty or aerated fuel.
Is there sufficient supply of good quality fuel? No: Drain dirty or
aerated fuel, fill with
good quality fuel. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 651
FMI 14.

Step 9 Check engine oil and oil quality. Decision


Perform Engine Oil and Quality Check (page 2218). Yes: Go to Step 10.
Is there sufficient supply of clean, non-aerated oil? No: Drain dirty,
aerated, or
contaminated oil,
fill with clean,
non-aerated oil. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 651
FMI 14.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1455

Step 10 Determine if Engine Compression Brake (ECB1), if equipped, is Decision


operating correctly.
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, do KOEO Low to High Idle Test(page Yes: Go to Step 11.
1995) while monitoring Brake Control Pressure (BCP).
Is BCP less than 145 psi (1 MPa)? No: Replace ECB1
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 651 FMI 14.

Step 11 Calibrate MAF sensor. Decision


Perform KOER MAF Sensor Calibrations(page 2123). Yes: Go to Step 12.
Did MAF auto-calibrated succeed? No: Perform test
and procedures for a
malfunctioning MAF
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 651 FMI 14.

Step 12 Determine cause of rough engine idle. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Go to Step 14.
Are all engine cylinder performance readings similar? No: Go to Step 13.

Step 13 Test cylinder performance further. Decision


Do Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) test to evaluate cylinder performance Yes: Retest for SPN
issues. Evaluate performance concerns during cold idle (page 2056)andhot idle 651 FMI 14.
(page 2067).
Due to complexity of some codes, print out CPA tool results for later use.
Did tests finish without identifying a suspect cylinder? No: Remove valve
cover, check valve
lash, and crank engine
to verify cam shaft
lobe operation and lift
(See Engine Service
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 651 FMI 14.
1456 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 14 Test for oil leaks under valve cover. Decision


Using Leak Detection Pump Tool 12-452-01, test for oil leaking from or around Yes: Retest for SPN
ECB1 valve, center of oil rail to cylinder head, injector oil inlet adapters (puck), 651 FMI 14. Return
and ICP sensor. vehicle to customer.
Some leakage around injector spool valves is normal.
Are listed items leak-free? No: Remove rail
and replace any of
following as required:
ECB1 valve, center of
oil rail to cylinder head
O-ring, leaking injector
oil inlet adapter, and/or
ICP sensor. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 651
FMI 14.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 651 FMI 14 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1457

SPN 652 FMI 14 - Injector 2 Fuel quantity/timing error

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
(ETV) (FDP) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 4 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI
(TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ) 31 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test
Possible Causes
• Injector damage
• Spool to control valve body static leakage
• Puck leakage
• Backup ring and/or O-ring leakage at injector inlet
• Biased Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor
• Engine oil dirty or poor quality
• Engine mechanical problem
1458 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1457).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 652 FMI 14.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 652 FMI 14.
Is EST DTC list SPN 652 FMI 14 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect injector circuits outside valve cover connector.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 652 FMI 14.

Step 4 Test for failed injector. Decision


Perform KOEO Injector Test(page 2008). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Did all injectors operate? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Determine how many injectors operated. Decision


Determine if one injector or three injectors failed. Yes: Go to SPN 2797
FMI 6 (page 1482).
Did only three injectors operate? No: Go to Step 6
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1459

Step 6 Determine if fault codes set. Decision


Determine if SPN 652 FMI 4 or 5 or SPN 3660 FMI 4 or 5 fault codes have been set Yes: Go to fault codes
for applicable injector
FMI 4, or 5.
Did fault codes set? No: Replace injector .
After repairs, retest for
SPN 652 FMI 14.

Step 7 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, Decision
leaks, or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil Yes: Go to Step 8.
residue. Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI)
valve for leaks or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, No: Repair
leaks, and physical damage? restrictions, air leaks,
fuel leaks, or physical
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 652 FMI 14.

Step 8 Check for fuel level and fuel quality. Decision


Visually inspect by removing fuel cap from all tanks, check Water In Fuel (WIF) Yes: Go to Step 9.
light, and sample for dirty or aerated fuel.
Is there sufficient supply of good quality fuel? No: Drain dirty or
aerated fuel, fill with
good quality fuel. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 652
FMI 14.

Step 9 Check engine oil and oil quality. Decision


Perform Engine Oil and Quality Check (page 2218). Yes: Go to Step 10.
Is there sufficient supply of clean, non-aerated oil? No: Drain dirty,
aerated, or
contaminated oil,
fill with clean,
non-aerated oil. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 652
FMI 14.
1460 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 10 Determine if Engine Compression Brake (ECB1), if equipped, is Decision


operating correctly.
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, do KOEO Low to High Idle Test(page Yes: Go to Step 11.
1995) while monitoring Brake Control Pressure (BCP).
Is BCP less than 145 psi (1 MPa)? No: Replace ECB1
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 652 FMI 14.

Step 11 Calibrate MAF sensor. Decision


Perform KOER MAF Sensor Calibrations(page 2123). Yes: Go to Step 12.
Did MAF auto-calibrated succeed? No: Perform test
and procedures for a
malfunctioning MAF
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 652 FMI 14.

Step 12 Determine cause of rough engine idle. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Go to Step 14.
Are all engine cylinder performance readings similar? No: Go to Step 13.

Step 13 Test cylinder performance further. Decision


Do Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) test to evaluate cylinder performance Yes: Retest for SPN
issues. Evaluate performance concerns during cold idle (page 2056)andhot idle 652 FMI 14.
(page 2067).
Due to complexity of some codes, print out CPA tool results for later use.
Did tests finish without identifying a suspect cylinder? No: Remove valve
cover, check valve
lash, and crank engine
to verify cam shaft
lobe operation and lift
(See Engine Service
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 652 FMI 14.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1461

Step 14 Test for oil leaks under valve cover. Decision


Using Leak Detection Pump Tool 12-452-01, test for oil leaking from or around Yes: Retest for SPN
ECB1 valve, center of oil rail to cylinder head, injector oil inlet adapters (puck), 652 FMI 14. Return
and ICP sensor. vehicle to customer.
Some leakage around injector spool valves is normal.
Are listed items leak-free? No: Remove rail
and replace any of
following as required:
ECB1 valve, center of
oil rail to cylinder head
O-ring, leaking injector
oil inlet adapter, and/or
ICP sensor. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 652
FMI 14.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 652 FMI 14 fault code diagnostics.
1462 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 653 FMI 14 - Injector 3 Fuel quantity/timing error

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
(ETV) (FDP) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 4 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI
(TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ) 31 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test
Possible Causes
• Injector damage
• Spool to control valve body static leakage
• Puck leakage
• Backup ring and/or O-ring leakage at injector inlet
• Biased Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor
• Engine oil dirty or poor quality
• Engine mechanical problem
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1463

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1452).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 653 FMI 14.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 653 FMI 14.
Is EST DTC list SPN 653 FMI 14 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect injector circuits outside valve cover connector.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 653 FMI 14.

Step 4 Test for failed injector. Decision


Perform KOEO Injector Test(page 2008). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Did all injectors operate? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Determine how many injectors operated. Decision


Determine if one injector or three injectors failed. Yes: Go to SPN 2797
FMI 6 (page 1482).
Did only three injectors operate? No: Go to Step 6
1464 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Determine if fault codes set. Decision


Determine if SPN 653 FMI 4 or 5 or SPN 3661 FMI 4 or 5 fault codes have been set Yes: Go to fault codes
for applicable injector
FMI 4, or 5.
Did fault codes set? No: Replace injector .
After repairs, retest for
SPN 653 FMI 14.

Step 7 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, Decision
leaks, or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil Yes: Go to Step 8.
residue. Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI)
valve for leaks or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, No: Repair
leaks, and physical damage? restrictions, air leaks,
fuel leaks, or physical
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 653 FMI 14.

Step 8 Check for fuel level and fuel quality. Decision


Visually inspect by removing fuel cap from all tanks, check Water In Fuel (WIF) Yes: Go to Step 9.
light, and sample for dirty or aerated fuel.
Is there sufficient supply of good quality fuel? No: Drain dirty or
aerated fuel, fill with
good quality fuel. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 653
FMI 14.

Step 9 Check engine oil and oil quality. Decision


Perform Engine Oil and Quality Check (page 2218). Yes: Go to Step 10.
Is there sufficient supply of clean, non-aerated oil? No: Drain dirty,
aerated, or
contaminated oil,
fill with clean,
non-aerated oil. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 653
FMI 14.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1465

Step 10 Determine if Engine Compression Brake (ECB1), if equipped, is Decision


operating correctly.
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, do KOEO Low to High Idle Test(page Yes: Go to Step 11.
1995) while monitoring Brake Control Pressure (BCP).
Is BCP less than 145 psi (1 MPa)? No: Replace ECB1
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 653 FMI 14.

Step 11 Calibrate MAF sensor. Decision


Perform KOER MAF Sensor Calibrations(page 2123). Yes: Go to Step 12.
Did MAF auto-calibrated succeed? No: Perform test
and procedures for a
malfunctioning MAF
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 653 FMI 14.

Step 12 Determine cause of rough engine idle. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Go to Step 14.
Are all engine cylinder performance readings similar? No: Go to Step 13.

Step 13 Test cylinder performance further. Decision


Do Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) test to evaluate cylinder performance Yes: Retest for SPN
issues. Evaluate performance concerns during cold idle (page 2056)andhot idle 653 FMI 14.
(page 2067).
Due to complexity of some codes, print out CPA tool results for later use.
Did tests finish without identifying a suspect cylinder? No: Remove valve
cover, check valve
lash, and crank engine
to verify cam shaft
lobe operation and lift
(See Engine Service
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 653 FMI 14.
1466 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 14 Test for oil leaks under valve cover. Decision


Using Leak Detection Pump Tool 12-452-01, test for oil leaking from or around Yes: Retest for SPN
ECB1 valve, center of oil rail to cylinder head, injector oil inlet adapters (puck), 653 FMI 14. Return
and ICP sensor. vehicle to customer.
Some leakage around injector spool valves is normal.
Are listed items leak-free? No: Remove rail
and replace any of
following as required:
ECB1 valve, center of
oil rail to cylinder head
O-ring, leaking injector
oil inlet adapter, and/or
ICP sensor. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 653
FMI 14.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 653 FMI 14 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1467

SPN 654 FMI 14 - Injector 4 Fuel quantity/timing error

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
(ETV) (FDP) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 4 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI
(TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ) 31 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test
Possible Causes
• Injector damage
• Spool to control valve body static leakage
• Puck leakage
• Backup ring and/or O-ring leakage at injector inlet
• Biased Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor
• Engine oil dirty or poor quality
• Engine mechanical problem
1468 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1467).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 654 FMI 14.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 654 FMI 14.
Is EST DTC list SPN 654 FMI 14 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect injector circuits outside valve cover connector.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 654 FMI 14.

Step 4 Test for failed injector. Decision


Perform KOEO Injector Test(page 2008). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Did all injectors operate? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Determine how many injectors operated. Decision


Determine if one injector or three injectors failed. Yes: Go to SPN 2798
FMI 6 (page 1506).
Did only three injectors operate? No: Go to Step 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1469

Step 6 Determine if fault codes set. Decision


Determine if SPN 654 FMI 4 or 5 or SPN 3662 FMI 4 or 5 fault codes have been set Yes: Go to fault codes
for applicable injector
FMI 4, or 5.
Did fault codes set? No: Replace injector .
After repairs, retest for
SPN 654 FMI 14.

Step 7 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, Decision
leaks, or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil Yes: Go to Step 8.
residue. Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI)
valve for leaks or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, No: Repair
leaks, and physical damage? restrictions, air leaks,
fuel leaks, or physical
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 654 FMI 14.

Step 8 Check for fuel level and fuel quality. Decision


Visually inspect by removing fuel cap from all tanks, check Water In Fuel (WIF) Yes: Go to Step 9.
light, and sample for dirty or aerated fuel.
Is there sufficient supply of good quality fuel? No: Drain dirty or
aerated fuel, fill with
good quality fuel. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 654
FMI 14.

Step 9 Check engine oil and oil quality. Decision


Perform Engine Oil and Quality Check (page 2218). Yes: Go to Step 10.
Is there sufficient supply of clean, non-aerated oil? No: Drain dirty,
aerated, or
contaminated oil,
fill with clean,
non-aerated oil. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 654
FMI 14.
1470 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 10 Determine if Engine Compression Brake (ECB1), if equipped, is Decision


operating correctly.
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, do KOEO Low to High Idle Test(page Yes: Go to Step 11.
1995) while monitoring Brake Control Pressure (BCP).
Is BCP less than 145 psi (1 MPa)? No: Replace ECB1
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 654 FMI 14.

Step 11 Calibrate MAF sensor. Decision


Perform KOER MAF Sensor Calibrations(page 2123). Yes: Go to Step 12.
Did MAF auto-calibrated succeed? No: Perform test
and procedures for a
malfunctioning MAF
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 654 FMI 14.

Step 12 Determine cause of rough engine idle. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Go to Step 14.
Are all engine cylinder performance readings similar? No: Go to Step 13.

Step 13 Test cylinder performance further. Decision


Do Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) test to evaluate cylinder performance Yes: Retest for SPN
issues. Evaluate performance concerns during cold idle (page 2056)and hot idle 654 FMI 14.
(page 2067).
Due to complexity of some codes, print out CPA tool results for later use.
Did tests finish without identifying a suspect cylinder? No: Remove valve
cover, check valve
lash, and crank engine
to verify cam shaft
lobe operation and lift
(See Engine Service
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 654 FMI 14.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1471

Step 14 Test for oil leaks under valve cover. Decision


Using Leak Detection Pump Tool 12-452-01, test for oil leaking from or around Yes: Retest for SPN
ECB1 valve, center of oil rail to cylinder head, injector oil inlet adapters (puck), 654 FMI 14. Return
and ICP sensor. vehicle to customer.
Some leakage around injector spool valves is normal.
Are listed items leak-free? No: Remove rail
and replace any of
following as required:
ECB1 valve, center of
oil rail to cylinder head
O-ring, leaking injector
oil inlet adapter, and/or
ICP sensor. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 654
FMI 14.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 654 FMI 14 fault code diagnostics.
1472 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 655 FMI 14 - Injector 5 Fuel quantity/timing error

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
(ETV) (FDP) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 4 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI
(TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ) 31 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test
Possible Causes
• Injector damage
• Spool to control valve body static leakage
• Puck leakage
• Backup ring and/or O-ring leakage at injector inlet
• Biased Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor
• Engine oil dirty or poor quality
• Engine mechanical problem
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1473

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1472).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 651 FMI 14.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 655 FMI 14.
Is EST DTC list SPN 655 FMI 14 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect injector circuits outside valve cover connector.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 655 FMI 14.

Step 4 Test for failed injector. Decision


Perform KOEO Injector Test(page 2008). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Did all injectors operate? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Determine how many injectors operated. Decision


Determine if one injector or three injectors failed. Yes: Go to SPN 2798
FMI 6 (page 1506).
Did only three injectors operate? No: Go to Step 6.
1474 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Determine if fault codes set. Decision


Determine if SPN 655 FMI 4 or 5 or SPN 3663 FMI 4 or 5 fault codes have been set Yes: Go to fault codes
for applicable injector
FMI 4, or 5.
Did fault codes set? No: Replace injector .
After repairs, retest for
SPN 655 FMI 14.

Step 7 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, Decision
leaks, or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil Yes: Go to Step 8.
residue. Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI)
valve for leaks or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, No: Repair
leaks, and physical damage? restrictions, air leaks,
fuel leaks, or physical
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 655 FMI 14.

Step 8 Check for fuel level and fuel quality. Decision


Visually inspect by removing fuel cap from all tanks, check Water In Fuel (WIF) Yes: Go to Step 9.
light, and sample for dirty or aerated fuel.
Is there sufficient supply of good quality fuel? No: Drain dirty or
aerated fuel, fill with
good quality fuel. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 655
FMI 14.

Step 9 Check engine oil and oil quality. Decision


Perform Engine Oil and Quality Check (page 2218). Yes: Go to Step 10.
Is there sufficient supply of clean, non-aerated oil? No: Drain dirty,
aerated, or
contaminated oil,
fill with clean,
non-aerated oil. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 655
FMI 14.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1475

Step 10 Determine if Engine Compression Brake (ECB1), if equipped, is Decision


operating correctly.
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, do KOEO Low to High Idle Test(page Yes: Go to Step 11.
1995) while monitoring Brake Control Pressure (BCP).
Is BCP less than 145 psi (1 MPa)? No: Replace ECB1
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 655 FMI 14.

Step 11 Calibrate MAF sensor. Decision


Perform KOER MAF Sensor Calibrations(page 2123). Yes: Go to Step 12.
Did MAF auto-calibrated succeed? No: Perform test
and procedures for a
malfunctioning MAF
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 655 FMI 14.

Step 12 Determine cause of rough engine idle. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Go to Step 14.
Are all engine cylinder performance readings similar? No: Go to Step 13.

Step 13 Test cylinder performance further. Decision


Do Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) test to evaluate cylinder performance Yes: Retest for SPN
issues. Evaluate performance concerns during cold idle (page 2056) andhot idle 655 FMI 14.
(page 2067).
Due to complexity of some codes, print out CPA tool results for later use.
Did tests finish without identifying a suspect cylinder? No: Remove valve
cover, check valve
lash, and crank engine
to verify cam shaft
lobe operation and lift
(See Engine Service
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 655 FMI 14.
1476 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 14 Test for oil leaks under valve cover. Decision


Using Leak Detection Pump Tool 12-452-01, test for oil leaking from or around Yes: Retest for SPN
ECB1 valve, center of oil rail to cylinder head, injector oil inlet adapters (puck), 655 FMI 14. Return
and ICP sensor. vehicle to customer.
Some leakage around injector spool valves is normal.
Are listed items leak-free? No: Remove rail
and replace any of
following as required:
ECB1 valve, center of
oil rail to cylinder head
O-ring, leaking injector
oil inlet adapter, and/or
ICP sensor. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 655
FMI 14.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 655 FMI 14 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1477

SPN 656 FMI 14 - Injector 6 Fuel quantity/timing error

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
(ETV) (FDP) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 4 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI
(TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ) 31 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test
Possible Causes
• Injector damage
• Spool to control valve body static leakage
• Puck leakage
• Backup ring and/or O-ring leakage at injector inlet
• Biased Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor
• Engine oil dirty or poor quality
• Engine mechanical problem
1478 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1477).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 651 FMI 14.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 656 FMI 14.
Is EST DTC list SPN 656 FMI 14 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect injector circuits outside valve cover connector.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 656 FMI 14.

Step 4 Test for failed injector. Decision


Perform KOEO Injector Test(page 2008). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Did all injectors operate? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Determine how many injectors operated. Decision


Determine if one injector or three injectors failed. Yes: Go to SPN 2798
FMI 6 (page 1506).
Did only three injectors operate? No: Go to Step 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1479

Step 6 Determine if fault codes set. Decision


Determine if SPN 656 FMI 4 or 5 or SPN 3664 FMI 4 or 5 fault codes have been set Yes: Go to fault codes
for applicable injector
FMI 4, or 5.
Did fault codes set? No: Replace injector .
After repairs, retest for
SPN 656 FMI 14.

Step 7 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, Decision
leaks, or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil Yes: Go to Step 8.
residue. Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI)
valve for leaks or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, No: Repair
leaks, and physical damage? restrictions, air leaks,
fuel leaks, or physical
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 656 FMI 14.

Step 8 Check for fuel level and fuel quality. Decision


Visually inspect by removing fuel cap from all tanks, check Water In Fuel (WIF) Yes: Go to Step 9.
light, and sample for dirty or aerated fuel.
Is there sufficient supply of good quality fuel? No: Drain dirty or
aerated fuel, fill with
good quality fuel. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 656
FMI 14.

Step 9 Check engine oil and oil quality. Decision


Perform Engine Oil and Quality Check (page 2218). Yes: Go to Step 10.
Is there sufficient supply of clean, non-aerated oil? No: Drain dirty,
aerated, or
contaminated oil,
fill with clean,
non-aerated oil. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 656
FMI 14.
1480 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 10 Determine if Engine Compression Brake (ECB1), if equipped, is Decision


operating correctly.
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, do KOEO Low to High Idle Test(page Yes: Go to Step 11.
1995) while monitoring Brake Control Pressure (BCP).
Is BCP less than 145 psi (1 MPa)? No: Replace ECB1
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 656 FMI 14.

Step 11 Calibrate MAF sensor. Decision


Perform KOER MAF Sensor Calibrations(page 2123). Yes: Go to Step 12.
Did MAF auto-calibrated succeed? No: Perform test
and procedures for a
malfunctioning MAF
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 656 FMI 14.

Step 12 Determine cause of rough engine idle. Decision


Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Go to Step 14.
Are all engine cylinder performance readings similar? No: Go to Step 13.

Step 13 Test cylinder performance further. Decision


Do Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) test to evaluate cylinder performance Yes: Retest for SPN
issues. Evaluate performance concerns during cold idle (page 2056) and hot idle 656 FMI 14.
(page 2067).
Due to complexity of some codes, print out CPA tool results for later use.
Did tests finish without identifying a suspect cylinder? No: Remove valve
cover, check valve
lash, and crank engine
to verify cam shaft
lobe operation and lift
(See Engine Service
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 656 FMI 14.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1481

Step 14 Test for oil leaks under valve cover. Decision


Using Leak Detection Pump Tool 12-452-01, test for oil leaking from or around Yes: Retest for SPN
ECB1 valve, center of oil rail to cylinder head, injector oil inlet adapters (puck), 656 FMI 14. Return
and ICP sensor. vehicle to customer.
Some leakage around injector spool valves is normal.
Are listed items leak-free? No: Remove rail
and replace any of
following as required:
ECB1 valve, center of
oil rail to cylinder head
O-ring, leaking injector
oil inlet adapter, and/or
ICP sensor. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 656
FMI 14.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 656 FMI 14 fault code diagnostics.
1482 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 2797 FMI 6 - Injector Control Group 1 - short circuit (INJ 1, 2, 3)

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when short circuit is detected on Bank 0 (Injectors 1, 2, and 3) Open or Close coil.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 651-653 FMI 4 and • SPN 3659-3661 FMI 4


5 (INJ) and 5 (INJ)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Fuel injector 1 Open Coil H short to GND
• Fuel injector 1 Open Coil L short to GND
• Fuel injector 1 Open Coil H short to B+
• Fuel injector 1 Close Coil H short to GND
• Fuel injector 1 Close Coil L short to GND
• Fuel injector 1 Close Coil H short to B+
• Fuel injector 2 Open Coil H short to GND
• Fuel injector 2 Open Coil L short to GND
• Fuel injector 2 Open Coil H short to B+
• Fuel injector 2 Close Coil H short to GND
• Fuel injector 2 Close Coil L short to GND
• Fuel injector 2 Close Coil H short to B+
• Fuel injector 3 Open Coil H short to GND
• Fuel injector 3 Open Coil L short to GND
• Fuel injector 3 Open Coil H short to B+
• Fuel injector 3 Close Coil H short to GND
• Fuel injector 3 Close Coil L short to GND
• Fuel injector 3 Close Coil H short to B+
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1483

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1482).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2797 FMI 6.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
Is EST DTC list SPN 2797 FMI 6 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect UVC 2
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 2 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.

Step 4 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect UVC 3
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 3 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1484 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check Injector 1 Open Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1491). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 6 Check Injector 1 Open Coil L for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1491). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 7 Check Injector 1 Close Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1492). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 8 Check Injector 1 Close Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 1492). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 9 Check Injector 1 Open Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 1493). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1485

Step 10 Check Injector 1 Open Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 6 (page 1493). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 11 Check Injector 1 Close Coil H for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 7 (page 1494). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 12.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 12 Check Injector 1 Close Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 8 (page 1494). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 13.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 13 Check Injector 1 Open Coil H for Short to B+ Decision


Perform Test 9 (page 1495). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 to GND. between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 14.

Step 14 Check Injector 1 Close Coil H for Short to B+ Decision


Perform Test 10 (page 1495). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 to GND. between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 15.
1486 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 15 Check Injector 2 Open Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 11 (page 1496). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 16.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 16 Check Injector 2 Open Coil L for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 12 (page 1496). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 17.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 17 Check Injector 2 Close Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 13 (page 1496). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 18.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 18 Check Injector 2 Close Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 14 (page 1497). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 19.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 19 Check Injector 2 Open Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 15 (page 1497). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 20.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1487

Step 20 Check Injector 2 Open Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 16 (page 1498). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 21.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 21 Check Injector 2 Close Coil H for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 17 (page 1498). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 22.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 22 Check Injector 2 Close Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 18 (page 1499). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 23.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 23 Check Injector 2 Open Coil H for Short to B+ Decision


Perform Test 19 (page 1499). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 to GND. between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 24.

Step 24 Check Injector 2 Close Coil H for Short to B+ Decision


Perform Test 20 (page 1495). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 to GND. between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 25.
1488 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 25 Check Injector 3 Open Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 21 (page 1501). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 26.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 26 Check Injector 3 Open Coil L for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 22 (page 1501). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 27.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 27 Check Injector 3 Close Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 23 (page 1501). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 28.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 28 Check Injector 3 Close Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 24 (page 1502). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 29.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 29 Check Injector 3 Open Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 25 (page 1502). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 30.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1489

Step 30 Check Injector 3 Open Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 26 (page 1503). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 31.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 31 Check Injector 3 Close Coil H for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 27 (page 1503). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 32.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 32 Check Injector 3 Close Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 28 (page 1504). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 33.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6

Step 33 Check Injector 3 Open Coil H for Short to B+ Decision


Perform Test 29 (page 1504). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 to GND. between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 34.

Step 34 Check Injector 3 Open Coil H for Short to B+ Decision


Perform Test 30 (page 1505). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 to GND. between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI
6.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).
1490 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 2797 FMI 6 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1491

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 2797 FMI 6)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave UVC engine connector 2
disconnected.
1492 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1493

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1494 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1495

Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.

Test 9
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.

Test 10
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1496 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 11
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave UVC engine connector 2
disconnected.

Test 12
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1497

Test 13
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.

Test 14
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
1498 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 15
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.

Test 16
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1499

Test 17
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.

Test 18
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1500 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 19
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.

Test 20
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1501

Test 21
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave UVC engine connector 3
disconnected.

Test 22
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
1502 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 23
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.

Test 24
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1503

Test 25
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.

Test 26
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1504 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 27
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.

Test 28
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1505

Test 29
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.

Test 30
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1506 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 2798 FMI 6 - Injector Control Group 2 - short circuit (INJ 4, 5, 6)

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when short circuit is detected on Bank 1 (Injectors 4, 5, and 6) Open or Close coil.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 654-656 FMI 4 and • SPN 3662-3665 FMI 4


5 (INJ) and 5 (INJ)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Fuel injector 4 Open Coil H short to GND
• Fuel injector 4 Open Coil L short to GND
• Fuel injector 4 Open Coil H short to B+
• Fuel injector 4 Close Coil H short to GND
• Fuel injector 4 Close Coil L short to GND
• Fuel injector 4 Close Coil H short to B+
• Fuel injector 5 Open Coil H short to GND
• Fuel injector 5 Open Coil L short to GND
• Fuel injector 5 Open Coil H short to B+
• Fuel injector 5 Close Coil H short to GND
• Fuel injector 5 Close Coil L short to GND
• Fuel injector 5 Close Coil H short to B+
• Fuel injector 6 Open Coil H short to GND
• Fuel injector 6 Open Coil L short to GND
• Fuel injector 6 Open Coil H short to B+
• Fuel injector 6 Close Coil H short to GND
• Fuel injector 6 Close Coil L short to GND
• Fuel injector 6 Close Coil H short to B+
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1507

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1506).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2798 FMI 6.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
Is EST DTC list SPN 2798 FMI 6 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect UVC 3
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 3 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2798 FMI 6.

Step 4 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect UVC 4
C. Check UVC 4 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 4 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1508 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check Injector 4 Open Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1515). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 6 Check Injector 4 Open Coil L for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1515). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 7 Check Injector 4 Close Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1516). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 8 Check Injector 4 Close Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 1516). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 9 Check Injector 4 Open Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 5 (page 1517). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1509

Step 10 Check Injector 4 Open Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 6 (page 1517). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 11 Check Injector 4 Close Coil H for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 7 (page 1518). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 12.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 12 Check Injector 4 Close Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 8 (page 1518). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 13.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 13 Check Injector 4 Open Coil H for Short to B+ Decision


Perform Test 9 (page 1519). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 to GND. between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 14.

Step 14 Check Injector 4 Close Coil H for Short to B+ Decision


Perform Test 10 (page 1519). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 to GND. between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 15.
1510 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 15 Check Injector 5 Open Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 11 (page 1520). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 16.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 16 Check Injector 5 Open Coil L for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 12 (page 1520). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 17.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 17 Check Injector 5 Close Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 13 (page 1520). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 18.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 18 Check Injector 5 Close Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 14 (page 1521). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 19.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 19 Check Injector 5 Open Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 15 (page 1521). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 20.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1511

Step 20 Check Injector 5 Open Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 16 (page 1522). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 21.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 21 Check Injector 5 Close Coil H for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 17 (page 1522). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 22.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 22 Check Injector 5 Close Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 18 (page 1523). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 23.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 23 Check Injector 5 Open Coil H for Short to B+ Decision


Perform Test 19 (page 1523). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 to GND. between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 24.

Step 24 Check Injector 5 Close Coil H for Short to B+ Decision


Perform Test 20 (page 1524). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 to GND. between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 25.
1512 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 25 Check Injector 6 Open Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 21 (page 1525). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 26.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 26 Check Injector 6 Open Coil L for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 22 (page 1525). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 27.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 27 Check Injector 6 Close Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 23 (page 1525). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 28.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 28 Check Injector 6 Close Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 24 (page 1526). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 29.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 29 Check Injector 6 Open Coil H for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 25 (page 1526). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 30.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1513

Step 30 Check Injector 6 Open Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 26 (page 1527). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 31.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 31 Check Injector 6 Close Coil H for short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 27 (page 1527). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 32.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 to known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 32 Check Injector 6 Close Coil L for short to GND Decision


Perform Test 28 (page 1528). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 33.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6

Step 33 Check Injector 6 Open Coil H for Short to B+ Decision


Perform Test 29 (page 1528). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 to GND. between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 34.

Step 34 Check Injector 6 Open Coil H for Short to B+ Decision


Perform Test 30 (page 1529). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 to GND. between circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI
6.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).
1514 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 2798 FMI 6 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1515

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 2798 FMI 6)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave UVC engine connector 3
disconnected.
1516 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1517

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1518 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1519

Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.

Test 9
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.

Test 10
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1520 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 11
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave UVC engine connector 4
disconnected.

Test 12
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1521

Test 13
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.

Test 14
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
1522 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 15
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.

Test 16
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1523

Test 17
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.

Test 18
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1524 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 19
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.

Test 20
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1525

Test 21
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave UVC engine connector 4
disconnected.

Test 22
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
1526 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 23
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.

Test 24
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1527

Test 25
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.

Test 26
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1528 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 27
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.

Test 28
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1529

Test 29
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.

Test 30
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1530 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3055 FMI 2 - IPR Adaptation In-Range Fault

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when ECM detects IPR adaptation value exceeds threshold values immediately.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 164 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4


(ICP) (IPR)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP)
• Restricted HPOP intake screen clogged
• Failed Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) hydraulic and mechanical issues
• High-pressure oil leaks
• Failed fuel injectors
• IPR electrical circuit failures
• HP oil leaks at fuel injectors
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1531

Step 1 Investigate vehicle history. Decision


Search vehicle history and inspect for recent High-Pressure (HP) oil system Yes: Perform Pressure
service. Adaptation Reset
procedure. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3055
FMI 2.
Has HP oil system been recently serviced? No: Go to Step 2.

Step 2 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Step 3.
list for Associated Faults(page 1530).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3055 FMI 2.

Step 3 Check engine oil level. Decision


Perform Engine Oil and Quality Check (page 2218). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is engine oil level within specifications and not contaminated? No: Repair engine
oil level and/or
contamination
symptom. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3055 FMI 2.

Step 4 Inspect High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) pump reservoir. Decision


Loosen Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor and verify that HPOP reservoir Yes: Go to Step 5.
has oil in it.
Does HPOP reservoir have oil in it? No: Diagnose/repair
lubrication system.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3055 FMI 2.
1532 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Test HPOP. Decision


Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) Yes: Retest for SPN
Test (page 2082). Follow on-screen instructions for test. 3055 FMI 2.
Were all on-screen instructions completed? No: Repair
as required,
perform the Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page
1972)procedure. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3055
FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3055 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1533

SPN 3659 FMI 4 - Injector 1 close coil – short circuit

Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 1 Close coil.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 2797 FMI 6 (INJ) • SPN 2798 FMI 6 (INJ)

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Close H shorted to Close L
• Close L short to PWR
• Failed Injector
1534 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1533).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair
Associated Faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3659 FMI 4.

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3659 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3659 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect UVC 2
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 2 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair
connector, harness,
or terminal damage.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3659 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check for short between Close H circuit and Close L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1536). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 5.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Close H
and Close L circuits.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3659 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1535

Step 5 Check for Close L short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1536). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND. between Close L and
PWR. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3659 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 6.

Step 6 Inspect UVC harness under valve cover. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace UVC
harness and install in
B.
proper routing. After
Remove valve cover. repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3659
C. Inspect UVC harness under valve cover for improper harness routing,
FMI 4.
evidence of harness contacting rocker arms, or other signs of harness
damage.
Is there evidence of harness damage? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Check short between Close H and Close L. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1536). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace injector.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3659 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3659 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3659 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1536 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3659 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1537

SPN 3660 FMI 4 - Injector 2 close coil – short circuit

Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 2 Close coil.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 2797 FMI 6 (INJ) • SPN 2798 FMI 6 (INJ)

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Close H shorted to Close L
• Close L short to PWR
• Failed Injector
1538 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1537).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair
Associated Faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3660 FMI 4.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3660 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3660 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect UVC 2
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 2 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3660 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check for short between Close H circuit and Close L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1540). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 5.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-5.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Close H
and Close L circuits.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3660 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1539

Step 5 Check for Close L short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1540). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND. between Close L and
PWR. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3660 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 6.

Step 6 Inspect UVC harness under valve cover. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace UVC
harness and install in
B.
proper routing. After
Remove valve cover. repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3660
C. Inspect UVC harness under valve cover for improper harness routing,
FMI 4.
evidence of harness contacting rocker arms, or other signs of harness
damage.
Is there evidence of harness damage? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Check short between Close H and Close L. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1540). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace injector.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3660 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3660 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3660 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1540 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3660 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1541

SPN 3661 FMI 4 - Injector 3 close coil – short circuit

Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 3 Close coil.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 2797 FMI 6 (INJ) • SPN 2798 FMI 6 (INJ)

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Close H shorted to Close L
• Close L short to PWR
• Failed Injector
1542 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1541).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair
Associated Faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3660 FMI 4.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3661 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3661 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect UVC 3
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 3 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3661 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check for short between Close H circuit and Close L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1544). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 5.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Close H and
Close L circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3661
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1543

Step 5 Check for Close L short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1544). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND. between Close L and
PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3661 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 6.

Step 6 Inspect UVC harness under valve cover. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace UVC
harness and install in
B.
proper routing. After
Remove valve cover. repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3661
C. Inspect UVC harness under valve cover for improper harness routing,
FMI 4.
evidence of harness contacting rocker arms, or other signs of harness
damage.
Is there evidence of harness damage? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Check short between Close H and Close L. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1544). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace injector.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3661 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3661 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3661 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1544 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3661 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1545

SPN 3662 FMI 4 - Injector 4 close coil – short circuit

Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 4 Close coil.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 2797 FMI 6 (INJ) • SPN 2798 FMI 6 (INJ)

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Close H shorted to Close L
• Close L short to PWR
• Failed Injector
1546 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1545).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair
Associated Faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3660 FMI 4.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3662 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3662 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect UVC 3
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 3 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3662 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check for short between Close H circuit and Close L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1548). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 5.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Close H and
Close L circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3662
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1547

Step 5 Check for Close L short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1548). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND. between Close L and
PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3662 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 6.

Step 6 Inspect UVC harness under valve cover. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace UVC
harness and install in
B.
proper routing. After
Remove valve cover. repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3662
C. Inspect UVC harness under valve cover for improper harness routing,
FMI 4.
evidence of harness contacting rocker arms, or other signs of harness
damage.
Is there evidence of harness damage? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 67 Check short between Close H and Close L. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1548). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace injector.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3662 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3662 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3662 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1548 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3662 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1549

SPN 3663 FMI 4 - Injector 5 close coil – short circuit

Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 5 Close coil.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 2797 FMI 6 (INJ) • SPN 2798 FMI 6 (INJ)

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Close H shorted to Close L
• Close L short to PWR
• Failed Injector
1550 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1549).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair
Associated Faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3660 FMI 4.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3663 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3663 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect UVC 4
C. Check UVC 4 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 4 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3663 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check for short between Close H circuit and Close L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1552). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 5.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Close H
and Close L circuits.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3663 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1551

Step 5 Check for Close L short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1552). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND. between Close L and
PWR. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3663 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 6.

Step 6 Inspect UVC harness under valve cover. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace UVC
harness and install in
B.
proper routing. After
Remove valve cover. repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3663
C. Inspect UVC harness under valve cover for improper harness routing,
FMI 4.
evidence of harness contacting rocker arms, or other signs of harness
damage.
Is there evidence of harness damage? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Check short between Close H and Close L. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1552). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace injector.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3663 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3663 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3663 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1552 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3663 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1553

SPN 3664 FMI 4 - Injector 6 close coil – short circuit

Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 6 Close coil.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 2797 FMI 6 (INJ) • SPN 2798 FMI 6 (INJ)

Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Close H shorted to Close L
• Close L short to PWR
• Failed Injector
1554 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1553).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair
Associated Faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3660 FMI 4.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3664 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3664 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect UVC 4
C. Check UVC 4 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 4 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3664 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check for short between Close H circuit and Close L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1556). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 5.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Close H and
Close L circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3664
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1555

Step 5 Check for Close L short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1556). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND. between Close L and
PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3664 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 6.

Step 6 Inspect UVC harness under valve cover. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace UVC
harness and install in
B.
proper routing. After
Remove valve cover. repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3664
C. Inspect UVC harness under valve cover for improper harness routing,
FMI 4.
evidence of harness contacting rocker arms, or other signs of harness
damage.
Is there evidence of harness damage? No: Go to Step 7.

Step 7 Check short between Close H and Close L. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1556). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace injector.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3664 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3664 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3664 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1556 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3664 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1557

SPN 3659 FMI 5 - Injector 1 close coil – open circuit

Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit in fuel injector 1 Close coil circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open in Close H circuit
• Open in Close L circuit
• Failed fuel injector
1558 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3659 FMI 5.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3659 FMI 5 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 2.
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are UVC 2 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3659 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check for failure under valve cover. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1560). Using Digital Multimeter (DMM) measure Yes: Go to Step 6.
resistance between Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for failed fuel injector. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1560). Using DMM measure resistance between fuel Yes: Go to Step 5.
injector pin-1 and pin-4.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Replace fuel injector
1. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3659 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1559

Step 5 Check for Open in Open H or Open L circuit under valve cover. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1561). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and fuel injector 1 pin-1. between UVC harness
pin-2 and fuel injector
pin-4. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3659 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-1 and
fuel injector pin-1. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3659 FMI
5.

Step 6 Check for Open in Open H or Open L in engine harness circuit. Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 1562). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and ECM pin D-7. between UVC harness
pin-1 and ECM pin D-8.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3659 FMI
5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-2 and
ECM pin D-7. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3659 FMI 5.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3659 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
1560 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3659 FMI 5)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-00990-01
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 479 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1561

Figure 480 Fuel Injector Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 1.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1 and pin-4.
1562 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 481 Fuel Injector 1 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 1.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1563

Figure 482 Fuel Injector 1 Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1564 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3660 FMI 5 - Injector 2 close coil – open circuit

Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit in fuel injector 2 Close coil circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous.
Possible Causes
• Open in Close H circuit
• Open in Close L circuit
• Failed fuel injector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1565

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3660 FMI 5.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3660 FMI 5 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 2.
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 2 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3660 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check for failed fuel injector. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1567). Using Digital Multimeter (DMM) measure Yes: Go to Step 6.
resistance between Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for failed fuel injector. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1567). Using DMM measure resistance between fuel Yes: Go to Step 5.
injector pin-1 and pin-4.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Replace fuel injector
2. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3660 FMI 5.
1566 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for Open in Close H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1568). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and fuel injector 2 pin-1. between UVC harness
pin-6 and fuel injector
pin-4. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3660 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-5 and
fuel injector pin-1. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3660 FMI
5.

Step 6 Check for Open in Close L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 1569). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and ECM pin D-11. between UVC harness
pin-5 and ECM pin D-12.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3660 FMI
5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-6 and
ECM pin D-11. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3660 FMI
5.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3660 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1567

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3660 FMI 5)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-00990-01
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 483 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1568 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 484 Fuel Injector Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 2.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1 and pin-4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1569

Figure 485 Fuel Injector 2 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 2.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1.
1570 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 486 Fuel Injector 2 Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1571

SPN 3661 FMI 5 - Injector 3 close coil – open circuit

Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit in fuel injector 3 Close coil circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open in Close H circuit
• Open in Close L circuit
• Failed fuel injector
1572 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3661 FMI 5.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3661 FMI 5 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 3.
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are UVC 3 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3661 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check for failed fuel injector Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1574). Using Digital Multimeter (DMM) measure resistance Yes: Go to Step 6.
between Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for failed fuel injector Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1574). Using DMM measure resistance between fuel Yes: Go to Step 5.
injector pin-1 and pin-4.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Replace fuel injector
3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3661 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1573

Step 5 Check for Open in Close H circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1575). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and fuel injector 3 pin-1. between UVC harness
pin-2 and fuel injector
pin-4. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3661 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-1 and
fuel injector pin-1. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3661 FMI
5.

Step 6 Check for Open in Close L circuit. Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 1576). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and ECM pin D-9. between UVC harness
pin-1 and ECM pin
D-10. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3659 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-2 and
ECM pin D-9. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3659 FMI
5.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3661 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
1574 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3661 FMI 5)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-00990-01
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 487 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1575

Figure 488 Fuel Injector Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 3.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1 and pin-4.
1576 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 489 Fuel Injector 3 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 3.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1577

Figure 490 Fuel Injector 3 Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1578 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3662 FMI 5 - Injector 4 close coil – open circuit

Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit in fuel injector 4 Close coil circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open in Close H circuit
• Open in Close L circuit
• Failed fuel injector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1579

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3662 FMI 5.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3662 FMI 5 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 3.
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are UVC 3 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3662 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check for failed fuel injector Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1581). Using Digital Multimeter (DMM) measure resistance Yes: Go to Step 6.
between Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for failed fuel injector Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1581). Using DMM measure resistance between fuel Yes: Go to Step 5.
injector pin-1 and pin-4.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Replace fuel injector
4. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3662 FMI 5.
1580 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for Open in Close H circuit Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1582). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and fuel injector 4 pin-1. between UVC harness
pin-6 and fuel injector
pin-4. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3662 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-5 and
fuel injector pin-1. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3662 FMI
5.

Step 6 Check for Open in Close L circuit Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 1583). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and ECM pin D-35. between UVC harness
pin-5 and ECM pin
D-36. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3660 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-6 and
ECM pin D-35. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3660 FMI
5.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3662 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1581

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3662 FMI 5)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-00990-01
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 491 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1582 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 492 Fuel Injector Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 4.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1 and pin-4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1583

Figure 493 Fuel Injector 4 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 4.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1.
1584 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 494 Fuel Injector 4 Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1585

SPN 3663 FMI 5 - Injector 5 close coil – open circuit

Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit in fuel injector 5 Close coil circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open in Close H circuit
• Open in Close L circuit
• Failed fuel injector
1586 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3663 FMI 5.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3663 FMI 5 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4. Decision


A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 4.
C. Check UVC 4 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 4 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3663 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check for failed fuel injector Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1588). Using Digital Multimeter (DMM) measure resistance Yes: Go to Step 6.
between Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for failed fuel injector Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1588). Using DMM measure resistance between fuel injector Yes: Go to Step 5.
pin-1 and pin-4.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Replace fuel
injector 5. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3663 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1587

Step 5 Check for Open in Close H circuit Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1589). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and fuel injector 5 pin-1. between UVC harness
pin-2 and fuel injector
pin-4. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3663 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open
between UVC harness
pin-1 and fuel injector
pin-1. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3663 FMI 5.

Step 6 Check for Open in Close L circuit Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 1590). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and ECM pin D-31. between UVC harness
pin-1 and ECM pin
D-32. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3663 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open
between UVC harness
pin-2 and ECM pin
D-31. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3663 FMI 5.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3663 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
1588 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3663 FMI 5)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-00990-01
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 495 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1589

Figure 496 Fuel Injector Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 5.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1 and pin-4.
1590 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 497 Fuel Injector 5 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 5.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1591

Figure 498 Fuel Injector 5 Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1592 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3664 FMI 5 - Injector 6 close coil – open circuit

Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit in fuel injector 6 Close coil circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open in Close H circuit
• Open in Close L circuit
• Failed fuel injector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1593

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3664 FMI 5.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3664 FMI 5 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect UVC 4.
C. Check UVC 4 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are UVC 4 connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3664 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check for failed fuel injector Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1595). Using Digital Multimeter (DMM) measure resistance Yes: Go to Step 6
between Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Go to Step 4

Step 4 Check for failed fuel injector Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1595). Using DMM measure resistance between fuel Yes: Go to Step 5.
injector pin-1 and pin-4.
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? No: Replace fuel
injector 6. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3664 FMI 5.
1594 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for Open in Close H circuit Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1596). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and fuel injector 6 pin-1. between UVC harness
pin-6 and fuel injector
pin-4. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3664 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open
between UVC harness
pin-5 and fuel injector
pin-1. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3664 FMI 5.

Step 6 Check for Open in Close L circuit Decision


Perform Test 4 (page 1597). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and ECM pin D-33. between UVC harness
pin-5 and ECM pin
D-34. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3664 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open
between UVC harness
pin-6 and ECM pin
D-33. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3664 FMI 5.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3664 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1595

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3664 FMI 5)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-00990-01
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 499 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1596 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 500 Fuel Injector Resistance Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 6.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1 and pin-4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1597

Figure 501 Fuel Injector 6 Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 6.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1.
1598 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 502 Fuel Injector 6 Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1599

SPN 4257 FMI 7 - Injector Coking Compensation Factor Reached Maximum Authority

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector coking compensation has reached
its maximum level. Cumulative coking compensation value estimated by injector coking compensation factor
accumulator model greater than 16%.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Coking is buildup of deposits on the tip of the fuel injector.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Aged fuel injectors
1600 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Decision
Remove fuel injectors. Inspect injectors for coking on tip of fuel injectors. Yes: Replace all
fuel injectors. Reset
programmable
parameter for coking
compensation (Mode
1, 2, and 3 - Time
Factor for Coking
Accumulation). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4257 FMI
7.
Are fuel injector tips coked? No: Retest for SPN
4257 FMI 7.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4257 FMI 7 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1601

SPN 4257 FMI 16 - Multiple Injector High Flow fault

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) temperature
is higher than expected more than 162°F (72°C)

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, 7,
(ETP) (FDP) 16, and 18 (IMP)
• SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 (MAF)
(IMT) (BARO) 4 (ECT)
• SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4, • SPN 172 (IAT) • SPN 173 (EGT) • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
16, and 18 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 188 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4 • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1173 FMI 16
(Engine) and 5 (INJ) (IPR) (TC2CIT)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2630 (CACOT) • SPN 2659 FMI 20 and
(TC2WC) 31 (Engine) 21 (AMS)
• SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ) • SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETP) • SPN 3471 FMI 1 and 7
7, 8, and 14 (EGR) (AFTPC)
• SPN 3479 (AFTPC) • SPN 3480 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3482 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3556 FMI 1 and 7
(AFTFIS) (AFTFSV) (AFTFP2)
• SPN 3936 (DPF) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Restricted exhaust
• Restricted intake
• Mechanical cylinder imbalance
• Failed fuel injector
1602 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1601).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4257 FMI 16.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to step 3.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 4257 FMI 16.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4257 FMI 16 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect intake air system for leaks, restrictions, and damage. Decision
Perform Intake Air Inspection (page 2230). Yes: Go to step 4.
Is intake air system free of leaks, restrictions, and damage? No: Repair leaks,
restrictions, and
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4257 FMI 16.

Step 4 Exhaust system inspection Decision


Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Yes: Go to step 5.
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair or replace
leaking or damaged
exhaust components.
Refer to Fault Facts.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4257 FMI 16.

Step 5 Check Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Decision


KOER, using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DPFDP. Yes: Go to step 6.
Is DPFDP less than 0.5 psi at high idle? No: Perform KOER
Aftertreatment DPF
Regeneration Procedure
(page 2048). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4257 FMI
16.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1603

Step 6 Mechanical Cylinder Imbalance Decision


Determine if engine has a mechanical cylinder balance problem (compression Yes: Repair engine
loss). Perform Crankcase Pressure Test (page 2156). compression imbalance.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4257 FMI 16.
Does engine have excessive crankcase pressure? No: Go to step 7.

Step 7 Multiple Cylinder cutout test Decision


Determine if engine has a fuel injector problem. Perform Multiple Cylinder Cutout Yes: Go to step 8
Test (page 2039).
Did one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than the others? No: Retest for SPN
4257 FMI 16.

Step 8 Failed fuel injector Decision


Inspect for failed valve train components. Remove valve cover (see Engine Yes: Replace fuel
Service Manual). Inspect for bent valves, fallen bridges, and valves out of injector suspected by
adjustment. Multiple Cylinder Cutout
Test. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4257 FMI 16.
Is valve train free of failed valve train components? No: Repair failed valve
train components. After
repairs are complete
retest for SPN 4257 FMI
16.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4257 FMI 16 fault code diagnostics.
1604 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4257 FMI 18 - Multiple Injector Low Flow fault

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) temperature
is lower than expected more than 169°F (76°C)

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, 7,
(ETP) (FDP) 16, and 18 (IMP)
• SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 (MAF)
4 (IMT) (BARO) 4 (ECT)
• SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4, • SPN 172 (IAT) • SPN 173 (EGT) • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
16, and 18 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 188 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4 • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1173 FMI 16
(Engine) and 5 (INJ) (IPR) (TC2CIT)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2630 (CACOT) • SPN 2659 FMI 20 and
(TC2WC) 31 (Engine) 21 (AMS)
• SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ) • SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETP) • SPN 3471 FMI 1 and 7
7, 8, and 14 (EGR) (AFTPC)
• SPN 3479 (AFTPC) • SPN 3480 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3482 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3556 FMI 1 and 7
(AFTFIS) (AFTFSV) (AFTFP2)
• SPN 3936 (DPF) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Fuel restriction
• Degraded diesel fuel
• Failed Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)
• Failed fuel injector
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1605

Step 1 Check for associated faults Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1604).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4257 FMI 18.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 4257 Yes: Go to step 3.
FMI 18.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4257 FMI 18 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Fuel System Inspection Decision


Perform Fuel System Inspection (page 2214). Yes: Go to step 4.
Are fuel lines, fuel filter, fuel strainer, and fuel connections clean and Not No: Repair Fuel lines,
damaged? fuel strainer, and fuel
connections. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4257 FMI
18.

Step 4 Fuel Quality Inspection Decision


Perform Fuel Quality inspection (page 2215). Yes: Go to step 5.
Is fuel free of water, waxing, icing, sediment, gasoline, kerosene, or Diesel No: Drain fuel tank
Exhaust Fluid (DEF)? and fill with new and/or
known good fuel. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4257 FMI
18.

Step 5 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test Decision


Perform FDP Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to step 7.
Is FDP within specification? No: Go to step 6.
1606 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Clean Fuel Source Test Decision


Perform Clean Fuel Source Test (page 2134). Yes: Repair Fuel
restriction in fuel
system. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4257 FMI 18.
Is FDP within specification? No: Replace Electric
Fuel Pump (EFP). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4257 FMI
18.

Step 7 Multiple Cylinder Cutout Test Decision


Determine if engine has a fuel injector problem. Perform Cylinder Cutout Test Yes: Replace injector
(page 2039). suspected by Cylinder
Cutout Test. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4257 FMI
18.
Did one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than others? No: Retest for SPN
4257 FMI 18.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4257 FMI 18 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1607

IPR (Injection Pressure Regulator)


Overview of IPR Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


679 3 IPR short to PWR (page 1608)
679 4 IPR Open or short to GND (page 1612)

Overview
Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve regulates oil pressure in high-pressure injection control pressure
system. Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system intensifies fuel pressure in injectors. Engine Control Module
(ECM) uses ICP sensor to monitor system pressure and adjusts IPR valve duty cycle to match engine
requirements (starting, engine load, speed, and temperature).

Figure 503 Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) Location


1. IPR
1608 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 679 FMI 3 - IPR Short to PWR

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve
frequency is greater than expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• IPR circuit short to PWR
• Failed IPR
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1609

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 679 FMI 3 (IPR).
Is EST DTC list SPN 679 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve Decision


connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3..
B. Disconnect IPR valve connector.
C. Check IPR valve and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are IPR connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 679 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1611). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness 12-800-02 pin-2 and known good GND. PWR between IPR
valve pin-2 and ECM
pin E-43. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 679 FMI 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Replace IPR
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 679 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 679 FMI 3 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1610 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 679 FMI 3)

Figure 504 IPR Valve Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Harness 12-800-02
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1611

Figure 505 Test 1 IPR Valve Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-800-02 to vehicle harness and leave Injection Pressure Regulator
(IPR) valve disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1612 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 679 FMI 4 - IPR Open or short to GND

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Injection Pressure Regulation (IPR) valve frequency
is less than 100 Hz.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• IPR ground side switch circuit Open
• IPR ground side switch circuit shorted to GND
• IPR PWR circuit Open
• Failed IPR valve
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1613

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 679 FMI 4 (IPR).
Is EST DTC list SPN 679 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect IPR valve connector.
C. Check IPR valve and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are IPR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 679 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for Open. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1616). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 12-800-02 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
between IPR valve
pin-1 and ECM pin
C-45. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 679 FMI 4.

Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1617). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 12-800-02 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Replace IPR
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 679 FMI 4.
1614 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1617). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness 12-800-02 pin-2 and PWR. GND between IPR
valve pin-2 and ECM
pin E-43. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 679 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
circuit between IPR
valve pin-2 and ECM
pin E-43. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 679 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 679 FMI 4 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1615

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 679 FMI 4)

Figure 506 IPR Valve Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Harness 12-800-02
1616 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 507 Test 1 IPR Valve Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-800-02 to vehicle harness and leave Injection Pressure Regulator
(IPR) valve disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1617

Figure 508 Test 2 IPR Valve Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-800-02 to vehicle harness and leave IPR valve disconnected.
C. Key ON

Figure 509 Test 3 IPR Valve Voltage Check


1618 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-800-02 to vehicle harness and leave Injection Pressure Regulation
(IPR) valve disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1619

J1939 Data Link Communications


Overview of J1939 Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


639 14 J1939 Data Link Error (ECM unable to transmit) (page 1620)

Overview
J1939 data link provides a communications link with all connecting modules. Electronic Service Tool (EST) uses
this network system to communicate with Engine Control Module (ECM).
1620 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 639 FMI 14 - J1939 Data Link Error (ECM unable to transmit)

Fault Overview
Fault sets when ECM is unable to transmit; J1939 data link error.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Short between CAN-AH and CAN-AL
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1621

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 639 Yes: Go to Step 2.
FMI 14.
Is EST DTC list SPN 639 FMI 14 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Check for short between CAN-AL and CAN-AH between ECM and Decision
24-pin Engine to Chassis connectors.
Perform Test 1(page 1623). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 3.
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-22 and pin-24.
Is resistance within 120 ± 10 ohms? No: Repair short
between CAN-AL and
CAN-AH between
ECM and 24-pin
Engine to Chassis
connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 639
FMI 14.

Step 3 Check for short between CAN-AL and CAN-AH in SCR harness. Decision
Perform Test 2(page 1623). Using a DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 18-250-01 pin-7 and pin-8.
Is resistance less than 1,000 ohms? No: Repair short
between CAN-AL
and CAN-AH in SCR
harness connector.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 639 FMI 14.

Step 4 Check for short between CAN-AL and CAN-AH in DOC/DPF harness. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1623). Using a DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 12-574-01 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance less than 1,000 ohms? No: Repair short
between CAN-AL and
CAN-AH in DOC/DPF
harness connector.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 639 FMI 14.
1622 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for short between CAN-AL and CAN-AH in DEF Tank harness. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 1623). Using a DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-500-01 pin-9 and pin-10.
Is resistance less than 1,000 ohms? No: Repair short
between CAN-AL and
CAN-AH in DEF Tank
harness connector.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 639 FMI 14.

Step 6 Check for short between CAN-AL and CAN-AH in 14-pin and 24-pin Decision
Engine to Chassis harnesses.
Perform Test 5(page 1623). Using a DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-21 and pin-22. between CAN-AL
and CAN-AH in
aftertreatment harness
connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 639
FMI 14.
Is resistance less than 1,000 ohms? No: Repair short
between CAN-AL and
CAN-AH in chassis
harness connector.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 639 FMI 14.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 639 FMI 14 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1623

Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Breakout Harness 18-250-01
• Breakout Harness 12-574-01
• Breakout Harness 18-500-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to engine harness and leave chassis side disconnected.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect SCR Harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-250-01 to SCR Harness and leave Aftertreatment Harness
disconnected.

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DOC and DPF Harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-574-01 to DOC/DPF Harness, and leave Aftertreatment Harness
disconnected.

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEF Tank Harness 12-pin connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-500-01 to DEF Tank Harness, and leave Aftertreatment Harness
disconnected.
1624 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 14-pin connector and 24-pin Engine to Chassis connectors.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis side, leave engine side disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1625

MAF Sensor (Mass Air Flow)


Overview of MAF Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


132 0 Engine Intake Air Mass Flow Rate High (page 1626)
132 1 Engine Intake Air Mass Flow Rate Low (page 1628)
132 4 MAF signal Out of Range LOW (page 1630)
132 11 MAF Sensor Calibration – Insufficient number of data points (page 1634)
132 13 MAF Sensor Calibration Needed (page 1636)
132 14 MAF Sensor Calibration Failed (page 1638)
132 31 MAF Frequency Not Detected (page 1640)
172 2 IAT Signal Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect (page 1653)
172 3 IAT signal Out of Range HIGH (page 1659)
172 4 IAT Signal Out of Range LOW (page 1666)

Overview
Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor directly monitors air entering engine. MAF sensor also houses Air Intake
Temperature (AIT) sensor, which is used with MAF to calculate amount and density of incoming air. Engine
Control Module (ECM) uses this information to calculate correct amount of Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
during engine operation.

Figure 510 MAF (Mass Air Flow) Sensor Location


1. MAF / AIT sensor
1626 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 132 FMI 0 - Engine Intake Air Mass Flow Rate High

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects engine intake air mass flow rate is high, by comparing
modeled engine intake air mass flow rate with actual engine intake air mass flow rate.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 27 FMI 0 and 14 • SPN 132 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4,
(EGR) (MAF) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test
Possible Causes
• Disconnected CAC hoses or tubes after turbochargers
• Water ingestion in air cleaner
• MAF out of calibration
• EGR valve fault
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1627

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1626).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 0.

Step 2 Inspect intake air system and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) System for Decision
leaks or physical damage.
Do Intake Air Inspection (page 2230)and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) System Yes: Go to Step 3.
Inspection (page 2228).
Is air intake system and CAC System free of leaks or physical damage? No: Repair intake air
system or replace air
filter. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 0.

Step 3 Check for water in intake air ducts. Decision


Inspect Mass Air Flow (MAF) and intake ducts for signs of water. Yes: Repair water leak
into MAF and intake
ducts. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 0.
Are signs of water found in MAF or intake ducts? No: Go to step 4.

Step 4 Test Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation. Decision


Perform EGR Valve Operation Verification Test (page 2126). Yes: Perform KOER MAF
sensor calibrations (page
2123). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 0.
Is SPN 2791 FMI 7 Pending or Active in DTC list? No: Replace EGR
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 132 FMI 0.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 132 FMI 0 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1628 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 132 FMI 1 - Engine Intake Air Mass Flow Rate Low

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects engine intake air mass flow rate is low, by comparing
modeled engine intake air mass flow rate with actual engine intake air mass flow rate.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 132 FMI 3 and 4 SPN 1209 FMI 0 and 3 • SPN 2791 (EGR)
(MAF) (EBP)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road test
Possible Causes
• Disconnected hose to air filter
• Restricted air filter
• Restricted CAC or plumbing
• Failed turbochargers
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1629

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1628).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 1.

Step 2 Inspect air intake system and air filter for restrictions, air leaks, or Decision
physical damage.
Do Intake Air Inspection (page 2230). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is air intake system and air filter free of restrictions, leaks, and physical damage? No: Repair intake air
system or replace air
filter. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 1.

Step 3 Inspect CAC system for restrictions, air leaks, or physical damage. Decision
Do Charge Air Cooler (CAC) System Inspection (page 2228). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is CAC system free of restrictions, leaks, and physical damage? No: Repair CAC
system. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 132 FMI 1.

Step 4 Test Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control (TC2WC) for proper Decision


operation.
Perform TC2WC Solenoid test(page 2118). Yes: Perform KOER MAF
sensor calibrations (page
2123). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 1.
Does wastegate operate properly? No: Repair TC2WC as
indicated by TC2WC
tests. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 1.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 132 FMI 1 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1630 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 132 FMI 4 - MAF Frequency out of range

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Mass Air Flow (MAF) frequency is out of range.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Intake Air system leaks
• Water leaks into Intake Air System
• Failed MAF sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1631

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 132 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 132 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active
Fault Diagnostic
Procedure(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect air intake system and CAC for air leaks or physical damage. Decision
Do Intake Air Inspection(page 2230) and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) System Yes: Go to Step 3.
Inspection(page 2228).
Is air intake system and CAC free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair intake air
system or CAC system as
required. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 4.

Step 5 Check MAF Hz in ServiceMaxx™ software. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check All Signals for MAF Hz. Yes: Replace MAF
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 4.
Is MAF Hz greater than 16,667 Hz? No: Repair water
leaks into Intake Air
System. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 132 FMI 4 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1632 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 132 FMI 4)

Figure 511 Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4960
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 512 Test 1 MAF Signal Circuit Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1633

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1634 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 132 FMI 11 - MAF Sensor Calibration – Insufficient number of data points

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects MAF sensor did not successfully complete an
auto-calibration routine.

Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) illuminates when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
When MAF auto-calibration routine does not successfully complete, MAF sensor will need to be re-calibrated.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Improperly calibrated MAF
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1635

Step 1 Run MAF sensor calibration. Decision


Perform MAF Sensor Calibration (page 2123) and clear fault code. Cycle Yes: Replace MAF
ignition to Key OFF, then back to Key ON. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest MAF
sensor.
Does SPN 132 FMI 11 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Diagnostics
complete, retest MAF
sensor.

End Diagnostic Step


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 132 FMI 11 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1636 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 132 FMI 13 - MAF Sensor Calibration Needed

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) has been reprogrammed and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
needs to be re-calibrated.

Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) illuminates when this fault is detected.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Key ON
Possible Causes
• Improperly calibrated MAF
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1637

Step 1 Run MAF sensor calibration and check for fault code. Decision
Perform MAF Sensor Calibration (page 2123) and clear fault code. Cycle Yes: Replace MAF
ignition to Key OFF, then back to Key ON. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest MAF
sensor.
Does SPN 132 FMI 13 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Diagnostics
complete, retest MAF
sensor.

End Diagnostic Step


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 132 FMI 13 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1638 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 132 FMI 14 - MAF Sensor Calibration Failed

Fault Overview

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and 4


(IMT)

Fault Facts
MAF auto-calibration failed.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• CAC Leaks
• Plugged Air Filter
• Biased IMT Sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1639

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1638).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 14.

Step 2 Inspect air intake system and air filter for restrictions, air leaks, or Decision
physical damage.
Do Intake Air Inspection (page 2230)and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) System Yes: Go to Step 3.
Inspection (page 2228).
Is air intake system and air filter free of restrictions, leaks, and physical damage? No: Repair intake air
system or replace air
filter. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 14.

Step 3 Run MAF sensor calibration. Decision


Perform MAF Sensor Calibration (page 2123) and clear fault code. Cycle Yes: Replace MAF
ignition to Key OFF, then back to Key ON. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest MAF
sensor.
Does SPN 132 FMI 14 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Diagnostics
complete, retest MAF
sensor.

Perform MAF Calibration

End Diagnostic Step


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 132 FMI 14 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1640 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 132 FMI 31 - MAF Frequency Not Detected

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to PWR, short to GND, or an Open circuit in Mass
Air Flow (MAF) sensor.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open or high resistance in ACT PWR circuit
• Open or high resistance in MAF GND circuit
• Open or high resistance in MAF circuit
• Short to GND in MAF circuit
• Short to PWR in MAF circuit
• Failed MAF
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1641

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 132 FMI 31.
Is EST DTC list SPN 132 FMI 31 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Mass Air Flow (MAF) connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect MAF connector.
C. Check MAF and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are MAF connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 132 FMI 31.

Step 3 Inspect connections at 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
C. Check 24-pin Engine to Chassis and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken
pins; or broken connector housing.
Are 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 132 FMI 31.

Step 4 Check for power to MAF. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1645). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness ZTSE4960 pin-D and pin-E.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.
1642 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check for open in ACT PWR circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1646). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4960 pin-D and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair ACT PWR
circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 31.

Step 6 Check for open in MAF GND circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 1647). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair open in MAF
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-3 and B+. GND circuit between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-3 and MAF
pin-E. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 31.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair open in MAF
GND circuit between
ECM pin E-12 and
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-3. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 132 FMI
31.

Step 7 Check for expected reference voltage in MAF circuit. Decision


Perform Test 4(page 1648). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace MAF. After
Harness ZTSE4960 pin-C and known good GND. repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 132 FMI
31.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Check for short to GND in MAF circuit. Decision


Perform Test 5(page 1648). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness ZTSE4960 pin-D and pin-C.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1643

Step 9 Check for short to GND in MAF circuit. Decision


Perform Test 6(page 1649). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to GND
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-1 and pin-4. in MAF circuit between
ECM pin E-67 and
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-4. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 132 FMI
31.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to GND
in MAF circuit between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-4 and MAF
pin-C. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 31.

Step 10 Check for open in MAF circuit. Decision


Perform Test 7(page 1650). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 12.
Harness ZTSE4960 pin-C and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Go to Step 11.

Step 11 Check for expected reference voltage in MAF circuit. Decision


Perform Test 8(page 1651). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair open in
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-4 and known good GND. MAF circuit between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-4 and MAF
pin-C. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 31.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair open in MAF
circuit between ECM pin
E-67 and 24-pin Engine
to Chassis connector
pin-4. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 31.
1644 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 12 Check for short to PWR in MAF circuit. Decision


Perform Test 9(page 1652). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to PWR
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-4 and known good GND. in MAF circuit between
ECM pin E-67 and
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-4. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 132 FMI
31.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
in MAF circuit between
24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-4 and MAF
pin-C. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 31.

End Diagnostic Step


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 132 FMI 31 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1645

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 132 FMI 31)

Figure 513 Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4960
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1646 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 514 Test 1 MAF Signal Circuit Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1647

Figure 515 Test 2 MAF Signal Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Figure 516 Test 3 MAF Signal Circuit Check


1648 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Figure 517 Test 4 MAF Signal Circuit Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1649

Figure 518 Test 5 MAF Signal Circuit Check

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1650 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 519 Test 6 MAF Signal Circuit Check

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1651

Figure 520 Test 7 MAF Signal Circuit Check

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Figure 521 Test 8 MAF Signal Circuit Check


1652 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Figure 522 Test 9 MAF Signal Circuit Check

Test 9
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1653

SPN 172 FMI 2 - IAT Signal Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that difference between Intake Air Temperature
(IAT) sensor reading and other temperature sensor reading is greater than 27°F (-3°C)

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 172 FMI 3 and 4


(IAT)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Failed IAT sensor
• High resistance in IAT circuit
• High resistance in SIG GND circuit
1654 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1653).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
172 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN Yes: Go to Step 3.
172 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 172 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Intake Air Temperature (IAT) connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect IAT connector.
C. Check IAT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are IAT connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
172 FMI 2.

Step 4 Check operation IAT sensor. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1656). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Replace IAT
intake air temperature. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 172 FMI 2.
Is temperature 154 ± 10°F (67.8 ± -11°C)? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1655

Step 5 Check for high resistance in IAT circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1657). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Repair SIG GND
intake air temperature. circuit between IAT pin-A
and ECM pin C-29. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 172 FMI 2.
Is temperature 154 ± 10°F (67.8 ± -11°C)? No: Repair SIG circuit
between EOT pin-B and
ECM pin C-37. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 172 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Step


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 172 FMI 2 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1656 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 172 FMI 2)

Figure 523 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4960
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1657

Figure 524 Test 1 IAT Signal Circuit Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness connector and leave IAT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 pin-A and pin-B.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1658 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 525 Test 2 IAT Signal Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness connector and leave IAT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 pin-B and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1659

SPN 172 FMI 3 - IAT Signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor voltage is
greater than 4.8 volts for 2.5 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous

Possible Causes
• IAT circuit Open
• IAT circuit shorted to PWR
• SIG GND circuit Open
• Failed IAT sensor
1660 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 172 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 172 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor connector for damage. Decision
A. Key-On Key-Off (KOEO. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect MAF sensor connector.
C. Inspect MAF connector for: damage, pinched wires, corroded terminals,
loose, bent or broken pins, or broken connector housing.
Is MAF connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
172 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check for Short to PWR Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1662). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to PWR
Harness ZTSE4960 pin-A and known good GND. between ECM pin C-29
and MAF pin-A. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 172 FMI 3.
Is voltage greater than 6 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for Open circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1663). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace MAF
DTC list. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
172 FMI 3.
Does SPN 172 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1661

Step 5 Check for Open in SIG GND circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 1664). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Repair Open
DTC list. between ECM pin C-37
and MAF pin-B. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 172 FMI 3.
Does SPN 172 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair Open
between ECM pin C-29
and MAF pin-A. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 172 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Step


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 172 FMI 3 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1662 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 172 FMI 3)

Figure 526 Mass Air Flow (MAF) / Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4960
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1663

Figure 527 Test 1 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1664 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 528 Test 2 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin A and pin B of Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1665

Figure 529 Test 3 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin A of Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to known good
GND.
D. Connect EST to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1666 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 172 FMI 4 - IAT Signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module detects Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor voltage signal is
less than expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• IAT circuit short to ground
• Failed MAF sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1667

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 172 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 172 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect MAF sensor connector.
C. Inspect MAF connector for: damage, pinched wires, corroded terminals,
loose, bent or broken pins, or broken, connector housing.
Is MAF connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
172 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for Failed Sensor. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1668). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace MAF
DTC list. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
172 FMI 4.
Does SPN 172 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair short to
ground between MAF
pin-A and ECM Pin
C-29. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
172 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Step


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 172 FMI 4 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1668 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 172 FMI 4)

Figure 530 Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1669

NOx (Nitrogen Oxides) Sensor Module


Overview of NOx Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


3216 4 NOxIN signal Out of Range LOW (page 1673)
3216 10 NOxIN signal abnormal rate of change (page 1675)
3216 13 NOxIN Out of Calibration (page 1677)
3216 19 NOxIN not detected on J1939 (page 1679)
3216 20 NOxIN signal drifted HIGH (page 1692)
3216 21 NOxIN signal drifted LOW (page 1694)
3218 2 NOxIN power supply signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect (page 1696)
3226 2 NOxOUT signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect (page 1702)
3226 4 NOxOUT signal Out of Range LOW (page 1708)
3226 10 NOxOUT signal abnormal rate of change (page 1710)
3226 13 NOxOUT Out of Calibration (page 1712)
3226 19 NOxOUT not detected on J1939 (page 1714)
3226 20 NOxOUT signal drifted HIGH (page 1725)
3226 21 NOxOUT signal drifted LOW (page 1727)
3228 2 NOxOUT power supply signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect (page 1729)
5024 10 NOxIN Sensor Heater abnormal rate of change
5031 10 NOxOUT Sensor Heater not reading correctly (page 1741)

Overview
Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) and Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensors
are smart device used to measure NOx emissions at intake of aftertreatment system and measure the NOx
emissions at outlet of Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Catalyst. NOx In and NOx Out sensors perform
internal diagnostics and reports malfunctions back to ACM using J1939 data link. NOx In and NOx Out sensors
are permanently attached to NOx control module. They are serviced as a single component and can not be
replaced individually.
1670 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 531 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Location
1. NOx In module 2. NOx In sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1671

Figure 532 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Location
1. NOx Out module 2. NOx Out sensor
1672 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 533 Power Distribution Module (PDM) Location (typical)


1. PDM
2. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank assembly
3. DEF supply module bracket
4. DEF supply module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1673

SPN 3216 FMI 4 - NOxIN signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects an internal circuit error in Nitrogen Oxides
Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is
disabled, and engine torque is severely reduced.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3216 FMI 19


(NOxIN)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed NOx In sensor
1674 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check calibration level. Decision


Is calibration MHR1 (ECM) or APR1 (ACM) or greater? Yes: Go to Step 2.
No: Update Calibration.
Go to Step 2.

Step 2 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1673).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. Perform SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page
2025). After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3216 FMI 4.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx Decision


In) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace NOx
In sensor. Perform
B. Disconnect NOx In sensor connector.
SCR Faults Reset
C. Check NOx In sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched Request Procedure
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken (page 2025). After repairs
connector housing. are complete, retest for
SPN 3216 FMI 4.
Are NOx In sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. Perform
SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure
(page 2025). After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3216 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3216 FMI 4 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1675

SPN 3216 FMI 10 - NOxIN signal abnormal rate of change

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor reading is invalid.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3216 FMI 4 and 19 • SPN 3218 FMI 2 (NOx


(NOx In) In)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed NOx In sensor
1676 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1675).
Is DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3216 FMI 10.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 3216 Yes: Go to Step 3.
FMI 10.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3216 FMI 10 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Sensor and connector inspection. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace NOx In
sensor. After repairs
B. Disconnect Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor.
are complete, retest
C. Check NOx In sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched for SPN 3216 FMI 10.
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are NOx In sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3216 FMI 10.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3216 FMI 10 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1677

SPN 3216 FMI 13 - NOx IN Out of Calibration

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a mismatch between engine's electrical system
voltage and Nitrogen Oxide In (NOx In) sensor voltage rating.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle
Continuous
Possible Causes
• Incorrect NOx In sensor
1678 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Replace NOx In
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 3216 FMI 13. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3216 FMI 13.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3216 FMI 13 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3216 FMI 13 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1679

SPN 3216 FMI 19 - NOx IN not detected on J1939

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with Nitrogen
Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system
is disabled and engine torque will be severely reduced.

Lamp Reaction
When fault is active, Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will not illuminate.

Associated Faults

SPN’s 3216 FMI 2, 20,


and 21

Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits:
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module
• Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) sensor module
• Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module
• Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor
• Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEFTL and DEFTT) sensor

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• SWBAT circuit Open or short to GND
• CAN-AH circuit Open or short to GND
• CAN-AL circuit Open or short to GND
• CAN-AH circuit short to PWR
• CAN-AL circuit short to PWR
• GND circuit Open or high resistance
• CAN-AH short to CAN-AL
• Failed NOx In sensor
1680 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1679).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 3216
FMI 19.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx Decision


In) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect NOx In sensor module connector.
C. Check NOx In sensor module and connector terminals for damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are NOx In sensor module, connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 3216
FMI 19.

Step 3 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1684). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1681

Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1685). Use DMM to measure voltage between NOx In Yes: Repair Open or
sensor pin-1 and known good GND. high resistance between
NOx In sensor pin-4
and GND. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 3216
FMI 19.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short
to GND between NOx In
sensor connector pin-1
and switched ignition
relay pin-87. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page
2025)and retest for SPN
3216 FMI 19.

Step 5 Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1686). Use DMM to measure voltage between NOx In Yes: Go to Step 6.
sensor pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair Open or
short to GND between
NOx In sensor connector
pin-3 and ACM connector
J2-14. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 3216
FMI 19.
1682 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 1687). Use DMM to measure voltage between temperature Yes: Go to Step 7.
sensor pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to
PWR between NOx In
sensor connector pin-3
and ACM connector
J2-14. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 3216
FMI 19.

Step 7 Decision
Perform Test 5 (page 1688). Use DMM to measure voltage between temperature Yes: Go to Step 8.
sensor pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair Open or
short to GND between
NOx In sensor connector
pin-2 and ACM connector
J2-15. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 3216
FMI 19.

Step 8 Decision
Perform Test 6 (page 1689). Use DMM to measure voltage between temperature Yes: Go to Step 9.
sensor pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to
PWR between NOx In
sensor connector pin-2
and ACM connector
J2-15. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 3216
FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1683

Step 9 Decision
Perform Test 7 (page 1690). Use DMM to measure resistance between Yes: Replace NOx In
temperature sensor pin-2 and pin-3. sensor. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 3216
FMI 19.
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? No: Repair short
between NOx In sensor
connector pin-2 and
pin-3. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page
2025)and retest for SPN
3216 FMI 19.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3216 FMI 19 fault code diagnostics.
1684 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3216 FMI 19)

Figure 534 NOx In Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1685

Figure 535 Test 1 NOx In Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
harness connector and vehicle harness.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1686 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 536 Test 2 NOx In Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1687

Figure 537 Test 3 NOx In Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1688 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 538 Test 4 NOx In Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1689

Figure 539 Test 5 NOx In Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1690 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 540 Test 6 NOx In Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1691

Figure 541 Test 7 NOx In Sensor Circuit Resistance Check

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
harness connector and vehicle harness.
1692 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3216 FMI 20 - NOxIN signal drifted HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines signal from Nitrogen Oxides Intake
Concentration (NOx In) sensor is high compared to its modeled value for conditions. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
injection into aftertreatment system is disabled and engine torque will be severely reduced. Vehicle speed will
be limited if code is active for an extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
When fault is active, Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will not illuminate.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3216 FMI 4 and 19 • SPN 3218 FMI 2 (NOx)


(NOx)

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous

Possible Causes
None
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1693

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1692).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3216 FMI 20.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx Decision


In) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace NOx In
sensor. After repairs are
B. Disconnect NOx In sensor connector.
complete, retest for SPN
C. Check NOxIn sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched 3216 FMI 20.
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are NOx In sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3216 FMI 20.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3216 FMI 20 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1694 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3216 FMI 21 - NOxIN signal drifted LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines signal from Nitrogen Oxides Intake
Concentration (NOx In) sensor is low compared to it's modeled value for conditions. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
injection into aftertreatment system is disabled, and engine torque will be severely reduced. Vehicle speed will
be limited if code is active for an extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
When fault is active, Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will not illuminate.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3216 FMI 4 and 19 • SPN 3218 FMI 2 (NOx)


(NOx)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed NOx In sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1695

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1694).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for 3216
FMI 21.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx Decision


In) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace NOx In
sensor. After repairs are
B. Disconnect NOx In sensor connector.
complete, retest for SPN
C. Check NOx In sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched 3216 FMI 21.
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are NOx In sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3216 FMI 21.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3216 FMI 21 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1696 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3218 FMI 2 - NOxIN power supply signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects power supply to Nitrogen Oxides Intake
Concentration (NOx In) sensor is to high or to low.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1697

Step 1 Inspect fuse(s), relay(s), and connections at Power Distribution Decision


Module (PDM).
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to step 2.
B. Disconnect Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
connector.
C. Check PDM fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown fuses; loose, missing, or
intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Secure or replace
failed fuse(s) or relay(s)
to PDM connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3218 FMI
2.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx Decision


In) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Disconnect NOx In sensor connector.
C. Check NOx In sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are NOx In sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3218 FMI 2.

Step 3 Inspect battery voltage/connections. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Check for low battery voltage.
C. Inspect battery connections and terminals.
Are connections tight and corrosion free, and is battery voltage at least 10 volts? No: Clean battery
terminals, tighten loose
connections, and charge
batteries as needed. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3218 FMI
2.
1698 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Check voltage to NOx IN sensor module. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1699). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace NOx IN
Harness 18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4. sensor module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3218 FMI
2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.

Step 5 Check SWBAT circuit for Open or short to ground. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1700). Use DMM to measure voltage between NOx In Yes: Repair Open or high
sensor connector pin-1 and known good GND. resistance between NOx
In sensor connector pin
4 and GND. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3218 FMI 2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short
to GND between NOx In
sensor connector pin-1
and switched ignition
relay pin-87. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3218 FMI 2.

Step 6 Check for incorrect Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Decision
sensor installed.
Check for incorrect NOx In sensor installed. Yes: Replace NOx In
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3218 FMI 2.
Is correct NOx In sensor installed? No: Install correct NOx In
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3218 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 3218 FMI 2 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1699

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3218 FMI 2)

Figure 542 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1700 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 543 Test 1 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between vehicle harness and Nitrogen Oxides Intake
Concentration (NOx In) module connector.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1701

Figure 544 Test 2 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between vehicle harness and Nitrogen Oxides Intake
Concentration (NOx In) module connector.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1702 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3226 FMI 2 - NOx OUT Signal Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration
(NOx Out) sensor module is not reading zero, or is not changing with engine conditions.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3226 FMI 4 (NOx • SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 5031 FMI 10 (NOx
Out) Out) Out)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Open or high resistance in the GND circuit
• Open or short to ground in the SWBAT circuit
• Failed NOx Out sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1703

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1702).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair
Associated Faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3226 FMI 2.

Step 2 Inspect Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s). Decision
Check PDM fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown fuses; loose, missing, or intermittent Yes: Go to Step 3.
connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Secure or replace
failed fuse(s) or
relay(s) to PDM
connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226
FMI 2.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Decision


Out) sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect NOx Out sensor module.
C. Check NOx Out sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are NOx Out sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 2.

Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1706). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace NOx
Harness 18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4. Out sensor. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226
FMI 2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volt? No: Go to Step 5.
1704 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1707). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness 18-649-01 pin-1 and known good ground. or high resistance
between NOx Out
sensor pin-4 and
GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3226 FMI 2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volt? No: Repair Open
or short to ground
between NOx Out
sensor connector
pin-1 and switched
ignition relay pin-87.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3226 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3226 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1705

Pin-Point Tests SPN 3226 FMI 2

Figure 545 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1706 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 546 Test 1 NOx Out Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out)
sensor and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1707

Figure 547 Test 2 NOx Out Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out)
sensor and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1708 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3226 FMI 4 - NOxOUT signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when NOx OUT sensor module detects circuit error in Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration
(NOx Out) sensor for 10 seconds. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for limited period of time
with fault code active. Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after extended
engine operation with fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults

SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx


Out)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed NOx Out sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1709

Step 1 Check for associated fault code Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1708).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair
Associated Faults.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025) and
retest for SPN 3226
FMI 4.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Decision


Out) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace NOx Out
sensor. After repairs
B. Disconnect NOx Out sensor.
are complete, perform
C. Check NOx Out sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched SCR Maintenance
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector Reset Procedure
housing. (page 2025) and
retest for SPN 3226
FMI 4.
Are NOx Out sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025) and
retest for SPN 3226
FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After doing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3226 FMI 4 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1710 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3226 FMI 10 - NOx OUT Signal Abnormal Rate of Change

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration
(NOx Out) sensor signal is invalid for 300 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3226 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx


(NOx Out) Out)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed NOx Out sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1711

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Replace NOx Out
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1710). sensor module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226
FMI 10.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 10.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3226 FMI 10 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1712 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3226 FMI 13 - NOxOUT Out of Calibration

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration
(NOx Out) sensor voltage rating does not match engine's electrical system voltage.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed or incorrectly installed NOx Out sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1713

Step 1 Check for correct Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Decision
sensor module.
Verify correct NOx Out sensor module is installed. Yes: Replace NOx Out
sensor module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226
FMI 13.
Is correct NOx Out sensor module installed? No: Install correct
NOx Out sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 13.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3226 FMI 13 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1714 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3226 FMI 19 - NOxOUT not detected on J1939

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with Nitrogen
Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor. Diesel exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system
is disabled, and engine torque will be severely reduced.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. The following components share power and ground circuits: DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, Ammonia Sensor Module, NOx OUT sensor
module, NOx IN sensor module, and Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level / Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• SWBAT circuit Open or short to GND
• CAN-AH circuit Open or short to GND
• CAN-AL circuit Open or short to GND
• CAN-AH circuit short to power
• CAN-AL circuit short to power
• GND circuit Open or high resistance
• CAN AH short to CAN AL
• Failed NOx Out sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1715

Step 1 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Decision


Out) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 2.
B. Disconnect NOx Out sensor.
C. Check NOx Out sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are NOx Out sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.

Step 2 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1719). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1720). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness 18-648-01 pin-1 and known good GND. or high resistance
between NOx Out
sensor pin-4 and
ground. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
or short to ground
between NOx Out
sensor connector
pin-1 and switched
ignition relay pin-87.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
1716 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1720). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair Open
or short to ground
between NOx Out
sensor connector
pin-3 and ACM
connector pin J2-14.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.

Step 5 Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 1721). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short
to PWR between
NOx Out sensor
connector pin-3 and
ACM connector pin
J2-14. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.

Step 6 Decision
Perform Test 5 (page 1722). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-2 and known good ground.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair Open or
short to GND between
NOx Out sensor
connector pin-2 and
ACM connector pin
J2-15. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1717

Step 7 Decision
Perform Test 6 (page 1723). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short
to power between
NOx Out sensor
connector pin-2 and
ACM connector pin
J2-15. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.

Step 8 Decision
Perform Test 7 (page 1724). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace NOx Out
Harness 18–648–01 pin-2 and pin-3. sensor. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? No: Repair short
between NOx Out
sensor connector
pin-2 and pin-3.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3226 FMI 19 fault code diagnostics.
1718 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3226 FMI 19)

Figure 548 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 and Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.
Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1719

Figure 549 Test 1 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness
connector.
C. Key ON.
1720 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 550 Test 2 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness
connector.
C. Key ON.

Figure 551 Test 3 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1721

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness
connector.
C. Key ON.

Figure 552 Test 4 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness
connector.
C. Key ON.
1722 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 553 Test 5 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness
connector.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1723

Figure 554 Test 6 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness
connector.
C. Key ON.
1724 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 555 Test 7 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Resistance Check

Test 7
A. Disconnect batteries.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness
connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1725

SPN 3226 FMI 20 - NOxOUT signal drifted HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines signal from Nitrogen Oxides Outlet
Concentration (NOx Out) sensor is high during monitoring conditions, or is not changing with engine conditions.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3226 FMI 4 (NOx • SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 5031 FMI 10 (NOx
Out) Out) Out)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Improperly installed NOx Out sensor
• Crystallization of decomposition tube
• Failed NOx Out sensor
1726 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1725).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3226 FMI 20.

Step 2 Verify proper installation of Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration Decision


(NOx Out) sensor.
Check NOx Out sensor retaining nut and NOx Out sensor retaining cap screws Yes: Go to Step 3.
for proper torque.
Is NOx Out sensor properly installed? No: Properly install NOx
Out sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3226 FMI 20.

Step 3 Check decomposition tube for crystallization. Decision


Disconnect decomposition tube from exhaust system (see Exhaust Yes: Replace
Aftertreatment with DPF and SCR Service Manual) and inspect for Diesel Nitrogen Oxides Outlet
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) crystallization. Concentration (NOx Out)
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3226 FMI 20.
Is decomposition tube free of DEF crystallization? No: Remove DEF
crystallization from
decomposition tube (see
Exhaust Aftertreatment
with DPF and SCR
Service Manual). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226 FMI
20.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3226 FMI 20 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1727

SPN 3226 FMI 21 - NOxOUT signal drifted LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects reading from Nitrogen Oxides Outlet
Concentration (NOx Out) sensor is low during monitoring conditions, or is not changing with engine conditions.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3226 FMI 4 (NOx • SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 5031 FMI 10 (NOx
Out) Out) Out)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Improperly installed NOx Out sensor
• Failed NOx Out sensor
1728 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1727).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3226 FMI 21.

Step 2 Verify proper installation of Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration Decision


(NOx Out) sensor.
Check NOx Out sensor retaining nut and NOx Out sensor retaining cap screws Yes: Replace NOx Out
for proper torque. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3226 FMI 21.
Is NOx Out sensor properly installed? No: Properly install the
NOx Out sensor. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226 FMI
21.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3226 FMI 21 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1729

SPN 3228 FMI 2 - NOxOUT power supply signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects power supply to Nitrogen Oxides Outlet
Concentration (NOx Out) sensor is above or below a calibration adjustable threshold.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 168 FMI 16, and • SPN 3226 FMI 9 (NOx


18 (ACM PWR) Out)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed NOx Out sensor
• SWBAT circuit intermittent short to GND or Open
• GND circuit Open or high resistance
• Power Distribution Module (PDM) loose fuse or relay
• Low battery voltage
• Incorrect NOx Out sensor installed
1730 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1729).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3228 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s) Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Check PDM fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown fuses; loose, missing, or
intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Secure or replace
failed fuse(s) or relay(s)
to PDM connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3228 FMI
2.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Decision


Out) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect NOx Out sensor.
C. Check NOx Out sensor and connector terminals for damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are NOx Out sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3228 FMI 2.

Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1733). Use DMM to measure voltage between 18-649-01 Yes: Go to Step 5.
pin-1 and pin-4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1731

Step 5 Check for incorrect Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Decision
sensor installed.
Check for incorrect NOx Out sensor installed. Yes: Replace NOx Out
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3228 FMI 2.
Is correct NOx Out sensor installed? No: Install correct NOx
Out sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3228 FMI 2.

Step 6 Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1734). Use DMM to measure voltage between NOx Out Yes: Repair Open or high
sensor pin-1 and known good GND. resistance between NOx
Out sensor pin-4 and
GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3228 FMI 2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short
to GND between NOx Out
sensor connector pin-1
and power. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3228 FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3228 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1732 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3228 FMI 2)

Figure 556 NOx Out Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® Engine N9 and N10 and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1733

Figure 557 Test 1 NOx Out Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Connect breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out)
sensor and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON
1734 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 558 Test 2 NOx Out Sensor Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Connect breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out)
sensor and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1735

SPN 5024 FMI 10 - NOxIN Sensor Heater abnormal rate of change

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx
In) sensor heater was unable to maintain its normal operating temperature.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3216 FMI 4 and 9 • SPN 3218 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
(NOx In) In) 4 (DOCIT)

Fault Facts
If more than one of following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground circuit,
or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits with the NOx In
sensor: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor; Nitrogen Oxides
Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor; Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor; Aftertreatment
Ammonia (NH3) sensor; SCR Temp Sensor Module; and Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature
(DEFTL and DEFTT) sensor.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed NOx In sensor
• GND circuit Open or high resistance
• SWBAT circuit Open or high resistance
1736 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1735).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5024 FMI 10.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx Decision


In) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect NOx In sensor connector.
C. Check NOx In sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are NOx In sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5024 FMI 10.

Step 3 Check for failed NOx In sensor. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1738). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Replace NOx In
sensor module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5024 FMI
10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1737

Step 4 Check NOx IN circuit Open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1739). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open or high
Harness 18-648-01 pin-1 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87. resistance between NOx
In sensor module pin-4
and ground. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5024 FMI 10.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between NOx
In sensor module pin-1
and switched ignition
relay pin-87. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5024 FMI 10.

End Pin-Point Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5024 FMI 10 fault code diagnostics.
1738 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5024 FMI 10)

Figure 559 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1739

Figure 560 Test 1 NOx In Sensor Circuit Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In)
sensor module harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1740 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 561 Test 2 NOx In Sensor Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
module harness connector and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to switched ignition relay and leave disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1741

SPN 5031 FMI 10 - NOxOUT Sensor Heater not reading correctly

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx
Out) sensor heater was unable to maintain its normal operating temperature.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3226 FMI 4 (NOx • SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 4360 FMI 2 • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and
Out) Out) (SCRIT) 4 (SCROT)

Fault Facts
If more than one of following sensor modules fail or set a fault, suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits with NOx
Out sensor module: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor
module; Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor module; Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3)
sensor module; Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) sensor module; and Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and
Temperature (DEFTL and DEFTT) sensor.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed NOx OUT sensor module
• GND circuit Open or high resistance
• SWBAT circuit Open or high resistance
1742 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1741).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5031 FMI 10.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Decision


Out) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect NOx Out sensor connector.
C. Check NOx Out sensor and connector terminals for damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are NOx Out sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5031 FMI 10.

Step 3 Check for failed NOx OUT sensor module. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1744). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace NOx In
Harness 18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4. sensor module. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5031 FMI 10.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check NOx OUT circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2(page 1745). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open or high
Harness 18-649-01 pin-1 and known good GND. resistance between NOx
Out sensor module pin-4
and ground. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5031 FMI 10.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between NOx
Out sensor module pin-1
and switched ignition relay
pin-87. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5031 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1743

End Pin-Point Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5031 FMI 10 fault code diagnostics.
1744 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5031 FMI 10)

Figure 562 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1745

Figure 563 Test 1 NOx Out Sensor Circuit Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out)
sensor module harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1746 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 564 Test 2 NOx Out Sensor Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out)
sensor module harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1747

RAPP (Remote APP) Sensor


Overview of RAPP Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


974 3 Remote APP signal Out of Range HIGH (page 1748)

Overview
Remote Accelerator Pedal Position (RAPP) feature allows operator to set and maintain a constant engine speed
from outside vehicle cab. This feature may also be know as Remote Engine Speed Control (RESC). Control
over engine speed is accomplished by using remote mounted switches to turn on RAPP and select desired
engine speed.
1748 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 974 FMI 3 - Remote APP signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Remote Accelerator Pedal Position (RAPP) signal
is greater than expected.

Lamp Reaction
No Lamp.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Remote Accelerator Pedal Position (RAPP) signal is provided at Body Builder cut wires. Diagnosing this fault
will involve aftermarket equipment attached to these wires.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• RAPP circuit short to PWR
• Failed RAPP
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1749

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 974 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 974 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Body Builder connector 2. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Disconnect Body Builder connector 2.
C. Check Body Builder connector 2 and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken
pins; or broken connector housing.
Are Body Builder connector 2 connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 974 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check for short to PWR in RAPP circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1751). Using DMM, measure voltage from pin-A to known Yes: Replace RAPP.
good GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 974 FMI 3
Is voltage less than 5 volts? No: Repair short to
PWR between Engine
Control Module (ECM)
pin C1-13 and Body
Builder Connector 2
pin-A. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 974 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 974 FMI 3 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1750 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1751

Figure 565 RAPP Circuit Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Body Builder connector 2.
C. Insert correct pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C into Body Builder connector 2 pin-A.
D. Key ON.
1752 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SCR (Temperature Sensor Module)


Overview of SCR Sensor Group

SPN FMI Condition


3061 31 CSER Exhaust warm up time fault (page 1755)
4364 18 Low NOx Conversion Detected (page 1758)
4792 7 SCR Catalyst System - Mechanical system not responding or out of
adjustment (page 1761)
4792 14 SCR Temperature Module (Incorrect Part) (page 1763)
4794 31 SCR Catalyst System Missing (page 1765)
5743 3 SCR Thermocouple Controller Out of Range HIGH (page 1767)
5743 4 SCR Thermocouple Controller Out of Range LOW (page 1771)
5743 11 SCR Thermocouple Controller signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page
1777)
5743 12 SCR Temperature sensor module internal error (page 1783)
5743 16 SCR Thermocouple Controller above Maximum Temperature (page 1785)
5743 19 SCR Temperature module not detect J1939 (page 1787)

Overview
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module monitors signals from SCR Intake Temperature
(SCRIT), and SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT) sensors, and communicates to Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) over Controller Area Network (CAN). Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for a limited
period of time with this fault code active. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after
extended engine operation with fault active.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1753

Figure 566 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Location


1. SCR temperature sensor module
1754 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 567 DEF Supply Module Location


1. Power Distribution Module 2. DEF lines 4. DEF supply module
(PDM) 3. DEF tank bracket
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1755

SPN 3061 FMI 31 - CSER Exhaust warm up time fault

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) monitors time for exhaust system to warm up, and time exceeds
threshold. Threshold time is a function of engine operation, altitude, coolant temperature, vehicle speed and
ambient temperature

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 4377 (Ammonia) • SPN 4380 (Ammonia) • SPN 4382 (Ammonia)

Fault Facts
Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) reading is used as reference in determining pass/fail for this fault. Moving vehicle
from cold to warm ambient temperature may set this fault.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Aftermarket block heater installed
• Exhaust system leaks
• DOC restricted
• DPF restricted
• Low engine performance
1756 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for low engine performance. Decision


Check for low engine performance. Yes: See engine
symptoms diagnostics
based on reported
engine performance
symptom.
Does owner state engine has low performance? No: Go to Step 2.

Step 2 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 3.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1755).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3061 FMI 31.

Step 3 Check for aftermarket heater installed. Decision


Inspect engine for aftermarket block or coolant heater. Yes: Disconnect block
or coolant heater,
retest for SPN 3061
FMI 31.
Is aftermarket block or coolant heater installed? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Inspect exhaust system. Decision


Perform Exhaust and Aftertreatment System Inspection(page 2233). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Is exhaust system free from leaks and physical damage? No: Repair exhaust
system. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3061 FMI 31.

Step 5 Check if regeneration is needed. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, compare DPF soot load with DPF soot Yes: Perform parked
load regeneration threshold. regeneration. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3061
FMI 31.
Is DPF soot load above DPF soot load regeneration threshold? No: Inspect DOC for
restriction, replace
as necessary. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3061
FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1757

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 3061 FMI 31 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1758 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4364 FMI 18- Low NOx Conversion Detected

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) conversion efficiency
of Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst is less than expected. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for an extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3216 (NOx In) • SPN 3218, SPN 3226 • SPN 3228 (NOx Out) • SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and
(NOx Out) 4 (DEFSP)
• SPN 3362 FMI 31 • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16 • SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5
(DEFSP) 7 (DEFTHV) and 18 (DEFLP) (DEFPLH)
• SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and
(DEFRLH) (DEFSMH) 4 (SCRIT) 4 (SCROT)
• SPN 4377 (Ammonia) • SPN 4380 (Ammonia) • SPN 4382 (Ammonia) • SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7
(DEFD)
• SPN 5743 (SCR temp • SPN 520668 (AFT • SPN 520669 (AFT
sensor module) system) system)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Exhaust system leak(s)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank, supply module, or doser valve line or connection loose, leaking, damaged,
or restricted
• Contaminated or degraded DEF
• Failed or Restricted Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing (DEFD) Unit
• Restricted DEF supply module filter
• DEF crystallization or deposits in exhaust piping
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Catalyst
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1759

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1758).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Associated Faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4364 FMI 18.

Step 2 Inspect Exhaust System. Decision


Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Yes: Go to step 3.
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair leaks or
physical damage.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4364 FMI 18.

Step 3 Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) lines and connections. Decision
Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections for: cracks Yes: Go to step 4.
and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged connections; and restrictions.
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections in good No: Repair or
condition and unrestricted? replace failed line
or connection. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4364
FMI 18.

Step 4 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) quality. Decision


Obtain a sample of DEF. Visually inspect for contamination and use DEF Yes: Go to step 5.
Refractometer (Product Number 5025) to test urea concentration of DEF fluid.
Is urea concentration between 30 and 34% and not contaminated? No: Drain DEF tank,
flush with distilled
water, and fill with new
and/or known good
DEF. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4364 FMI 18.
1760 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check decomposition tube for crystallization. Decision


Disconnect decomposition tube from exhaust system (see Exhaust System in Yes: Go to step 6.
Engine Service Manual) and inspect for Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) crystallization.
Is decomposition tube free of DEF crystallization? No: Remove DEF
crystallization from
decomposition tube.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4364 FMI 18.

Step 6 Verify correct Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing (DEFD) Unit operation. Decision
Using EST, perform (Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Doser Yes: Replace
Pump Override Test(page 2020). Selective Catalyst
Reduction (SCR)
catalyst. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4364 FMI 18.
Is DEFD operating correctly? No: Perform DEF
Supply Module Flush
procedure (see Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
System Contamination
in Exhaust
Aftertreatment System
with DPF and SCR
Service Manual). If
DEFD still does not
operate correctly,
replace DEFD. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4364
FMI 18.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4364 FMI 18 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1761

SPN 4792 FMI 7 - SCR Catalyst System - Mechanical system not responding or out of adjustment

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) conversion
across Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst is lower than expected during one event, indicating a
malfunctioning SCR catalyst.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 4094 FMI • SPN 4364 FMI 18 (low • SPN 4794 FMI 31
31 (contaminated or NOx conversion) (missing SCR catalyst)
degraded DEF)

Fault Facts
This fault code is only used to assist in troubleshooting fault codes SPN 4094 FMI 31 (AFT system), SPN 4364
FMI 18 (AFT system), and SPN 4794 FMI 31 (AFT system). One of these associated fault codes being active
while SPN 4792 FMI 7 is active indicates following conditions must be present: Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
uncontaminated and in good condition; Properly functioning DEF dosing system (no leaks, restrictions, or failed
components); No exhaust system leaks; Decomposition reactor tube free of DEF crystallization and deposits;
Properly installed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst.
Diagnostics for this fault code only runs during Electronic Service Tool (EST) Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
Regeneration procedure.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst
1762 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Clear Associated
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1761). Faults and retest for SPN
4792 FMI 7.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Replace the Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
catalyst. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4792 FMI 7.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 4792 FMI 7 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1763

SPN 4792 FMI 14 - SCR Temperature Module (Incorrect Part)

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when part number reported by Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module does not match what is expected, or part number is not reported. Active and parked regeneration of
aftertreatment system is disabled, and Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is closed.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5743 FMI 19 (SCR)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Incorrect Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
1764 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1763).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4792 FMI 14.

Step 2 Check for active fault codes Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for SPN 4792 FMI 14. Yes: Replace Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4792 FMI 14.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4792 FMI 14 active? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active
Fault Diagnostic
Procedure(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 4792 FMI 14 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1765

SPN 4794 FMI 31 - SCR Catalyst System Missing

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) conversion efficiency
of Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst is critically low for 7 seconds. ACM compares Nitrogen Oxides
Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor value, to Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor value.
Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced
and vehicle speed limited if fault is active for an extended period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3226 (NOx Out) • SPN 3228 (NOx Out) • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4363 FMI 0, 2, 3,
4 (SCRIT) and 4 (SCROT)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Missing Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst
• Contaminated, damaged, or cracked SCR Catalyst
• Contaminated Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
• Failed DEF Dosing Unit (DEFD)
1766 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Fault(page 1765).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Fault? No: Repair Associated
Fault. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4794 FMI 31.

Step 2 Check exhaust system. Decision


Check exhaust system for an installed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Yes: Go to Step 3.
catalyst.
Is an SCR catalyst installed in the exhaust system? No: Install proper
SCR. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4794 FMI 31.

Step 3 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) quality. Decision


A. Obtain a sample of DEF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Visually inspect for contamination.
C. Use DEF Refractometer (Product Number 5025) to test urea
concentration of DEF fluid.
Is urea concentration between 30 and 34% and not contaminated? No: Drain the DEF tank,
flush with distilled water,
and fill with new and/or
known good DEF. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4794 FMI
31.

Step 4 Check exhaust system. Decision


Perform Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Supply Pump Override Test (page 2020). Yes: Retest for SPN 4794
FMI 31.
Does DEF Dosing (DEFD) Unit inject 100 ml of DEF? No: Replace DEFD. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4794 FMI
31.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic step, if SPN 4794 FMI 31 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1767

SPN 5743 FMI 3 - SCR Thermocouple Controller Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
temperature sensor module supply voltage is high for a period of 4.2 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 609 FMI 3 (ACM)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
• Incorrect battery wiring (series instead of in parallel)
• Charging voltage is excessive
1768 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1767).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 3.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Decision


temperature sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect SCR sensor module connector.
C. Check SCR sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are SCR sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check for failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module
Perform Test 1 (page 1769). Use DMM to measure voltage between breakout Yes: Replace SCR
harness 18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4. temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair incorrect
battery wiring. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5743 FMI 3

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5743 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1769

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5743 FMI 3)

Figure 568 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Verify charging system is charging at specified voltage.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1770 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 569 Test 1 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module vehicle harness connector and leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1771

SPN 5743 FMI 4 - SCR Thermocouple Controller Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
temperature sensor module supply voltage is low for a period of 4.2 seconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 609 FMI 3 (ACM)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
• GND circuit intermittent Open or high resistance
• SWBAT circuit intermittent short to ground or Open
1772 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1771).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 4.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Decision


temperature sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect SCR sensor module connector.
C. Check SCR sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are SCR sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module
Perform Test 1 (page 1774). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace SCR
Harness 18-684-01 pin-1 and pin-4. temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1773

Step 4 Check SCR temperature sensor circuit for Open or high Resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1775). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open or
Harness 18-684-01 pin-4 and known good GND. high resistance between
SCR temperature sensor
module connector pin-1
and GND. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5743 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
short to GND between
SCR temperature sensor
module connector pin-4
and switched ignition
relay pin-87. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5743 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5743 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1774 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5743 FMI 4)

Figure 570 SCR Temperature Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1775

Figure 571 Test 1 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-684-01 to Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module vehicle harness connector and leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1776 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 572 Test 2 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-684-01 to Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module vehicle harness connector and leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1777

SPN 5743 FMI 11 - SCR Thermocouple Controller signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects number of Selective Catalyst Reduction
(SCR) temperature sensor module power reset events within 300 second window is ≥ 5 counts. Active and
parked regeneration is disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be disabled.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
If more than one of following sensor modules fail or set a fault, suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits with NOx
Out sensor module: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor
module; Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor module; Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3)
sensor module; Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) sensor module; and Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and
Temperature (DEFTL and DEFTT) sensor.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Debris build up or restricted air flow across Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
• SWBAT circuit intermittent open or short to ground
• Ground circuit intermittent open
• Failed SCR temperature sensor module
1778 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Inspect connections at PDM. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 2.
B. Check PDM wiring and terminals for damaged or pinched wires; loose,
bent, or corroded terminals; or broken housing.
Are PDM body, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 11.

Step 2 Inspect for air flow restrictions around Selective Catalyst Reduction Decision
(SCR) temperature sensor module.
Check for air flow restrictions around SCR temperature sensor module (mud, Yes: Go to Step 3.
aftermarket shields, flaps, or brackets installed).
Is SCR temperature sensor module free of air restrictions? No: Remove air
restriction. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5743 FMI 11.

Step 3 Inspect connections at Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Decision


temperature sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect SCR temperature sensor module connector.
C. Check SCR temperature sensor and connector terminals for damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are SCR temperature sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 11.

Step 4 Check SWBAT circuit for intermittent open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1780). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-4 and known good GND (wiggle if necessary).
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair intermittent,
open or short to GND in
between SCR temperature
sensor module connector
pin-4 and switched ignition
relay pin-87. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5743 FMI 11.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1779

Step 5 Check Ground circuit for intermittent open. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1781). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace SCR
Harness 18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4 (wiggle if necessary). temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 11.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair intermittent
open between SCR
temperature sensor
module connector pin-1
and ground. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5743 FMI 11.

End Pin-Point Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5743 FMI 11 fault code diagnostics.
1780 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5743 FMI 11)

Figure 573 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® Engine N9 and N10 and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1781

Figure 574 Test 1 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave Selective Catalyst Reduction
(SCR) temperature sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1782 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 575 Test 2 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave Selective Catalyst Reduction
(SCR) temperature sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1783

SPN 5743 FMI 12 - SCR Temperature sensor module internal error

Fault Overview
Fault sets when SCR temperature sensor module has an internal error.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults

SPN 5743 FMI 19 (SCR)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed SCR Temperature Sensor Module
1784 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1783).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 5743 FMI 12.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 5743 Yes: Go to Step 3.
FMI 12.
Is EST DTC listing SPN 5743 FMI 12 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect sensor and connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect SCR temperature sensor module.
C. Check SCR temperature sensor module and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are SCR temperature sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 12.

Step 4 Check for failed temperature sensor module. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace SCR
Temperature sensor
B. Allow ECM to complete housekeeping and power down.
module. After repairs
C. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979). are complete, retest for
SPN 5743 FMI 12.
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
E. Check EST DTC list for SPN 5743 FMI 12.
Is SPN 5743 FMI 12 active or pending? No: End diagnostics.
Retest for SPN 5743
FMI 12.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1785

SPN 5743 FMI 16 - SCR Thermocouple Controller above Maximum Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
temperature sensor module is greater than 302°F (150°C) for 3.8 seconds. Active and parked regeneration is
disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be disabled.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 4360 FMI 0, 16 • SPN 4363 FMI 0,


(SCRIT) (SCROT)

Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module temperature
drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics
must be used for both active and not active fault codes. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components,
cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Missing, damaged, or restricted air flow across Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module
• Exhaust leak(s)
• Failed SCR temperature sensor module
1786 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1785).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 16.

Step 2 Inspect for damaged or missing Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Decision
temperature sensor module mounting.
Check for proper mounting of the SCR temperature sensor module. Also, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
for air flow restrictions surrounding the sensor module.
Is SCR temperature sensor module mounted properly and free of air restrictions? No: Remove air
restriction and ensure
module is mounted
properly. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 16.

Step 3 Inspect exhaust system. Decision


Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Yes: Replace Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 16.
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair or replace
leaking or damaged
exhaust components.
Refer to Fault Facts. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5743 FMI
16.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 5743 FMI 16 remains, verify if each step was completed
correctly and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1787

SPN 5743 FMI 19 - SCR Temperature module not detect J1939

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN) data
link communications with Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module during two events.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
If more than one of following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect common power circuit, ground circuit, or
switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits: DOC/DPF temperature
sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, NH3 sensor module, NOx Out sensor module, NOx In sensor
module, and DEFTL and DEFTT sensor module.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Switched battery circuit short to ground or open
• CAN-AH circuit open or short to ground
• CAN-AL circuit open or short to ground
• CAN-AH circuit short to power
• CAN-AL circuit short to power
• Ground circuit open or high resistance
• CAN-AH short to CAN-AL
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
1788 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 5743 FMI 19.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 5743 FMI 19 as active? No: Drive vehicle and
retest for SPN 5743 FMI
19. If fault code does not
return, notify supervisor
for further action.

Step 2 Inspect connections at Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Decision


temperature sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect SCR temperature sensor module connector.
C. Check SCR temperature sensor and connector terminals for damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are SCR temperature sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5743
FMI 19.

Step 3 Check switched battery circuit for short to ground or open. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1792). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1789

Step 4 Check CAN-AH circuit for open or short to ground. Decision


Perform Test 2(page 1793). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair open or high
Harness 18-648-01 pin-4 and known good GND. resistance between SCR
temperature sensor
module pin-1 and
ground. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5743
FMI 19.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair open or
short to ground between
SCR temperature sensor
module connector pin-4
and switched ignition
relay pin-87. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5743
FMI 19.

Step 5 Check CAN-AL circuit for open or short to ground. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 1794). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair open or
short to ground between
SCR temperature sensor
module connector pin-3
and ACM connector
J2-14. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5743
FMI 19.
1790 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Check CAN-AH circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 4(page 1795). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to
PWR between SCR
temperature sensor
module connector pin-3
and ACM connector
J2-14. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5743
FMI 19.

Step 7 Check ground circuit for open or high resistance Decision


Perform Test 5(page 1796). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair open or
short to ground between
SCR temperature sensor
module connector pin-2
and ACM connector
J2-15. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5743
FMI 19.

Step 8 Check CAN-AL circuit for short to PWR. Decision


Perform Test 6(page 1797). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to
PWR between SCR
temperature sensor
module connector pin-2
and ACM connector
J2-15. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5743
FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1791

Step 9 Check CAN-AH for short to CAN-AL Decision


Perform Test 7(page 1798). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace SCR
Harness 18-648-01 pin-2 and pin-3. temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5743
FMI 19.
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? No: Repair short between
SCR temperature sensor
module connector pin-2
and pin-3. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5743
FMI 19.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 5743 FMI 19 fault code diagnostics.
1792 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5743 FMI 19)

Figure 576 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® Engine N9 and N10 and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1793

Figure 577 Test 1 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between SCR temperature sensor module and vehicle
harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1794 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 578 Test 2 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between SCR temperature sensor module and vehicle
harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1795

Figure 579 Test 3 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between SCR temperature sensor module and vehicle
harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1796 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 580 Test 4 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between SCR temperature sensor module and vehicle
harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1797

Figure 581 Test 5 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between SCR temperature sensor module and vehicle
harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1798 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 582 Test 6 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between SCR temperature sensor module and vehicle
harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1799

Figure 583 Test 7 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Resistance Check

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between SCR temperature sensor module and vehicle
harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1800 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SCRIT (Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake Temperature) Sensor


Overview of SCRIT Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


4360 0 SCRIT above Critical Temperature (page 1801)
4360 2 SCRIT signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect (page 1804)
4360 3 SCRIT signal Out of Range HIGH (page 1806)
4360 4 SCRIT signal Out of Range LOW (page 1808)
4360 15 SCRIT above Warning Temperature (page 1810)
4360 16 SCRIT above Maximum Temperature (page 1813)

Overview
Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake Temperature (SCRIT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at intake
of Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst. SCR temperature sensor module is a smart device that
communicates with Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). SCRIT sensor is
part of SCR temperature sensor module, and is not serviceable individually.

Figure 584 Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake Temperature (SCRIT) Sensor Module Location
1. SCR temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1801

SPN 4360 FMI 0 - SCRIT above Critical Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) sensor reading is greater than 1292°F (700°C). Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into
aftertreatment system is disabled and engine can possibly be shut down.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and
(CYL) and 16 (DPFIT) and 16 (DPFOT) 4 (SCRIT)
• SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (DOCIT) and 16 (SCR)

Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect entire
aftertreatment system for damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components,
cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage following guidelines in
Aftertreatment Service Manual. This fault will go not active after SCRIT drops below warning limit, and will
likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics should be used for both active
and pending fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Engine oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
1802 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1810).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 0.

Step 2 Inspect Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor Decision


module and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect SCR temperature sensor module.
C. Check SCR temperature sensor module and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are SCR temperature sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 0.

Step 3 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) quality. Decision


Obtain a sample of DEF. Visually inspect for contamination, and use DEF Yes: Go to Step 4.
Refractometer (Product Number 5025) to test urea concentration of DEF fluid.
Is urea concentration between 32.5 ± 1.5 % and Not contaminated? No: Drain the DEF
tank, flush according
to procedure in
Aftertreatment Service
Manual. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 0.

Step 4 Inspect for fuel or engine oil leaks to exhaust. Decision


Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Inspect turbocharger exhaust Yes: Go to step 5.
outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment system from engine.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or
engine oil leak to
exhaust. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 0.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1803

Step 5 Check engine for misfire when running. Decision


Check engine for unexpected variation of power or speed (rpm) by more than Yes: Perform Misfire
50 rpm under load. (Stumble/Surge/Runs
Rough)(page 90)in
Engine Running,
Engine Under Load
Symptoms. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4360
FMI 0.
Does engine have an obvious misfire when running? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Test(page 1960). Compare SCR Intake Temperature Yes: Perform a Parked
(SCRIT) to SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT). Regeneration. After
repairs are complete
retest for SPN 4360
FMI 0.
Is SCRIT and SCROT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 0.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4360 FMI 0 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1804 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4360 FMI 2- SCRIT signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) has determined Selective Catalytic Reduction Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) sensor does not match engine operating conditions for more than 5 minutes. Diesel
exhaust fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled, and engine torque will be reduced if the
engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 3246 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4360 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4363 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, and
(DPFOT) (SCRIT) (SCROT) 11 (DPF)
• SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (SCR)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1805

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Replace SCR
Trouble Code list for Associated Faults(page 1804). temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4360 FMI 2 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1806 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4360 FMI 3 - SCRIT Signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) sensor circuit is shorted to battery or Open for a period of 16 seconds. Active and parked
regeneration will be disabled, and engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period
of time with this fault active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,


16 and 19 (SCR)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1807

Step 1 Check for associated fault code. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for Associated Yes: Go to Step 2.
Faults(page 1806).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4360
FMI 3.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Replace SCR
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 4360 FMI 3 (SCRIT). temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4360
FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4360 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4360 FMI 3 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1808 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4360 FMI 4 - SCRIT Signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) sensor signal voltage is less than 1 volt for a period of 16 seconds. Active and parked
regeneration will be disabled and engine torque reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time
with this fault active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,


and 16 (SCR)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1809

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for Associated Yes: Go to Step 2.
Faults(page 1808).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4360
FMI 4.

Step 2 Check for active fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Replace SCR
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 4360 FMI 4 (SCRIT). temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4360
FMI 4.
Does EST DTC list show SPN 4360 FMI 4 as active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4360 FMI 4 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1810 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4360 FMI 15 - SCRIT above Warning Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) sensor reading is greater than 1157°F (625°C). Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into
aftertreatment system is disabled and engine can possibly be shut down.

Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 4360 FMI 0, 2, 3,
(CYL) and 16 (DPFIT) and 16 (DPFOT) and 4 (SCRIT)
• SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (DOCIT) and 16 (SCR)

Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect entire
aftertreatment system for damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components,
cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage following guidelines in
Aftertreatment Service Manual. This fault will go not active after SCRIT drops below warning limit, and will
likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics should be used for both active
and pending fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Engine oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1811

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1810).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 15.

Step 2 Inspect Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor Decision


module and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect SCR temperature sensor module.
C. Check SCR temperature sensor module and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are SCR temperature sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 15.

Step 3 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) quality. Decision


Obtain a sample of DEF. Visually inspect for contamination, and use DEF Yes: Go to Step 4.
Refractometer (Product Number 5025) to test urea concentration of DEF fluid.
Is urea concentration between 32.5 ± 1.5 % and Not contaminated? No: Drain the DEF
tank, flush according
to procedure in
Aftertreatment Service
Manual. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 15.

Step 4 Inspect for fuel or engine oil leaks to exhaust. Decision


Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Inspect turbocharger exhaust Yes: Go to step 5.
outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment system from engine.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or
engine oil leak to
exhaust. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 15.
1812 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check engine for misfire when running. Decision


Check engine for unexpected variation of power or speed (rpm) by more than Yes: Perform Misfire
50 rpm under load. (Stumble/Surge/Runs
Rough)(page 90)in
Engine Running,
Engine Under Load
Symptoms. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4360
FMI 15.
Does engine have an obvious misfire when running? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Test(page 1960). Compare SCR Intake Temperature Yes: Perform a Parked
(SCRIT) to SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT). Regeneration. After
repairs are complete
retest for SPN 4360
FMI 15.
Is SCRIT and SCROT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 15.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4360 FMI 15 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1813

SPN 4360 FMI 16 - SCRIT above Maximum Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) reading is greater than 1202°F (650°C) for more than 60 seconds. Engine may shut down
and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and
(CYL) and 16 (DPFIT) and 16 (DPFOT) 4 (SCRIT)
• SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (DOCIT) and 16 (SCR)

Fault Fact
This fault will go not active after SCRIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is in
shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and not active fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Engine oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
• Contaminated Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
1814 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1813).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 16.

Step 2 Inspect Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor Decision


module and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect SCR temperature sensor module.
C. Check SCR temperature sensor module and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are SCR temperature sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 16.

Step 3 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) quality. Decision


Obtain a sample of DEF. Visually inspect for contamination, and use DEF Yes: Go to Step 4.
Refractometer (Product Number 5025) to test urea concentration of DEF fluid.
Is urea concentration between 32.5 ± 1.5 % and Not contaminated? No: Drain the DEF
tank, flush according
to the procedure in the
Aftertreatment Service
Manual. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 16.

Step 4 Inspect for fuel or engine oil leaks to exhaust. Decision


Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Inspect turbocharger exhaust Yes: Go to step 5.
outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment system from engine.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or
engine oil leak to
exhaust. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 16.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1815

Step 5 Check engine for misfire when running. Decision


Check engine for unexpected variation of power or speed (rpm) by more than Yes: Perform Misfire
50 rpm under load. (Stumble/Surge/Runs
Rough)(page 90)in
Engine Running,
Engine Under Load
Symptoms. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4360
FMI 16.
Does engine have an obvious misfire when running? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Test(page 1960). Compare SCR Intake Temperature Yes: Perform a Parked
(SCRIT) to SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT). Regeneration. After
repairs are complete
retest for SPN 4360
FMI 16.
Is SCRIT and SCROT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 16.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4360 FMI 16 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1816 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SCROT (Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet Temperature) Sensor


Overview of SCROT Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


4363 0 SCROT above Critical Temperature (page 1817)
4363 2 SCROT signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect (page 1820)
4363 3 SCROT signal Out of Range HIGH (page 1822)
4363 4 SCROT signal Out of Range LOW (page 1824)
4363 15 SCROT above Warning Temperature (page 1826)
4363 16 SCROT above Maximum Temperature (page 1829)

Overview
Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet Temperature (SCROT) measures exhaust temperature at outlet of
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR). SCR temperature sensor module is a smart device that communicates
with Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). SCROT sensor is part of SCR
temperature sensor module, and is not serviceable individually.

Figure 585 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Location
1. SCR temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1817

SPN 4363 FMI 0 - SCROT above Critical Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a large temperature difference over Selective
Catalytic Reduction (SCR) catalyst for a sustained period of time.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and
(CYL) and 16 (DPFIT) and 16 (DPFOT) 4 (SCROT)
• SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (DOCIT) and 16 (SCR)

Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after SCROT drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is
in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and not active fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Engine oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
• Contaminated Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
1818 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1829).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 0.

Step 2 Inspect Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor Decision


module and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect SCR temperature sensor module.
C. Check SCR temperature sensor module and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are SCR temperature sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 0.

Step 3 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) quality. Decision


Obtain a sample of DEF. Visually inspect for contamination, and use DEF Yes: Go to Step 4.
Refractometer (Product Number 5025) to test urea concentration of DEF fluid.
Is urea concentration between 32.5 ± 1.5 % and Not contaminated? No: Drain the DEF
tank, flush according
to procedure in
Aftertreatment Service
Manual. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 0.

Step 4 Inspect for fuel or engine oil leaks to exhaust. Decision


Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Inspect turbocharger exhaust Yes: Go to step 5.
outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment system from engine.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or
engine oil leak to
exhaust. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 0.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1819

Step 5 Check engine for misfire when running. Decision


Check engine for unexpected variation of power or speed (rpm) by more than Yes: Perform Misfire
50 rpm under load. (Stumble / Surge /
Runs Rough)(page
90)in Engine Running,
Engine Under Load
Symptoms. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4363
FMI 0.
Does engine have an obvious misfire when running? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Test(page 1960). Compare SCR Intake Temperature Yes: Reinstall Diesel
(SCRIT) to SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT). Oxidation Catalyst
(DOC) and perform a
Parked Regeneration.
After repairs are
complete retest for
SPN 4363 FMI 0.
Is SCRIT and SCROT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 0.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4363 FMI 0 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1820 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4363 FMI 2 - SCROT signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) sensor does not match engine operating conditions for more than 5 minutes. A default
value for SCROT is used and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled.
Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 4360 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4363 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(SCRIT) (SCROT) and 16 (SCR)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1821

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Replace SCR
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1820). temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 2.

End Pin-Point Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1822 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4363 FMI 3 - SCROT signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) sensor circuit is shorted to battery or open for 16 seconds. Active and parked
regeneration will be disabled and engine torque reduced. Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle
speed will be limited after extended engine operation with this fault code active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,


16 (SCR)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1823

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Replace SCR
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1822). temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, perform
the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025) and retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, perform
the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025) and retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4363 FMI 3 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1824 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4363 FMI 4 - SCROT signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) has detected an internal circuit error in Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module, and SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT) sensor signal
voltage is less than 1 volt for 16 seconds. Active and parked regeneration will be disabled and engine torque
reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,


16 (SCR)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1825

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Replace SCR
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1824). temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, perform
the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025) and retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, perform
the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025) and retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4363 FMI 4 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1826 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4363 FMI 15 - SCROT above Warning Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) signal value is greater than 1157°F (625°C) when not in regeneration mode.

Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 4363 FMI 0, 2, 3,
(CYL) and 16 (DPFIT) and 16 (DPFOT) 4, and 16 (SCROT)
• SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (DOCIT) and 16 (SCR)

Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination, inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after SCROT drops below maximum limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Engine oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
• Contaminated Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1827

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1829).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 15.

Step 2 Inspect Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor Decision


module and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect SCR temperature sensor module.
C. Check SCR temperature sensor module and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are SCR temperature sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 15.

Step 3 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) quality. Decision


Obtain a sample of DEF. Visually inspect for contamination, and use DEF Yes: Go to Step 4.
Refractometer (Product Number 5025) to test urea concentration of DEF fluid.
Is urea concentration between 32.5 ± 1.5 % and Not contaminated? No: Drain the DEF
tank, flush according
to procedure in
Aftertreatment Service
Manual. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 15.

Step 4 Inspect for fuel or engine oil leaks to exhaust. Decision


Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Inspect turbocharger exhaust Yes: Go to step 5.
outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment system from engine.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or
engine oil leak to
exhaust. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 15.
1828 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check engine for misfire when running. Decision


Check engine for unexpected variation of power or speed (rpm) by more than Yes: Perform Misfire
50 rpm under load. (Stumble / Surge /
Runs Rough)(page
90)in Engine Running,
Engine Under Load
Symptoms. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4363
FMI 15.
Does engine have an obvious misfire when running? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Test(page 1960). Compare SCR Intake Temperature Yes: Reinstall Diesel
(SCRIT) to SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT). Oxidation Catalyst
(DOC) and perform a
Parked Regeneration.
After repairs are
complete retest for
SPN 4363 FMI 15.
Is SCRIT and SCROT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 15.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4363 FMI 15 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1829

SPN 4363 FMI 16 - SCROT above Maximum Temperature

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) signal value is greater than 1202°F (650°C) when not in regeneration mode.

Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL), Red Stop Lamp (RSL) and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when
this fault is detected.

Associated Faults

• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 4363 FMI 0, 2, 3,
(CYL) and 16 (DPFIT) and 16 (DPFOT) 4, and 15 (SCROT)
• SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (DOCIT) and 16 (SCR)

Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination, inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after SCROT drops below maximum limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Road Test
Possible Causes
• Engine oil leak to exhaust
• Fuel leak to exhaust
• Failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
• Contaminated Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
1830 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated faults. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1829).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 16.

Step 2 Inspect Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor Decision


module and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect SCR temperature sensor module.
C. Check SCR temperature sensor module and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are SCR temperature sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 16.

Step 3 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) quality. Decision


Obtain a sample of DEF. Visually inspect for contamination, and use DEF Yes: Go to Step 4.
Refractometer (Product Number 5025) to test urea concentration of DEF fluid.
Is urea concentration between 32.5 ± 1.5 % and Not contaminated? No: Drain the DEF
tank, flush according
to procedure in
Aftertreatment Service
Manual. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 16.

Step 4 Inspect for fuel or engine oil leaks to exhaust. Decision


Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Inspect turbocharger exhaust Yes: Go to step 5.
outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment system from engine.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or
engine oil leak to
exhaust. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 16.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1831

Step 5 Check engine for misfire when running. Decision


Check engine for unexpected variation of power or speed (rpm) by more than Yes: Perform Misfire
50 rpm under load. (Stumble / Surge /
Runs Rough)(page
90)in Engine Running,
Engine Under Load
Symptoms. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4363
FMI 16.
Does engine have an obvious misfire when running? No: Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Test(page 1960). Compare SCR Intake Temperature Yes: Reinstall Diesel
(SCRIT) to SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT). Oxidation Catalyst
(DOC) and perform a
Parked Regeneration.
After repairs are
complete retest for
SPN 4363 FMI 16.
Is SCRIT and SCROT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 16.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 4363 FMI 16 remains, verify each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1832 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

TC2CIT (Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature)


Overview of TC2CIT Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


1173 2 TC2CIT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect (page 1833)
1173 3 TC2CIT signal Out of Range HIGH (page 1838)
1173 4 TC2CIT signal Out of Range LOW (page 1844)
1173 16 TC2CIT signal above desired (Low Pressure CAC Interstage under cooling)
(page 1847)

Overview
Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control
Module (ECM) indicating temperature of charge air leaving compressor of high-pressure turbocharger.

Figure 586 Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) Sensor Location


1. TC2CIT sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1833

SPN 1173 FMI 2 - TC2CIT signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that difference between Turbocharger 2 Compressor
Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor reading and other temperature sensor reading is greater than 27°F (15°C).

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

SPN 2630 FMI 3 and 4


(CACOT)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous (After Cold Soak)
Possible Causes
• High resistance in TC2CIT circuit
• High resistance in SIG GND circuit
• Failed TC2CIT sensor
1834 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1833).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1173 FMI 2.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 1173 Yes: Go to Step 3.
FMI 2.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1173 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Inspect connections at Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature Decision


(TC2CIT) connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect TC2CIT connector.
C. Check TC2CIT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are TC2CIT connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1173 FMI 2.

Step 4 Check TC2CIT circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1836). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Replace TC2CIT
turbocharger compressor inlet temperature. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1173 FMI 2.
Is temperature 307.7 ± 10°F (153.2 ± 6°C)? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1835

Step 5 Check TC2CIT SIG circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1837). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor Yes: Replace SIG
turbocharger compressor inlet temperature. GND circuit between
TC2CIT pin-1 and
ECM pin E-28. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1173
FMI 2.
Is temperature 307.7 ± 10°F (153.2 ± 6°C)? No: Replace SIG
circuit between
TC2CIT pin-2 and
ECM pin E-72. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1173
FMI 2.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 1173 FMI 2 fault code diagnostics.
1836 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 1173 FMI 2)

Figure 587 Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 588 Test 1 TC2CIT Signal Circuit Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1837

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave TC2CIT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Figure 589 Test 2 TC2CIT Signal Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TC2CIT sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave TC2CIT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1838 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1173 FMI 3 - TC2CIT Signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake
Temperature (TC2CIT) signal is greater than 4.8 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• TC2CIT circuit Open or high resistance
• TC2CIT circuit short to PWR
• SIG GND circuit Open or high resistance
• Failed TC2CIT sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1839

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 1173 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1173 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Decision


Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect TC2CIT sensor connector.
C. Check TC2CIT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are TC2CIT sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1173 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check TC2CIT SIG circuit for short to PWR Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1841). Using Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure voltage Yes: Repair short to PWR
between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 and GND. between TC2CIT pin-2
and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin
E-72. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1173 FMI 3.
Is voltage greater than 6 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for failed TC2CIT sensor. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1842). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear DTC list. Yes: Replace TC2CIT
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1173 FMI 3.
Does SPN 1173 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 5.
1840 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Check TC2CIT SIG circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1842). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear DTC list. Yes: Repair Open or
high resistance between
TC2CIT pin-1 and ECM
pin E-28. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1173 FMI 3.
Does SPN 1173 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
TC2CIT pin-2 and ECM
pin E-72. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1173 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 1173 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1841

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 1173 FMI 3)

Figure 590 TC2CIT Sensor Circuit Diagram

NOTE: See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form
0000003481 for additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• Breakout Harness Banana Plug ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 591 Test 1 TC2CIT Circuit Voltage Check


1842 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave Turbocharger 2
Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.

Figure 592 Test 2 TC2CIT Sensor Circuit Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness and leave TC2CIT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4493 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1843

Figure 593 Test 3 TC2CIT Sensor Circuit Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness and leave TC2CIT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 to ground.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1844 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 1173 FMI 4 - TC2CIT Signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature
(TC2CIT) signal is less than 0.195 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Key ON
Possible Causes
• Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) circuit short to GND
• Failed TC2CIT
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1845

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 1173 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1173 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Decision


Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect TC2CIT sensor connector.
C. Check TC2CIT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are TC2CIT sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1173 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check for failed TC2CIT sensor. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1846). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™software, clear Yes: Replace TC2CIT
DTC list. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1173 FMI 4.
Does SPN 1173 FMI 3 set in DTC list? No: Repair short to GND
between TC2CIT pin-2
and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin
E-72. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1173 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 1173 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1846 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 1173 FMI 4)

Figure 594 Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) Sensor Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting, J1939 and J1708)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to Servicemaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1847

SPN 1173 FMI 16 - TC2CIT signal above desired (Low Pressure CAC Interstage under cooling)

Fault Overview
Fault sets when TC2CIT signal is above desired, due to Low Pressure CAC Interstage under cooling.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

• SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, 7, • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and
and 16 (IMP) 4 (IMT) (BARO) 4 (ECT1)
• SPN 132 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4
(MAF) 4 (MAF) (TOSS) and 5 (INJ)
• SPN 1173 FMI 2
(TC2CIT)

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous

Possible Causes
1848 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for associated fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults (page 1847).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1173 FMI 16.

Step 2 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to step 3.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 1173 FMI 16.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1173 FMI 16 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active
Fault Diagnostic
Procedure(page 1978).

Step 3 Perform coolant level inspection. Decision


Perform Coolant Level Inspection(page 2220). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is coolant level correct? No: Add coolant. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1173 FMI
16.

Step 4 Inspect vehicle grille and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) for damage or Decision
blockage.
Inspect vehicle grille and CAC for damage, blockage, or anything that could Yes: Go to Step 5.
prevent proper air flow through CAC.
Is grille and CAC undamaged, not blocked, and is air able to flow through No: Repair damage or
properly? blockage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1173 FMI 16.

Step 5 Check turbocharger wastegate operation. Decision


Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Operational Tests(page Yes: Go to Step 6.
2114).
Did TC2WG tests pass? No: Repair TC2WG. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1173 FMI
16.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1849

Step 6 Check for failed Wastegate. Decision


Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Solenoid Test (page Yes: Go to Step 7.
2118).
Does turbocharger wastegate actuator cycle fully open and closed during test? No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1173 FMI 16.

Step 7 Failed Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG). Decision


Perform TC2WG Position Isolated Actuator Test (page 2119). Yes: Go to Step 8.
Does turbocharger wastegate actuator moves without sticking or shuddering? No: Repair based on
results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1173 FMI 16.

Step 8 Inspect Interstage Cooler (ISC). Decision


Perform ISC Coolant Leak Inspection (page 2223). Yes: Go to Step 9.
Is there No evidence of coolant or coolant residue found in ISC or No: Repair based on
HP-Turbocharger intake elbow? results. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1173 FMI 16.

Step 9 Do Mass Air Flow (MAF) Calibration Procedure. Decision


Using ServiceMaxx™ software. Ensure KOER MAF Sensor Calibration (page Yes: Replace MAF
2123) are met and MAF Calibration Pre-Checks are done, before doing this sensor. After repairs are
procedure. complete, retest for SPN
1173 FMI 16.
Did MAF sensor calibration run successfully? No: Repair air intake
system leaks. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1173 FMI
16.

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 1173 FMI 16 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1850 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

TC2WG (Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position)


Overview of TC2WG Group

SPN FMI Description


1189 3 TC2WC short to PWR (page 1851)
1189 4 TC2WC Open or short to GND (page 1855)

Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) commands Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) to control turbocharger
pneumatic actuator.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1851

SPN 1189 FMI 3 - TC2WC short to PWR

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) determines that Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position
(TC2WG) circuit is shorted to a power source for 25.5 seconds. TC2WG circuit current is greater than 1 amp
for 20 microseconds or greater than 2 amps for 2 microseconds.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Key ON
Possible Causes
• TC2WG ground side switch circuit short to PWR
• Failed Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) valve
1852 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 1189 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1189 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Decision


connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect TC2WG connector.
C. Check TC2WG and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are TC2WG connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1189 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check TC2WG ground side switch circuit for short to PWR. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1853). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4831 pin-2 and known good GND. to PWR between
TC2WG pin-2 and
Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin
E-73. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 1189 FMI 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Replace TC2WG
Actuator valve. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1189
FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 1189 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1853

Pin-Point Tests SPN 1189 FMI 3

Figure 595 TC2WG Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Harness (TC2WG) ZTSE4831
1854 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 596 Test 1 TC2WG Actuator Valve Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 to vehicle harness and leave Turbocharger 2 Wastegate
(TC2WG) actuator valve disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1855

SPN 1189 FMI 4 - TC2WC Open or short to GND

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines that Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position
(TC2WG) circuit is shorted to ground or open.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Key ON
Possible Causes
• Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) ground side switch circuit open or high resistance
• TC2WG ground side switch circuit shorted to GND
• ACT PWR circuit Open or high resistance
• Failed TC2WG actuator valve
1856 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 1189 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1189 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Decision


connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect TC2WG connector.
C. Check TC2WG and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are TC2WG connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1189 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check ACT PWR circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1859). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4831 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volt? No: Repair Open
circuit between
TC2WG pin-1 and
ACT PWR Relay
pin-87. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1189 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check for failed TC2WG actuator valve. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1860). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4831 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Replace TC2WG
actuator valve. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1189
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1857

Step 5 Check TC2WG ground side switch circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1860). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4831 pin-2 and PWR. to GND between
TC2WG pin-2 and
ECM pin E-73. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1189
FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volt? No: Repair Open
or high resistance.
between TC2WG
pin-2 and ECM pin
E-73. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 1189 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 1189 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1858 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 1189 FMI 4)

Figure 597 TC2WG Circuit Diagram

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• TC2WG Breakout Harness ZTSE4831
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1859

Figure 598 Test 1 TC2WG Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 to vehicle harness and leave Turbocharger 2 Wastegate
(TC2WG) disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1860 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 599 Test 2 TC2WG Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 to vehicle harness and leave TC2WG disconnected.
C. KOEO.

Figure 600 Test 3 TC2WG Voltage Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1861

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 to vehicle harness and leave TC2WG disconnected.
C. KOEO.
1862 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

TOSS (Transmission Output Shaft Speed) Sensor


Overview of TOSS Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


191 3 TOSS/VSS signal out of range HIGH (page 1864)
191 4 TOSS/VSS signal out of range LOW (page 1867)
191 5 TOSS/VSS Open Circuit fault (page 1870)
191 14 TOSS/VSS Error invalid signal (page 1874)

Overview
Transmission tail shaft speed is detected by a magnetic pickup mounted on the transmission that senses
rotation of a 16 toothed gear installed on rear of the transmission. Alternating Current (AC) sine wave signal
is received by Engine Control Module (ECM) and is utilized along with tire size and axle ratio, to calculate
vehicle speed. Calculated vehicle speed is transmitted to instrument cluster through Drive Train Data Link to
operate speedometer within instrument cluster. Calculated vehicle speed is also utilized in control strategies
that control features such as Cruise Control, PTO operation and Road Speed Limiting.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1863

Figure 601 TOSS/VSS Location (Typical)


1864 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 191 FMI 3 - TOSS/VSS signal out of range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle
Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) signal is out of range high.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• TOSS-H Short to B+
• TOSS-L Short to B+
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1865

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 191 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC listing SPN 191 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) Decision
sensor and connector inspection
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Check TOSS/VSS sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are TOSS/VSS sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check TOSS circuit for Short to B+. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1866). Use DMM to measure voltage between TOSS/VSS Yes: Repair short
vehicle harness pin-1 and known good GND. to B+ in TOSS-L
circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 3.
Is voltage less than 1.7 volts? No: Repair short
to B+ in TOSS-H
circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 191 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1866 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 191 FMI 3)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor connector.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into TOSS/VSS vehicle harness and
leave TOSS/VSS disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1867

SPN 191 FMI 4 - TOSS/VSS signal out of range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle
Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) signal is out of range low.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• TOSS-H Short to GND
• TOSS-L Short to GND
1868 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 191 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC listing SPN 191 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) Decision
sensor and connector inspection
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Check TOSS/VSS sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are TOSS/VSS sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 4.

Step 3 Check TOSS for Short to GND. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1869). Use DMM to measure voltage between TOSS/VSS Yes: Repair short
vehicle harness pin-1 and known good GND. to GND in TOSS-L
circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 4.
Is voltage less than 1.2 volts? No: Repair short
to GND in TOSS-H
circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 191 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1869

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 191 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Digital Multimeter (DMM) ZTSE4357

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor connector.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into TOSS/VSS vehicle harness and
leave TOSS/VSS disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1870 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 191 FMI 5 - TOSS/VSS Open Circuit fault

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle
Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) has an open circuit.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• TOSS-H circuit open
• TOSS-L circuit open
• Failed TOSS/VSS sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1871

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 191 FMI 5.
Is EST DTC listing SPN 191 FMI 5 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) Decision
sensor and connector inspection
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Check TOSS/VSS sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are TOSS/VSS sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check TOSS-H circuit for open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1873). Use DMM to measure voltage between TOSS/VSS Yes: Go to Step 4.
vehicle harness pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage between 1.2 and 1.7 volts? No: Repair open in
TOSS-H circuit. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 191 FMI
4.

Step 4 Check TOSS-L circuit for open or high resistance. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1873). Use DMM to measure voltage between TOSS/VSS Yes: Replace
vehicle harness pin-2 and known good GND. TOSS/VSS sensor.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 191 FMI 5.
Is voltage between 1.2 and 1.7 volts? No: Repair open in
TOSS-L circuit. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 191 FMI
5.
1872 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 191 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1873

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 191 FMI 5)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor connector.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into TOSS/VSS vehicle harness and
leave TOSS/VSS disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor connector.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into TOSS/VSS vehicle harness and
leave TOSS/VSS disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1874 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 191 FMI 14 - TOSS/VSS Error invalid signal

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects an invalid vehicle speed value from Transmission
Output Shaft Speed (TOSS) sensor.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Debris buildup on TOSS sensor
• Failed TOSS sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1875

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault code. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 191 FMI 14.
Is EST DTC list SPN 191 FMI 14 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect VSS sensor and connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect VSS sensor.
C. Check VSS sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are VSS sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 14.

Step 3 Inspect VSS sensor. Decision


Remove VSS sensor and inspect sensor and bore. Yes: Replace VSS
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 14.
Is sensor and bore free of damage or debris? No: Clean VSS sensor
with a rag or towel
and clean sensor
bore. To prevent
damage, do not use
chemical cleaners
to clean TOSS/VSS
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 14.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all diagnostic steps, if SPN 191 FMI 14 remains, verify if each step was completed correctly
and proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1876 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

VREF (Voltage Reference)


Overview of VREF Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


3509 3 VREF 1 voltage above maximum (page 1877)
3509 4 VREF 1 voltage below minimum (page 1886)
3510 3 VREF 2 voltage above maximum (page 1902)
3510 4 VREF 2 voltage below minimum (page 1904)
3511 3 VREF 3 voltage above maximum (page 1909)
3511 4 VREF 3 voltage below minimum (page 1913)
5125 14 VREF 7 voltage above or below normal (page 1921)
5126 14 VREF 8 voltage above or below normal (page 1923)
5127 14 VREF 9 voltage above or below normal (page 1926)

Overview
Reference voltage (VREF) is a 5 volt reference supplied by Engine Control Module (ECM) to operate engine
sensors.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1877

SPN 3509 FMI 3 - VREF 1 voltage above maximum

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects VREF 1 voltage is greater than 5.5 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Short to PWR in ECM engine harness
• Short to PWR in ECM Driver harness (if equipped with ECB)
• Short to PWR in ETV
• Short to PWR in EBPV
1878 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3509 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3509 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Measure VREF voltage at Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Decision
sensor.
Perform Test 1 (page 1881). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 3.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Replace EBPV.

Step 3 Measure VREF 1 voltage at EBPV sensor with Engine Control Module Decision
(ECM) disconnected.
Perform Test 2 (page 1882). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 5.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Go to step 4.

Step 4 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Under Valve Cover 1 (UVC1) harness Decision
disconnected.
Perform Test 3 . Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Yes: Repair short to
ZTSE4952 pin-8 and known good GND. PWR between ECM
pin D-13 and UVC1
pin-8. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3509 FMI 3.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Repair short
between UVC1 pin-5
and pin-8 OR pin-5
and pin-3. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3509
FMI 3.

Step 5 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure Decision
(TC1TOP) sensor disconnected.
Perform Test 4 (page 1884). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 6.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Replace TC1TOP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1879

Step 6 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) sensor Decision
disconnected.
Perform Test 5 (page 1885). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Short to
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND. PWR on ECM pin E-35
VREF 1 circuit. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3509
FMI 3.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Replace ETV
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3509 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1880 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3509 FMI 3)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4952
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1881

Figure 602 Test 1 VREF 1 Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 between vehicle harness and EBP sensor connector.
D. Key ON.
1882 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 603 Test 2 VREF 1 Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) 36-pin driver connector.
C. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 between vehicle harness and EBP sensor connector.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1883

Figure 604 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) Circuit Voltage Check

Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect ECM 36-pin driver connector.
C. Disconnect Under Valve Connector 1 (UVC1) connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4952 to vehicle harness and leave UVC1 connector disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1884 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 605 Test 4 VREF1 Circuit Voltage Check

Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
C. Disconnect Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 between vehicle harness and EBP sensor connector.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1885

Figure 606 Test 5 VREF 1 Circuit Voltage Check

Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect TC1TOP connector.
C. Disconnect Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) connector.
D. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
E. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 between vehicle harness and EBP sensor connector.
F. Key ON.
1886 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3509 FMI 4 - VREF 1 voltage below minimum

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses VREF 1 sensor supply voltage is less than 4.5 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Wiring harness routing to all sensors is very important. Make sure that wiring harnesses are routed properly to
avoid contact with serpentine belt or pulleys.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Short to GND in engine harness
• Short to GND in UVC harness
• Failed ETV
• Failed EBPC
• Failed: EOP, IMP, EBP, FDP, ICP, or BCP (optional) sensors
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1887

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3509 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3509 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Measure VREF 1 voltage at Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1891). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure voltage Yes: Go to Test 2.
between Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Measure VREF 1 voltage at EBP sensor with Engine Control Module Decision
(ECM) driver harness disconnected.
Perform Test 2 (page 1892). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 7.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Go to step 4.

Step 4 Measure VREF 1 voltage at UVC 1. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1893). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4952 pin-8 and known good GND. to GND between
ECM pin D-13 and
GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3509 FMI 4.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Go to step 5.

Step 5 Measure VREF 1 voltage at UVC 1 with Injector Control Pressure Decision
(ICP) disconnected.
Perform Test 4 (page 1894). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 6.
Harness ZTSE4952 pin-8 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace ICP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.
1888 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 6 Measure VREF 1 voltage at UVC 1 with Brake Control Pressure (BCP) Decision
disconnected.
Perform Test 5 (page 1895). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair UVC
Harness ZTSE4952 pin-8 and known good GND. harness. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace BCP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.

Step 7 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure Decision
(TC1TOP) sensor disconnected.
Perform Test 6 (page 1896). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace TC1TOP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.

Step 8 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) sensor Decision
disconnected.
Perform Test 7 (page 1897). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace ETV
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.

Step 9 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor Decision
disconnected.
Perform Test 8 (page 1898). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace FDP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1889

Step 10 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor Decision
disconnected.
Perform Test 9 (page 1899). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace EOP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.

Step 11 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor Decision
disconnected.
Perform Test 10 (page 1900). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 12.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace IMP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.

Step 12 Measure VREF 1 voltage with EBP sensor disconnected. Decision


Perform Test 11 (page 1901). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND. to GND in engine
harness to Pin E-35.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3509 FMI 4.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace EBP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.
1890 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3509 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4952
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1891

Figure 607 Test 1 EBP Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and reconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Key ON.
1892 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 608 Test 2 EBP Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) 36-pin driver connector.
C. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and reconnect EBP sensor connector.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1893

Figure 609 Test 3 Under Valve Connector 1 (UVC 1) Circuit Voltage Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Reconnect ECM 36-pin driver connector.
C. Disconnect Under Valve Connector 1 (UVC 1) connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4952 to vehicle harness and leave UVC1 connector disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1894 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 610 Test 4 UVC 1 Circuit Voltage Check

Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect UVC 1 connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4952 to vehicle harness and leave UVC 1 connector disconnected.
E. Disconnect Injection Control Pressure (ICP) connector.
F. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1895

Figure 611 Test 5 UVC 1 Circuit Voltage Check

Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover
C. Disconnect UVC 1 connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4952 to vehicle harness and leave UVC 1 connector disconnected.
E. Reconnect ICP connector. Disconnect Brake Control Pressure (BCP) connector.
F. Key ON.
1896 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 612 Test 6 TC1TOP Circuit Voltage Check

Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) connector.
C. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and
leave TC1TOP disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1897

Figure 613 Test 7 ETV Circuit Voltage Check

Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) connector. Reconnect TC1TOP connector.
C. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and
leave ETP disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1898 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 614 Test 8 FDP Circuit Voltage Check

Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) connector. Reconnect ETV connector.
C. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and
leave FDP disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1899

Figure 615 Test 9 EOP Circuit Voltage Check

Test 9
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) connector. Reconnect FDP connector.
C. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and
leave EOP disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1900 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 616 Test 10 IMP Circuit Voltage Check

Test 10
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) connector. Reconnect EOP connector.
C. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and
leave IMP disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1901

Figure 617 Test 11 EBP Circuit Voltage Check

Test 11
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EBP sensor connector. Reconnect IMP connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EBP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3509 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1902 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3510 FMI 3 - VREF 2 voltage above maximum

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses VREF 2 sensor supply voltage is greater than 5.498 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• VREF 2 circuit short to PWR
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1903

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Repair short to PWR
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3510 FMI 3. between APP pin-C and
Engine Control Module
(ECM) pin C-63. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3510 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3510 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Not Active Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3510 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1904 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 3510 FMI 4 - VREF 2 voltage below minimum

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses VREF 2 sensor supply voltage is less than 4.502 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Short circuit to GND
• Failed APP sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1905

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3510 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3510 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Measure VREF voltage for APP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1906). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 3.
Harness ZTSE4485A pin-C and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Measure VREF voltage for APP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1906). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4485A pin-C and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace APP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3510 FMI 4.

Step 4 Measure VREF voltage for APP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 3 (page 1907). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4485A pin-C and PWR. to GND between
APP sensor pin-C
and 42-pin connector
pin-22. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3510 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to
GND between 42-pin
connector pin-22
and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin
C-63. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3510 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3510 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1906 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3510 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 618 Test 1 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and reconnect APP connector.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1907

Figure 619 Test 2 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.

Figure 620 Test 3 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
1908 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
D. Disconnect 42-pin IP/Engine connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1909

SPN 3511 FMI 3 - VREF 3 voltage above maximum

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses VREF 3 sensor supply voltage is greater than 5.498 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Short to PWR in engine harness
• Short to PWR in body builder connection
• Short to PWR in chassis harness
1910 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Go to Step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3511 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3511 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Measure VREF voltage for APP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 1 (page 1911). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 3.
Harness ZTSE4485A pin-D and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 3 Measure VREF voltage for APP sensor. Decision


Perform Test 2 (page 1911). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness 00-00979-01 pin-30 and known good GND. PWR between 42-Pin
connector pin-30 and
APP pin-D. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3511
FMI 3.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Repair short to
PWR between ECM
pin C-27 and body
builder harness. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3511
FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3511 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1911

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3511 FMI 3)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• 42-pin Engine to Chassis Interface Cable 00-00979-01
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 621 Test 1 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect APP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1912 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 622 Test 2 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 42-Pin IP / Engine connector.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-00979-01.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00979-01 to vehicle harness (ECM side of connector) and leave
Vehicle side disconnected.
E. Disconnect ECM 76-pin Chassis connector.
F. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1913

SPN 3511 FMI 4 - VREF 3 voltage below minimum

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses VREF 3 sensor supply voltage is less than 4.502 volts.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• VREF 3 Circuit short to GND
• VREF 3 circuit for Body Builder short to GND
• Body Builder components short to GND
• Failed Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor
1914 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: go to step 2.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 3511 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3511 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect connections at Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect APP connector.
C. Check APP and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are APP connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3511 FMI 4.

Step 3 Measure VREF voltage for Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1917). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 4.
Harness ZTSE4485A pin-D and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace APP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3511 FMI 4.

Step 4 Inspect connections at 42-pin IP/Engine connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect 42-pin IP/Engine connector.
C. Check 42-pin IP/Engine and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are 42-pin IP/Engine connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3511 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1915

Step 5 Check for short to GND between 42-pin connector and APP. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1918). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE4485A pin-D and PWR. GND between APP
pin-D and 42-pin
IP/Engine pin-30.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3511 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 6

Step 6 Check for short to GND between ECM and 42-pin connector. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1919). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness 00-00979-01 pin-30 and PWR. GND between 42-pin
IP/Engine pin-30 and
ECM pin C-9. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3511
FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 7.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 3511 FMI 4 fault code diagnostics.
1916 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 3511 FMI 4)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-00959-01
• Breakout Harness 00-00979-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1917

Figure 623 Test 1 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1918 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect APP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
D. Disconnect 42-pin IP/Engine connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1919

Figure 624 Test 3 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 42-pin IP/Engine connector between engine and chassis.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00979-01 to vehicle harness ECM side of connector and leave 42-pin
IP/Engine chassis side of connector disconnected.
1920 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1921

SPN 5125 FMI 14 - VREF 7 voltage above or below normal

Fault Overview

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults

Fault Facts

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Possible Causes

1922 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1923

SPN 5126 FMI 14 - VREF 8 voltage above or below normal

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module detects VREF 8 sensor supply voltage is above or below normal.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• VREF 8 circuit short to GND
• VREF 8 circuit short to PWR
• Failed sensor causing short to GND on VREF 8 circuit
1924 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 5126 FMI 14.
Is EST DTC listing SPN 5126 FMI 14 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Voltage Check Decision


A. Perform Test 1 (page 1925). Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Use DMM, measure voltage from Breakout Harness 18-909-01
pin-2 to known good GND.
Is voltage less than 5.35 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between DEF Supply Module
pin-2 and ACM pin J2-57.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5126 FMI 14.

Step 3 Voltage Check Decision


A. Perform Test 1 (page 1925). Yes: Repair short to GND
or high resistance between
B. Use DMM, measure voltage from Breakout Harness 18-909-01
DEF Supply Module pin-2 and
pin-2 to known good GND.
ACM pin J2-57. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5126 FMI 14.
Is voltage less than 4.64 volts? No: Replace DEF Supply
Module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5126
FMI 14.

End Diagnostic Test


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 5126 FMI 14 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1925

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5126 FMI 14)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 625 VREF 8 Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEF Supply Module 12-pin connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to harness connector and leave supply module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1926 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 5127 FMI 14 - VREF 9 voltage above or below normal

Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module detects VREF 9 sensor supply voltage is above or below normal.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• VREF 9 circuit short to GND
• VREF 9 circuit short to PWR
• Failed sensor causing short to GND on VREF 9 circuit
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1927

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to Step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 5127 FMI 14.
Is EST DTC listing SPN 5127 FMI 14 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 1978).

Step 2 Voltage Check Decision


A. Perform Test 1 (page 1929). Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Use DMM, measure voltage from Breakout Harness 12-575-01
pin-4 to known good GND.
Is voltage less than 5.35 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 3 Voltage Check Decision


A. Perform Test 1 (page 1929). Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Use DMM, measure voltage from Breakout Harness 12-575-01
pin-4 to known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.64 volts? No: Replace DPFDP/DPFOP
Sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5127
FMI 14.

Step 4 Voltage Check Decision


A. Perform Test 2 (page 1929). Yes: Repair short to
PWR between 8-pin AFT
B. Use DMM, measure voltage from Breakout Harness 12-574-01
Interconnect pin-8 and ACM
pin-8 to known good GND.
pin J2-42. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5127
FMI 14.
Is voltage above 5.35 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between DPFDP/DPFOP
pin-4 and 8-pin DPF Jumper
connector pin-8. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5127 FMI 14.
1928 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 5 Voltage Check Decision


A. Perform Test 2 (page 1929). Yes: Repair short to GND
or high resistance between
B. Use DMM, measure voltage from Breakout Harness 12-574-01
DPFDP/DPFOP pin-4 and
pin-8 to known good GND.
8-pin connector pin-8. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5127 FMI 14.
Is voltage above 4.64 volts? No: Repair short to GND or
high resistance between 8-pin
connector pin-8 and ACM
pin J2-42. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5127
FMI 14.

End Diagnostic Test


After performing diagnostic steps, if SPN 5127 FMI 14 remains, verify if step was completed correctly and
proper decision was made. Notify supervisor for further action.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1929

Pin-Point Tests (SPN 5126 FMI 14)


See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 12-574-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 626 VREF 8 Voltage Check

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DPF Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP) Sensor connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to the harness connector and leave the sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1930 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 627 VREF 8 Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 8-pin DPF Jumper connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-574-01 to the harness connector and leave the sensor side
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1931

WIF Sensor (Water In Fuel)


Overview of WIF Sensor Group

SPN FMI Description


4192 3 WIF signal Out of Range HIGH (page 1932)
4192 4 WIF signal Out of Range LOW (page 1936)
4192 5 WIF signal Open or Short to PWR (page 1939)
4192 31 Water in Fuel Detected (page 1945)

Overview
Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor provides a feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) when water is detected
in fuel supply. If water is detected, ECM will alert the operator by illuminating WATER IN FUEL lamp. If a circuit
fault is detected, a code will set and ENGINE lamp will illuminate.
1932 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4192 FMI 3 - WIF signal Out of Range HIGH

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Water In Fuel (WIF) signal is greater than
expected

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• WIF signal circuit short to PWR
• Failed WIF
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1933

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 4192 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4192 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor and connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect WIF sensor.
C. Check WIF sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are WIF sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4192 FMI 3.

Step 3 Check for short to PWR in WIF circuit Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1934). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE6002 pin-1 and known good GND. PWR between WIF pin-1
and ECM pin E-7. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4192 FMI
3.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Replace WIF
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4192 FMI 3.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4192 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1934 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests SPN 4192 FMI 3

Figure 628 Water In Fuel (WIF) Sensor Circuit

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6002
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 629 WIF Circuit Voltage Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1935

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6002 to engine harness and leave WIF disconnected.
1936 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SPN 4192 FMI 4 - WIF signal Out of Range LOW

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Water In Fuel (WIF) signal is less than expected

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• Poor fuel quality
• WIF circuit short to GND
• Failed WIF
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1937

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 4192 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4192 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Check for poor fuel quality Decision


Perform Fuel Quality Inspection (page 2215). Yes: Go to step 3.
Is fuel free of water, waxing, icing, sediment, gasoline, kerosene, or Diesel No: Drain the fuel tank
Exhaust Fluid (DEF)? and fill with new and/or
known good diesel
fuel. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4192 FMI 4

Step 3 Inspect Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor and connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4..
B. Disconnect WIF sensor.
C. Check WIF sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are WIF sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4192 FMI 4.

Step 4 Check for short to GND in WIF circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1938). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE6002 pin-1 and PWR. GND between WIF pin-1
and ECM pin E-7. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4192 FMI
4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts No: Replace WIF
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4192 FMI 4.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4192 FMI 3 fault code diagnostics.
1938 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests SPN 4192 FMI 4

Figure 630 Water In Fuel (WIF) Sensor Circuit

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6002
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6002 to engine harness and leave WIF disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1939

SPN 4192 FMI 5 - WIF signal Open or Short to PWR

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module detects Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor is not reading as expected.

Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
None

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous
Possible Causes
• WIF circuit short to PWR
• WIF circuit Open
• SIG GND circuit Open
• Failed WIF
1940 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Go to step 2.
check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 4192 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4192 FMI 3 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

Step 2 Inspect Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor and connector. Decision


A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect WIF sensor.
C. Check WIF sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are WIF sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4192 FMI 5.

Step 3 Check for short to PWR in WIF circuit. Decision


Perform Test 1(page 1942). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE6002 pin-1 and known good GND. PWR between WIF pin-1
and ECM pin E-7. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4192 FMI
5.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check for Open in WIF circuit. Decision


Perform Test 2. Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Yes: Go to Step 5.
ZTSE6002 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 4.5 volts? No: Repair Open
between WIF pin-1
and ECM pin E-7. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4192 FMI
5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1941

Step 5 Check for open in SIG GND circuit. Decision


Perform Test 3(page 1943). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace WIF
Harness ZTSE6002 pin-1 and pin-2. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4192 FMI 5.
Is voltage greater than 4.5 volts? No: Repair Open
between WIF pin-2
and ECM pin E-28. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4192 FMI
5.

End Diagnostic Tests


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and the proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4192 FMI 5 fault code diagnostics.
1942 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Pin-Point Tests SPN 4192 FMI 5

Figure 632 Water In Fuel (WIF) Sensor Circuit

See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6002
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Figure 633 WIF Circuit Voltage Check


1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1943

Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6002 to engine harness and leave WIF disconnected.

Figure 634 WIF Circuit Voltage Check

Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect WIF sensor connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6002 to engine harness and leave WIF disconnected.
1944 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Figure 635 WIF Circuit Voltage Check

Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect WIF sensor connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6002 to engine harness and leave WIF disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1945

SPN 4192 FMI 31 - Water in Fuel Detected

Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) receives indication water in fuel is detected.

Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.

Associated Faults
None

Fault Facts
Water In Fuel (WIF) text message in instrument cluster is displayed and remains on when water in fuel is
detected. During initial Key ON, WIF text message may be briefly flash. WIF text message may remain on
for approximately 10 seconds at Key OFF.

Drive Cycle to Determine Fault Status


Continuous

Possible Causes
• Water detected in primary fuel filter housing.
1946 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Step 1 Check for active or pending fault codes. Decision


Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, check Yes: Drain water
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 4192 FMI 31. from fuel (see Engine
Service Manual). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4192
FMI 31.
Is EST DTC list SPN 4192 FMI 31 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).

End Diagnostic Steps


After performing all tests, if no problem is found, verify if each step was completed correctly and proper
decision was made. Return to SPN 4192 FMI 31 fault code diagnostics.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1947

Table of Contents

ServiceMaxx™ Software Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1951


ServiceMaxx™ Connection and Data Recording. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1951
Diagnostic Trouble Code Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1956
Check for DTCs.................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1957
Session Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1958
Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1960
Obtain Vehicle Health Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1962
Programmable Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1963
Record Snapshot of KOEO Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1968
Injector Coil End of Motion (CEOM) Reset Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1969
Fuel Pressure Adaptation Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1972
KOEO DOC / DPF Replacement / Reset Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1975
Intermittent or Inactive Fault Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1978

Connecting EST with ServiceMaxx™ Software to Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1979


Interface Device Selection....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1979
Connecting ServiceMaxx™ Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1982
Pinpoint Diagnostic Graphic Legend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1983

Service Bay Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1991


Engine Off Tests................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1991
KOEO Standard Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1991
KOEO Low to High Idle Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1995
KOEO Output State High or Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1999
Continuous Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001
KOEO DEF Tank Heater Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2005
KOEO Injector Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2008
KOEO DCU Actuator Test – Actuator Output High and Low Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011
KOEO DEF System Leak Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2014
KOEO DEF Line Heater Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2016
KOEO DEF Reverting Control Valve Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2018
KOEO DEF Supply Pump Override Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2020
Relative Compression Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022
SCR Faults Reset Request Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2025
Engine Cranking Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2027
Engine Running Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2030
Air Management Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2030
KOER Standard Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2036
KOER Cylinder Cutout Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2039
KOER DSI System Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2042
KOER DSI Deaeration Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2045
DPF Regeneration Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2048
Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2052
CPA Cold Idle Test....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2056
CPA Signal Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2061
CPA Hot Idle Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2067
1948 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

CPA Road Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072


CPA Advanced Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2077
CPA High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2082
Record Snapshot of Engine Running Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2087

Road Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2091


0 to 60 MPH Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2091
0 to 60 MPH ICP and ICPD Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2095
0 to 60 MPH, RPM, Load, IMP, EBP, and APP1 Graph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2097
Normal Exhaust Gas Temperature Graph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2100
Erratic Exhaust Gas Temperatures Graph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2103
Low Exhaust Gas Temperatures Graph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2106

Air Control Valve (ACV) Test................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2109


Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2109
Boost Control System Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2111
Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Operational Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2114
Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Solenoid Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2118
Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Isolated Actuator Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2119
KOER MAF Sensor Calibrations..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2123
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) Operational Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2126

Low-Pressure Fuel System Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2128


Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2128
Fuel Pump Voltage Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2131
Clean Fuel Source Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2134

Intake Air Heater (IAH) Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2138


Intake Air Heater System Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2138
Intake Air Heater (IAH) Current Draw Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2140
Intake Air Heater (IAH) Relay Test... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2143
High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) Pressure Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2146
Interstage Cooler (ISC) Pressure Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2153
Crankcase Pressure Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2156

General Test Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2161


Coolant Heater Assembly Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2161
Oil Pan Heater Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2163
Relay Diagnostics...................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2165
Relay Test 1 - Switched-86 GND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2166
Relay Test 2 – Switched-86 PWR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2168
Relay Test 3 – Switched-85 GND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2170
Relay Test 4 – Switched-85 Shared 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2173
Relay Test 5 – Switched-85 GND, FMI 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2176
Relay Test 6 – Switched-86 PWR, No Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2178
Relay Test 7 – Switched-85 GND, No Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2180

Coolant Test Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2182


Deaeration Tank Cap Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2182
Cooling System Pressure Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2185
Coolant Over-Flow / Over-Temperature Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2189
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1949

Thermostat Operational Test.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2190


Engine Cooling Fan Test......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2191
Air Compressor Coolant Leak Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2193
Air Compressor Overflow Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2195
Combustion in Cooling System Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2196
On-Engine EGR Cooler Leak Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2198
Instrument Cluster Temperature Gauge Validation Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2201

Engine Oil Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2203


Oil Cooler Pressure Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2203
Oil Pressure Verification Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2206
Instrument Cluster Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Validation Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2209
Oil Breather Separator Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2212

Engine System Inspections............... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2214


Fuel System Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2214
Fuel Quality Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2215
Fuel Level Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2217
Engine Oil Level and Quality Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2218
Coolant Level Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2220
Coolant Quality Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2221
Coolant in Exhaust Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2222
Interstage Cooler (ISC) Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2223
Coolant Leak Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2225
Coolant To Intake Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2226
Charge Air Cooler Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2228
Intake Air Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2230
Front Gear Train Coolant Leak Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2231
Exhaust and Aftertreatment System Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2233
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2235
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2238
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2240
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFD) Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2242
Decomposition Reactor Tube Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2245
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Quality Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2247
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Level & Gauge Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2248
Coolant to Engine Oil Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2250
Oil Pressure Regulator Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2251
Cylinder Sleeve Cavitation and Crack Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2253
Oil and Crankcase Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2254
High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger Radial Play Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2257
Batteries and Electrical System Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2258

Aftertreatment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2259
Snap Acceleration Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2259
Downstream Injection System Operation Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2260
1950 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1951

ServiceMaxx™ Software Procedures


ServiceMaxx™ Connection and Data Recording

Overview
ServiceMaxx™ is an Engine Electronic Control System Diagnostic Tool. It is used to run Service Bay Test,
Procedures and Program engine features. It can also monitor and record signals from the Engine Control
Module (ECM), Doser Control Unit (DCU), and Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).

Engine Auto-Detection
Pre 2007 engines can only Auto-Detect at Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). The N9-N10 Selective Catalytic
Reduction (SCR) engine is able to auto-connect at KOEO or engine running. The only difference when
connecting with a running engine is most of the parameters will not load. You will notice lot of missing values
in the Vehicle Information window.

Connection (Sniffer)
This area will display all the modules communicating on the Public Controller Area Network (CAN) Network.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None
1952 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Setup

Figure 636 ServiceMaxx™ Home Screen

1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) will load signals and parameters.


2. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) will load signals, but will not load parameters.
3. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector .
4. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1953

Figure 637 Engine Selection Window

NOTE: If ServiceMaxx™ displays the Engine selection window (Figure 637), it was unable to Auto- Detect. The
Engine Control Module (ECM) or the Public Controller Area Network (CAN) to the Data Link connector maybe
at fault.
Test Procedure

Snapshot Recording Procedure:

Figure 638 Start Signal Recording

1. Click on the Start Logging Watched Signals button (Figure 638).


1954 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 639 Stop Signal Recording

2. Click on the Stop Logging Watched Signals button (Figure 639) to stop the recording.

Figure 640 Snapshot folder

3. Snapshot recording will be saved in the Snapshot folder (Figure 640) located on your computers desktop.

Snapshot Playback Procedure

Figure 641 Snapshot

1. Open previously recorded snapshot, Click on the Open Snapshot Recording File (Figure 641) from the File
Menu.
2. Select the desired recording you wish to open.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1955

Figure 642 Snapshot Recording Playback

3. Once the recording is open (Figure 642), you can select any signal you wish to show up in the graph.
1956 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Diagnostic Trouble Code Overview


Beginning in 2010, a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) consists of two parts: the Suspect Parameter Number
(SPN) and Failure Mode Indicator (FMI). The SPN identifies a component or system with a fault, and the FMI
identifies what that fault or condition is.

Figure 643 DTC Display

DTC Type:

Pending DTC
Pending Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)s are possible faults that were detected on the first drive cycle. On
Heavy Duty Onboard Diagnostic (HD-OBD) faults can be set as Pending. Pending HD-OBD faults do not turn
on the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

Active DTC
There are 3 types of Active DTCs: Non-HD-OBD faults, 1 drive cycle and 2 drive cycle HD-OBD.
• Active Non HD-OBD faults go active on the first drive cycle and do not turn on the MIL.
• Active HD-OBD 1 drive cycle faults turn on the MIL.
• Active HD-OBD 2 drive cycle faults turn on the MIL.

Healing DTC
Healing DTCs are HD-OBD faults that were active on the previous drive cycle, but were not detected on the
current drive cycle. Healing faults do turn on the MIL. If the Healing fault is not detected within the next three
consecutive drive cycles, then the fault becomes Previously Active and turns off the MIL.

Previously Active DTC


Previously Active DTCs are historical Active faults that were detected in a previous drive cycle. Previously Active
DTCs do not turn on the MIL.

DTC Count
DTC Count logs the amount of times the fault was detected.

Freeze Frame
Freeze Frame data is a snapshot of the engines operating condition at the time the fault was detected.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1957

Check for DTCs


ServiceMaxx™ software displays Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)s at the bottom of the screen.

Figure 644 DTC display

Procedure:
ServiceMaxx™ software will update DTC status every 10 seconds and will check for DTCs as soon as the
Refresh DTC/Vehicle Events button (Figure 644) is pressed.
1958 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Session Files

Overview
ServiceMaxx™ software has a variety of Sessions; Signal Monitoring, Engine Programming and Service Bay
Testing.
Service Bay Tests and Procedures will automatically load pre-made default sessions. Users are not limited to
using pre-made default sessions. Sessions (Figure 645) can be built or modified, saved and loaded (Figure 646)
at any time. The operator can use their own saved session to run a Service Bay test as long as the check mark
is removed from the Load Test Specific Session (Figure 647) before running the test.

Figure 645 Menu – Save Session

Figure 646 Menu – Load Session


2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1959

Figure 647 Menu – Load Test Specific Session


1960 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test

Purpose
Check for failed aftertreatment system temperature sensor.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
This test is not dependent on engine temperature.
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position.
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to vehicle’s diagnostic connector.

Figure 648 Default Session


1. Temperature tab 2. All Signals tab
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1961

3. Go to Default Session: Sessions > Default > Temperature tab.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set parking
brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
4. Start and run engine at 1400 to 1500 rpm for 10 minutes.
5. Monitor the following signals in the All Signals tab:
Compare the following three signals:
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet Temperature
• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Inlet Temperature
• DPF Outlet Temperature
After 10 minutes, if any of these three aftertreatment temperature sensors are not within 77°F (25°C) of each
other, diagnose appropriate sensor and / or circuit.
Compare the following two signals:
• SCR Inlet Temp
• SCR Outlet Temp
After 10 minutes, if either of the two SCR temperature sensors are not within 77°F (25°C) of each other,
diagnose appropriate sensor and / or circuit.
1962 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Obtain Vehicle Health Report

Overview
Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle and generate a Health Report of current vehicle information:
• Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) validation
• Vehicle mileage
• Engine hours
• Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)
• Engine Control Module (ECM) calibration
• Fuel economy data

Tools Required
• PocketMaxx™, EST with International Graphical User Interface, or Navistar® EZ-Tech Launcher

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
None

Test Procedure
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect interface cable between PocketMaxx™, EST, or EZ-tech Launcher and to vehicle Diagnostic
Connector (page 1979).
3. Use PocketMaxx™, EST, or EZ-tech Launcher to retrieve a vehicle Health Report.
4. Connect to internet and upload Health Report to International® Service Portal.
5. Verify Health Report is visible on Navistar® Service Portal. Select Write Up > Vehicle Information.

Expected Outcome
Current vehicle Health Report is viewable on Navistar® Service Portal.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1963

Programmable Features

Overview
Many features can be programmed into the Engine Control Module (ECM) to fit many different applications. To
make programming changes using ServiceMaxx™ software, load the Programming session.
Tool Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None
1964 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 649 Programmable Feature

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1965

Test Procedure

Figure 650 Select Parameters or Programming

1. Select Programming (Figure 650) from the Session drop-down menu.


• Select Parameters to view all Parameters
• Select Programming to view Parameters sorted into categories.
1966 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 651 Change Parameter Value

2. Click on the desired parameter value (Figure 651) to be changed.

Figure 652 Program Engine

3. Press the Program Engine Button (Figure 652).

Figure 653 Program Engine

4. Turn Key OFF for 15 seconds, so new value change be saved into the module (Figure 653).
5. Turn Key ON.
6. Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)s, if any.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1967

Expected Outcome
None

Follow-On Procedure
None
1968 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Record Snapshot of KOEO Data

Overview
Record Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) data to be referenced now, and in the future.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
1. Do not crank or run engine for 3 minutes or more. This will allow Injection Control Pressure (ICP) to bleed
off.

Test Setup
1. Key-ON.
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.

Test Procedure
1. Select Sessions > Performance.
2. Cycle key OFF, then cycle key ON.
NOTE: Fuel pump will run for 10 seconds after the ignition key is cycled.
3. Select Tools > Start Recording Snapshot.
4. Wiggle harness connections on the Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness for ICP connector, ICP harness, and
36-pin Engine Control Module (ECM) connector.
5. Select Tools > Stop Recording Snapshot.

Expected Outcome
KOEO values will be within specification.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1969

Injector Coil End of Motion (CEOM) Reset Procedure

Overview
Injector Coil End Of Motion (CEOM) corrects aging effect of fuel injector on fuel quantity. Over time injectors
inject less fuel due to injectors wearing. CEOM measures this wear and adds fuel back in to make it work like
new. When a new injector is installed in the engine, CEOM should be reset so it does not add too much fuel to
engine.
NOTE: Only reset CEOM of injector being replaced.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1970 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Setup

Figure 654 Injector Reset

1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).


2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1971

Test Procedure

Figure 655 Menu – Select Procedure

1. Select Injector CEOM Reset (Figure 655) from the KOEO Procedures drop-down menu.

Figure 656 Injector reset panel

2. Only reset the injector (Figure 656) that was replaced to prevent any injection imbalance.
1972 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Fuel Pressure Adaptation Reset

Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) maintains reliability of Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) system as parts age by storing
Fuel Pressure Adaptation (FPA) values.
When any fuel system part is replaced: [Engine Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve, Injection Control
Pressure (ICP) sensor, high-pressure pump, high-pressure rail, or ECM], this parameter must be reset.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (J1939 - compliant)

Equipment Condition
One of the following components was replaced:
• Engine Injection Control Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor
• High-pressure pump
• High-pressure rail
• Engine Control Module (ECM)
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1973

Figure 657 Fuel Pressure Adaptation Reset Screen

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test Procedure
1. Replace failed part.
1974 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 658 Fuel Pressure Adaptation Rest Drop-Down Menu

2. Select Fuel Pressure Adaptation Reset from KOEO Procedure (Figure 658) drop down menu.

Figure 659 Reset Button

3. Press Fuel Pressure Adaptation Reset button (Figure 659).

Figure 660 Example of on-screen Instructions

4. Follow on-screen instructions (Figure 660).

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1975

KOEO DOC / DPF Replacement / Reset Procedure

Overview
The Aftertreatment (AFT) maintenance provides the ability for a technician to install/reset maintenance
components. An example would be a new or clean Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) or Diesel Particulate Filter
(DPF). Once a DOC is considered by the Engine Control Module (ECM) to be “Face Plugged”, AFT dosing is
disabled. After the DOC is replaced, the technician would need to reset the value to clean in order to enable
dosing and re-initiate active regeneration. In order to prevent the misuse of this feature, the reset shall only be
available when most severe fault conditions exist on the particular AFT component that is being reset.

Figure 661 DOC / DPF Replacement Reset

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1976 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Equipment Condition
One of the following active faults:
• SPN 3556 FMI 18
• SPN 5298 FMI 17
• SPN 5298 FMI 18

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect interface cable between Electronic Service Tool (EST) and 9-pin Vehicle Data Connector (VDC)
(see Connecting EST with ServiceMaxx™ software to engine (page 1979)).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test Procedure
1. Verify that one of the active faults is present:
• SPN 3556 FMI 18
• SPN 5298 FMI 17
• SPN 5298 FMI 18
2. Replace the failed part.

Figure 662 Menu – Select Procedure

3. Select DOC / DPF Replacement Reset from the KOEO Aftertreatment Procedures (Figure 662)drop-down
menu.

Figure 663 DOC or DPF Replacement Reset Button

4. Press the DOC or DPF Replacement Reset button (Figure 663).


2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1977

5. Clear Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).


1978 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Intermittent or Inactive Fault Diagnostic Procedure

Overview
Use this test to diagnose inactive and/or intermittent faults. Inactive and/or intermittent faults are currently
healing, previously active, or inactive.
NOTE: For component faults that are pending or active, follow specific step based diagnostics for fault.
NOTE: Permanent faults are historic faults and are used for reporting purposes only. They should never be
treated as a current issue or used for diagnostics.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939–compliant interface cable

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On, Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test Procedure
1. Verify health report was saved. Clear fault codes.
2. Perform Continuous Monitor Test (page 2001)and view voltage signal for suspect sensor.
• The continuous monitor test will have you watch voltage signals for voltage spikes while wiggling affected
harness and connections.
• A voltage spike while performing continuous monitor wiggle test indicates a damaged harness and/or
connector pin.
NOTE: During continuous monitor wiggle test, if a fault code sets (high or low), voltage will latch high or low. To
continue performing continuous monitor wiggle test, faults will need to be cleared.
3. If a voltage spike or fault occurs during continuous monitor wiggle test start from the point the voltage spike
occurred and inspect harness for rubbing, and inspect nearby connectors for pin damage, corrosion, fretting,
etc.

Expected Outcome
The source of the intermittent / inactive fault will be isolated.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1979

Connecting EST with ServiceMaxx™ Software to Engine


Interface Device Selection
To connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to an engine, an interface cable
(RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708) must be connected between EST and vehicle diagnostic
connector. The vehicle diagnostic connector is located inside the vehicle cab, above the clutch pedal.
1. Using Interface cable, connect EST (Electronic Service Tool) to vehicle’s diagnostic connector.
2. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.

Figure 664 Com Link Selection Drop Down Menu

3. Select: Tools > Com Link (Figure 664).


1980 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 665 Com Link Activation Drop Down Menu

4. Activate Com Link (Figure 665) for interface cable connection.


If ServiceMaxx™ software fails to autoconnect, use the following procedure:
5. Select: Tools > Select Com Link (Figure 664).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1981

6. Select cable / interface device.


a. NEXIQ Technologies USB-Link
— USB-Link
• J1939
• J1708
• KWP2000
— Bluetooth USB-Link
• J1939
• J1708
• KWP2000
— USB-Link ATEC 160–Baud
• J1939
• J1708
• KWP2000
— BT USB-Link ATEC 160–Baud
• J1939
• J1708
• KWP2000
NOTE: If software is still unable to connect, see troubleshooting documentation provided for specific interface
cable (provided from cable manufacturer).

If cable is not at fault, see J1939 Data Link Error (ECM unable to transmit) (page 1620) .
1982 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Connecting ServiceMaxx™ Software


1. Turn ignition switch to ON. Do not start engine.
2. Using interface cable, connect EST to vehicle’s diagnostic connector.
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software. After starting ServiceMaxx™ software and selecting appropriate interface
device, (Interface Device Selection) (page 1979), a detection process will begin and should connect
automatically.
NOTE: If ServiceMaxx™ software cannot detect Engine Serial Number (ESN), then it may be necessary
for user to select engine by clicking on Select Engine from File drop-down menu. Then select engine from
pop-up box.

Figure 666 ECM Connected Icon

NOTE: If software has connected to the ECM, active signals will populate startup screen, and ECM
connected icon in bottom right corner will show connected.

Figure 667 ECM Disconnected Icon

NOTE: When software is unable to connect to ECM, signals and vehicle information will not be displayed,
and ECM disconnected icon in bottom right corner will show disconnected.

If software is unable to connect to ECM, go to Interface Device Selection (page 1979) section, above.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1983

Pinpoint Diagnostic Graphic Legend


This defines the graphic depictions of tools required for Pin Point Tests in the Fault Code Diagnostics section of
this manual.

Figure 668 Breakout Harness


1984 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 669 ZTSE4498 – 3–Banana Plug Harness


2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1985

Figure 670 ZTSE4497 — 500 Ohm Resistor


1986 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 671 Ohm Meter


2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1987

Figure 672 Volt Meter


1988 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 673 ECM (Engine Control Module) 180 Pin Breakout Harness Overlay
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1989

Figure 674 ACM (Aftertreatment Control Module) 180 Pin Breakout Harness Overlay
1990 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 675 Battery


2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1991

Service Bay Tests


Engine Off Tests
KOEO Standard Test

Overview
The Key-On, Engine-Off (KOEO) Standard Test will command all Engine Control Module (ECM) actuators to their
high state and then back to their normal, low state. This test allows the user to diagnose actuator movement by
commanding the actuators high and low while using a multi-meter to measure circuits. This test also enables
the visual monitoring of movement on some of the actuators.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None
NOTE: All actuators default at their low state.
NOTE: Actuators cycled during this test are as follows:
• Engine Throttle Position (ETP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Intake Air Heater (IAH)
• Radiator Shutter (optional)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
• Fuel Delivery Pump (FDP)
• Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG)
1992 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 676 KOEO Standard Test

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start and log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1993

Test Procedure

Figure 677 Menu — Select Test

1. Select: Tests > KOEO Tests > Standard Test. (Figure 677).
NOTE: This test does not display pass or fail results and will display test complete when finished.
1994 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 678 KOEO Standard Test Complete

Expected Outcome
Key-On Engine-Off test will complete without any problems occurring.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1995

KOEO Low to High Idle Test

Overview
This test is used to validate engine performance throughout its full rpm range. By monitoring specific signals,
this test helps identify which systems are not performing as expected. Using information gathered, it assists
with further diagnostics.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1996 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Procedure

Figure 679 Menu – Sessions

1. Select Sessions > Performance (Figure 679).


2. Press accelerator pedal to floor while monitoring the Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) signal value.
3. If APP signal consistently reads from 0 to approximately 99.6% continue test. If APP system is not consistent,
repair APP system as needed before continuing test.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1997

Figure 680 Tools - Recording Snapshot

4. In ServiceMaxx™ software, select Tools > Start Recording (Figure 680).


5. Start engine and idle for 20 seconds.
6. Press and hold accelerator pedal to floor for 20 seconds while listening and feeling for engine problems
such as:
• Engine does not accelerate smoothly
• Imbalance or vibrations
• Cylinders not firing or cylinders misfiring
7. Return to low idle.
1998 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 681 Menu – Tools

8. Select Tools > Stop Recording (Figure 681) and check the following signals against specifications:
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP)
• Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP)
• Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)
9. If any signal does not meet specifications, diagnose that system in appropriate section or manual.

Expected Outcome
Engine will accelerate smoothly, all signals will be within specifications, and no imbalance or misfire will be
detected.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1999

KOEO Output State High or Low

Overview
The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Output State Test High or Low will command all actuators to their high or low
position. This test allows users to diagnose actuator movement by commanding actuators high or low and
monitoring signals in ServiceMaxx™ or using a multimeter to measure circuits and also to visually monitor
movement on some actuators. This test does not display pass or fail results and user will need to cancel test
before running any other test. The KOEO Standard Test must be performed before this test is allowed to run.

Actuators that cycle during this test:


• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
• Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP)
• Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG)
• Engine Injection Control Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)

Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle diagnostic connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test Procedure
1. Perform KOEO Standard test (Figure 677).
2000 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 682 Menu – Select Test

Figure 683 Menu – Select Test

2. Once test is complete, select Tests > KOEO Tests > Output State High Test (Figure 683) or select Tests >
KOEO Tests > Output State Low Test (Figure 682).
3. Monitor signals, verify visual movement or make measurements as needed.
4. Allow test to run for a minimum of 30 seconds before stopping testing.

Expected Outcome
Actuators will cycle to their high or low state as commanded; signals will show the command to high or low state
and remain steady while test is active.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2001

Continuous Monitor

Overview
The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Continuous Monitoring – Intermittence Sensor Diagnostics test is used to detect
sensor intermittent faults. During this test, sensor voltages are continuously monitored. This test provides a
graphical view of all signals and allows the technician to detect intermittent spiking or monetary loss of signal.
Perform this test while wiggling connectors, wiring, and harnesses of the suspected faulty component.
NOTE: A sensor fault that goes out of range high or low will cause the voltage signal to display Error. The
Continuous Monitor Test will force all sensor voltage to display actual voltages.
NOTE: This test does not work on early calibrations. Out of Range HIGH and Out of Range LOW faults will
display during this test until early 2015.

Figure 684 KOEO Continuous Monitor Test Home Screen


2002 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Position Sensor Voltages are Monitored:


• Accelerator Pedal Position 1
• Accelerator Pedal Position 2
• Engine Throttle Position
• Remote Pedal Sensor (If equipped)

Pressure Sensor Voltages are Monitored:


• Aftertreatment (AFT) Fuel Pressure 1
• AFT Fuel Pressure 2
• Barometric Absolute Pressure
• Diesel Fuel Particulate (DPF) Differential Pressure
• DPF Outlet Pressure
• Engine Control Brake Pressure
• Engine Oil Pressure
• Exhaust Back Pressure
• Fuel Delivery Pressure
• Injection Control Pressure
• Intake Manifold Pressure
• Turbocharger 2 (TC2) Compressor Outlet Pressure

Temperature Sensor Voltages are Monitored:


• AFT Fuel Temperature
• Ambient Air Temperature
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1
• Engine Oil Temperature
• Exhaust Gas Temperature
• Intake Air Temperature
• Intake Manifold Temperature

Other Voltage Signals Monitored:


• Switched Battery
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2003

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.

Test Procedure

Figure 685 Menu – Select Test

1. Select: Tests > KOEO Tests > Continuous Monitor Test (Figure 685) from drop down menu.

Figure 686 Voltage Spike

2. Monitor suspect voltage signal while wiggling the wiring harness and connectors. If the circuit is interrupted,
the signal will spike.

Figure 687 Stop Test Button


2004 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

3. Test will run until cancelled by pressing the Stop test button (Figure 687).

Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2005

KOEO DEF Tank Heater Test

Overview
The Key-ON Engine-OFF (KOEO) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Heater Test is used to command the DEF
tank heater on, allowing a service technician to measure the voltage output to the DEF tank heater control valve
confirming the system is working correctly.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-compliant Interface Cable

Equipment Conditions
None
2006 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 688 DEF Tank Heater Test

Test Setup
1. Key-ON Engine-OFF (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2007

Test Procedure

Figure 689 Select Test

1. Select: Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > Actuator > DEF Tank Heater (Figure 689).
2. The DEF tank heater session will load on the screen.

Figure 690 Begin Test button

3. Adjust the desired test delay amount (Figure 690), if any delay is needed.
4. Press the Begin Test button (Figure 690) to begin the test.
5. This test does not display pass or fail results.

Expected Outcome
The test will complete successfully.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2008 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

KOEO Injector Test

Overview
Verify all 6 injectors are being electronically activated by the Engine Control Module (ECM). This test will activate
all injectors at the same time, then active each individual injector in order (1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6) for 2 seconds with
a 1 second pause in between. This is an audible test only (audible buzz sound) and will not activate any other
codes.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
• None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test Procedure
NOTE: The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Standard Test must be run before running this test.

Figure 691 Menu — Select Test

1. Select: Tests > KOEO Tests > Standard Test (Figure 691) .
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2009

Figure 692 Menu – Select Test

NOTE: This is an audible test only and does not load a special session.
2. Select: KOEO Injector Test (Figure 692) from drop-down menu.
3. Check fuel injectors for the following while test is active:
• Do not rapidly cycle (buzz)
• Make a single or few “clicks” and stop
• Are faint in sound as compared to other 5 injectors
• Exhibit an irregular or inconsistent rhythm
• Are activated out of order (correct order is 1 through 6 sequentially)
If any of the above conditions are present, go to next step.
If none of the above conditions are present, end diagnostic steps.

Figure 693 Menu – Test Complete

NOTE: This test does not display pass or fail results and will display test complete (Figure 693) when finished.
4. Remove valve cover (see Engine Service Manual).
5. Unplug first injector of suspect bank.
2010 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

6. Cycle key, and then select KOEO Injector Test from drop-down menu to repeat test.
• If two remaining injectors in suspect bank buzz, the unplugged injector has failed.
• If no injectors buzz, go to next step.
7. Reconnect first injector and disconnect next injector in same bank.
8. Cycle key, and then select KOEO Injector Test from drop-down menu to repeat test.
• Repeat steps 7 through 8 until failed injector is found.

Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully, and audible buzz will be heard from each injector.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2011

KOEO DCU Actuator Test – Actuator Output High and Low Diagnostics

Overview
The Key-On Engine OFF (KOEO) Doser Control Unit (DCU) Actuator test will enable the technician to cycle
any actuator high or low. Some actuators have variable positions. A technician can use a Digital Multimeter
(DMM) to measure changes in voltage or duty cycle, or visually monitor actuator movement while actuator is
commanded.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software.
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 694 Actuator Test


2012 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test Procedure

Figure 695 Menu – Select Test

1. Select: Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > Actuator > DCU Actuators (Figure 695).

Figure 696 Actuator Control Panel


1. Actuator selection
2. Actuator Delay Start Time
3. Actuator Duty Cycle control

2. Select desired actuator from control panel (Figure 696).


3. Steps 3-5 refer to Actuator Control Panel (Figure 696).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2013

4. Adjust amount of duty cycle you wish to control.


5. Adjust delay test start time, if a delay start time is desired.
6. Press the Start Test button to begin the test.

Figure 697 Test Complete

7. Actuator will cycle to commanded position for 5 seconds, before the Test Completed Successful (Figure
697) notification is displayed.
NOTE: This test does not display pass or fail results.
Expected Outcome
The test will complete successfully.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2014 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

KOEO DEF System Leak Test

Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) System Leak Test is used to prime DEF system and hold pressure so the system
can be checked for leaks. This test does not display pass or fail results.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start and log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test Procedure

Figure 698 Menu – Select Test

1. Select: Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF System Leak (Figure 698).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2015

Figure 699 Menu – Begin Test button

2. Select Begin Test button (Figure 699) to start testing.


3. Test will run for 20 minutes, but can be cancelled at any time.

Expected Outcome
DEF System Leak Test will prime and hold pressure on the system allowing for leaks to be detected visually.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2016 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

KOEO DEF Line Heater Test

Overview
The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Line Heater Test is used to command DEF Line
Heaters ON, allowing a service technician to measure voltage output to DEF Line heaters while confirming
system is working correctly.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start and log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test Procedure

Figure 700 Menu – Select Test

1. Select: Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Test > Actuator – DEF Line Heater (Figure 700).
2. DEF Line Heater session will load on the screen.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2017

Figure 701 Menu – Begin Test button

3. Adjust desired test delay amount, if any delay is needed (Figure 701).
4. Press Begin Test button to begin test (Figure 701).
5. This test does not display pass or fail results.

Expected Outcome
None

Follow-On Procedure
None
2018 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

KOEO DEF Reverting Control Valve Test

Overview
The Key-ON Engine-OFF (KOEO) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Reverting Control Valve Test is used to command
the DEF reverting valve on, allowing a service technician to measure the voltage output to the valve, which
confirms the system is working correctly.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 702 DEF Reverting Control Valve Test

Test Setup
1. Key-ON Engine-OFF (KOEO).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2019

2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test Procedure

Figure 703 Select Test

1. Select: Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Test, Actuator > DEF Reverting Valve (Figure 703).
2. The DEF Reverting Valve test session will load on the screen.

Figure 704 Begin Test Button

3. Adjust the desired test delay (Figure 704) amount, if any delay is needed.
4. Press the Begin Test button (Figure 704) to begin the test.
5. This test does not display pass or fail results.

Expected Outcome
The test will complete successfully.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2020 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

KOEO DEF Supply Pump Override Test

Overview
Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO), Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Supply Pump Override Test is used to measure DEF
flow rate for a fixed amount of time to ensure proper operation.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Conditions
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFD) from exhaust pipe and place it into a clean, graduated
cylinder or jar.
4. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test Procedure

Figure 705 Menu – Select Tests

1. Select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF Supply Pump Override.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2021

Figure 706 Begin Test button

2. Once session is loaded, click Begin Test button.


3. After you click Begin Test button, a new popup message will appear. Verify conditions are acceptable before
starting test. If Doser is safely placed into a fluid measuring container, click Begin Test button again to
proceed.
4. Test will run for 6 minutes.
5. When test is complete, measure amount of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injected into container.

Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully, injecting 100 ml of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) into measuring container.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2022 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Relative Compression Test

Overview
Measures cylinder balance to determine cylinder integrity. Test results are presented in graphical or numerical
displays. Graphs or numbers should be approximately the same, indicating well balanced and equal cylinders.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Figure 707 Relative Compression Test

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2023

2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Batteries must be charged (Use Battery charger if necessary).

Test Procedure

Figure 708 Menu — Select Test

1. Select: Tests > KOEO Tests > Relative Compression Test (Figure 708).

Figure 709 Test Instructions Popup Panel

2. Follow the instructions on the popup test panel (Figure 709) .


2024 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 710 Test Results

3. Results are measured on the down travel of each cylinder's power stroke (Figure 710). A cylinder with low
compression will be significantly lower then the others.

Figure 711 Test Complete

4. When test is complete (Figure 711), review test results.

Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2025

SCR Faults Reset Request Procedure

Overview
After diagnosing and repairing Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) faults, SCR Faults Reset Parameter will
have to be reprogrammed.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-compliant interface cable

Equipment Condition
• None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start and log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test Procedure
1. Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTCs) if any are displayed.

Figure 712 Sessions Menu

2. Sessions > Programming (Figure 712).


2026 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

3. Click on Service Interval tab.

Figure 713 Change Parameters Value

4. Change value on 95461 SCR Faults Reset Request from No to Yes (Figure 713).

Figure 714 Program Engine

5. Click Program Engine Button (Figure 714).


6. When programming is successful, turn Key OFF for minimum of 15 seconds.
7. Turn Key ON.
8. Clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).

Expected Outcome
Engine will program successfully and SCR faults will be reset.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2027

Engine Cranking Test

Overview
Monitors engine systems as engine is cranked to determine if systems are able to meet minimum starting
requirements.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2028 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Procedure

Figure 715 Sessions Menu

1. Select Sessions > Hard Start – No Start.


2. Select Tools > Start Recording Snapshot.
3. Crank engine for 10 seconds.
4. Select Tools > Stop Recording Snapshot.
5. Verify the following signals meet specification:
Signals:
• Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)
• Engine Speed (RPM)
• Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Position
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2029

• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)


• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) Control (Ctrl)
• Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP)
• Switch Battery (SWBAT)

Expected Outcome
All signal values meet specification.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2030 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Engine Running Tests


Air Management Test

Overview
Tests performance of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve by measuring changes in Mass Air Flow (MAF)
through the MAF sensor and sets fault codes as necessary.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Conditions
None

Figure 716 KOER Standard Test


2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2031

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Run engine until Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) is above 158°F (70°C).

Test Procedure

Figure 717 Select Test

1. Select: Tests > KOER Tests > Standard Test (page 2036).
2. After test is complete, select Tests > KOER Tests > Air Management Test.
3. Follow on screen instructions.

Figure 718 Test Complete

Expected Outcome
Test runs successfully, and no fault codes are set.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2032 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Air Management System Graph (GOOD)

Overview
This graph shows normal operation of the Air Management System (AMS) during the Air Management Test
(AMT). The AMT gives pass or fail results. It allows the user to validate the AMS by monitoring the effects each
actuator has on Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP). IMP is normally between 2 psi (14 kPa) to 6 psi (41 kPa) on
engine ramp up during AMT. If the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is not operating as designed, IMP will
not respond to changes in EGR valve position. When this occurs, excess soot will be generated by the engine
causing frequent regeneration of the aftertreatment system.
When EGR valve is commanded ON, verify Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) signal value drops. When EGR valve
is commanded ON, verify Mass Air Flow (MAF) Mean Value (MMV) drops. Calculate the difference between
MMV at a high point and a low point, then compare to the table below.
NOTE: EGR valve position will never read less than 35% and is considered closed.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup

Air Management Test Setup


Engine Difference of MAF Mean Values Tolerance
N9 1000 Less than 740 Fails AMS Test
N10 1130 Less than 850 Fails AMS Test

1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).


2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Perform air management test (if not already done and saved).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2033

Test Procedure

Figure 719 Air Management System Graph (Good)


1. Mass Air Flow Mean Value (MAF)
2. Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP)
3. Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Position (EGR)

1. Compare graph information with recorded data from test.


2. When EGR valve is commanded ON, verify IMP signal value drops.

Expected Outcome
A properly operating air management system graph will be very similar to the above graph.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2034 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Air Management System Graph (BAD)

Overview
This graph shows an Air Management System (AMS) not operating as designed during the Air Management
Test (AMT). The AMT gives pass or fail results. It allows the user to validate the AMS by monitoring the effects
each actuator has on Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP). IMP is normally between 2 psi (14 kPa) to 6 psi (41 kPa)
on engine ramp up during AMT. If the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is not operating as designed, IMP
will not respond to changes in EGR valve position. Excess soot will then be generated by the engine causing
frequent regeneration of the aftertreatment system.
When EGR valve is commanded ON, verify Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) signal value drops. In this graph,
IMP does not drop when EGR valve is commanded ON.
NOTE: EGR valve position will never read less than 35 percent and is considered closed.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Perform Air Management Test (AMT) if not already done and saved.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2035

Test Procedure

Figure 720 Air Management System Graph (Bad)


1. Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) 3. Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve
2. Mass Air Flow (MAF) (EGRV)

1. Compare graph information with recorded data from test.

Expected Outcome
An improperly-operating AMS graph will match this graph.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2036 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

KOER Standard Test

Overview
The Key On, Engine Running (KOER) Standard Test verifies performance of the Injection Control Pressure
(ICP) System. During this test, engine speed increases to 1500 RPM and the Engine Control Module (ECM)
commands the Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve to control ICP. The ICP Desired signal is the pressure
the ECM commanding. The ECM will command 4000 psi, then 1000 psi. The ECM monitors the ICP sensor
(Actual pressure) to validate the system’s ability to meet ICP desired.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-Compliant Interface Cable

Equipment Conditions
• Engine Speed (below 700 RPM)
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (above 158°F 70°C)
• Vehicle Not Moving
• Accelerator Pedal Position (0%)
• Brake Pedal (Released)
• Clutch Pedal (Released)
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2037

Test Setup

Figure 721 KOER Standard Test

1. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER).


2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
4. Start engine and warm Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) above 158°F (70°C).
2038 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Procedure

Figure 722 Menu — Select Test

1. Select: Tests > KOER Tests > Standard Test (Figure 722).

Figure 723 Test Complete

2. This test does not display pass or fail results and will display test complete (Figure 723) when finished.

Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2039

KOER Cylinder Cutout Test

Overview
The Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) Cylinder Cutout Test is an audible test only. This test can be used to help
pin-point cylinder imbalance issues, by disabling one injector at a time while monitoring effects on engine idle
quality. This test must not be used to validate performance of injectors. The Cylinder Performance Analyzer
(CPA) Tools is the required tool for Misfire Diagnostics. This test does not display pass or fail results and will
display test complete each time an injector is enabled.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-Compliant Interface Cable

Equipment Condition
• Engine Speed (below 700 RPM)
• Vehicle Not Moving
• Accelerator Pedal Position (0%)
• Brake Pedal (released)
• Clutch Pedal (released)

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
2040 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 724 Cylinder Cutout Test Home Screen

3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 1951).

Test Procedure

Figure 725 Menu – Select Test

1. Start engine.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2041

2. Select Tests > KOER Tests > Cylinder Cutout Test (Figure 725).

Figure 726 Test Control Panel

3. Injectors are disabled by clicking on desired injector from control panel (Figure 725).

Figure 727 Test Complete

Expected Outcome
The engine will lose RPM and an audible change will be heard every time an injector is disabled.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2042 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

KOER DSI System Test

Overview
The Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) Down Stream Injection (DSI) System Test can be used to validate
performance of the DSI system.

Figure 728 KOER DSI System Test

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2043

Equipment Conditions
NOTE: The conditions below are shown how they should be displayed on ServiceMaxx™ software screen.
1. Engine speed (below 700 RPM).
2. Vehicle not moving.
3. Accelerator pedal position (0%).
4. Brake pedal (Release).
5. Clutch pedal (Release).

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start and log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test Procedure

Figure 729 Menu – Select Test

1. Select: KOER Aftertreatment Tests > DSI System Test (Figure 729).

Figure 730 Test Results


2044 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

2. The test will validate the performance of DSI system (Figure 730), by cycling AFT Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO)
and Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC), while monitoring the effects on Aftertreatment Fuel
Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) and Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) sensors (Figure 730).
3. The test will display test results listed in result window during session (Figure 730).

Figure 731 Test Complete

4. Test complete popup is also displayed indicating test has completed successfully (Figure 731).

Expected Outcome
Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) test will complete without any problems occurring.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2045

KOER DSI Deaeration Procedure

Overview
The Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) Down Stream Injection (DSI) Deaeration Procedure can be used to purge
air from the system after the fuel system was opened from a previous repair.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
NOTE: The conditions below are shown as they should be displayed on the ServiceMaxx™ software screen.
1. Engine speed (below 700 RPM)
2. Vehicle not moving
3. Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) (0%)
4. Brake pedal released
5. Clutch pedal released
2046 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 732 DSI System Deaeration Procedure

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2047

Test Procedure

Figure 733 Menu – Select Procedure

1. Select: KOER Aftertreatment Procedures > DSI System De-Aeration (Figure 733) .
2. The procedure will cycle the AFT Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO) and Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure CTL (AFTFPC)
to purge air from the system.

Figure 734 Test Complete

3. This procedure does not display pass or fail results and will display Test Completed, Successful (Figure 734)
when finished.

Expected Outcome
Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) test will complete without any problems occurring.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2048 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

DPF Regeneration Procedure

Overview
This procedure is used to heat and clean the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF), and is helpful to monitor components
in the aftertreatment system.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, make sure parking brake is set, shift transmission
to neutral or park, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-Compliant Interface Cable

Equipment Condition
1. Engine Speed (below 700 RPM).
2. Engine Coolant Temperature (above 150°F 66°C).
3. No Inhibitors (Figure 737).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2049

Test Setup

Figure 735 Aftertreatment DPF Regeneration Procedure

1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).


2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2050 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Procedure

Figure 736 Select Procedure

1. Start and warm engine coolant temperature above 150°F / 66°C.


2. Select: Procedures > KOER Aftertreatment Procedure > DPF Regeneration (Figure 736) .

Figure 737 Menu – Inhibitors

3. Verify DPF Regeneration entry conditions are met and procedure is not inhibited (Figure 737).

Figure 738 Begin Test


2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2051

4. Press Begin Test button (Figure 738).


5. Engine Speed will ramp up to increase exhaust flow through the DPF. Procedure will run for 60 minutes and
will display any pass or fail results.

Expected Outcome
None

Follow-On Procedure
None
2052 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool

Overview
The Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool is a four-channel oscilloscope used to detect faults in various
electronically controlled components. When used with the proper software, the CPA tool helps technicians
diagnose engine systems by monitoring electrical signals from various engine-mounted sensors.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, never allow the metal sensor tee harness
connectors (BNC Connector) or the Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) tool ports to contact metal,
other sensor tee harness connectors, or ground.
CAUTION: To prevent damage, do not store the CPA tool in the engine compartment. Any exterior damage may
adversely affect the functionality of the tool and cause flawed test results.
CAUTION: Secure the Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) tool and test cables away from hot or moving parts
and any sources of radio frequency interference with cable ties while performing tests.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01

Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders and/or
passenger side inner fender to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2053

Test Setup

Figure 739 Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool


1. Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Tee Harness BNC connector
2. Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Tee Harness BNC connector
3. CPA BNC connector
4. CPA tool (Most current version does not have adjusting knobs)

1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle diagnostic connector (page 1979).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 1951).
2054 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Procedure

Figure 740 Camshaft Position Sensor 1


1. Camshaft position (CMP) sensor tee harness
2. CMP sensor

1. Connect Yellow Tee Harness 12-999-01-02 between Camshaft Position (CMP) (Figure 740) (Item 1) and
engine harness, making sure to tie it back from hot or moving parts.
2. Securely connect metal end to connector on Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) tool labeled Cam Sensor.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2055

Figure 741 Crankshaft Position Sensor


1. Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor tee harness
2. CKP sensor

3. Connect Black Tee Harness 12-999-01-03 between Crankshaft Position (CKP) (Figure 741) (Item 1) and
engine harness, making sure to tie it back from hot or moving parts.
4. Securely connect metal end to connector on CPA Tool labeled Crank Sensor.
5. Connect USB cable from CPA Tool to Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software.
• Ensure light on CPA Tool (Figure 739) is flashing.
6. If doing CPA High Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) Test, connect HPOP Test Harness 12–999–01–04 between
engine harness and CPA Tool.
7. Recheck your test cable connections and routing to ensure they do not come in contact with hot or moving
parts or unnecessary radio frequency interference.

Expected Outcome
Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) tool test harnesses will be properly connected to perform standard tests.

Follow-on Procedure
Perform CPA Tool tests.
2056 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

CPA Cold Idle Test

Overview
Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Cold Idle Test detects faults with cylinder combustion during idle speed,
and is usually performed if customer complaint includes a misfire during cold idle. When required, the CPA Cold
Idle Test should be performed before the Signal Check.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01

Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders and/or
passenger side inner fender to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.

Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 1951).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) (page 2052) tool.

Figure 742 ServiceMaxx™ Menu

4. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 742).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2057

Figure 743 Information Text Fields

5. Fill in Dealer location, operator / technician Information and Customer Complaint text fields (Figure 743).
6. Verify Vehicle Data matches the information in text fields (Figure 743).
2058 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 744 Test Description Text Fields


1. Detailed Test Description / Test Comments Field
2. Brief Test Description Text Field

7. Enter information into Brief Test Description (item 2) and Detailed Test Description / Test Comments (item
1) text fields (Figure 744).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2059

Test Procedure

Figure 745 Test List

1. Select Cold Idle from Test List (Figure 745).


2. Start engine.
2060 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 746 Start Test Window

3. Click button on bottom left corner to Start Test (Figure 746).


4. Follow on screen instructions to complete test.
5. When End of Test text field appears, enter any final details about the test.
6. Click Return button to return to Home screen and view test results.

Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully, return to step based diagnostics with test information, or continue Cylinder
Performance Analyzer (CPA) diagnostics as needed. Green cylinders indicate no defects were found; a red
cylinder indicates a problem with that cylinder (may or may not be an injector); and light blue cylinders indicates
high engine speed fluctuations, but no problem with a particular cylinder.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2061

CPA Signal Check

Overview
Signal check ensures information from Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor and Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor
are being read properly by the Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) program and are not distorted. Signal
check must be performed before the full load to highway speed test, or any other test involving the vehicle being
driven. CPA software will only recognize, for a limited time, that Signal Check has been completed before it
resets and inhibits any test involving the vehicle being driven.

Tools Required
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders and/or
passenger side inner fender in order to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.

Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 1951).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit (Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA)
Tool, page 2052).

Figure 747 ServiceMaxx™ Software Menu for CPA


2062 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

4. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 747).

Figure 748 Information Text Fields

5. Fill in dealer location, operator/technician information and customer complaint text fields (Figure 748).
6. Verify vehicle data matches information in text fields (Figure 748).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2063

Figure 749 Test Description Text Fields


1. Detailed Test Description/Test Comments text Field
2. Brief Test Description text Field

7. Enter information into brief test description (item 2) and detailed test description/test comments (item 1) text
fields (Figure 749).

Test Procedure

Figure 750 Cylinder Performance Analyzer

Later generations of the CPA tool do not have adjusting knobs. If using a tool with adjusting knobs, proper
calibration is rotated fully to the right (clockwise) (Figure 750).
2064 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 751 Test List

1. Select Signal Check from Test List (Figure 751).


2. Start engine.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2065

Figure 752 Start Test Window

3. Click button on bottom left corner to start test (Figure 752).


2066 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 753 Signal Test Instructions

4. Follow on-screen instructions to complete test. (Figure 753)


5. When End of Test text field appears, enter any final details about the test.
6. Click Return button to return to home screen and view test results.

Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully, signal adjustment will be made, and any road test can be performed after test is run.
Return to step based diagnostics or continue with Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) diagnostics as needed.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2067

CPA Hot Idle Test

Overview
Detects faults with cylinder combustion during idle speed with engine at or above operating temperature, and
is usually performed if customer complaint includes a misfire during hot idle. CPA Signal Check should be
performed before CPA Hot Idle Test.

Tools Required
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fender and / or
passenger side inner fender in order to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.

Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 1951).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool 12-999-01 (page 2052).

Figure 754 ServiceMaxx™ Menu

4. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 754).
2068 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 755 Information Text Fields

5. Input dealer location, operator / technician and customer complaints in appropriate text fields (Figure 755).
6. Verify Vehicle Data (Figure 755) matches information in text fields.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2069

Figure 756 Test Description Text Fields


1. Detailed Test Description / Test Comments field
2. Brief Test Description field

7. Enter information into Brief Test Description (item 2) and Detailed Test Description / Test Comments (item
1) text fields that describe what and why you are testing (Figure 756).
8. Ensure engine coolant temperature is above 180°F (82°C), if not, run engine to reach operating temperature.
9. If necessary, perform CPA Signal Check (page 2061).
2070 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Procedure

Figure 757 Test List

1. Select Hot Idle from Test List (Figure 757).


2. If engine is not running, start engine.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2071

Figure 758 Start Test Window

3. Click button on bottom left corner to start test (Figure 758).


4. Follow on-screen instructions to complete this test.
5. When End of Test text field appears, enter any final details about test.
6. Click Return button to go back to home screen and view test results.

Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully. Return to step based diagnostics with test information or continue Cylinder
Performance Analyzer (CPA) diagnostics as needed. Green cylinders indicate no defects were found; a red
cylinder indicates a problem with that cylinder (may or may not be an injector); and light blue cylinders indicates
high engine speed fluctuations, but no problem with a particular cylinder.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2072 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

CPA Road Test

Overview
The Full Load to Highway Speed Test is used to detect faults with cylinder combustion during acceleration,
under a load. The signal check must be performed before this test. Testing will stop automatically once vehicle
reaches highway speed and/or all necessary data has been collected. The Cylinder Performance Analyzer
(CPA) software will only recognize for a limited time that signal check has been completed before it will reset
and inhibit any test that involves vehicle being driven.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not exceed local speed limits, disobey traffic
laws or drive too fast for conditions while performing this test.

Tools Required
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
Depending on the truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders
and/or passenger side inner fender in order to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.

Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 1951).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit (page 2052) 12-999-01.

Figure 760 ServiceMaxx™ Menu


2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2073

4. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 760).

Figure 761 Information Text Fields

5. Fill in dealer location, operator/technician information and customer complaint in text fields (Figure 761).
6. Verify vehicle data matches information in text fields (Figure 761).
2074 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 762 Test List


1. Detailed Test Description / Test Comments field
2. Brief Test Description field

7. Enter information into brief test description (item 2) and detailed test description/test comments (item 1) text
fields (Figure 762).
8. If necessary, perform CPA Signal Check (CPA Signal Check, page 2061).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2075

Test Procedure

Figure 763 Test List

1. Select Full Load to Highway Speed test from Test List (Figure 763).
2. Start engine.
2076 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 764 Start Test Window

3. Click button on the bottom left corner to start test (Figure 764).
4. Follow on-screen instructions to complete test.
5. When End of Test text field appears, enter any final details about test.
6. Click Return button to return to home screen and view test results.

Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully and will automatically stop when necessary data has been recorded. Review
test results and return to step-based diagnostics or continue with Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) testing
as needed.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2077

CPA Advanced Testing

Overview
Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) advanced testing can be used with or without the guidance of Navistar®
Technical Services. This allows the user to test other sensor signals to perform a wider variety of diagnostics.
Technician can not view data taken on sensor ports 3 and 4 without contacting tech central support.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01

Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders and/or
passenger side inner fender to properly connect and safely route test cables into the cab.

Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 1951).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) (page 2052) tool.
4. Connect Extension Harness 12-999-01-05 and 2-Pin Banana Plug 12-999-01-06 to sensor(s) you wish to
monitor and to CPA tool, ensuring to route them away from hot or moving parts.

Figure 765 ServiceMaxx™ Menu

5. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 765).
2078 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 766 Information Text Fields

6. Fill in dealer location, operator / technician information and customer complaint text fields (Figure 766).
7. Verify vehicle data matches information in text fields (Figure 766).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2079

Figure 767 Test Description Text Fields


1. Detailed Test Description / Test Comments field
2. Brief Test Description field

8. Enter information into Brief Test Description (item 2) and Detailed Test Description / Test Comments (item
1) text fields (Figure 767).

Test Procedure

Figure 768 Sensor 3 and Sensor 4 data fields


1. Sensor 3 and 4 check box
2. Sensor connected

1. Add data for sensor(s) connected in the field for Sensor 3 and Sensor 4 (Figure 768), if needed.
2080 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 769 Test List

2. Select User Defined in the drop-down list of Tests (Figure 769).


3. Start Engine.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2081

Figure 770 Start Test Window

4. Click button on bottom left corner to start test (Figure 770).


5. Follow on-screen instructions to complete this test.
6. When End of Test text field appears, you can enter any final details about the test.
7. Click Return button to return to Home screen and view test results.

Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully, return to step based diagnostics with test information, or continue Cylinder
Performance Analyzer (CPA) diagnostics as needed. Green cylinders indicate no defects were found; a red
cylinder indicates a problem with that cylinder (may or may not be an injector); and light blue cylinders indicates
high engine speed fluctuations, but no problem with a particular cylinder.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2082 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

CPA High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) Test

Overview
Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) – High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) Test is a group of tests used to
diagnose defects in the high-pressure oil system consisting of the Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) Engine
Control Module (ECM) Powered test, IPR (Full Fielded) test, IPR Block Off Adaptor Installed test, and Pump
Deadheaded test. It may not be necessary to perform all tests in the CPA HPOP Test. If software detects a
fault in the high-pressure oil system during any test, a Warranty Authorization Code (WAC) will be generated.
Other faults will be displayed in the Summary Text Box. If no fault is found, the software will recommend
performing the next test in the series.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit – 12-999-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• IPR Blockoff Adaptor with Integrated ICP Sensor Kit
NOTE: Avoid using laptop chargers, vehicle chargers, power supplies, or power inverters during test as these
may cause interference with the CPA tool.
Equipment Condition
1. Charge Electronic Service Tool (EST) and vehicle batteries.
2. Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders
and/or passenger side inner fender to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.
3. If new IPR valve was recently installed, a 20+ mile break-in drive is recommended before running the CPA
HPOP Test.

Test Setup
1. Disconnect battery charger and EST power cord.
2. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector and log in. (page 1979).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool 12-999-01 (page 2052).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2083

Figure 771 ServiceMaxx™ Menu

4. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 771).
2084 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 772 Vehicle Data Text Fields

5. Verify vehicle data matches information in text fields (Figure 772).


6. Fill in Dealer name and location, technician / operator information and customer complaints in the appropriate
text fields (Figure 772) and click Proceed.

Test Procedure

Figure 773 CPA Tools Menu


2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2085

1. Select: Tools > HPOP Tests (Figure 773).

Figure 774 Enter Symptom Screen

2. Select appropriate symptom.


3. Review notes for symptom selected.
4. Click Proceed button.
2086 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 775 Instructions to Set-up and Perform Tests

NOTE: Hold down Shift key and click the summary text box for instructions and setup pictures.
5. Follow on-screen instructions (Figure 775) to prepare to run this group of tests.
6. Click Start Test button on bottom left corner.
7. Follow on-screen instructions (Figure 775) to complete this test.
8. When End of Test text field appears, enter details about the test.
9. Follow on screen instructions.

Expected Outcome
Tests will run successfully, identifying a failed component or sending the user to the next test in the sequence.
When this series is complete, return to step-based diagnostics.

Follow-on Procedure
CPA software automatically records completed HPOP tests to a .zip file starting with the last 8 digits of VIN.
Files are located in: C:\Engine Cylinder Performance Analyzer\
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2087

Record Snapshot of Engine Running Data

Overview
Record engine running data to be referenced now and in the future. Recreate engine running problem during
the test if possible.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
2088 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Procedure

Figure 776 Sessions Menu

1. Select: Sessions > Performance (Figure 776).


2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2089

Figure 777 Start Recording

2. Select: Tools > Start Recording Snapshot (Figure 777).


3. Recreate engine running problem.
2090 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 778 Stop Recording

4. Select: Tools > Stop Recording Snapshot (Figure 778).

Expected Outcome
Engine running values will be within specification. Save Snapshot for reference later in diagnostic procedures.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2091

Road Test
0 to 60 MPH Test

Overview
This test checks for unacceptable performance under a load at rated speed, and requires operation of the vehicle.
Use record feature in ServiceMaxx™ while driving on an open stretch of road trying to reproduce complaint.
Signals are recorded so they can be analyzed to determine which system is causing faults.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not exceed local speed limit laws or drive too
fast for conditions when performing 0 to 60 MPH Test.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
4. Run engine until Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is above 158°F (70°C).

Test Procedure
1. Drive vehicle to a suitable and safe location to perform test.
2. Pull over to side of road.
2092 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 779 Menu – Select Performance

3. Select: Sessions > Performance (Figure 779).


2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2093

Figure 780 Menu – Select Start Recording Snapshot

4. Select Tools > Start Recording Snapshot (Figure 780).


5. When it is safe to do so, accelerate from 0 MPH to maximum allowed highway speed.
6. Repeat as necessary to reproduce complaint.
2094 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 781 Menu – Select Stop Recording Snapshot

7. After test is complete, Select Tools > Stop Recording Snapshot (Figure 781) and save snapshot in EST.
8. Return to shop and review snapshot data.

Expected Outcome
Safely perform road test and record data for analysis.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2095

0 to 60 MPH ICP and ICPD Graph

Overview
This graph shows an Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system operating as designed, and is a representation only,
no two graphs will be exactly alike. This test does not give pass or fail results, it only allows the user to validate
ICP and Injection Control Pressure Desired (ICPD) signal values under load. As engine rpm increases, ICP
should steadily increase. Low ICP will cause low Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP). Diagnose low ICP concerns
before diagnosing low IMP concerns.
NOTE: Analyze 0 to 60 MPH test signal values only during acceleration, and not during deceleration or shifting.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
4. If not done previously, perform 0 to 60 MPH Test (page 2091) and save recording.
2096 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Procedure

Figure 782 Injection Control Pressure and Injection Control Pressure Desired Graph
1. Injection Pressure Regulator 2. Injection Control Pressure 4. Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
(IPR) Valve control (percent) Desired (ICPD) [Green] [Purple]
[Blue] 3. Engine Speed (RPM) [Orange]

1. Verify if ICP is within 150 psi (1,034 kPa) of ICPD signal value during acceleration.
2. Verify if Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve control is less than 80 percent.
3. Compare graph information with recorded data from test.

Expected Outcome
A properly-operating ICP system will closely resemble this graph.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2097

0 to 60 MPH, RPM, Load, IMP, EBP, and APP1 Graph

Overview
This graph shows the Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) signal value operating as designed, and is a representation
only, no two graphs will be exactly alike. This test does not give pass or fail results, it only allows the user to
validate the IMP signal value under load. Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) signal value must be 99.6%
to successfully reach peak boost during this test. Low IMP can be the result of low Injection Control Pressure
(ICP). Diagnose low ICP concerns before diagnosing low IMP concerns. IMP can vary based on ECM calibration
and vehicle weight. Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor turbocharger
wastegate operation to verify low boost; IMP signal value may be as low as 29 psi (200 kPa) on lower horsepower
configurations; Analyze 0 to 60 MPH Test signal values only during acceleration, not deceleration or shifting.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
4. If not done previously, perform 0 to 60 MPH Test (page 2091) and save recording.
2098 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Procedure

Figure 783 Intake Manifold Pressure Graph


1. Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) (percent) [Orange]
2. Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) (psi) [Red]
3. Engine Load (percent) [Blue]
4. Engine Speed (RPM) [Green]
5. Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) (psi) [Purple]

1. Verify IMP signal value is between 29 psi (200 kPa) to 42 psi (289 kPa), with APP1 signal value at 99.6 %,
and engine speed between 1800 rpm to 2200 rpm.
2. Verify Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) is less than 70 psi (482 kPa), with APP1 signal value at 99.6 %, and
engine speed between 1800 rpm to 2200 rpm.
3. Compare graph information with recorded data from test.

Expected Outcome
Properly operating system signals will closely resemble this graph.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2099

Follow-On Procedure
None
2100 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Normal Exhaust Gas Temperature Graph

Overview
This graph shows an aftertreatment system operating as designed, and does not give pass or fail results. It only
allows the user to validate operation of the aftertreatment system by monitoring exhaust gas temperatures.
NOTE: It is normal to see Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT), Diesel Particulate Filter Intake
Temperature (DPFIT), and Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) signal values fluctuate at the
beginning and end of the Onboard Filter Cleanliness Test (OBFCT). A snapshot is recorded below with Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) soot load level 1.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ (page 1951).
4. Perform Onboard Filter Cleanliness Test (OBFCT) (page 2048) if not already done and saved.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2101

Test Procedure

Figure 784 Normal Exhaust Gas Temperatures


1. Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake 2. Diesel Particulate Filter Intake 3. Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Temperature (DOCIT) (degrees Temperature (DPFIT) (degrees Temperature (DPFOT) (degrees
Fahrenheit) Fahrenheit) Fahrenheit)

1. Compare graph information with recorded data from test.


2. After Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) reaches operating temperature and stabilizes, verify DPFIT signal
value is at approximate target temperature for current soot load level (see Soot Load Level vs. Exhaust Gas
Target Temperature Chart).
3. Verify DOCIT signal value is between 550°F (287°C) to 800°F (427°C).

Expected Outcome
An aftertreatment system that is working properly will have signals that will be close to this graph.
2102 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2103

Erratic Exhaust Gas Temperatures Graph

Overview
This graph shows erratic exhaust gas temperatures. Erratic temperatures in the exhaust stream occur when
the Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) becomes contaminated, or an issue with the Aftertreatment Fuel Injector
(AFI) is present. This test does not give pass or fail results. It only allows the user to validate operation of the
aftertreatment system by monitoring exhaust gas temperatures.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ (page 1951).
4. Perform Onboard Filter Cleanliness Test (OBFCT) (page 2048) if not already done and saved.
2104 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Procedure

Figure 785 Graph Information Identification


1. Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) (degrees Fahrenheit)
2. Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) (degrees Fahrenheit)
3. Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT) (degrees Fahrenheit)

1. Compare graph information with recorded data from test.


2. After Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) reaches operating temperature, verify Diesel Particulate Filter Intake
Temperature (DPFIT) and Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) signal values do not
fluctuate more than 50°F (10°C) within 2 minutes. In this graph, DPFIT and DPFOT fluctuate more than
50°F (10°C) within 2 minutes.

Expected Outcome
Exhaust gas temperatures that fluctuate more than specified will have signal values that match this graph.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2105

Follow-On Procedure
None
2106 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Low Exhaust Gas Temperatures Graph

Overview
This graph shows low exhaust gas temperatures indicating a restricted Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFI). Low
temperatures in the exhaust stream occur when fuel flow from the AFI is restricted, resulting in less fuel burning
in the exhaust stream. This test does not give pass or fail results. It only allows the user to validate operation of
the aftertreatment system by monitoring exhaust gas temperatures.
NOTE: It is normal to see Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT), Diesel Particulate Filter Intake
Temperature (DPFIT), and Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) signal values fluctuate at the
beginning and end of the Onboard Filter Cleanliness Test (OBFCT). A snapshot is recorded below with Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) soot load level 1.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
4. Perform OBFCT (page 2048) if not already done and saved.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2107

Test Procedure

Figure 786 Low Exhaust Gas Temperatures


1. Diesel Particulate Filter Intake 2. Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet 3. Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake
Temperature (DPFIT) (degrees Temperature (DPFOT) (degrees Temperature (DOCIT) (degrees
Fahrenheit) Fahrenheit) Fahrenheit)

1. Compare graph information with recorded data from test.


2. After Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) reaches operating temperature and stabilizes, verify DPFIT signal
value is at approximate target temperature for current soot load level (see Soot Load Level vs. Exhaust Gas
Target Temperature Chart).
3. Verify DOCIT signal value is between 550°F (287°C) to 800°F (427°C).

Expected Outcome
An aftertreatment system with low exhaust gas temperatures indicative of a restricted AFI, will have signal values
that match this graph .
2108 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2109

Air Control Valve (ACV) Test


Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Test

Overview
This test measures the performance of the Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV). This visual and functional test
uses pre-programmed actions of the Engine Control Module (ECM) to cycle the EBPV three times after the key
is turned off. In recent calibration releases EBPV only cycles at or above an ECT of 140°F (60°C).

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
Remove truck-mounted components as necessary to have a clear view, and to allow access to EBPV.

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Ensure air tanks are full.

Test Procedure

Figure 787 Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)

1. Start engine and warm above 140°F (60°C).


2. Shut engine off and visually monitor EBPV (Figure 787) for movement (if necessary, use a helper):
• If EBPV cycles fully open and fully closed, it is working.
• If EBPV does not cycle, go to next step.
3. Disconnect air supply to EBPV.
4. Start engine and let it idle for a minimum of 5 seconds.
5. Shut engine off and check for airflow to the EBPV (if necessary, use a helper):
• If airflow cannot be heard or felt, go to EBPV control diagnostics.
2110 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

• If airflow can be heard or felt go to next step.


6. Check EBPV and linkage for binding and sticking.

Expected Outcome
The EBPV will cycle fully open and closed three times when the key is turned off. In recent calibration releases
EBPV only cycles at or above an ECT of 140°F (60° C).

Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2111

Boost Control System Test

Overview
Verify operation and condition of boost control system. This test is made up of multiple inspections and tests
to determine root cause of boost control system failures. All tests may not need to be performed. If any test
identifies a failed component, replace that component and retest for original symptom.
CAUTION: Limit supply air pressure to 21.5 psi (148 kPa) to prevent damage to system lines, hoses, and
Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) solenoid.

Tools Required
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
None
2112 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Procedure

Figure 788 Boost Control System Lines - Shown with Interstage Cooler (ISC) Removed for Clarity
1. Supply line 2. Dump line 3. Wastegate actuator line

1. Perform visual inspection of Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) solenoid supply line, Wastegate Actuator
and dump lines (Figure 788).
2. Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) Operational Test (page 2114). If test passes, got to step 5.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2113

Figure 789 Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) Solenoid


1. Supply port
2. Electrical connector
3. Wastegate actuator port
4. Dump port

3. Check electrical connector (Figure 789) (Item 2) for bent, loose, damaged, or corroded pins and repair as
needed.
4. Start Engine and blow air pressure (22 psi or 150 kPa) through supply line. Air should not pass through
solenoid. If air passes through, replace TC2WG solenoid.
5. Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) Solenoid Test (page 2118). If test passes, got to step 6.
6. Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) Isolated Actuator Test (page 2119). If test passes, go to Step
7.
7. Perform Exhaust Back Pressure Valve Operation Test (page 2109).

Expected Outcome
Testing will diagnose faulty component causing failure of boost control system.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2114 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Operational Test

Overview
Verify turbocharger wastegate is operating properly. This test verifies appropriate travel of wastegate actuator
rod. Actuator rod travel should match specification.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.

Tools Required
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409
• Measuring tool (ruler)

Equipment Condition
Remove any necessary truck components to achieve a clear view of and to reach turbocharger wastegate
actuator.

Test Setup

Figure 790 ZTSE4409


2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2115

Figure 791 Installing Pressure Gauge ZTSE4409


1. Pressure Test Gauge connected to air supply

1. Install Pressure Test Gauge ZTSE4409 (Figure 791) (Item 1) to wastegate actuator air supply, and then
connect to regulated air pressure.
2116 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 792 Marking Actuator Rod


1. Actuator rod mark

2. Mark actuator rod (Figure 794) (Item 1) at base of actuator.


3. Inspect air hoses for chafing, leaks, and splits.

Test Procedure
1. Apply 21.5 psi (148 kPa) of regulated air pressure to actuator.
2. Measure actuator rod movement.

Expected Outcome
Turbocharger wastegate actuator rod will travel its full range of motion and stop in a seated position without
sticking or shuddering. Length of travel will match specification.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2117

Follow-On Procedure
None
2118 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Solenoid Test

Overview
Test for proper operation of turbocharger Wastegate Position system. This test verifies air and electrical controls
of turbocharger wastegate. ServiceMaxx™ software commands system on and off.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Pressure Test Kit - ZTSE4409

Equipment Condition
Remove any necessary truck components to achieve a clear view and reach to turbocharger wastegate actuator
and control valve.

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Attach pressure test kit to Supply hose to TC2WG solenoid.
3. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
4. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.

Test Procedure
1. Perform KOEO Standard Test (Figure 677)
2. Supply 21.5 psi (148 kPa) to TC2WG solenoid.
3. After test is complete, perform KOEO Output State Low Test (Figure 682) and visually monitor turbocharger
wastegate actuator.
4. Perform KOEO Output State High Test (Figure 683) and visually monitor turbocharger wastegate actuator.
5. Supply 8 psi (55 kPa) to TC2WG solenoid.
6. Perform KOEO Output State Low Test (Figure 682), actuator should NOT move.
7. Perform KOEO Output State High Test (Figure 683), actuator should NOT move.

Expected Outcome
The turbocharger wastegate actuator will cycle fully open and closed during Output State Low and High Tests
with 21.5 psi (148 kPa) supplied to it, indicating it is working properly.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2119

Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Isolated Actuator Test

Overview
This test checks for which part of wastegate system not functioning correctly by isolating and checking primary
components.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.

Tools Required
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409
• Measuring tool (ruler)

Equipment Condition
Remove any necessary truck components to achieve a clear view of and to reach turbocharger wastegate
actuator.
2120 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Setup

Figure 793 Installing Pressure Gauge ZTSE4409


1. Turbocharger Wastegate
Actuator

1. Install Pressure Test Gauge (ZTSE4409) directly to wastegate actuator (Figure 793) (Item 1), and connect
to regulated air pressure.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2121

Figure 794 Marking Actuator Rod


1. Actuator rod mark

2. Mark actuator rod (Figure 794) (Item 1) at the base of actuator.


3. Inspect air hoses for chafing, leaks, and splits.

Test Procedure
1. Apply 21.5 psi (148 kPa) of regulated air pressure to actuator.
2. Measure actuator rod movement.
3. Relieve regulated air pressure from actuator.
2122 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 795 Actuator Rod Removal

4. If rod does not move, remove actuator rod (Figure 795) from turbocharger wastegate arm (see Engine
Service Manual).
5. Move turbocharger wastegate lever by hand.

Expected Outcome
Turbocharger wastegate actuator moves without sticking or shuddering. Turbocharger wastegate lever moves
freely by hand.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2123

KOER MAF Sensor Calibrations

Overview
The Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor directly monitors the air entering the engine. The MAF sensor is used to
calculate the amount and density of the incoming air. The Engine Control Module (ECM) uses this information
to calculate the correct amount of Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) during engine operation. This test displays
pass, fail or abort results.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software.
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
• Engine speed below 700 RPM
• Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) Standard Test run.
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) at or above 158°F (70°C)
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) above 176°F (80°C)
• Vehicle not moving
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) at 0%
• Brake pedal released
• Clutch pedal released

MAF Calibration Pre-Checks


• No active fault codes, other than SPN 132 FMI 13.
• Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) at or above 58°F (14°C).
• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Status = regeneration not needed.
• No leaks in intake air system.
• No leaks in exhaust system.
• No shop exhaust hose attached.
• No engine performance issues.
• No engine misfire issues.
• Vehicle hood is closed.
• Transmission in Park or Neutral.
• Clutch pedal released
• Engine Fan OFF.
• Park Brake Applied.
• Power Takeoff (PTO) disabled.
2124 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

• Air conditioning OFF.


• Accelerator pedal not pressed
• Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor within Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) specification.
• Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor within KOEO specification.
• Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor within -22°F (-30°C) and 257°F (125°C)
• Snow Valve Off

Figure 796 MAF Sensor Calibration

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle diagnostic connector (page 1979).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software (page 1979).
4. Perform KOEO Standard Test (page 1991).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2125

Test Procedure

Figure 797 Menu – Select Test

1. Start engine and run to operating temperature.


2. Select Procedures > KOER Procedures > MAF Sensor Calibration (Figure 797).

Figure 798 Test Abort Temperature Out of Range

Figure 799 Test Complete

3. Click OK (Figure 799) when the test is complete to return to ServiceMaxx™ homescreen.

Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully and give pass results.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2126 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) Operational Test

Overview
This test commands the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve to perform a self-diagnostic routine and
broadcast a fault code if there is a problem. The test commands the EGR valve completely open, waits for
a significant dwell time, commands the EGR valve completely closed, waits for a significant dwell time, and
repeats the test multiple times. The long dwell times and repeating tests are important. A stuck EGR valve
will broadcast an SPN 2791 FMI 7 fault code. Allowing at least 30 seconds between Output State tests in
step 3 is critical. Output State tests will not finish without a minimum of 30 seconds between them. This is a
manually-controlled test.

Tool Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Perform KOEO Standard Test (page 1991).

Test Procedure
1. Key OFF for minimum of 45 seconds before testing.

Figure 800 Tests – Output State Low

2. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Output State Low Test (Figure 800) and wait 30 seconds for test to run.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2127

Figure 801 Tests – Output State High

3. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Output State High Test (Figure 801) and wait 30 seconds for test to run.
4. Repeat step 2 and step 3 in sequence three more times, waiting 30 seconds for each test to run.

Expected Outcome
A free-moving Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will not broadcast SPN 2971 FMI 7 during the EGRV
Operation Test. A stuck EGR valve will broadcast SPN 2971 FMI 7 fault code.

Follow-On Maintenance
None
2128 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Low-Pressure Fuel System Tests


Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test

Overview
Verifies proper operation of the Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) system. FDP must be within specification to ensure
proper performance of engine.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flame and
sparks.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION: Engine fluid (oil, fuel, and coolant) may be a hazard to human
health and the environment. Handle all fluid and other contaminated materials (e.g. filters rags)
in accordance with applicable regulations. Recycle or dispose of engine fluids, filters, and other
contaminated materials according to applicable regulations.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681
• Fuel / Oil Pressure Test Coupler (Compucheck) ZTSE4526
• Fuel Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4657
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2129

Test Setup

Figure 802 Fuel Pressure Gauge to Fuel Filter Module Connection


1. Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681
2. Fuel Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4657
3. Fuel / Oil Pressure Test Coupler ZTSE4526

1. Key OFF.
2. Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681 (Figure 802) (Item 1) connected to Fuel Filter Module test port.
3. Valve closed on fuel gauge.
4. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
5. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
2130 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Procedure

Figure 803 Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681

1. Turn Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) to energize fuel pump (pump will run for 10 to 20 seconds).
2. Monitor and record fuel pressure displayed on gauge.
3. Turn key Off for a minimum of 30 seconds, allowing Engine Control Module (ECM) to reset.
4. Electric Fuel Pump can also be commanded on by using Output State High Test in ServiceMaxx™ software.
5. Perform Output State High Test (page 1999) and monitor gauge and sensor signal in ServiceMaxx™
software.
6. Repeat as necessary to get an accurate and steady pressure reading.

Expected Outcome
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) will be within specifications (page 2266).

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2131

Fuel Pump Voltage Test

Overview
This test is used to determine if the Engine Control Module (ECM) is commanding the Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)
by measuring supply voltage to the EFP.
NOTE: Output state high test can be used to activate fuel pump.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) Breakout Harness ZTSE6023
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key OFF.
2. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE6023 between Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) and EFP harness connector.
3. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
4. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
2132 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Procedure

Figure 804 Pin-Point Test 1

1. Use ServiceMaxx™ and the Output State Test HIGH (page 1999) to command fuel pump On.
2. While Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) is energized, use Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure voltage between
Breakout Harness ZTSE6023, pin-6, and pin-1. Record measurement.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2133

Figure 805 Pin-Point Test 2

3. While EFP is energized, use Digital DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE6023, pin-4,
and pin-1. Record measurement.
4. Repeat steps 1–3 as necessary.

Expected Outcome
Voltage reading between pin-6 and pin-1 and voltage reading between pin-4 and pin-1 are within specifications.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2134 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Clean Fuel Source Test

Overview
Test verifies fuel supply system is not restricted (fuel tank, lines, and chassis-mounted filter (if equipped)), by
providing a clean unrestricted fuel source.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ Software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Clean Fuel Source Tool – 15–637–01
• Fuel Pressure Gauge – ZTSE4681
• Fuel Pressure Test Kit – ZTSE4657
• Fuel / Oil Pressure Test Coupler (Compucheck) – ZTSE4526

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software
4. Disconnect fuel inlet dry-break fitting from the fuel filter module.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2135

Figure 806 Fuel Filter Module


1. Fuel Supply Line/Clean Fuel Source Dry Break Fitting
2. Fuel inlet
3. Fuel Filter Module

5. Connect Clean Fuel Source Tool 15-637-01 (item 1) to fuel inlet (item 2) of fuel filter module (item 3) (Figure
806) and prime using primer bulb
2136 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 807 Fuel Pressure Gauge to Fuel Filter Module Connection


1. Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681
2. Fuel Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4657
3. Fuel/Oil Pressure Test Coupler ZTSE4526

6. Connect Fuel Pressure Gauge (Item 1) to Fuel Filter Module test port using Fuel Pressure Test Kit (item 2)
and Fuel/Oil Pressure Test Coupler (item 3).

Test Procedure
1. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Output State High Test (page 1999) to energize Electric Fuel Pump (EFP).
2. Observe fuel pressure reading while EFP is energized.
3. Activate EFP as many times as needed to record a consistent and accurate pressure reading.

Expected Outcome
Fuel pressure reading will be within specification (page 2268).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2137

Follow-on Procedure
None
2138 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Intake Air Heater (IAH) Tests


Intake Air Heater System Test

Overview
Verify operation of the Intake Air Heater (IAH) system. The IAH is commanded on by the Engine Control Module
(ECM) when Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is below 30°F (-1°C). This test uses diagnostic software to
command and monitor operation of the IAH system. This test can be performed without diagnostic software if
coolant temperature is below specification.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2139

Test Procedure

Figure 808 KOEO Standard Test Drop Down Menu

1. Select: Tests > KOEO Tests > Standard Test (Figure 808).
2. When test is complete, select Sessions > Hard Start – No Start.
3. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Intake Air Heater Test.
4. Follow the on-screen instructions in ServiceMaxx™ software.
5. Crank engine.
6. Monitor Air Intake Temperature (AIT).

Expected Outcome
Air Intake Temperature (AIT) will begin to rise when Intake Air Heater (IAH) system is On.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2140 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Intake Air Heater (IAH) Current Draw Test

Overview
Verify operation of Intake Air Heater (IAH) grid heating element. Using diagnostic software, digital multimeter
(DMM) amp clamp, this test commands and monitors Intake Air Heater System operation. Intake Air Heater Test
will command element on twice for 45 seconds.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
CAUTION: Performing multiple IAH Tests in ServiceMaxx™ will cause the element to overheat and damage it.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Amp Clamp ZTSE4575

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup

Figure 809 IAH Circut

1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).


2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2141

4. Amp Clamp connected to Digital Multimeter (DMM) and clamped onto relay output wire from IAH relay to
IAH grid heating element.

Test Procedure
1. Perform Key On-Engine-Off (KOEO) Standard Test (page 1991).

Figure 811 Sessions Menu

2. When test is complete, select Sessions > Hard Start – No Start (Figure 811).
2142 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 812 ServiceMaxx™ Tests Menu

3. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Intake Air Heater Test (Figure 812).
4. Follow on-screen instructions in ServiceMaxx™ software.
5. Measure amperage draw with Digital Multimeter (DMM).

Expected Outcome
Current draw is within specification (125 Amps + / – 30 Amps within 2 seconds).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2143

Intake Air Heater (IAH) Relay Test

Overview
The objective of this test is to determine if the Intake Air Heater (IAH) Relay is the source of an inoperative IAH
system. A defective IAH Relay is found by measuring voltages on both sides of relay to validate its performance.
All steps may not need to be performed. If any step condemns the relay, replace relay and retest.
CAUTION: Performing multiple IAH Tests with ServiceMaxx™ software will cause element to overheat.
Overheating element will damage it.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting, J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6025

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
3. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE6025 between Intake Air Heater (IAH) Relay and engine harness.
2144 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Procedure

Figure 813 Intake Air Heater (IAH) Circuit Diagram

1. Measure voltage on relay input side B+ to a known good ground. Is measurement approximately equal to
B+?
• Yes: Go to Step 2.
• No: Check B+ circuit for open, corrosion, or blown fuse.
2. Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) system test (page 2138). Measure voltage between relay output at heater
element and a known good ground. Is voltage equal to B+ or equal to voltage reading taken in Step 1?
• Yes: End diagnostic procedure.
• No: Go to Step 3.
3. Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) system test. Measure voltage between IAH Relay input terminal and IAH
relay output terminal. Is voltage under 1 volt?
• Yes: Go to Step 4.
• No: Replace relay.
4. Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) system test. Measure voltage between IAH Relay input terminal and a
known good ground. Is voltage within 1 volt of B+?
• Yes: Go to Step 5.
• No: Check B+ circuit for poor connections.
5. Measure voltage between pin-1 and battery positive. Is voltage equal to B+?
• Yes: Go to Step 4.
• No: Check for an open between relay coil connector pin-1 and ground.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2145

6. Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) system test (page 2138). Measure voltage between relay coil connector
pin-1 and pin-2. Is voltage equal to B+?
• Yes: End diagnostic procedure.
• No: Go to diagnostics for SPN 729 FMI 5 (page 1293).

Expected Outcome
There will be power and ground to coil side of relay when Intake Air Heater Test (IAH) is run. There will also
be constant power to input side of relay. That power will transfer to output terminal for heating element when
control circuit is commanded on.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2146 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) Pressure Test

Overview
This test verifies the High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler’s (HPCAC) internal integrity by using compressed air to
check for defects and leaks.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, keep hoses and mating surfaces clear of oil and
grease.

Tools Required
• 09–925–01 Cleaning Adapter Kit with Charge Air Cooler Pressure Test Kit – (ZTSE4341)
• Spray bottle with soapy water

Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2147

Test Setup

Figure 814 CAC Cleaning Adapter Kit (Off Chassis) 09–925–01 With CAC Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4341
Included
1. CAC Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4341

1. Install Charge Air Cooler Pressure Test Kit to HPCAC.


2. Adjust air regulator valve to lowest setting.
3. Attach shop air to valve on gauge / regulator assembly.
2148 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Procedure

Figure 815 Bleed-Off Coupler Installed On HPCAC Inlet


1. Safety cable
2. Bleed-off coupler
3. T-clamp (2)
4. Small hose
5. High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) Inlet
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2149

Figure 816 CAC Pressure Test Kit Installed on HPCAC Outlet


1. Gauge / regulator assembly
2. Quick disconnect fitting
3. Gauge coupler
4. T-clamp (2)
5. Large hose
6. High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) Outlet
7. Safety cable
2150 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 817 Bleed-off Coupler Components


1. Bleed-off coupler
2. Bleed-off valve
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2151

Figure 818 Gauge / Regulator Assembly Connections


1. Air Valve
2. Air Regulator Knob
3. Gauge

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, attach safety cables to High-Pressure Charge Air
Cooler (HPCAC) or a known good anchor point.
CAUTION: Adjust air regulator valve to minimum setting before connecting shop air supply. Accidentally applying
high-pressure can damage tool components or HPCAC.
1. Open air valve slightly, slowly increasing to 30 psi (207 kPa).
2. Close air valve and monitor gauge reading for 15 seconds.
• Reading should not drop more than 5 psi.
• If reading falls more than 5 psi (34 kPa), spray connections and High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler
(HPCAC) with soapy water to determine point of leak (air bubbles should appear).
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 three times to verify reading.
2152 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

4. Open bleed-off valve slowly to release compressed air.

Expected Outcome
High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) will hold air pressure.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2153

Interstage Cooler (ISC) Pressure Test

Overview
Test Interstage Cooler (ISC) for air leaks using compressed air.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, tighten pressure test kit properly before testing.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, keep mating surfaces and hoses clear of oil and
grease.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.

WARNING: Warning: Limit compressed air pressure to 30 psi (207 kPa).

Tools Required
• Air pressure regulator
• Interstage Cooler Test Kit ZTSE4937
• Spray bottle with soapy water

Equipment Condition
None
2154 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Setup

Figure 819 ISC Test Kit Setup


1. Air Inlet Disc Plug 3. Air pressure regulator assembly 4. Air Inlet Disc Plug Retaining
2. Air Outlet Cover Bracket

1. Cover ISC air inlet with Air Inlet Disc Plug (Figure 819) (Item 1).
2. Install Air Inlet Disc Plug Retaining Bracket (Figure 819) (Item 4) on top of Air Inlet Disc Plug and tighten
clamping bolt to seal ISC air inlet.
3. Attach Air Outlet Cover (Figure 819) (Item 2) to ISC air outlet, and tighten bolts.
4. Connect air pressure regulator assembly (Figure 819) (Item 3) to Air Outlet Cover, and turn air regulator
valve to lowest setting.

Test Procedure
1. Connect shop air supply to air pressure regulator assembly.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2155

2. Slowly turn air regulator valve till pressure reaches 30 psi (207 kPa).
3. Close air regulator valve and monitor gauge for 15 seconds.
• If air pressure drops 5 psi (34 kPa) or more after 15 seconds, spray connections and ISC with a soapy
water to determine location of leak.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 twice to verify reading.
• If air pressure still drops 5 psi (34 kPa) or more after 15 seconds, replace ISC.

Expected Outcome
Technician will determine if ISC is leaking.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2156 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Crankcase Pressure Test

Overview
Determines if crankcase pressure is within specification to help determine worn or damaged internal engine
parts.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, when routing test line, do not crimp line, run line
too close to moving parts, or let line touch hot engine. Secure the Manometer and test line to not obstruct
vehicle operation.

Tools Required
• Crankcase Pressure Test Tool ZTSE4039
• Digital Manometer ZTSE2217
• Slack Tube® Manometer ZTSE2217A
• Standard shop bolt (to plug intake tube)

Equipment Condition
Remove any necessary truck-mounted components to access oil breather tubes and install test equipment.

Test Setup

Figure 820 ZTSE4039 (0.406 in. diameter)


1. To magnehelic gauge or manometer
2. To valve cover
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2157

Figure 821 Digital Manometer


2158 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 822 Slack Tube® Manometer (ZTSE2217A)

1. Perform Crankcase Oil Breather Separator Test.


NOTE: Ensure engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is at or above 158°F (70°C).
2. Turn engine OFF.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2159

Figure 823 Crankcase Pressure Test Adapter Installed


1. Breather elbow
2. Crankcase breather outlet tube
3. Digital Manometer
4. Crankcase Pressure Test Tool

3. Disconnect breather outlet tube from breather elbow.


4. Plug tube to prevent dirt ingestion.
5. Install crankcase pressure test adapter on breather outlet tube.
6. Install manometer to crankcase pressure test adapter.

Test Procedure
1. Start engine.
2. Press accelerator pedal to the floor and hold. While pedal is pressed to the floor, allow manometer reading
to stabilize then record pressure reading.
3. Turn engine OFF.
4. If engine has an air compressor, disconnect the compressor discharge line and repeat steps 1 through 4.
2160 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Expected Outcome
Engine crankcase pressure(s) will be within specification.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2161

General Test Procedures


Coolant Heater Assembly Test

Overview
Verify operation of the Engine Coolant Heater.

Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Engine must be cold to perform this test.

Test Procedure

Figure 824 Engine Coolant Heater


1. Heater element
2. Cord adapter
3. O-ring
2162 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 825 External Plug Shown with Lid Removed for Clarity

1. Measure resistance at external plug for Oil Pan / Coolant Heater.


• Reading should be approximately 12 ohms. If unit is equipped with both coolant and oil pan heater,
they are wired on the same plug and the reading should be approximately 8.5 ohms. If reading is within
specifications, go to step 3.
• If reading is not within specifications, go to step 2.
2. Disconnect cord from coolant heater on the left side of the engine block and take resistance reading at the
terminals on the heater itself. See information below for further direction.
• If the reading is approximately 12 ohms, replace cord.
• If the reading is not approximately 12 ohms, install cord and go to step 3.
3. Connect standard extension cord between wall outlet and truck-mounted plug (Figure 825).
4. Wait 2 to 3 minutes, and then check if coolant heater is heating up by feeling cord adapter.

Expected Outcome
Resistance checks will be within specification and coolant heater will heat when plugged in.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2163

Oil Pan Heater Test

Overview
Verify operation of the Engine Oil Pan Heater.

Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Ensure engine is cold performing this test.

Test Procedure

Figure 826 Oil Pan Heater


1. O-ring
2. Oil heater element
3. AC power cord
2164 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 827 Oil Pan Heater Plug (Shown with Cover Removed for Clarity)

1. Measure resistance at external plug for oil pan / coolant heater (Figure 827).
• Reading should be approximately 12 ohms. If unit is equipped with both a coolant and oil pan heater,
they are wired on the same plug and reading should be approximately 8.5 ohms. If reading is within
specifications, go to step 3.
• If reading is not within specifications, go to step 2.
2. Disconnect cord from oil pan heater (Figure 826) on left side of engine oil pan. Measure resistance at
terminals on heater itself.
• If reading is approximately 12 ohms, cord needs to be replaced.
• If reading is not approximately 12 ohms, install cord and go to step 3.
3. Connect standard extension cord between wall outlet and truck-mounted plug (Figure 827).
4. Wait 2 to 3 minutes, and check to see if engine oil pan heater (Figure 826) is heating up by feeling the area
where cord attaches.

Expected Outcome
Resistance checks will be within specification and oil pan heater will heat when plugged in.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2165

Relay Diagnostics

Overview
This table provides information for relay diagnostics. It lists the different type of relay activation conditions, how
to test that type of relay, which relays are utilized in what way, where the relays are mounted and relevant fault
code or symptom information for each relay.

Relay Diagnostics Applicability Table

Relevant Fault Control Side Relevant Switch Side Relevant Fault


Relay Location
Codes Test Fault Codes Test Codes
SW-85
Symptom - Does not GND No SW-85 GND
Starter Engine
crank Code(page (page 2170)
2180)
SPN 1761 FMI 19;
SPN 3216 FMI 19;
SPN 3226 FMI 19; SW-86 PWR SW-86 PWR
Sw Ign AFT
SPN 4377 FMI 19; No Code (page 2168)
SPN 5742 FMI 19;
SPN 5743 FMI 19
DEFSM SW-86 PWR SPN 5746 FMI SW-86 PWR SPN 5745 FMI
AFT None
Heater (page 2168) 3, 4 (page 2168) 3, 4
SPN 4340 FMI
3, 5
DEF
SW-86 PWR SPN 5491 FMI SW-86 PWR SPN 4342 FMI
Line AFT None
(page 2168) 3, 4 (page 2168) 3, 5
Heater
SPN 4344 FMI
3, 5
2166 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Relay Test 1 - Switched-86 GND

Overview
This test provides diagnostics for relays that have constant battery voltage at Terminal-85, switched ground
(GND) at Terminal-86 and constant battery voltage at Terminal-30.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Relay Breakout Harness

Equipment Conditions
None

Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2287) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness

Test Procedure

Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-30. Decision
1
Measure voltage at Terminal-30 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.

Step Verify use of Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ to


Decision
2 activate relay.
Yes: Go to Step 3
Can the relay be activated using ServiceMaxx™?
No: Go to Step 5
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2167

Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
3
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: Go to Step 4
the relay
No: Check and repair
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-30 connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
damaged or broken pins that
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.

Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
4
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No: Replace relay. After repairs
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-87 are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?

Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
5
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-86 to GND Yes: Go to Step 6
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-30 No: Check and repair
connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
damaged or broken pins that
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.

Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
6
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-86 GND Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-87 No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?

Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2168 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Relay Test 2 – Switched-86 PWR


Overview
This test provides diagnostics for relays that have a constant ground (GND) at Terminal-85, switched battery
voltage at Terminal-86 and constant battery voltage at Terminal-30.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Relay Breakout Harness

Equipment Conditions
None

Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2287) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness

Test Procedure

Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-30. Decision
1
Measure voltage at Terminal-30 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.

Step Verify use of Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ to


Decision
2 activate relay.
Yes: Go to Step 3
Can the relay be activated using ServiceMaxx™?
No: Go to Step 5
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2169

Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
3
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: Go to Step 4
the relay
No: Check and repair
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-30 connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
damaged or broken pins that
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.

Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
4
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No: Replace relay. After repairs
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-87 are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?

Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
5
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-86 to Terminal-30 Yes: Go to Step 6
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-30 No: Check and repair
connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
damaged or broken pins that
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.

Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
6
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-86 to Terminal-30 Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-87 No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?

Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2170 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Relay Test 3 – Switched-85 GND


Overview
This test provides diagnostics for relays that have switched ground (GND) at Terminal-85, constant battery
voltage at Terminal-86 and constant battery voltage at Terminal-30.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Relay Breakout Harness

Equipment Conditions
None

Test setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2287) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness

CAUTION: Verify that relay is not diode-protected. This can cause a properly working relay coil to fail resistance
tests. Failure to comply will result in misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure

Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-30. Decision
1
Measure voltage at Terminal-30 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2171

Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-86. Decision
2
Measure voltage at Terminal-86 Yes: Go to Step 3
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-86. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.

Step Verify use of Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ to


Decision
3 activate relay.
Yes: Go to Step 4
Can the relay be activated using ServiceMaxx™?
No: Go to Step 6

Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
4
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: Go to Step 5
the relay
No: Check and repair
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-30 connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
damaged or broken pins that
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.

Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
5
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No: Replace relay. After repairs
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-87 are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?

Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
6
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-85 to GND Yes: Go to Step 7
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-30 No: Check and repair
connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
damaged or broken pins that
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
2172 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
7
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-85 to GND Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-87 No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?

Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2173

Relay Test 4 – Switched-85 Shared 30


Overview
This test provides diagnostics for relays that have switched ground (GND) at Terminal-85, constant battery
voltage at Terminal-86 and constant battery voltage at Terminal-30.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Relay Breakout Harness

Equipment Conditions
None

Test setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2287) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness

CAUTION: Verify that relay is not diode-protected. This can cause a properly working relay coil to fail resistance
tests. Failure to comply will result in misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure

Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-30. Decision
1
Measure voltage at Terminal-30 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
2174 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-86. Decision
2
Measure voltage at Terminal-86 Yes: Go to Step 3
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-86. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.

Step Verify use of Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ to


Decision
3 activate relay.
Yes: Go to Step 4
Can the relay be activated using ServiceMaxx™?
No: Go to Step 6

Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
4
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: Go to Step 5
the relay
No: Check and repair
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-30 connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
damaged or broken pins that
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.

Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
5
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No: Replace relay. After repairs
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-87 are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?

Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
6
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-85 to GND Yes: Go to Step 7
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-30 No: Check and repair
connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
damaged or broken pins that
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2175

Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
7
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-85 to GND Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-87 No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?

Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2176 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Relay Test 5 – Switched-85 GND, FMI 4


Overview
This test provide diagnostics for relays that set FMI 4 when the control is shorted to ground (GND).
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Relay Breakout Harness

Equipment Conditions
None

Test setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2287) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness

CAUTION: Verify that relay is not diode-protected. This can cause a properly working relay coil to fail resistance
tests. Failure to comply will result in misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure

Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-86. Decision
1
Measure voltage between Terminal-86 and GND Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-86. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.

Step
Check for battery power between Terminal-86 and Terminal-85. Decision
2
Measure voltage between Terminal-86 and Terminal-85 Yes: Check and repair wiring
and/or connectors to relay
Terminal-85 for short to GND.
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)?
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
No: Go to Step 3
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2177

Step
Check for a shorted or open coil. Decision
3
Measure resistance between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 Yes: Relay is good, End
Diagnostic Steps
Is resistance reading between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 approximately No: Replace relay, coil is
100 Ohms? shorted (if low) or open (if high).
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.

Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2178 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Relay Test 6 – Switched-86 PWR, No Code


Overview
This test provides diagnostics for relays that have switched ground (GND) at Terminal-85, constant battery
voltage at Terminal-86 and constant battery voltage at Terminal-30.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Relay Breakout Harness

Equipment Conditions
None

Test setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2287) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness

CAUTION: Verify that relay is not diode-protected. This can cause a properly working relay coil to fail resistance
tests. Failure to comply will result in misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure

Step
Check for a shorted or open coil. Decision
1
Measure resistance between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Replace relay, coil is
Is resistance reading between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 approximately shorted (if low) or open (if high).
100 Ohms? After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.

Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-30. Decision
2
Measure voltage between Terminal-30 and GND Yes: Go to Step 3
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2179

Step
Check for battery power between Terminal-86 and Terminal-85. Decision
3
Measure voltage between Terminal-30 and Terminal-85 Yes: Go to Step 4
No: Check and repair wiring
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? and connectors between
Terminal-85 and GND. After
repairs are complete, retest for
original problem.

Step Verify use of Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ to


Decision
4 activate relay.
Yes: Go to Step 5
Can the relay be activated using ServiceMaxx™?
No: Go to Step 6

Step
Activate and test relay switch circuit. Decision
5
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No:Check and repair wiring
B. Measure voltage between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 between Terminal-86 and
control unit. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
problem.

Step
Activate and test relay. Decision
6
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-30 to Terminal-86 Yes: Check and repair open
in wiring between Terminal-86
B. Check to see if relay activates
and control unit. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
Does relay activate? problem.
No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.

Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2180 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Relay Test 7 – Switched-85 GND, No Code


Overview
This test provides diagnostics for relays that have switched ground (GND) at Terminal-85, constant battery
voltage at Terminal-86 and constant battery voltage at Terminal-30.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Relay Breakout Harness

Equipment Conditions
None

Test setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2287) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness

CAUTION: Verify that relay is not diode-protected. This can cause a properly working relay coil to fail resistance
tests. Failure to comply will result in misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure

Step
Check for a shorted or open coil. Decision
1
Measure resistance between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Replace relay, coil is
Is resistance reading between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 approximately shorted (if low) or open (if high).
100 Ohms? After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.

Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-86. Decision
2
Measure voltage between Terminal-86 and GND Yes: Go to Step 3
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-86. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2181

Step Verify use of Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ to


Decision
3 activate relay.
Yes: Go to Step 4
Can the relay be activated using ServiceMaxx™?
No: Go to Step 5

Step
Activate and test relay switch circuit. Decision
4
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No:Check and repair wiring
B. Measure voltage between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 between Terminal-85 and
control unit. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
problem.

Step
Activate and test relay. Decision
5
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-85 to GND Yes: Check and repair open
in wiring between Terminal-85
B. Check to see if relay activates
and control unit. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
Does relay activate? problem.
No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.

Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2182 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Coolant Test Procedures


Deaeration Tank Cap Test

Overview
Verify proper operation of the deaeration tank cap.

WARNING: To avoid possible injury or death, use care when working around hot coolant.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do the following when removing the radiator cap
or deaeration cap:
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes.
• Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap or deaeration cap.
• Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn counterclockwise to vent pressure.
• Pause for a moment to avoid being scalded by steam.
• Continue to turn the cap counterclockwise to remove.

Tools Required

Figure 828 ZTSE2384 Radiator Pressure Testing Kit


2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2183

Figure 829 09–040–01 Coolant Cap Pressure Tester

• ZTSE2384 Radiator Pressure Testing Kit or 09–040–01 Coolant Cap Pressure Tester

Equipment Condition
None
2184 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Setup

Figure 830 Deaeration Tank and Cap (Typical)

1. Remove cap from deaeration tank (Figure 830).


2. Check deaeration tank neck (Figure 830) for cracks and warping.

Test Procedure
1. Determine rated pressure of deaeration tank cap.
2. Test dearation cap following the tool instructions for the tester being used.
3. Replace cap if not within specification.

Expected Outcome
Cap will hold rated pressure.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2185

Cooling System Pressure Test

Overview
Determine engine cooling system integrity by pressurizing system and looking for leaks or pressure decay.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do the following when removing radiator cap or
deaeration cap:
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
• Wrap a thick cloth around the deaeration cap.
• Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn to vent pressure.
• Pause for a moment to avoid being scalded by steam.
• Continue to turn cap counter-clockwise to remove.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, ensure shop-air pressure is properly regulated.

Tools Required
• Coolant Management Tool KL5007NAV.

Equipment Condition
1. Remove splash guards (as necessary).
2. Cooling system full.
2186 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Setup

Figure 831 Coolant Management Tool (KL5007NAV)


1. Coolant Supply Tank 3. Pressure Module 5. Cap Adapter
2. Cart 4. Vacuum Module

1. Replace deaeration cap with Cap Adapter (Figure 831) (Item 5) from Coolant Management Tool.
2. Connect Pressure Module (Figure 831) (Item 3) to Cap Adapter (Figure 831) (Item 5).
3. Apply shop air to Pressure Module (Figure 831) (Item 3).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2187

Test Procedure

Figure 832 Cap Adapter and Pressure Module


1. Pressure Module 3. Air Valve (Open)
2. Cap Adapter (KL5004NAV) 4. Air Valve (Closed)

1. Turn coolant supply tank (Figure 831) (Item 1) to CLOSED position.


2. Open air valve (Figure 832) (Item 3) on Pressure Module (Figure 832) (Item 1) making sure not to exceed
cap pressure on system.
3. Close air valve (Figure 832) (Item 4). System is now pressurized with air.
4. Monitor gauge reading for 15 minutes and check for pressure decay.
5. If decay is evident, check cooling system for leak(s), external and internal.
6. Disconnect compressed air, and remove pressure module (Figure 832) (Item 1).
7. Slowly open air valve (Figure 832) (Item 3) on pressure module to vent the pressure in the cooling system.

Expected Outcome
Engine cooling system holds steady air pressure.
2188 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Follow-on Procedure
Replace splash guards (if removed).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2189

Coolant Over-Flow / Over-Temperature Test

Overview
Determine if cooling system over heats or forces coolant out of overflow tube on deaeration tank.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, be aware of hot coolant may be expelled from the
deaeration tank during this test.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (ServiceMaxx™ Connection and Data Recording, page 1951).

Test Procedure
1. Use ServiceMaxx™ software to view Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1).
2. Start engine. Turn engine Off before any over temperature or overheat occurs.
3. Raise engine speed to high idle. Check for coolant overflowing from deaeration tank.
4. Run engine to operating temperature and attempt to reproduce concern.
5. Monitor ECT1 and stop engine if temperature exceeds normal operating temperature. Check for coolant
overflowing out of deaeration tank overflow hose.

Expected Outcome
Coolant will not exceed normal operating temperature, and coolant will not be expelled from overflow hose on
deaeration tank.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2190 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Thermostat Operational Test

Overview
Determine if engine thermostat opens when engine reaches operating temperature by monitoring upper radiator
hose temperature.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Infrared Thermometer ZTSE4799

Equipment Condition
1. Allow engine to cold soak.
2. Perform Coolant Level Inspection (page 2220).

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979) and log in.

Test Procedure
1. Using ServiceMaxx™ software, select > Sessions > Default > Temperature tab.
2. Start engine.
3. Monitor upper radiator hose temperature using Infrared Thermometer.
4. Run engine to operating temperature. Upper radiator hose temperature should be less than ECT1 while
thermostat is closed. As ECT1 reaches approximately 190°F (88°C), a working thermostat will begin to
open, and the upper radiator hose should heat up.
Does upper radiator hose temperature increase to ECT1 ±25°F after engine warms up past thermostat opening
temperature specification?
• No: ECT1 value continues to rise and upper radiator hose remains cooler. Replace thermostat and retest.
• No: ECT1 never reaches 190°F (88°C). Replace thermostat and retest.
• Yes: thermostat is working properly.

Expected Outcome
Upper radiator hose temperature will increase to within ±25°F of ECT1 after engine warms up past thermostat
opening temperature specification.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2191

Engine Cooling Fan Test

Overview
This test is used to check the engine cooling fan for proper operation.

Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)

Equipment Condition
none

Test Setup
1. Remove Engine Fan Relay

Test Procedure
1. Key OFF.
2. Using DMM, measure resistance between relay terminals 30 and 87.
• If resistance is > 1000 ohms, continue.
• If resistance is < 1000 ohms, replace rela.y

Figure 833 Engine Fan Relay Control Circuit Voltage Check

3. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to relay vehicle harness connector and leave Engine Fan Relay
disconnected.
2192 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

4. Key ON.
5. Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and PWR.
• If voltage is < 0.5 volts, continue.
• If voltage is > 0.5 volts, repair short to GND in Engine Fan Control (EFC) circuit between ECM pin C-58 and
Engine Fan Relay.
6. Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87 and a known good ground.
• If voltage is < 0.5 volts, perform Engine Fan Clutch tests. See appropriate truck service manual.
• If voltage is > 0.5 volts, repair short in vehicle wiring harness between engine fan power feed and engine
fan switched power circuits.

Expected outcome
Engine Fan Relay is not stuck closed, no circuit shorts are present, and fan clutch is not mechanically stuck on.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2193

Air Compressor Coolant Leak Test

Overview
Determine if the air compressor is leaking air into the cooling system.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup

Figure 834 Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384

1. Perform Coolant Leak – Visual Inspection. (page 2225).


2. Maintain a cooling system pressure of 15 psi (103 kPa).
2194 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Procedure

Figure 835 Air Compressor Oil Return Hose

1. Disconnect oil return hose from bottom of compressor (Figure 835).


2. Monitor any fluid coming from hose and check for coolant.

Expected Outcome
No coolant will leak from oil return hose.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2195

Air Compressor Overflow Test

Overview
To determine if cooling system over heats or forces coolant out of overflow tube on deaeration tank due to a
faulty air compressor.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Disconnect discharge tube from air compressor housing.

Test Procedure
1. Start engine and run until reaching normal operating temperature.
2. Raise engine speed to high idle. Check for coolant overflow out of deaeration tank.
3. Run engine to above 225°F / radiator intake temperature above 200°F.
4. Check for coolant overflow out of deaeration tank overflow hose.

Expected Outcome
Air Compressor will not cause coolant to be expelled from overflow hose on deaeration tank.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2196 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Combustion in Cooling System Test

Overview
Check for combustion gases and/or compressed air in the cooling system.

Tools Required
• Combustion in Cooling System Test Kit – 09-889-01

Equipment Condition
None

Test set-up
1. Remove cap from deaeration tank and if necessary, fill coolant to proper level.

Figure 836 Deaeration Tank with Test Kit Adapter Installed


1. Deaeration Tank
2. Cap Adapter
3. Combustion Tester with Tube

2. Install Cap Adapter (item 2) and Combustion Tester (item 3) onto deaeration tank (item 1) (Figure 836).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2197

Figure 837 Test Beaker


1. Test Beaker
2. Tester Tube

3. Fill test beaker (item 1) (Figure 837) to half way mark with clean tap water and place on a stable surface.
4. Insert combustion tester tube (item 2) (Figure 837) into water.

Test Procedure
1. Start Engine
2. Run engine to operating temperature.
3. Observe tester tube in water for air bubbles escaping.
4. Slowly increase engine speed to high idle while observing tester tube in water for air bubbles escaping.
5. Return engine speed to low idle and turn engine off.

Expected Outcome
There will not be a steady flow of air bubbles escaping from tester tube.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2198 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

On-Engine EGR Cooler Leak Test

Overview
Tests Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler for coolant leakage.

Tools Required
• Coolant Management Tool KL5007NAV
• EGR Cooler Leak Detection Kit KL20030NAV

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Chock wheels and disconnect battery.
2. Drain cooling system using Coolant Management Tool KL5007NAV.
3. Remove passenger side inner fender.
4. Remove alternator.
5. Remove alternator mounting bracket.
6. Remove coolant supply and coolant return tubes from front of Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2199

Figure 838 Deaeration Fitting with EGR Leak Detection Kit KL20030NAV

7. Attach plug 20020-1 from EGR Cooler Leak Detection Kit KL20030NAV onto deaeration fitting Figure (Figure
838).

Figure 839 Coolant Ports and Coolant Port Plug Assembly 20020-2
2200 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

8. Attach coolant port plug assembly 20020-2 into coolant ports, Figure (Figure 839).

Figure 840 Air Hose Fitting with Extention

9. Attach a pressure regulator with a shut-off valve to air hose fitting (an extension hose may be necessary to
reach, Figure (Figure 840)). Ensure air hose and fittings are free of any leaks, as they will appear as false
EGR cooler leaks.

Test Procedure
1. Pressurize Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler to 55 psi (379 kPa) and shut off air valve.
2. Monitor pressure gauge for 10 minutes.

Expected Outcome
EGR cooler should hold pressure. Pressure should not drop more than 5 psi in 10 minutes.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2201

Instrument Cluster Temperature Gauge Validation Test

Overview
Verifies that the instrument cluster gauge is functioning properly. The gauge reading and sensor signal value
are compared to ensure proper operation and proper reading for the operator to monitor.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Check for any active or inactive code(s) relating to coolant temperature (repair these first).

Test Procedure

Figure 841 Monitoring Test


1. Engine Coolant Temperature 1
(ECT1) signal

1. Start engine.
2202 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

2. Monitor and compare ECT1 sensor signal (Figure 841) and instrument cluster engine coolant temperature
gauge.
3. Bring ECT up to operating temperature and continue to monitor readings for consistency.

Expected Outcome
Instrument Cluster Temperature Gauge and Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT1) sensor signal value will read
approximately the same.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2203

Engine Oil Tests


Oil Cooler Pressure Test

Overview
Verifies internal integrity of engine oil cooler. This test uses special tools and compressed air to ensure coolant
and lube oil do not mix in the assembly.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to oil cooler assembly, regulate compressed air to 30 psi (207 kPa).
Tools Required
• Oil Cooler Test Plate ZTSE4654
• Air Pressure Regulator
• Spray Bottle and Soapy Water

Equipment Condition
1. Remove any truck mounted components to gain access to engine oil cooler assembly.
2. Remove engine oil cooler (refer to Engine Service Manual).

Test Setup

Figure 842 ZTSE4654 Oil Cooler Test Plate


2204 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 843 Oil Cooler


1. Air Pressure Regulator Connector
2. Port Valve
3. Engine Oil Cooler Housing
4. Oil Cooler Test Plate — ZTE4654

1. Attach oil cooler test plate (Figure 843) (Item 4) to engine oil cooler assembly (Figure 843) (Item 3).
2. Install port valve in oil cooler test plate (Figure 843) (Item 4) in coolant port; close valve.
3. Fill oil ports up to 1 / 4 - in. from the top with soapy water.
4. Attach regulated shop air to port valve (Figure 843) (Item 2). Do not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa).

Test Procedure
1. Open port valve to allow regulated air to enter oil cooler housing.
2. Observe oil cooler housing ports for bubbles.
3. Spray oil cooler housing and test plate with soapy water to ensure air is not leaking.
4. Close valve, and remove and vent compressed air.
5. Disassemble test plate and drain water.
6. Use compressed air to dry inside and outside of oil cooler assembly (if re-using).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2205

Expected Outcome
Oil cooler assembly will not have bubbles in oil ports or on outside of cooler assembly.

Follow-on Procedure
None
2206 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Oil Pressure Verification Test

Overview
Verifies the electronic signal for Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor by comparing a mechanical oil pressure
gauge to EOP sensor output.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2207

Figure 844 Oil Pressure Verification Test Connection


1. Engine Oil Pressure sensor connection

4. Connect Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409 to test port on Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor (Figure 844) as
shown above (if engine is equipped with an air compressor, an in-line adapter should be used here).

Test Procedure
1. Start the engine.
2. At low idle, monitor mechanical gauge for engine oil pressure reading; compare this reading to EOP value
in ServiceMaxx™ software.
3. Increase engine speed to high idle.
4. At high idle, monitor mechanical gauge for engine oil pressure reading; compare this reading to EOP value
in ServiceMaxx™ software.

Expected Outcome
The Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) reading on mechanical gauge and EOP sensor signal value in ServiceMaxx™
software should be within specification and approximately the same.
2208 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2209

Instrument Cluster Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Validation Test

Overview
Verifies the electronic signal to and from the readout of the instrument cluster engine oil pressure gauge
approximately matches the actual mechanical reading. This test uses a mechanical gauge and ServiceMaxx™
software to simultaneously read Engine Oil Pressure (EOP).

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409

Equipment Condition
None
2210 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Test Setup

Figure 845 Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409


1. Engine Oil Pressure Sensor

1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).


2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Connect Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409 to the test port on the EOP sensor (Figure 845) (if engine is equipped
with an air compressor, an in-line adapter should be used here).

Test Procedure
1. Start the engine.
2. At low idle, monitor the mechanical gauge for the engine oil pressure reading. Compare this reading to the
value displayed in ServiceMaxx™ software, as well as the value displayed on the instrument panel gauge.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2211

3. Increase engine speed to high idle.


4. At high idle, monitor the mechanical gauge for the engine oil pressure reading. Compare this reading to the
value displayed in ServiceMaxx™ software, as well as the value displayed on the instrument cluster gauge.

Expected Outcome
The mechanical gauge, ServiceMaxx™ software, and the instrument cluster gauge will all read approximately
the same, indicating the sensor and gauge are working correctly.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2212 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Oil Breather Separator Test

Overview
This test is performed to verify the centrifugal oil breather separator is functioning properly. The breather is
checked for internal movement by listening for centrifugal noise.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, set parking brake. Shift transmission to neutral or
park, and block wheels before running engine.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of moving parts. Ensure long hair or
loose clothing is secured.

Tools Required
• Ultrasonic Ear ZTSE4000

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER).
2. Engine coolant temperature above 158°F (70°C).
3. Ultrasonic Ear ZTSE4800 set up with contact probe installed.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2213

Test Procedure

Figure 846 Crankcase Oil Separator (CCOS)


1. Crankcase Oil Separator (CCOS) housing

1. Turn engine OFF.


2. Place Ultrasonic Ear ZTSE4800 sound probe on Crankcase Oil Separator (CCOS) housing (Figure 846)
(Item 1).
3. Listen for the sound of centrifugal movement inside the CCOS.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 4 as necessary. CCOS will spin approximately 15 seconds after engine is turned
off.

Expected Outcome
Centrifugal or spinning sound will be heard inside the Crankcase Oil Separator (CCOS).

Follow-on Procedure
None
2214 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Engine System Inspections


Fuel System Inspection

Overview
Verify the fuel system is clean and free of damage.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
None

Inspection Procedure
1. Visually inspect the condition and routing of fuel lines and connections.
• If fuel lines or connections are damaged or routed incorrectly, repair or replace as necessary.
• If fuel lines and connections are in good condition and routed correctly, go to step 2.
2. Remove fuel pump and fuel strainer. Inspect fuel strainer, fuel pump, and O-ring seals for cleanliness and
damage.
• If fuel pump, fuel strainer, or O-ring seals are dirty or damaged, replace as required.
• If fuel pump, fuel strainer, or O-ring seals are clean and not damaged, go to step 3.
3. Remove fuel filter and inspect for: sediments, gasoline, kerosene, waxing, or icing.
• If fuel filter is dirty or damaged, replace fuel filter.
• If fuel filter is clean, go to next test.
4. Inspection is complete.

Expected Outcome
Fuel lines, fuel filter, fuel strainer, and fuel connections are clean and not damaged.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2215

Fuel Quality Inspection

Overview
Drain fuel filter assembly and check fuel quality.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.
NOTE: Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel is required for Navistar® Diesel Engines used with advanced
aftertreatment systems.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not start engine.

Tools Required
• Clear fuel container
2216 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Inspection Procedure

Figure 848 Fuel Filter Assembly


A. Fuel strainer B. Fuel drain valve

1. Place clear diesel fuel container under fuel-filter housing.


2. Open drain valve (Figure 848) (Item B) and fill container.
3. Check for water, waxing, icing, sediment, gasoline, kerosene, or Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) by shaking fuel
sample container and letting contents settle.
• Sediments will fall to bottom of fuel sample container.
• Gasoline and kerosene will separate from diesel fuel.
• Waxing or icing will prevent diesel fuel flowing from fuel-drain valve.
4. Inspect fuel strainer (Figure 848) (Item A) for debris.

Expected Outcome
Fuel is free of water, waxing, icing, sediment, gasoline, kerosene, or Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2217

Fuel Level Inspection

Overview
Verify instrument panel fuel gauge indicates the correct fuel level in fuel tanks.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
None

Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect interior of fuel tanks and ensure fuel level is equal in both tanks.
2. Check instrument panel fuel gauge and verify that indicated fuel level is consistent with actual fuel level.

Expected Outcome
Fuel gauge should function properly and indicate correct fuel level in fuel tanks.
2218 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Engine Oil Level and Quality Check

Overview
Determine if engine oil is to proper level; quality is correct; and oil is not aerated.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
None

Inspection Procedure

Figure 849 Engine Oil Level Gauge (Dipstick)

1. Use oil level gauge (dipstick) (Figure 849) (Item A) to check engine oil level.
• If engine oil level is below specification, inspect engine for leaks, oil consumption, or improper servicing.
Repair cause of low engine oil, and fill to proper level.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2219

• If engine oil level is above specification, inspect for fuel dilution (fuel smell), coolant contamination, or
improper servicing. If engine oil level is above specification, drain to proper level and diagnose cause
of dilution, contamination, or improper servicing.
• If engine oil level is within specification, go to step 2.
2. Inspect engine oil level gauge (dipstick) for bubbles in engine oil.

Expected Outcome
Technician will determine if engine oil is to proper level; quality is correct; and if oil is aerated.
2220 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Coolant Level Inspection

Overview
The following procedure is to inspect that coolant in the deaeration tank is at appropriate level and free of
contamination.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
None

Inspection Procedure

Figure 850 Deareation Tank Location (Typical)


A. Maximum level indicator
B. Add coolant indicator

1. Inspect coolant level in deaeration tank.

Expected Outcome
Coolant level should be within specification and free of contaminants.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2221

Coolant Quality Inspection

Overview
Check coolant for proper freeze point, and for contamination.
Tools Required
• Coolant and Battery Refractometer ZTSE4796

Equipment Condition
• Park the vehicle on level ground.
• If engine was running, allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.

Inspection Procedure
1. Wrap a thick cloth around the deaeration cap.
2. Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn to vent pressure.
3. After pressure has been released, remove the cap.
4. Check coolant appearance for signs of contamination.
5. Take a sample from the deaeration tank.
6. Examine sample for lube oil and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).
• Oil contamination will result in a dark sludge.
• DEF contamination will give the coolant a dark yellow/brown color with a strong ammonia smell.
7. If coolant is not contaminated, check freeze point.

Expected Outcome
Coolant should be free of contamination, and at the correct freeze point.
2222 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Coolant in Exhaust Inspection

Overview
Determine if engine coolant is in the exhaust system.
Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384

Inspection Procedure
1. Park the vehicle on level ground. If engine was running, allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
2. Wrap a thick cloth around the deaeration cap. Slowly turn cap counter-clockwise one-quarter to one-half
turn to vent pressure. After pressure has been released, remove the cap.
3. Install the Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384 (with appropriate adapter if needed) onto the deaeration
tank.
4. Disconnect the exhaust pipe at the exhaust brake housing (see Engine Service Manual).
5. Pressurize cooling system to rated pressure for a minimum of 15 minutes.
6. Inspect exhaust pipe and brake housing for engine coolant and engine coolant residue.

Expected Outcome
Exhaust system will not have engine coolant or engine coolant residue.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2223

Interstage Cooler (ISC) Inspection

Overview
Inspect the Interstage Cooler (ISC) and the High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger intake elbow for evidence of
coolant.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, allow engine to cool before removing components.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do the following when removing radiator or
deaeration cap:
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
• Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap or deaeration cap.
• Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn counterclockwise to vent pressure.
• Continue to turn cap counterclockwise to remove.

Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384

Equipment Condition

Figure 851 HP Turbocharger / ISC Assembly


1. High-Pressure (HP) 2. Intake elbow clamp
Turbocharger compressor 3. Interstage Cooler (ISC)
housing 4. Intake elbow
2224 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

1. Install the Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384, with appropriate adapter if needed, on the deaeration tank.
2. Pressurize cooling system to 15 psi (103 kPa).
3. Remove the High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger intake elbow clamp (Figure 851) (Item 2).
4. Remove intake elbow (Figure 851) (Item 4) from HP Turbocharger compressor housing (Figure 851) (Item
1) and ISC (Figure 851) (Item 3) (see Engine Service Manual).

Inspection Procedure

Figure 852 ISC Assembly


A. Intake elbow B. Interstage Cooler (ISC)

1. Check intake elbow (Figure 852) (Item A) and ISC (Figure 852) (Item B) for wet coolant and the residue of
coolant.

Expected Outcome
No evidence of coolant or coolant residue will be found in the ISC or the HP-Turbocharger intake elbow.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2225

Coolant Leak Visual Inspection

Overview
Check engine cooling system for proper level and leaks.

Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384

Equipment Condition
None

Inspection Procedure
1. Park vehicle on level ground. If engine was running, allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
2. Wrap a thick cloth around the deaeration cap. Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn to vent pressure.
After pressure has been released, remove the cap.
3. Check coolant level. Compare coolant level to level indicators on the deaeration tank. If coolant level is low,
add coolant.
4. Install Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384 and Surge Tank Cap Adaptor on deaeration tank.
5. Pressurize cooling system for a minimum of 15 minutes.
6. Check both sides of vehicle for coolant, leaks, and coolant on the ground. Inspect cooling package, hoses,
water pump, and engine for coolant leaks.
7. If coolant is leaking, determine what component is leaking.

Expected Outcome
Coolant should be at the correct level. There should be no visible coolant leaks, and cooling system should hold
pressure.
2226 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Coolant To Intake Inspection

Overview
Inspect the High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger and intake elbow for evidence of coolant.

Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE238

Equipment Condition

Figure 853 HP Turbocharger / ISC Assembly


1. High-Pressure (HP) 2. Intake elbow clamp
Turbocharger compressor 3. Interstage Cooler (ISC)
housing 4. Intake elbow

1. Install the Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384, with appropriate adapter if needed, on the deaeration tank.
2. Pressurize cooling system to 15 psi (103 kPa).
3. Remove intake elbow (Figure 853) (Item 4) from HP Turbocharger compressor housing (Figure 853) (Item
1) and ISC (Figure 853) (Item 3) (see Engine Service Manual).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2227

Inspection Procedure

Figure 854 Coolant To Intake Inspection


A. HP Turbocharger housing intake
B. Intake elbow

1. Inspect HP Turbocharger housing intake (Figure 854) (Item A) and intake elbow (Figure 854) (Item B) for
coolant and coolant residue.

Expected Outcome
No evidence of coolant or coolant residue will be found in the HP Turbocharger housing intake and intake elbow.
2228 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Charge Air Cooler Inspection

Overview
Inspect the High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (CAC), Interstage Cooler (ISC), and CAC piping for leaking, worn,
or damaged parts.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
None

Inspection Procedure

Figure 855 Right Side Engine View (Typical)


A. Interstage Cooler (ISC) D. High-Pressure Charge Air
B. Hose Cooler (HPCAC)
C. Clamp E. Connection point
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2229

1. On right side of engine inspect High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) (Figure 855) (Item D), associated
hoses (Figure 855) (Item B), and clamps (Figure 855) (Item C) for leaks and worn or damaged parts.

Figure 856 Left Side Engine View (Typical)


A. Interstage Cooler (ISC) D. High-Pressure Charge Air
B. Hose Cooler (HPCAC)
C. Clamp E. Connection point

2. Inspect High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) (Figure 856) (Item D), Interstage Cooler (ISC) (Figure
856) (Item A), associated hoses (Figure 856) (Item B), clamps (Figure 856) (Item C) and connections (Figure
856) (Item E) for leaks and worn or damaged parts.

Expected Outcome
HPCAC, ISC, hoses, clamps and connections are free of leaks, wear, or damage.
2230 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Intake Air Inspection

Overview
Inspect air filter and air intake assembly for leaks, restrictions, and damage.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
None

Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect for a dirty, damaged, or incorrectly installed air filter.
• If air filter is clean, undamaged, and correctly installed, go to next step.
• If air filter is dirty or damaged, replace air filter.
2. Inspect engine air intake piping, clamps, air filter housing, screen under air filter, Charge Air Cooler (CAC),
and Interstage Cooler (ISC) (if equipped) for leaks, damage, or restrictions.
• If air flow is restricted repair air flow restrictions.
• If no air flow restriction is found, no action is required.

Expected Outcome
Air intake components are free of leaks, damage and restrictions. Intake air restriction should be less than 25
in Hg (84.7 kPa) at full load and at rated speed.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2231

Front Gear Train Coolant Leak Inspection

Overview
This test is used to check for signs of coolant leakage into front gear train.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
1. Remove necessary components for removal of front cover.
2. Remove front cover.

Inspection Procedure

Figure 857 Front Gear Train Cover


A. Front cover C. Sealing surface
B. Gasket D. Coolant passage

1. Inspect gasket (Figure 857) (Item B), sealing surface (Figure 857) (Item C), and coolant passages (Figure
857) (Item D).
2. Check front cover (Figure 857) (Item A) and crankcase with straight edge and feeler gauge.
2232 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Expected Outcome
Gasket is in good condition, and there is no evidence of coolant leakage. Cover straightness is within
specification.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2233

Exhaust and Aftertreatment System Inspection

Overview
Inspect exhaust and aftertreatment system for leaks and damage.
Black staining in exhaust tailpipe can occur. This is normal and the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) should not be
replaced.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
None

Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect exhaust system (engine and vehicle) for restrictions, leaks, and damage.
2234 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Figure 858 Exhaust and Aftertreatment System


A. Coolant Supply and Return line C. Aftertreatment Doser Injector D. AFT: DI gasket
B. AFT: DI Fuel Supply lines (AFT: DI) E. AFT: DI bore

2. Visually inspect Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFT: DI) fuel supply lines (Figure 858) (Item B) and coolant
supply and return lines (Figure 858) (Item A) for leaks, kinks, bends, or other damage.
3. Remove AFT: DI (see Engine Service Manual) and perform visual check for the following:
• The correct AFT: DI gasket (Figure 858) (Item D) is installed.
• AFT: DI (Figure 858) (Item C) and bore (Figure 858) (Item E) are unrestricted and free of carbon buildup.
• AFT: DI tip (Figure 858) (Item C) is free of cracks and other visible damage.

Expected Outcome
Exhaust system (engine and vehicle) will be free of restrictions, leaks, and/or damage. AFT: DI fuel supply and
coolant supply return lines will be free of leaks, kinks, bends, and/or other damage.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2235

Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Inspection

Overview
Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) channels for restriction, contamination, soot leakage, and filter damage.
Inspect exterior for container damage.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
Index and mark components to show direction of exhaust flow. Mark Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) to ensure
proper installation after filter has been cleaned or replaced.

Figure 859 In-Line Exhaust System


1. Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) 4. Tailpipe 9. Turbo pipe
interface module 5. Selective Catalyst Reduction
2. Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing (SCR) canister
Unit (DEFD) 6. Decomposition reactor tube
3. Selective Catalyst Reduction 7. Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
(SCR) interface module 8. Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)

1. DPF (Figure 859) (Item 7) may need to be removed for inspection. There are several variations of
exhaust systems depending on the specific truck series. All variations have the same components and
removal/installation procedures are similar for the different variations. Follow procedures in the Exhaust
Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2236 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Inspection Procedure

Figure 860 New Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) - face is clear and all channels are visible

1. Inspect the exterior of the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) (Figure 859) (Item 7).
2. If the DPF shows signs of exterior damage such as dents or cracks, replace DPF.
3. Inspect the DPF intake and outlet.
4. If all channels are visible (Figure 860) and the light soot coating over the whole face is easily wiped away
with a finger, system is working correctly. No action is required.
5. If the DPF is plugged with ash, remove DPF and clean or replace.
6. If filter is cracked or melted, the source of the excessive soot that caused the cracking or melting must be
investigated and the filter must be replaced.
7. Follow Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) and DPF Reuse Guidelines in the Exhaust Aftertreatment System
with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2237

Expected Outcome
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) should be free of contamination, soot leakage, and filter damage. DPF channels
should be free of restrictions.
2238 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inspection

Overview
Inspect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) for restriction, contamination, soot leakage, and melted or deformed
cells.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
Before removal, mark the DOC to show the direction of exhaust flow. Marking the DOC ensures proper
installation after the DOC has been cleaned or replaced.

Figure 861 In – Line Exhaust System


1. Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) 4. Tailpipe 9. Turbo pipe
interface module 5. Selective Catalyst Reduction
2. Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing (SCR) canister
Unit (DEFD) 6. Decomposition reactor tube
3. Selective Catalyst Reduction 7. Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
(SCR) interface module 8. Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)

1. The Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) may need to be removed to be inspected. There are several variations
of exhaust systems depending on the specific truck series. All of the variations have the same components
and the removal/installation procedures are similar for the different variations. Follow procedures in the
Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2239

Inspection Procedure

Figure 862 Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Outlet


A. DOC separation between the
substrate and housing

1. Inspect DOC.
2. If black soot or gray ash is visible on the face of the DOC, the system is working properly. The DOC can be
reused.
3. If inspection shows separation between the substrate and housing(Item A)(Figure 862), the DOC can be
reused.
4. If DOC cells are melted or deformed, determine the cause of excessive exhaust gas temperatures.
5. Repair cause of excessive exhaust gas temperatures. Replace the DOC. Follow procedure in the Exhaust
Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.

Expected Outcome
DOC should be free of restriction, contamination, soot leakage, and melted or deformed cells.
2240 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Inspection

Overview
Inspect Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) canister.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
None

Inspection Procedure

Figure 863 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Assembly


A. SCR canister C. Mounting bolt (6) E. Sensor (4)
B. Sensor module (3) D. Electrical connector (5) F. Mounting nut (1)

1. Check SCR canister (Figure 863) (Item A) for exterior damage such as dents or cracks.
2. Check sensors (Figure 863) (Item E) and sensor modules (Figure 863) (Item B) for visual damage.
3. Check for loose, damaged, brittle, or cracked wiring or electrical connectors (Figure 863) (Item D).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2241

4. Check for loose or damaged mounting bolts (Figure 863) (Item C) or nut (Figure 863) (Item F).
5. Correct items that fail visual check(s).

Expected Outcome
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) canister should be free of dents of cracks. Sensors and sensor modules
should be free of visual damage. Wiring and electrical connectors should pass visual inspection and be in good
working order.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2242 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFD) Inspection

Overview
Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFD).

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition

Figure 864 In-Line Exhaust System


1. Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing 3. DEF return line 6. DEF suction line
Unit (DEFD) 4. DEF pressure line
2. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank 5. DEF supply module

1. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFD) for inspection. Follow procedures in the Exhaust
Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2243

Inspection Procedure

Figure 865 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFD) Tip


A. DEF Dosing Unit tip

1. Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFD) (Figure 865) (Item A) tip for DEF deposits.
• If DEF deposits are found, the DEFD must be cleaned. Follow cleaning procedure in the Exhaust
Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
• If DEFD tip is free of DEF deposits, go to next step.

Figure 866 DEFD Coolant Passages


A. DEFD coolant passages
2244 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

2. Check that DEFD coolant passages (Figure 866) (Item A) are clean.
• If DEFD coolant passages need to be cleaned, follow cleaning procedure in the Exhaust Aftertreatment
System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
• If DEFD coolant passages are clean, go to Decomposition Reactor Tube Inspection (Decomposition Reactor
Tube Inspection, page 2245).

Figure 867 DEF Pressure, Suction and Return Lines


A. DEF pressure line B. DEF return line C. DEF suction line

3. Visually inspect DEF pressure line (Figure 867) (Item A), DEF suction line (Figure 867) (Item C), and DEF
return line (Figure 867) (Item B) for leaks, kinks, bends, or other damage.

Expected Outcome
DEFD tip should be free of DEF deposits and coolant passages should be clean.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2245

Decomposition Reactor Tube Inspection

Overview
Inspect decomposition reactor tube for blockage caused by Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) deposits.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
None

Inspection Procedure

Figure 868 In-Line Exhaust System


1. Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) 4. Tailpipe 8. Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)
interface module 5. Selective Catalyst Reduction 9. Turbo pipe
2. DEF Dosing Unit (SCR) canister
3. Selective Catalyst Reduction 6. Decomposition reactor tube
(SCR) interface module 7. Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)

1. Inspect decomposition reactor tube for blockage caused by Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) deposits.
• If the DEF deposits in the mixer area are blocking more than 50% of the decomposition reactor tube,
the decomposition reactor tube must be cleaned.
2. Inspect the exhaust flanges for corrosion or other damage.
3. Follow cleaning procedure in the Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2246 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Expected Outcome
Decomposition reactor tube should be free from blockage caused by Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) deposits.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2247

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Quality Inspection

Overview
Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) for contamination and proper urea concentration.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, avoid contact with Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) /
urea. Do not get DEF in eyes. In case of eye contact, immediately flush eyes with large amounts of water
for a minimum of 15 minutes. Do not swallow. If DEF is ingested, contact a physician immediately.

Tools Required
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Refractometer 5025

Equipment Condition
None

Inspection Procedure
1. Obtain sample of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).
2. Visually inspect for contamination.
3. Use DEF Refractometer 5025 to test urea concentration of DEF.

Expected Outcome
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) should be free of contamination and urea concentration should be 32.5% +/- 1.5%.
2248 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Level & Gauge Inspection

Overview
Determine the approximate level of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) in the DEF tank and operation of the DEF level
gauge.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
1. Park vehicle on level ground.
2. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).

Figure 869 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank


1. DEF tank
2. DEF cap

3. Remove DEF cap (Figure 869) (Item 2).


4. Remove DEF fill neck.

Inspection Procedure
1. Use shop light or flashlight to check DEF level in tank related to tank volume. Example: 1/4 full, 1/2 full.
2. Compare DEF tank level to gauge reading.
3. DEF level should be roughly equivalent to amount shown on DEF level Gauge.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2249

Expected Outcome
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) in DEF tank should be close to the level indicated on the DEF level gauge.
2250 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Coolant to Engine Oil Inspection

Overview
Inspect oil in oil pan for coolant contamination.
NOTE: Oil cooler coolant leakage to oil will occur only when coolant pressure is higher than oil pressure.
Diagnosis and repairs will not be authorized based solely on oil analysis.

Tools Required
None

Inspection Procedure
1. Remove engine oil level gauge (dipstick) and inspect for coolant contamination. An overfilled crankcase can
be due to coolant in the engine oil.
2. Remove drain plug from oil pan and obtain an oil sample.
3. Inspect oil sample for signs of coolant.

Expected Outcome
Determine if engine oil is contaminated with coolant or not.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2251

Oil Pressure Regulator Inspection

Overview
Check oil pressure regulator for damage, binding, or sticking.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition

Figure 870 Oil Filter / Oil Filter Housing Assembly


1. Oil filter regulator 2. Oil filter housing 3. Oil filter

1. Remove regulator valve spring and piston (see Engine Service Manual).
2252 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Inspection Procedure

Figure 871 Oil Pressure Regulator


A. Regulator valve spring B. Regulator piston C. Bore

1. Check regulator valve spring (Figure 871) (Item A) for collapsed, damaged, and broken coils.
2. Check regulator piston (Figure 871) (Item B) and bore (Figure 871) (Item C) for scoring.

Expected Outcome
Oil pressure regulator will have no broken parts, will not bind or stick, and surfaces will show no signs of scoring
or excessive wear.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2253

Cylinder Sleeve Cavitation and Crack Inspection

Overview
Inspect cylinder sleeves for holes or cracks caused by cavitation (gas-filled bubbles formed in the coolant).

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
Remove cylinder head. See Engine Service Manual.

Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect piston crowns for signs of coolant leaks. Lack of carbon indicates possible coolant leak into the
cylinder.
2. Using torque wrench set to 162 N-m (120 lb-ft) rotate crankshaft (see Engine Service Manual “Crankshaft
Rotation Procedure”) to put one cylinders 1 and 6 to Bottom Dead Center (BDC).
3. Inspect cylinder sleeves 1 and 6 for coolant, coolant staining, pinholes, and cracks in cylinder sleeve.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for cylinders pairs 2-5 and 3-4.
5. Repair as needed.

Expected Outcome
Carbon deposits should be present on piston crowns, indicating cylinder sleeves are free of holes and cracks.
2254 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Oil and Crankcase Inspection

Overview
Inspect for internal engine damage and excessive engine oil leaks.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields. Limit
compressed air pressure to 30 psi (207 kPa).

Tools Required
• Air pressure regulator assembly

Equipment Condition
1. Drain engine oil.
2. Remove oil pan (see Engine Service Manual).

Inspection Procedure
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2255

Figure 873 Oil Pump Suction Tube (Typical)


A. Oil pump suction tube gasket
B. Oil pump suction tube

1. Remove oil pump suction tube (Figure 873) (Item B).


2. Check tube and gasket (Figure 873) (Item A).

Figure 874 Piston Cooling Tube


C. Piston cooling tube (6)
2256 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

3. Check for six missing or broken piston cooling tubes (Figure 874) (Item C).
4. Use regulated shop air to check for loose connecting rod or main bearings, camshaft bushings, or excessive
flow from regulator valve return port.

Expected Outcome
Technician will determine if internal engine damage is present, or if excessive engine oil is leaking.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2257

High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger Radial Play Inspection

Overview
Check High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger for excessive radial play.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
Remove compressor housing from High Pressure (HP) Turbocharger.

Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect high pressure turbocharger compressor housing and compressor wheel for signs of contact including
damage to the compressor wheel and/or scaring to the compressor housing.

Expected Outcome
High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger compressor wheel does not have excessive play, and does not contact the
inside of the compressor wheel housing, and is free from damage.
2258 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Batteries and Electrical System Inspection

Overview
Inspect batteries, electrical system, and connections to help identify corroded connections, voltage drops, verify
proper battery voltage, and identify damaged electrical connections and components.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, disconnect the main battery negative terminal
before disconnecting or connecting electrical components. Always connect ground cable last.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death when working with batteries, always wear face or
eye protection, have water supply available, assure good ventilation, and be sure no flames or sparks
are present.

Tools Required
• Digital Multi-Meter (DMM)
• Flash light (optional)
• Battery charger

Equipment Condition
None

Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect batteries and battery connections. If connections are corroded, loose, or damaged; clean and
reinstall battery connections. If batteries are cracked or damaged replace as necessary.
2. If applicable, check batteries electrolyte level. If electrolyte is below the top of the plates in one or more
cells, add distilled water.
3. Inspect electrical system for damaged electrical components or wiring, and loose connections (including
engine grounds and starter connections). Repair damaged or loose components or connections.
4. Measure voltage of batteries. If voltage is less than 12.6 volts, charge batteries, and test charging system.

Expected Outcome
Batteries, wiring, electrical connections, and electrical components are clean, connections are tight, and not
damaged. Batteries voltage 12.6-15 volts.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2259

Aftertreatment
Snap Acceleration Test

Overview
Tests Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) for cracks, internal damage, and basic functionality without removing it from
vehicle.

Tools Required
None

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
None

Test Procedure
1. Shift transmission to neutral, and set parking brake.
2. Start and idle engine.
3. Rapidly snap accelerator to full throttle (this can be done multiple times).
4. During the engine accelerations, visually monitor the exhaust pipe for heavy black smoke. Use assistant if
necessary.

Expected Outcome
There will not be heavy clouds of black smoke exiting the exhaust pipe. Black smoke is an indication of a failure
in the Aftertreatment (AFT) system, specifically the DPF.

Follow-On Procedure
None
2260 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Downstream Injection System Operation Test

Overview
This test uses a special tool and a system test to determine if a faulty downstream injector is due to an electronic
control malfunction and/or wiring or a Downstream Injection (DSI) Assembly fault. Separating the command
circuit and DSI Assembly allows for proper diagnosis of the Downstream Injection System.
CAUTION: Do NOT disconnect the Downstream Injection (DSI) Assembly harnesses or plug in the NOID Light
with the Key ON. Doing so will give false test results, resulting in improper diagnosis and unnecessary repairs.

Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• NOID Light – 15-909-01

Equipment Condition
None

Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle diagnostic connector(page 1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
3. Key OFF.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2261

Figure 875 Downstream Injection (DSI) Assembly with Connectors


1. Engine wiring harness
2. Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) Connector
3. Downstream Injection (DSI) Assembly
4. AFT Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO) Connector

4. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) connector (Figure 875) (Item 2) from
Downstream Injection (DSI) Assembly (Figure 875) (Item 3).
5. Plug NOID Light (15-909-01) into AFTFPC connector on engine wiring harness (Figure 875) (Item 1).

Test Procedure
1. Key ON.
2. Use ServiceMaxx™ to perform the KOEO DCU Actuator Test(page 2011).
• Select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > Actuator - DCU Actuators.
• In the drop down menu select "AFT Fuel Pressure CTL".
• Ensure "On (95% Duty Cycle)" is selected.
2262 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

• Click "Start Test".


3. Observe NOID Light during test.
• Steady on or Flashing light indicates the electrical control and wiring for the DSI Assembly is working
properly.
• No light indicates an electrical circuit or control fault.
4. If light indicates a properly functioning command circuit and control for AFTFPC, turn Key OFF.
5. Unplug NOID Light, and plug AFTFPC connector back into DSI Assembly.
6. Unplug AFT Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO) connector (Figure 875) (Item 4) from DSI Assembly.
7. Plug NOID Light into AFTFSO connector on engine wiring harness.
8. Key ON.
9. Use ServiceMaxx™ to perform the KOEO DCU Actuator Test(page 2011).
• Select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > Actuator - DCU Actuators.
• In the drop down menu select "AFT Fuel Enable CTL".
• Ensure "On" is selected.
• Click "Start Test".
10. Observe NOID Light during test.
• Steady on or Flashing light indicates the electrical control and wiring for the DSI Assembly is working
properly.
• No light indicates an electrical circuit or control fault.

Expected Outcome
NOID Light will indicate if command signals and wiring are working properly for the Downstream Injection (DSI)
Assembly.

Follow-on Procedure
None
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2263

Table of Contents

All Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2265


Engine Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2265
Key-On Engine-Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2266
Engine Cranking Specs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2267
Low Idle, No Load, Stabilized Engine Operating Temperature Specs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2268
High Idle, No Load, Stabilized Engine Operating Temperature Specs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2269
Full Load, Rated Speed on Dynamometer, Stabilized Engine Operating Temperature Specs. . .2270
Engine Coolant Temperatures ECT1, ECT2, Engine Oil Temp, Intake Manifold Temp (IMAT)
Specs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2271
Intake Air Temp (IAT) Specs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2272
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temp (DOCIT), Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temp (DPFIT),
Diesel Particulate Outlet Temp (DPFOT) Specs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2273
Soot Load Level versus Exhaust Gas Target Temperature Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2274
Other Components Specs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2275

Navistar® 9 (9.3L)........................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2276


300 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWC).... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2276
315 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWD).... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2277
330 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2278

Navistar® 10 (9.3L). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2279


310 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWG). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2279
330 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWH).... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2280
350 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWJ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2281

Fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2282
Fluid Specifications and Info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2282
2264 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2265

All Ratings
Position Sensors

Engine Specifications

Navistar® 9, and 10 Diesel Engines


Engine configuration 4 stroke, inline six cylinder diesel
Navistar® 9 and 10 displacement 570 in3 (9.3 L)
Bore (sleeve diameter) 4.59 in (116.6 mm)
Stroke
• Navistar® 9 and 10 5.75 in (146 mm)
Compression ratio
• Navistar® 9 and 10 17.2 : 1
Aspiration Two-Stage Turbocharger, Intercooler and Aftercooler
Advertised brake horsepower @ rpm See EPA exhaust emission label
Peak torque @ rpm See EPA exhaust emission label
Engine rotation (facing flywheel) Counterclockwise
Combustion system Direct injection turbocharged
Fuel system Electro-hydraulic injection
Total engine weight (oil and accessories)
• Navistar® 9 and 10 1,870 lbs (848 kg)
Cooling system capacity (engine only) 13.5 qts US (12.8 L)
Lube system capacity (including filter) 30 qts US (28 L)
Lube system capacity (overhaul only, with filter) 34 qts US (32 L)
Firing order 1-5-3-6-2-4
2266 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

Key-On Engine-Off

Key-On Engine-Off
Barometric Absolute Pressure See Local Weather Conditions
Engine Compression Brake Pressure (if applicable) 0.15 to 0.35 volt
Engine oil pressure (2010 Emissions Model Year) -3.0 to 3.0 psi (-20.68 to 20.68 kPa)
Engine oil pressure (2013 Emissions Model Year) -2.34 to 2.34 psi (-16.10 to 16.10 kPa)
Exhaust back pressure -1.38 to 1.38 psi (-9.49 to 9.49 kPa)
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) 0.47 to 0.91 volt
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) 0.15 to 0.35 volt
Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) -1.38 to 1.38 psi (-9.49 to 9.49 kPa)
Fuel delivery pressure (2010 Emissions Model Year)
Fuel delivery pressure (2013 Emissions Model Year) -1.38 to 1.38 psi (-9.49 to 9.49 kPa)

Fuel pump OFF, pressure bled down -2.34 to 2.34 psi (-16.10 to 16.10 kPa)

Fuel delivery pressure with fuel pump on and using a 60 to 100 psi (413 to 689 kPa)
mechanical gauge.
Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) 0 kPa (0 psi) / 0.72 V with fuel pump off

Position Sensors

Key-On Engine-Off
Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) (Not Depressed) 0 % Nominal
Accelerator Pedal Position 2(APP2) (Not Depressed) 0 % Nominal
Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) (Not Depressed) 1.10 volt Nominal
Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) (Not Depressed) 0.56 volt Nominal
Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) (Fully Depressed) 100 % Nominal
Accelerator Pedal Position 2 (APP2) (Fully Depressed) 100 % Nominal
Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) (Fully Depressed) 4.30 volt Nominal
Accelerator Pedal Position 2 (APP2) (Fully Depressed) 2.14 volt Nominal
EGR Valve Control 35 to 90%
EGR Position 35 to 90%
Engine Throttle Position 0 % Nominal
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2267

Engine Cranking Specs

Engine Cranking
Cranking rpm (min) 130 rpm
15 seconds maximum crank time per attempt. Wait 2 to 3 minutes before repeating.
Battery voltage (min based on ECM drop out) 9V
Injection control pressure (min to start engine) 5 MPa (725 psi) / 0.95 V
EGR control 35 %
Fuel delivery pressure with fuel pump on and using a
60 to 100 psi (413 to 689 kPa)
mechanical gauge.
2268 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

Low Idle, No Load, Stabilized Engine Operating Temperature Specs


Temperature Sensors

Low Idle, no load, stabilized engine operating temperature


Engine coolant temperature (at thermostat opening) 85 °C (185 °F) ± 2.78 °C (5 °F)
1.26 V ± 0.4 V
Engine oil temperature should not go 5.5 °C (10 °F) above engine coolant temperature.
Intake Manifold Temperature 66 °C (150 °F) ± 5.5 °C (10 °F)

Pressure - check with sensor and mechanical gauge

Low Idle, no load, stabilized engine operating temperature


Engine oil pressure (min with gauge) 214 kPa (31 psi) / 2.19 V
Fuel delivery pressure (gauge) 621 kPa (90 psi) ± 10 psi
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2269

High Idle, No Load, Stabilized Engine Operating Temperature Specs

High Idle, Parasitic load, at stabilized operating temperature


Fuel delivery pressure (gauge) 621 kPa (90 psi) ± 10 psi

Crankcase Pressure
High idle no load - max. using ZTSE4039 1.5 kPa (6 in. H2O)
2270 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

Full Load, Rated Speed on Dynamometer, Stabilized Engine Operating Temperature Specs

Full Load, Rated Speed on Dynamometer, Stabilized Engine Operating Temperature


Air cleaner restriction (max) 6.2 kPa (25 in H2O)
Fuel delivery pressure (gauge) 621 kPa (90 psi) ± 10 psi
Mass air flow sensor 4612 Hz (min)
8138 Hz (max)
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2271

Engine Coolant Temperatures ECT1, ECT2, Engine Oil Temp, Intake Manifold Temp (IMAT) Specs

Temperature Sensor (ECT)


Temperature at -18 °C (0 °F) 4.62 V / 247 kΩ
Temperature at 0 °C (32 °F) 4.37 V / 96 kΩ
Temperature at 21 °C (70 °F) 3.78 V / 36 kΩ
Temperature at 65 °C (150 °F) 1.93 V / 6.3 kΩ
Temperature at 93 °C (200 °F) 0.99 V / 2.6 kΩ
Temperature Sensor (EOT)
Temperature at -18 °C (0 °F) 4.62 V / 247 kΩ
Temperature at 0 °C (32 °F) 4.37 V / 96 kΩ
Temperature at 21 °C (70 °F) 3.78 V / 36 kΩ
Temperature at 65 °C (150 °F) 1.93 V / 6.3 kΩ
Temperature at 93 °C (200 °F) 0.99 V / 2.6 kΩ
Temperature Sensor (IMT)
Temperature at -18 °C (0 °F) 4.64 V / 269 kΩ
Temperature at 0 °C (32 °F) 4.40 V / 99 kΩ
Temperature at 21 °C (70 °F) 3.80 V / 36 kΩ
Temperature at 65 °C (150 °F) 1.89 V / 6.2 kΩ
Temperature at 93 °C (200 °F) 0.99 V / 2.5 kΩ
2272 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

Intake Air Temp (IAT) Specs

Temperature Sensor (AIT)


Temperature at -18 °C (0 °F) 4.44 V / 250 kΩ
Temperature at 0 °C (32 °F) 3.87 V / 95.8 kΩ
Temperature at 21 °C (70 °F) 2.82 V / 35.9 kΩ
Temperature at 65 °C (150 °F) 0.908 V / 6.335 Ω
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2273

Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temp (DOCIT), Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temp (DPFIT), Diesel
Particulate Outlet Temp (DPFOT) Specs

Temperature Sensors (DOCIT, DPFIT, DPFOT)


Temperature at 21 °C (70 °F) 4.5 V / 19.4 Ω
Temperature at 65 °C (150 °F) 3.9 V / 7.1 Ω
Temperature at 93 °C (200 °F) 3.4 V / 4.3 Ω
Temperature at 204 °C (400 °F) 1.6 V / 0.96 Ω
Temperature at 482 °C (900 °F) 0.34 V / 0.146 Ω
2274 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

Soot Load Level versus Exhaust Gas Target Temperature Chart

Overview
This chart shows target exhaust gas temperatures at various soot loads in the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF), is
for reference only, and requires other tests and analysis to be performed in order to use it properly.

Soot Load Level versus Exhaust Gas Target Temperature Chart

DPF Soot Load (%) Exhaust Gas Target Temperature (DPFIT)


0 - 50 1067°F (575°C)
62.5 1044.5°F (562.5°C)
75 1022°F (550°C)
87.5 999.5°F (537.5°C)
100 977°F (525°C)
112.5 963.5°F (517.5°C)
125 950°F (510°C)
137.5 936.5°F (502.5°C)
150 923°F (495°C)
164 909.5°F (487°C)
182 896°F (480°C)
200 896°F (480°C)
236.8 896°F (480°C)
250 896°F (480°C)
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2275

Other Components Specs

Other Components
CMP sensor 850 Ω
CKP sensor 420 Ω ± 140 Ω
Injector coil 0.575 Ω ± 0.575 Ω
2276 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

Navistar® 9 (9.3L)
300 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWC)

Navistar® 9/300 hp @ 2000 rpm / 860 ft•lb @ 1200 rpm


Engine unit code 12NWC
Engine model Navistar® 9/300
Engine Family Rating Code (EFRC) 5131
Injection timing Nonadjustable
High idle speed - manual transmission 2400 rpm
High idle speed - automatic transmission 2400 rpm
Low idle speed 700 rpm
Low Idle, no load, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 0 kPa (0 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 4 kPa (0.6 psi)
Injection control pressure 6 MPa (853 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
High Idle, no load, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 54 kPa (8 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 151 kPa (22 psi)
Injection control pressure 11 MPa (1595 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
Torque converter stall (automatic transmission) 1900 rpm or greater @ 5 seconds or less
Full load, ECM rated speed at highway, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 227 kPa (33 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 393 kPa (57 psi)
Injection control pressure 29 MPa (4206 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2277

315 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWD)

Navistar® 9/315 hp @ 2000 rpm / 950 ft•lb @ 1200 rpm


Engine unit code 12NWD
Engine model Navistar® 9/315
Engine Family Rating Code (EFRC) 5151
Injection timing Nonadjustable
High idle speed - manual transmission 2400 rpm
High idle speed - automatic transmission 2400 rpm
Low idle speed 700 rpm
Low Idle, no load, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 0 kPa (0 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 4 kPa (0.6 psi)
Injection control pressure 6 MPa (853 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
High Idle, no load, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 54 kPa (8 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 151 kPa (22 psi)
Injection control pressure 11 MPa (1595 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
Torque converter stall (automatic transmission) 1900 rpm or greater @ 5 seconds or less
Full load, ECM rated speed at highway, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 231 kPa (33 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 400 kPa (58 psi)
Injection control pressure 31 MPa (4496 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
2278 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

330 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWE)

Navistar® 9/330 hp @ 2000 rpm / 950 ft•lb @ 1200 rpm


Engine unit code 12NWE
Engine model Navistar® 9/330
Engine Family Rating Code (EFRC) 6131
Injection timing Nonadjustable
High idle speed - manual transmission 2400 rpm
High idle speed - automatic transmission 2400 rpm
Low idle speed 700 rpm
Low Idle, no load, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 0 kPa (0 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 4 kPa (0.6 psi)
Injection control pressure 6 MPa (853 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
High Idle, no load, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 54 kPa (8 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 151 kPa (22 psi)
Injection control pressure 11 MPa (1595 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
Torque converter stall (automatic transmission) 1900 rpm or greater @ 5 seconds or less
Full load, ECM rated speed at highway, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 233 kPa (33 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 403 kPa (59 psi)
Injection control pressure 31 MPa (4496 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2279

Navistar® 10 (9.3L)
310 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWG)

Navistar® 10/310 hp @ 2000 rpm / 1050 ft•lb @ 1200 rpm


Engine unit code 12NWG
Engine model Navistar® 10/310
Engine Family Rating Code (EFRC) 5141
Injection timing Nonadjustable
High idle speed - manual transmission 2400 rpm
High idle speed - automatic transmission 2400 rpm
Low idle speed 700 rpm
Low Idle, no load, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 0 kPa (0 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 4 kPa (0.6 psi)
Injection control pressure 6 MPa (853 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
High Idle, no load, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 54 kPa (8 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 151 kPa (22 psi)
Injection control pressure 11 MPa (1595 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
Torque converter stall (automatic transmission) 1900 rpm or greater @ 5 seconds or less
Full load, ECM rated speed at highway, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 229 kPa (33 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 396 kPa (58 psi)
Injection control pressure 30 MPa (4351 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
2280 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

330 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWH)

Navistar® 10/330 hp @ 2000 rpm / 1150 ft•lb @ 1200 rpm


Engine unit code 12NWH
Engine model Navistar® 10/330
Engine Family Rating Code (EFRC) 6141
Injection timing Nonadjustable
High idle speed - manual transmission 2400 rpm
High idle speed - automatic transmission 2400 rpm
Low idle speed 700 rpm
Low Idle, no load, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 0 kPa (0 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 4 kPa (0.6 psi)
Injection control pressure 6 MPa (853 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
High Idle, no load, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 54 kPa (8 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 151 kPa (22 psi)
Injection control pressure 11 MPa (1595 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
Torque converter stall (automatic transmission) 1900 rpm or greater @ 5 seconds or less
Full load, ECM rated speed at highway, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 233 kPa (33 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 403 kPa (59 psi)
Injection control pressure 31 MPa (4496 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2281

350 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWJ)

Navistar® 10/350 hp @ 2000 rpm / 1150 ft•lb @ 1200 rpm


Engine unit code 12NUZ
Engine model Navistar® 10/350
Engine Family Rating Code (EFRC) 6151
Injection timing Nonadjustable
High idle speed - manual transmission 2400 rpm
High idle speed - automatic transmission 2400 rpm
Low idle speed 700 rpm
Low Idle, no load, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 0 kPa (0 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 4 kPa (0.6 psi)
Injection control pressure 6 MPa (853 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
High Idle, no load, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 54 kPa (8 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 151 kPa (22 psi)
Injection control pressure 11 MPa (1595 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
Torque converter stall (automatic transmission) 1900 rpm or greater @ 5 seconds or less
Full load, ECM rated speed at highway, stabilized engine operating temperature
Intake manifold pressure 237 kPa (34 psi)
Exhaust back pressure 410 kPa (60 psi)
Injection control pressure 31 MPa (4554 psi)
EGR Control 35% to 80%
Engine Throttle Position 0%
2282 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

Fluids
Fluid Specifications and Info

Fuel
See engine Operator’s and Maintenance Manual.

Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD)


See engine Operator’s and Maintenance Manual.
The American Petroleum Institute (API) Diesel Pump Label is compliant with Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) CFR 80.570.
Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel is required for all Navistar® and MaxxForce® engines with advanced
aftertreatment systems. The fuel should meet all the specifications of American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) D975 standard (current year revision), including the EPA specification for sulfur content
(0.0015 % mass or 15 ppm maximum). These specifications are included in the standard under the designation
No. 2-D S15 fuel and No. 1-D S15 fuel. Grade No. 1-D fuel is a lighter fuel with higher volatility than grade
No. 2-D; it may be blended with grade No. 2-D in wintertime to provide engine operability under low ambient
temperature.

Acceptable Fuel Blends


Navistar® Inc. approves of blends up to B5, provided that the two components satisfy current specifications.
Quality biodiesel blends up to B5 should not cause engine or fuel system problems.

Use of Higher Biodiesel Fuel Blends (B6 to B20)


Standard ASTM D7467-08 covers the specifications for blends between 6% and 20% (B6 to B20). These blends
may be used in vehicles that operate in populated areas or in fleets which are required to use alternative fuels
to reduce urban pollution.
Use of B6 to B20 blends is at the discretion of the customer / operator and will not automatically void an engine
warranty. However, if engine component failure can be directly attributable to use of a B6 to B20 blend not
provided by a BQ9000 certified fuel supplier or not meeting the ASTM D7467-08 Standard, Navistar® may, at
its option, deny warranty on the affected engine or engine component.

WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not mix gasoline, gasohol, or alcohol with diesel
fuel. An open heat source, spark, cell phone or electronic device can ignite these fuel mixtures. This
creates a fire hazard and possible explosion.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not mix propane with diesel fuel. Navistar® will not honor warranty
claims against engines that have used propane.
Engine Lubrication Oil
See engine Operator’s and Maintenance Manual.

N13 Quarts Liters


Total oil fill capacity including 42 40
filter (subject to change)
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2283

Figure 876 Oil Level Gauge (Typical)

If oil level is below operating range, fill with recommended oil for operating climate. The ADD mark indicates 3
quarts US (2.8 liters) of oil should be added.
API CJ-4 oil, in combination with Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel [0.0015% (15 ppm) maximum sulfur
content], is recommended to maintain performance and durability of aftertreatment systems meeting 2007 and
beyond diesel emission regulations.

SAE Oil Viscosity Grades and Temperature Ranges


2284 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

The Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) defines oil viscosity (thickness) by grade. Colder temperatures
require lower grade oils for correct flow during starting. Higher temperatures require higher grade oils for
satisfactory lubrication.
• An oil pan and block coolant heater is required for temperatures below 10 °F (-12 °C).
• For heavy duty driving or trailer towing, higher oil grades 15W-40 and 5W-40 oils are required, if temperatures
are over 50 °F (10 °C).
API classification CI-4 or later for 15W-40: above 10°F (-12°C), and below 10°F (-12°C).

Coolant

Cooling System Capacity


Cooling system refill capacities vary considerably due to variations in chassis, body options, and in addition to
the amount of coolant remaining in the system after draining. Total capacity may range from 6 to 22 gallons (23
to 83 liters).

Coolant Mixtures
Extended Life Coolant (ELC) 50/50 Premix is the standard factory fill for the cooling system. ELC 50/50 Premix is
used to replenish coolant loss and ensure that glycol / water concentrations stay in balance. If a customer wishes
to use a conventional (non-OAT ELC) coolant, it should minimally meet ASTM D6210, Standard Specification
for fully - Formulated Glycol Base Engine Coolant for Heavy Duty Engines.

Freeze Point Protection Levels Concentrate (ethylene glycol) and Water Mixtures
Concentrate and Water Mixtures Freeze Point Protection
40% concentrate and 60% water -12 °F (-24.4 °C)
50% concentrate and 50% water -34 °F (-36.7 °C)
60% concentrate and 40% water -62 °F (-52.2 °C)
67% concentrate and 33% water -95 °F (-70.6 °C)

For vehicles operating in extremely cold climates, a coolant mixture of 60% Concentrate and 40% water or
67% Concentrate and 33% water provide freeze protection as shown in table. Mixtures having more than 67%
Concentrate are not recommended.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2285

Table of Contents

Electrical Tools.............................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2287


180-Pin Breakout Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2287
Breakout Harness 18-050-01 (20-way DEF Harness Interconnect). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2288
Breakout Harness 18-650-01 (Ammonia (NH3) Sensor). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2288
Breakout Harness 18-801-01 (Ammonia (NH3) Sensor Module). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2289
Breakout Harness 18-909-01 (DEF Supply Module). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2289
Breakout Harness 18-047-01 DEF Line 3 Heater (Pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2290
Breakout Harness 18-046-01 DEF Line 2 Heater (Return). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2290
Breakout Harness 18-045-01 DEF Line 1 Heater (Supply). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2291
Breakout Harness 18-124-01 (DEF Tank Level and Temperature Sensor). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2291
Breakout Harness 18-649-01 (NOx Out and DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module). . . . . . . . .2292
Breakout Harness 12-575-01 (DPF Differential Pressure / Outlet Pressure Sensor). . . . . . . . . . . .2292
Breakout Harness 18-648-01 (NOx In Sensor Module and SCR Temperature Sensor
Module). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2293
Breakout Harness 12-574-01 (8-way DPF Jumper Harness). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2293
Breakout Harness 18-250-01 (12-way SCR Jumper Harness). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2294
Breakout Harness 18-500-01 (12-way AFT Interconnect). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2294
Digital Multimeter (DMM) ZTSE4357. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2295
Breakout Harness ZTSE6023 (EFP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2295
International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2296
Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A (APP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2297
Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A (DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2297
Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A (ETV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2298
Amp Clamp ZTSE4575. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2298
3-Banana Plug Harness ZTSE4498. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2299
500-Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2299
Breakout Harness ZTSE4484 (IPR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2300
Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 (EOT, ECT1, and AFTFSV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2300
Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 (ECM and ACT PWR Relays). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2301
Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 (AFTFIS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2301
Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 (TC2WG). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2302
Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 (EBPV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2302
Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 (IMP, ICP, EOP, FDP, and EBP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303
Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 (EFAN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2303
Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 (EGT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304
Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 (EGR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2304
Breakout Harness ZTSE4950 (CKP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2305
Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 (CMP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2305
Breakout Harness ZTSE4952 (ICP, ECB, and ECBP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2306
Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 (IMT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2306
Breakout Harness ZTSE6002 (WIF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2307
Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 (24-pin). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2307
Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 (AFTFD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2307
Breakout Harness ZTSE6025 (IAH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308
Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 (AFTFP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308
Under Valve Cover (UVC) ZTSE4793. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2308
2286 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

DEF Tank Heat Coolant Flow Valve ZTSE4827. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2309


Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFDU) ZTSE4828. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2309
Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor ZTSE4960. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2310
Noid Lamp 15-909-01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2310

Mechanical Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2311


Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2311
Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409.......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2311
Interstage Cooler Test Kit ZTSE4937. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2312
Oil Cooler Test Plate ZTSE4939. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2313
Cylinder Head Pressure Test Adapter ZTSE4289A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2314
Thermostat Opening Pressure Test Adapter ZTSE4647. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2314
Water Supply Press Test Adapter ZTSE4648. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2315
ICP Adapter Pressure Test Fitting ZTSE4927. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2315
High Pressure Test Gauge ZTSE4954. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2316
Pressure Gauge Adapter 18-538-01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2317
IPR Plug Tester ZTSE4816. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2317
Crankcase Pressure Test Tool ZTSE4039. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2318
Slack Tube® Manometer ZTSE2217A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2319
Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2320
Fuel Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4657. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2321
Charge Air Cooler Test Kit ZTSE4341. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2321
EGR Mixing Bowl Guide Pins ZTSE4945. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2322
EGR Valve Puller ZTSE4941. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2322
Fuel Intake Restriction and Aeration Tool ZTSE6009. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2323
Fuel/Oil Pressure Test Coupler ZTSE4526. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2323
Fuel Test Fitting ZTSE4692. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2324
ICP Test Kit ZTSE4655. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2324
Turbo Lifting Bracket ZTSE4942. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2325
UV Leak Detection Kit ZTSE4618.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2325
Clean Fuel Source Tool 15-637-01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2326
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2287

Electrical Tools
180-Pin Breakout Box

Figure 878 00-00956-08

The 180-Pin Breakout Box allows testing of electronic control system components without disturbing connections
or piercing wire insulation to access various signal voltages in the electronic control system.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to the 180-Pin Breakout Box, the 180-Pin Breakout Box is used for measurement
only, not to activate or control circuits. High current levels passing through the 180-Pin Breakout Box will burn
out the internal circuitry.
This box is universal and can adapt to any control system by means of a unique jumper harness. Each jumper
harness is a separate part, complete with a 180-Pin Breakout Box overlay (pin identifier) sheet.
The standard box layout is as follows:
• Two 90-pin connectors which feed 90 banana plug probing points.
• Each 90-pin section of the box is basically a stand-alone box.
• The top row is all fuse protected circuits, the second row is all twisted pair circuits.
2288 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

Breakout Harness 18-050-01 (20-way DEF Harness Interconnect)

Figure 879 18-050-01

Breakout Harness 18-050-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 20-way
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) harness interconnect.

Breakout Harness 18-650-01 (Ammonia (NH3) Sensor)

Figure 880 18-650-01


4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2289

Breakout Harness 18-801-01 (Ammonia (NH3) Sensor Module)

Figure 881 18-801-01

Breakout Harness 18-801-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Ammonia
(NH3) Sensor Module.

Breakout Harness 18-909-01 (DEF Supply Module)

Figure 882 18-909-01

Breakout Harness 18-909-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Supply Module.
2290 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

Breakout Harness 18-047-01 DEF Line 3 Heater (Pressure)

Figure 883 18-047-01

Breakout Harness 18-047-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid DEF Line 3 Heater (Pressure).

Breakout Harness 18-046-01 DEF Line 2 Heater (Return)

Figure 884 18-046-01

Breakout Harness 18-046-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Line 2 Heater (Return).
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2291

Breakout Harness 18-045-01 DEF Line 1 Heater (Supply)

Figure 885 18-045-01

Breakout Harness 18-045-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Line 1 Heater (Supply).

Breakout Harness 18-124-01 (DEF Tank Level and Temperature Sensor)

Figure 886 18-124-01

Breakout Harness 18-124-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Tank Level and Temperature Sensor.
2292 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

Breakout Harness 18-649-01 (NOx Out and DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module)

Figure 887 18-649-01

Breakout Harness 18-649-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Carbon
Monoxide (NOx) Out and Diesel Oxidation Catalyst / Diesel Particulate Filter (DOC / DPF) temperature sensor
module.

Breakout Harness 12-575-01 (DPF Differential Pressure / Outlet Pressure Sensor)

Figure 888 12-575-01

Breakout Harness 12-575-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Particle
Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure / Outlet Pressure Sensor.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2293

Breakout Harness 18-648-01 (NOx In Sensor Module and SCR Temperature Sensor Module)

Figure 889 18-648-01

Breakout Harness 18-648-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Carbon
Monoxide (NOx) In sensor module and Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module.

Breakout Harness 12-574-01 (8-way DPF Jumper Harness)

Figure 890 12-574-01

Breakout Harness 12-574-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 8-way
Diesel Particle Filter (DPF) Jumper Harness.
2294 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

Breakout Harness 18-250-01 (12-way SCR Jumper Harness)

Figure 891 18-250-01

Breakout Harness 18-250-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 12-way
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Jumper Harness.

Breakout Harness 18-500-01 (12-way AFT Interconnect)

Figure 892 18-500-01

Breakout Harness 18-500-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 12-way
Aftertreatment (AFT) interconnect.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2295

Digital Multimeter (DMM) ZTSE4357

Figure 893 ZTSE4357

The DMM ZTSE4357 is used to troubleshoot electrical components, sensors, injector solenoids, relays, and
wiring harnesses. The DMM has a high input impedance that allows testing of sensors while the engine is
running without loading the circuit being tested. This ensures the signal voltage measurement will not be affected
by the voltmeter.

Breakout Harness ZTSE6023 (EFP)

Figure 894 ZTSE6023

Breakout Harness ZTSE6023 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Electronic
Fuel Pump (EFP).
2296 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C

Figure 895 ZTSE4435C

The International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C is used to access circuits in the connector
harness and allows for the use of a Digital Multimeter (DMM) without damaging the harness connectors. The
probes may also be used as a guide to determine whether the harness connector is retaining correct tension on
the mating terminal.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2297

Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A (APP)

Figure 896 ZTSE4485A

Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Accelerator
Pedal Position (APP) sensor.

Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A (DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT)

Figure 897 ZTSE4760A

Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT), Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT), and
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensors.
2298 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A (ETV)

Figure 898 ZTSE4735A

Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Engine
Throttle Valve (ETV).

Amp Clamp ZTSE4575

Figure 899 ZTSE4575

The Amp Clamp ZTSE4575 is used to measure amperage draw for the Intake Air Heater (IAH).
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2299

3-Banana Plug Harness ZTSE4498

Figure 900 ZTSE4498

The 3-Banana Plug Harness ZTSE4498 is used for sensor-end diagnostics of sensor circuits.

500-Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497

Figure 901 ZTSE4497

The 500-Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 is used for sensor-end diagnostics of sensor circuits, and for
performing loaded circuit tests.
2300 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

Breakout Harness ZTSE4484 (IPR)

Figure 902 ZTSE4484

Breakout Harness ZTSE4484 is used to measure the voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Engine
Injection Control Pressure Regulator (IPR).

Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 (EOT, ECT1, and AFTFSV)

Figure 903 ZTSE4602

Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Engine Oil
Temperature (EOT), Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1), and Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSV).
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2301

Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 (ECM and ACT PWR Relays)

Figure 904 ZTSE4674

Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Engine Control
Module (ECM) and Actuator (ACT) PWR relays.

Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 (AFTFIS)

Figure 905 ZTSE4830

Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the
Aftertreatment Fuel Intake Sensor (AFTFIS).
2302 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 (TC2WG)

Figure 906 ZTSE4831

Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the
Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control Actuator (TC2WG).

Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 (EBPV)

Figure 907 ZTSE4834

Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Exhaust
Back Pressure Valve (EBPV).
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2303

Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 (IMP, ICP, EOP, FDP, and EBP)

Figure 908 ZTSE4850

Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Intake
Manifold Pressure (IMP), Injection Control Pressure (ICP), Engine Oil Pressure (EOP), Fuel Delivery Pressure
(FDP), and Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensors.

Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 (EFAN)

Figure 909 ZTSE4908

Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits to the Starter Relay and
Engine Fan (EFAN) relay.
2304 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 (EGT)

Figure 910 ZTSE4946

Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 enables the technician to quickly connect a voltmeter and read voltage signals for
the Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor.

Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 (EGR)

Figure 911 ZTSE4948

Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR) valve.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2305

Breakout Harness ZTSE4950 (CKP)

Figure 912 ZTSE4950

Breakout Harness ZTSE4950 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Crankshaft
Position (CKP) sensor.

Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 (CMP)

Figure 913 ZTSE4951

Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Camshaft
Position (CMP) sensor and the Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor.
2306 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

Breakout Harness ZTSE4952 (ICP, ECB, and ECBP)

Figure 914 ZTSE4952

Breakout Harness ZTSE4952 is used to measure continuity of the Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor,
Engine Compression Brake (ECB), and the Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP) sensor.

Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 (IMT)

Figure 915 ZTSE4993

Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Intake Manifold
Temperature (IMT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) Sensor and High Pressure Turbo Intake
Temperature (HPCIT) sensor.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2307

Breakout Harness ZTSE6002 (WIF)

Figure 916 ZTSE6002

Breakout Harness ZTSE6002 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Water In Fuel
(WIF) sensor.

Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 (24-pin)

Figure 917 ZTSE6020

Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the 24-pin Engine
/ IP connector.

Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 (AFTFD)

Figure 918 ZTSE6021


2308 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the
Aftertreatment Fuel Doser (AFTFD).

Breakout Harness ZTSE6025 (IAH)

Figure 919 ZTSE6025

Breakout Harness ZTSE6025 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Intake Air
Heater (IAH) relay.

Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 (AFTFP)

Figure 920 ZTSE6027

Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Aftertreatment
(AFT) Fuel Pressure (AFTFP) sensor.

Under Valve Cover (UVC) ZTSE4793

Figure 921 ZTSE4793


4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2309

UVC Wiring (for injector solenoids, ICP sensor, SCB sensor and Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP)
Sensor).

DEF Tank Heat Coolant Flow Valve ZTSE4827

Figure 922 ZTSE4827

Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFDU) ZTSE4828

Figure 923 ZTSE4828


2310 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor ZTSE4960

Figure 924 ZTSE4960

Noid Lamp 15-909-01


4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2311

Mechanical Tools
Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384

Figure 926 ZTSE2384

The Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384 is used to check pressure caps and cooling systems. The pressure
gauge indicates if the pressure cap holds the correct pressure and whether the cooling system has leaks or
holds pressure.

Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409

Figure 927 ZTSE4409

The Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409 is used to measure intake manifold (boost) pressure, fuel system intake
restriction, fuel pressure, oil pressure, air cleaner intake restriction, and crankcase pressure.
• 0 to 200 kPa (0 to 30 psi) measures intake manifold pressure.
2312 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

• 0-30 in Hg vacuum / 0 to 200 kPa (0 to 30 psi) compound gauge measures fuel system intake restriction
and intake manifold pressure.
0-30 in H2O / 0 to 7.5 kPa (0 to 1 psi) maximum pressure magnehelic gauge measures crankcase pressure
and air intake restriction.
• 60 to 1100 kPa (9 to 160 psi) gauge may be used to check the fuel pressure and oil pressure.

Interstage Cooler Test Kit ZTSE4937

Figure 928 ZTSE4937


1. Test plate
2. Seal remover
3. Test plug
4. Seal installer
5. Test cap

The CAC Block Off Kit ZTSE4937 is used to pressure test the interstage cooler (if available) and check for leaks.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2313

Oil Cooler Test Plate ZTSE4939

Figure 929 ZTSE4939

The Oil Cooler Test Plate ZTSE4939 is used to test the integrity of the oil cooler.
2314 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

Cylinder Head Pressure Test Adapter ZTSE4289A

Figure 930 ZTSE4289A

The Cylinder Head Pressure Test Adapter ZTSE4289A kit includes cylinder head block-off plate,
thermostat-opening block off plate, 0-30 psi gauge with pressure regulator and all necessary hardware.

Thermostat Opening Pressure Test Adapter ZTSE4647

Figure 931 ZTSE4647

Thermostat Opening Pressure Test Adapter ZTSE4647 is used for pressure testing the cylinder head. Must be
used in conjunction with ZTSE4648 and ZTSE4289a.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2315

Water Supply Press Test Adapter ZTSE4648

Figure 932 ZTSE4648

The Water Supply Press Test Adapter ZTSE4648 is used for pressure testing the cylinder head. Must be used
in conjunction with ZTSE4647 and ZTSE4289a.

ICP Adapter Pressure Test Fitting ZTSE4927

Figure 933 ZTSE4927

The ICP Adapter Pressure Test Fitting ZTSE4927 is used with the High Pressure Test Gauge (ZTSE4954) to
measure injection control pressure coming out of the high-pressure pump.
2316 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

High Pressure Test Gauge ZTSE4954

Figure 934 ZTSE4954

The High Pressure Test Gauge ZTSE4954 is used with the ICP Adapter Pressure Test Fitting (ZTSE4927) to
measure injection control pressure coming out of the high-pressure pump.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2317

Pressure Gauge Adapter 18-538-01

Figure 935 18-538-010

Pressure Gauge Adapter 18-538-01 converts Aftertreatment (AFT) temperature sensor ports to 1/8-in NPT
thread so a standard pressure gauge can be used to measure exhaust pressure.

IPR Plug Tester ZTSE4816

Figure 936 ZTSE4816

The IPR Plug Tester ZTSE4816 is used to check the high-pressure pump for inability to reach maximum injection
control pressure.
2318 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

Crankcase Pressure Test Tool ZTSE4039

Figure 937 ZTSE4039 (0.406 in. diameter)


1. To magnehelic gauge or manometer
2. To valve cover

The Crankcase Pressure Test Tool ZTSE4039 is used to measure combustion gas flow from the valve cover
and may be used with the magnehelic gauge or Slack Tube® Manometer ZTSE2217A.
Use the pressure readings obtained with this adapter as the main source of engine condition. Use oil
consumption trend data if the pressure readings are over the specified limits. Neither changes in oil
consumption trends nor crankcase diagnostic pressure trends can establish a specific problem. These changes
only indicate that a problem exists.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2319

Slack Tube® Manometer ZTSE2217A

Figure 938 ZTSE2217A

The Slack Tube® Manometer ZTSE2217A is a U-shaped tube with a scale mounted between the legs of the
tube. When the portability of the Pressure Test Kit is not required, this manometer is used to measure low
vacuum for intake restriction, low pressure for crankcase, or exhaust back pressure.
Filling
Fill the manometer with water before checking pressure. Use only distilled water. Add some colored water
vegetable dye so the scale can be read more easily. With both legs of the manometer open to the atmosphere,
fill the tube until the top of the fluid column is near the zero mark on the scale. Shake the tube to eliminate any
air bubbles.
Installing, Reading, and Cleaning
1. Support the manometer vertically. Make sure the fluid level is in line with the zero indicator on the graduated
scale.
2. Connect one leg of the manometer to the source of the pressure or vacuum. Leave the other leg open to
atmospheric pressure.
3. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Then run the engine to high idle. The
manometer can be read after 10 seconds.
2320 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

4. Record the average position of the fluid level when it is above and below the zero indicator. Add the two
figures together. The sum of the two is the total column of fluid (distance A). This represents the crankcase
pressure in inches of water (in-H2O).
At times, both columns of the manometer will not travel the same distance. This is no concern if the leg is
not connected to the pressure or the vacuum source is open to the atmosphere.
5. Compare the manometer reading with engine specifications.
6. When the test is done, clean the tube thoroughly using soap and water. Avoid liquid soaps and solvents.

Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681

Figure 939 ZTSE4681


1. Quick disconnect check valve
2. Fuel test line
3. Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681
4. Inline shut-off valve
5. Clear test line

The Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681 is used to check for fuel pressure and aerated fuel in the low-fuel pressure
system.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2321

Fuel Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4657

Figure 940 ZTSE4657


1. Compression fitting 1/8 NPT
2. 90-degree elbow
3. Quick disconnect check valve
4. Fuel pressure test adapter

The Fuel Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4657 includes a quick disconnect check valve and fittings that can be used to
make a test line to check fuel pressure at the high-pressure fuel rail.

Charge Air Cooler Test Kit ZTSE4341

Figure 941 ZTSE4341

The Charge Air Cooler Test Kit ZTSE4341 is used to pressurize the charge air cooler and piping to check for
leaks.
2322 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

EGR Mixing Bowl Guide Pins ZTSE4945

Figure 942 ZTSE4945

The EGR Mixing Bowl Guide Pins ZTSE4945 are used while installing the EGR mixing bowl to not damage the
gasket.

EGR Valve Puller ZTSE4941

Figure 943 ZTSE4941

The EGR Valve Puller ZTSE4941 is used to removed the EGR valve without damaging the valve.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2323

Fuel Intake Restriction and Aeration Tool ZTSE6009

Figure 944 ZTSE6009

The Fuel Intake Restriction and Aeration Tool ZTSE6009 is used to check for pressure and aerated fuel in the
low-fuel pressure system.

Fuel/Oil Pressure Test Coupler ZTSE4526

Figure 945 ZTSE4526

The Fuel / Oil Pressure Test Coupler ZTSE4526 is used with the fuel pressure test fitting for an easy connection
to measure fuel pressure.
2324 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

Fuel Test Fitting ZTSE4692

Figure 946 ZTSE4692

The Fuel Test Fitting ZTSE4692 is used to measure fuel intake restriction or fuel pressure.
When measuring fuel intake restriction, the fitting is installed at the diagnostic port (intake-side) of the fuel filter
housing.
When measuring fuel pressure, the fitting can be installed on the fuel rail instead of the Shrader valve.
The Fuel/Oil Pressure Test Coupler ZTSE4526 can then be connected to the fuel test fitting to measure fuel
pressure or fuel intake restriction.

ICP Test Kit ZTSE4655

Figure 947 ZTSE4655


1. Fitting 13/16 - 16 NPT
2. ICP sensor adapter

NOTE: Sensor for test has to be acquired locally.


The ICP Test Kit ZTSE4655 is used to check ICP system diagnostics. The ICP adapter is used with an ICP
sensor and the Under Valve Cover (UVC) gasket breakout harness to check the integrity of the high-pressure
pump and IPR. The fitting is adapted to an air line to pressurize the UVC components and to check for leaks.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2325

Turbo Lifting Bracket ZTSE4942

Figure 948 ZTSE4942

The Turbo Lifting Bracket ZTSE4942 is used to aid in the removal of the turbo assembly.

UV Leak Detection Kit ZTSE4618

Figure 949 ZTSE4618

The UV Leak Detection Kit ZTSE4618 is used with fuel dye to quickly identify leaks. The fuel dye combines with
fuel and migrates out at the leak. The ultraviolet lamp illuminates the leaking fuel dye, which appears fluorescent
yellow-green in color.
2326 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

Clean Fuel Source Tool 15-637-01

Figure 950 15-637-01

The Clean Fuel Source Tool 15-637-01 is used to provide a clean, alternative fuel source to aid in the diagnosis
of the fuel system.
5 COMPONENT LOCATOR 2327

Table of Contents

Engine Component Locator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2329

Aftertreatment Component Locator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2337


2328 5 COMPONENT LOCATOR
5 COMPONENT LOCATOR 2329

Engine Component Locator


2330 5 COMPONENT LOCATOR

Figure 951 Component Location – Top


5 COMPONENT LOCATOR 2331

Figure 952 Component Location – Front


2332 5 COMPONENT LOCATOR

Figure 953 Component Location – Intake Side


5 COMPONENT LOCATOR 2333

Figure 954 Component Location – Exhaust Side


2334 5 COMPONENT LOCATOR

Figure 955 Component Location – Rear

Engine Component Locations


Component Location
Air and EGR mixer duct C-39, D-6
Air Compressor Assembly I-35, G-25
Alternator Bracket K-11
Automatic Belt Tensioner F-20
Cylinder Head Assembly C-68
Coolant Return Hose (Air Compressor) G-37
Coolant Supply Hose (Air Compressor) G-34
Coolant Supply Housing (refrigerant compressor C-57
mount)
Coolant Supply Tube Assembly ( EGR cooler) F-55
Coolant Return Tube Assembly (EGR cooler) G-56
Coolant Return Tube (Oil Cooler) J-55
Crankcase Oil Separator Assembly With Turbine I-55
5 COMPONENT LOCATOR 2335

Engine Component Locations (cont.)


Crankcase Oil Separator (CCOS) Intake Tube H-55
Crankcase Oil Separator Outlet Tube H-54
Deaeration Hose Elbow A-22
Downstream Injection (DSI) Assembly C-41
Downstream Injection Feed Tube Assembly D-41
Dual Stage Turbocharger Assembly E-53
Engine Control Module (ECM) F-40
EGR Crossover Duct E-68
Electric Fuel Pump D-35
Electric Fuel Pump Intake D-35
Exhaust Brake Actuator F-48, L-4
Exhaust Brake Control Valve C-50, I-4
Exhaust Back Pressure Control (EBPC) Valve To D-70
Actuator Hose
EGR Cooler Assembly F-51
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve C-8, C-37
Exhaust Pipe Assembly F-71
Fuel Filter Cap C-37
Fuel Filter Assembly With Heater E-35
Fan Drive Pulley F-23
Front Cover H-22
Front Engine Mounting Bracket K-25
Fuel Filter Cap D-9
Flywheel I-68
Flywheel Housing Assembly K-66
High Pressure Turbochager Outlet C-20, L-9
Hydrocarbon Doser Assembly K-4, E-49
High Pressure Oil Pump E-35
Intake Air Heater Ignitor Relay (IAHIR) E-5, C-40
Interstage Cooler (if applicable) B-23, G-9
Interstage Cooler Intake Elbow F-11
Interstage Cooler Intake Duct I-11
Injection Unit Intake Tube Assembly D-42, E-4
Intake Manifold E-40
Lifting Eye C-42, B-55
2336 5 COMPONENT LOCATOR

Engine Component Locations (cont.)


Low Pressure Turbocharger K-6, C-53
M16 Plug Assembly (Coolant Drain Under Oil Cooler I-52
Module)
NOx In Sensor Module E-54
NOx In Sensor Probe E-50
Oil Cooler Module H-52
Oil Drain Hose (Air Compressor) J-35
Oil Filler Tube E-65
Oil Filter Assembly I-50
Oil Pan L-40
Oil Supply Hose (Air Compressor) H-34
Power Steering Pump Assembly I-37
Rear Engine Mounting Bracket G-64, G-71
Turbo Air Intake Duct E-19
Turbocharger Heat Shield C-51
Turbo Oil Supply Tube Assembly E-52
Valve Cover R-68
Vibration Damper Assembly J-23
Water Drain Valve Assembly E-37
Water Intake Elbow J-20
Water Outlet Tube Assembly B-20
Water Pump Pulley I-20
5 COMPONENT LOCATOR 2337

Aftertreatment Component Locator

Figure 956 SCR Switchback Assembly


2338 5 COMPONENT LOCATOR

SCR Switchback Assembly Component Locator Table


Component Location
Ammonia (NH3) Sensor E-83
Ammonia (NH3) Sensor Module E-83 (Under SCR Canister Heat Shield)
Decomposition Intake Elbow C-77
Decomposition Outlet Elbow B-87
Decomposition Reactor Tube B-83
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Valve (DEFD) C-80 (In Rear of Decomposition Reactor Tube)
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / DPF Diesel F-82 (Under DOC / DPF Canister Heat Shield)
Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor Module
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature F-87
(DOCIT)
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure F-82 (Under DOC / DPF Canister Heat Shield
(DPFDP) / Outlet Pressure Sensor Module
Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) F-83
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) F-79
DOC / DPF Canister Heat Shield F-82
NOx Out Sensor D-77 (In SCR Exhaust Outlet)
NOx Out Sensor Module D-83 (Under SCR Canister Heat Shield)
SCR Canister Heat Shield D-83
Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake Temperature E-85
(SCRIT)
Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet Temperature E-80
(SCROT)
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature D-83 (Under SCR Canister Heat Shield)
Sensor Module
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2339

Table of Contents

Engine Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2343


Engine Serial Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2343
Engine Emission Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2344
Engine Accessory Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2344

Air Management System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2346


Air Flow-Pre Combustion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2347
Air Flow-Post Combustion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2347
Air Management Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2347
Turbochargers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2347
Interstage Cooler (ISC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2348
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2349
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2350
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Closed Loop System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2350
Crankcase Ventilation System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2351

Aftertreatment System..................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2353


Aftertreatment (AFT) System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2353

Fuel Management System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2357


Injection Control Pressure (ICP) System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2358
High-Pressure Oil System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2359
Fuel Injector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2361
Fuel Supply System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2365
Fuel Supply System Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2366

Intake Air Heater System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2370


Intake Air Heater System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2370

Engine Lubrication System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2371

Engine Cooling System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2373


Cooling System Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2373
Cooling System Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2374
Thermostat Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2374

Electronic Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2377


Electronic Control System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2377
Operation and Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2377
Doser Control Unit (DCU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2377
Reference Voltage (VREF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2377
Microprocessor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2377
Diagnostic Trouble Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2377
Microprocessor Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2377
Read Only Memory (ROM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2378
Random Access Memory (RAM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2378
2340 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Actuator Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2378


ECM Actuators and Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2379
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2380
Intake Air Heater (IAH) System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2380
Electric Fuel Pump (EFP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2380
Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) and Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) Sensor. . . . . . . .2380
Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) position valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2380
Exhaust Back Pressure Control (EBPC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2381
Engine Compression Brake Output 1 (ECB1) valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2381
Injectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2381
Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2381
ACM Actuators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2382
AFT Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2383
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2383
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2383
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Unit Heater Relay (DEFSMH Relay). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2383
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay (DEFLHR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2383
EF Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2383
DEF Return Line Heater (DEFRLH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2383
DEF Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2384
DEF Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2384
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2384
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) and DEF Tank Temperature (DEFTT)
Sensors.................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2384
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Control Valve (DEFRCV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2384
Engine and Vehicle Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2384
Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2385
Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2385
Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2385
Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2385
Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2386
Intake Air Heater (IAT) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2386
Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2386
Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2386
Aftertreatment Temperature Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2386
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEFTLT) Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . .2387
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor
Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2387
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2387
Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2387
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2387
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2387
Variable Capacitance Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2388
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2388
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2389
Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2389
Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2389
Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2389
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2389
Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT) sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2389
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2389
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2341

DEF Line Pressure (DEFLP) sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2390


Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP)
sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2390
Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2390
High-pressure Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2390
Brake Control Pressure (BCP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2390
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2391
Magnetic Pickup Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2391
Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2391
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2391
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2392
Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2392
Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2392
Driveline Disengagement Switch (DDS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2392
Engine Coolant Level (ECL) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2392
Water In Fuel (WIF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2393
Potentiometer Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2393
Accelerator Pedal Position (APP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2393
Engine Throttle Valve Control System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2394
Exhaust and Engine Brake System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2395
Exhaust Back Pressure Control (ECBC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2396
Engine Compression Brake Output 1 (ECB1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2397
Brake Pressure Relief Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2397
Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2397
High-pressure Oil Manifold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2397
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2397
Operation Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2399
Chassis Mounted Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2399
Additional Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2399
Ammonia (NH3) Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2399
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2400
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2400
Oxygen Sensor (O2S). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2400
Humidity Sensor (HS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2401
Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2402
ECM Power Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2403
Actuator Power Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2404
Engine Fan Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2405
Fuel Pump Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2405
Fuel Heater Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2406
Starter Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2407

Heavy Duty On Board Diagnostics (HD-OBD) Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2408


2342 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2343

Engine Identification
Engine Serial Number

Figure 957 Engine Serial Number


A. Engine emission label

The engine serial number is located on the engine emission label on the valve cover.

Engine Serial Number Examples:


Navistar® N9 and 10: 570HM2UXXXXXXX
Engine Serial Number Codes:
570 – Engine displacement
H – Diesel, turbocharged, Charge Air Cooler (CAC) and electronically controlled
M2 – Motor truck
U – denotes built plant; U for Melrose Park, Y for Huntsville
7 digit suffix – start with 354XXXX
2344 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Engine Emission Label

Figure 958 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Exhaust Emission Label (example)

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) exhaust emission label is attached on top of the valve cover.
The EPA label typically includes the following:
• Model year
• Engine family, model, and displacement
• Advertised brake horsepower and torque rating
• Emission family and control systems
• Valve lash specifications
• Engine serial number
• EPA, EURO, and reserved fields for specific applications

Engine Accessory Labels


The following engine accessories may have manufacturer's labels or identification plates:
• Air compressor
• Air conditioning compressor
• Alternator
• Cooling fan clutch
• Power steering pump
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2345

• Starter motor
2346 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Air Management System

Figure 959 Air Management System (AMS)

The AMS includes the following:


• Air filter assembly
• Low-pressure turbocharger
• Interstage Cooler (ISC)
• High-pressure turbocharger
• High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC)
• Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2347

• Air and Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) mixer duct


• Exhaust and intake valves
• EGR system
• Exhaust system
• Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)
• Exhaust – Aftertreatment

Air Flow-Pre Combustion


Fresh air from the air filter enters the low-pressure compressor where it is compressed and directed into the
ISC. The high-pressure turbocharger further increases the intake air pressure. The hot compressed air flows
into the HPCAC, where it is cooled, then through the ETV located on the Air and EGR mixer duct. If the EGR
valve is open, exhaust gas enters the high fin density EGR cooler from the rear of the exhaust manifold, and is
transferred to the intake manifold via the EGR crossover duct. The exhaust gas then passes through a port in
the intake manifold, and then to the air and EGR mixer duct where it is mixed with filtered intake air. This mixture
then flows through the intake manifold and into the cylinder head. If the EGR valve is closed, only filtered intake
air flows through the ETV, Air and EGR mixer duct, and into the intake manifold.

Air Flow-Post Combustion


After combustion, gases exit through the cylinder head exhaust valves and ports. Exhaust gas is forced through
the exhaust manifold where, depending on the EGR valve position, it is split between the EGR system and
the high-pressure turbocharger, low-pressure turbocharger, and the EBPV. The EBPV acts as an aftertreatment
device to regulate exhaust temperatures. Exhaust gases flow from the engine through the vehicle aftertreatment
system to the exhaust tail pipe.

Air Management Components


Turbochargers
Navistar® N9 and N10 engines are equipped with an electronically-controlled two-stage turbocharging system.
This system provides high levels of charge air pressure to improve engine performance and to help reduce
emissions. Because of its ability to generate very high charge air pressure levels and avoid Charge Air
Cooler (CAC) overloading conditions, the system is fitted with a spring-loaded turbocharger wastegate. The
turbocharger wastegate is actuated by charge air pressure. The air pressure to the turbocharger wastegate
actuator is controlled by the Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) valve. The TC2WG valve is
controlled by Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) signals from the Electronic Control Module (ECM). The high-
and low-pressure turbochargers are installed as an assembly on the exhaust manifold, located on right side
of engine.
2348 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Figure 960 Low- and High-Pressure Turbocharger Components (below 245 hp shown)
1. High-pressure turbine housing 7. High-pressure turbine intake 14. High-pressure turbo oil drain
2. Interstage Cooler (ISC) 8. Low-pressure turbine housing tube
3. High-pressure turbocharger 9. Low-pressure bearing housing 15. Low-pressure turbo oil drain
outlet 10. Low-pressure compressor tube
4. Turbo wastegate actuator housing 16. Turbo oil supply tube assembly
5. Turbocharger 2 Wastegate 11. Air crossover duct 17. Low-pressure turbine outlet
Position (TC2WG) valve 12. Turbo air intake duct
6. High-pressure compressor 13. Low-pressure compressor
housing housing

The high-pressure turbocharger is connected directly to the exhaust manifold through the high-pressure turbine
intake. The high-pressure turbocharger is equipped with a wastegate that regulates the turbocharger boost by
controlling the amount of exhaust gases that pass through the high-pressure turbine. When demand for power
is low (as during cruising speed), the turbocharger wastegate opens, allowing part of the exhaust gas flow to
bypass the high-pressure turbine. The low-pressure turbine is attached directly to the output of the high-pressure
turbine. The exhaust gas enters the low-pressure turbocharger through the low-pressure turbine housing and
exits through the low-pressure turbine outlet.

Interstage Cooler (ISC)


The ISC is installed between the low-pressure and the high-pressure compressor housings. The ISC air intake is
connected to the low-pressure compressor outlet and uses engine coolant to regulate the charge air temperature.
The ISC air outlet is connected to the compressor intake on the high-pressure turbocharger.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2349

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System

Figure 961 EGR System


1. EGR crossover duct 4. Engine throttle valve 7. High fin density EGR cooler
2. Air and EGR mixer duct 5. Intake manifold assembly assembly
assembly 6. Exhaust manifold assembly 8. Coolant supply tube
3. EGR valve assembly 9. Coolant return tube

The EGR system includes the following:


• Air and EGR mixer duct assembly
• Engine throttle valve
• EGR valve assembly
• Coolant supply tube
2350 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

• Coolant return tube


• EGR cooler assembly
• EGR crossover duct
The EGR system reduces Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) engine emissions. NOx forms during a reaction between
nitrogen and oxygen at high temperatures during combustion. Combustion starts when fuel is injected into
the compressed combustion chamber.
When EGR is commanded, the EGR valve opens and allows exhaust gas from the exhaust manifold to flow into
the EGR cooler for cooling. This cooled exhaust gas is directed through the EGR crossover duct, into a port in
the intake manifold, and directed to the air and EGR mixer duct where it is mixed with filtered intake air.

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve


The EGR valve consists of three major components, a valve, actuator motor, and Integrated Circuit (IC). The
EGR valve is installed in the Air and EGR mixer duct assembly on the intake side of the engine. The EGR valve
uses a Direct Current (DC) motor to control position of the valve assembly. The motor pushes directly on the
valve stem to open. The valve assembly has two poppets on a common shaft. The IC has three hall-effect
position sensors to monitor valve movement.

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Closed Loop System

Figure 962 EGR Closed Loop System

The ECM commands EGR valve position based on engine speed and load conditions. The EGR control valve
provides feedback to the ECM on current valve position.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2351

Figure 963 EGR Control

Crankcase Ventilation System

Figure 964 Crankcase Ventilation


1. Valve cover 4. Housing assembly (turbine) 7. High-pressure turbo drain tube
2. Crankcase breather intake tube 5. Breather outlet tube
3. Housing assembly (breather) 6. Low-pressure turbo drain tube
2352 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

The crankcase ventilation system uses an engine-mounted oil separator to return oil to the crankcase. The
excess crankcase pressure is vented to the atmosphere. Oil-extracted blow-by gases flow from the valve cover,
through the crankcase breather intake tube, and into the breather housing assembly. A high-speed centrifugal oil
separator driven by engine oil pressure, separates and directs oil to the side of housing assembly. The separated
oil drains into the oil separator turbine housing, through the crankcase, and into the oil pan. The oil separator is
located inside and toward the top of the housing assembly. The turbine housing also provides oil drainage from
the low-pressure and high-pressure turbochargers. The low-pressure and high-pressure turbocharger oil drain
tubes direct turbocharger drain oil into the turbine housing. The oil drains out of the turbine housing, through the
crankcase, and into the oil pan. Blow-by gases are directed through the breather outlet tube to the atmosphere.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2353

Aftertreatment System
Aftertreatment (AFT) System

Figure 965 Aftertreatment (AFT) system

The AFT system, part of the larger exhaust system, processes engine exhaust to meet emission requirements.
The AFT system traps particulate matter / soot and prevents it from leaving the tailpipe. The AFT system also
reduces Nitrogen Oxides (NOx).

AFT Control System


The control system performs the following functions:
• Monitors exhaust gas temperatures using Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) In, Diesel Particle Filter (DPF)
In, DPF Out, Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake Temperature (SCRIT), Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) sensors
• Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) in, NOx out, and Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensors
• Controls engine operation for emission control and failure recognition
• May cancel regeneration in the event of catalyst or sensor failure
• Monitors the level of soot accumulation in the DPF using Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure sensor.
• Initiates regeneration automatically when DPF is full with soot and controls engine operation to increase
temperature to ensure a successful regeneration
• Monitors NOx levels in the exhaust
• Initiates Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) dosing automatically when NOx levels are above a pre-calibrated
threshold
• Monitors and adjusts DEF dosing per Ammonia (NH3) sensor feedback
2354 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

DPF
The DPF does the following:
• Captures and temporarily stores particulate matter / soot
• Allows for oxidation (regeneration) of stored particulate matter / soot once loading reaches a particular level
(restriction)
• Stores non-combustible ash until ash cleaning maintenance is performed

DOC
The DOC does the following:
• Oxidizes hydrocarbons in exhaust stream
• Provides heat for exhaust system warm-up and DPF regeneration
• Aids in system temperature management for the DPF

Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Catalyst


The SCR catalyst does the following:
• Completes the breakdown of DEF into NH3 and carbon dioxide (CO2)
• Converts NH3 and NOx to Nitrogen gas and water

Decomposition reactor tube


The decomposition reactor tube does the following:
• Uses an internal mixer to ensure even evaporation of DEF into the exhaust stream

Sensors
Sensors output an electronic signal based on temperature or pressure. These signals are used by the control
system to regulate the aftertreatment function. The sensors measure the temperature and pressure at the center
of the exhaust flow.

Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)


The EBPV acts as an aftertreatment device to manage exhaust temperatures. The Engine Control Module
(ECM) will signal the EBPV to change the amount of air passing through the valve into the exhaust, through the
DOC, and through the DPF. The ECM interprets the increased back pressure as an increased load. In response
to the increased pressure / load, the engine increases speed to meet the demand, resulting in increased exhaust
temperature.

AFT Conditions and Responses


The operator is alerted audibly or with instrument panel indicators of system status. Automatic (active) or manual
(parked) regeneration is required when levels of particulate matter / soot exceed acceptable limits. For additional
information, see the applicable Vehicle Operator Manual and the vehicle visor label.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2355

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Injection

Figure 966 DEF Injection Components


1. Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing 3. DEF supply module return line 5. DEF supply module
Unit (DEFDU) 4. DEF supply module pressure 6. DEF Supply Module Supply Line
2. DEF tank line

DEF injection is required when NOx levels exceed acceptable limits. The Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
determines when DEF injection is required by monitoring signals from the NOx IN sensor module, NOx OUT
sensor module, and Ammonia (NH3) sensor. When NOx levels are too high, the ACM commands the DEF
Supply Module ON, allowing DEF to be drawn from DEF tank (Figure 966) (Item 2), through the supply line
(Figure 966) (Item 6), and on to the DEF supply module (Figure 966) (Item 5). DEF then exits the supply module
(Figure 966) (Item 5) and travels to the DEFDU (Figure 966) (Item 1) through the pressure line (Figure 966)
(Item 4). The ACM then commands the DEFDU ON allowing DEF to be sprayed into the aftertreatment system.
2356 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Downstream Injection System

Figure 967 Aftertreatment (AFT) system


1. Downstream Injection (DSI) 3. Hydrocarbon Injector (HCI) 6. DSI feed tube assembly
assembly assembly
2. Injection unit intake tube 4. Injector coolant outlet tube
assembly 5. Injector coolant intake tube

The DSI system includes the following:


• Doser Control Unit (DCU)
• HCI assembly
• DSI assembly
• Coolant lines
• Fuel lines
The DCU is mounted on the chassis of the vehicle. The DCU receives signals from the ECM, and then signals
the DSI assembly. The DSI assembly is installed on the left rear of the engine above the intake manifold. When
the DCU signals the shutoff valve to open, fuel pressure increases in the upstream cavity of the DSI assembly
housing. The upstream pressure sensor immediately signals the DCU that pressure is increased by available
fuel. The DCU then signals the dosing valve to open, allowing a specific amount of fuel to be injected into the
injector unit intake tube assembly to the hydrocarbon injector assembly. Fuel is injected into the exhaust stream
from the hydrocarbon injector assembly, which oxidizes in the DOC. This increases temperature inside the DPF
to help convert soot to ash more efficiently. The hydrocarbon injector assembly is cooled with engine coolant
from the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler assembly.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2357

Fuel Management System


Fuel Management System

Figure 968 Fuel Management System

The fuel management system includes the following:


• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system
• High-pressure oil system
• Fuel injectors
• Fuel supply system
• Electronic control system
2358 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Injection Control Pressure (ICP) System

Figure 969 Injection Control Pressure (ICP) System


1. Engine Compression Brake 5. High-pressure oil manifold 11. Injection Pressure Regulator
Pressure (BCP) sensor 6. Injector oil intake from (IPR) valve
2. O-ring (2) high-pressure oil manifold 12. Oil intake from front cover
3. Engine Compression Brake 7. Oil outlet (2) reservoir
(ECB1) valve 8. Fuel intake port (4) 13. High-pressure oil pump
4. Injection Control Pressure (ICP) 9. 70-degree elbow assembly
sensor 10. High-pressure oil hose 14. Fuel injector assembly (6)
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2359

High-Pressure Oil System


The lubrication system supplies the oil reservoir located in the front cover. The reservoir provides oil for the
high-pressure oil pump.
The pump is mounted on the backside of the front cover and is gear-driven by the upper idler gear. High-pressure
oil is directed to the high-pressure oil hose, cylinder head passage, and high-pressure oil manifold.
High-pressure oil is used by fuel injectors to pressurize and inject fuel in the cylinders. This occurs when the
OPEN coil for each fuel injector is energized.
The IPR valve is controlled by the ECM to maintain a desired injection control pressure. The IPR valve controls
pressure to a spool valve inside the high-pressure oil pump that throttles oil intake to the pump to regulate
injection control pressure.
If equipped with optional engine brake, some high-pressure oil is directed internally to the engine brake pistons
when the engine compression brake is activated. Since these two systems share a common gallery, a problem
with the engine compression brake system can adversely affect injection control pressure and vise versa.

Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Closed Loop System

Figure 970 ICP Closed Loop System

The Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system is a closed loop system that uses the ICP sensor to continuously
provide feedback to the Engine Control Module (ECM). The ECM commands the IPR duty cycle to adjust
pressure to match engine requirements.
2360 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

ICP Control System

Figure 971 ICP Control System

The Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve receives a Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) command from the
Engine Control Module (ECM). This controls the on / off time IPR valve is energized. The on / off time is
controlled by the ECM to meet calibrated desired values.
The IPR valve is mounted in body of high-pressure pump. The IPR valve controls pressure to a spool valve
inside high-pressure oil pump that throttles oil intake to the pump to regulate Injection Control Pressure (ICP).
As demand for ICP increases, the ECM increases current to the IPR valve solenoid.
When demand for ICP decreases, duty cycle to the IPR valve decreases which moves spool valve inside
high-pressure oil pump to close spool valve that throttles intake to high-pressure oil pump. When ICP electrical
signal is out of range, the ECM sets a fault code.
When ICP signals are out of range, the ECM goes into open loop operation. IPR valve will operate from
programmed default values. ICP sensor is installed in high-pressure oil manifold under valve cover.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2361

Fuel Injector

Figure 972 Fuel Injector


1. Upper O-ring 3. Nozzle gasket 5. Fuel intake port
2. Lower O-ring 4. Injector nozzle
2362 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Two 50-volt, 25-amp coils control a spool valve that directs oil flow in and out of the injector. Each injector has
a single, four-pin connector that connects to the under valve cover harness. Injectors have an OPEN coil and a
CLOSE coil that move the spool valve open and closed using magnetic force. The spool has two positions:
• When the spool valve is open, oil flows into the injector from the high-pressure oil manifold.
• When the spool valve is closed, oil exhausts from the top of the fuel injector and drains back to the crankcase.

Intensifier Piston and Plunger


When the spool valve is open, high-pressure oil enters the injector, pushing down the intensifier piston and
plunger. Since the intensifier piston is 10 times greater in surface area than the plunger, the fuel injection
pressure is also 10 times greater than injection control pressure on the plunger.

Plunger and Barrel


Fuel pressure builds at the base of the plunger in the barrel. When the intensifier piston pushes the plunger
down, the plunger increases fuel pressure in the barrel 10 times greater than injection control pressure. The
plunger has a hardened coating to resist scuffing.

Injector Needle
The injector needle opens inward when fuel pressure overcomes the Valve Opening Pressure (VOP). Fuel is
atomized at high-pressure through the nozzle tip.

Fuel Injector Operation


The injector operation has three stages:
• Fill stage
• Injection
• End of injection
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2363

Figure 973 Fuel Injector Components

Fill Stage
During the fuel fill stage, both coils are de-energized and the spool valve is closed. High-pressure oil from the
high-pressure oil manifold is stopped at the spool valve. Low-pressure fuel fills the four ports and enters through
the edge filter on its way to the chamber beneath the plunger. The needle control spring holds the needle onto
its seat to prevent fuel from entering combustion chamber.

Injection
1. The ECM uses a peak-hold driver to energize the OPEN coil. The Peak current rapidly moves the spool valve
open. High-pressure oil flows past the spool valve and onto the top of the intensifier piston. Oil pressure
overcomes the force of the intensifier piston spring and the intensifier starts to move down. An increase
in fuel pressure under the plunger seats the fuel intake check ball, and fuel pressure starts to build on the
needle.
2. The Hold current causes the spool valve to remain open. High-pressure oil from the high-pressure oil
manifold continues to flow past the spool valve. The intensifier piston and plunger continue to move and
fuel pressure increases in the barrel. When fuel pressure rises above the Valve Opening Pressure (VOP),
the needle lifts off its seat and injection begins.
2364 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

End of Injection
3. When the Engine Control Module (ECM) determines that the correct injector on-time has been reached to
deliver the correct amount of fuel, the ECM uses a peak-hold driver to energize the CLOSE coil and may
reverse the current through the OPEN coil. The current energizes the CLOSE coil and magnetic force closes
the spool valve. The high pressure oil supply to the injector is closed by the spool valve, and oil inside fuel
injector is exhausted through the spool valve to the crankcase.
4. The spool valve remains closed when the CLOSE coil is held closed by the Hold current. Oil above the
intensifier piston flows past the spool valve through the exhaust ports. The intensifier piston and plunger
return to their initial positions. Fuel pressure decreases until the needle control spring forces the needle
back on its seat. The close coil is de-energized.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2365

Fuel Supply System

Figure 974 Low-Pressure Fuel System


1. Cylinder head 7. M8 x 75 bolt 11. Fuel filter assembly (with
2. Fuel injector assembly (6) 8. Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor optional heater)
3. Fuel filter cap 9. 250 watt heater assembly 12. Electric fuel pump assembly
4. M8 x 75 stud bolt (3) (optional) 13. Low pressure fuel rail (cast in
5. Diagnostic coupling assembly 10. Stop Flow adapter assembly intake manifold)
and dust cap (fuel intake)
6. Water drain valve assembly
2366 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Fuel Supply System Flow

Figure 975 Fuel Flow

The electric fuel pump draws fuel through fuel lines from fuel tank. Fuel enters the fuel filter assembly and
passes through the 100-micron strainer.
An optional 250-watt electric heating element is available to warm incoming fuel to prevent waxing and optimize
cold weather performance. The heater is installed in fuel filter assembly, below electric fuel pump. Fuel flows
from strainer through electric fuel pump to fuel filter for further conditioning.
If water is in fuel, the fuel filter element repels the water. The water is collected at the bottom of the main filter
element cavity in fuel filter assembly. Fuel flows through the 5-micron filter element and the standpipe. Filter
element removes debris from fuel.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2367

The standpipe prevents fuel from draining from fuel rail during service. When the fuel filter is removed for
servicing, the filter uncovers a drain to allow fuel in the fuel filter housing to drain back to tank during service
procedure.
2368 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Figure 976 Fuel Filter Assembly Components


1. M5 x 25 screw (3) 7. M6 screw (3) 13. Irregular molded gasket
2. Electric fuel pump 8. Port cover 14. Fuel filter assembly with heater
3. Pump cover and housing 9. Port cover seal 15. M8 x 75 stud bolt (3)
O-ring(2) 10. Fuel filter cap 16. Fuel pressure regulator valve
4. Pump adapter 11. O-ring gasket assembly
5. 3.53 x 40.87 ID O-ring 12. Fuel filter element 17. Fuel pressure regulator spring
6. Pump strainer
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2369

18. Cover plate seal 24. Water drain valve assembly 30. Dust cap
19. Bottom cover plate 25. M5 x 18 Torx® screw (2) 31. Diagnostic coupling
20. Sensor O-ring 26. O-ring seal 32. #906 O-ring
21. Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) 27. Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor 33. M8 x 75 bolt
sensor 28. 250 watt heater assembly 34. Stop Flow adapter assembly
22. M6 screw (7) (optional) (fuel intake)
23. O-ring 29. Heater plug O-ring gasket 35. Gasket

When maximum amount of water is collected in element cavity, the Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor sends a signal to
the Electronic Control Module (ECM). The ECM turns on the amber WIF lamp located on the instrument cluster.
A water drain valve is located on the fuel filter assembly and can be opened to drain contaminants (usually
water) from the assembly. Fuel pump must be commanded ON to drain water from the system. If the drain port
is opened without the fuel pump on, the water will NOT drain out. A fuel pressure regulator valve is built into the
fuel filter assembly.
The regulator valve is calibrated to relieve excessive fuel pressure. Excess fuel is sent through a fuel return line
back to the fuel tank. Return fuel is not filtered. Fuel continuously flows from the top of the filter element cavity,
through a 0.2 mm air bleed orifice (filter center tube feature), and into the return fuel line. This aids in removing
trapped air from the element cavity as a result of servicing. When the fuel filter is removed, a drain-to-tank port
is opened.
Fuel present in the filter assembly then drains out and back to the tank to provide improved cleanliness during
servicing. When fuel lines are removed, a check valve eliminates spillage and ensures fuel line cleanliness. The
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor detects low fuel pressure.
The FDP sensor sends a signal to the ECM when pressure is below programmed values for various engine
conditions. Filtered fuel flows from the fuel filter assembly into the fuel rail. The fuel rail is an integral part of
the intake manifold. Fuel flows into six cylinder head passages to each fuel injector. When the fuel injectors are
activated, fuel flows from the fuel passages through injector intake ports and into fuel injectors.
2370 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Intake Air Heater System


Intake Air Heater System

Intake Air Heater (IAH)


The IAH is primarily used to assist engine start-up in cold weather conditions. In addition, it helps to reduce
white smoke emissions by heating the incoming air. The Engine Control Module (ECM) controls a relay through a
12-VDC, digital, high-side driver. When the relay coil is charged with 12 VDC, the high current contacts inside are
drawn together. This completes an electric circuit between the IAH and the vehicle's battery. The ECM disables
the relay by outputting 0 V. With no voltage across the relay coil, the contacts separate and the connection to
the battery is broken, shutting down the IAH. The intake air heater system operates only in temperatures lower
than 50°F (10°C).
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2371

Engine Lubrication System

Figure 977 Lubrication System


2372 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

1. Unfiltered oil 10. Dual stage turbocharger 18. Piston cooling jet (6)
2. Cooled unfiltered oil 11. Oil cooler 19. Main filtered oil gallery
3. Filtered oil 12. Oil filter 20. Camshaft
4. Crankcase breather assembly 13. Oil cooler module assembly 21. Crankcase
5. Oil pump 14. Oil pressure regulator relief 22. Vertical gallery
6. Front cover valve 23. Cylinder head
7. Reservoir for high-pressure oil 15. Regulator relief valve drain to 24. Valve cover
pump sump 25. Rocker arm assembly oil gallery
8. Unfiltered oil gallery 16. Oil pan assembly 26. Air compressor (optional)
9. Pick-up tube 17. Crankshaft

Unfiltered oil is drawn from the oil pan through the pick-up tube and front cover passage by the crankshaft
driven oil pump. Pressurized oil is forced through a front cover passage, into the crankcase gallery, and to the
oil system module assembly. Oil flow into the oil cooler is controlled by the thermal bypass valve. The thermal
bypass valve allows unfiltered oil to bypass the oil cooler when the oil temperature is cold, and flow directly to
the oil filter.
As the oil temperature begins to warm, the thermal bypass valve begins to open. This allows unfiltered oil to
flow into the oil cooler and oil filter. When the oil temperature is hot, the thermal bypass valve is fully open. This
allows all unfiltered oil to flow through the oil cooler before entering the oil filter. Unfiltered oil moves through
plates in the oil cooler heat exchanger.
Engine coolant flows around the plates to cool the surrounding oil. Oil that exits or bypasses the oil cooler mixes
and enters the spin-on oil filter. Oil flows from outside the filter element toward the inside to remove debris.
When the filter is restricted, the oil filter bypass (located in the oil filter can) opens and allows oil to bypass the
filter to maintain engine lubrication. The filter bypass valve opens when pressure reaches 60 psi (414 kPa).
After passing through the filter, the oil travels past the oil pressure regulator. The regulator directs excess oil
back to the oil pan to maintain oil pressure at a maximum of 57 psi (393 kPa).
Clean regulated oil enters the main oil gallery of the engine to lubricate the crankshaft, camshaft, and tappets.
The crankshaft has cross-drillings that direct oil to the connecting rods. Oil is also provided to the high-pressure
reservoir through a passage in the front cover. Piston cooling tubes continuously direct cooled oil to the bottom
of the piston crowns.
Oil is provided to the cylinder head from the rear cam bearing through a passage at the rear of the crankcase.
Oil flows through a passage in the cylinder head and rear rocker shaft support, then enters the hollow rocker
shaft, which lubricates the rocker arms. The crankcase breather assembly oil separator is driven by unfiltered
oil pressure taken from the right side of the crankcase. Oil flows from the crankcase into the breather assembly
oil separator. Passages direct the oil through a pressed brass nozzle that controls oil flow into the drive oil
separator wheel. Oil drains into the base and mixes with oil from the breather system. The collected oil drains
into the crankcase and then into the oil pan.
The turbocharger is lubricated with filtered oil from a supply tube assembly that connects the oil cooler module
assembly to the center housing of each turbocharger. Oil drains back to the crankcase through drain tubes
connected to the base of the breather housing assembly. The optional air compressor is lubricated with filtered
engine oil through a flexible hose. The hose is connected to a tee on the left side of the crankcase near the
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor. Oil drains into the front cover and to the oil pan. Oil can also drain from the
bottom of the air compressor through a tube into the crankcase. The front gear train is splash-lubricated with oil
that drains from the high-pressure reservoir and the optional air compressor.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2373

Engine Cooling System


Cooling System Description
The engine cooling system includes the following:
• Chassis-mounted radiator
• Interstage cooler (if equipped)
• Coolant fan
• Water intake elbow
• Front engine cover
• Water pump
• Crankcase
• Cylinder sleeves
• Cylinder head
• Oil cooler module assembly
• Air compressor
• Thermostat
• Coolant supply housing / coolant port
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler
• Coolant surge tank
• Coolant heater (if equipped)
The water pump pushes coolant into crankcase, low temperature radiator, and EGR cooler.
Coolant flows to crankcase and through water jackets from front to rear. Coolant flows around cylinder liners to
absorb heat from combustion. Coolant may also pass by optional engine coolant heater.
Swirling coolant flow in cylinder liner jackets directs coolant through passages in cylinder head gasket and
upwards into the cylinder head.
Coolant flows through cylinder head water jackets towards thermostat cavity at the front of the cylinder head.
When thermostat is closed, coolant is directed through bypass port, crankcase, front cover, and into water pump.
When thermostat is open, bypass port is blocked, and coolant is directed through the radiator.
Coolant passes through radiator and is cooled by moving air from coolant fan. Coolant returns to engine through
intake elbow and front cover.
The air compressor is cooled with engine coolant supplied by a hose from the left side of crankcase. Coolant
passes through air compressor and returns to cylinder head through a passage in crankcase.
The oil cooler module assembly receives coolant from a passage in crankcase. Coolant passes between oil
cooler plates and returns through a tube connected to coolant supply housing.
The EGR cooler receives coolant from water pump through a supply tube at the rear of the front cover. Coolant
passing through EGR cooler, flows through cooler plates, cools exhaust gas, and exits through a tube to the rear
of the front cover that returns coolant to pump intake. The hydrocarbon injector assembly receives and returns
coolant to EGR cooler.
2374 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

The EGR coolant supply tube also branches off to interstage cooler (above 245 hp), if equipped. The interstage
cooler uses coolant to lower charged air temperature that exits from turbocharger low-pressure compressor and
enters turbocharger high-pressure compressor.
The surge tank provides expansion space for coolant and deaerates cooling system. The following four vents
provide coolant to the tank:
• Engine vent (top of coolant supply housing)
• EGR vent (top of EGR cooler)
• Main radiator vent (top of radiator)
• Interstage cooler vent (top of interstage cooler)
The surge tank returns coolant through surge line, back to water pump intake.
Cab heat is provided by heater core, which receives warmed coolant from coolant supply housing.

Cooling System Components

Coolant Heater (optional)


An optional coolant heater is available to warm engine coolant in cold weather. The coolant heater warms coolant
surrounding cylinders. Warmed engine coolant aids in cold engine start-up and performance. The coolant heater
is installed on the left side of the crankcase, in front of Electronic Control Module (ECM).

Thermostat Operation
Coolant travels through two ports after it passes through the thermostat. One port directs coolant to the radiator
when engine is at operating temperature. The other port directs coolant to the water pump until engine reaches
operating temperature. The thermostat begins to open at 190°F (88°C) and is fully open at 205°F (96°C).
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2375

Figure 978 Thermostat Closed


1. Coolant flow to heater port 2. Coolant in from engine 3. Bypass to water pump

When engine coolant is below 190°F (88°C), the thermostat is closed, blocking flow to radiator. Coolant is forced
to flow through a bypass port back to the water pump.
2376 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Figure 979 Thermostat Open


1. Coolant out to radiator 2. Coolant flow to heater port 3. Coolant in from engine

When coolant temperature reaches nominal opening temperature of 190°F (88°C), thermostat opens allowing
some coolant to flow to radiator. When coolant temperature exceeds 205°F (96°C), lower seat blocks bypass
port, directing full coolant flow to radiator.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2377

Electronic Control System


Electronic Control System Components
Navistar® N9 and N10 engines are equipped with three control modules, the Engine Control Module (ECM), the
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM), Doser Control Unit (DCU).

Operation and Function


The Electronic Control Module (ECM) monitors and controls engine performance to ensure maximum
performance and adherence to emissions standards.
The ECM contains an internal Barometric Pressure (BARO) sensor for reference.
The ECM, ACM, and DCU, perform the following functions:
• Provides Reference Voltage (VREF)
• Conditions input signals
• Processes and stores control strategies
• Controls actuators

Doser Control Unit (DCU)


The Electronic Control Module (ECM) communicates with the DCU to control the timing and quantity of fuel
sprayed from the hydrocarbon injector assembly.

Reference Voltage (VREF)


The ECM, ACM, and DCU supply 5 volt VREF supply to various input sensors in the electronic control system.
The ECM and ACM determine pressures, positions, and other variables important to engine, aftertreatment, and
vehicle functions.

Microprocessor
The microprocessor, installed inside the ECM, ACM, and DCU, process stored operating instructions (control
strategies) and value tables (calibration parameters). The microprocessor compares stored instructions and
values with conditioned input values to determine the correct strategy for all engine operations.
Diagnostic strategies are also programmed into the ECM, ACM, and DCU. Some strategies monitor inputs
continuously and command the necessary outputs for correct performance of the engine and aftertreatment.

Diagnostic Trouble Codes


Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are stored by the ECM if inputs or conditions do not comply with expected
values. Diagnostic fault codes are communicated using the Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) and Failure Mode
Indicator (FMI) identifiers, and are accessed using an electronic service tool with ServiceMaxx™ diagnostic
software or other J1939 and J1708 RP1210B compliant interface device.

Microprocessor Memory
The ECM and ACM microprocessors includes Read Only Memory (ROM) and Random Access Memory (RAM).
2378 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Read Only Memory (ROM)


ROM stores permanent information for calibration tables and operating strategies. Permanently stored
information cannot be changed or lost when the ignition switch is turned to OFF or when power to the control
modules is interrupted. ROM includes the following:
• Vehicle configuration, modes of operation, and options
• Engine Family Rating Code (EFRC)
• Engine warning and protection modes

Random Access Memory (RAM)


RAM stores temporary information for current engine conditions. Temporary information in RAM is lost when
the ignition switch is turned to OFF or power to control module is interrupted. RAM information includes the
following:
• Engine temperature
• Engine rpm
• Accelerator pedal position

Actuator Control
Actuators are controlled in one of the following ways, depending upon type of actuator:
• Duty cycle (percent time On / Off)
• Switched On or Off
• CAN messages
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2379

ECM Actuators and Sensors

Figure 980 Electronic Control System


2380 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

The ECM controls engine operation with the following:


• Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV)
• Intake Air Heater (IAH) system
• Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)
• Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) and Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) sensor
• Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) position valve
• Exhaust Back Pressure Control (EBPC)
• Engine Compression Brake Output 1 (ECB1) valve
• Injectors
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve

Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV)


The EGR valve controls the flow of exhaust gases to the air and EGR mixer duct. The ECM sends the desired
valve position for exhaust gas recirculation to the EGR valve. The EGR Valve Position (EGRP) sensor sends
feedback to the ECM. A fault code will be set if the ECM detects an error message from the EGR valve.

Intake Air Heater (IAH) System


The IAH system warms the incoming air supply before cranking to aid cold engine starting. The ECM
is programmed to energize the IAH element through the IAH relay while monitoring certain programmed
conditions for engine coolant temperature, engine oil temperature, and atmospheric pressure. The ECM
activates the IAH relay. The relay supplies battery voltage to the heater element for a set time, depending on
engine coolant temperature and altitude.

Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)


Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) supplies fuel to engine at approximately 90 psi (620 kPa). Engine Control Module
(ECM) drives fuel supply pump directly, using H-Bridge driver.
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor is only capable of measuring up to 75 psi (517 kPa) of pressure, even
though fuel pressure normally operates at 90 psi (621 kPa).

Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) and Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) Sensor
The ETV controls the flow of intake air to regulate operating temperature for exhaust aftertreatment and base
engine operation. The integral throttle actuator controls the engine throttle valve. The throttle actuator is
controlled by the ECM to activate the throttle valve. The ETP provides feedback to the ECM on the throttle
valve position.

Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) position valve


The turbocharger wastegate actuator regulates the charge air pressure by controlling the amount of exhaust
gases that pass through the high-pressure turbine. The TC2WG valve receives the command signal from
the ECM. When the charge air pressure demand is low, the TC2WG valve closes the vent circuit, allowing
compressor outlet pressure to pass to the wastegate. When the charge air pressure demand is high, the TC2WG
vents compressor outlet pressure to the wastegate, closing the wastegate high-pressure turbine.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2381

Exhaust Back Pressure Control (EBPC)


The EBPC is controlled using the Air Control Valve (ACV) assembly. The ACV assembly contains the EBPC
control valve, and the Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) sensor. Both are used by the ECM to
control EBPC operation.
The EBPC regulates air pressure applied to the EBPC pneumatic actuator. The pneumatic cylinder actuates
the valve (in the exhaust system) in response to commands by the ECM.
The EBPC actuator is mounted on the right side of the engine, after the turbocharger exhaust connection.

Engine Compression Brake Output 1 (ECB1) valve


The ECB1 valve controls pressure entering the brake oil gallery from the injector oil gallery. This activates
the brake actuator pistons and opens the exhaust valves. The ECB1 valve is installed in the center of the
high-pressure oil manifold.

Injectors
The injector injects fuel into the cylinders. The Engine Control Module (ECM) controls the timing and the amount
of fuel being sprayed from each injector. The ECM also controls the Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system to
regulate fuel spray pressure.

Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve


The IPR valve is used to maintain desired injection control pressure. The IPR valve controls the spool valve that
throttles the intake to the HPOP.
2382 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

ACM Actuators

Figure 981 ACM Actuators

The ACM controls aftertreatment system operation with the following:


• AFT Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO)
• Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFD)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Unit Heater Relay (DEFSMH Relay)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay (DEFLHR)
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2383

• EF Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH)


• DEF Return Line Heater (DEFRLH)
• DEF Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH)
• DEF Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) and DEF Tank Temperature (DEFTT) Sensors
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Control Valve (DEFRCV)

AFT Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO)


The AFTFSO is used to control fuel flow to the doser injector. The AFTFSO is controlled through an On-Off
signal sent by the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). The AFTFSO is installed in the AFT fuel doser module,
located to the rear of the fuel filter assembly, on the left side of the engine.

Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC)


The Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) valve regulates fuel to the doser injector when in regen
mode.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFD)


The DEFD is a solenoid assembly controlled by the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). When the ACM
commands DEF dosing, it opens the doser valve and allows DEF to be sprayed into the exhaust stream.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid Unit Heater Relay (DEFSMH Relay)


The DEF unit heaters are used to maintain proper DEF temperature to avoid DEF freezing. When DEF
temperature is too low. The ACM commands the DEFSMH Relay ON, sending power to the DEF unit heaters.
The DEFSMH Relay is installed in the Power Distribution Module (PDM), behind the DEF tank.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay (DEFLHR)


The DEF line heaters are used to maintain proper DEF temperature to avoid DEF freezing. When DEF
temperature is too low. The ACM commands the DEFLHR ON, sending power to the DEF line heaters.
The DEFLHR is installed in the Power Distribution Module (PDM), behind the DEF tank.

EF Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH)


The DEFSLH is used to maintain proper DEF temperature in the DEF supply module suction line.
The DEFSLH is wrapped around the suction line between the DEF supply module and DEF tank.

DEF Return Line Heater (DEFRLH)


The DEFRLH is used to maintain proper DEF temperature in the DEF supply module return line.
The DEFRLH is wrapped around the return line return line
2384 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

DEF Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH)


The DEFPLH is used to maintain proper DEF temperature in the DEF supply module pressure line.
The DEFPLH is wrapped around the pressure line between the DEF supply module and DEFD.

DEF Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV)


The DEFTHV controls coolant flow to the DEF tank. When DEF temperature is low, the ACM commands the
DEFTHV open, allowing coolant flow to warm the DEF tank.
The DEFTHV is typically mounted to the vehicle frame.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH)


The Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) and DEF Reverting Control Valve (DEFRCV) receive
coolant from a supply line running from the lower radiator hose. When DEF tank temperature is too low, the
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) commands the DEFRCV ON allowing coolant to pass through the DEF
tank heating coil. Coolant from the DEF tank heating coil and DEFRCV then returns to the water pump intake
through a coolant return line.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) and DEF Tank Temperature (DEFTT) Sensors
The DEFSP is controlled using a Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) signal from the ACM.
The DEF supply module has an internal temperature sensor (DEFTT) used to monitor DEFSP temperature.
The DEFSP is part of the DEF supply module, and is not serviceable individually.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Control Valve (DEFRCV)


The Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) and DEF Reverting Control Valve (DEFRCV) receive
coolant from a supply line running from the lower radiator hose. When DEF tank temperature is too low, the
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) commands the DEFRCV ON allowing coolant to pass through the DEF
tank heating coil. Coolant from the DEF tank heating coil and DEFRCV then returns to the water pump intake
through a coolant return line.

Engine and Vehicle Sensors

Engine Temperature Sensors

Figure 982 Thermistor Sensor


6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2385

A thermistor sensor changes electrical resistance with changes in temperature. As temperature changes at the
thermistor, voltage at the ECM, ACM, or DCU will change accordingly. Thermistors work with the control module
to produce a voltage signal inversely proportional to temperature values.
A thermistor sensor has two electrical terminals, signal and signal ground. The output of a thermistor sensor is
a non-linear analog signal.
Thermistor type sensors include the following:
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor
• Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor
• Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT)
• Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor
• Intake Air Heater (IAT) sensor
• Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor
• Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor

Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) Sensor


The ECT1 sensor is a thermistor-type sensor that measures engine coolant temperature.
The ECT1 signal is monitored by the ECM for operation of the instrument panel temperature gauge, coolant
temperature compensation, charge air temperature control, EGR system control, optional Engine Warning
Protection System (EWPS), and the Wait to Start lamp. The ECM uses ECT1 sensor input as a backup, if EOT
sensor values are out of range.
The ECT1 sensor is installed in the underside of the EGR coolant crossover manifold, at the back of the engine.

Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Sensor


The ECM monitors the EOT signal and uses this information to control fuel quantity and timing. The EOT signal
allows the ECM to compensate for differences in oil viscosity for temperature changes. The EOT sensor is
installed in the rear of the front cover, to the left of the high-pressure pump assembly.

Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) Sensor


The TC2CIT sensor monitors the temperature of the air entering the Turbocharger 2 compressor. The ECM
monitors the TC2CIT signal to evaluate the effectiveness and condition of the interstage cooler.
The Aftertreatment System and exhaust manifold use the following sensors:
• Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor

Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) Sensor


The EGT sensor used in the exhaust manifold provides a feedback signal to the ECM indicating exhaust gas
temperature.
2386 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) Sensor


The CACOT sensor monitors the temperature of the air leaving the CAC. The ECM monitors the CACOT signal
to evaluate the effectiveness and condition of the CAC.

Intake Air Heater (IAT) Sensor

Contents under development

Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) Sensor


The IMT sensor is a thermistor sensor that monitors temperature.
The IMT sensor is installed in the intake side of the cylinder head, on the left side of the engine.

Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) Sensor


The AAT sensor is a thermistor sensor that detects the temperature of ambient air.
The AAT signal is monitored by the ECM.
The AAT sensor is installed in various places depending on the vehicle.

Aftertreatment Temperature Sensors


Temperature sensors used in the Aftertreatment System include the following:
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2387

• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor Module
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT) sensor
• Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) sensor
• Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor
• Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module
• Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake Temperature (SCRIT) sensor
• Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet Temperature (SCROT) sensor

Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEFTLT) Sensor Module
The DEFTLT sensor module is a combination sensor that monitors DEF tank level and temperature, and
communicates to the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) through J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN)
communication.
The DEFTLT sensor module is installed inside the DEF tank.

Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor Module
The DOC / DPF temperature sensor module monitors aftertreatment DPF and DOC temperature. The DOC
/ DPF temperature sensor module monitors signals from the DOC Intake Temperature (DOCIT), DPF Intake
Temperature (DPFIT), and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensors, and communicates these signals to the
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) through J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN) communication.
The DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT sensors are not serviceable individually, and are part of the DOC / DPF
temperature sensor module.

Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT) Sensor


The DOCIT sensor provides a feedback signal to the ACM indicating Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) intake
temperature. The DOCIT sensor is the first temperature sensor installed past the turbocharger and just before
the DOC.

Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) Sensor


The DPFIT sensor provides a feedback signal to the ACM indicating Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) intake
temperature. The DPFIT sensor is the second temperature sensor installed past the turbocharger and just
after the DOC.

Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) Sensor


The DPFOT sensor provides a feedback signal to the ACM indicating DPF outlet temperature. The DPFOT
sensor is the third temperature sensor installed past the turbocharger and just after the DPF. During a catalyst
regeneration, the ECM monitors all three sensors along with the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System and
Engine Throttle Valve (ETV).

Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module


The SCR temperature sensor module monitors aftertreatment SCR catalyst temperature. The SCR temperature
sensor module monitors signals from the SCR Intake Temperature (SCRIT) sensor, and SCR Outlet Temperature
2388 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

(SCROT) sensor, and communicates these signals to the ACM through J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN)
communication.
The SCRIT sensor and SCROT sensor are not serviceable individually, and are part of the SCR temperature
sensor module.

Variable Capacitance Sensors

Figure 984 Variable Capacitance Sensor

Variable capacitance sensors measure pressure. The pressure measured is applied to a ceramic material.
Pressure forces the ceramic material closer to a thin metal disk. This action changes the capacitance of the
sensor.
The sensor is connected to the control module through the VREF, signal, and signal ground wires.
The sensor is powered by VREF and returns an analog signal voltage to the Engine Control Module (ECM) or
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). The ECM, ACM, and DCU compares the voltage with pre-programmed
values to determine pressure.
Variable capacitance sensors include the following:
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor
• Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor
• Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor
• Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
• Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor
• Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) sensor
• Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT) sensor
• Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) sensor
• DEF Line Pressure (DEFLP) sensor
• Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor
• Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) sensor

Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor


The FDP sensor is a variable capacitance sensor that measures fuel supply pressure.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2389

The FDP sensor provides feedback to the ECM for the low-pressure fuel system.
The FDP sensor is installed in the front of the fuel filter assembly on the left side of the engine.

Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor


The EOP sensor is a variable capacitance sensor that detects engine oil pressure.
The EOP signal is monitored by the ECM for operation of the instrument panel pressure gauge and optional
Engine Warning and Protection System (EWPS).
The EOP sensor is installed in the oil module, on the left side of the engine.

Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Sensor


The ECM monitors the exhaust pressure to control the EGR and intake throttle systems. The EBP sensor is
installed in a tube mounted on the coolant supply housing (refrigerant compressor bracket).

Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor


The MAF sensor is used for closed loop control of the EGR valve and ETV. The ECM monitors the MAF signal
to control the EGR and intake throttle systems. The MAF sensor assembly includes the IAT sensor which sends
air temperature information to the ECM.
The MAF sensor is installed in the intake air duct or air cleaner housing.

Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) Sensor


The IMP sensor is a variable capacitance sensor that monitors the pressure of charge air entering the intake
manifold.
The IMP signal is monitored by the ECM for control of the EGR system and turbocharger wastegate.
The IMP sensor is installed in the intake manifold, after the Engine Throttle Valve (ETV).

Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) sensor


The AFTFP1 sensor is a variable capacitance sensor that the ACM uses to monitor fuel pressure into the
aftertreatment system between the AFTFSO and AFTFPC valves.
The AFTFP1 sensor is installed in the AFT fuel doser module, to the rear of the fuel filter assembly.

Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT) sensor


The AFTFP2 sensor is a thermistor that measures fuel temperature at the doser metering unit.
The AFTFP1 and AFTFT sensors are part of the same assembly.

Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) sensor


The AFTFP2 sensor is a variable capacitance sensor that monitors fuel pressure after the AFT : PC valve.
The AFTFP2 sensor is located in the DSI unit.
2390 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

DEF Line Pressure (DEFLP) sensor


The DEFLP signal is a CAN message from the ACM.
The DEFLP is part of the DEF supply module, and is not serviceable individually.

Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor
The DPFDP / DPFOP sensor provides a feedback signal to the ACM indicating the pressure difference between
the intake and outlet of the DPF.
The DPFDP / DPFOP sensor is a differential pressure sensor with two tap-offs installed at the DPF. A tap-off is
installed before and after the DPF.

Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP)


The TC1TOP sensor is a variable capacitance sensor that measures the exhaust pressure after the turbines.
The sensor measures pressure in the exhaust system. A tap for the TC1TOP is installed in the exhaust, between
the low-pressure turbine and Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV).
The TC1TOP sensor is installed in the Air Control Valve (ACV), on the right side of the engine.

High-pressure Sensors

Figure 985 High-Pressure Sensor

High-pressure sensors convert pressure to a linear analog voltage output of 0 to 5 volts. The pressure causes a
strain on the diaphragm with a strain gauge bonded to it. This sensor has three wires: VREF, signal ground, and
a signal wire. The sensor is powered by VREF from the ECM and is grounded through the ECM to a common
signal ground. The ECM compares the voltage with pre-programmed values to determine pressure.
High-pressure sensors include the following:
• Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor

Brake Control Pressure (BCP) Sensor


The ECM monitors the BCP sensor signal to determine oil pressure in the brake gallery of the high-pressure oil
manifold. The BCP sensor is under the valve cover, forward of the No. 2 fuel injector in the high-pressure oil
manifold. The BCP sensor is optional.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2391

Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Sensor


The ECM measures the ICP sensor to determine injection control pressure for engine operation. The ICP sensor
is used to control the IPR valve. It provides feedback to the ECM for closed loop high-pressure oil control. The
ICP sensor is located under the valve cover, forward of the No. 6 fuel injector in the high-pressure oil manifold.

Magnetic Pickup Sensors

Figure 986 Magnetic Pickup Sensor

A magnetic pickup sensor contains a permanent magnet, a ferromagnetic pole piece, and a magnetic pickup.
The VRS generates an AC voltage signal that is proportional to the change in flux at the magnetic pickup as a
metal trigger wheel passes along the sensor
Magnetic pickup sensors used include the following:
• Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor
• Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor
• Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)
• Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor

Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor


The CKP sensor is a variable reluctance sensor that indicates crankshaft speed and position.
The CKP sensor sends a varying AC signal to the Engine Control Module (ECM) as the crankshaft turns. The
CKP sensor generates an AC pulse for each tooth on the 60 minus 2 crankshaft timing wheel at the rear of the
crankshaft. The minus 2 gap in the crankshaft timing wheel and the CMP sensor signal are used to determine
engine position for synchronization. The time between CKP sensor pulses is used to calculate engine RPM.
The offset of CKP pulses from the reference position is used to determine engine timing for injection events.
The CKP sensor is installed in the top left of the flywheel housing.

Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor


The CMP sensor is a magnetic pickup sensor that indicates camshaft speed and position.
The CMP sensor sends a single AC signal to the ECM as a once per camshaft rotation as a peg on the camshaft
rotates past the CMP sensor.
The CMP sensor is installed in the left rear of the cylinder head.
2392 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)


The VSS provides the ECM with transmission tail shaft speed by sensing the rotation of a 16-tooth rotor on the
rear of the transmission or a CAN signal from the TCM. The detected signal (AC) received by the ECM, is used
with tire size and axle ratio to calculate vehicle speed. The VSS is installed on the left side of the transmission
housing for automatic transmissions, or at rear of the transmission housing for manual transmissions.

Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) Sensor


The CCOSS sensor sends the ECM information about the speed of the crankcase oil separator internal
components. The detected signal (AC) received by the ECM is used to monitor operation of the cyclonic oil
separator, installed inside the breather assembly on the engine oil filter assembly.

Switches

Figure 987 Switch

Switch sensors indicate position, level, or status. They operate open or closed, regulating the flow of current. A
switch sensor can be a voltage input switch or a grounding switch. A voltage input switch supplies the ECM with
a voltage when it is closed. A grounding switch grounds the circuit when closed, causing a zero voltage signal.
Grounding switches are usually installed in series with a current limiting resistor.
Switch sensors include the following:
• Driveline Disengagement Switch (DDS)
• Engine Coolant Level (ECL) Sensor
• Water In Fuel (WIF)

Driveline Disengagement Switch (DDS)


The DDS determines if a vehicle is in gear. For manual transmissions, the clutch switch serves as the DDS. For
automatic transmissions, the neutral indicator switch functions as the DDS. The DDS signal is sent to the Body
Controller (BC) and transmitted on the J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN) datalink to the engine ECM.

Engine Coolant Level (ECL) Sensor


ECL sensor is part of the Engine Warning and Protection System (EWPS). The ECL switch is installed on the
deaeration tank.
When engine coolant is normal, ECL measures 0 volts, switch opens and ENGINE lamp on the instrument panel
is off. If engine coolant is low, ECL voltage is "logic high", switch closes and red ENGINE lamp on instrument
panel is illuminated.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2393

Water In Fuel (WIF)


A Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor in the fuel filter assembly is used to detect water in the fuel. The resistance of the
WIF sensor circuit changes when the water level in the fuel filter assembly reaches the sensor. The ECM then
sends a message to illuminate the amber water-in-fuel lamp, alerting the operator.
WIF is installed in the side of the fuel filter assembly.

Potentiometer Sensors

Figure 988 Potentiometer

A potentiometer is a variable voltage divider that senses the position of a mechanical component. A reference
voltage is applied to one end of the potentiometer. Mechanical rotary or linear motion moves the wiper along
the resistance material, changing voltage at each point along the resistive material. Voltage is proportional to
the amount of mechanical movement.
The engine has two potentiometers, both contained in the Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor.

Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)


APP provides the ECM with a dual feedback signal (dual linear analog voltages) that indicate the operator's
demand for power. APP contains two potentiometers, and provides two individual signals (APP1 and APP2) to
the ECM. APP is installed in the cab on the accelerator pedal assembly.
2394 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Engine Throttle Valve Control System

Figure 989 Engine Throttle Valve Control System

The Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) is controlled to limit intake air. As part of the air management system, the ETV
is controlled by the ECM (closed loop) based on input from the Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor for proper emissions
control.
The ETV is also used to help control intake air during a Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration process of
the aftertreatment system. It maintains vehicle and engine performance during regenerations.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2395

Exhaust and Engine Brake System

Exhaust Brake

Figure 990 Exhaust Brake System

The exhaust brake is available for all ratings and aids in the deceleration rate of vehicles.
The exhaust brake is an exhaust back pressure brake system that provides improved braking performance.
The operator can enable the brake function by toggling an instrument panel mounted switch ON or OFF.
2396 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Engine Brake

Figure 991 Engine Brake


1. Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) 5. High-pressure oil manifold 8. Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
sensor 6. Engine Compression Brake sensor
2. Switch Pressure (ECBP) sensor 9. Front of engine
3. Electronic Control Module 7. Engine Compression Brake
(ECM) (ECB) valve
4. Brake pressure relief valve

Exhaust Back Pressure Control (ECBC)


The Engine Control Module (ECM) (Figure 991) (Item 3)monitors the ECBC (Figure 991) (Item 4) signal during
engine normal and braking operation to determine if the engine brake system is working without fault. The ECBC
sensor provides a feedback signal to the ECM indicating brake control pressure.
The ECBC sensor is installed in the high-pressure oil manifold, under the valve cover.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2397

Engine Compression Brake Output 1 (ECB1)


The ECB valve (Figure 991) (Item 7) controls pressure entering the brake oil gallery from the injector oil gallery.
This activates the brake actuator pistons and opens the exhaust valves.
The ECB valve is installed in the center of the high-pressure oil manifold (Figure 991) (Item 5).

Brake Pressure Relief Valve


The brake pressure relief valve (Figure 991) (Item 4) vents excess pressure under the valve cover. Residual
brake gallery pressure initially bleeds from the actuator bore. When brake gallery pressure reaches a set point,
the brake pressure relief valve opens and oil drains back to the sump.

Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Sensor


The EBP sensor (Figure 991) (Item 1) is an input to the ECM (Figure 991) (Item 3) for control of the Turbocharger
2 Wastegate Valve (TC2WG) valve. The TC2WG valve controls the turbocharger wastegate actuator. The EBP
sensor is mounted on a tube plumbed to the exhaust manifold on the exhaust side of the engine.

High-pressure Oil Manifold


The high-pressure oil manifold (Figure 991) (Item 5) has two internal separated oil galleries. The manifold
supplies high-pressure oil to each fuel injector during normal operation. High-pressure oil is directed to the
brake pistons during engine brake operation.

Operation

Figure 992 Engine compression brake valve and brake actuator – OFF
1. High-pressure oil manifold 4. Engine compression brake valve 7. Valve lash (actuator retracted)
2. High-pressure oil gallery 5. Brake actuator piston assembly 8. Oil intake
3. Brake oil gallery 6. Exhaust valve bridge
2398 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Figure 993 Engine compression brake valve and brake actuator – OFF
1. High-pressure oil manifold 4. Engine compression brake valve 8. Normal oil seepage
2. High-pressure oil flow to brake 5. Brake actuator piston assembly 9. Oil intake
oil gallery 6. Exhaust valve bridge
3. Brake oil gallery 7. Valve lash (actuator retracted)

During engine brake operation, The Engine Compression Brake (ECB) valve (Figure 992) (Item 4) opens to
supply high-pressure oil to each brake actuator piston (Figure 992) (Item 5). These brake actuator pistons hold
the exhaust valves partially open.
During normal engine operation, oil in the high-pressure manifold (Figure 992) (Item 1) goes to the fuel injectors
only. The engine compression brake valve, mounted in the high-pressure oil manifold, is closed to prevent oil
from entering the brake oil gallery (Figure 992) (Item 3).
The Engine Control Module (ECM) monitors the following criteria to make sure certain conditions are met:
• Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (inactive)
• RPM (greater than 1200)
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) (less than 5%)
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) (greater than or equal to 140°F [60°C])
• Operator input switches (On / Off)
If On is selected, and the preceding criteria are met, the engine brake will activate.
When the engine brake is activated, the ECM provides the power to activate the Engine Compression Brake
(ECB) valve to allow oil from the injector oil gallery to flow to the brake oil gallery (Figure 993) (Item 3) . High oil
pressure activates the brake actuator pistons to open the exhaust valves.
Vehicle momentum is absorbed by the resulting compression release of the engine power cylinders when pistons
are near the top of their stroke.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2399

During an ABS event, the engine brake is deactivated. The engine brake is reactivated once the ABS event is
over.
The ECM removes the power source from the ECB valve (Figure 993) (Item 4) to deactivate the engine brake.
Residual brake gallery pressure initially bleeds from the actuator bore. When brake gallery pressure bleeds
down the brake pressure relief valve opens, and oil drains back to sump.

Operation Modes
The engine brake system provides three programmable modes of operation based on terrain, driving conditions,
or driver preference.

Coast Mode
When the coast mode is programmed, the brake system will activate only when the driver applies the vehicle
service brake. The coast mode allows the vehicle to coast without automatic brake system activation.

Latched Mode
When the latch mode is programmed, the brake system will activate when the driver releases the accelerator
pedal. The brake system will deactivate when the driver depresses the accelerator or clutch pedals. The brake
system will also deactivate when the engine speed is below a pre-programmed rpm.

Cruise Mode
When the cruise mode is programmed, the brake system performs similar to latch mode under normal driving
conditions. When cruise control is used the brake system will activate when the vehicle travels down a grade.
The brake system helps the cruise control system maintain the set vehicle speed.

Chassis Mounted Features

Charge Air Cooler (CAC)


A Charge Air Cooler (CAC) is an air-to-air heat exchanger, which reduces the temperature of the air charge.
The Aftertreatment System, part of the larger exhaust system, processes engine exhaust to meet tailpipe
emission requirements.
• The Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) oxidizes carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons, and small amounts of
nitrogen oxide in the exhaust stream.
• The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) captures and oxidizes particulates in the exhaust stream and stores
non-combustible ash.

Additional Sensors
Ammonia (NH3) Sensor Module
The NH3 sensor module is used to control DEF dosing by monitoring ammonia levels at the Selective Catalyst
Reduction (SCR) catalyst.
The NH3 sensor module monitors the NH3 sensor signal, and communicates this signal to the Aftertreatment
Control Module (ACM).
The NH3 sensor is not serviceable individually, and is part of the NH3 sensor module.
2400 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN Sensor Module


Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN sensor module is a smart device used to measure the NOx emissions at the intake of
the aftertreatment system. The NOx IN sensor module performs internal diagnostics and reports malfunctions
back to the ACM using the J1939 CAN data link.
NOx IN sensor is not serviceable individually, and is part of the NOx IN sensor module.

Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT Sensor Module


The Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT sensor module is a smart device used to measure NOx emissions at the outlet
of the SCR catalyst. The NOx OUT sensor module performs internal diagnostics and reports malfunctions back
to the ACM using the J1939 CAN data link.
NOx OUT sensor is permanently attached to the NOx control module. They are not serviceable independently
and it is a single component.

Oxygen Sensor (O2S)

Content under development.


6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2401

Humidity Sensor (HS)

Content under development.


2402 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Relays
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2403

ECM Power Relay

Content under development.


2404 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Actuator Power Relay

Content under development.


6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2405

Engine Fan Relay

Content under development.

Fuel Pump Relay


ECM controls Electric Fuel Pump (EFP); the ECM uses a low side driver to supply a ground signal to close the
main contacts of the fuel pump relay. The fused electrical power is supplied to the electric fuel pump by the fuel
pump relay main contacts.
2406 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Fuel Heater Relay

Content under development.


6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2407

Starter Relay

Content under development.


2408 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW

Heavy Duty On Board Diagnostics (HD-OBD) Description


Overview
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and Air Research Board (ARB) has added new regulations for
2010 to reduce heavy duty vehicle emissions. The HD-OBD system is designed specifically for electronically
controlled heavy duty engines. The goal for HD-OBD regulation is to keep engine emissions within specification
for as long as a given vehicle is in use.
HD-OBD is legislated to be implemented in the three following phases:
• 2010: First engine for each Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) becomes fully certified.
• 2013: One engine in each engine family becomes fully certified.
• 2016: All engines must be fully HD-OBD certified.
The HD-OBD system continuously monitors for proper engine operation, and will alert the vehicle operator
to emission-related faults using the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL). The MIL is installed in the Electronic
Instrument Cluster. When a detected emissions fault occurs, the MIL will be illuminated. Diagnostic information
is also stored in the Engine Control Module (ECM), and may be accessed by the technician for diagnosis and
repair of the malfunction. Diagnostic information is accessed by connecting the Electronic Service Tool (EST)
to the in-cab Diagnostic Connector.
7 ENGINE AND VEHICLE FEATURES 2409

Table of Contents

Standard Electronic Control Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2411


Aftertreatment (AFT) System.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2411
Intake Air Heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2411
Coolant Temperature Compensation (CTC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2411
Electronic Speedometer and Tachometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2411
Engine Crank Inhibit (ECI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2411
Electronic Governor Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2411
Event Logging System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2411
Fast Idle Advance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2412
J1939 Datalink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2412
Service Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2412

Optional Electronic Control Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2413


Cruise Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2413
Engine Brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2413
Engine Warning Protection System (EWPS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2413
Idle Shutdown Timer (IST). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2413
Automatic Engine Speed Control (AESC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2414
Service Interval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2414
Traction Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2414
Road Speed Limiter............... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2414
2410 7 ENGINE AND VEHICLE FEATURES
7 ENGINE AND VEHICLE FEATURES 2411

Standard Electronic Control Features


Aftertreatment (AFT) System
The engine and vehicle exhaust piping includes an AFT system to capture soot and other particulates before they
exit the exhaust pipe. The soot is captured by the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) and is periodically converted
to carbon dioxide (CO2), nitrogen (N), and water vapor (H2O) by a regeneration (Regen) process.
The AFT system also includes Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) subsystems that use Diesel Exhaust Fluid
(DEF) injected into the exhaust to reduce tailpipe emissions of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX).

Intake Air Heater


The Intake Air Heater (IAH) system warms the incoming air supply to aid in cold engine starting and reduce
white smoke during warm-up. The Engine Control Module (ECM) controls the intake air heater and monitors the
engine temperature. When the engine is ready for cranking, the ECM sends a message to shut off the WAIT
TO START lamp.

Coolant Temperature Compensation (CTC)


CTC reduces fuel delivery if the engine coolant temperature is above cooling system specifications.
Before standard engine warning or optional warning / protection systems engage, the ECM begins reducing fuel
delivery when the engine coolant temperature reaches approximately 225°F (107°C). A rapid reduction of 20
percent is commanded when engine coolant temperature reaches approximately 230°F (110°C).
CTC is disabled in emergency vehicles and school buses that require 100-percent power on demand.

Electronic Speedometer and Tachometer


The engine control system calibrates vehicle speed up to 157 pulses per mile. Any new speed calibration
information must be programmed with an Electronic Service Tool (EST).
The tachometer signal is generated by the ECM by computing signals for the Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor
and Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor. Calculations for each sensor are sent to the instrument panel.

Engine Crank Inhibit (ECI)


ECI will not allow the starting motor to crank when the engine is running or the automatic transmission is in gear.

Electronic Governor Control


The governor controls engine rpm within a safe and stable operating range.
The low idle governor prevents engine rpm from dropping below a stable speed to prevent stalling when various
loads are demanded on the engine.
The high idle governor prevents engine rpm from going above a safe speed that would cause engine damage.

Event Logging System


The event logging system records engine operation above maximum rpm (overspeed), low coolant level, high
coolant temperature, or low oil pressure. The readings for the odometer and hourmeter are stored in the ECM
memory at the time of an event and can be retrieved using the EST.
2412 7 ENGINE AND VEHICLE FEATURES

Fast Idle Advance


Fast idle advance increases engine idle speed up to 875 rpm for faster warm up to operating temperature.
This occurs when the Engine Control Module (ECM) monitors ECT1 sensor input and adjusts the fuel injector
operation accordingly.
Low idle speed is increased proportionally when the engine coolant temperature is below 158°F (70°C) at 700
rpm to below 14°F (-10°C) at 875 rpm maximum.

J1939 Datalink
Vehicles are equipped with the SAE J1939 connector for communication between the Engine Control Module
(ECM), Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM), Doser Control Unit (DCU), transmission controller, ABS controller,
Body Controller (BC) and Electronic Service Tool (EST).
The SAE J1939 datalink supports:
• Transmission of engine parameter data
• Transmission and clearing of Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
• Diagnostics and troubleshooting
• Programming performance parameter values
• Programming engine and vehicle features
• Programming calibrations and strategies in the ECM, ACM, DCU, transmission controller, ABS controller

Service Diagnostics
Model year 2010 forward vehicles utilize DTCs identified using SPN and FMI identifiers only. These two
identifiers are displayed in the Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software in the DTC window.
The EST provides diagnostic information using the SAE J1939 datalink. The recommended EST is the EZ-Tech®
with ServiceMaxx™ diagnostic software provided by Navistar®.
Faults from sensors, actuators, electronic components, and engine systems are detected by the ECM , ACM,
DCU, transmission controller, ABS controller and sent to the EST as codes. Effective engine diagnostics require
and rely on codes.
Identification is accomplished using two fault code identifiers.
• SPN: The Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) identifies the individual component causing the DTC.
• FMI: The Failure Mode Indicator (FMI) identifies the fault or condition effecting the individual component.
7 ENGINE AND VEHICLE FEATURES 2413

Optional Electronic Control Features


Cruise Control
The Engine Control Module (ECM) controls the cruise control feature. The cruise control system functions
similarly for all electronic engines. Maximum and minimum allowable cruise control speeds will vary based on
model. To operate cruise control, see appropriate truck model Operator's Manual.

Engine Brake
The engine brake is a compression release brake system used to aid in the deceleration rate of the vehicle. This
option is built into the high-pressure oil manifold under the engine valve cover. This option cannot be combined
with the exhaust brake.

Engine Warning Protection System (EWPS)


The EWPS safeguards the engine from undesirable operating conditions to prevent engine damage and to
prolong engine life. The ECM will illuminate the red ENGINE lamp and sound the warning buzzer when the
ECM detects:
• High coolant temperature
• Low oil pressure
• Low coolant level (3-way system only)
When the protection feature is enabled and a critical engine condition occurs, the on-board electronics will shut
the engine down (3-way protection). An event logging feature will record the event in engine hours and odometer
readings. After the engine has shut down and the critical condition remains, the engine can be started for a
30-second run time.

Idle Shutdown Timer (IST)

GOVERNMENT REGULATION: State and local regulations may limit engine idle time. The
vehicle owner or operator is responsible for compliance with those regulations.

The IST allows the ECM to shut down the engine during extended engine idle times.
Thirty seconds before IST-defined engine shutdown, a vehicle instrument panel indicator activates. There are
two types of indicators:
• Amber flashing idle shutdown indicator for multiplex electrical systems
• Red flashing indicator with audible alarm for non-multiplex electrical systems
This continues until the engine shuts down or the low idle shutdown timer is reset.

IST for California ESS Compliant Engines


All Navistar® ® engines certified for sale in the state of California will conform to mandatory California Air
Resources Board (CARB) Engine Shutdown System (ESS) regulations.
Engine idle duration is limited for California ESS-compliant engines as follows:
• When vehicle parking brake is set, the idle shutdown time is limited to the CARB requirement of 5 minutes.
2414 7 ENGINE AND VEHICLE FEATURES

• When vehicle parking brake is released, the idle shutdown time is limited to the CARB requirement of 15
minutes.
The duration of CARB-mandated values can be reduced by programming the customer IST programmable
parameter to a value lower than 15 minutes.

Engine Idle Shutdown Timer (IST for Federal – Optional)


Idle time can be programmed from 5 to 120 minutes. While the EST is installed, the IST function will be active
with the programmed shutdown time in effect. Parking brake transitions reset the idle timer. If the IST is enabled,
the Cold Ambient Protection (CAP) will not function.

Automatic Engine Speed Control (AESC)


Automatic Engine Speed Control (AESC) provides a method for an operator to set and maintain a constant
engine speed without using the accelerator pedal. It is commonly used for powering auxiliary devices such as
a Power Take-Off (PTO).
Customer-programmable parameters within the ECM provide in-cab engine speed control related options that
can be adjusted to suit the customer’s needs. Choosing whether the operator is allowed to increase the engine
speed using the accelerator pedal without disengaging the PTO is an example.

Service Interval
The service interval feature is designed to provide a visual reminder to the operator that the oil change interval
has expired and routine maintenance procedures should be performed.
The term “interval” in this case is used to describe the distance, time, or fuel used between the last maintenance
performed on the vehicle and the next maintenance, which is due.
It is essential that operators are trained to know the maintenance schedules and instructions regarding the
operation and reset functionality of the service interval for the feature to be effective.
The change engine oil interval message can be programmed with the EST for mileage, hours, or amount of fuel
used. The change oil message timer can be reset using the CRUISE ON and RESUME/ACCEL switches or the
Electronic Service Tool (EST).

Traction Control
Traction control is a system that identifies when one or more wheel is going faster than one of the other wheels
during acceleration.
When a traction control condition occurs, a datalink message is sent to the ECM to limit fuel for the purpose of
reducing engine torque.
Vehicles must have a transmission and an Antilock Braking System (ABS) that supports traction control.

Road Speed Limiter


Road Speed Limiting (RSL) is a feature designed to regulate the maximum vehicle speed as controlled by the
accelerator pedal.
Customer-programmable parameters within the ECM provide vehicle speed governor related options that can
be adjusted to suit the customer’s needs. A parameter is used to set the maximum accelerator controlled vehicle
speed.
7 ENGINE AND VEHICLE FEATURES 2415

Additional programming flexibility is included to allow a trade-off to be made between performance and fuel
economy.
2416 7 ENGINE AND VEHICLE FEATURES
8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 2417

Table of Contents

Abbreviations and Acronyms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2419


Abbreviations and Acronyms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2419
2418 8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 2419

Abbreviations and Acronyms


Abbreviations and Acronyms
A or amp – Ampere
AAT – Ambient Air Temperature
ABDC – After Bottom Dead Center
ABS – Antilock Brake System
AC – Alternating Current
A/C – Air Conditioner
ACC – Air Conditioner Control
ACCEL – Accelerator
ACD – Air Conditioner Demand
ACT PWR GND – Actuator Power Ground
ACV – Air Control Valve
AESC – Automatic Engine Speed Control
A/F – Air to Fuel ratio
AFD – Aftertreatment Fuel Drain
AFI – Aftertreatment Fuel Injector
AFP – Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
AFS – Aftertreatment Fuel Supply
AFT – Aftertreatment
AFTFD – Aftertreatment Fuel Doser
AFT: DI – AFT Doser Injector
AFTFD-H – Aftertreatment Fuel Doser High
AFTFD-L – Aftertreatment Fuel Doser Low
AFTFIT – Aftertreatment Fuel Intake Temperature
AFTFSO – AFT Fuel Shutoff
AFTFIS – Aftertreatment Fuel Intake Sensor
AFTFP – Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
AFTFP1 – Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1
AFTFP2 – Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2
AFTFPC – Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control
AFTFS-H – Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff High
AFTFS-L – Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Low
AFTFSV – Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve
AFTFT – Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature
AIT – Air Intake Temperature
Amb – Ambient
amp or A – Ampere
AMS – Air Management System
API – American Petroleum Institute
APP – Accelerator Pedal Position
APP1 – Accelerator Pedal Position 1
APP2 – Accelerator Pedal Position 2
APS – Accelerator Position Sensor
APS/IVS – Accelerator Position Sensor / Idle Validation Switch
ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials
ATA – American Trucking Association
ATA-H – American Trucking Association Link High
ATA-L – American Trucking Association Link Low
ATDC – After Top Dead Center
2420 8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

AWG – American Wire Gauge


AWL – Amber Warning Lamp
B+ or VBAT – Battery Voltage
BAP or BARO – Barometric Absolute Pressure
BARO or BAP – Barometric Absolute Pressure
BBDC – Before Bottom Dead Center
BC – Body Controller
BCP – Brake Control Pressure
BCS – Boost Control Solenoid
BDC – Bottom Dead Center
bhp – Brake Horsepower
BNO – Brake Normally Open
BOO – Brake On / Off
BPP – Brake Pedal Position
BPS – Brake Pressure Switch
BSV – Brake Shut-off Valve
BTDC – Before Top Dead Center
BTU – British Thermal Unit
C – Celsius
CAC – Charge Air Cooler
CACOT – Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature
CAN – Controller Area Network
CAN-H – Controller Area Network High
CAN-L – Controller Area Network Low
CAP – Cold Ambient Protection
CARB – California Air Resources Board
cc – Cubic centimeter
CCA – Cold Cranking Ampere
CCV – Coolant Control Valve
CCOSS – Crankcase Oil Separator Speed
CCPS – Crankcase Pressure Sensor
CCS – Cruise Control Switches
CDR – Crankcase Depression Regulator
cfm – Cubic feet per minute
cfs – Cubic feet per second
CFV – Coolant Flow Valve
CID – Cubic Inch Displacement
CKP – Crankshaft Position
CKP-H – Crankshaft Position High
CKP-L – Crankshaft Position Low
CKPO – Crankshaft Position Out
cm – Centimeter
CMP – Camshaft Position
CMP-H – Camshaft Position High
CMP-L – Camshaft Position Low
CMPO – Camshaft Position Out
CMV – Coolant Mixer Valve
CO – Carbon Monoxide
CO2 – Carbon Dioxide
COO – Cruise On / Off switch
CPU – Central Processing Unit
8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 2421

CSFI – Cold Start Fuel Igniter


CSFS – Cold Start Fuel Solenoid
CSR – Cold Start Relay
CSS – Cold Start Solenoid
CTC – Coolant Temperature Compensation
Cyl – Cylinder
DB – Decibel
DC – Direct Current
DCA – Diesel Coolant Additive
DCU – Doser Control Unit
DDI – Digital Direct Fuel Injection
DDS – Driveline Disengagement Switch
DEF – Diesel Exhaust Fluid
DEFLP – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Pressure
DEFD – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit
DEFSLH – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater
DEFRLH – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line 2 Heater Control (Return)
DEFPLH – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line 3 Heater Control (Pressure)
DEFRCV – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Control Valve
DEFSMH – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater
DEFSP – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump
DEFTHV – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve
DEFTL – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level
DEFTT – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature
DLC – Data Link Connector
DME – Dimethyl Ether
DMM – Digital Multimeter
DOC – Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
DOCIT – Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature
DOCOT – Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Outlet Temperature
DPF – Diesel Particulate Filter
DPFDP – Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure
DPFIT – Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature
DPFOP – DPF Outlet Pressure
DPFOT – Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature
DSI – Down Stream Injection
DT – Diesel Turbocharged
DTC – Diagnostic Trouble Code
DTCs – Diagnostic Trouble Codes
DTRM – Diesel Thermo Recirculation Module
EBC – Exhaust Brake Controller
EBP – Exhaust Back Pressure
EBPC – Exhaust Back Pressure Control
EBPD – Exhaust Back Pressure Desired
EBPV – Exhaust Back Pressure Valve
ECB – Engine Compression Brake
ECB1 – Engine Compression Brake 1
ECB2 – Engine Compression Brake 2
ECB3 – Engine Compression Brake 3
ECBP – Engine Compression Brake Pressure
ECI – Engine Crank Inhibit
2422 8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

ECL – Engine Coolant Level


ECM – Engine Control Module
ECM GND – Engine Control Module Ground
ECM PWR – Engine Control Module Power
ECS – Engine Coolant System
ECSR – Engine Controlled Shutdown Request
ECT – Engine Coolant Temperature
ECT1 – Engine Coolant Temperature 1
ECT2 – Engine Coolant Temperature 2
EFAN – Engine Fan
EFANS – Engine Fan Speed
EFC – Engine Fan Control
EFP – Engine Fuel Pressure
EFRC – Engine Family Rating Code
EFS – Engine Fan Speed
EFP – Electric Fuel Pump
EFT – Engine Fuel Temperature
EG – Ethylene Glycol
EGC – Electronic Gauge Cluster
EGBP – Exhaust Gas Back Pressure
EGDP – Exhaust Gas Differential Pressure
EGR – Exhaust Gas Recirculation
EGRC – Exhaust Gas Recirculation Control
EGRH – Exhaust Gas Recirculation High control
EGRL – Exhaust Gas Recirculation Low control
EGROT – Exhaust Gas Recirculation Outlet Temperature
EGRP – Exhaust Gas Recirculation Position
EGRT – Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature
EGRVC – Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Control
EGT – Exhaust Gas Temperature
EGT1 – Exhaust Gas Temperature 1
EGT2 – Exhaust Gas Temperature 2
EGT3 – Exhaust Gas Temperature 3
EIM – Engine Interface Module
ELS – Exhaust Lambda Sensor
EMI – Electromagnetic Interference
EMP – Exhaust Manifold Pressure
EMT – Exhaust Manifold Temperature
EOL – Engine Oil Level
EOP – Engine Oil Pressure
EOT – Engine Oil Temperature
EPA – Environmental Protection Agency
EPR – Engine Pressure Regulator
ESC – Electronic System Controller
ESN – Engine Serial Number
ESS – Engine Shutdown System
EST – Electronic Service Tool
ETC – Engine Throttle Control
ETC-H – Engine Throttle Control High
ETC-L – Engine Throttle Control Low
ETP – Engine Throttle Valve Position
8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 2423

ETV – Engine Throttle Valve


ETV-H – Engine Throttle Valve High
ETV-L – Engine Throttle Valve Low
EVB – Exhaust Valve Brake
EWPS – Engine Warning Protection System
F – Fahrenheit
FCV – Fuel Coolant Valve
FDP – Fuel Delivery Pressure
FEL – Family Emissions Limit
fhp – Friction horsepower
FMI – Failure Mode Indicator
FPC – Fuel Pump Control
FPCV – Fuel Pressure Control Valve
fpm – Feet per minute
FPM – Fuel Pump Monitor
fps – Feet per second
FRP – Fuel Rail Pressure
ft – Feet
FVCV – Fuel Volume Control Valve
GND – Ground (electrical)
gal – Gallon
gal/h – U.S. Gallons per hour
gal/min – U.S. Gallons per minute
GCW – Gross Combined Weight
GCWR – Gross Combined Weight Rating
GPC – Glow Plug Control
GPD – Glow Plug Diagnostic
GPR – Glow Plug Relay
GVW – Gross Vehicle Weight
H2O – Water
HC – Hydrocarbons
HCI – Hydrocarbon Injection
HEST – High Exhaust System Temperature
HFCM – Horizontal Fuel Conditioning Module
Hg – Mercury
hp – Horsepower
HPCAC – High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler
HPCR – High-Pressure Common Rail
HPFP – High-Pressure Fuel Pump
hr – Hour
HS – Humidity Sensor
Hyd – Hydraulic
IAH – Intake Air Heater
IAHC – Intake Air Heater Control
IAHD – Intake Air Heater Diagnostic
IAHR – Intake Air Heater Relay
IAT – Intake Air Temperature
IC – Integrated Circuit
ICP – Injection Control Pressure
ICPR – Injection Control Pressure Regulator
ICG1 – Injector Control Group 1
2424 8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

ICG2 – Injector Control Group 2


ID – Inside Diameter
IDM – Injector Driver Module
IGN – Ignition
ILO – Injector Leak Off
IMP – Intake Manifold Pressure
IMT – Intake Manifold Temperature
in – Inch
inHg – Inch of mercury
inH2O – Inch of water
INJ#1-6 – Injector 1-6
IPR – Injection Pressure Regulator
IPR PWR – Injection Pressure Regulator Power
ISC – Interstage Cooler
IST – Idle Shutdown Timer
ITP – Internal Transfer Pump
ITV – Intake Throttle Valve
ITV-H – Intake Throttle Valve High control
ITV-L – Intake Throttle Valve Low control
ITVP – Intake Throttle Valve Position
IVS – Idle Validation Switch
J1939-H – J1939 Data Link High
J1939-L – J1939 Data Link Low
JCT – Junction (electrical)
KAPWR – Keep Alive Power
kg – Kilogram
km – Kilometer
km/h – Kilometers per hour
km/l – Kilometers per liter
KOEO – Key-On Engine-Off
KOER – Key-On Engine-Running
kPa – Kilopascal
L – Liter
L/h – Liters per hour
L/m – Liters per minute
L/s – Liters per second
lb – Pound
lb – Pounds of force
lb/s – Pounds per second
lb ft – Pounds of force per foot
lb in – Pounds of force per inch
lbm – Pounds of mass
LPCAC – Low-pressure Charge Air Cooler
LSD – Low Sulfur Diesel
m – Meter
m/s – Meters per second
MAF – Mass Air Flow
MAF GND – Mass Air Flow Ground
MAG – Magnetic
MAP – Manifold Absolute Pressure
MAP / IAT – Manifold Absolute Pressure / Intake Air Temperature
8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 2425

MAT – Manifold Air Temperature


mep – Mean effective pressure
mi – Mile
MIL – Malfunction Indicator Lamp
mm – Millimeter
mpg – Miles per gallon
mph – Miles per hour
MPR – Main Power Relay
MSDS – Material Safety Data Sheet
MSG – Micro Strain Gauge
MSM – Multiplex System Module
MY – Model Year
NC – Normally Closed (electrical)
NETS – Navistar® Electronics Technical Support
NH3 – Aftertreatment Ammonia
N·m – Newton meter
NO – Normally Open (electrical)
NOX – Nitrogen Oxides
NOX In – Nitrogen Oxide Intake Concentration
NOX Out – Nitrogen Oxide Outlet Concentration
O2S – Oxygen Sensor
O2SH – Oxygen Sensor Heater
OAT – Organic Acid Technology
OCC – Output Circuit Check
OCP – Overcrank Protection
OD – Outside Diameter
OL – Over Limit
ORH – Out-of-Range High
ORL – Out-of-Range Low
OSHA – Occupational Safety and Health Administration
OWL – Oil / Water Lamp
PID – Parameter Identifier
P/N – Part Number
PDOC – Pre-Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
PDM – Power Distribution Module
ppm – Parts per million
PROM – Programmable Read Only Memory
psi – Pounds per square inch
psia – Pounds per square inch absolute
psig – Pounds per square inch gauge
pt – Pint
PTO – Power Takeoff
PWM – Pulse Width Modulate
PWR – Power (voltage)
qt – Quart
RAM – Random Access Memory
RAPP – Remote Accelerator Pedal Position
RAS – Resume / Accelerate Switch (speed control)
REPTO – Rear Engine Power Takeoff
RFI – Radio Frequency Interference
rev – Revolution
2426 8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

rpm – Revolutions per minute


RPRE – Remote Preset
RSE – Radiator Shutter Enable
RSL – Road Speed Limiter
RVAR – Remote Variable
SAE – Society of Automotive Engineers
SCA – Supplemental Cooling Additive
SCCS – Speed Control Command Switches
SCR – Selective Catalytic Reduction
SCROT – Selective Catalytic Reduction Outlet Temperature
SCS – Speed Control Switch
SHD – Shield (electrical)
SID – Subsystem Identifier
SIG GND – Signal Ground
SIG GNDB – Signal Ground Body
SIG GNDC – Signal Ground Chassis
SIG GNDE – Signal Ground Engine
S/N – Serial Number
SPEEDO – Speedometer
SPN – Suspect Parameter Number
SW – Switch (electrical)
SWBAT – Switch Battery
SYNC – Synchronization
TACH – Tachometer output signal
TBD – To Be Determined
TC2CIS – Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Sensor
TC2CIT – Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature
TC1TOP – Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure
TC2TOP – Turbocharger 2 Turbine Outlet Pressure
TC2WG – Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position
TC2WC – Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control
TCAPE – Truck Computer Analysis of Performance and Economy
TCM – Transmission Control Module
TCWC – Turbocharger Wastegate Control
TDC – Top Dead Center
TDE – Transmission Driving Engaged
TOP – Transmission Oil Pressure
TOSS – Transmission Output Shaft Speed
TOT – Transmission Oil Temperature
TTS – Transmission Tailshaft Speed
ULSD – Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel
UVC – Under Valve Cover
V – Volt
VBAT or B+ – Battery Voltage
VC – Volume Control
VEPS – Vehicle Electronics Programming System
VGT – Variable Geometry Turbo
VIGN – Ignition Voltage
VIN – Vehicle Identification Number
VOP – Valve Opening Pressure
VRE – Vehicle Retarder Enable
8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 2427

VREF – Reference Voltage


VREF1 – Reference Voltage Engine
VREF2 – Reference Voltage Chassis
VREF3 – Reference Voltage Chassis
VREF4 – Reference Voltage Aftertreatment
VSO – Vehicle Speed Output
VSO or VSS_CAL – Vehicle Speed Output
VSS – Vehicle Speed Sensor
VSS_CAL or VSO – Vehicle Speed Output
VSS-H – Vehicle Speed Sensor High
VSS-L – Vehicle Speed Sensor Low
WTSL – Wait to Start Lamp
WEL – Warn Engine Lamp
WIF – Water In Fuel
WIFL – Water In Fuel Lamp
WTEC – World Transmission Electronically Controlled automatic transmissions (Allison)
XCS – Transfercase
XMSN – Transmission
2428 8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
9 TERMINOLOGY 2429

Table of Contents

Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2431
Terms................................ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2431
2430 9 TERMINOLOGY
9 TERMINOLOGY 2431

Terminology
Terms
Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor – A potentiometer sensor that indicates the position of the throttle
pedal.
Accessory work – The work per cycle required to drive engine accessories (normally, only those essential to
engine operation).
Actuator – A device that performs work in response to an input signal.
Actuator Control – The Engine Control Module (ECM) controls the actuators by applying a low-level signal
(low-side driver) or a high-level signal (high side driver). When switched on, both drivers complete a ground or
power circuit to an actuator.
Aeration – The entrainment of air or combustion gas in coolant, lubricant, or fuel.
Aftercooler – See Charge Air Cooler.
Aftertreatment (AFT) system – A part of the exhaust system that processes engine exhaust to meet emission
requirements and traps particulate matter (soot) to prevent it from leaving the tailpipe.
Aftertreatment Fuel Doser (AFTFD) – A part of the Downstream Injection (DSI) unit that sends pressurized
fuel to the Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFI) to inject fuel into the exhaust pipe.
Aftertreatment Fuel Intake Sensor (AFTFIS) – A sensor that monitors fuel temperature in the DSI system and
provides constant feedback to the ECM.
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 Sensor (AFTP2) – A sensor that monitors fuel pressure in the DSI system
and provides constant feedback to the ECM.
Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSV) – A valve used to prevent fuel flow to the AFI, and prevents all
uncontrolled fuel delivery for the Aftertreatment system during an AFTFD valve malfunction.
Air Control Valve (ACV) – Contains the LP turbocharger wastegate control port, HP turbocharger wastegate
control port, the Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) control port, and the Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet
Pressure (TC1TOP) port. Although these components are integral to the ACV, each circuit is controlled by the
ECM. The ACV controls compressed air for each control valve.
Air Intake Temperature (AIT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that monitors intake air temperature.
Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor – A sensor that sends an ambient air temperature signal to the ECM.
Ambient temperature – The environmental air temperature in which a unit is operating. In general, the
temperature is measured in the shade (no solar radiation) and represents the air temperature for other engine
cooling performance measurement purposes. Air entering the radiator may or may not be the same ambient
due to possible heating from other sources or recirculation. (SAE J1004 SEP81)
American Trucking Association (ATA) Datalink – A serial datalink specified by the American Trucking
Association and the SAE.
Ampere (amp) – The standard unit for measuring the strength of an electrical current. The flow rate of a charge
in a conductor or conducting medium of one coulomb per second. (SAE J1213 NOV82)
Analog – A continuously variable voltage.
Analog to digital converter (A/D) – A device in the ECM that converts an analog signal to a digital signal.
Automatic Engine Speed Control (AESC) – Feature providing a method for an operator to set and maintain
a constant engine speed without using the accelerator pedal. Commonly used for powering auxiliary devices
such as a Power Take-Off (PTO).
2432 9 TERMINOLOGY

Barometric Absolute Pressure (BAP) sensor – A sensor built into the ECM that provides barometric pressure
information to the ECM.
Boost pressure – 1. The pressure of the charge air leaving the turbocharger.
2. Intake manifold pressure that is greater than atmospheric pressure. Obtained by turbocharging.
Bottom Dead Center (BDC) – The lowest position of the piston during the stroke.
Brake Horsepower (bhp) – The power output from an engine, not the indicated horsepower. The power output
of an engine, sometimes-called flywheel horsepower, is less than the indicated horsepower by the amount of
friction horsepower consumed in the engine.
Brake Horsepower (bhp) net – Net brake horsepower is measured with all engine components. The power of
an engine when configured as a fully equipped engine. (SAE J1349 JUN90)
Brake On/Off (BOO) switch – A switch located on the brake pedal lever, that provides a brake pedal position
signal to the ECM.
Brake Pressure Switch (BPS) – A switch located in the brake pressure line that provides a brake pedal position
signal to the ECM.
Calibration – ECM programming strategy to solve engine performance equations and make decisions.
Calibration values are stored in ROM and put into the processor during programming to allow the engine to
operate within certain parameters.
Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor – A magnetic pickup sensor that provides the ECM with a camshaft speed
and position signal.
Carbon Monoxide (CO) – A colorless, odorless, highly poisonous gas that is formed by the incomplete
combustion of carbon burning diesel engine. It is present in the exhaust gases of diesel engines.
Catalyst – A substance that produces a chemical reaction without undergoing a chemical change itself.
Catalytic converter – An antipollution device in the exhaust system that contains a catalyst for chemically
converting some pollutants in the exhaust gases (carbon monoxide, unburned hydrocarbons, and oxides of
nitrogen) into harmless compounds.
Cavitation – A dynamic condition in a fluid system that forms gas-filled bubbles (cavities) in the fluid.
Cetane number – 1. The auto-ignition quality of diesel fuel.
2. A rating applied to diesel fuel similar to octane rating for gasoline.
3. A measure of how readily diesel fuel starts to burn (self-ignites) at high compression temperature.
Diesel fuel with a high cetane number self-ignites shortly after injection into the combustion chamber. Therefore,
it has a short ignition delay time. Diesel fuel with a low cetane number resists self-ignition. Therefore, it has a
longer ignition delay time.
Charge air – Dense, pressurized, heated air discharged from the turbocharger.
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) – A heat exchanger mounted in the charge air path between the turbocharger and
engine intake manifold. The charge air cooler reduces the charge air temperature by transferring heat from the
charge air to a cooling medium (usually air).
Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that monitors the temperature
of charge air entering the intake air duct.
Closed crankcase – A crankcase ventilation that recycles crankcase gases through a breather, then back to
the clean air intake.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2433

Closed loop operation – A system that uses sensors to provide feedback to the ECM. The ECM uses the
sensor input to continuously monitor variables and adjust actuators to match engine requirements.
Cloud point – The point when wax crystals occur in fuel, making fuel cloudy or hazy. Usually below -12°C
(10°F).
Cold cranking ampere rating (battery rating) – The sustained constant current (in amperes) needed to
produce a minimum terminal voltage under a load of 7.2 volts per battery after 30 seconds.
Cold Start Fuel Igniter (CSFI) – The CSFI heats the intake air by vaporizing and igniting fuel in the air intake
duct.
Cold Start Fuel Solenoid (CSFS) – As the engine is cranked, the ECM energizes the CSFS valve, introducing
fuel into the CSFI, which ignites and warms the air being drawn into the engine.
Cold Start Relay (CSR) – The CSR provides voltage to the CSFI, and is controlled by the ECM.
Controller Area Network (CAN) – A J1939 high-speed communication link.
Coolant – A fluid used to transport heat from one point to another.
Coolant Flow Valve (CFV) – The CFV is ECM controlled and redirects coolant through the fuel cooler, based
on Engine Fuel Temperature (EFT), when directed.
Coolant level switch – A switch sensor used to monitor coolant level.
Coolant Mixer Valve (CMV) – Controls coolant flow through the low-temperature radiator.
Continuous Monitor Test – An ECM function that continuously monitors the inputs and outputs to ensure that
readings are within set limits.
Crankcase – The housing that encloses the crankshaft, connecting rods, and allied parts.
Crankcase breather – A vent for the crankcase to release excess interior air pressure.
Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor – The CCOSS sensor sends the ECM information about
the speed of the crankcase oil separator internal components.
Crankcase pressure – The force of air inside the crankcase against the crankcase housing.
Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor – A magnetic pickup sensor that determines crankshaft position and speed.
Cruise Control Switches (CCS) – A set of switches used for cruise control, Power TakeOff (PTO), and remote
hand throttle system.
Current – The flow of electrons passing through a conductor. Measured in amperes.
Cylinder Balance – An ECM control strategy to even-out the power contributions of each power cylinder.
Damper – A device that reduces the amplitude of torsional vibration. (SAE J1479 JAN85)
Deaeration – The removal or purging of gases (air or combustion gas) entrained in coolant or lubricating oil.
Deaeration tank – A separate tank in the coolant system used for one or more of the following functions:
• Deaeration
• Coolant reservoir (fluid expansion and afterboil)
• Coolant retention
• Filling
• Fluid level indication (visible)
2434 9 TERMINOLOGY

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) – Fault code identification utilized on pre-2010 vehicle model years. For
vehicle model year 2010 or newer, fault codes are identified using the Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) and
Failure Mode Indicator (FMI) identifiers.
Diamond Logic Builder (DLB) – The diagnostics software for chassis related components and systems.
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) – A DOC is part of the diesel exhaust Aftertreatment system. DOCs
are devices that use a chemical process to break down pollutants in the exhaust stream into less harmful
components. More specifically, DOCs utilize rare metals such as palladium and platinum to reduce hydrocarbon
based Soluble Organic Fraction (SOF) and carbon monoxide content of diesel exhaust by simple oxidation.
The DOC can be used during an active regeneration to create higher exhaust temperatures, thereby reducing
soot in the DPF.
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature sensor (DOCIT) – A sensor that provides DOC intake
temperature signal to the ECM.
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) – A diesel particulate filter, sometimes called a DPF, is a device designed to
remove diesel particulate matter or soot from the exhaust gas of a diesel engine.
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor – A sensor that measures pressure difference
between the intake and outlet of the DPF and provides feedback to the ECM.
Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature sensor (DPFIT) – A sensor that provides DOC intake temperature
signal to the ECM.
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature sensor (DPFOT) – A sensor that provides DOC outlet
temperature signal to the ECM.
Digital Multimeter (DMM) – An electronic meter that uses a digital display to indicate a measured value.
Preferred for use on microprocessor systems because it has a very high internal impedance and will not load
down the circuit being measured.
Disable – A computer decision that deactivates a system and prevents operation of the system.
Displacement – The stroke of the piston multiplied by the area of the cylinder bore multiplied by the number of
cylinders in the engine.
Down Stream Injection (DSI) – The DSI system injects fuel into the exhaust system to increase temperature
of the exhaust gases, and is necessary for DPF regeneration.
Driver (high side) – A transistor within an electronic module that controls the power to an actuator circuit.
Driver (low side) – A transistor within an electronic module that controls the ground to an actuator circuit.
Dual Stage Turbocharger – An assembly of two turbochargers (low-pressure and high-pressure) in series to
provide a wide range of charge air pressures efficiently.
Duty cycle – A control signal that has a controlled on/off time measurement from 0 to 100%. Normally used to
control solenoids.
Engine Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) – The ECM commands the EBPV to control the Exhaust Brake.
Engine Compression Brake (ECB) valve – The ECB valve controls pressure entering the brake oil gallery
from the high-pressure oil rail gallery. This activates the brake actuator pistons and opens the exhaust valves.
Engine Compression Brake 1 (ECB1) solenoid – The ECB1 solenoid controls pressure entering the brake oil
gallery from the high-pressure oil rail gallery.
Engine Compression Brake 2 (ECB2) solenoid – The ECB2 solenoid controls pressure entering the brake oil
gallery from the high-pressure oil rail gallery.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2435

Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP) sensor – A high-pressure sensor that provides a feedback
signal to the ECM indicating brake control pressure.
Engine Control Module (ECM) – An electronic processor that monitors and controls the engine.
Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor – A switch sensor that monitors coolant level.
Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor – A thermistor sensor that detects engine coolant temperature.
Engine Coolant Temperature 2 (ECT2) sensor – A thermistor sensor that detects engine coolant temperature.
Electric Fuel Pump – Electric Fuel Pump
Engine Fuel Temperature (EFT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that measures fuel temperature.
Engine lamp – An instrument panel lamp that comes on when DTCs are set. DTCs can be read as flash codes
(red and amber instrument panel lamps).
Engine OFF tests – Tests that are done with the ignition switch ON and the engine OFF.
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that measures oil pressure.
Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that measures oil temperature.
Engine rating – Engine rating includes Rated hp and Rated rpm.
Engine RUNNING tests – Tests done with the engine running.
Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) and Engine Throttle Position Sensor – The ETV valve is used to control airflow
during a regeneration process of the aftertreatment system. The ETV valve is also used to ensure a smooth
engine shut down by restricting airflow to the engine at shut down.
Engine Warning Protection System (EWPS) – Safeguards the engine from undesirable operating conditions
to prevent engine damage and to prolong engine life.
Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) – The pressure present in the exhaust system during the exhaust period.
Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) – A valve that regulates the amount of air pressure applied to the EBPV
pneumatic actuator.
Exhaust brake – A brake device using engine exhaust back pressure as a retarding medium.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) – A system used to recirculate a portion of the exhaust gases into the power
cylinder in order to reduce oxides of nitrogen.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Cooler – A cooler that allows heat to dissipate from the exhaust gases
before they enter the intake manifold.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature (EGRT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that detects the exhaust gas
temperature entering the EGR cooler.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve – The EGRV controls the flow of exhaust gases to the intake manifold.
The EGRV is integrated with an EGR Position (EGRP) sensor.
Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) – The temperature of exhaust gases.
Exhaust manifold – Exhaust gases flow through the exhaust manifold to the turbocharger exhaust intake and
are directed to the EGR cooler.
Exhaust Manifold Pressure (EMP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor used to indicate air pressure in
the exhaust manifold.
Exhaust Manifold Temperature (EMT) sensor – A thermistor style sensor used to indicate air temperature in
the exhaust manifold.
2436 9 TERMINOLOGY

Failure Mode Indicator (FMI) – Identifies the fault or condition effecting the individual component.
Fault detection/management – An alternate control strategy that reduces adverse effects that can be caused
by a system failure. If a sensor fails, the ECM substitutes a good sensor signal or assumed sensor value in its
place. A lit amber instrument panel lamp signals that the vehicle needs service.
Filter restriction – A blockage, usually from contaminants, that prevents the flow of fluid through a filter.
Flash code – See Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).
Fuel Cooler Control Valve – A valve used to redirect coolant through the fuel cooler.
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that monitors fuel pressure coming from
the fuel tank and sends a signal to the ECM.
Fuel intake restriction – A blockage, usually from contaminants, that prevents the flow of fluid through the fuel
intake line.
Fuel pressure – The force fuel exerts on the fuel system as it is pumped through the fuel system.
Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV) – The FPCV controls the fuel pressure to the fuel rails and is controlled
by the ECM. FPCV control depends on fuel pressure and fuel temperature.
Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) – The amount of pressure in the fuel rail.
Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that monitors fuel pressure in the fuel rail
and sends a signal to the ECM.
Fuel strainer – A pre-filter in the fuel system that keeps larger contaminants from entering the fuel system.
Fuel Volume Control Valve (FVCV) – The FVCV regulates the volume of flow sent to the HPFP. The FVCV
allows a sufficient quantity of fuel to be delivered to the HPFP depending on engine load, speed, injector quantity,
fuel temperature, and number of injections per cycle.
Fully equipped engine – A fully equipped engine is an engine equipped with only those accessories necessary
to perform its intended service. A fully equipped engine does not include components that are used to power
auxiliary systems. If these components are integral with the engine or, for any reason are included on the test
engine, the power absorbed may be determined and added to the net brake power. (SAE J1995 JUN90)
Fusible link (fuse link) – A fusible link is a special section of low tension cable designed to open the circuit
when subjected to an extreme current overload. (SAE J1156 APR86)
Gradeability – The maximum percent grade, which the vehicle can transverse for a specified time at a specified
speed. The gradeability limit is the grade upon which the vehicle can just move forward. (SAE J227a)
Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) – Maximum combined weight of towing vehicle (including
passengers and cargo) and the trailer. The GCWR indicates the maximum loaded weight that the vehicle is
allowed to tow.
Gross brake horsepower – The power of a complete basic engine, with air cleaner, without fan, and alternator,
and air compressor not charging.
H-Bridge Circuit – An H-Bridge (bipolar) circuit operates like putting a power source on one side of a motor and
connecting the other side of the motor to a ground. This turns the motor. By shifting the leads on the motor, it
will turn in the opposite direction.
Hall effect – The development of a transverse electric potential gradient in a current-carrying conductor or
semiconductor when a magnetic field is applied.
Hall effect sensor – Transducer that varies its output voltage in response to changes in a magnetic field.
Commonly used to time the speed of wheels and shafts.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2437

High-pressure Fuel Pump (HPFP) assembly – The HPFP is a volumetric pump that supplies fuel at
high-pressure. The HPFP is mounted in the rear valley on the top of the engine and is driven by the camshaft.
High-pressure Piezo Common Rail (HPCR) – The HPFP pumps fuel through separate tubes to each fuel rail.
Each fuel rail has four fuel tubes, one for each injector, that maintain constant pressure from the high-pressure
pump to each injector.
High-speed digital inputs – Inputs to the ECM from a sensor that generates varying frequencies (engine speed
and vehicle speed sensors).
Horsepower (hp) – Horsepower is the unit of work done in a given period of time, equal to 33,000 pounds
multiplied by one foot per minute. 1hp = 33,000 lb x 1 ft /1 min.
Humidity Sensor (HS) – A sensor that measures the moisture content of filtered air entering the intake system.
Hydrocarbons – Organic compounds consisting of hydrogen and carbon (fuel and oil).
Hydrocarbon Injector – Injects fuel into the exhaust system to increase temperature of the exhaust gases.
Idle Shutdown Timer (IST) – An engine calibration that allows the ECM to shut down the engine during extended
engine idle times.
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor – Provides a feedback signal to the ECM indicating injection control
pressure.
Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve – A valve that is used to maintain desired injection control pressure.
Intake Air Heater (IAH) – The IAH is primarily used to assist in starting the engine during cold weather. In
addition, it helps to reduce white smoke emissions by heating the incoming air.
Intake manifold – Engine component that evenly supplies air to each intake port in the cylinder head(s).
Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor used to indicate air pressure in the
intake manifold.
Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor – A thermistor sensor used to indicate air temperature in the intake
manifold.
Internal Transfer Pump (ITP) – The ITP is part of the HPFP assembly and driven off the same shaft as the
HPFP assembly. The ITP supplies fuel at a slightly higher pressure and flow to the HPFP though the FVCV. The
ITP also provides fuel for cooling and lubrication of the HPFP. Fuel is rerouted as pump return flow through the
HPFP cooling and lubrication valve. Pressure is maintained at the intake of the HPFP piston pump by an ITP
regulator.
Interstage Cooler (ISC) – Uses cooled coolant to lower the charged air temperature that exits from the
turbocharger low-pressure compressor and enters the turbocharger high-pressure compressor.
Low speed digital inputs – Switched sensor inputs that generate an on/off (high/low) signal to the ECM. The
input to the ECM from the sensor could be from a high input source switch (usually 5 or 12 volts) or from a
grounding switch that grounds the signal from a current limiting resistor in the ECM that creates a low signal (0
volts).
Low temperature radiator thermostat – Coolant flow to the low temperature radiator is regulated by the low
temperature radiator thermostat.
Lubricity – Lubricity is the ability of a substance to reduce friction between solid surfaces in relative motion
under loaded conditions.
Lug (engine) – A condition when the engine is run at an overly low RPM for the load being applied.
2438 9 TERMINOLOGY

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) – An indicator lamp in the Electronic Instrument Cluster that will illuminate
when a detected emissions fault occurs.
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) – Boost pressure in the manifold that is a result of the turbocharger.
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that measures boost pressure.
Manometer – A double-leg liquid-column gauge, or a single inclined gauge, used to measure the difference
between two fluid pressures. Typically, a manometer records in inches of water.
Mass Air Flow (MAF) – The intake airflow in an engine.
Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor – The MAF sensor is used for closed loop control of the EGR valve and ITV. The
ECM monitors the MAF signal so that the ECM can control the EGR and intake throttle systems.
Magnehelic Gauge – A gauge that measures pressure in inches of water.
Magnetic Pickup Sensor – A magnetic pickup sensor generates an alternating frequency that indicates speed.
Magnetic pickups have a two-wire connection for signal and ground. This sensor has a permanent magnetic
core surrounded by a wire coil. The signal frequency is generated by the rotation of the gear teeth that disturb
the magnetic field.
Metering unit valve assembly – The Metering unit valve assembly provides a metered amount of fuel to the
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFI).
Microprocessor – An integrated circuit in a microcomputer that controls information flow.
Micro Strain Gauge (MSG) Sensor – A MSG sensor measures pressure. Pressure exerts force on a pressure
vessel that stretches and compresses to change resistance of strain gauges bonded to the surface of the
pressure vessel. Internal sensor electronics convert the changes in resistance to a ratiometric voltage output.
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) – Nitrogen oxides form by a reaction between nitrogen and oxygen at high temperatures
and pressures in the combustion chamber.
Normally closed – Refers to a switch that remains closed when no control force is acting on it.
Normally open – Refers to a switch that remains open when no control force is acting on it.
Ohm (Ω) – The unit of electrical resistance. One ohm is the value of resistance through which a potential of one
volt will maintain a current of one ampere. (SAE J1213 NOV82)
On demand test – A self-test the technician initiates using the EST that is run from a program in the software.
Output Circuit Check (OCC) – An on-demand test done during an Engine OFF self-test to check the continuity
of selected actuators.
Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor – A sensor mounted to the rear of the transmission that supplies a vehicle
speed signal to the ECM. The ECM uses this signal to control Power Takeoff (PTO), road speed limiting, and
cruise control. Automatic transmissions use this signal for shift scheduling.
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) – Nitrogen oxides formed by a reaction between nitrogen and oxygen at high
temperatures.
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) – A sensor that monitors oxygen levels in the exhaust.
pH – A measure of the acidity or alkalinity of a solution.
Particulate matter – Particulate matter includes mostly burned particles of fuel and engine oil.
Piezometer – An instrument for measuring fluid pressure.
Power – Power is a measure of the rate at which work (force x distance) is done during a specific time. Compare
with Torque.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2439

Power TakeOff (PTO) – Accessory output, usually from the transmission, used to power a hydraulic pump for
a special auxiliary feature (garbage packing, lift equipment, etc).
Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) – Succession of digital electrical pulses, rather than an analog signal. Efficient
method of providing power between fully on and fully off.
Radiator Shutter Enable (RSE) – A feature that uses various input signals to open or close radiator shutters
by energizing or de-energizing a solenoid that controls an air or hydraulic cylinder.
Random Access Memory (RAM) – Computer memory that stores information. Information can be written to and
read from RAM. Input information (current engine speed or temperature) can be stored in RAM to be compared
to values stored in Read Only Memory (ROM). All memory in RAM is lost when the ignition switch is turned off.
Rated gross horsepower – Engine gross horsepower at rated speed as declared by the manufacturer. (SAE
J1995 JUN90)
Rated horsepower – Maximum brake horsepower output of an engine as certified by the engine manufacturer.
The power of an engine when configured as a basic engine. (SAE J1995 JUN90)
Rated net horsepower – Engine net horsepower at rated speed as declared by the manufacturer. (SAE J1349
JUN90)
Rated speed – The speed, as determined by the manufacturer, at which the engine is rated. (SAE J1995
JUN90)
Rated torque – Maximum torque produced by an engine as certified by the manufacturer.
Ratiometric Voltage – In a MSG sensor, pressure to be measured exerts force on a pressure vessel that
stretches and compresses to change resistance of strain gauges bonded to the surface of the pressure vessel.
Internal sensor electronics convert the changes in resistance to a ratiometric voltage output.
Reference voltage (VREF) – A 5 volt reference supplied by the ECM to operate the engine sensors.
Regeneration – Oxidation of accumulated soot (carbon-based particulates) in the DPF. The soot is reduced to
ash and stored in the PDF.
Remote Accelerator Pedal Position (RAPP) – A feature that allows the operator to set and maintain a constant
engine speed from outside the vehicle cab. This feature may also be known as Remote Engine Speed Control
(RESC). Control over engine speed is accomplished by using remote mounted switches to turn on the RESC
and select the desired engine speed.
Remote Engine Speed Control (RESC) – See Remote Accelerator Pedal Position.
Reserve capacity – Time in minutes that a fully charged battery can be discharged to 10.5 volts at 25 amperes.
Return Fuel System – The return fuel system moves unused fuel from the fuel injectors to the fuel cooler.
Excess fuel out of the FVCV and the FPCV mix with fuel from the fuel injectors on the way to the fuel cooler.
Road Speed Limiter (RSL) – Feature designed to regulate the maximum vehicle speed as controlled by the
accelerator pedal.
ServiceMaxx™ software – Diagnostics software for engine related components and systems.
Signal Conditioner – The signal conditioner in the internal microprocessor converts analog signals to digital
signals, squares up sine wave signals, or amplifies low-intensity signals to a level that the ECM microprocessor
can process.
Signal ground – The common ground wire to the ECM for the sensors.
Speed Control Command Switches (SCCS) – A set of switches used for cruise control, Power TakeOff (PTO),
and remote hand throttle system.
2440 9 TERMINOLOGY

Starter Motor Control (SMC) – An ECM function that prevents starter engagement while the engine is running
(above a set calibrated rpm), when the automatic transmission is in gear, or when the manual transmission
clutch pedal is not depressed.
Steady state condition – An engine operating at a constant speed and load and at stabilized temperatures and
pressures. (SAE J215 JAN80)
Strategy – A plan or set of operating instructions that the microprocessor follows for a desired goal. Strategy
is the computer program itself, including all equations and decision making logic. Strategy is always stored in
ROM and cannot be changed during calibration.
Stroke – The movement of the piston from Top Dead Center (TDC) to BDC.
Substrate – Material that supports the wash coating or catalytic materials.
Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) – A 19-bit number used to identify the item for which diagnostics are being
reported. The SPN is used for multiple purposes, some that are specific to diagnostics are as follows:
• Identify the least repairable subsystem that has failed.
• Identify subsystems or assemblies that may not have hard failures but may be exhibiting abnormal operating
performance.
• Identify a particular event or condition that will be reported.
• Report a component and non-standard failure mode.
System restriction (air) – The static pressure differential that occurs at a given airflow from air entrance through
air exit in a system. Usually measured in inches (millimeters) of water. (SAE J1004 SEP81)
Tachometer output signal – Engine speed signal for remote tachometers.
Thermistor – A semiconductor device. A sensing element that changes resistance as the temperature changes.
Thermistor Sensor – Changes electrical resistance with changes in temperature. Resistance in the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases, and increases as temperature decreases. Thermistors work with a resistor
that limits current to form a voltage signal matched with a temperature value.
Thrust load – A thrust load pushes or reacts through a bearing in a direction parallel to the shaft.
Top Dead Center (TDC) – The uppermost position of the piston during the stroke.
Torque – A force having a twisting or turning effect. For a single force, the cross product of a vector from some
reference point to the point of application of the force within the force itself. Also known as moment of force or
rotation moment. Torque is a measure of the ability of an engine to do work.
Traction Control – System that identifies when one or more wheel is going faster than one of the other wheels
during acceleration.
Truck Computer Analysis of Performance and Economy (TCAPE) – A computer program that simulates the
performance and fuel economy of trucks.
Turbocharger – A turbine driven compressor mounted on the exhaust manifold. The turbocharger increases
the pressure, temperature and density of intake air to charge air.
Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that monitors
exhaust back-pressure.
Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake (TC2CIS) sensor – The TC2CIS sensor includes a thermistor sensor that
monitors the temperature of charge air entering the HP turbocharger. This sensor also monitors boost pressure
for the LP turbocharger.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2441

Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor – The TC2CIT sensor is a


thermistor-based sensor that monitors the temperature of charge air entering the HP turbocharger.
Turbocharger Outlet Temperature (TCOT) sensor – A sensor that provides a turbocharger outlet temperature
signal to the ECM.
Turbocharger Wastegate Control (TCWC) solenoid – Controls the TCWC actuator by regulating the amount
of charge air pressure supplied to the TCWC actuator. The TCWC solenoid is controlled by signals from the
ECM in response to engine speed, required fuel quantity, boost, exhaust back-pressure, and altitude.
Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) solenoid – Controls the TC2WG actuator by regulating the amount of
charge air pressure supplied to the TC2WG actuator. The TC2WG solenoid is controlled by signals from the
ECM in response to engine speed, required fuel quantity, boost, exhaust back-pressure, and altitude. The
TC2WG actuator is part of the turbocharger assembly.
Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control (TC2WC) solenoid – Controls the TC2WC actuator by regulating the
amount of charge air pressure supplied to the wastegate actuator. The TC2WC solenoid is controlled by signals
from the ECM in response to engine speed, required fuel quantity, boost, exhaust back-pressure, and altitude.
The TC2WC actuator is part of the turbocharger assembly.
Variable capacitance sensor – A variable capacitance sensor measures pressure. The pressure forces a
ceramic material closer to a thin metal disc in the sensor, changing the capacitance of the sensor.
Vehicle Electronic System Programming System – The computer system used to program electronically
controlled vehicles.
Vehicle Retarder Enable/Engage – Output from the ECM to a vehicle retarder.
Vehicle Speed Output (VSO) – A vehicle speed signal sent to the EGC through the J1939 network.
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) – Normally a magnetic pickup sensor mounted in the tailshaft housing of the
transmission, used to indicate ground speed.
Viscosity – The internal resistance to the flow of any fluid.
Viscous fan – A fan drive that is activated when a thermostat, sensing high air temperature, forces fluid through
a special coupling. The fluid activates the fan.
Volt (v) – A unit of electromotive force that will move a current of one ampere through a resistance of one Ohm.
Voltage – Electrical potential expressed in volts.
Voltage drop – Reduction in applied voltage from the current flowing through a circuit or portion of the circuit
current multiplied by resistance.
Voltage ignition – Voltage supplied by the ignition switch when the key is ON.
Washcoat – A layer of alumina applied to the substrate in a monolith-type converter.
Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor – A switch sensor that measures the amount of water in the fuel.
2442 9 TERMINOLOGY

You might also like